a APR 19 "se

Se7, 22. 580.6

it | =

wv JE

IH.

IV.

Wale

WLU:

IX.

PART F——Aprin, 1922:

Report on the Sigmatotetraxonida collected by H.M.S. “Sealark” in the Indian

Ocean. By ArtHuR Denpy, D.Sc., F.RS., P.LS., Professor of Zoology in the

University of London (King’s Colle ge). (Plates 1-18.) . ; . pages 1-164

Coleoptera, Staphylinde. Von Dr. Max Beruaver (Horn, Nied.-Oesterreich).

(Mitgeterlt von Prof. J. Stantey GARDINER, WA., PRS. PLS.) a l65-186

A Geographical Summary based on Dr Max Berhauer’s enumeration of the

Staphylinide of the Seychelles, Chagos, and Aldabra Islands, with Notes on their

Biology. By Hucu Scorr, M.A., Sc.D., FES. (Communicated by Prof. J.

STANLEY GARDINER, WA., FLRS., PLS.) . : . 187-1938

Coleoptera. Scydmenide, Scaphidiude, Phalacridea, Cucwide (Supplement),

Lathridude, Mycetophagide (including Propalticus), Bostrychide, Lyctide. By

Hueu Scorr, W.A., Sc.D. FES. Curator in Entomology in the University of

Cambridge. (Communicated by Prof. J. SraANLEY GARDINER, V.A., F.RS., LS.)

(Plates 19-22 and 7 Text-figures.) Lae . 195-260

Coleoptera, Heteromera: Tenebrionide. Von HANS Gesren (Hamburg). (Mitgetecit

von Prof. J. StanLeY GaRDINER, V.A., F.RS., FDS.) (Tafel 28 und 22 Text-

figuren.) , . 261-324

Coleoptera: Cleride. Von Sigm. ScuENKLING (Berlin-Dahlem). (Mitgeteit von

Prof. J. STANLEY GARDINER, V..A., F.RS., FDS.) (4 Textfiguren.) . 325-329

The Hydroids from the Chagos, Seychelles and other Islands and from the coasts

of British East Africa and Zanzibar. By Fuorence E. Jarvis. (Communicated

by Prof. J. Srantey Garviner, V.A., F.RS, FLAS.) (With Plates 24-26, and

Text-figures 1-6.) ; : ; : ; . 331-360

Diptera: Asilide, Scenopinida, Dolichopodide, Pipunculide, Syrphide. By C.G.

Lamp, M.A., B.Sc. (Communicated by Prof. J. Stantey GarRDINER, V.A., F.R.S.,

ise Witt Plates 27230.) 9. . . ., «. .. . <» 9862-416

Madreporaria: Agaricude. By Dr C. J. van DER Horst. (Communicated by

Prof. J. Sranntey Garpiner, V.A., P.AS., PLS.) (With Plates 31 and 32; and

Text-figures 1 and 2.) . ; ; ; : . 417-429

PART IJ.—Marcg, 1925.

Index . ; ‘ : : : : ; : ; ? ; . 431-444

600617

tine

mee AON iii

AMA

‘= Views

= mile _

Are pa ig)

"Spel.

v./¢

No. L—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA

COLLECTED BY H.M.S. “SEALARK” IN THE INDIAN OCEAN.

By Artuur Denpy, D.Sc, F.RS., F.LS., Professor of Zoology

m the University of London (King’s College).

(Plates 1—18.)

The scope of the sub-order Sigmatotetraxonida is here greatly enlarged by the

inclusion therein of the Lithistidee and Clavulidz, and the group as now constituted is

‘by far the largest of the tetraxonid sub-orders, being represeuted in the “Sealark ”

collection by no less than 126 species. Of this total 57 species are here described as new,

65 are identified with previously known species (in some cases as new varieties) and 4 are

identified generically only.

The importance of the collection is indicated even more clearly by the fact that it

has seemed desirable to propose six new genera for the reception of species represented

therein. Of these, Colloclathria is of special interest on account of the occurrence of

gelatinous spicules (colloscleres) similar to those of the recently proposed genus Collo-

sclerophora Dendy [1916]; Barbozia, Didiscus and Sigmosceptrella are of great import-

ance from the taxonomic point of view, throwing much light upon the origin of the

Spirastrellinze and necessitating the transference of the Clavulide from the astrotetraxonid

to the sigmatotetraxonid series, while the peculiar discorhabd of Didiscus has suggested

some novel ideas with regard to spicule-formation | Dendy and Nicholson, 1917].

In addition to many novelties the collection also contains representatives of such rare

and interesting genera as Merlia (represented only by single spicules), Forcepia, Tedanione,

Cornulum, Sideroderma*, Cyamon, Halicnemia, Acanthoxifer, Hemiasterella, Trichostemma,

&c., and adds very greatly to our knowledge of the group as a whole.

The following is a complete list of the species dealt with in the present contri-

bution :—

Order TETRAXONIDA.

Sub-order SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA.

Family Lithistide.

Theonella pulchrifolia n. sp. 3. Taprobane herdmani Dendy.

2. Discodermia tuberosa n. sp. 4, Petromica massalis Dendy.

Family Tetillide.

5. Tetilla furcifer n. sp. 9, Cinachyra anomala (Dendy).

6. Cinachyra vaccinata n. sp. «10a. Paratetilla bacca (Selenka) var. violacea

7. Cinachyra isis Lendenfeld. (Kieschnick).

8. Cinachyra providentia, n. sp. 106. Paratetilla bacca var. corrugata nov.

* Name replaced in this Report by Siderodermella (q. v.).

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 1

A.NA tr

44.

45,

47.

48.

49.

50.

51.

52.

53.

54.

5D.

64,

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Family Haploscleride.

Sub-family Gelliine.

Gellius fibulatus (Schmidt) var. microsigma 14. Gellius toxius Topsent.

Dendy. 15. Gellius petrosioides (Dendy).

Gellius flagellifer Ridley and Dendy. 16. Gelliodes carnosa Dendy var. laxa nov.

Gellius calyx Ridley and Dendy var. indica 17. Toxochalina robusta Ridley.

nov.

Sub-family Renieringe.

Renera semitubulosa (Lamarck). 26. LPetrosia seychellensis n. sp.

Reniera rosea (Bowerbank). 27. Petrosia mammiformis n. sp.

Reniera cribriformis Ridley. 28. Halichondria panicea Johnston var.

Reniera camerata Ridley. 29. Halichondria retiderma n. sp.

Reniera cribricutis n. sp. 30. Halichondria nigra n. sp.

Reniera tuberosa n. sp. 31. Halichondria aplysinoides n. sp.

Reniera tufoides n. sp. 32. Halichondria tenuiramosa nom. n.

Reniera ligniformis n. sp.

Sub-family Chalinine.

Pachychalina subcylindrica Dendy. 35, Ceraochalina reticutis Dendy var. salomonensis

Chalina confusa n. sp. nov.

36. Ceraochalina differentiata n. sp.

Sub-family Phloeodictyine.

Oceanapra toxophila n. sp. 40. Phleodictyon fistulosum (Bowerbank).

Phleodictyon seychellense n. sp. 41. Phleodictyon incrustatum n. sp.

Phleodictyon porosum n. sp. 42, Phleodictyon polysiphonia n. sp.

Sub-family Merliine.

Merlia sp.

Family Desmacidonide.

Sub-family Esperelline.

Section MycALE&.

Mycale crassissima (Dendy). 46. Paresperella sp.

Biemna tubulata (Dendy).

Section CLADORHIZEA.

Amphilectus (1) unguiculatus n. sp.

‘Sub-family Kctyonine.

Section CLATHRIEA.

Microciona atrasanguinea Bowerbank. 56. Clathria whiteleggit n. sp.

Microciona strepsitoca Hope var. robusta nov. 57. Clathria madrepora n. sp.

Aulospongus tubulatus (Bowerbank). 58. Clathria spongodes n. sp.

Bubaris conulifera n. sp. 59. Clathria chelifera (Hentschel).

Bubaris salomonensis n. sp. 60. Echinoclathria intermedia Whitelegge.

Clathria procera (Ridley). 61. Raspailia sp.

Clathria corallitincta Dendy, 62. Hetyon ceylonica (Dendy).

Clathria spicata Hallmann. 63. Hchinodictyum clathratum Dendy.

Section CoLLOSCLEROPHORE.

Colloclathria ramosa n, gen. et sp.

65.

66.

69.

70.

73.

74.

75.

76.

80.

84.

85.

86.

88.

89.

91.

108.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 3

Section PLOCAMIEA.

Plocamia coriacea (Bowerbank).

Plocamia elegans (Ridley and Dendy).

67. Plocamia massalis n. sp.

68. Lithoplocamia lithistoides n. gen. et sp.

Section HyMEDESMIEZ.

Hymedesmia levissima n. sp.

Hymedesmia lipochela n. sp.

71. Hymeraphia radiata (Bowerbank).

72. Rhabderemia pusilla (Carter).

Section MyxInueZ.

Plumohalichondria clathrodes n. sp.

Plumohalichondria gardineri n. sp.

Myxilla incrustans (Johnston).

Myxilla arenaria Dendy.

77. Hamigera papillata n. sp.

78. Forcepia stephensi n, sp.

79. Forcepia (?) sp.

Section CRELLE.

Yvesia spinulata (Hentschel).

81. Crella cyathophora (Carter) var, acuata nov.

Section IOTROCHOTE.

Lotrochota purpurea (Bowerbank).

83. Lotrochota baculifera Ridley.

Section ACARNEA.

Acarnus topsenti n. sp.

Section TEDANIEA.

Tedania digitata (Schmidt).

Tedania reticulata Thiele.

87. Tedanione wilsoni n. sp.

Section Ca:LOSPH ERE.

Cornulella lundbecki n. gen. et sp.

Cornulum strepsichela un. sp.

90. Siderodermella ramosa n., sp.

Section CyYAMONEA.

Cyamon vickersti (Bowerbank).

Sub-family Axinelline.

Section AXINELLE.

Sigmaxinella bihamigera n. sp.

. Sigmaxinella durissima (Dendy) var. massalis

nov.

. Sigmaxinella durissima (Dendy) var. erecta

nov,

. Sigmaxinelladurissima( Dendy) var, tethyoides

nov.

Axinella bubarinoides n. sp.

Axinella spiculifera (Lamarck).

Phakellia donnani (Bowerbank).

Phakellia conulosa n. sp.

97a. Phakellia conulosa var. mauritiana nov.

98. <Acanthella cartert Dendy.

99. <Acanthella pulcherrima Ridley and Dendy var.

calyx nov.

100. Acanthella cavernosa n. sp.

101. Aletta elongata Dendy.

102. Auletta lyrata (Esper) var. brevispiculata Dendy.

103, /lymeniacidon variospiculata n. sp.

104. Hymentacidon conglomerata n. sp.

105. Leucophleus fenestratus Ridley.

106. Spongosorites salomonensis n. sp.

Section HETEROXYEZ.

Higginsia petrosiordes n. sp.

Higginsia higgins n. sp.

109, Halienemia salomonensis n. sp.

110. Acanthoxifer ceylonensis Dendy.

4 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Family Clavulide.

Sub-family Spirastrelline.

111. Barboma primitiva n. gen. et sp. 1146. Spirastrella vagabunda Ridley var. gelatenosa nov.

llla. Barbozia primitiva var. digitata nov. 115. Spirastrella decumbens Ridley.

112. Didiscus placospongioides n. gen. et sp. 116. Spirastrella globularis n. sp.

113. Sigmosceptrella quadrilobata n. gen, et sp. 117. Timea stellivarians (Carter).

114. Sptrastrella vagabunda Ridley. 118. Timea unistellata (Topsent).

114a. Spirastrella vagabunda Ridley var. tubulo- 119. Placospongia carinata (Bowerbank).

digitata Dendy. 120. Hemiasterella intermedia n. sp.

Sub-family Clionine.

121. Cliona celata Grant.

Sub-family Suberitine.

122. Suberites cruciatus Dendy var. depressa nov. 125. Polymastia conigera Bowerbank.

123. Terpios fugax Duchassaing and Michelotti. 126. Trichostemma sarsvi Ridley and Dendy.

124. Polymastia tubulifera n. sp.

I have again to acknowledge my indebtedness to Miss Hilda L. Deakin, B.Sc., for

valuable help, chiefly in making microscopical preparations and drawings, and to the

Trustees of the Percy Sladen Fund for the financial assistance by which such help was

rendered possible. The photographic illustrations are mainly the work of my skilled

assistant, Mr Charles Biddolph.

As this part completes the account of the ‘“Sealark” Tetraxonida, I propose to give

at the end the reference list of literature applicable to the order.

Sub-order 8. SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA Hentschel [1909].

Tetraxonida with sigmatose microscleres or derivatives thereof (except when these

have been lost secondarily). No true asters are present but pseudasters sometimes

Decur +.

Family Lithistide.

Sigmatotetraxonida in which the skeleton is composed chiefly of desmas, typically

united in a continuous framework, so that the sponge often acquires a stony hardness.

I assign to the Lithistide a place amongst the Sigmatotetraxonida on account of the

fact that they sometimes contain sigmatose microscleres but, so far as I am aware, never

true asters. As there are very few species in the collection it is undesirable to enter into

the question of the subdivision of the family (hitherto usually regarded as an order)

except as regards the genera and species represented. |

Genus THEONELLA Gray [1868].

Lithistidee with tetracrepid desmas, phyllotriznes or (and) dichotrizenes (typically

dermal) and microrhabds ; without discotrizenes.

* For a discussion as to the origin of these see under Cyamonee and Spirastrelline; also Dendy [1921].

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 5

1. Theonella pulchrifolia n. sp.

(Plate 9, fig. 1 a—m.)

This species is unfortunately represented only by a number of broken fragments.

These have the form of irregular, flattened plates, which may be strongly curved. They

are about 3 mm. thick and the largest piece measures 15 by 10 mm.; there is another

of about the same size and four or five smaller bits. Probably all belong to the same

specimen. Oscula and pores not made out. Texture hard and stony, but friable. Colour

in spirit white.

The main skeleton is a close reticulation of tetracrepid desmas, united together by

interlocking of the much-branched rays. The reticulation may become much closer at the

surface. There is possibly a dermal skeleton of phyllotrizenes, but, although these spicules are

abundant in boiled-out preparations, I have rarely, if ever, seen one in position at the surface.

Spicules -—(1) Desmas (Plate 9, figs. 1 a—e); these are very irregular and have

their rays much branched, especially towards the extremities, the ultimate branches being

short and crowded and constituting the interlocking processes. The mode of interlocking

is shown at xa in fig. 1b. They are typically tetracrepid (fig. 1 a) but deviations from the

type occur, as shown in the figures. The more central portions of the rays are usually

nearly smooth, but at the surface of the sponge the outer aspects of the rays are more or

less abundantly ornamented with large blunt tubercles (fig. 1b). Maximum diameter of

desma, say, about 0°34 mm. .

(2) Phyllotrizenes (fig. 1 f—m); very irregular, with short shaft and usually much-

branched, smooth, foliaceous rays; the terminal portions of the branches often appear to

be reduced to thin, flat films of silica; maximum diameter of cladome, say, about 0°14 mm.

A peculiar feature of these spicules is the enormous enlargement of the axial canal in the

shaft and in the basal portions of the cladi, perhaps due to erosion. This may be carried

to such an extent that the shaft and cladi may be almost separated from one another.

This feature is well shown in the illustrations (see especially fig. 1/, m).

(3) Dichotrizenes (fig. 17); with short shaft and smooth, sharp-pointed, bifurcate

rays ; total diameter of cladome about 0°12 mm. Like the phyllotrizenes, these spicules are

abundant in boiled-out preparations, but I have failed to find them in position in the sponge.

(4) Long, slender, smooth microxea (fig. 1 0); fusiform, gradually and finely pointed

at each end, often more or less angulate in the middle ; size about 0°14 by 0°003 mm.

(5) Comparatively short, smooth or very minutely roughened microxea (fig. 1 p) ;

straight or nearly so, fusiform, sharply pointed at each end ; size about 0°057 by 0:0027 mm.

Owing to the unsatisfactory condition of the specimens it is quite possible that some

elements of the spiculation may have been overlooked, but I do not think that this is

very probable. It is also possible that the microxea, which occur chiefly, if not exclusively,

in boiled-out preparations, may be foreign, but again I do not think so. The long slender

ones resemble the corresponding spicules of Discodermia tuberosa, though perhaps of

larger average size, but the short, often minutely roughened ones, are quite different from

the short, roughened microrhabds of that species.

6 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Genus DiscopERMIA Barboza du Bocage [1869].

Lithistidee with tetracrepid desmas and a dermal skeleton composed of discotrizenes,

to which phyllotriznes may be added ; microscleres in the form of microrhabds.

2. Discodermia tuberosa n. sp.

(Plate 9, fig. 2 a—g.)

Sponge massive, irregular, tuberous. There is no evidence of any definite attachment

except in one specimen (R.N. 1x, 2.4), which has a quantity of calcareous débris partly

embedded in what was evidently the lower end of the slightly elongated sponge. The

surface is uneven, but clean and fairly smooth, though harsh to the touch. Vents, in two

cases at any rate, minute and grouped abundantly on the upper part of the sponge; now

mostly closed by a thin, translucent membrane, presumably a sphincter. One of the

specimens (R.N. 1x. 2c) shows a longitudinal folding of the whole sponge, which, if carried

far enough, would enclose the group of vents in a cup-shaped depression. The surface of

the sponge shows narrow subdermal canals, mostly running upwards towards the group of

vents but sometimes ramifying irregularly. The texture is hard, compact and incompressible.

The largest specimen measures about 25 mm. in maximum diameter. The colour in spirit

is pale yellowish.

The skeleton is a close-meshed reticulation of much-branched tetracrepid desmas, with

a dermal layer of discotrizenes.

Spicules:—(1) Tetracrepid desmas (Plate 9, fig. 2a); with very irregularly and much-

branched rays. Adjacent desmas never seem to be fused with one another, but held together

simply by interlocking of their terminal ramifications. A single desma measures, say, about

0°7 mm. in maximum diameter, from apex to apex of opposite branches.

(2) Discotrizenes (fig. 2 b—d); witha smooth, flat dise, commonly having an irregularly

sinuous margin, and short, stout, subconical shaft. Diameter of dise up to about 0°5 mm. ;

length of shaft about 0°lmm. The form of the young spicule, in which the cladi have not

yet united to form the disc, is shown in ns 2 e, which shows that all the rays at this stage

have roughened surfaces.

(3) Microxea (fig. 2 f); slender, slightly curved or even angulate in the middle,

gradually and finely pointed at each end, surface very minutely roughened ; size about

0°09 by 0°0027 mm. Very abundant throughout the sponge.

(4) Microstrongyla (fig. 2g); short, straight, sausage-shaped, with finely roughened ~

surface ; size about 0°0164 by 0°0027 mm. These spicules are extremely numerous just

beneath the dermal layer of discotrizenes ; they also occur in much smaller numbers along

with the microxea in the deeper parts of the sponge.

There seem to be no transitional forms between (3) and (4).

I have found no other spicules that can safely be regarded as really belonging to the

sponge. Mounted preparations usually contain a larger or smaller number of fragments of

long, slender megascleres, but some of these are certainly foreign inclusions. If any of them

are proper to the sponge they are very local and sporadic in their distribution and I have

never been able to find a complete one that does not appear to be foreign. R.N. rx. 2¢,

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 7

however, contains some bundles of irregularly ended, slender styli(#) which may perhaps

form part of the proper spiculation. On the other hand, all the specimens contain a small

number of large ealthrops, which have quite evidently been derived from specimens of

Yodomia perfecta in the same jars.

This species is evidently very closely related to Discodermia panoplia Sollas [1888 a]

from near the Ki Islands, and might even be regarded as a variety thereof. It differs

considerably, however, in the form of the desmas, which in Sollas’s species are covered with

low, wart-like tubercles and have not got the relatively slender terminal branches present

in our species. A further difference may possibly be found in the occurrence of fusiform,

slender, sharp-pointed oxea amongst the megascleres of D. panoplia, but Sollas has never

seen these spicules entire and their nature must be regarded as somewhat enigmatical.

Sollas describes the microxea and microstrongyla of his species as ‘‘ smooth,” but I am

inclined to think, from the examination of one of his preparations, that they are occasionally

slightly roughened. On the other hand, while these spicules are typically roughened in

D. tuberosa, they may, even in that species, be occasionally smooth or nearly so. This is

notably the case in R.N. x. 5, so that [ do not think that this character, taken alone, can

be regarded as of specific value.

Locality, Register Numbers, éc. 1x. 2 A, B, C, x. 5,8. de Malha, 4.9.05, C.1,150 fathoms.

Genus TAPROBANE Dendy [1905].

Lithistidee of plate-like form, with minute, sphinctrate apertures scattered on each side

of the plate; with monocrepid, tuberculate desmas and long, slender oxea; without special

ectosomal spicules and with microscleres in the form of sigmata only.

3. Taprobane herdmani Dendy [1905].

(Plate 1, figs. 1, 1 a.)

This species, hitherto known only by a single specimen from the Gulf of Manaar, is

represented in the “Sealark” collection by one magnificent dry specimen (R.N. cxivii.) and

a number of pieces in spirit (R.N. Lxxiv. and ovi. 4) which are probably all fragments of

another large specimen. The pieces in spirit agree very closely with the original type, but

the pustule-like areas on the surface are difficult to detect without preparation. This is

no doubt due to the hispidation of the surface and to the amount of foreign matter collected

upon it. They can be recognized in surface sections under the microscope quite easily.

The dry specimen, of which I give a photograph (Plate 1, figs. 1, 1 a), comes from the

same locality (Amirante) as the pieces in spirit, but is clearly a distinct individual. It has

the form of an irregularly curved plate, about 1°5 cm. thick, 27 cm. in greatest height and

31°5cm. in greatest width. It has evidently been torn off from some support, to which it

appears to have been attached by a broad base extended obliquely to the sponge-lamina.

The margin of the plate is broadly rounded and undulating.

- Both surfaces are still strongly hispid in places, but what I take to be the outer

(inhalant) surface is extensively encrusted with foreign growths. On this surface the

minute, pustule-like inhalant areas are thickly scattered and are distinctly visible where

8 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

not obscured by hispidation or foreign matter. On the inner (exhalant) surface the pustule-

like exhalant areas are much more conspicuous (fig. 1 @) and in many cases the single vent

is very distinctly visible in the middle of the circular diaphragm. Each area, with its

slightly raised margin, measures a little over 1 mm. in diameter, and they are very thickly

scattered over the entire surface.

As regards spiculation this specimen (R.N. cxtvu.) differs slightly from the type in

the more robust character of the sigmata, which are enormously abundant. These spicules

commonly show a slight roughening (minute spination), a feature which may also sometimes

be present in the type, though less easily recognizable on account of the smaller size of the

spicule, and overlooked in the original description. Imay add that the sigmata are contort,

blunt at the extremities, and measure (in R.N. cxtvu.) about 0°016 mm. in length, in a

straight line between the apparent ends, by 0002 mm. in thickness.

Previously known Distribution. Gulf of Manaar (Dendy).

39 fathoms; cxivu., Amirantes, 11.10.05, dredged.

Genus Perromica Topsent [1898 c].

Lithistidee of massive form, with scattered pores and vents; with thin dermal membrane

destitute of special skeleton; with monocrepid desmas feebly united or quite separate; with

monaxonid rhabdi often collected in fibres which may terminate in surface conuli; without

microscleres.

4. Petronica massalis Dendy | 19v5 |.

(Plate 1, fig. 2.)

There is in the collection a single fine specimen (Plate 1, fig. 2) of this interesting

species, very perfect, except that it has been cut in half lengthwise. The external form is

somewhat turbinate, with a constricted base of attachment and a flattened top on which

are scattered large conuli, while smaller conuli occur between the large ones and also, more

abundantly, scattered all over the lateral surfaces of the sponge at fairly regular intervals.

The large conuli themselves appear to be made up of aggregations of small ones and the

latter mark the points where the characteristic spicule-bundles of the skeleton come to the

surface.

There is a very distinct dermal membrane supported on the ends of the spicule-bundles

but without any skeleton of its own. It shows, however, a minutely reticulate character

due to the presence of anastomosing fibrillar bands, which form a network whose principal

nodes are the apices of the small papillae. The conulose surface thus bears a close resemblance

to that of many horny sponges (Euceratosa).

The specimen measures about 40 mm. in height and 45 mm. in maximum width. The

colour in spirit is light brown. The vents are small and scattered, especially on the upper

part of the sponge.

The cut surface shows a distinctly radial arrangement of skeletal columns. With regard

to the skeleton itself I have nothing to add to my former description, the specimen agreeing

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 9

very closely with those from Ceylon. Thus the ends of the branches of the desmas are

nearly always smooth and not minutely tuberculated as in P. grimaldii Topsent [1904 4),

Previously known Distribution. Ceylon Seas (Dendy).

Family Tetillide.

Tetractinellid Sigmatotetraxonida in which the skeleton is typically arranged in a

radial manner. The characteristic megascleres are long-shafted protrizenes and anatrizenes

and the characteristic microscleres are sigmata.

Genus TETILLA Schmidt [1868].

Tetillidee without any special cortical skeleton, without porocalices and without a

subdermal layer of short-shafted trizenes.

The name Tethya has been used by recent writers [ Baer, 1905; Lendenfeld, 1906,

1907 ; Hentschel, 1912] for this genus, but I have already [1916c] given my reasons,

in dealing with the genus Donatia, for abandoning the name Tethya altogether, and I adhere

to Schmidt’s name Tetilla, by which the genus has so long been known.

I doubt whether it is necessary to follow Lendenfeld [1906] in merging Craniella in

Tetilla (Tethya), but that question does not arise in connection with the present collection.

5. Tetilla furcifer un. sp.

(Plate 10, fig. 1 a—A4.)

The single specimen in the collection has a somewhat curious external form. I suspect

that it has been removed from some substratum to which it was not very firmly adherent.

The surface of attachment (base) is oblong and almost rectangular, but with one long side

of the rectangle bulging out. It is slightly and unevenly concave and exhibits a radially

striated appearance due to the spicule-bundles of the skeleton, the skeleton nucleus lying

at about the centre of this surface. On the upper surface the middle portion of the sponge

is strongly convex and approximately hemispherical, but it flattens out towards the two

ends of the base, which are quite thin. The upper surface is distinctly but not very strongly

hispid and at the same time more or less thickly encrusted with fine calcareous sand. The

hispidating spicules tend to point downwards like a thatch. At the margin they appear

as a very slightly developed marginal fringe, though the hispidation is not really more

strongly developed here than it is on other parts of the upper surface. The specimen

measures 24 mm. in length by 15 mm. in greatest breadth and about 7 mm. in greatest

thickness (in the middle). The colour in spirit is light chocolate brown throughout, but it

may have been stained by some other specimen, of which there were many in the same Jar.

The texture is firm and compact.

Neither vents nor pores are visible except in microscopic sections. These show that

there is a distinctly fibrous cortex, though the fibrous tissue is not very dense and is

developed chiefly in its deeper portion, the outer part being rather collenchymatous with

very numerous small nuclei. The two kinds of tissue are, however, to a large extent inter-

mingled. The cortex is about 0°4 mm, thick and is not very sharply differentiated from the

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 2

10 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

underlying choanosome. The vents are probably scattered irregularly. They may be

numerous but only one happens to be cut through in my sections (Plate 10, fig. 1a). It is

almost completely closed and lies flush with the general surface. It forms the termination

of a fairly wide oscular tube surrounded by a thick layer of dense fibrous tissue, which

extends errs far below the cortex. The wall of the oscular tube contains sparse bundles

of very slender prodiznes, arranged longitudinally, but with their shafts converging in the

neighbourhood of the vent, with the cladi frequently projecting just outside and inside the

opening. The inhalant pores seem to be very sparsely scattered over the general surface,

and narrow inhalant canals pierce the cortex almost at right angles. There are no con-

spicuous intracortical or subcortical cavities. The histological condition of the material will

not allow me to say anything as to the form or arrangement of the flagellate chambers.

The general skeleton is arranged as usual in the genus and consists of ill-defined,

crowded spicule-bundles, radiating from the centrally-placed skeleton nucleus to all parts

of the exposed surface, where they form the hispidating brushes and the marginal fringe.

The bundles consist chiefly of long oxea, but fairly numerous prodizenes occur mixed with

these in the surface brushes and marginal fringe.

Spicules:—(1) Oxea (fig. 1c); straight or nearly so, fusiform, approximately iso-

actinal, tapering very gradually to a fine point at each end; measuring up to about 3°3 by

0034 mm. ; occasionally becoming stylote (fig. 1 ¢).

(2) Large prodiznes (fig. 1e,e’); shaft measured up to 5°08 by 0°012 mm., with

cladi about 0°078 by 0:005 mm. The shaft tapers gradually to hair-like dimensions and

ends in a fine point. The variations in form of the cladome are shown fig. le’. A few

large protrizenes (fig. 1 f, 1’) and promoneenes (fig. 1g) have also been observed, but the

prodizenes are far more abundant.

(3) Small, hair-like prodizenes (occasionally protriznes) (fig. 14—’). These occur

chiefly in the wall of the oscular tube, around the vent. They differ from the large ones

only in point of size and there is probably no absolute distinction even in this respect. They

may be only about a quarter the length of the large prodizenes and slender in proportion.

(4) Sigmata (fig. 1/4); very slender, strongly contort, length in a straight line from

bend to bend up to about 0'012 mm.

A very interesting feature of this species is the occurrence of a process of external

gemmation. The surface of the sponge, when viewed under a lens, shows a considerable

number of minute, oval bodies, of a dark brown colour, attached to projecting spicules or

spicule-bundles. These bodies (fig. 1b) measure about 0°5 mm. in longer diameter. Each

consists of a dense, solid mass of cells, probably of the nature of amcebocytes, all crowded

together. The entire mass is pierced lengthwise by a small bundle of the projecting

spicules of the parent sponge, either oxea or dizenes, along which it appears to be creeping

outwards from the cortex, with which, in the earlier stages, it is still connected by a thick

or slender stalk. Numerous sigmata are scattered through the bud, but it contains no

other spicules that can be regarded as proper to it. There can be little doubt that these

curious little gemmules creep out to the ends of the projecting spicules and then separate

from the parent sponge altogether. A very similar process appears to take place in Zhenea

muricata, as figured by Vosmaer [1885].

DEN DY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 11

This well-characterized species is perhaps nearly related to Carter’s Tetilla (Tethya)

casula, from South Africa [vide Carter 1871 ¥ and Kirkpatrick 1902]. The latter is

supposed to live lying freely on a sandy bottom and has a fairly well-developed marginal

fringe of spicules. The external forms of the two species have much in common, but I am

inclined to think that 7. furcifer must be attached to the substratum during life, other-

wise I think the margin of the sponge would have followed an approximately circular

outline, as in 7. casula. The two species also agree in the apparently complete absence

of anatriznes, a very unusual feature in the genus. 7’. casula, however, has short curved

oxea as well as the long straight ones, and the protrizenes appear to be normal, no mention

being made of dizenes or monzenes.

Genus CINACHYRA™ Sollas [1886, 1888].

Tetillidze in which the inhalant pores are for the most part localized in special poro-

calices. The vents may or may not take the form of similar porocalices.

This genus was proposed by Sollas for C. barbata, obtained by the ‘“ Challenger”

Expedition at Kerguelen. |

Sollas’'s diagnosis runs as follows: “The cortex is not excavated by subdermal

cavities ; oxeate spicules traverse it radiately. The incurrent and excurrent openings are

confined to special flask-shaped recesses. The mesoderm of the choanosome is a collen-

chyma; the chamber system is eurypylous.”

The genus has been widely accepted by more recent writerst and a considerable

number of additional species have been assigned to it, but curiously enough not one

of these possesses the radially arranged cortical oxea so characteristic of the type. All of

them, however, possess porocalices, and this feature may be accepted as the most important

diagnostic characterf.

The discovery of two new species by the “Sealark” Expedition and the addition of

certain species originally assigned to Tetilla brings the total number of known species up

to twenty, as follows:—C. eurystoma Keller [1891], C. barbata Sollas [1886, 1888],

C. vertex Lendenfeld [1907], C. vaccinata n. sp., C. trochiformis Keller [1891 a],

C. nuda Hentschel [1912], C. schulzer Keller [1891], C. cinachyroides§ (Hentschel)

[1911 a], C. mertont Hentschel [1912], C. «ses Lendenfeld [1906], C. providentie

n. sp., C. alba-bidens Lendenfeld [1906], C. hirsuta (Dendy) [1889], C. anomala

(Dendy) [1905], C. phacoides Hentschel [19114], C. malaccensis I. B. J. Sollas [1902],

C. voeltzkowt Lendenfeld [1897], C. hamata Lendenfeld [1906], C. alba-obtusa Lenden-

feld [1906], C. alba-tridens Lendenfeld [1906]. Lendenfeld [1903] also includes in

the genus Kieschnick’s Tetilla amboinensis [1900] and Carter's Tethya cranium var.

* Originally spelt Cinochyra but altered by the author in the “ Challenger ” Report.

+ Vide especially I. B. J. Sollas [1902] and Kirkpatrick [1905] for useful information.

t Lendenfeld [1903] lays chief stress upon the arrangement of the vents in porocalices and does not

mention the inhalant pores in his diagnosis. The arrangement of the latter appears to me to be more constant

than that of the vents. In my Tetilla poculifera [1905] the vents appear to take the form of porocalices while

the inhalant pores are scattered, and I exclude such species from the genus Cinachyra,

§$ Referred by Hentschel to the genus Tetilla but almost certainly a Cinachyra.

12 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

robusta [1887], but the former species obviously belongs to my genus Paratetilla, which

is sharply distinguished from Cinachyra by the presence of calthrops or short-shafted

trizenes arranged in a special layer beneath the surface, while the latter has been shown by

Sollas [1888] and Kirkpatrick [1905] to be a Tetilla.

The task of discriminating between the various species of Cinachyra appears by no

means an easy one at first sight, but a careful study of the genus leads to some very

interesting results. The following characters seem to afford the most valuable guides :—

(1) The presence or absence of trichodragmata. These spicules occur in only a single

species, C. ewrystoma, which might on this account be regarded as the type of a distinct

genus, as has been done in several analogous cases, but trichodragmata are so widely

distributed amongst the Tetraxonida, and in such a curiously sporadic manner, that I am

beginning to doubt the advisability of using them for purposes of generic distinction. |

Each case must, however, be judged on its merits, and it is hardly possible to be consistent

in this respect.

(2) The presence or absence of small oxea, in addition to the large oxea of the radial

bundles. Such small oxea occur in ten of the twenty species. They are usually scattered

quite irregularly in the interior of the sponge, often in very large numbers. Their

presence is interesting as indicating a possible origin of the short oxea which form the

reticulate skeleton of the Gelluine.

(3) The presence or absence of short, radially arranged, cortical oxea, found only in

C. barbata. It is perhaps doubtful whether or not these belong to the same category as

the foregoing, The presence of similar cortical spicules in Craniella has been regarded as

the chief justification for the separation of that genus from Tetilla.

(4) The presence or absence of minute siliceous globules or microspheres, which occur

in several species and seem to be distinctive™*.

(5) The presence or absence of very small, hair-like protrizenes, hispidating the pore-

membrane in the porocalices. This character occurs in C. eurystoma, C., barbata, C. vertex,

C. vaccinata, C. alba-bidens and C. hirsuta, and seems to have arisen by spreading

inwards, accompanied by reduction in size, of the protrizenes which are so commonly met

with around the opening of the porocalyx. The extent to which this has been accomplished

varies in different cases. In C. hirsuta the process seems to have only just begun and

there are very few of the small hispidating protrizenes, apparently confined to the region

near the mouth of the porocalyx ; in C. vaccinata, on the other hand, the character is

very strongly developed. It is a singular fact that it is apparently not developed at all

in C. nuda, which so closely resembles C. vaccinata in most respects.

(6) The shape of the porocalices—whether shallow and wide or deep and narrow,

with small external apertures, or slit-like. Though there are great differences between

the extremes, intermediate conditions occur and something, doubtless, depends upon the

state of contraction, but nevertheless the character seems to be a distinctly useful one for

taxonomic purposes.

* In my report on the Ceylon sponges [1905] I attached less taxonomic importance to the small scattered

oxea and microspheres than I am now inclined to do, and referred to T'etilla (Cinachyra) hirsuta, in which both

are absent, a specimen in which both are present (R.N.129). I can no longer maintain this identification.

(7) The arrangement of the porocalices.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 13

In one species only (C. trochiformis) they

are confined to a sharply defined zone round the base of the sponge, but an approach to

this condition is found in certain other species such as C. anomala.

(8) The presence of groups of vents distinguishable from the porocalices, as in

C. vaccinata, C. nuda and C. mertont.

appear to be indistinguishable*

The characters above enumerated suftice for the discrimination of most of the species,

but in a few cases they have to be supplemented by characters drawn from spicular

measurements or from the suppression of cladi in the trizenes.

In most cases oscular chambers and porocalices

The spicules, however,

seem to exhibit remarkably little variation in form throughout the genus, the most notable

exception being the trizenes of C. vaccinata, which seem all to have a very characteristic

enlargement of the apex of the shaft.

characters mentioned can be utilized for the determination of the species.

The following dichotomous key shows how the

It is, of course,

largely an artificial arrangement, adopted merely as a matter of convenience, and much

more investigation will be necessary before we can hope to draw up a scheme which shall

adequately represent the phylogenetic relationships of the species.

12.

13.

KEY TO THE KNOWN SPECIES OF CINACHYRA.

. With trichodragmata

Without trichodragmata

. With small as well as large oxea

Without small oxea

. With small cortical oxea radially arranged

Without radially arranged cortical oxea

. Pore-membranes hispidated by hair-like protricenes ...

Pore-membranes not hispidated by hair-like protrizenes

. Shafts of trizenes without enlarged apices.

Surface shaggy, with long, separate tufts of projecting spicules

Shafts of trizenes with enlarged apices.

Surface without long, separate tufts of projecting spicules ...

. Porocalices confined to well-defined zone around base of sponge ;

Porocalices not confined to well-defined zone around base of sponge ...

. Without anatrizenes

With anatriznes

. With microspheres

Without microspheres ...

. Porocalices cup-shaped, with wide openings ...

Porocalices slit-like, with narrow openings

. Groups of vents sharply distinguished from porocalices

Vents not distinguishable from porocalices

. Porocalices cup- or flask-shaped, not greatly elongated radially

Porocalices bottle-shaped, greatly elongated radially

Pore-membranes hispidated by hair-like protrizenes ...

Pore-membranes not hispidated by hair-like protriznes

Porocalices bottle- eneDet greatly elongated radially, with very sal

external openings...

Porocalices cup-shaped or tubular, with wide external openings

* Compare, however, Kirkpatrick [1905].

C. eurystoma, Red Sea.

(2)

(3)

(12)

C. barbata, Kerguelen,

(4)

(5)

(6)

C. vertex, Antarctic.

C. vaceinata, Diego Garcia.

C. trochiformis, Red Sea.

(7)

C. nuda, Arafura Sea.

(9)

(10)

C’. schulzei, Coast of Aden and

Mozambique Channel.

C. cinachyroides, N.W. Australia.

C. mertoni, Kei Islands.

(11)

C’.. isis, N.W. Australia.

C. providentie, Providence.

(13)

(14)

C. alba-bidens, S.W. Pacific.

C. hirsuta, Gulf of Manaar.

14 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

14. Porocalices comparatively shallow, with wide external openings ... (15)

Porocalices bottle-shaped, greatly elongated radially, with very small

external openings i: ice ee ie oe (18)

15, With microspheres = os 7”. ms sie ee ... @.anomala, Ceylon.

Without microspheres ... ee a me a Bese ae Cy,

16. Some of the porocalices with relatively large internal openings,

probably vents C. phacoides, 8.W. Australia.

Porocalices apparently all alike a stk aA eed ; ae Lag

17. Oxea not more than 3‘5mm, long... ba 42 a ... ©. malaccensis, Malay Peninsula.

Oxea up to 5 mm. long... see fits ae are ips .. OC. voeltzkowi, Zanzibar.

18. All or many of the anatriznes represented by anamonznes ... OC. hamata, Agulhas Bank.

Anamonenes absent... sis h/t a ne it te (19)

19. Some of the triznes with cladi reduced to stumps... ca ... C. alba-obtusa, New Guinea.

Trizenes nearly always with well-developed cladi ... so ... C. alba-tridens, Diego Garcia.

The genus Cinachyra is widely distributed in the Indian Ocean, extending westwards

to the Red Sea, eastwards to the west coast of Australia and through the Malay Archi-

pelago to the 8.W. Pacific, and southwards to the Antarctic. It does not appear to be

known outside this region. Many of the species occur on coral reefs or in similar situations

where the water is apt to be charged with fine sand or mud, and the arrangement of the

inhalant pores, and sometimes of the vents also, in specially protected groups more or less

concealed within the porocalices, must be regarded as an adaptation to the special con-

ditions of the environment. The genus may be a polyphyletic one, but most, at any rate,

of the species seem to be closely related to one another.

6. Cinachyra vaccinata*® n. sp.

(Plate 1, fig. 4; Plate 11, fig. 1 a—/.)

There are two specimens of this interesting sponge in the collection, both from Diego

Garcia. The larger one (Plate 1, fig. 4) appears to have been quite perfect when received,

except that it had probably been torn away from a small area of attachment at one end.

It is irregularly oval in shape, about 56 mm. in length by 45 mm. in maximum diameter.

The surface is largely occupied by the very numerous, irregularly scattered porocalices.

These vary greatly in shape and size. They may be deeply cup-shaped or pocket-shaped,

or more shallow cups, or even plain, flat areas, flush with the general surface but circum-

scribed by a slightly raised margin; in diameter they vary up to about 11mm. It seems

possible that the differences in the form of the porocalices may be due partly to differences

in the state of contraction. In one case the cup is deep and the mouth is closed to a

narrow slit. ‘There are two groups of small vents, each group occupying a rather shallow

depression only about 4 mm. in diameter. One group contains about a dozen vents,

varying in diameter and closely crowded together; the other not so many. The vents

are not covered over by a pore-membrane but are freely exposed in the bottom of the

oscular depression. Both groups lie on the same side of the sponge, one near one end and

the other near the other, which seems to indicate that this was the upper surface. It is

possible that there may also be a few small, singly scattered vents, but if so I cannot

distinguish them from the smallest porocalices. The surface of the sponge between the

* So called from the resemblance of the flattened pore-areas to vaccination marks.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 15

porocalices is almost quite smooth, though thinly encrusted in places with a deposit of

whitish calcareous mud, The sharp margin of a porocalyx is occasionally slightly hispid.

The surface of the pore-bearing membrane appears smooth to the naked eye but is micro-

scopically hispid with the hair-like protrizenes, amongst which a deposit of fine mud is

entangled. The colour in spirit is pale yellowish grey and the texture fairly firm and

compact.

The second specimen (R.N. Lvim.) is rather smaller, but the lower part of it has

evidently been torn off. The general surface is rather more hispid and rather more thickly

encrusted. The remaining porocalices are for the most part deeply funnel-shaped and

there are none of the perfectly flattened ones. There is a group of small vents in a

strongly depressed oscular area not far from the middle of the upper surface, the diameter

of the oscular area being about the same as in the other specimen. The colour is the

same.

The skeleton of the sponge is, as usual, strongly radiate, consisting for the most part

of somewhat ill-defined bundles of very long and rather slender oxea. The terminal

portions of these bundles spread out slightly to form surface brushes which penetrate

through the encrusting layer of fine mud to a greater or less extent. These surface

brushes contain numerous anatriznes and occasional, well-developed protriznes. <A very

characteristic feature of the skeleton is the occurrence of numerous long, slender, sinuous

fibres or bundles of hair-like protrizenes. These come from within the sponge and run up

to the under surfaces of the pore-membranes of the porocalices in great numbers (Plate 11,

fig. 1a). Here they break up into elegant, divaricating tufts, and some of the cladomes,

together with a longer or shorter portion of the shaft, project freely from the surface of

the pore-membrane between the inhalant pores (fig. 1b). Both specimens contain numerous

short, slender oxea scattered in the soft tissues between the skeletal bundles, but these

spicules are far more numerous in the smaller of the two specimens.

Spicules -—(1) Large oxea (fig. 1c); long, slender, straight or slightly curved,

fusiform, very gradually and finely pointed at each end, measuring up to about 3°7 by

0:034 mm. Occasionally stylote (fig. 1d). Some very slender oxea of about the same

length are possibly young.

(2) Relatively large protrizenes and prodizenes (fig. 1 e—f’); with long, slender shaft

tapering away from the cladome to hair-like dimensions and then terminating in an

elongatedly oval swelling ; cladi slender, slightly crooked, fairly sharply pointed, usually

about equal in length. It is difficult to find these spicules in an unbroken state suitable

for measurement, but the shaft seems to measure up to some 3 or 4 mm., or even more,

in length with a diameter of about 0°01 mm. just below the cladome; with cladi about

0°14 by 0°008 mm., but of course variable. They occur sparingly in the ordinary surface

brushes. |

(3) Small, hair-like protrizenes and prodiznes (fig. 1 y—h’); similar in form to the

larger ones; with the enlarged distal extremity very conspicuous; length of shaft about

1°3 mm., with a diameter just below the cladi of 0°003 mm.; with cladi about 0°032 by.

00025 mm. The cladi seem to be straighter than in the larger forms. These spicules

are extremely abundant in relation with the porocalices (see also fig. 1 a, a’).

16 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

(4) Anatrizenes (fig. 17, 7’); with well-developed cladome and very long and slender

shaft ending in an elongated inflation as in the case of the protriwnes ; cladi fairly strongly

recurved and sharply pointed. In the only unbroken specimen, suitable for measurement,

that I have been able to isolate, the shaft measures about 1°8 mn’. in length by 0°005 mm.

in diameter just below the cladome, and the cladi about 0°037 by 0°005 mm.; as, however, .

the cladi may be about twice this length, we must assume that the shaft may be larger in

proportion, and this probably is usually the case.

(5) Short, slender oxea (fig. 1/); usually slightly curved or even angulated in the

middle; fusiform; finely and gradually pointed at each end; measuring about 0°2 by

0°004 mm.

(6) Slender, contort sigmata (fig. 17); up to about 0°016 mm. in maximum length

from bend to bend ; smooth or nearly so.

The above descriptions and measurements of the spicules are taken from R.N. Lxvu. 2,

but the other specimen agrees very closely.

The histological preservation of the material is not satisfactory, and stained paraflin

sections show but little detail. It is easy to see, however, that there is no true cortex,

but a rather thick, gelatinous ectosome, with a more or less well-marked tendency to

become fibrous, especially in its outer portion. ‘There may perhaps be a small number of

inhalant pores outside the porocalices, but I cannot attribute any systematic importance

to this character, as is done by Miss Sollas [1902].

So far as general external appearance and the arrangement of the vents and porocalices

are concerned this species agrees remarkably closely with Hentschel’s Cinachyra nuda

from the Arafura Sea [1912]. It also agrees with that species in the presence of the

small oxea, but it differs in the possession of anatrizenes and the presence of the hair-like

protrizenes developed in relation to the porocalices. The last-mentioned character it shares

with C. barbata Sollas [1888] from Kerguelen, C. vertex Lendenfeld [1907] from the

Antarctic, C. ewrystoma Keller [1891] from the Red Sea, C hirsuta (Dendy) [1889]

from the Gulf of Manaar, and C. alba-tridens Lendenfeld from Diego Garcia [1906]. The

first four of these differ widely from our species in other respects. The fact that C. alba-

tridens comes from Diego Garcia makes one suspect that it might be identical with

C. vaccinata, but the form of the porocalices seems to be quite different and the small

oxea seem to be wanting in that species. Moreover the apparently constantly enlarged

extremities of the shafts of all the triznes in C. vaccinata constitute, so far as I am aware,

a unique character in the genus.

7. Cinachyra isis Lendenfeld [1906].

(Plate 10, fig. 3 a—b.)

The single specimen of this sponge in the collection is spherical and about 25 mm. in

diameter. The surface is rough and almost shaggy, the projecting spicules being matted

together and intermingled with calcareous sand. There is no evidence of attachment.

The colour in spirit (after formalin) is hght brown throughout. The porocalices are fairly

numerous, irregularly scattered, cup-shaped, with wide external openings varying greatly

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 17

in diameter up to about 3mm. Exhalant openings cannot be distinguished. Altogether

the sponge closely resembles Lendenfeld’s figure of C. csis, but the specimen is much

smaller.

Stained sections show that there is no fibrous cortex. The ectosome cannot be sharply

distinguished from the choanosome and both are crowded with large, rounded, oval or

irregular cells densely filled with very minute granules. These cells are about 0:012 mm.

in diameter. It is to them that the colour of the sponge is due.

The skeleton is arranged as usual. The cladi of protrizenes occur abundantly in the

surface fur and in the outer portions of the radial spicule-bundles. The cladi of anatrizenes

are abundant in the latter locality, at about the junction between ectosome and choano-

some. There are no small protriznes hispidating the pore-bearing membrane in the

porocalices.

Spicules :—(1) Large oxea; stout, fusiform, sometimes slightly anisoactinal, gradually

and finely pointed at each end, commonly measuring about 3°6 by 0°06 mm., but measured

up to 4°3 by 0°078 mm. These spicules are thus a good deal smaller than those described

by Lendenfeld, which measured 5°4 to 7°1 mm. by 0°045 to 0°086 mm. Ours is, how-

ever, a much smaller specimen and this probably accounts for the difference. Lenden-

feld also says that these spicules are rather strongly anisoactinal and that the ends are

rather blunt, but there is no specific distinction in these characters.

(2) Protrizenes (Plate 10, fig. 3a—q”); with long, slender shaft tapering very gradually

to hair-like dimensions, without any terminal inflation; measuring, say, about 3°8 by

0;014 mm. Cladome very variable. Cladi straight or rather crooked, inclined forwards at

angles of about 40°; usually equally developed; up to about 0°12 mm. in length, but

commonly less. I have once seen a prodizne; and once a protrizne with one cladus

unequally bifurcate close to the base.

(3) Anatriznes (fig. 3b); with very slender, hair-like shaft and slender, sharply-

pointed cladi moderately recurved. In a typical example the shaft measures about 2°7

by 0°005 mm. (below the cladome) and tapers away to a very slender hair without any

terminal inflation, while the cladi are of almost the same diameter at the base and about

0°04 mm. long. The shaft is sometimes a little longer and I have once seen the cladi

nearly twice the length given.

(4) Short oxea; abundantly scattered in the choanosome, scarce in the ectosome.

Straight, slender, finely pointed at each end; measuring about 0°18 by 0:004 mm.

(5) Sigmata; strongly contort, very slender, measuring up to about 0°012 mm. in

maximum length in a straight line from bend to bend, and only about 0°001 mm. in thick-

ness. Lendenfeld describes the sigmata in C. iszs as attaining a length of from 20—28 y,

with a thickness of 1p. He does not say what he means by “ length,” but if he uses that

term in the same sense that I do, the sigmata of the type are about twice as long as those of

our specimen. He also speaks of their being “feindornig,” a character which may possibly

be recognizable in our specimen under a very high power, but which is certainly so slightly

developed that no stress can be laid upon it.

Thus there appear to be certain slight differences in spiculation between the “Sealark”

specimen from the Seychelles and the type of the species from the north-west coast

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 3

18 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

of Australia, but these differences cannot be regarded as amounting to specific dis-

tinction.

Previously known Distribution. N.W. coast of Australia (Lendenfeld).

8. Cinachyra providenti@ n. sp.

(Plate 1, figs. 5, 5a; Plate 10, fig. 2 a—f.)

The largest specimen (Plate 1, figs. 5, 5 @) is an irregularly hemispherical sponge about

80 mm. in diameter, which has evidently been torn off from its base of attachment, the

actual lower surface showing as a section through the so-called “nucleus” from which the

spicule-bundles radiate. The upper surface is uneven, extensively encrusted in one place by

a thin nullipore, in another by a coral. Elsewhere it is covered by a well-developed fur of

spicules mingled with fine calcareous sand, the spicules being chiefly the projecting portions

of anatrizenes, now mostly broken off and matted together. Here and there all over the

exposed surface are scattered the well-defined, circular or oval openings of the porocalices.

These openings vary greatly in size, probably in accordance with their state of contraction.

They are usually very small, sometimes not more than 1 mm. in diameter, but the largest

has a diameter of 4 mm. Ata short distance within each opening there is usually a well-

developed sphincter-diaphragm, easily visible under a pocket-lens. When the sponge is cut

open the porocalices are seen to be radially elongated, much longer than broad, and more:

or less bottle-shaped. They may extend two-thirds of the way in towards the centre of the

sponge. The largest I have seen measures 29 mm. in depth, with a maximum breadth (in

the middle) of 10 mm. and an external opening about 3 mm. in diameter. The surface of

the porocalyx is lined by a finely reticulate membrane, with pore-sieves in the meshes of

the reticulation. There appear to be no vents distinct from the porocalices.

The colour of the sponge throughout is pale yellowish grey. The texture is firm and

compact between the porocalices, but it readily splits up radially.

There is no true cortex but a fairly sharply differentiated ectosome about 1 mm. thick

and of a slightly paler colour than the choanosome. This ectosome appears to be collen-

chymatous rather than fibrous in character.

The skeleton has the usual strongly radiate arrangement so characteristic of the genus,

and consists chiefly of densely crowded bundles of large oxea with but narrow intervals

between them. Mingled with these oxea are numerous anatrizenes, whose cladi, in addition

to projecting from the surface, may also appear abundantly at the junction of ectosome and

choanosome. Protriznes are far less numerous but they occur abundantly around the

external openings of the porocalices, which seems to be their favourite situation in species

of Cinachyra. There are no small protrizenes hispidating the pore-bearing surface of the

porocalices.

Spicules :—(1) Large oxea (Plate 10, fig. 2 a); straight or slightly curved ; fusiform,

tapering very gradually to each extremity; ends variable, from very finely pointed to

strongylote, sometimes irregular ; size up to about 6°0 by 0:077 mm. Occasionally these

spicules become stylote, sharply pointed at one end and broadly and evenly rounded off at

the other (fig. 2 5).

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 19

(2) Protrizenes (fig. 2 ¢, c’) ; with very long, slender shaft and relatively very short

cladi directed forwards at angles of about 30°. Cladi approximately straight, fairly stout

and fairly sharply pointed. A typical example had a shaft measuring 6°7 by 0°02 mm. (at

the thickest) and cladi about 0°06 mm. long by 0°012 mm. thick at the base*. The shaft

tapered away very gradually to the apex, which was bluntly pointed but without any

terminal inflation. Another example, with the end of the shaft broken off, was about

8°5 mm. long, the shaft had a maximum diameter of 0°02 mm., and the cladi, rather irregularly

bent, were only about 0°028 mm. long. A third, perfect example, had a shaft 7:7 by

0°02 mm., and cladi averaging about 0°06 by 0°012 mm., one being rather longer than the

others. The cladi may be irregular and I have seen one bifurcate. In another case all

three were equally developed and each 0°12 mm. long.

(3) Anatrizenes (fig. 2d, d’); with long, slender, hair-like shaft and well-developed

cladome, with gradually sharp-pointed cladi curving backwards on ares of a sphere. The

shaft has no terminal dilatation. In a typical example the shaft measured about 5 mm.

in length by 0°014 mm. in diameter (below the cladome), and the cladi about 0°07 by

0:012 mm. ; the chord of the cladome measuring 0°1 mm.

(4) Short, slender oxea (fig. 2 ¢); usually very slightly curved; fusiform; gradually

and sharply pointed at each end; size about 0°22 by 0°0055 mm.

(5) Sigmata (fig. 2,f); slender, contort, smooth (or very nearly so), measuring about

0-016 mm. in maximum length from bend to bend.

. The above details of the spiculation are taken from R.N. xxr. 1, which must be regarded

as the type of the species. |

This species evidently comes very near to von Lendenfeld’s Cinachyra alba-tridens

[1906] from Diego Garcia, differing principally in the presence of the short, slender oxea.

Lendenfeld says that the sigmata in his species are microspined, but this character is often

so slight and difficult to determine that it has little taxonomic value. He also speaks of

the presence of peculiar sigmata which he terms ‘“Simotoxe,” but these are very scarce and

seem to be merely abnormal forms of the ordinary sigmata.

There is a second specimen (R.N. xx. 3) from the same locality (Providence) as the

one described above and agreeing very closely with it ; it represents about half of a some-

what smaller sponge. R.N. xxv. 2 and Lxxvul. 6 may also be referred provisionally to the

same species. They both come from Cargados Carajos and differ slightly from the type in

certain respects, but the material is hardly sufficient to deserve special consideration. All

these specimens contain the characteristic small oxea, and as von Lendenfeld had three

specimens of C. alba-tridens, presumably all without the small oxea, it seems likely that

the presence or absence of these spicules will furnish a valid specific distinction.

1, Providence, 3.10.05, D. 1, 39 fathoms; ? xxv. 2, Cargados Carajos, 31.8.05, B. 20, 28

fathoms ; ? Lxxvirl. 6, Cargados Carajos, 28.3.05, B. 2, 30 fathoms.

* One of the cladi was broken short.

20 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

9. Cinachyra anomala (Dendy).

(Plate 1, fig. 3.)

Tetilla anomala Dendy [1905].

The type of this species, collected by Professor Herdman at Ceylon, was an imperfect

fragment in which no porocalices were visible ; judging from the specimens now before me

they must all have been removed with the portion of the sponge torn away, as might very

well happen.

A specimen (Plate 1, fig. 3) collected by the ‘“‘Sealark” Expedition at Cargados Carajos

is in a much better state of preservation. It is sub-spherical, about 30 mm. in maximum

diameter, and has evidently been attached by a somewhat contracted base about 13 mm.

in diameter. Around and just above this base are numerous porocalices, arranged in an

ill-defined zone occupying the lower third of the surface or thereabouts. The upper two-

thirds of the surface are quite free from porocalices, and show no vents. The porocalices are

cup-shaped or pocket-shaped and run more or less vertically upwards from the wide external

opening, which is about 1—3 mm. in diameter. (In the type specimen narrow inhalant

canals were described penetrating the ectosome here and there. The occurrence of such

isolated inhalant canals outside the porocalices has been described in C. voeltzkow: Lendenfeld

[1897 }.)

The general surface of the Cargados specimen is covered with a thin, whitish crust, ’

composed of projecting spicules and calcareous sand. In the lower part of the sponge the

spicules show some tendency to project downwards over the openings of the porocalices,

like a thatch. The colour of the sponge internally is dirty greyish yellow with distinctly

brown ectosome ; the surfaces of the porocalices are light brown.

The arrangement of the skeleton calls for no special comment beyond the statement

that there are no small protriznes hispidating the pore-bearing membrane of the poro-

calices.

The spiculation agrees very closely with that of the type. The minute siliceous

spherules (microspheres) are thickly scattered through the choanosome.

A second specimen (R.N. xivit. 5) obtained by the‘‘Sealark” Expedition at Praslin Reef,

but not in such a good state of preservation, bears a close resemblance to the first in general

appearance and spiculation ; but the siliceous spherules, if indeed present, are not nearly so

numerous, nor are the anatrizenes, and the identification must remain doubtful. Similar

remarks apply to R.N. Lvut. 3, from Coin Peros, in which, however, anatrizenes are abundant.

This specimen is of a light chocolate brown colour throughout and heavily encrusted with

calcareous sand.

The chief distinguishing characters of this species are the widely open, cup-shaped

porocalices, the presence of microspheres or siliceous globules, the absence of small oxea,

and the absence of small protrizenes hispidating the surface of the porocalices.

Previously known Distribution. Ceylon Seas (Dendy).

fathoms; ?xuvil. 5, Praslin Reef; ?Lvu. 3, Coin Peros.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 21

Genus PARATETILLA Dendy [1905].

Tetillidze with an ectosomal layer of short-shafted trizenes, resembling calthrops and

usually very irregular in shape. Commonly or always (#) with porocalices.

This genus appears to be very characteristic of the Indian Ocean and Western Pacific,

but it is doubtful whether more than a single very variable species (P?. bucca) can at present

be recognized. Hentschel [1912] has expressed the opinion that Lendenfeld’s genus

Amphitethya [1906] should be regarded as synonymous with Paratetilla, a genus which

was ignored by Lendenfeld although he himself suggested that Vetila bacca, or a part

thereof, should be included in Amphitethya. I am inclined to think, however, that

Amphitethya, which has a very peculiar form of sigma in addition to its amphitriznes,

and is, moreover, devoid of porocalices, may very well be kept distinct. The discovery by

Topsent [1897 a] of amphitrizenes, occurring apparently as an abnormality in one specimen

of Paratetilla bacca (Tetilla merguiensis), can certainly not be regarded as a sufficient

reason for identifying the two genera. The generic position of Hentschel’s Paratetilla

aruensis [1912], in which amphitrizenes also occur, is more doubtful, but for the present

it may well remain as a second species of Paratetilla.

10. Paratetila bacca (Selenka).

Stelletta bacca Selenka [1867 ]. Tetilla violacea Kieschnick [1900].

Tethya merguiensis Carter [1883 B, 1887]. Tetilla rubra Kieschnick {1900}.

Tetilla merguiensis Sollas [1888]. Tetilla bacca Thiele [1900].

Tetilla ternatensis Kieschnick [1896]. Tetilla bacca Lendenfeld {1903}.

Tetilla merguiensis Topsent [1897 a]. Cinachyra amboinensis Lendenfeld [1903].

Tetilla bacca Lindgren [1898]. Paratetilla cineriformis Dendy [1905].

Tetilla amboinensis Kieschnick [1900]. Paratetilla eccentrica Row {1911).

This appears to be a very variable species, a fact which accounts for its having been

described under so many distinct specific names. I have tried in vain to discover dis-

tinguishing characters by which the various described forms could be really separated into

species, and am at length constrained to follow the example of Thiele [1900] who identified

all the then described species with Selenka’s Stelletta bacca, and to apply the same treatment

to my own P. cineriformis and Row’s P. eccentrica.

Selenka’s original description was highly unsatisfactory, and he even speaks of the

spicules &s calcareous, but fortunately he gives excellent figures of both the external form

and the principal spicules, so that an identification is not difficult.. The former shows a

sponge with a strongly hispid surface and no less than sixteen large “ Austrémungs

6ffhungen,” as the author terms them. The failure to interpret these openings correctly

has been one of the sources of confusion with regard to this species. I have no doubt that

in Selenka’s specimen, as in the fairly numerous specimens examined by myself, they are

really porocalices, for they are far too numerous to be oscula. Subsequent writers have

also failed to distinguish properly between oscula and porocalices, so that Lendenfeld was

led to include some of the described forms in the genus Tetilla and others in Cinachyra. It

seems doubtful whether true oscula, as distinct from porocalices, are ever present.

Although the surface generally appears to be more or less strongly hispid it is some-

22 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

times almost entirely devoid of projecting spicules, as in the variety corrugata described

below. The dark colour of the more superficial parts of the sponge, almost black in spirit,

is evidently a very characteristic feature.

As regards spiculation the most striking character is, of course, afforded by the curious

short-shafted trizenes of the ectosome, and the great variation in form to which these are

subject has been largely responsible for several supposed specific distinctions. In the original

type these spicules appear to have been predominantly, if not entirely, regular, or subregular,

with straight rays. An extreme deviation from this condition is found in Row’s Para-

tetilla eccentrica, characterized by great abnormality in these spicules, shown in the reduction

and contortion of the rays. Between these extremes all sorts of intermediate conditions

occur. These spicules also vary very greatly in number in different specimens, being very

abundant in some and very rare in others.

Another difficulty arises in connection with the short, slender, hair-like oxea, often

scattered abundantly in the choanosome. These are probably always present, but have been

overlooked by several writers, as by myself in P. cineriformis, in which they actually

exist in a vestigial condition.

The species is highly characteristic of the Indian Ocean and extends westwards to

the Red Sea and eastwards to Samoa. It has hitherto been recorded from the following

localities :—Samoa (Selenka), Torres Straits (Sollas), Amboina (Topsent, Kieschnick),

Ternate (Kieschnick), Java Sea and Gaspar Straits (Lindgren), Mergui Archipelago (Carter),

Ceylon (Dendy), Red Sea (Row).

Paratetilla bacea is represented in the ‘ Sealark ” collection by a considerable number

of specimens, most of which agree very closely with Kieschnick’s Tetilla violacea from

Amboina, which may be reduced to varietal rank. One specimen, however, seems

sufficiently distinct from any previously described form to merit description under a new

varietal name (P. bacca var. corrugata).

10a. Paratetilla bacca var. violacea (Kieschnick).

(Plate 1, fig. 6.)

I identify with this variety seven specimens which all agree pretty closely in external

form and spiculation. The shape of the sponge (Plate 1, fig. 6) is more or less spherical,

with a more or less restricted base of attachment. The largest specimen (R.N. cx1. 1)

measures about 55 mm. in diameter, the smallest (R.N. Lim. 3) about 20mm. One

specimen (R.N. Liz. 7) gives off a strap-shaped process, about 15 mm. long and 4 mm.

wide, from a point above the base; this looks as if it might be an attachment process

such as those described by Topsent [1897 a], but which has not yet found the substratum.

The degree of hispidation of the surface varies much, depending largely upon the extent

to which the projecting ends of the spicules have been broken off. Thus in R.N. xuvit. 4

the spicules are nearly all broken off close to the surface, which appears nearly smooth,

while in R.N. cxi. 1 it is distinctly hairy, with a large amount of calcareous sand

entangled amongst the projecting spicules. ach specimen bears numerous porocalices,

distributed pretty evenly over the surface. These are provided with sphincter diaphragms

and their appearance depends much upon the state of contraction. When completely

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 23

closed they are hardly visible, but when fully open they are conspicuous cup-shaped

depressions, approximately hemispherical in shape and with wide apertures about 4 mm.

in diameter. There are no recognizable vents apart from the porocalices, but the exami-

nation of stained sections (R.N. cxrx. 3) shows that pores are not confined to the poro-

calices but also occur scattered between them. The colour of the sponge (in spirit) is dark

chocolate brown, becoming paler in the interior.

The spiculation agrees pretty closely with that of the variety about to be described

and calls for no special comment, except that the spindle-shaped oxea never appear to

exceed about 4 mm. in length, with a diameter of about 0°048 mm., and are usually less,

say about 3°4 by 0°043 mm. In this respect, therefore, the ‘“‘Sealark” specimens agree

fairly well with Kieschnick’s Tetilla violacea, in which the oxea measure up to 3°0 by

0°045 mm., and differ from the Samoan type of the species, in which, according to Selenka,

the oxea measure 5—7 mm. in length by 0°04 mm. in thickness. The smaller size of the

oxea appears to constitute the chief distinguishing feature of the variety violacea as com-

pared with the type.

The sigmata in the “Sealark” specimens seem to be rather smaller than in Kieschnick’s

specimen, measuring only about 0°016 mm. in extreme length from bend to bend, while

Kieschnick gives 0:02 mm., but does not say how his measurement was taken.

oxi. 1, Egmont Reef; cxrx. 3, 9, Salomon.

106. Paratetilla bacca var. corrugata nov.

(Plate 1, fig. 7.)

The single specimen in the collection (Plate 1, fig. 7) is a large fragment of an

apparently spherical or hemispherical sponge with a radius of about 35 mm. The surface

has a very uneven, corrugated appearance, due chiefly to the occurrence of numerous deep

porocalices, whose openings are usually elongated and slit-like and sometimes form a

meandriniform pattern, due apparently to fusion of contiguous porocalices. Between the

porocalices the surface is uneven and hummocky, but at the same time subglabrous, with

only a very few projecting spicules scattered here and there. The depth of the porocalices

may be at least 10 mm., their openings are large but vary greatly in size. No ordinary

vents are visible in the specimen. The texture is firm and compact, but compressible ~

laterally. It is strongly fibrous radially and readily splits up in the direction of the fibres.

The colour externally (in spirit) is dark purplish brown, almost black, internally it is very

pale yellowish brown.

The boundary between ectosome and choanosome is quite indefinite. The ectosome is

not very distinctly fibrous except where it forms the walls of the porocalices, but it is very

densely charged with minute brown pigment granules, less abundant in the walls of the

porocalices than elsewhere. These pigment granules also invade the choanosome, gradually

becoming less numerous towards the interior of the sponge. Their abundance in the ecto-

some probably conceals to a large extent the fibrous character of the latter.

The porocalices have smooth walls pierced by very numerous minute pores, communi-

eating by numerous narrow canals with irregular subcortical crypts, from which inhalant

24 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

or exhalant canals run inwards. The state of preservation of the specimen will not allow

of my saying anything about the flagellate chambers, the choanosome in its present con-

dition being compact and almost uniformly granular.

The main skeleton consists of stout radiating bundles of large oxea and trizenes, with

very wide intervals between the bundles. Even at the surface of the sponge wide gaps

exist between the slightly expanded ends of the bundles. The outer portions of the

bundles, in the ectosome, contain the cladomes of numerous anatrizenes, with protrizenes

around the openings of the porocalices. The walls of the porocalices are not hispidated

by any spicules. The radiating bundles pass to the surface between the porocalices, and

very few spicules project beyond the surface at all, and then usually only to a very slight

extent. In the ectosome are irregularly scattered the short-shafted trizenes characteristic

of the genus. They are sparsely developed and do not appear to be accompanied by

any paratangential oxea. They seem to be completely absent from the walls of the

porocalices.

Spicules -—(1) Large oxea; stout, straight, fusiform, approximately iso-actinal,

sometimes gradually and finely pointed at each end, but frequently stylote or strongylote

in varying degrees, or with irregularly pointed apices; measuring up to about 3°8 by

0:05 mm. and usually only a little less. These spicules frequently have the axial canal

greatly enlarged.

(2) Protriznes. There seem to be two fairly distinct varieties of this spicule, but

doubtless intermediate forms occur: (a4) with very long, slender shaft, tapering very

gradually to almost hair-like dimensions but ending in a blunt point; thickest not far

from the middle; measuring about 6°0 by 0°02 mm.; cladi short, stout, rather crooked,

equal in length, measuring about 0°08 by 0°012 mm.; (b) with much longer and relatively

more slender cladi, nearly straight and very sharply pointed, measuring about 0°16 by

0°606 mm., with shaft only about 3:1 by 0:008 mm.

(8) Anatriznes; with short, stout, sharp-pointed cladi recurved approximately on

arcs of a sphere, and very long, slender shaft tapering gradually to a fine hair; shaft

about 5 by 0°012 mm., with cladi 0°033 by 0°01 mm. A few anadizenes and anamonzenes

also occur.

(4) Short-shafted. orthotrizenes ; shaft usually much shorter than cladi (but I have

seen one example in which it was longer), rounded off at the apex; cladi very variously

developed, typically straight, regular, gradually and sharply pointed, measuring, say, about

0°37 by 0°029 mm., but very variable, often unequally developed, often irregularly bent or

even contorted, or more or less completely aborted. Regular forms with straight or almost

straight cladi are much more numerous than the others.

(5) Short, slender, hair-like oxea; measuring about 0°3 by 0°002 mm. ; abundantly

scattered in the choanosome, apparently absent from the ectosome.

(6) Slender, contort sigmata; about 0°0165 mm. in greatest length from bend to

bend ; very numerous, especially in the choanosome.

This variety is evidently nearly related to the Ceylon form, Paratetilla bacca var.

cineriformis, but differs in its more robust growth, the much stronger development of the

porocalices and the larger size of the spicules generally. The short, hair-like oxea are

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 25

reduced to vestiges in the Ceylon form and were not referred to in the original description

thereof. The form of the porocalices and the manner in which they tend to become

confluent, as well as the smaller size of the oxea, serve to differentiate this variety from

the type of the species. The character of the porocalices also distinguishes it pretty sharply

from P. bacca var. violacea.

Family Haploscleride.

Monaxonellid Sigmatotetraxonida in which sigmatose microscleres of various forms

are typically present but never take the form of chele. The skeleton is reticulate and the

fibre is typically neither plumose nor echinated. The megascleres are usually diactinal.

This family consists of sigmatotetraxonid sponges in which the tetractinellid mega-

scleres have been entirely suppressed while the microscleres have not yet reached that

stage of evolution which is represented by the chelz of the Desmacidonide. The origin

of the family from the Tetillidee is not difficult to imagine, although no very satisfactory

intermediate forms have yet been met with. The suppression, more or less complete,

of the trizenes is a well-known phenomenon amongst the Stellettidee, and it is only reason-

able to suppose that it occurs also amongst the Tetillids, in many of which, indeed, the

oxea tend to dominate over the trienes. A greater difficulty is perhaps to be found in

the character and arrangement of the oxea, for the typical tetillid oxea are very long,

straight and radially arranged, while the typical oxea of the Haploscleride are short,

slightly curved and arranged in a reticulate fashion. There are, however, some Tetillids

in which oxea of a second kind make their appearance. These are short and may be

slightly curved, and they occur irregularly scattered through the choanosome (e.g. in

Cinachyra vaccinata n. sp. g.v. and in many other species of Cinachyra). I am inclined

- to think that it was by substitution of such oxea as these for the long, radially arranged

oxea, accompanied by the suppression of the trizenes, that the Gelliina, the most primitive

sub-family of the Haploscleridee, were derived from tetillid ancestors.

The experience which I have recently gained in dealing with the Astrotetraxonida

with regard to the part played by the loss of spicules in the evolution of sponges has

decided me to follow Topsent in removing the old groups Tedaniine and Desmacellinze

(but not the Hamacanthine) from the family Haploscleride. They are, I think, better

regarded as what may be termed ‘“lipochelous” Desmacidonide, 7.e. Desmacidonidze in

which the chelee have been suppressed. This leaves the Haploscleridee a much more

homogeneous group. The position of the Heteroxyine is more doubtful, but they seem too

complex in structure to belong to this family and may also be removed for the time being

to the Desmacidonidee. The Merlinze must follow the Hamacanthine, with which they

seem to have distinct affinities.

Sub-family Gelliineg.

Haploscleridee with oxeote or strongylote megascleres and microscleres in the form of

sigmata or toxa or microxea. '

This sub-family certainly seems to form the natural starting point for the evolution

of the monaxonellid Sigmatotetraxonida. The Renierinz have apparently originated from

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 4

26 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

the Gelliinze by loss of microscleres unaccompanied by any great development of spongin,

the Chalininze by loss of microscleres accompanied by strong spongin development, the

Phleeodictyinze by the development of the fistular processes and rind, and the Desmaci-

donidx by evolution of the sigma into the remarkable chelate type of microsclere.

Genus GELLIUS Gray [1867 F].

Gelliinee with little or no spongin, the main skeleton being formed by a reticulation of

oxea.

11. Gellius fibulatus (Schmidt) var. microsigma Dendy.

(For literature and synonymy vide Dendy [1916 a ].)

I refer to this variety a number of small specimens of irregular form from various

localities. The spicular measurements are approximately as follows :—

R.N. wir. 5A. Oxea 0°185 by 0°0065 mm.; sigmata 0°018 mm. from bend to bend.

R.N. Lim. 12. Oxea 0'184 by 0°005 mm.; sigmata 0°01 mm. from bend to bend.

R.N. tyr. 4. Oxea 0'164 by 0°004 mm.; sigmata 0°01 mm. from bend to bend.

R.N. cxurn 4. Oxea 0°2 by 0°008 mm.; sigmata 0°02 mm. from bend to bend.

R.N. oxi. 6. Oxea 0°164 by 0°004 mm.; sigmata 0°02 mm. from bend to bend.

In view of the variation in spicular measurements it is doubtful whether this form

can be distinguished even varietally from the European Gellius fibulatus.

Previously known Distribution of Species. Adriatic (Schmidt); North Atlantic

(Topsent) ; Gulf of Manaar, Ceylon Seas (Carter, Dendy) ; Okhamandal (Dendy).

cx. 4, 6, Egmont Reef.

12. Gellius flagellifer Ridley and Dendy.

Gellius flagellifer Ridley and Dendy [1886, 1887]. Gelliws flagellifer Topsent [1896 B].

Desmacella porosa Fristedt [1887 ]. Gellius flagellifer Lundbeck [1902].

Gellius flagellifer Lambe [1896]. Gellius porosus Lundbeck [1902].

I identify with this species a well-preserved specimen considerably larger than the

“Challenger” type. It has the form of a flattened crust, presumably detached from some sub-

stratum, but with practically uninjured lower surface. It is convex above and concave

below. The upper surface is rather uneven, coarsely granular and slightly shaggy in places.

It bears a few small, scattered vents. The texture is compressible and elastic, but rather

fragile. The colour in spirit is light greyish brown. The specimen measures about 55 by

50 by 10 mm. The skeleton reticulation is very lax and irregular though the spicules are

rather crowded. There is a good deal more spongin present than in the type (in which there

is a little), and certain of the spicular fibres (both primary and secondary) have quite a thick

coating of it.

The oxea are a little shorter and stouter than in the type, measuring say about 0°37

by 0°02 mm., but varying a good deal in thickness and usually more slender. The flagelliform

sigmata are closely similar to those of the type but the hook at the narrower end frequently

has a slight outward curve which I have not observed in the latter. The ordinary sigmata

eall for no special comment.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 27

I hardly think that Lundbeck is justified in maintaining Fristedt’s Desmacella porosa

as a distinct species and I prefer to follow Lambe-in regarding it as a synonym of G. flagel-

lifer, which is evidently a somewhat variable form. The distribution of the species seems

to be almost cosmopolitan.

Previously known Distribution. Off Marion Island (Ridley and Dendy); Davis Strait

(Fristedt); Atlantic coast of Canada (Lambe); Gulf of Gascoyne (Topsent) ; Iceland

(Lundbeck). |

13. Gellius calyx Ridley and Dendy var. endica nov.

Gellius calyx Ridley and Dendy [1886, 1887], not Gelliws calyx Topsent [1892 c].

A single specimen from deep water at Saya de Malba may be regarded as representing

a variety of this very elegant but little-known species, originally obtained by the “Challenger”

from a depth of 600 fathoms off the mouth of the Rio de la Plata and, so far as I am

aware, not met with since, for Topsent’s supposed record has been shown by himself [1904 a |

to be erroneous.

The “‘Sealark” specimen, like the type of the species, has very much the form of a crocus

flower, but the transition from stalk to body is more gradual than in the type. The body

is hollow and I think there can be little doubt that there was a single terminal osculum,

but the upper part of the specimen is a good deal damaged. The stalk expands below into

an attachment-plate, which seems to have run out into root-like processes. The total height

of the specimen is about 45 mm. and the naximum diameter of the body 9mm. The texture

of the body is very soft and fragile, of the stalk stringy. The colour in alcohol is pale

yellow.

The skeleton of the stalk consists principally of long fibres, composed of dense bundles

of oxea, and these fibres extend throughout the body in the form of a loose reticulation with

longitudinal meshes, in which numerous oxea are loosely scattered. The surface is so much

macerated that I can say nothing about the dermal skeleton.

The oxea are long and slender, gradually and very sharply pointed; only slightly

curved. They measure about 0°53 by 0°01 mm.

The sigmata are C-shaped, strongly curved, with sharply pointed extremities. They

measure about 0°037 mm. from bend to bend, with a thickness in the middle of about

0°0027 mm.

This variety differs from the type of the species chiefly in the much more slender oxea

and much larger sigmata. The sponge includes, as foreign bodies, numerous fragments of

the skeleton of the hexactinellid Aulocalyx servalis, which was obtained from the same

locality.

Previously known Distribution of the Species. Off the mouth of the Rio de la Plata,

South Atlantic (Ridley and Dendy).

28 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

14. Gellius toxvus Topsent.

Gellius toxius Topsent [1897 a]. Gellius toxius Hentschel] [1912].

Gellius toxius Thiele [1899].

This species is represented in the collection by two specimens. One (CXIX. 6 A) is a

small crust, only about 10 mm. in diameter, growing upon a fragment of coral in association

with numerous other organisms. The skeleton is an isodictyal or sub-isodictyal reticulation

of mostly single oxea cemented together by spongin at their apices. The oxea are slightly

curved, fairly gradually and sharply pointed, and measure about 0°14 by 0:005 mm. There

are also numerous much more slender forms of about the same length, possibly young. The

microscleres are moderately stout toxa, not at all sharply angulated and about 0°05 mm. in

length. The other specimen (cvi. 1G) is also a small crust, growing upon a bivalve shell.

It resembles the first very closely in skeleton arrangement and spiculation and calls for no

further comment.

Previously known Distribution. Bay of Amboina (Topsent) ; Celebes (Thiele); Aru

Islands (Hentschel).

CXIx. 6 A, Salomon.

15. Gellius petrosioides (Dendy).

Gelliodes petrosioides Dendy [1905].

There is a single specimen of this species in the collection. It is apparently only a

fragment of a larger specimen and has the form of a somewhat flattened lobe, with broadly

rounded margin, measuring about 47 by 30 by 15 mm. A fair number of rather small vents

occur scattered over the surface, chiefly on one side. In skeleton arrangement and spicu-

lation the specimen agrees very closely with the Ceylon type. The colour in spirit is rather

light brown. The texture is hard but brittle.

It appears to me now that this species falls better in the genus Gellius than in Gelliodes,

for spongin, if present at all, is quite inconspicuous. In the presence of distinct oscula the

““Sealark” specimen resembles Topsent’s [18920] Gelliodes fayalensis even more closely than

does the type specimen, and future investigations may make it necessary to unite the two

species. There appears, however, to be a good deal of difference in the form of the oxea,

as figured, and I have seen none of the large ‘“cellules sphéruleuses” which Topsent

mentions. ,

Previously known Distribution. Ceylon Seas (Dendy).

Genus GELLIopES Ridley [1884 c].

Gelliinze with much spongin, more or less completely enveloping, or even replacing, the

megascleres and forming distinct fibres. Microscleres sigmata.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 29

16. Gelliodes carnosa Dendy var. laxa nov.

(Plate 2, fig. 1.)

Gelliodes carnosa Dendy [1889, 1905}.

There are two spirit specimens of this very elegant variety in the collection, both from

the same locality (Cargados Carajos) and possibly parts of the same sponge. The most

perfectly preserved is represented in Plate 2, fig. 1. It consists of a proliferous mass of

slender, anastomosing tubes, with numerous short branches rising obliquely upwards from

all over the sponge and each terminating in a circular vent. Each specimen measures about

85 by 40 mm.; the branches arg about 4 mm. in diameter, the vents a little less. The

texture (in spirit) is compressible and resilient, fairly tough; the colour light brown. There

is a very similar dry specimen from Amirante.

The main skeleton is a sub-rectangularly meshed network of stout horny fibre, cored

by the oxea. The dermal skeleton is an almost unispicular reticulation of oxea, held together

and enveloped by a moderate amount of the pale-coloured spongin.

The oxea are slightly curved, gradually sharp-pointed at each end, measuring about

0°14 by 0°008 mm., but often more slender and sometimes a little stouter.

_ The sigmata are abundant ; very slender; C-shaped or slightly contort ; measuring

about 0°02 mm. from bend to bend.

This variety differs from the typical form in the much less complete fusion of the

tubular branches of which the sponge is composed.

Previously known Distribution of Species. Gulf of Manaar, Ceylon Seas (Dendy).

cxLvut. Amirante.

Genus ToxocHALINA Ridley [1884 o}.

Gelliinze with much spongin, more or less completely enveloping, or even replacing, the

megascleres and forming distinct fibres. Microscleres toxa.

17. Toxochalina robusta Ridley.

Toxochalina robusta Ridley [1884 c]. Toxochalina robusta Dendy [1905].

Toxochalina robusta Ridley and Dendy [1887].

There are three fine specimens of this species in the collection, all closely resembling

one another, being composed of repent, anastomosing branches, with rather large scattered

vents on the upper surface. The oxea are more gradually sharp-pointed than figured for

the type, but I suspect that this feature is exaggerated in Ridley’s figure.

Previously known Distribution. Port Jackson (Ridley); off Bahia (Ridley and Dendy) ;

Gulf of Manaar, Ceylon Seas (Dendy).

xcevi. 1, Amirante, 9.10.05, E. 3, 25 fathoms.

Sub-family Renierine.

Haploscleridee with oxeote or strongylote megascleres and in which the microscleres

have entirely disappeared and little or no spongin is developed.

30 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Genus RENrERA Schmidt [1870]. ,

Renierinze in which the skeleton is composed of a close reticulation of typically single

megascleres, each forming one side of a rectangular, triangular or polygonal mesh. Spicules

short, oxeote or strongylote, usually united together at the ends only by spongin cement.

This genus has apparently been derived from Gellius by loss of the sigmata.

18. Reniera semitubulosa (Lamarck ?).

’Spongia semitubulosa Lamarck [1813]. ? Pellina semitubulosa Schmidt [1870].

? Halichondria semitubulosa Lieberkiihn [1859]. Reniera semitubulosa Keller [1878].

? Reniera semitubulosa Schmidt [1862]. :

This species is characterized by its branching habit, slender spicules and absence of

spongin. The ‘‘Sealark” specimens, though in a fragmentary condition, agree so closely with

Keller’s description and figures, especially as regards the spicules, that there seems a

reasonable degree of certainty as to their specific identity with the form examined by him,

but whether or not that form was correctly identified as Lamarck’s Spongia senutubulosa

is perhaps more doubtful.

The “Sealark” material consists of sub-cylindrical branches, ranging from about 1°5 to

about 7 mm. in diameter. The largest fragment is about 48 mm. in length and itself un-

branched, other fragments are sparingly branched and one shows anastomosis. The surface

is even and has a coarsely porous appearance; there is no separable dermal membrane.

The texture is very soft and compressible, fragile. No vents are recognizable but some

fragments contain rather wide exhalant canals running lengthwise, while others are solid.

The colour in alcohol is very pale yellow.

The skeleton is weakly developed and consists of a sub-isodictyal reticulation of slender

oxea, in which many feebly developed, loose, plurispicular, longitudinal fibres can be recog-

nized. There is no special dermal skeleton and little if any spongin.

The spicules are slender oxea, slightly curved or bent in the middle, rather abruptly

sharp-pointed. They measure about 0°164 by 0°004 mm.

Previously known Distribution. Adriatic (Lieberkiihn, Schmidt, Keller).

Lagoon, Diego, 10 fathoms, 12.7.05.

19. Reniera rosea (Bowerbank),

Lsodictya rosea Bowerbank [1866, 1874]. Reniera rosea Ridley [1884 c].

Tsodictya rosea Carter [1879 a]. Reniera rosea Topsent [1893].

Ridley and Topsent have already recorded this species from the Indian Ocean, a fact

which encourages me in making the present identification. The “Sealark” specimens are,

however, very fragmentary. They seem to have been irregularly massive, with occasional

mammiform or digitiform processes. The vents, scattered on prominent parts of the sponge,

measure about 4 mm. in diameter. Where uninjured the surface is covered by a very thin,

transparent dermal membrane, containing the inhalant pores. The texture is compressible,

very fragile and crumb-of-bread-like throughout. The colour in spirit is in most cases very

pale yellow, in one specimen (R.N. xtvit. 7) light brown (but this is possibly due to staining

by other sponges in the same jar).

DEN DY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 31

The main skeleton is a close, sub-isodictyal reticulation of oxea. The meshes are

triangular and for the most part unispicular, but they become very irregular in places and

there are slight indications of the formation of multispicular lines. There is very little

spongin.

The dermal membrane is not entirely devoid of skeleton, as one would conclude from

Bowerbank’s description, but there is a very imperfect unispicular reticulation of oxea.

The oxea are fairly stout, slightly curved, sharply and fairly gradually pointed. They

measure about 0°155 by 0008 mm., but, as usual in the genus Reniera, numerous much

more slender forms also occur.

In spiculation this species agrees very closely with Renera tuberosa n. sp., but is to

be distinguished by its softer texture, paler colour and larger vents. The distinction

between the two is very evident in the case of R.N. Lxx. 1 and Lxx. 1 A, the latter being

a specimen of Feniera rosea encrusting the former, which is a specimen of FR. tuberosa.

Though so closely related the two specimens have failed even to adhere closely together.

Previously known Distribution. British Seas (Bowerbank); Kerguelen (Carter) ;

Amirantes (Ridley) ; Seychelles (Topsent). 3

Diego Garcia.

20. Rentera cribriformis Ridley [1884 c].

There is a somewhat damaged specimen from the Seychelles, attached to the test

of an Ascidian, which in general form and spiculation agrees very closely with Ridley’s

description of the type specimen. It has the form of a very irregular, thin-walled sac,

broadly attached below and with a few small scattered vents on the upper surface. The

surface is granular rather than glabrous as described by Ridley, and the colour in spirit is

pale yellow instead of “pale dull brown.” The maximum diameter is about 20 mm. The

skeleton is confused, without distinct primary and secondary lines or fibres. The spicules

are slender oxea, ranging from sharply pointed to strongylote and measuring about 0°2 by

0:007 mm. ‘These characters, taken in conjunction with the identity of habitat, convince

me that this specimen really belongs to Ridley’s species.

The species is evidently very closely related to Reniera camerata, and it may, I think,

fairly be questioned whether the two ought to be kept distinct.

Previously known Distribution. Seychelles (Ridley).

21. Renera camerata Ridley [1884 c}.

I refer to this species a number of fragments from Salomon, consisting of thin, curved

lamelle freely anastomosing with one another, and of a pale yellow colour and fragile

consistency. The outer surface is smooth and granular, the inner thickly pitted by the

minute openings of exhalant canals.

The skeleton is sub-isodictyal, but very confused and lax. The spicules are often

associated in loose bundles, but with no regularity. They are rather slender, slightly:

curved oxea, usually and often abruptly sharp-pointed; measuring up to about 0°22 by

0°008 mm. but varying much in thickness.

32 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

The ‘‘Sealark” material seems to differ from the types of the species in its rather

larger oxea and in their less, probably much less, definite association in multispicular

tracts or fibres, but I do not think that these differences can be regarded as amounting to

specific distinction.

Previously known Distribution. Seychelles and Amirante (Ridley).

22. Remera cribricutis n. sp.

(Plate 3, figs: 1a, 1b; Plate 12, fig. 1.)

There are two specimens of this species in the collection (Plate 3, figs. 1 a, 1b), both

from the same locality, of which R.N. Lxxt. 10 (fig. 1a) may be regarded as the type.

This specimen is irregularly sub-cylindrical, unbranched, broadly rounded off at each end.

It has evidently grown horizontally and been attached along the greater part of one side

to some smooth object. The length of the specimen is about 68 mm. and the average

diameter about 15 mm. There are several large vents, each about 5 mm. in diameter,

mostly on what was evidently the upper side of the sponge. They are rather shallow, but

with cavernous walls owing to the numerous exhalant canals which open into them.

Their margins are level with the general surface. The surface of the sponge is smooth,

but appears distinctly reticulate even to the naked eye. This appearance is due to the

presence of the very numerous, rounded or oval subdermal cavities, separated from one

another by a network of trabecule formed by the choanosomal tissue. Each subdermal

cavity is about 1 mm. in diameter and is covered over by a minutely reticulate, trans-

parent dermal membrane pierced by the inhalant pores, each pore being about 0°24 mm. in

diameter. The texture of the sponge (in spirit) is very soft and compressible, but resilient,

and the colour light pinkish brown”.

The second specimen (fig. 1 6) is closely similar in general characters to the type,

but is smaller and broken off short. It is incipiently divided into two very short, thick

branches.

The main skeleton is a rather confused, sub-isodictyal reticulation of small oxea, with

slender, plurispicular primary lines running at right angles to the surface. There are

a great number of quite irregularly scattered spicules, especially in the deeper parts of the

sponge. In many places the fibres, both primary and secondary, show a thick coating of

spongin, but this is so pale in colour as to be readily overlooked at first sight. Beneath

the surface the primary fibres break up into multispicular brushes of spicules with project-

“Ing apices.

A distinct dermal skeleton appears to be developed only in the thin dermal membrane

which covers in the subdermal cavities, where it forms an irregular, rather wide-meshed

reticulation of slender, plurispicular fibres, with no conspicuous spongin, echinated in

places by tufts of projecting oxea.

The spicules are slender oxea (Plate 12, fig. 1), slightly curved and gradually and

sharply pointed at each end, measuring about 0°17 by 0°006 mm.; with numerous more

slender forms.

* Possibly stained by an Iotrochota in the same jar.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 33

This species is evidently intermediate between the genera Reniera and Chalina, and

might, with almost equal propriety, be included in either. It is closely related to Reniera

topsenti Thiele [1905], a. South American species which I recently [1916 a] recorded also

from Okhamandal on the Indian coast, but differs in the greater amount of spongin and in

the distinct dermal reticulation of spicular fibre.

23. Reniera tuberosa n. sp.

(Plate 3, fig. 2; Plate 12, fig. 2.)

There are a considerable number of specimens and pieces of this sponge from Saya de

Malha, all closely resembling one another in general appearance. The largest (R.N. vu.

3 A) may be regarded as the type of the species (Plate 3, fig. 2). It is very irregularly

tuberous and has apparently lain at the bottom without any broad attachment. It is

elongated and, with the addition of a fragment which has probably been broken off from

it, measures about 85 mm. in length, while the maximum diameter of the transverse

section varies from about 18 to about 40 mm. The surface is smooth but extremely uneven,

and has a finely porous appearance under a pocket-lens. About a dozen small vents are

scattered singly and quite irregularly over the surface ; they are about 1°5 mm. in diameter

and vary much in depth. The inhalant pores are scattered in the thin, translucent dermal

membrane which occupies the meshes of the dermal reticulation.

The colour in spirit ranges from dull brownish yellow to light brown. The texture is

firm, compact and incompressible, but friable.

The main skeleton is extraordinarily dense and confused, forming an almost solid mass

of spicules between the moderately wide branches of the canal system. There is no dis-

tinctly separable dermal membrane, and in vertical section the dermal skeleton cannot be

distinguished from the main skeleton, but a tangential surface section shows a close reticu-

lation of multispicular fibre with small rounded meshes only about a spicule’s length in

diameter. There appears to be spongin.

The spicules are moderately stout, slightly curved oxea (Plate 12, fig. 2), sharply and

fairly gradually pointed at each end, measuring about 0°15 by 0°008 mm. Numerous

smaller, and especially more slender forms occur, possibly young.

This species appears to be fairly well distinguished by its external form, the extra-

ordinarily dense and confused character of the main skeleton and the nature of the

dermal reticulation.

cluding 3 A); vit. 6*, Saya de Malha, 6.9.05, C. 15, 55 fathoms; Lxx. 1, Lagoon, Diego

Garcia, 8.7.05.

24. Reniera tufordes n. sp.

(Plate 2, figs. 2, 2a; Plate 12, fig. 3.)

This species (Plate 2, figs. 2, 2 a) is represented in the collection by two pieces which

may possibly have formed parts of the same specimen. They are both flattened, cake-like

and presumably encrusting, with slightly convex upper surface. There is a rather thick,

* This specimen is stained purple owing to another sponge in the same jar.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 4

o4 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

separable dermal membrane, which for the most part lies closely upon the choanosome but

sometimes overlies tubular canals (? both exhalant and inhalant) which in some places run

parallel to and just beneath the surface while in others they approach the surface at right

angles. Where it covers these subdermal canals the dermal membrane has a distinctly

reticulate appearance when viewed under a pocket-lens. Occasionally, also, this part of

the dermal membrane is pierced by a rounded aperture which looks like an osculum but

which may be due simply to injury. It seems probable that in life the oscula are repre-

sented by sieve-membranes. Internally the sponge has much the appearance of some

specimens of pumice-stone and is pierced by innumerable, ramifying, sub-cylindrical canals

of very varying diameter, some of which, as already stated, lie immediately beneath the

dermal membrane. The largest piece measures about 85 by 45 by 22mm. The colour in

alcohol is pale greyish yellow ; the texture hard and incompressible, but friable.

The main skeleton is a rather loose, sub-isodictyal reticulation of oxea, the sides of

the meshes being sometimes unispicular and sometimes plurispicular; it contains no distinct

fibres. The dermal membrane contains a similar reticulation of similar spicules arranged

tangentially, and is further strengthened by a coarse, irregular, subdermal reticulation of

stout multispicular fibre, at any rate in places. I have not been able to detect any spongin.

The oxea (Plate 12, fig. 3) are moderately stout, slightly curved and fairly gradually

sharp-pointed, measuring about 0°27 by 0:0123 mm.

This well-characterized species closely resembles Reniera tufa Ridley and Dendy

[1886, 1887] both in general appearance and skeletal characters. It differs in the presence

of the subdermal reticulation of fibre, in the considerably larger oxea and probably in

having the vents covered over by the dermal membrane. Its hardness and the character of

the skeleton are such as almost to justify its inclusion in the genus Petrosia, which cannot

be sharply separated from Reniera.

25. Remera ligniformis n. sp.

(Plate 4, fig. 1; Plate 12, fig. 4.)

This curious and well-characterized species is represented in the collection by a number

of fragments which probably all belong to the same specimen. It is still possible to fit -

some of them together, but in the case of others there is some doubt of their exact position.

The following description of the external form is taken from the best restoration which it

was possible to make (Plate 4, fig. 1) and cannot be far from accurate. The sponge seems

to have grown erect, in a tree-like fashion, with a slightly expanded base of attachment.

From this base arise a main stem and a smaller stem, side by side. The smaller stem af

correctly identified amongst the pieces) was only about 30 mm. in height and 10 mm. in

greatest diameter (near the top). The larger one, irregularly cylindrical but somewhat

angular in form, rises to a height of 65 mm. without branching and then divides into three

branches of very unequal length, coming off from one another at acute angles so that all

three ascend nearly vertically. The longest reaches a total height, measured from the base,

of 140 mm. (the total height of the sponge). All these branches are somewhat angular and

also somewhat flattened, and they are widest at or near the extremity, which is broadly

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 35

rounded off. The largest has a maximum width of 18 mm. (at the end). The vents are

rather small, about 2 mm. in diameter, but quite conspicuous, and scattered singly over the

sides of the stem and branches without any definite arrangement. The surface of the

sponge is smooth and even subglabrous (in spirit) where uninjured. It exhibits a very

characteristic pattern, due to the presence of very numerous narrow, close-set, usually

longitudinal grooves (subdermal cavities) covered over by a very thin, transparent dermal

. membrane. These grooves are separated from one another by intervals of about 1:5 mm.;

while they themselves are only about 0°5 mm. wide. In some places, especially on the

main stem, they run almost parallel with one another, with only occasional cross anasto-

moses; in other places they form a network. The delicate dermal membrane which covers

them is reduced to a meshwork by the numerous inhalant pores. The texture of the sponge

internally is crumb-of-bread-like. The whole sponge is fairly compact and rigid but very

brittle and friable. The colour in spirit is light brown.

The main skeleton is a dense and confused, sub-isodictyal reticulation of small oxea,

with a slight indication of slender primary lines running lengthwise and curving outwards

to the surface. Between the subdermal cavities the more superficially placed spicules are

disposed more or less at right angles to the surface, with slightly projecting apices, but

there is no special dermal skeleton and over the subdermal cavities the dermal membrane

is practically devoid of spicules.

The spicules are rather slender oxea (Plate 12, fig. 4); slightly curved and fairly

gradually sharp-pointed ; measuring about 0°14 by 0:0055 mm., with numerous more

slender forms.

The specific name “ligniformis” has been given to this species in allusion to the

curious resemblance, both in colour and texture, which the sponge (in its present condition )

bears to water-worn fragments of driftwood. 3

Genus Petrosta Vosmaer [1887 A* ].

Renierine of hard or even stony texture, owing to the density of the skeleton, which

is composed of an irregular reticulation of oxeote or strongylote megascleres (usually short

and thick), packed close together, sometimes in stout fibres.

26. Petrosia seychellensis n. sp.

(Plate 2, figs. 3, 4; Plate 12, figs. 5a, 5b.)

This well-characterized species is represented in the collection by two good specimens,

of which I propose to regard R.N. cxxvitl. 1 as the type. This specimen (Plate 2, fig. 3)

is massive, irregularly rounded, and attached to a mass of calcareous conglomerate by a

broad base. It is rendered partially clathrous by a wide, irregular cavity which completely

pierces it and opens on two sides. This cavity is now the abode of a bivalved mollusc,

whose presence may have had something to do with its formation. The general surface is

smooth and minutely granular. The vents are represented by five groups of small openings,

each opening only about 1 mm. in diameter, and the largest group containing about 20 of

* Name published in 1885.

5—2

36 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

them closely crowded together. The smallest group is surrounded by a raised and slightly

contracted margin, forming a shallow cloacal cavity in the floor of which the vents open ;

some of the other groups may have exhibited a similar condition during life, the margin

being now rubbed away. The specimen measures about 60 mm. in height by 54 mm. in

greatest breadth. The texture is hard, compact and incompressible, the colour in alcohol

is light brownish yellow. The second specimen (R.N. Lxx11. 3) is about twice the size of

the former and much more irregular in shape (Plate 2, fig. 4). It is also shghtly clathrous,

a condition which may be partly due to the presence of parasitic barnacles. The vents are

grouped as before but none of the groups have (now, at any rate) raised margins. In places

there is a very distinctly recognizable, minutely reticulate dermal membrane, overlying

well-developed subdermal cavities (a similar structure is recognizable in places, but less

conspicuous, in the type specimen). The texture is again hard and incompressible and the

colour in spirit is pale yellow.

The main skeleton is a very dense, confused reticulation of the stout megascleres, in-

termingled with a smaller number of the slender kind. The dermal skeleton is a confused

reticulation of both kinds of spicule arranged tangentially, but with a larger proportion

of the slender forms (especially in R.N. txxu. 3, where the latter preponderate heavily).

Spicules :-——(1) Stout, slightly curved oxea (Plate 12, fig. 5 a), tapering fairly gradually

towards the two ends but almost invariably more or less blunted at both; occasionally

becoming stylote or strongylote ; size about 0°43 by 0°026 mm. ; (2) slender, slightly curved,

gradually and very sharply pointed oxea (fig. 5 b), measuring, say, about 0°25 by 0°006 mm. -

but very variable in size and connected by intermediates with the larger kind. The above

measurements are taken from the type specimen. In R.N. Lxxu. 3 the large spicules are

a good deal stouter, frequently as much as 0°04 mm. in diameter, but of about the same

length.

This species seems to be well characterized by its external features and by the

differentiation of its oxea into two fairly distinct categories. The latter character might be

thought to justify its inclusion in the genus Spongosorites, but it is only an exaggeration

of what may occur in other species of Petrosia, in which the more slender spicules are

commonly regarded, probably quite rightly, as merely young forms.

fathoms ; cxxvull. 1, Seychelles, 20.10.05, F. 9, 37 fathoms.

27. Petrosia mammiformis n. sp.

(Plate 12, fig. 6.)

Sponge consisting of short, thick-walled, tubular processes, rising from a basal crust

and each ending in a wide, circular vent. The specimens, which all come from the same

locality, are all more or less imperfect. R.N. oxxiv. 2 consists of an irregular crust, attached

to a mass of nullipore, from which one or more processes have apparently been broken off.

R.N. cxxiv. 3 is a complete tubular process which has perhaps been detached from the

preceding. R.N. cxxir 2 and cxxtt. 3 are also short tubular processes, which may have

been detached from the same specimen. The basal crust measures only about 21 mm. in

maximum diameter and is very irregular in thickness. The largest mammiform process is

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 37

16 mm. in length and 8 mm. in thickness in the middle, with walls about 2 mm. thick and

terminal osculum about 3 mm. in diameter. The texture is not very hard and decidedly

friable, easily crushing under pressure. The surface is smooth and appears faintly reticulate

when viewed under a pocket-lens. The colour in alcohol is light brown.

The main skeleton is a close reticulation of stout, loose, irregular, multispicular fibre,

with a fairly distinct differentiation into primary and secondary lines, and many spicules

loosely scattered between the fibres. The dermal skeleton is a close reticulation of stout

multispicular fibre, with rounded meshes in which he the inhalant pores ; the meshes being

hardly a spicule’s length in diameter.

The spicules are short, stout oxea (Plate 12, fig. 6) of very varying sizes, irregularly

mingled together in both dermal and main skeleton. They are usually sharply and rather

abruptly pointed, but not hastate, and often more or less bent or curved, sometimes quite

strongly. The largest measure about 0°3 by 0°02 mm., the smallest about 0°08 by 0:012 mm.,

and numerous intermediates occur. There seems to be but little tendency towards blunting

of one or both ends of the spicule, such as is so commonly met with in some species of the

genus. A few slender oxea occur which may perhaps be regarded as young.

This species is evidently closely related to Schmidt's (/ Nardo’s) Petrosia (Reniera ?)

dura from the Adriatic, Carter’s Reniera crassa (Petrosia crassa Lundbeck 1902) from the

North Atlantic, Thiele’s P. umperforata from Celebes, and my own P. densissima from

Ceylon, especially as regards spiculation, but differs in its characteristic external form and

in the arrangement of the vents.

Genus HaticHonpria Fleming [1828].

Renierinz (4) in which the skeleton consists of a confused reticulation of long and

slender oxea (or strongyla) with little or no spongin; the spicules sometimes associated in

ill-defined bands or fibres.

This is an unsatisfactory genus, which, as I have already pointed out [ 1905], may be

of polyphyletic origin. The long, slender oxea suggest a possible origin from “ epipolasid ”

Astrotetraxonida, such as Asteropus, rather than from sigmatotetraxonid ancestors.

28. Halichondria panicea Johnston, var.

(For literature, synonymy, &c., vwde Ridley and Dendy [1887] and Dendy [ 1905].)

The single specimen which I refer to this widely distributed species is irregularly

rounded, somewhat tuberous in form; about 56 mm. in length, 37 mm. in greatest breadth

and 20 mm. in greatest thickness. The texture is unusually compact, shghtly compressible

and resilient, but rather friable. The surface is smooth, minutely granular, without any

separable dermal membrane, There are two vents on what was presumably the upper

surface, each about 2°5 mm. in diameter. The main skeleton is a confused reticulation of

slender oxea without any distinct fibres, though the spicules tend to arrange themselves in

loose wisps, the ends of which in places project more or less vertically from the surface, while

deeper down in the sponge other loose wisps cross these at right angles. In other parts

there is a dense dermal skeleton of tangentially placed oxea, crossing one another in all

38 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

directions without forming a regular network, and here the projecting spicules are absent.

The spicules are slender oxea, slightly curved and fairly gradually sharp-pointed at each

end; they measure about 0°6 by 0°014 mm.

Previously known Distribution of the Species. Almost cosmopolitan.

29. Halichondria retiderma n. sp.

(Plate 2, fig. 5; Plate 12, figs. 7 a, 7 b.)

The single specimen (Plate 2, fig. 5) is massively lobose, undivided, and probably grew

erect. It has been broken off below and is now about 80 mm. high by 55 mm. in greatest

breadth and 35 mm. in greatest thickness, narrowing irregularly to a rounded summit.

The surface is uneven, and covered everywhere by a thin, transparent, minutely reticulate

dermal membrane, overlying extensive but shallow subdermal cavities and also covering

over the ends of the wide exhalant canals, so that there are no visible vents. The dermal

mem brane is easily separable from the underlying choanosome, to which it is attached by

numerous short, slender pillars of spicular fibre. The texture throughout is rather soft and

very fragile, and cavernous owing to the presence of wide, cylindrical exhalant canals running

vertically towards the summit of the sponge. The thin, transparent dermal membrane is

of course perforated by numerous pores. The colour in spirit is yellowish grey.

The main skeleton is a very confused reticulation of rather slender oxea, for the most

part scattered singly, but occasionally aggregated in loose wisps. Towards the surface they

become aggregated in the ill-defined fibres which form the columns supporting the dermal

membrane. The dermal skeleton is an irregular reticulation of tangentially disposed oxea,

either of single spicules or of loose wisps. There is very little spongin.

The spicules are rather slender, slightly curved oxea (Plate 12, fig. 7 a), fairly gradually

and sharply pointed at each end; measuring about 0°4 by 0°012 mm. when fully grown.

An occasional stylote spicule (fig. 7 b) occurs amongst the oxea, of about the same dimensions.

This species is well-characterized by its very distinct, reticulate dermal membrane, with

a well-developed dermal skeleton, and by the concealment of the oscula thereby. It might

be included in Schmidt’s genus Pellina [1870], but I do not see how the retention of that

genus can be justified in view of the very varying extent to which a separable dermal

membrane may be developed in different species.

30. Halichondria nigra n. sp.

(Plate 12, fig. 8.)

This species is represented in the collection by four fragments, two of which evidently

fit together to form a tolerably complete specimen, which I regard as the type of the

species, and from which the following description is taken. The sponge has apparently not

been attached to the sea-bottom but has grown partially around the slender, cylindrical

stem of some plant. It is irregularly cylindrical in form, with a very slight tendency to

become branched; about 83 mm. in length and 27 mm. in maximum diameter. The surface

is rather uneven, but subglabrous, with a rather thick, separable dermal membrane. The

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 39

vents are irregularly scattered on the broader end of the sponge, which was probably

uppermost in life. They are more or less prominent, widely open, and up to 8 mm. in

maximum diameter. The texture is compressible and fairly resilient, but friable and rather

cavernous, with wide, cylindrical canals penetrating the interior and showing a strong

tendency to run lengthwise just beneath the dermal membrane. The colour throughout is

dark grey, almost black.

The skeleton arrangement is very confused, but shows loose, slender, multispicular

primary and secondary fibres arranged in squarish meshes of very various sizes, the spaces

between the fibres being crowded with irregularly scattered spicules. The dermal skeleton

is a confused reticulation of tangentially placed oxea crossing one another in all directions,

and doubtless with the inhalant pores scattered in the intervals, though these are hardly

discernible now. A fair amount of spongin is present both in the dermal and in the main

skeleton, but not as a continuous investment of the spicular fibre.

The spicules are slender, slightly curved oxea (Plate 12, fig. 8), usually more or less

blunted at the extremities, and measuring about 0°22 by 0°0082 mm. Numerous much more

slender forms, gradually sharp-pointed at each end, also occur; these are probably young.

The colour of the sponge is due to numerous minute, brown pigment granules, scattered

through the dermal membrane and in the interior of the sponge.

This species is perhaps nearly related to my Reniera pigmentifera from Ceylon [1905],

but differs considerably in several respects.

Coetivy (the type specimen and another piece of irregular shape).

31. Halichondria aplysinoides n. sp.

(Plate 3, figs. 3, 4,5; Plate 12, fig. 9.)

The specimen (R.N. txxvu. 2) which I regard as the type of this species is massive

and compact, with evenly rounded contours. It is slightly compressed in a vertical plane

and measures about 120 mm. in height by 103 mm. in greatest breadth and 70 mm. in

greatest thickness (Plate 3, fig. 3). A considerable amount of very coarse calcareous débris

is attached to the surface in places, especially at the much constricted base of attachment.

Otherwise the surface is clean, faintly nodulated, and more or less covered with a minute

reticulation of raised ridges, very variously developed in different parts. There is a large,

shallow vent, receiving the openings of four large exhalant canals. This vent is situated on

one side of the sponge, a little below the rounded summit ; it is about 7 mm. in diameter

and its margin is level with the general surface. Another much smaller, double vent occurs

just below the summit on the other side, and possibly there may be a few more small ones

not easily distinguishable. The inhalant pores are scattered in the interstices of the dermal

reticulation. The colour (in spirit) is dark brown over the greater part of the surface, but

this dark colour is confined to a thin superficial layer and the sponge is much lighter in-

ternally. The texture is compact, slightly compressible and resilient.

The skeleton is a rather dense and quite irregular reticulation of long oxea, occasionally

associated in loose wisps but without any definite fibres. Stained sections show that these

spicules are often cemented together, where they come into contact with one another, by

40 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

a considerable quantity of spongin. There is no true dermal skeleton, though the portions

of the main skeleton lying just beneath the surface might sometimes be mistaken for such.

Here and there the surface is slightly hispid from the projection of the ends of some of the

oxea.

The oxea (Plate 12, fig. 9) are very like those of Halchondria panicea ; long, rather

slender, slightly curved and gradually sharp-pointed at each end. They vary considerably

in size, measuring about 1°0 by 0°03 mm. when fully grown.

The histological structure of this sponge exhibits features of considerable interest,

whereby it may readily be distinguished from such species as Halichondria panicea. The

ectosome is composed of a thin fibrous (or fibrillar) layer (about 0°04 mm. thick) overlying

a very thick layer of collenchyma. The fibrous layer is seen in tangential sections to be

broken up into the characteristic dermal reticulation, with rounded meshes, by the presence

of numerous irregular subdermal cavities roofed over each by a thin, cribriform dermal

membrane. The collenchymatous layer is penetrated by the irregular subdermal cavities

and cannot be sharply separated from the underlying choanosome, in which the larger

canals are surrounded by a thick layer of similar tissue. The pigment is almost confined to

the ectosome and is chiefly developed in the fibrous layer.

The flagellate chambers are confined to the irregular, granular-looking areas between

the collenchymatous invasions of the choanosome. They are about 0°016 mm. in diameter.

I have not been able to make out how they communicate with the rest of the canal system.

The most characteristic feature of this species appears to be the dermal reticulation,

composed of a network of fibrillated bands of varying diameter, which gives to the surface

~ an appearance resembling that of species of Aplysina.

There are a considerable number of specimens in the collection exhibiting this character

and also agreeing pretty closely with the type of the species in skeleton arrangement and

spiculation, while exhibiting a great deal of variation as regards external form and, to a

less extent, colour. The most extreme variation is seen in R.N. Lxxvut. 7 (Plate 3,

fig. 4) and R.N. oxxviu. 3, which exhibit a shghtly branched, digitate mode of growth, with

branches averaging only about 10 mm. in diameter and with small scattered vents. The

spicules are also decidedly smaller than in the type and show a stronger tendency to as-

sociate themselves in fibres, and were it not for the existence of specimens intermediate in

form—some of them very irregular—I should have felt strongly inclined to place the two

specimens referred to in a distinct species.

R.N. tut. 6, which is an irregularly massive specimen, shows the tendency towards

the development of loose spicular fibres very strongly, the fibres mostly running towards

the surface. The same is true of R.N. oxxv. 1. R.N. xuu. 3 (Plate 3, fig. 5) and R.N.

cxxv. | are infested by parasitic barnacles, deeply imbedded in the sponge and giving rise

to a false appearance of numerous vents.

Lut. 1, 6, Coetivy; Lxx1. 3, 4, Amirante, 17.10.05, E. 21, 30 fathoms; Lxxvu. 2, Cargados,

30 fathoms; Lxxviut. 4, 7, Cargados Carajos, 28.3.05, B. 2, 30 fathoms; xcvir. 2, Amirante,

18.10.05, E. 23, 16 fathoms; ox. 1, Egmont Reef; cxxv. 1, 23.8.05, > 100 fathoms; cxxvIII.

3, Seychelles, 20.10.05, F. 9, 37 fathoms.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 41

82. Halichondria tenuiramosa nom. n.

Halichondria reticulata Baer [1905]. (Not Halichondria reticulata Lieberkiihn [1859].)

Halichondria reticulata Dendy [1916 a].

A fine specimen (‘all one) of this curious species, from Diego Garcia, appears to be very

typical both in skeleton and histological features, and the external form differs from that

of the Okhamandal specimens only in the greater preponderance of long, slender, compara-

tively straight branches and their less frequent anastomosis. The species appears to be a

characteristic but not very common constituent of the sponge-fauna of the Indian Ocean.

Previously known Distribution. Zanzibar (Baer); Okhamandal (Dendy).

Sub-family Chalinine.

Haploscleridz with oxeote or strongylote megascleresand without microscleres. Skeleton

a network of more or less strongly developed horny fibre cored by spicules and often with

spicules scattered between the fibres.

It may well be doubted whether this large and apparently homogeneous sub-family is

really a monophyletic group, for the chalinine condition may, with equal probability, be

derived either from a renierine ancestry by addition of spongin or from a gelliine ancestry

(Gelliodes or Toxochalina) by suppression of microscleres. On the other hand the suppression

of megascleres also in certain chalinine sponges seems to have given rise to pseudoceratose

forms such as Chalinopsilla Lendenfeld [1888 ].

Genus PacHycHaLina Schmidt [1868 }.

Chalinine of various external form, lobose or digitate, but not tubular; with stout

skeleton fibres containing very numerous spicules arranged multiserially.

33. Pachychalina subcylindrica Dendy [1905 ].

(Plate 8, fig. 1.)

This species is represented in the collection by three pieces, which are perhaps all parts

of the same specimen. The sponge consists of long, repent branches (Plate 8, fig. 1),

averaging about 8 mm, in diameter and somewhat angular in transverse section, the upper

surface forming a more or less prominent ridge on which the conspicuous vents are arranged

_ uniserially. The branches show some tendency to subdivide dichotomously and to anastomose

with one another. The vents vary greatly in diameter, up to about 3 mm., and the larger

ones have prominent margins. They lead out of deep, vertical oscular tubes. The largest

piece is about 165 mm. in length. The surface is smooth and subglabrous, but minutely

reticulate to the naked eye owing to the subdermal cavities showing through the dermal

membrane. It has in many places a sandy appearance due to the inclusion of much foreign

matter. The texture is rather hard and little compressible, somewhat fragile.

The main skeleton is a rather close but very irregular reticulation of stout, multispicular

fibres, with much foreign matter both in and between the fibres and a fair amount of spongin.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 6

42 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Many spicules are scattered irregularly between the fibres. The dermal skeleton is a close-

meshed network of similar multispicular fibre, with single spicules scattered tangentially in

the meshes.

The spicules are slightly curved, gradually sharp-pointed oxea, measuring about 0°16

by 0:006 mm., but frequently much more slender.

The “Sealark” specimen appears to differ from the Ceylon types chiefly in the regular

uniserial arrangement of the vents. The types also contain a considerable amount of foreign

matter and probably more spongin than I originally supposed.

The species is evidently nearly related to the Australian Pachychalina melior Ridley

and Dendy [1887 ].

Previously known Distribution. Ceylon Seas (Dendy).

Genus CHALINA Grant [1861].

Chalinine of various external form; not tubular. Skeleton reticulation typically rect-

angular ; fibres usually slender, with much spongin and few but usually well developed spicules.

34. Chalina confusa n. sp.

(Plate 3, fig. 6; Plate 12, fig. 10.)

Sponge (Plate 3, fig. 6) erect or pendent (?), sparingly branched, attached by an ir-

regular, spreading base to a mass of calcareous débris. Branches long and slender, separating

from one another at very acute angles, so that they lie almost parallel; diameter from

about 2 to about 4mm. Total length of specimen about 130 mm. Surface minutely rough

and porous-looking. Vents numerous, but small and rather inconspicuous, arranged in

longitudinal series. Texture rather soft, compressible and resilient, but fairly tough. Colour

in spirit dark brown throughout, owing to the presence of numerous minute, scattered

pigment granules and of abundant, rather dark-coloured spongin.

The skeleton is extraordinarily confused, owing chiefly to the very numerous loose

spicules scattered irregularly between the fibres. A longitudinal section shows numerous

sub-parallel, slender primary fibres, running in the main lengthwise but curving outwards

towards the surface. These fibres are about 0°02 mm. in diameter. They contain a core of

well-developed spicules, usually arranged in several series, surrounded by a thick coating

of spongin, spongin and spicules being present in about equal proportions. They are con-

nected crosswise by secondary fibres of the same character, but more slender and usually

with only a single spicule in the axis. The intervals between the fibres are densely crowded

with scattered spicules. There is no special dermal skeleton, and the outer part of the

main skeleton becomes very irregular towards the surface.

The spicules are slightly curved oxea (Plate 12, fig. 10), usually very sharply but rather

abruptly pointed, measuring when full grown about 0°15 by 0°006 mm. As usual, numerous

much more slender forms occur, probably young.

This is a rather curious and well-characterized species, intermediate in skeletal

characters between Chalina and Halichondria, with the external form of a Chalina.

DEN DY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 43

Genus CERAOCHALINA Lendenfeld [1887].

Chalinine of various external form; not tubular. Texture hard, owing to the great

thickness of the skeleton fibres, in which the spongin is very strongly developed and the

spicules much reduced in size and sometimes also in number.

35. Ceraochalina reticutis Dendy [1905] var. salomonensis nov.

The single specimen in the collection is an irregularly sub-cylindrical, somewhat nodose

sponge, probably repent in life. It seems likely that a branch has been broken off, but in

its present condition it measures about 100 mm. in length by 10 mm. in average diameter.

The surface is smooth but uneven, and beautifully reticulate under a pocket lens. The

vents are numerous, about 2 mm. in diameter, sometimes with prominent margins and

mostly arranged in longitudinal series. The texture is compressible and resilient, but stiff

and tough. The colour is now light brown.

The main skeleton is a reticulation of stout, amber-coloured horny fibre, with triangular

or sub-rectangular meshes sub-divided in places by an irregular secondary network of very

slender fibres springing from the stout ones. The stout fibres average, say, about 0°14 mm.

in diameter, the slender ones only about 0°025 mm. (The secondary reticulation was not

mentioned in the description of the type of the species, but I find that it occurs there also.)

Any of the fibres may contain vestigial spicules or may be without them, the numbers in

which these occur varying greatly in different parts.

The dermal skeleton is a singularly beautiful reticulation of stout and slender horny

fibre ; the stout fibres, similar to those of the main skeleton, being arranged in triangular

meshes, radiating from nodes which mark the ends of primary fibres of the main skeleton,

and the slender fibres, of very various diameter, forming a secondary, small-meshed network

between the stout fibres. Here again the number of spicules in the fibres varies greatly in

different parts of the sponge, as also does the degree to which the spicules are developed

individually, z.e. their diameter. In the stout fibres they are often so slender as to be barely

recognizable, in the slender fibres they are stouter and there is usually one to each side of

the small meshes.

The spicules are slender strongyla, usually slightly curved, about 0°078 mm. in length

and up to about 0:002 mm. in diameter. In the interior of the sponge they occur scattered

in the soft tissues between the fibres as well as in the fibres themselves.

The chief distinguishing character of this variety as compared with the type of the

species seems to be the strongylote instead of oxeote character of the spicules.

| Previously known Distribution of the Species. Gulf of Manaar (Dendy).

36. Ceraochalina differentiata n. sp.

(Plate 3, fig. 7; Plate 12, fig. 11.)

This species is represented in the collection by two pieces, probably parts of the same |

specimen. The sponge (Plate 3, fig. 7) is composed of short, irregularly sub-cylindrical,

somewhat nodose branches, with fragments of calcareous débris attached here and there; it

6—2

44 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

was probably repent on the sea-bottom in life. The largest piece is 52 mm. long and varies

from about 8 to about 14 mm. in diameter. The smaller piece is apparently a detached

branch. The surface is smooth and even glabrous. The numerous small, rounded subdermal

cavities of varying size show clearly through the transparent dermal membrane, which

itself appears minutely and very evenly punctate under a pocket lens. The vents, varying

in diameter up to about 4 mm., are rather numerous and mostly scattered on what was

evidently the upper surface of the sponge. Each leads out of a deep or shallow cloacal tube,

whose walls are perforated by numerous apertures. The thin margins of the vents are only

slightly prominent. The colour in spirit is light greyish brown, the texture rather soft,

compressible and resilient.

The main skeleton is characterized by the sharp differentiation between primary and

secondary fibres. The former run towards the surface in sub-parallel lines, bifurcating oc-

casionally (but more frequently near the surface) at very acute angles. Each consists of a

well-developed spicular core, about three spicules’ width in diameter, surrounded by a thick

coating of spongin ; the total diameter of the fibre being only about 0°0287 mm., while the

intervals between the fibres (except near the points of bifurcation) average about 0°2 mm.

These primary fibres are connected by secondaries, which in places simply run across between

the primaries like the rungs of a ladder, while in other places they form an irregular net-

work. The secondary fibres are for the most part entirely devoid of spicules, but here and

there a single spicule occurs in the axis. They vary in diameter from about 0°004 to about

0°025 mm.

The dermal skeleton is a close-meshed reticulation of horny fibre, with only occasional

spicules in the axis of the fibre. The meshes are usually quadrangular and about 0°085 mm.

in width, while the fibres range in thickness from about 0:004 to about 0°03 mm. The

fibres are echinated at frequent intervals by small bundles of outwardly projecting oxea, to

which is due the minutely punctate appearance of the surface.

The spicules are rather slender, very slightly curved oxea (Plate 12, fig. 11), sharply

and rather abruptly pointed, measuring about 0°08 by 0:003 mm. A considerable number,

especially more slender forms, occur between the fibres.

This species may be closely related to my Ceraochalina retiarmata from Ceylon [1905],

but differs considerably both in external form and in details of skeleton arrangement.

Sub-family Phleeodictyine.

Haploscleride in which the ectosome forms a more or less sharply differentiated rind

enclosing the often pulpy choanosome and produced into hollow tubular processes or fistule.

The megascleres, both of the ectosome and of the choanosome, are typical oxea (or strongyla),

for the most part lying tangentially in the dermal layer and forming a reticulation, either

fibrous or otherwise, in the deeper parts. This reticulation is usually concentrated to form

a subdermal bast-like network of spicular fibre in the ectosome. Microscleres may be present

in the form of sigmata or toxa but there are no chele.

In my report on Professor Herdman’s Ceylon sponges [1905] I included in this sub-

family the genera Phlceodictyon, Oceanapia, Histoderma (= Ceelospheera), Sideroderma (Sidero-

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 45

dermella) and Amphiastrella, thus associating those genera which possess chelee with those

which do not, and those which possess diactinal megascleres in the form of tylota (or their

derivatives) with those which have ordinary oxea or strongyla. Lundbeck [1910] dissents

from this view and gives good reason for considering that the resemblance of such genera

as Coelosphera, Siderodermella and Amphiastrella, to Phlceodictyon and Oceanapia is due

merely to convergence. I am inclined to think now that Lundbeck is right and I therefore

propose to include the former, together with certain obviously related forms, in a section

of the Ectyoninee, for which the name Ceelosphzereze would seem to be the most appropriate,

while retaining the sub-family Phlceodictyinz for the latter.

As to Schmidt’s genus Rhizochalina [1870], in spite of the fact that Lundbeck [1902],

who has examined the original types of Schmidt’s species, has come to the conclusion that

they are Chalinine, I do not feel at all convinced that they are not very closely related to

Carter's Phleeodictyon, and consider that Schmidt’s genus should at any rate be included

in the same sub-family. Lundbeck, indeed, rejects the sub-family altogether, and, while

relegating Rhizochalina to the Chalinine, places Phleeodictyon amongst the Renierinze and

Oceanapia amongst the Gelliine. I see no need for such a drastic proceeding and as the

sub-family is certainly a very useful one I propose to retain it in the sense indicated above.

Genus OcEANnapra Norman [1868].

Phloeodictyinze with microscleres in the form of sigmata or toxa, or both.

37. Oceanapra toxophila n. sp.

(Plate 8, fig. 2; Plate 12, figs. 12 a—c.)

There are three pieces of this sponge in the collection. Two of them (R.N. xx. 2),

which were found in the same jar, almost certainly belong together and form practically

an entire specimen (Plate 8, fig. 2), which may be regarded as the type of the species. The

third piece (R.N. xx. 3.4) comes from the same locality (Providence) but was obtained at

a different time and no doubt represents another specimen.

The type specimen consists of an irregularly fusiform, tuberous body, about 27 mm.

long by 11 mm. in maximum diameter, tapering off at each end into a hollow cylindrical

process, or fistula, about 4mm. in diameter. One of these fistulz is quite short, only about

6 mm. long, and terminates irregularly, with a subterminal opening. It has apparently

been damaged during life, possibly by rolling on the sea-bottom, for there is no indication

_ of any attachment of the sponge to the substratum. The other is broken off short at a

distance of about 9 mm. from the body, but the detached portion, already referred to as one

of the three pieces, is about 55 mm. in length, of nearly uniform diameter throughout (about

4mm.), but with an uneven, irregular surface and frayed out at what was evidently the

distal end. The general surface ranges from finely granular, or even minutely hispid, to

subglabrous. On the body are visible a number of subdermal canals, visible through the

thin membrane which roofs them over. Some of these converge towards a group of very '

small vents, by which they open. The cavity of the longer fistula is continued for a long

distance into the body, deeply penetrating the choanosome and giving off (or receiving ?)

46 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

numerous small canals in its course. The cavity of the smaller fistula, on the other hand,

runs into the body close beneath the rind, where it branches into subdermal canals. The

differentiation into rind (ectosome) and medulla (choanosome) is sharply marked but the

choanosome is firm and compact and the ectosome (about 0°5 mm. thick) is closely adherent

to it except in the region of the subdermal canals. In the fistulee the ectosome alone is

developed, forming the wall of the tube (about 0°7 mm. thick), and the whole fistula is stiff

and rigid and rather brittle. The specimen has acquired a slight purple tinge from a specimen

of Iotrochota in the same jar, otherwise it would doubtless be light yellowish brown in

colour. The ectosome, including the fistula-wall, has a characteristic translucent appearance

as compared with the opaque choanosome. Throughout the sponge occur a good many dark

brown pigment granules, sparsely scattered in irregular groups (probably pigment-cells).

The main (choanosomal) skeleton is a very dense feltwork of oxea, not collected into

fibres at all but interlacing with one another singly in all directions.

The ectosomal skeleton is rather peculiar. On the outside there is a thin dermal layer

formed by a not very dense feltwork of tangentially disposed oxea. Beneath this is a layer,

about 0°5 mm. thick, composed of a loose, sub-isodictyal reticulation of, for the most part,

single oxea. In the fistula wall we find a similar arrangement of dermal and subdermal

skeleton, with the addition of'a large number of very stout longitudinal bands of multispicular

fibre in the subdermal layer. These fibres are about 0°17 mm. thick. They occasionally

branch and anastomose and evidently represent the so-called ‘‘ bast layer.” They are very

feebly represented in the ectosome of the body.

Megascleres. Slightly curved oxea (Plate 12, fig. 12 a), tapering more or less

gradually to usually blunted extremities, size about 0°3 by 0°012 mm. Sharp-pointed

forms seem to occur chiefly in the choanosome, they are perhaps immature.

Microscleres. (1) Sigmata (fig. 12 6); slender, C-shaped or slightly contort; varying

up to about 00164 mm. in length from bend to bend.

(2) Toxa (fig. 12 ¢) with short, straight, usually slender arms, diverging from one

another sharply at an angle of about 135° and only slightly recurved at the apices;

measuring up to about 0°057 mm. in a straight line from apex to apex but ranging down

to a very small size.

Neither toxa nor sigmata can be said to be very abundant but they are quite suf-

ficiently so to make it certain that they belong to the sponge, especially as they occur

also in R.N. xx1.3.a. In both specimens I have seen one or two minute amphidiscs but

these are undoubtedly foreign and derived from specimens of [otrochota in the same bottles.

The second specimen (R.N. xxi. 34) is a cylindrical fragment in a bad state of

preservation. It is about 48mm. long and 14mm. in diameter. One end is broken off

short ; the other divides into two branches, one very short and with a wide and apparently

natural opening at the end; the other may have been longer but has been frayed away almost

completely, leaving an irregular opening. The interior of the sponge is divided into two or

three wide longitudinal canals, one of which terminates in the opening at the end of the

short branch. The colour in spirit is light brown. The spiculation agrees closely with that

of the type.

This seems to be a very distinct species. I know of no other Phlceodictyine which

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 47

possesses toxa and the blunting of the ends of the oxea and the arrangement of the ecto-

somal skeleton also seem to be very characteristic. R.N. xx1. 3 A was associated in the same

jar with two fistulee of Phlwodictyon (fistulosum?) with which it was at first confounded,

but they are quite easily distinguished on microscopical examination.

Providence, 3.10.05, D. 1, 39 fathoms.

Genus PHLa@opictyon Carter [1882 c].

Phloeodictyinze without microscleres.

I am still doubtful whether this genus can be satisfactorily separated from Rhizo-

chalina Schmidt [1870], but the differentiation of the fistulee in Rhizochalina into two

distinct groups, ascending and descending, even if there is no generic difference in skeletal

characters, which remains uncertain, may perhaps serve as a means of distinction.

It is obvious, on the other hand, that Phlceodictyon has just as much claim to be

separated from Oceanapia as Reniera has to be separated from Gellius, for it seems almost

certain that Reniera and Phlceodictyon have been derived respectively from Gellius and

Oceanapia by loss of the microscleres; and as it is not improbable that this loss has taken

place independently in several species of each genus it may well be that Reniera and

Phleeodictyon are of polyphyletic origin.

38. Phlawodictyon seychellense n. sp.

(Plate 8, fig. 3; Plate 12, fig. 13 a—b.)

Sponge (Plate 8, fig. 3) massive (? encrusting), with rounded surface giving off numerous

rather short fistulae. Surface of body and fistule alike smooth and glabrous. The fistulee

average about 35 mm. in length and vary greatly in diameter, from about 5 to about

20mm. Some of the smaller ones end blindly but these appear to be merely young stages of

the larger ones, each of which terminates in a wide vent. The walls of the fistulee are very

thin and flaccid and the cavity is partially sub-divided internally by irregular longitudinal

septa. The body generally is covered with a thin rind which easily peels off as a ‘‘dermal

membrane.” Internally it is very soft, spongy and friable, and penetrated by numerous

cylindrical canals, about 3 or 4mm. in diameter, which run into the fistule, sometimes

many into a single fistula. The larger of the two specimens (R.N. cxxrx. 1) appears

to be a fragment torn off from a large sub-spherical sponge. It measures about 120 mm.

in height, 75 mm. in breadth and up to 35 mm. in thickness. It has a pale orange colour

_ in spirit and the spirit containing it is deeply tinged with orange, and it seems probable

that this colour is proper to the sponge. The second specimen (R.N. Lr. 2) is closely similar

but smaller, and of a pale grey colour without any trace of yellow.

The skeleton in the interior of the body consists of a very loose, irregular, wide-meshed

network of multispicular fibre averaging about 0°016 mm. in diameter. The fibres are com-

pact but there is no conspicuous spongin and very numerous loose spicules are scattered in

the soft ground-substance between them. To the naked eye the reticulation of spicular fibres ~

looks like a loose network of fine hairs inter-penetrating the soft choanosome. Immedi-

ately beneath the surface lies an irregular bast-like reticulation of similar spicular fibre

48 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

which separates readily from the underlying main skeleton and thus comes away with

the true dermal membrane when the latter is peeled off. Outside this, in the dermal

membrane itself, is a fairly close feltwork of single spicules lying tangentially in approxi-

mately a single layer. The skeleton of the walls of the fistulee also consists of dermal

and subdermal layers and exactly resembles that of the “rind.”

Spicules. Slightly curved oxea (Plate 12, fig. 13 a—b) sharply and fairly gradually

pointed at each end, sometimes hastate, measuring about 0°18 by 0:0082 mm.

This species seems to come near to Pellina eusiphona Ridley [1884 c] from Port

Darwin, and certainly suggests a close relationship between the genus Phleodictyon and

the Renierine. It should also be compared with my own Oceanapia mollis from near Port

Phillip Heads [1895], from which it differs chiefly in the absence of sigmata and the

stronger development of spicular fibres in the main skeleton, and with Topsent’s Oceanapia

fragilis from Amboina [1897 a].

Hed fathoms;

39. Phleodictyon porosum n. sp.

(Plate 8, fig. 4; Plate 12, fig. 14.)

The single specimen (Plate 8, fig: 4) is cylindrical, truncated at right angles above

and attached obliquely below to a mass of coral, the surface of attachment being very

extensive. The upper, truncated surface is slightly depressed, with raised and rounded

margin, sub-circular in outline. It is covered by a rather thick and fragile, pore-bearing

dermal membrane, resembling, in its present condition, damp blotting paper, and easily

peeling off. It is smooth, but finely granular and rather uneven, and bears no fistule.

This surface may evidently be regarded as a single very large pore-area (? inhalant or

exhalant). The side of the cylinder bears a large number of cylindrical fistulee, arising at

considerable intervals from one another and standing out more or less at right angles from

the surface. Most of these have been broken off quite short, leaving circular openings,

and the remainder are much damaged. They are rather thin-walled and there are clear.

indications that they were sometimes branched. Some of them seem to have terminated

blindly, probably in porous areas, others may have been open, but there is no real

evidence of this. They average about 6 mm. in diameter and the longest remaining

is 28 mm. in length. The wall of the fistula measures up to about 1 mm. in thickness.

Between the bases of the fistulee the surface of the sponge is smooth and has the appear-

ance of being covered by a thin, slightly wrinkled cuticle, which can easily be peeled off

in shreds, and is really a translucent, spicule-bearing dermal membrane. ‘The total height

of the specimen, on the longest side, is 100 mm.; on the shortest side, opposite to this,

only 44mm. The diameter at the upper, truncated end, is 65 mm. The texture is rather

firm but compressible and resilient; fairly compact and fibrous internally, but with

wide canals leading in from the fistule and smaller ones terminating below the dermal

-membrane of the pore-area. Colour in spirit very dark grey, almost black; due to the

presence of an immense number of pigment cells filled with black granules, which occur

scattered abundantly throughout the sponge.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 49

The skeleton of the body consists of a very irregular reticulation of coarse multi-

spicular fibre, together with numerous loosely scattered spicules. The reticulation is fairly

close, and the fibres, usually about 0°085 to 0°17 mm. in diameter, contain a large pro-

portion of pale-coloured spongin. There is no differentiated subdermal reticulation dis-

tinguishable from the deeper skeleton. The dermal skeleton is a thin but fairly well-

developed feltwork of oxea, lying tangentially in the thin dermal membrane.

The skeleton of the fistula wall is arranged in the same way except that, owing to the

hollow character of the fistula, the main skeleton is reduced to a coarse subdermal reticu-

lation of multispicular fibre.

In the large pore-area (and possibly also at the closed ends of the fistulee) the dermal

skeleton is arranged differently, forming a close reticulation with small rounded meshes

(about 0°086 mm. in diameter) containing small groups of pores. The spicular reticulation

is very irregular and is echinated by numerous spicules projecting from it more or less at

right angles.

Spicules. Slightly curved oxea (Plate 12, fig. 14), gradually or abruptly sharp-

pointed ; varying greatly in size, up to about 0°2 by 0°01 mm. The different sizes are much

intermingled, the larger chiefly in the fibres of the main skeleton and the smaller in the

intervening ground substance and in the dermal skeleton.

This is a very remarkable species and I know of nothing already described that comes

at all near it.

40. Phleodictyon fistulosum (Bowerbank).

(For References and Synonymy wde Dendy [1905 |.)

There is no complete specimen of this common species in the collection, but a number

of fistulze, large and small, branched and unbranched, from various localities. The largest

measures 106 mm. in length by 18 mm. in maximum diameter and is unbranched and open

at each end. Another, which is practically perfect and slightly branched at the distal

end, measures 100 mm. in length with a maximum diameter of 8 mm.; a small portion of

the body of the sponge is attached to its basal end.

Previously known Distribution. West Australia (Bowerbank); Arafura Sea (Ridley,

Hentschel); 5.W. of New Guinea (Ridley and Dendy); Amboina (Topsent); Gulf of

Manaar (Carter); Ceylon (Dendy); ? Ternate (Thiele); Azores (Ridley and Dendy, Top-

sent); ? off Bahia (Ridley and Dendy).

CXXVIII. 4, 5, 6, cxxxim. 8, Seychelles, 20.10.05, F. 9, 37 fathoms; ? xx1. 3 B, C, Provi-

dence, 3.10.05, D. 1, 39 fathoms.

41. Phlaodictyon incrustatum n. sp.

(Plate 12, fig. 15.)

This species is represented in the collection by five fistule, all from Egmont Reef and '

very possibly from the same specimen. The lower portions of all the fistulee except the

smallest, which has apparently been broken off short, are encrusted with very coarse sand,

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 7

50 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

small nullipore nodules, &c.; clearly indicating that the body of the sponge was buried in

similar débris and left behind when the fistule were collected, for all the fistulee have

evidently been broken off at the bottom. The fistulz are of two kinds; three of them

terminate each in a wide, sphinctrate vent; the other two end blindly and probably bear

inhalant pores. One of the latter shows an incipient branching at the extremity; the

remainder are quite unbranched. The three vent-bearing fistulze are considerably larger -

than the others and all of about the same size, the largest being about 74 mm. in length

by 12 mm. in average diameter. The walls of all the fistulze are rather thin (about 0°5

mm.) and the cavities of the vent-bearing ones are more or less subdivided by longitudinal

septa. The surface is finely granular and the colour in spirit dark brown.

The skeleton of the wall consists of a not very dense dermal feltwork of scattered

oxea, lying tangentially and crossing one another in all directions. This is backed by a

rather close-meshed reticulation of very stout spicular fibre, in which the multispicular

fibres range up to 0°17 mm. in diameter. A few spicules project more or less at right

angles from the surface and give it a minutely hispid character.

The soft tissues which form the septa in the interior of the fistulze contain loosely

scattered oxea, often lying parallel with one another in long tracts, perhaps sometimes

forming spicular fibres.

Spicules. Oxea (Plate 12, fig. 15); slightly curved, fairly gradually sharp-pointed;

measuring about 0°21 by 0°0085 mm.

Though closely resembling it in skeleton arrangement and spiculation this species

seems to be really quite distinct from Phla@odictyon fistulosum, which has a well rounded

body almost if not quite free from the substratum and not encrusted with débris. There

are probably also differences in the character of the fistula, and the dark brown colour of

our species may also prove distinctive. It probably comes nearer to my Phl@odictyon (Ocean-

apia) phillipense [1895] but has much larger spicules and again differs in its dark colour.

42. Phleodictyon polysiphonia n. sp.

(Plate 8, fig. 5; Plate 12, fig. 16.)

The sponge (Plate 8, fig. 5) consists of a mass of slender, thin-walled tubes or fistulze

rising vertically and close side-by-side from a common base. The tubes run approximately

parallel to one another, anastomosing pretty freely and branching to a slight extent.

Most, at any rate, of them are now open at the extremity, but the ends are a good deal

damaged and some of them may have been closed in life. The diameter of the tubes is

about 2 to 3 mm. and the length of the longest about 45 mm. The body of the sponge,

which has mostly been left behind, seems to have been much mixed up with the very

coarse sand upon which it grew; apparently it was enveloped, at any rate partially, in a

thin rind, portions of which still appear as a continuation of the fistula-walls. The tubes

are fairly stiff but flexible and resilient. The colour in spirit (after formalin) is very pale

grey, nearly white. There are altogether about fifty of these tubes, partly adhering

together, with fragments of the body, and partly broken away from one another.

The skeleton in the body of the sponge is a dense, confused mass of slender oxea,

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 51

occasionally collected in rather slender fibres. In the fistula-wall there is a bast-like

subdermal layer of multispicular fibres about 0°04 mm. in diameter, arranged longitudinally

but anastomosing with one another very obliquely to form a network with greatly elon-

gated meshes. Outside this is a dermal layer composed of a loose feltwork of single

spicules arranged tangentially.

Spicules. Slender, slightly curved oxea (Plate 12, fig. 16), fairly gradually sharp-

pointed at the ends and measuring about 0°14 by 0°004 mm.

This species is distinguished by the slenderness of the fistulz, their great number and

the way in which they are arranged, and by the small size of the spicules. It is unfor-

tunate that the material does not show more clearly the character of the body. The

specimen was originally preserved in formalin, which may account to some extent for its

damaged condition.

“~ Sub-family Merliine.

Haploscleridee with a calcareous basal skeleton perforated by crypts which are occupied

by extensions of the choanosome. Siliceous skeleton composed of bundles of tylostyles, with

microscleres in the form of clavidises, to which trichites (raphides) and sigmata may be

added.

Were it not for the existence of the enigmatical basal skeleton, the genus Merlia, for

which this sub-family was proposed, might perhaps be included in the Hamacanthine,

along with Vomerula and Hamacantha, for the characteristic clavidise has much in

common with the diancistron and there seems to be no reason for regarding either as an

aberrant chelate form. The Melananchora spicule, on the other hand, for which Topsent has

proposed the name “ Spherancistron ” and which has also been compared with the clavidisc,

is evidently, as originally shown by Carter, a peculiar type of chela characterized by

meeting and fusion of the opposite teeth of a tridentate isochela, and it seems to bear no

close resemblance to the clavidisce.

Genus Meruta Kirkpatrick (1908 pb).

With the characters of the sub-family.

For a detailed account of this genus the reader is referred to Kirkpatrick’s important

memoir in the Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science [1911]. Inasmuch as the

genus is a very remarkable one, of which the only known recent examples were found at

Porto Santos, near Madeira, the discovery even of isolated spicules in the “ Sealark ” col-

lection assumes considerable interest. It is probable that it has a very wide range of

distribution and is of considerable antiquity, for the highly characteristic “ clavidise” was

described and figured by Hinde and Holmes [1892] from the lower tertiary strata of

Oamaru in New Zealand many years before the genus Merlia was described, but this earlier

work, in which the spicule is described under the name Melonanchora morlandi, appears

to have been overlooked by more recent observers.

52 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

43. Merlia sp.

(Plate 12, fig. 18.)

In a boiled-out preparation of the spicules of Tedania reticulata (R.N. cxx. 4), from

Salomon, there occurs a very beautiful and perfect example of a clavidise (Plate 12, fig. 18),

the remarkable and very characteristic microsclere of the genus Merlia. Another example,

broken but quite unmistakable, occurs in a similar preparation of the spicules of Hyme-

desmia lavissima (R.N. cxxv. 6) from Mauritius. Both specimens agree very closely with

the corresponding spicules of Merlia normant Kirkpatrick, except for their considerably

larger size. The perfect example from Salomon might be described as diamond-shaped, with

broadly rounded angles, so far as its general outline is concerned. It measures 0°0656 mm.

in length and 0°041 mm. in breadth in the middle, while the clavidises of Merlia normant

measure only about 0°045 by 0:03 mm. (Kirkpatrick). The clavidises of Merlia normani

(which I have examined carefully) vary much in outline and are usually rather irregular,

but diamond-shaped specimens are by no means uncommon. The broken example from

Mauritius is evidently a fragment (about half, including one erfd) of a spicule closely

resembling the Salomon specimen and very little inferior to it in size (the fragment is actually

0°0574 mm. long). It seems possible that these isolated spicules may represent an Indian

Ocean species different from Merlia normand, and it is to be hoped that future collectors

in this region will keep a careful look-out for this very remarkable and interesting sponge.

Family Desmacidonide.

Monaxonellid Sigmatotetraxonida with typically reticulate skeleton, often with much

spongin. Megascleres usually, but not always, asymmetrically ended. ‘Typical microscleres

chelee of various forms, which are, however, frequently suppressed. Without discorhabds

or derivatives thereof.

The very remarkable and characteristic chelee of this group may be regarded as

derived from sigmata by the addition of teeth (flukes) or palms at the two ends. In

development the typical chela passes through a sigma-like stage and amongst the great

variety of fully-formed chelze some are to be found which depart comparatively little from

the condition of typical sigmata*. The teeth or palms evidently arise.as outgrowths from

the curved ends of the shaft, as shown clearly in some of Lundbeck’s beautiful figures f.

The diversity of form exhibited by the chele in different species appears to be almost

endless, but I cannot agree with Levinsen and some other recent writers in drawing a

sharp distinction between ‘“chelee” and “ancoree.” However useful these terms may be

for purposes of description, the characters in question have to be used with great dis-

cretion when dealing with taxonomic problems, and to insist invariably upon the generic

separation of species possessing “chelee” and ‘‘ancoree” respectively appears to me un-

desirable. We shall have occasion to return to this question later on in dealing with the

“Sealark” material. In the meantime I may point out that the old and well-recognized

distinction between tridentate and palmate chelee, though by no means absolute, seems

to be of greater taxonomic value.

* Vide Lundbeck’s figure of the peculiar chele of Hymedesmia mucronata [1910, Pl. x, fig. 3d].

+ Vide Lundbeck [1905, Pl. xv, fig. 2g and Pl. xv1, figs. 2e and 3/).

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 53

There is now abundant evidence that a large number of species in various subdivisions

of the Desmacidonide have suffered reduction in their spiculation by loss of the chelze. I

propose to term such species “‘lipochelous.” It is a phenomenon precisely analogous to the

loss of the tetract megascleres whereby the monaxonellid condition has arisen from the

tetractinellid. It is of course not always easy to determine the affinities of such forms,

but other characters generally remain which afford sufficient indications of relationship.

Exactly as in the case of the loss of trizenes in the “epipolasid” Stellettidee, however,

a very difficult taxonomic problem arises in connection with these lipochelous forms. A

considerable number of genera have been described which may now be recognized as

consisting merely of lipochelous species derived from other, chela-bearing genera, and the

question is how far the presence or absence of chelze can be used as a generic character.

I shall have occasion to point out presently that the genus Biemna may be regarded as

consisting of lipochelous species of Mycale, that Desmacella bears the same relation to

Esperella, that Aulospongus and Microciona, Crella and Yvesia, form similar pairs, and so

on. In other cases lipochelous species have been left in the same genus as chela-bearing

forms, as, for example, in Hymedesmia (q.v.). It is impossible, in the present state of our

knowledge, to be consistent in this matter, and each case has to be treated on its merits

and a decision arrived at in accordance with what seems most likely to assist in the

ultimate phylogenetic arrangement of the species. Premature conclusions as to genetic

relationships are, however, likely to do more harm than judicious conservatism.

The loss of the chelee is, again, exactly comparable to the loss of the sigmata in the

Renierinze and Chalininze, but it would by no means be expedient in this case to associate

all the lipochelous forms together in one or two artificial sub-families. It is the absence of

other distinguishing characters that renders such a course unavoidable, in the present state

of our knowledge, when dealing with the Haploscleride.

The evolution of the Desmacidonidz has been accompanied by the conversion, in the

first instance, of the primitive, symmetrical, diactinal type of megasclere into an unsym-

metrical, monactinal type (stylote or tylostylote), presumably by suppression, more or less

complete, of one of the two primitive rays. This seems to have resulted from a definite

orientation of the spicule in the sponge, whereby the growth of one end is impeded as

compared with that of the other. In many cases, however, and notably in the Myxillez

and Coelosphzereze, the symmetrical condition has been more or less completely resumed

by certain of the megascleres. This seems to take place when the spicule comes to lie

tangentially in the dermal membrane, where its two ends are exposed to similar conditions,

_ and it appears that such originally dermal spicules may migrate into the choanosome

while still retaining their symmetrical or sub-symmetrical form (e.g. Plumohalichondria).

Such spicules are sometimes referred to as diactinal, or secondarily diactinal, but it would

perhaps be better to speak of them, and of all similar spicules of doubtful origin, simply

as symmetrical or sub-symmetrical, without committing oneself to any opinion as to the

number of primitive rays actually represented*. It must always be remembered that the

form of a megasclere may be largely dependent upon its position in the sponge; not ‘

necessarily its final position, but that which it occupies during its growth. In most

* In many cases it is convenient to use the terms ‘oxeote” and “stylote” without any theoretical implication,

54 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Desmacidonidz the stylote (or even tylostylote) condition appears to have become fixed

and constant for the megascleres of the main skeleton, but in the genus Guitarra it is hard

to draw a distinction between styli and oxea, the one form passing into the other.

The Desmacidonide constitute one of the largest and most important families of

sponges and for systematic purposes it is very desirable to subdivide it. One of the

earliest attempts to do this was that of Mr Ridley and myself in the Report on the

“Challenger” Monaxonida, published thirty years ago. A dual subdivision into Esperellinze

and Ectyonine was then proposed, but at the same time it was recognized that the line of

demarcation between the two sub-families could not be satisfactorily defined. Topsent

subsequently proposed an intermediate group, to be known as the Dendoricinz. On the

ground that the generic name Mycale has priority over Esperella, the sub-family Mycalinze

now replaces the Esperellinze in the writings of most spongologists, while for a similar

reason the name Myxillinze is used in preference to Dendoricine. Lundbeck, however

[1905], regards the Myxillez, as he terms them, as a subdivision of the Mycaline.

As I shall show later on, there is no necessity to abandon the genus Esperella altogether

in favour of Mycale and I therefore retain the sub-family Esperellinze as proposed in the

“Challenger” Report on the Monaxonida. I also retain the sub-family Ectyonine in the

old sense. A very careful consideration of the facts, however, has convinced me that the

Myxilline sponges, although, as Topsent pointed out, they form a very natural group, are

not intermediate between the Esperellinze and Ectyonine; on the contrary their character-

istic symmetrical or sub-symmetrical dermal spicules and tridentate isochelee indicate that

they are a highly specialized group of Ectyoninz, amongst which I accordingly place them

as a special section under the name Myxillez.

The so-called Axinellide have hitherto, by general consent, been kept apart from

the Desmacidonidee. They are, however, evidently, as at present understood, a very hetero-

geneous assemblage, amongst which the more typical genera are very possibly derived

from Ectyonine ancestors. It seems desirable therefore to reduce this group to the rank

of a sub-family of the Desmacidonide, which sub-family may at once be rendered more homo-

geneous by the removal of certain genera.

Sub-family Esperelline.

Desmacidonide without echinating megascleres and without specially differentiated,

symmetrically or subsymmetrically ended dermal spicules.

The Esperellinee are evidently less specialized sponges than the Ectyonine and it is

amongst this sub-family that the link between the Desmacidonide and the Haploscleride,

if any such exists, is likely to be found. Asa matter of fact we have in the genus

Isodictya a group of species which really do not differ greatly from species of Gellius.

The megascleres are all oxea, evidently of a primitive diactinal type, and without constant

orientation, and there is nothing in the arrangement of the skeleton to differentiate the

two genera. This being so it is important to inquire into the character of the chele.

These are palmate isochele of a rather peculiar form, which may clearly be regarded

as sigmata, provided, in certain regions, with lateral fimbriz, just as diancistra may be

regarded as sigmata with fimbrize developed in another plane. It is a very significant fact

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 55

that Bowerbank, in describing the isochele (anchorates) of [sodictya palmata, the type of

the genus, clearly regarded them as modified sigmata (bihamates). He says [1866 B,

p. 312] “The middle portion of the shaft is curved outward in the usual manner, and the

two extremities are bent into hooks like a simple bihamate spiculum....But this flexuous

bihamate form has a further development; fimbrications appear on the sides of the shaft,

especially towards the hamate extremities,” &c.

The Esperellinee are but poorly represented in the ‘“Sealark” collection.

Section MYCALE.

Typical megascleres stylote or tylostylote. Chelee with well-developed palms, but not

placochele.

Genus MycaLe Gray [1867 F].

Megascleres smooth styli or tylostylh. Microscleres palmate anisochele, sigmata and

trichodragmata. No toxa.

The type of this genus is Bowerbank’s Hymenzacidon (Raphiodesma) lingua. I accept

the genus for species whose spiculation conforms to that of the type, but this acceptance

does not necessarily involve the rejection of the genera A’gagropila and Esperella, for

the type of the former (Halichondria egagropila Johnst. = Desmacidon egagropila Bk.)

possesses toxa but no trichodragmata, while that of the latter (Spongia contarenii Martens

= Esperia typica Nardo) possesses neither trichodragmata nor toxa.

The number of species included in the genus Mycale, as employed by recent authors,

renders it desirable to have some method of grouping them in smaller genera. This is a

case where, especially in view of historical considerations, the presence or absence of toxa

and trichodragmata may well be utilized for generic distinctions.

44, Mycale crassissima (Dendy).

(Plate 5, fig. 1.)

Esperella crassissima Dendy [1905]. Mycale crassissima Hentschel [1912].

There are in the collection four specimens of this species which agree very closely with

the Ceylon type both in external form and skeletal characters. The largest specimen

(R.N. Lxxvul. 5) is massive, rounded, rising up into digitiform processes each bearing a

conspicuous vent at its apex (Plate 5, fig. 1). Its colour now is light, dirty brown, but

this may be due to staining by other specimens in the same tin. It measures about 70

mm. in height by 48 mm. in greatest breadth. In its lower portion there are clear indi-

cations of a coarsely clathrous structure of the entire mass, a character which is more

strongly marked in R.N. x1. 1. The three other specimens are much smaller and white

(or nearly so) in spirit.

Hentschel [1912] rightly mentions a small palmate anisochela as a constituent of

the spiculation, 0°012—0°015 mm. in length. These are abundant in the “Sealark”

specimens, usually about 0°0164 mm. long.

In my original description I spoke of small palmate “ isochelz ” as being numerous in

the dermal membrane. This was a slip and should read “ anisochelee.” I have re-examined

56 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

the type and can find no isochele. In one of the “ Sealark” specimens, however, (CXXXIV.

3) I have seen some three or four isochelee of about the same size as the small anisochelae.

I have found none in the other specimens and doubt much whether they can be regarded

as normal constituents of the spiculation.

In all the “Sealark” specimens the tylostyli are pointed at the apex, as in the type.

Previously known Distribution. Ceylon (Dendy); Aru Islands, Arafura Sea (Hent-

schel). |

Xxx. 2, Cargados Carajos, 3.10.05, B. 24, 30 fathoms; Lxxvir. 5, Cargados, 30 fathoms ;

CXxxIv. 3, Seychelles, 20.10.05, F. 9, 37 fathoms.

Genus Bremna Gray [1867 F].

Lipochelous Mycalez with stylote or tylostylote megascleres and sigmata and raphides

(or trichodragmata) for microscleres, to which toxa may be added.

The type species of this genus is Bowerbank’s Desmacidon peachii { 1866, 1874]. A

reference to the description and figures of this species in the Monograph of British Sponges

shows that in addition to sigmata it also possesses raphides or trichites, probably origin-

ally grouped in trichodragmata. The following passages refer to these agentes and leave

no doubt as to their nature.

‘Tension spicula, acerate, varying greatly in length, and of extreme tenuity, dis-

persed, exceedingly numerous.” ‘The tension spicula are thickly felted together on its

surface [7.e. the surface of the interstitial membranes]; they are very minute and slender,

and their length is frequently not more than a third or a fourth of that of one of the

bihamate retentive spicula. Among the short slender tension spicula there are frequently

other acerate spicula of three or four times their length, and these are still more slender

than the shorter ones.”

Three years later [1870] Schmidt proposed his genus Desmacella, the type species

of which is Desmacella pumilio, a species with tylostylote megascleres and sigmata only

for microscleres. At the same time he described a second species, viz. Desmacella vaga-

bunda, with two so-called varieties, one of which has, in addition to the tylostyles and

sigmata, “feine umspitzige Nadeln” which have since been shown to be toxa’. Finally

Schmidt included in his genus Desmacella, Bowerbank’s Hymedesmia johnson, for which,

on account of its remarkable diancistra, Gray [1867 F] had already proposed the genus

Hamacantha.

An extraordinary confusion has arisen with regard to these genera in the writings of

subsequent authors. Vosmaer, in his monograph on the Porifera in Bronn’s Alassen und

Ordnungen des Thier-reichs (p. 221) announced that Desmacella was a synouym of

Hamacantha and in this he has been followed by Thiele [1903 B] and Wilson [1904]. This

is obviously an erroneous conclusion, for Hamacantha gohnsoni was not the type of the

genus Desmacella and, indeed, was evidently regarded by Schmidt himself as a somewhat

aberrant species.

The only question that can arise legitimately is whether or not Desmacella can be

* Compare Ridley and Dendy [1887].

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 57

regarded as distinct from Biemna. As a matter of fact Desmacella was allowed for some

time to replace Biemna, but Topsent [1890] proposed to revive Biemna (wrongly calling

it Biemma) for species with tylostyles and sigmata only, or with tylostyles, sigmata fil

toxa. Subsequently [1892 c] he restricted it to forms with the structure of Halichondria

and tylostyles and sigmata only, while accepting Desmacella for species with a fibrous

structure and with a spiculation composed of tylostyles or styles, with sigmata or toxa (or

both), to which trichodragmata may be added, for microscleres. Reference to the original

types of these two genera shows that Topsent has exactly reversed their characters.

To make matters worse Thiele [1903 B] proposed the new genus Tylodesma for

Biemna in Topsent’s sense, and this has been accepted by Wilson [1904].- If there is one

thing clear in the whole muddle it surely is that Tylodesma is a pure synonym of Des-

macella !

If we are to regard Desmacella as a separate genus it can only be on the ground that

it lacks the trichodragmata (or raphides) found in Biemna. For the present it appears

to me advisable to recognize this distinction, especially as a precisely similar distinction

may be used to separate Esperella from Mycale. In fact we may look upon Biemna as a

lipochelous genus derived from Mycale and Desmacella as a lipochelous genus derived from

Esperella. The presence or absence of toxa is another factor that will have to be taken

into account in finally determining the relationships of these genera, but that is a question

into which it is not necessary to enter now. [In revising this Report for press I find that

Hallmann [1917 A] has proposed the new genus Toxemna for species with toxa, making

Biemna (Desmacella) tubulata the type species. I reserve my opinion as to the desir-

ability or otherwise of this proceeding. |

45. Biemna tubulata (Dendy).

Desmacella tubulata Dendy [1905, 1916 a]. Toxemna tubulata Hallmann [1917 a}.

There is one fragmentary specimen of this well-characterized species in the collection,

agreeing closely with the Ceylon type both in external form and spiculation. It consists

of a number of thin-walled tubes, running parallel with one another, branching and fusing

with one another laterally. There is no evidence of the existence of any basal mass to

which the tubes might have been attached. This is the third time I have received this

sponge from the Indian Ocean, but, owing to its extremely fragile character, I have never

yet seen a specimen sufficiently well preserved to be worth figuring for the external form.

Previously known Distribution. Gulf of Manaar, Okhamandal (Dendy).

Genus PARESPERELLA Dendy [1905].

Esperellinze with megascleres in the form of styli or tylostyl, and with microscleres

in the form of palmate anisochele and serrated sigmata, to which others may be added.

Recent writers have shown but little inclination to accept the genus Paresperella, but

in view of the number of species now known and the very well-defined peculiarity of the .

serrated sigmata I think it very desirable to maintain it. I am not aware that similar

sigmata have ever been met with outside the genus.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII.

58 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

46. Paresperella sp.

The genus is represented in the collection by a number of large, serrated, C-shaped

sigmata, measuring about 0°12 mm. in a straight line from bend to bend. These spicules

resemble the corresponding spicules of the Ceylon species, P. serratohamata, but seem to

be less strongly serrated. It is quite possible, however, that they belong to that species.

They occur in a preparation of Rhabderemia pusilla (R.N. cxvi. A) from Salomon.

Section CLADORHIZEA,

Megascleres typically stylote or tylostylote. Chele provided with a varying number

of teeth, not distinctly palmate.

Genus AMPHILECTUS Vosmaer [1880 ].

Megascleres smooth styli or tylostyli. Microscleres isochelee with three or more teeth

at each end. External form without definite symmetry.

This genus, as originally proposed by Vosmaer, was a sort of zoological waste-paper

basket, and was made to include a great variety of species. The type species, Bowerbank’s

Isodictya gracilis [1866, 1874], is very imperfectly known but I have endeavoured to

frame a generic diagnosis in conformity with its characters. Nevertheless I am doubtful

whether the species about to be described ought to be regarded as congeneric with Amphi-

lectus gracilis. Its isochelee are very peculiar and it may very likely become necessary in

the future to propose a new genus for this and kindred forms, such as Kieschnick’s [ 1900]

Espervopsis viridis. |

47. Amphalectus (?) unguiculatus n. sp.

(Plate 12, fig. 17 a—b.)

Sponge very thinly encrusting; the single specimen covering the broken-off branch of

a coral (?). Surface smooth and subglabrous. Vents and pores not seen. Colour in spirit

pale brown (buff). Texture soft, with a thin, translucent, readily separable dermal membrane.

The skeleton consists of loose wisps of slender tylostyles, ascending from the sub-

stratum and branching out into subdermal brushes. There is no special dermal skeleton.

Megascleres. Slender tylostyles (Plate 12, fig. 17 a); straight, with fairly well

developed, usually oval heads; usually tapering gradually to sharply pointed apices which,

however, are sometimes mucronate or blunted; size about 0°32 by 0°0055 mm.

Microscleres. Isochele (fig. 17 6) of peculiar and variable form. Shaft usually

strongly curved, not alate, with a variable number (up to at least six) of claw-like teeth at

each end. Sometimes there are only three teeth, and these may be reduced to slight,

blunt protuberances; or the whole spicule may be reduced to a curved shaft with slightly

thickened ends. Well developed specimens have a length of about 0°03 mm. with a shaft

about 0°004 mm. thick.

The nearest approach to this curious species that I have been able to find in the

literature is Kieschnick’s [1900] Esperiopses viridis (fromm Amboina or Torres Straits 2)

which agrees closely in spiculation but differs much in external form.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 59

Sub-family Ectyonine.

Desmacidonide in which the main skeleton is typically echinated by acanthostyles or

some form of megasclere derived therefrom. Frequently with specially differentiated,

symmetrical or subsymmetrical dermal spicules.

The origin of the spiny echinating spicules which form such a characteristic feature of

this sub-family is somewhat difficult to trace. I am inclined to think, however, that they

originated in thin encrusting sponges such as Hymeraphia and Microciona and at first

echinated the substratum (as they still do in some species) as a protection against animals

which feed upon such crusts. In Microciona there is a strong tendency for the megascleres,

both smooth and spined styli or tylostyl, to collect together in plumose columns which

grow out at right angles to the substratum as the sponge crust thickens. In these columns

the bases of the spicules become connected together by spongin. In either case the

differentiation of the two ends of the spicule is apparently correlated with the different con-

ditions to which they are exposed. From this starting point it is very easy to derive such

genera as Clathria and Plumohalichondria. In Clathria the smooth and spined styli tend

to segregate in two groups, the former more or less completely embedded in the strongly

developed horny fibre, which now forms a reticulation, and the latter echinating the fibre

at various angles.

The chelee of Microciona and Clathria are minute palmate isochelze, and toxa are also

very frequently present. Amongst the Esperellinze we find this combination of microscleres

in Artemisina suberitordes Vosmaer [1885] in which the isochelee are extraordinarily

like those of Microciona and Clathria. This suggests a possible line of derivation of the

Ketyonine from the Esperelline.

From Microciona, or some closely related form, two or three main lines of evolution

seem to have branched out. One of these, initiated by the genus Clathria, seems to have

retained the small palmate type of isochela and not to have developed any symmetrical

dermal megascleres; while in the other, initiated by the genus Plumohalichondria, the

isochela assumes the tridentate character and there is a very strong tendency to produce

special symmetrical dermal megascleres, which attain their maximum of development in

the Ccelosphereee.

As in the case of other spicule categories the echinating acanthostyles appear to have

dropped out from the spiculation in certain cases, thus giving rise to forms which appear

to be Esperelline rather than Ectyonine. This is probably the explanation of the fact that

so many of the Myxilleze lack special echinating spicules, a fact which formerly induced

‘me to regard them as intermediate between the two sub-families®.

Section CLATHRIEA,

Ectyoninze of ordinary form and spiculation; without special symmetrical or sub-

symmetrical megascleres. Characteristic microscleres, small palmate isochele and (fre-

quently) toxa.

* Vide “Challenger” Report on the Monaxonida, p. 129.

60 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Genus Mrorociona Bowerbank [1864 |.

Sponge thinly encrusting. Main skeleton composed of plumose columns of spicules

with their bases imbedded in spongin. Columns not united to form a reticulation. Mega-

scleres styli (and modifications thereof) and acanthostyli (and modifications thereof).

Microscleres palmate isochelze and toxa. :

48. Microciona atrasanguinea Bowerbank.

(Plate 13, fig. 1 a—e.)

Microciona atrasanguinea Bowerbank [1864, 1866, 1874].

Microciona atrosanguinea Carter [1875, 1880 8].

This common British species has already been recorded by Carter [18808] from the

Indian Ocean. The “Sealark” material consists of a thin crust (now of a yellowish grey

colour) extensively spreading over a madreporarian coral. It differs from British speci-

mens which I have examined in the feebler development of the skeleton columns, the

relatively fewer large subtylostyles (styli), and the more numerous small spined echinating

spicules, and the absence, so far as I have been able to observe, of spination on the bases of

all the large styli, which seldom, if ever, have distinct heads. It seems very doubtful whether

Bowerbank’s MZ. armata | 1866, 1874] can be separated from M. atrasanguinea.

For purposes of comparison with the British form the spiculation of the ‘“Sealark”

specimen is represented in fig. 1 a—e, Plate 13.

Previously known Distribution. British Seas (Bowerbank); Gulf of Manaar (Carter).

49. Microciona strepsitoxa Hope var. robusta nov.

Microciona strepsitoxa Hope [1889].

This species is represented in the collection by a small fragment which was found

attached, perhaps accidentally, to the surface of the type specimen of Barbozia prinutiva

(R.N. uxxirt 1). It is of very irregular shape, consisting of a flattened portion measuring

about 10 mm. in length by 5 in breadth and 2 in thickness, from which three short

branches are given off, the largest of which is about 7 mm. in length by 1°5 mm. in

diameter. It therefore can hardly have been thinly encrusting, like the type of the species.

The appearance of sections of the flattened portion, however, suggests strongly the folding

of a very thin sponge-lamina upon itself so as to form two free surfaces, with the surfaces

which should be attached to the substratum now in close contact with one another in

the middle.

The skeleton is rather complex in its arrangement and consists of the following parts:

(1) short plumose columns of stout subtylostyles, springing from whatever represents the

original substratum of the sponge (foreign bodies, &c.) and running at right angles to the

surface; in some places these columns are reduced to two or three or even single spicules;

(2) numerous acantho-subtylostyles taking part in the formation of the plumose columns

and echinating the substratum between them; (3) numerous very well developed, radiate

dermal brushes of slender subtylostyles; (4) wisps of similar but usually longer spicules

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 61

in the interior of the sponge; sometimes running longitudinally and sometimes at right

angles to the surface, where they terminate in surface brushes, but the latter are not

always connected with such wisps.

Megascleres:—(1) Stout subtylostyli of the plumose columns; slightly curved towards

the base; tapering very gradually to the sharply pointed apex; very slightly enlarged at

the broadly rounded base, which (alone) is covered with small, sharp or blunt spines.

Size very variable, especially as regards length; up to about 0°86 by 0°026 mm.

(2) Short, stout acantho-subtylostyles; tapering gradually from the slightly, if at

all, enlarged base to the finely pointed apex; covered all over with short spines, which,

on the shaft, are sharp and slightly recurved, while on the base they are rather more

numerous, often truncated, and tend to curve towards the shaft; size up to about 0°12 by

0°012 mm. exclusive of spines, not very variable.

(3) Long, slender subtylostyli; straight or nearly so; with very slightly developed

oval heads which are usually minutely spined; of two principal sizes, but very variable,

viz. about 0°16 by 0°004 mm. (characteristic of the dermal brushes) and about 0°5 by

0°008 mm. (characteristic of the wisps in the interior).

Microscleres:—(1) Toxa; identical with those of the type; very long and slender, with

a spiral twist of about one turn in the middle; size commonly about 0°37 by 0:0014 mm.

I have seen none of the shorter forms with minutely spined tips, described by Hope, but,

on the other hand, the toxa in this variety seem to pass into long, slightly bent oxea,

a good deal stouter than themselves but still very slender, measuring, say, about 0°8 by

0°002 mm. These modified toxa are not very common.

(2) Slender, palmate isochelse, about 0°012 mm. long.

I think there can be no doubt that this is merely a robust variety of the British species.

Previously known Distribution of Species. English Channel (Hope).

Genus Aulospongus Norman [1878 ].

Skeleton of plumose columns of smooth and spined styli. No microscleres.

The single known species of this genus appears to be a lipochelous Microciona and it

is very questionable whether the genus ought to be retained. As we shall see presently

there are also lipochelous species of Clathria.

50. Aulospongus tubulatus (Bowerbank).

Haliphysema tubulatum Bowerbank [1873 B}. Axinella tubulata Dendy [1889].

Aulospongus tubulatus Norman [1878]. Aulospongus tubulatus Dendy [1905].

This species forms a very characteristic and conspicuous element of the Ceylon sponge

fauna and it is extremely interesting to meet with it again so far afield as Amirante.

Both as regards external appearance and skeletal characters the two “Sealark” specimens

bear a close resemblance to those that I have seen from Ceylon, though the smooth’

megascleres are more inclined to be swollen at the base. The larger of the two is massive,

subspherical, with strongly conulose surface, and measures about 40 mm. in diameter.

62 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Both specimens exhibit a histological peculiarity which occurs also in the Ceylon

specimens, though it has not hitherto been mentioned. This is the presence in the

mesogloea of immense numbers of small, thin-walled, subspherical vesicles, frequently with

more or less crumpled walls, often morula-like in appearance. The vesicle has a yellow

colour and may appear either empty or with granular contents. They vary in size, averaging

say about 0°02 mm. in diameter. They often appear in clusters, as if multiplying by bud-

ding. I do not know what these vesicles may represent, but their constancy OE that

they are a normal constituent of the sponge.

The Ceylon specimens of this sponge are usually, if not always, infested by the

tubicolous polychzete worm, Polydora armata*, the presence of which led Dr Bowerbank

to give a curiously erroneous account of the species and to refer it to the genus Haliphy-

sema. I have found no traces of this worm in the “Sealark” specimens.

Previously known Distribution. Ceylon Seas (Bowerbank, Dendy).

29 and 28 fathoms.

Genus BuBasRIs Gray [1867 F. |

Lipochelous Clathrieze of usually encrusting habit. Skeleton consisting chiefly of large

styli or tylostyli, projecting outwards either singly or in plumose columns, and with their

bases implanted in a mass of usually crooked, symmetrically or .subsymmetrically ended

megascleres.

There are two very interesting species of this genus in the collection, both character-

ized by the possession of microscleres in the form of trichites or trichodragmata. In this

respect they resemble certain species of Sigmaxinella, while differing in the possession of the

basal or axial feltwork of crooked strongyla.

The subsymmetrical megascleres found in the interior of the sponge must be regarded

as derived from the normal styli and the genus seems to be a derivative of Microciona or

Aulospongus. |

51. Bubaris conulifera n. sp.

(Plate 7, fig. 3; Plate 13, fig. 2 a—f.)

The single specimen (Plate 7, fig. 3) forms a thin crust spreading over a mass of

nullipore. From the older and more central portion of the crust a large number of inde-

pendent but close-set conuli rise vertically upwards. All stages in the development of

these conuli are to be observed, from minute papillze to conical processes 4mm. in height

and rather more than 1mm. in diameter at the base. The fully developed conuli taper

gradually to sharply pointed apices. The entire surface of the sponge, including the

conuli, is more or less strongly hispid with projecting spicules. There are no recognizable

vents. The colour in spirit is ight, dull orange.

The skeleton arrangement is that of a typical Bubaris. There is a dense basal mass

of interlacing strongyla, continued up the conuli as a very stout axial skeleton. The basal

feltwork and the axial columns alike are abundantly echinated by projecting styli of

varying length, which in the conuli project outwards and upwards.

* Vide Watson [1905].

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 63

Megascleres -—(1) Strongyla of the basal feltwork and axial columns (Plate 18, fig. 2 a).

Usually rather stout, boomerang-shaped, rather sharply bent at or near the middle, evenly

rounded off at both ends; sometimes more irregularly bent. Size variable, up to about

0°43 by 0°017 mm.

(2) Slender oxea (26), sharply bent in the middle and gradually and finely pointed

at each end, measuring up to about 0°43 by 0°008 mm.; connected with the strongyla by

intermediate forms (2 ’). A very few much larger oxea occur (2 ¢), up to 1:0 by 0°0227 mm.

(3) Comparatively short, stout styli (2d); broadly rounded at the base, gradually

and sharply pointed at the apex; more or less sharply bent near the base; size very

variable, say about 0°6 by 0023 mm. in a typical example.

(4) Very long, slender, almost straight styli (2 e); broadly rounded at the base, gradu-

ally and sharply pointed at the apex; measuring up to about 1°8 by 0°017 mm. Numerous

intermediate forms between these and (3) occur.

Microscleres:

Trichodragmata (2 f'). Short, compact, slightly curved, measuring about

0:026 by 0°004mm. Very numerous, sometimes found breaking up into hair-like trichites.

52. Bubaris salomonensis un. sp.

(Plate 18, fig. 3 a—b.)

There are several pieces of this sponge in the collection, all from the same locality

and perhaps parts of one and the same specimen. The sponge forms a thin crust, of fairly

uniform thickness, spreading over a mass of calcareous débris. The surface is almost even

and more or less strongly hispid; without projecting conuli, and, in places at any rate,

covered over by a thin dermal membrane. Vents and pores are not recognizable. The

largest piece measures about 30 by 20 mm., with a thickness of about 2mm. The colour

in spirit is dull yellowish grey.

The skeleton consists of dense radial columns, so closely set as to be practically con-

tinuous. Each column consists of a stout axis of densely packed strongyla, from which

stout styli of various dimensions project outwards almost at right angles to the general

surface, which is rendered hispid by their apices. The skeleton columns are hardly dis-

tinguishable in places, so that the skeleton seems to consist of a basal mass of interlacing

strongyla, from which a forest of styli project vertically, the bases of the styli being usually

more or less deeply imbedded in the basal mass. There is no special dermal skeleton.

Megascleres:—(1) Strongyla of the basal feltwork and axial columns (Plate 18, fig. 3 @).

Usually rather stout and irregularly bent, so as to be more or less crooked ; evenly rounded

off at both ends, but commonly with one end narrower than the other. Size very variable,

especially as regards thickness; up to about 0°3 by 0°026 mm.

(2) Stout styli (fig. 3b); frequently bent near the base, usually sharply pointed and

tapering gradually from base to apex; varying greatly in size, especially as regards length,

up to about 1°6 by 0°038 mm.; sometimes a little stouter but shorter; often only about as

long as the strongyla, with which they are connected by intermediate forms.

Microscleres:—Trichites; slightly curved, about 0°06 mm. long; thickly scattered

through the mesoglcea; occasionally in very loose bundles.

64 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

This species is readily distinguished from Bubaris conulifera, the only other species

known to me which contains trichites, by several characters, viz. the absence of the conuli

on the surface, due to the more compact arrangement of the skeleton; the absence of the

oxea; the less pronounced differentiation of the long, almost straight styli, and the absence

of the compact trichodragmata.

A remarkable feature of the “Sealark” specimens is the extraordinary amount of

erosion which many of the spicules have undergone while still 2m sztw in the sponge, as

seen in ordinary hand-sections mounted in Canada balsam (unstained). This erosion

amounts in places to complete resorption of the silica, leaving the spicule-sheaths empty

but still retaining the form of the spicules. It is evident that the erosion takes place

both from the outer surface inwards and from the axial canal outwards. It is best seen in

R.N. cxxiv. 1.

Genus CLaTHRIA Schmidt [1862].

Sponge typically clathrous. Main skeleton a reticulation of spiculo-fibre with much

spongin. Usually with dermal brushes of slender megascleres. Typical megascleres stout

and slender styli (subtylostyli or tylostyl:) and spined echinating styli. Microscleres minute

palmate isochelz and sometimes toxa or sigmata.

This genus is evidently very closely related to Microciona, differing chiefly in the more

robust growth and the branching and anastomosing of the skeletal columns to form a reticu-

late skeleton. The plumose arrangement of the spicules characteristic of Microciona is also

lost in most species, but not in all. The spiculation is practically identical.

53. Clathria procera (Ridley).

(Plate 2, figs. 6, 7.)

Rhaphidophlus procerus Ridley [1884 c}. Clathria spiculosa var. ramosa Dendy [1905].

Echinonema gracilis Ridley [1884 c]. Clathria spiculosa vars. ramosa and macilenta | Hentschel

Rhaphidophlus spiculosus Dendy [1889]. 1912}.

Clathria spiculosa Dendy [1905, 1916 a}.

This species, so variable in external form but apparently very constant in spiculation,

is well represented in the collection. Two very distinct forms are present; viz. the long,

slender, sparingly branched form, of which R.N. Lxxxiv. (Plate 2, fig. 7) is a very good

specimen, and the clathrous form, of which R.N. 11. 1 (Plate 2, fig. 6) is a fine example.

Ridley’s types of Rhaphidophlus procerus and Echinonema gracilis and my Clathria

spiculosa var. ramosa are characterized by the former and my typical Clathria spiculosa

by the latter habit. It was possibly the difference in external form which prevented me

from identifying the latter with Ridley’s species in the first instance, but, as I have

already pointed out [19164], the two types of external form cannot be at all sharply

distinguished, and there are two very irregular specimens in the present collection. In

describing my var. ramosa, however [1905], I pointed out the resemblance which it bears

to Ridley’s Echinonema gracilis, but I failed to notice that that species is obviously

identical with the same author’s Rhaphidophlus procerus. In the description of the latter

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 65

the account of the spiculation is defective and does not agree with the figures. If allow-

ance is made for this fact it is not dificult to understand why Ridley separated the two

specimens not only specifically but even generically.

The characteristic features of the spiculation in this species appear to be the tylote

bases of the smooth slender megascleres and the short, stout, imperfectly spined condition

of the echinating spicule, but the latter closely resembles the corresponding spicule in

C. corallitincta.

Previously known Distribution. Port Darwin, Providence Reef (Mascarene Islands)

(Ridley); Gulf of Manaar, Ceylon Seas, Okhamandal (Dendy); Aru Islands, Arafura Sea

(Hentschel).

Carajos, 31.8.05, B. 25, 32 fathoms; Lxxxtv., Seychelles, 20.10.05, F. 4, 39 fathoms; ovitt. 2,

Amirante, 9.10.05, E. 9, 34 fathoms; cxxrx. 4, Seychelles, 20.10.05, F. 2, 31 fathoms:

OXXXIII. 5, CXXxXIv. 2, Seychelles, F. 9, 37 fathoms; cxxxvut. 2, Seychelles, 20.10.05, F. 3,

39 fathoms. Clathrous Form; 1. 1, Praslin Reef: Irregular Forms; txxirt. 2, Amirante,

11.10.05, E. 14, 36 fathoms; xcvit. 2, Amirante, 9.10.05, E. 3, 25 fathoms.

54. Clathria corallitincta Dendy.

? Halichondria frondifera Bowerbank [1875]. Clathria corallitincta Dendy [1889, 1916 a].

? Clathria frondifera Ridley [1884 c]. Clathria frondifera Dendy [1905].

This species is represented in the collection by a number of typical, clathrous speci-

mens. As in the Ceylon specimens the bases of the slender styli are sometimes minutely

spined. These spicules vary very much in length. They seem to be characteristically devoid

of tylote bases. I am not at all sure that the distinction between this species and Clathria

procera can be maintained, and both may be merely varieties of C. frondifera.

Previously known Distribution. Gulf of Manaar, Ceylon, Okhamandal (Dendy).

xi. 5, S. de Malha, 7.9.05, C. 19, 29 fathoms; xxi. 9, 12, Providence, 3.10.05, D. 1,

39 fathoms; crv., Amirante, 13.10.05, E. 15, 35 fathoms.

55. Clathria spicata (Hallmann).

(Plate 5, fig. 2; Plate 18, fig. 4 a—f)

Echinonema anchoratum var. lamellosa Whitelegge [1901 a], not Lendenfeld [1888].

Clathria spicata Hallmann [1912].

There are in the collection three specimens from Cargados Carajos which agree well

with the West Australian type of this species as described by Whitelegge and Hallmann.

The largest and most perfect specimen (Plate 5, fig. 2) has been dried. It is erect,

stipitate and flabellate. The stalk, about 9 mm. in diameter and 40 mm. in height, termi-

nates below in an expanded base, and passes gradually above into the broad lamina. The

latter soon subdivides irregularly into long, digitiform, more or less flattened branches,

all lying in approximately the same plane. The surface of the sponge on both sides is

rough and rugose, the larger ridges running longitudinally. In the dry specimen especially

it has a coarsely porous appearance, perhaps due in part to inhalant canals and in part to

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 9

66 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

small, scattered vents, for no other vents can be seen. The total height of the dry specimen

is about 300 mm. and the greatest breadth about 160 mm. The breadth of the separate

branches varies much, averaging perhaps about 12 mm. The thickness of the lamina is

about 6 mm, The colour, both dry and in spirit, is light brown, sometimes with a greyish

appearance on the surface. The texture, both dry and in spirit, is compressible, resilient

and tough.

The two spirit specimens are much smaller but essentially similar to the dry specimen

in external characters.

The skeleton is of the usual Clathria type, a close, more or less irregular network of

stout, brown, horny fibre, abundantly echinated by small acantho-subtylostyles, while the

larger tylostyles commonly core and echinate the primary fibres very irregularly. The

arrangement of the spicules in connection with the primary fibres is generally more or less

plumose.

There is no well-developed dermal skeleton, but the superficial fibres of the main

skeleton, both primary and secondary, are echinated by long, stout tylostyles whose apices

project beyond the surface. There are also the usual long, straight, slender, dermal tylo-

styles, scattered tangentially or in tufts over the surface, and scattered to a much less extent

in the deeper parts of the sponge, along with other megascleres.

Megascleres:—(1) Large, stout tylostyles (Plate 18, fig. 4 a); more or less curved;

usually with well-developed, subglobular heads which are generally more or less roughened

or covered with small spines; remainder of spicule usually quite smooth and tapering

gradually to a sharp point; size variable, up to about 0°4 by 0°012 mm.

(2) Small acantho-subtylostyles (fig. 4 b); often slightly curved ; with both base and

shaft pretty uniformly covered with small, sharp spines; size about 0°08 by 0°0068 mm.

This is the ordinary echinating spicule; it is connected by intermediate forms (fig. 4 c)

with (1).

(3) Long, straight, slender, smooth tylostyles (fig. 4 d); with small, usually oval

heads occasionally feebly spined at the base. Size very variable, up to about 0°37 by

0-004 mm.

Microscleres:—(1) Palmate isochele (fig. 4 e) of the usual Clathria type, about

0°014 mm. long.

(2) Very long, slender toxa (fig. 4 f), angulated in the middle but with the two arms

extended almost in a straight line; about 0°24 mm. long. Very scarce.

This species is evidently very closely related to Clathria whiteleggii n. sp. The

spiculation and skeleton arrangement agree very exactly but there is so much difference in

external form that it seems desirable to keep them separate, at any rate for the present,

and the external form also serves to separate it from Clathria (Microciona) clathrata

Whitelegge [1907]. We have here a group of three species which certainly approach

very nearly to the genus Microciona, as indicated more particularly by the tendency of the

spicules to form plumose columns.

Previously known Distribution. Western Australia (Hallmann).

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 67

56. Clathria whiteleggii n. sp.

(Plate 7, fig. 1; Plate 18, fig. 5 a—f)

There are several specimens of this species in the collection, all exhibiting a character-

istic clathrous form, consisting, when fully developed, of vertically flattened lamellz ana-

stomosing with one another in an irregular, honeycomb-like fashion (Plate 7, fig. 1). The

lamellee are only about 2 mm. thick, while the diameter of the “cells” of the honeycomb

averages perhaps about 7 mm., but is very variable. All the specimens appear to have

been sessile and more extended in the horizontal than in the vertical plane. The largest

measures about 108 mm. in maximum breadth by 53 mm. in maximum height. ‘The surface

of the lamellee is slightly rough and hispid. Vents inconspicuous, not observed. Texture

(in spirit) compressible, resilient, rather tough; colour light brown.

The main skeleton is an irregular to rectangular, close-meshed network of stout brown

horny fibre. The primary lines are cored and echinated, in a somewhat. plumose fashion,

by the large, basally spined subtylostyli, which also form the surface hispidation. The

secondary lines are typically neither cored nor echinated by these spicules, but both

primary and secondary fibres are abundantly echinated by the small acantho-subtylostyles.

The diameter of the primary fibres, exclusive of the echination, is about 0°6 and of the

secondaries about 0°35 mm.

There is no well-defined dermal skeleton, but the hispidation is due to unusually large

subtylostyli which seem to echinate the superficial portion of the network of horny fibres

pretty indiscriminately. There are also, at any rate in places, numerous dermal and sub-

dermal, long, slender tylostyli, scattered irregularly or in loose tufts.

Megascleres :—(1) Stout, slightly curved subtylostyli (Plate 18, fig. 5a). The base is

usually distinctly enlarged and covered with small spines, but may be smooth. ‘The

remainder of the spicule is almost or quite smooth (in the larger individuals) and tapers

gradually to the sharply pointed apex, but in smaller individuals it is often very sparsely

and minutely spined. These spicules measure up to about 0°46 by 0°02 mm. (near the

head), but many smaller ones occur.

(2) Small acantho-subtylostyles (fig. 5 b), the ordinary echinating spicules; usually

slightly curved; with feebly developed heads and gradually sharp-pointed apices ; fairly

uniformly and fairly thickly covered with small, sharp spines, which may be recurved on

the shaft; size about 0°08 by 0°008 mm. Connected with (1) by intermediate forms

12,5) G).

(3) Long, straight, slender tylostyles (fig. 5 d); with feebly developed heads, often

minutely spined at the base, and gradually and sharply pointed apices. Size variable, up

to about 0°33 by 0:006 mm. The characteristic dermal spicule.

Microscleres:—(1) Minute, palmate isochele (fig. 5 e), of the usual Clathria type;

about 0°012 mm. long.

(2) Very long and very slender toxa (fig. 5 f), angulated in the middle but with the

two arms extended almost in a straight line; about 0°2 mm. long, sometimes in bundles.

This species is evidently very closely related to Whitelegge’s Microciona clathrata

[1907], differing in its non-stipitate, low-growing habit and in the measurement of certain

9—2

68 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

of the spicules. Hallmann [1912] has re-examined Whitelegge’s species and shown that

it is really a Clathria.

Clathria whiteleggii differs from the common Indian Ocean species, C. procera and

C. corallitincta, in the usually well-developed and spiny heads of the stout megascleres and

in the more uniform spination and slightly curved form of the small echinating spicules.

55 fathoms. :

57. Clathria madrepora n. sp.

(Plate 5, fig. 3; Plate 14, fig. 1 a—d.)

Sponge (Plate 5, fig. 3) much ramified, Madrepora-like; presumably attached by a

very narrow base; branches long, averaging about 8 mm. in diameter, diverging upwards

at acute angles, with a tendency to lie in one plane and sometimes anastomosing with one

another; with much corrugated and to some extent aculeated surface. The dermal mem-

brane is fairly distinct and in places contains much sand. Vents not conspicuous. Texture

compressible, resilient, fairly tough. Colour in spirit (after formalin) dark grey-brown.

The largest piece measures about 180 mm. in total height and is made up of a large

number of branches of very various lengths; a smaller piece in the same jar is probably

part of the same specimen.

The main skeleton is a fairly close but very irregular network of dark brown horny

fibre, very irregularly cored and echinated, in a more or less plumose fashion, by large,

stout tylostyles, and with only a very few small acantho-subtylostyles.

The dermal skeleton consists of numerous slender tylostyles scattered in the dermal

membrane. Both stout and slender tylostyles also occur abundantly scattered in the

mesoglcea in the interior of the sponge.

Megascleres:—(1) Large, stout tylostyles (Plate 14, fig. 1 @), with subglobular heads

which are usually roughened or minutely spined. The remainder of the spicule is perfectly

smooth, slightly curved, and tapers gradually from its junction with the head to the sharply

pointed apex. These spicules ordinarily measure up to about 0°24 by 0°024 mm.; larger

forms being met with only exceptionally. More slender forms of about the same length

are possibly young (fig. 1 a’).

(2) Acantho-subtylostyles (fig. 1); short, straight, gradually and sharply pointed at

the apex; with numerous small spines on the slightly enlarged head, more sparsely spined

elsewhere; spination altogether feeble. Size about 0°1 by 0:0068 mm. Very scarce.

(3) Straight, slender tylostyles (fig. 1 ¢) with small oval heads often minutely spined

at the base; tapering very gradually to an often abruptly pointed apex. Size about 0°2 by

0:004 mm. The characteristic dermal spicule.

Microscleres :—Small, slender isochele (fig. 1 d), sometimes slightly contort, with

palms and fimbrize almost completely suppressed, so that they closely resemble sigmata.

Measuring about 0°014 min. from bend to bend. Abundant, both in the dermal membrane

and in the interior of the sponge. I at first mistook these spicules for true sigmata, but

the characteristic sharp angulation at the bends and the faint traces of palms and fimbrie,

reveal their true nature.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 69

Very few species of Clathria are known to contain sigmata. In C. spongodes, however,

they appear to be the only microscleres. The latter species is evidently very closely related

to C. madrepora, but the sigmata are well rounded at the bends and readily distinguish-

able from the ordinary Clathria isochelse, even in side view. Such facts as these suggest

very forcibly that the chela is merely a modified sigma, a view which is supported by the

occasional occurrence of contortion, like that of a contort sigma. This is well seen in the

isochelee of Microciona acerato-obtusa, as figured by Hentschel [1911 a]. The latter

species also closely resembles Clathria madrepora in certain features of its spiculation,

especially in the stout, basally spined tylostyles, and it is very difficult to see where the

boundary line between Clathria and Microciona should be drawn.

58. Clathria spongodes n. sp.

(Plate 6, fig. 1; Plate 14, fig. 2 a—d.)

Sponge (Plate 6, fig. 1), massive, lobose, irregular, sessile. Surface cauliflower-like,

thickly covered with small, rough conuli, each about 2 mm. in height and 1 mm. in dia-

meter, commonly grouped in bunches. Dermal membrane conspicuous only in places.

Vents of moderate size, inconspicuous, scattered in the depressions between the bunches of

conuli. The largest piece measures about 55 by 38 by 28 mm. A smaller piece has probably

been detached from it. Texture firm, fairly rough, resilient; very sandy. Colour in spirit

(after formalin) dark brown.

The skeleton is an irregular reticulation of stout, dark brown, horny fibre, abundantly

echinated, in a more or less plumose fashion, by large, basally spined tylostyles and small

acantho-subtylostyles. There is no special axial core of spicules and the fibres themselves

appear to be pretty free from foreign matter, though there is a great deal of sand scattered

in the mesogloea between them.

The dermal skeleton is not very well developed, but a large number of smooth, slender

tylostyles occur scattered irregularly in the dermal membrane.

Megascleres:—(1) Large, stout tylostyli (Plate 14, fig. 2 a), with distinct subglobular

heads usually thickly covered with small, sharp spines; the remainder of the spicule is

perfectly smooth, usually slightly curved and tapering gradually from its abrupt junction

with the head to the finely pointed apex. These spicules vary much in size, measuring up

to about 0°47 by 0°02 mm.

(2) Small, straight acantho-subtylostyli (fig. 2 b); spined all over except near the

apex; size about 0°094 by 0:008 mm.

(3) Straight, smooth, slender tylostyli (fig. 2 c), with small oval heads and finely

and gradually pointed apices; size about 0°24 by 0:003 mm. The characteristic dermal

spicule.

Microscleres: —Very slender sigmata (fig. 2d); well rounded at the bends, may be

shghtly contort; measuring about 0°014 mm. from bend to bend.

70 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

59. Clathria chelifera (Hentschel).

(Plate 14, fig. 3 a—e.)

Spanioplon cheliferum Hentschel [1911 a].

There are two specimens of this curious species in the collection. One of them (R.N.

cv. 6) consists of a massive, cavernous body, growing amongst calcareous débris and

extending in the form of two slender, subcylindrical processes, which are enlarged and

cavernous at the base. The maximum diameter of the main body is about 18mm. The

longer of the two processes, exclusive of its enlarged base, is about 41 mm. in length by

2mm. in diameter. It is not tubular, but to some extent cavernous, and hispid on the

surface. The enlarged basal portion measures about 14 by 8mm. The other process has

an enlarged basal portion of about the same size, but the slender cylindrical attachment

measures only about 5 by 15mm. The texture in spirit is soft, compressible and resilient,

the colour pale greyish yellow. A few moderate-sized vents occur in the basal portions of

the sponge.

The second specimen (R.N. cviit. 3) consists of a few irregular, slender branches,

occasionally anastomosing with one another and in two places enlarging to form an irre-

cular, nodular mass, one of which has grown over the branches of a Polyzoon and bears two

or three small vents.

The main skeleton is a loose, irregular reticulation of spicular fibre, containing a large

amount of very pale coloured spongin. In the slender processes the main lines run length-

wise. The fibres are abundantly cored by styli and sparsely echinated by acanthostyles.

The dermal skeleton consists of slender strongyla, mostly arranged in loose brushes.

Megascleres:—(1) Styl (Plate 14, fig. 3a); rather slender, slightly curved, evenly

rounded off at the base, rather abruptly pointed at the apex. Sometimes entirely smooth,

always smooth for the greater part of the length, but frequently with a few minute spines

at the base and sometimes also close to the apex. Size about 0°19 by 0°0068 mm.

(2) Acanthostyles (fig. 36); usually shghtly curved, rather sparingly spined, except

at the base. Spines of moderate size, on the shaft recurved, thorn-lhke. Apex gradually

and sharply pointed; size about 0°12 by 0°0082 mm.

(3) Strongyla (fig. 3c); straight or slightly crooked. Ends rather abruptly trun-

cated, not enlarged, with a few small terminal spines. Size about 0°22 by 0:005 mm.

Microscleres :—Palmate isochelee of two sizes. In the larger ones (fig. 3d) the tips of

the palms may be turned slightly outwards and sometimes appear slightly thickened in side

view; the shaft is very slender; length about 0°024mm. The smaller ones (fig. 3 e) are

typical ‘“‘naviculiform” Clathria isochele, about 0°01 mm. long. Both forms are numerous

and intermediate sizes also occur.

The above account of the skeleton arrangement and spiculation is based upon R.N.

cvi. 6. The spiculation of R.N. cv. 3 differs in no essential respect, but the development

of spines on the principal styli and on the strongyla appears to be even less pronounced.

The “Sealark” specimens appear to differ from Hentschel’s type in the not infrequent

partial spination of the principal styli, and in the fact that the larger isochelz are some-

times twice as long.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 71

Hentschel, while referring this species doubtfully to the genus Spanioplon, remarks

that it may be best regarded as a Clathria in which the dermal spicules have become

converted into “amphistrongyla,” a view with which I entirely agree. It differs from

Spanioplon in the presence of microscleres and probably in other respects, and it seems

best to refer it to the genus Clathria for the present, though it may be necessary to

propose a new genus for it at some future time.

Clathria australiensis var. spinulata Hentschel [1911 A], in which the principal styli

are also spined at the base and apex, serves to connect this species with the more typical

Clathrias.

Previously known Distribution. West Australia (Hentschel).

3, Amirante, 9.10.05, E. 9, 34 fathoms.

Genus EcHINocLATHRIA Carter [1885—6 ].

Sponge clathrous, typically a honeycombed mass of flattened, anastomosing trabeculee.

Skeleton reticulate, composed of spongin fibres echinated by smooth styli and usually

cored by either styli or strongyla. Palmate isochelee may occur.

The only species of this genus in the collection is one of those that have been placed

in Thiele’s genus Echinochalina [1903 8], but I am unable to see any sufficient grounds

for separating this supposed genus from Echinoclathria.

60. Echinoclathria intermedia Whitelegge.

(Plate 2, fig. 8.)

Thalassodendron viminalis Whitelegge [19014] Hchinoclathria intermedia Whitelegge [1901 B].

(not Lendenfeld [1888)]). Echinochalina intermedia Hallmann [1912].

I identify with this little known species a single specimen (Plate 2, fig. 8) which

ditfers from the type in two chief respects. In the first place, to judge from the descrip-

tions given by Whitelegge and Hallmann, the trabeculze which form the clathrous, massive

sponge seem to be less robust, and the entire specimen is more compact, with smaller

interspaces, than I should gather is the case with the type. At its upper end the sponge

is especially compact and terminates in a number of short, rounded proliferations. In the

second place the slender coring and interstitial spicules seem to be all strongyla; I have

not been able to find a single one that is not rounded off at both ends, while in the

type they are usually hastately pointed at one end and rounded at the other, rarely truly

strongylote. These spicules vary so much in other species, however, that I am not disposed

to attach much importance to this difference. The smooth, stout, echinating styli are

usually slightly narrowed at the base and subtylote, they measure about 0°11 by 0:007 mm.

The strongyla measure about 0°2 by 0:003 mm., which also agrees fairly closely with

Hallmann’s measurements. There is a large amount of spongin in the skeleton fibres,

whereas in the type the fibres are said to be comparatively poor in spongin. The specimen

measures about 72 mm. in height by 35 mm. in maximum transverse diameter.

72 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Genus RaspaiLia (Nardo) Schmidt [1862].

Of elongated, slender, branching habit. Skeleton composed of a dense central axis

of spicular fibre containing much spongin, from which bundles or tufts of spicules radiate

to the surface. Typical megascleres, smooth styli and acanthostyles (echinating). No

microscleres.

61. Raspacha sp.

A single very small specimen, which I am unable to identify specifically, represents

this genus in the collection. It was found in association with, Plocamia elegans, to which

it was probably attached, and consists of a short, cylindrical stalk dividing into two

branches. The whole specimen measures only 15 mm. in height, and the diameter of stem

and branches is about 15mm. The colour in spirit is nearly white. The skeleton is

arranged in a perfectly typical manner. A reticulation of stout horny fibre, cored chiefly

by slender styli in longitudinal tracts, forms a skeletal axis from which short columns of

stout styli, held together by spongin, radiate to the surface. HEchinating acanthostyles

occur in the axial part of the skeleton, but are scarce. The dermal brushes of straight,

slender subtylostyles are very well developed.

Megascleres :—(1) Smooth, stout styli, evenly rounded off at the base, gradually sharp-

pointed at the apex; size variable, up to about 0°45 by 0°016mm. (? occasionally

oxeote).

(2) Acanthostyles; sharply pointed, fairly strongly spined; measuring about 0:07 by

0°006 mm.

(8) Very long, straight, slender subtylostyli of the interior of the sponge (also some-

times projecting from the surface), measuring about 0°37 by 0°004 mm.

(4) Shorter, slender subtylostyli of the dermal brushes, measuring about 0°17 by

0°002 mm.

This form is evidently nearly related to the European Raspaalia hispida.

fathoms.

Genus Ecryon Gray [1867 F].

Clathriese in which the skeleton is a network of stout horny fibre, echinated, and

sometimes cored, by more or less verticillately spined styl. No other spicules.

It appears to me that Gray’s name Ectyon must replace the name Agelas by which

this genus is generally known. Duchassaing and Michelotti’s genus Agelas [1864] is really

quite unrecognizable, while there can hardly be any mistake about Gray’s, which was

founded upon a very characteristic figure in Bowerbank’s Monograph of British Sponges,

Volsiy RISO Villetio.e2 30)

This genus is very interesting on account of the suppression of all the spicules except

the acanthostyles, and the very strong development of the horny fibre, indicating a possible

origin for some of the pseudoceratose sponges.

DEN DY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 73

62. Hetyon ceylonica (Dendy).

(Plate 6, fig. 2.)

Agelas ceylonica Dendy [1905].

The single specimen in the collection (Plate 6, fig. 2) consists of about half a dozen

short, digitiform branches, rising up vertically side by side from a basal crust and sub-

dividing to a slight extent, the subdivisions being incompletely separated from one another.

The branches are subeylindrical and about 5 mm. in diameter. They terminate bluntly

and their surfaces are thickly covered with small, sharp and blunt conuli. The total height

of the specimen is about 27 mm., the greatest width just about the same. Vents are

apparently represented by rounded apertures of varying size in the translucent dermal

membrane stretched between the conuli. The colour in spirit is dark brown, but there

were many other specimens in the same jar, so that this colour is possibly due to staining;

the type specimen from Ceylon, however, was also brown. The texture is compressible

and elastic.

The specimen agrees very closely with the type as regards skeleton arrangement and

spiculation. I may add, however, that in addition to the characteristic verticillately spined

styli there are a few smooth styli, connected with the former by intermediate forms, and

the same is true of the type. The size of the spicules is very variable, up to about 0°32 by

0024 mm. (at the base, inclusive of spines).

Previously known Distribution. Ceylon (Dendy).

Genus Ecurnopictyum Ridley [1881].

Skeleton a network of spicular fibre, containing oxea and echinated by acanthostyles.

Smooth styli may also occur. No microscleres.

The presence of apparently primitive oxea as the principal megascleres in this genus

is somewhat remarkable ; long, smooth styli may, however, also occur. One can only observe

that oxea and styli appear in many sponges to be almost interchangeable and wait for

further light upon its relationships.

63. Echinodictyum clathratum Dendy [1905].

There are half a dozen specimens of this sponge in the collection, most of which attain

a much larger size than the original Ceylon type, measuring up to about 105 by 50 mm.

They agree closely in appearance with Thiele’s figure of HL. cavernosum from Celebes

[1899] and Hentschel’s figure of £. fruticoswm from 8.W. Australia [1911 a], and I can-

not help suspecting that all these forms, and also perhaps C. asperum Ridley and Dendy

[1887] from Tahiti, may really belong to one and the same species. At present, however, L.

clathratum may still be distinguished on account of its large styli, which have not yet been

found in any of the others. Otherwise the spiculation agrees very closely with the accounts

given by Thiele and Hentschel. The oxea range from about 0°2 by 0°008 to 0°8 by 0°012 mm. ;

more slender forms being probably young. The smooth slender styli usually measure only :

about 0°4 by 0:004 mm. and sometimes occur in surface brushes. The larger styli, which

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 10

74 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

occur scattered in the interior of the sponge, may measure as much as 1'7 by 0°012 mm.

The acanthostyles are somewhat shorter than those of the type and more distinctly

blunted at the apex. They measure about 0:09 by 0°008mm. The spicular measurements

were taken from R.N. xLv. 1.

There appear to be no microscleres in any of the specimens, so that there can be no reason-

able doubt that those which I observed in the type were, as suspected at the time, foreign.

The colour of the ‘“‘Sealark” specimens ranges from light brown to purplish black and

is due to the presence of numerous pigment granules.

Previously known Distribution. Ceylon Seas (Dendy).

Lxvi. 1, Lxvi. 7, Diego Garcia, 10—124 fathoms; cxx. 15, Salomon, 10—14 fathoms ;

cxLIx., Barachois, Diego, 12.7.05.

Section COLLOSCLEROPHORE.

Ectyoninz which, in addition to spicules of the usual chemical composition, possess

colloscleres composed of gelatinous silica. Apparently derivatives of the genus Clathria.

I propose this section for the two genera Collosclerophora Dendy [1916 £] and Collo-

~ clathria n. gen. Although agreeing in the possession of the very remarkable colloscleres

these two genera differ somewhat widely in other respects. Colloclathria is evidently a

direct derivative of Clathria, but Collosclerophora is a sand sponge with greatly reduced

spiculation. It is not improbable that the colloscleres may have arisen independently in

the two genera by the loss of certain factors whose cooperation is necessary for the develop-

ment of perfect spicules [cf Dendy 1917], but it is convenient to keep the two together

in one section for the present.

Genus CoLLOCLATHRIA n. gen.

Sponge cylindrical, ramose (? always). Skeleton arrangement and spiculation as in

Clathria, with the addition of colloscleres resembling grains of rice.

There can be no doubt about the close relationship of this genus to Clathria, from

which it is distinguished only by the presence of the colloscleres. These remarkable

gelatinous spicules have hitherto been found only in one other sponge—Collosclerophora

arenacea {Dendy 1916 £], from Southern Australia, which has perhaps been derived from

some such form as Colloclathria through the replacement of the greater part of the proper

skeleton by sand.

64. Colloclathria ramosa n. sp.

(Plate 7, fig. 2; Plate 14, fig. 4 a—h.)

Sponge (Plate 7, fig. 2) probably prostrate or semi-prostrate; consisting of long,

slender, subcylindrical processes, branching and anastomosing sparingly and in a very

irregular fashion. The branches vary from about 2 to 4 mm. in diameter and the longest

is about 140 mm. in length. They terminate bluntly and may be somewhat nodose. No

main stem can be distinguished. Vents small and scattered, few in number. Surface rather

uneven but nearly smooth, though very minutely hispid under a pocket-lens. Colour in |

spirit light brown. Texture compressible and resilient, tough.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 795

The main skeleton is a rather irregular network of fairly stout horny fibre, cored and

echinated by the megascleres in the usual Clathria fashion. The primary fibres are about

0°05 mm. in diameter; they run longitudinally in the interior of the sponge and curve

outwards towards the surface, where they terminate in brushes of spicules. They are con-

nected by secondary fibres little, if at all, more slender than themselves. The spicular

coring and echination of the fibres is very irregular and numerous megascleres occur

scattered in the mesogloea between.

The dermal skeleton is not strongly developed and consists of rather sparsely scattered

brushes of megascleres. Some of these mark the terminations of the primary fibres and these

contain stout styli as well as slender forms. Others, more numerous, and more or less

independent of the main skeleton fibres, though perhaps really branching off from them,

project from the surface between the extensive subdermal cavities; these consist of slender

forms only.

Megascleres:—(1) Stout, smooth styli (Plate 14, fig. 4a); shghtly curved, broadly

rounded at the base and tapering gradually to a finely pointed apex. Size about 0°3 by

0°019 mm., but variable. These occur chiefly as coring spicules in both primary and

secondary fibres.

(2) Acantho-subtylostyles (fig. 4b); very short, stout, straight, with abruptly and

sharply pointed apex; abundantly covered with rather small, sharp spines, except at the

apex and sometimes for some distance above the slightly enlarged base. Size about 0:07

by 0°008 mm. (exclusive of spines). These are the characteristic echinating spicules,

developed chiefly, but not exclusively, on the primary fibres as the latter curve outwards

to the surface. There are no forms intermediate between these and the large, stout,

smooth styli (1).

(3) Long, straight, slender styli, subtylostyli or tylostyli (fig. 4 c); varying greatly

in size up to about 0°4 by 0:0082 mm. Often minutely spined at the base. These spicules

occur chiefly in the surface tufts (the smaller forms) but are also abundant as coring spicules

in the primary fibres, and scattered in the mesoglea.

Microscleres:—(1) Small, palmate isochelee (fig. 4 d), of the usual Clathria type, up

to about 0°016 mm. long; may be abundant.

(2) Excessively minute forms (fig. 4 g), only about 0:004 mm. long; probably

isochelee, but only visible as a slender shaft with an enlargement at each end. Also

numerous in some specimens.

(3) Slender toxa (fig. 4), varying greatly in form and size, as shown in the figures.

Up to about 0°2 mm. long. Numerous in some specimens.

(4) Colloscleres (fig. 4.) small, sausage- or kidney-shaped bodies, more or less con-

stricted in the middle; of just about the same size and proportions as the palmate isochel,

usually about 0°012 by 0°004 mm. Enormously abundant, scattered through the sponge

like grains of rice. Forms intermediate in appearance between these and the ordinary

isochelee occur (fig. 4 ¢), so that it is difficult to believe that the two are not homologous.

Indeed, until I found that the colloscleres swelled up on addition of water I had no doubts

on this point and regarded them merely as palmate isochelze with the space between shaft

and palms filled in with silica.

10—2

76 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

The behaviour of these bodies on addition of water is identical with that observed in

the colloscleres of Collosclerophora arenacea, except that while the swelling reaction was

beautifully manifested on the addition of water to material in 70°/, alcohol it could not be

observed when water was similarly added to material in absolute alcohol. It would appear,

therefore, that in this case complete dehydration destroys the capacity for absorbing water,

which is evidently not the case in Collosclerophora, in which the swelling took place after

dehydration and preservation for more than twenty years in Canada balsam. Owing,

doubtless, to their becoming swollen and disorganized, these bodies are entirely missing in

spicule preparations boiled out in the usual manner in acid.

The above account of the spiculation is taken from R.N. cxxxvur. 1, except that the

experiments with the colloscleres were made upon R.N. cvut. 1.:

I have also been able to make some observations concerning the canal-system and

histology in the case of cvirt. 1, which I have studied by means of paraffin sections and

teased preparations stained with paracarmine. The extensive subdermal cavities are covered

over by a thin dermal membrane, pierced, no doubt, by the inhalant pores, but these I

have been able to detect only occasionally. The canal-system is more or less lacunar

throughout. The flagellate chambers, which occur scattered throughout the whole of the

mesogloea beneath the subdermal cavities, are spherical, about 0°02 mm. in diameter, and

eurypylous. The colloscleres are most abundant just beneath the subdermal cavities, where

they are associated with dense masses of small, granular, spherical cells, about 0°008 mm.

in diameter. These cells are probably the scleroblasts (silicoblasts), similar to those de-

scribed by me in Collosclerophora, but much smaller in accordance with the smaller size of

the colloscleres. I have not been able to make out the development of the colloscleres, nor

have I found them lying in vesicles as in Collosclerophora.

34 fathoms; Cxxxviul. 1, Seychelles, 20.10.05, F. 3, 39 fathoms.

Section PLOCAMIES.

Ectyoninze in which the main skeleton is a reticulation of dumb-bell or sausage-shaped

megascleres, usually more or less spiny.

I propose to group together in this section the genera Plocamia Schmidt [1870],

Damiria Keller [1891], Lithoplocamia n. gen. and Plocamiopsis Topsent [1904 a].

Genus Procamia Schmidt [1870].

The characteristic megascleres are dumb-bell or sausage-shaped, usually more or less

spiny (acanthostrongyla), in addition to which styli or tylostili of various forms also occur.

Echinating acanthostyles may be present and sometimes slender tylota. Typical micro-

scleres palmate isochele and sometimes toxa.

65. Plocamia coriacea (Bowerbank).

Tsodictya coriacea Bowerbank [1874]. Plocamia coriacea Hanitsch [1894].

Dirrhopalum corvaceum Ridley [1881]. Plocamia ridleyi Hentschel [1912].

This species is represented in the collection by a small, thin crust, attached to a large

dry Lithistid (R.N. cxtvu, Taprobane herdmanc).

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA ot

I have had the advantage of comparing the spiculation of an Irish specimen from the

Dublin museum and have no doubt of the identification, though the megascleres in the

“ Sealark” specimen attain a considerably larger size. The spiculation is as follows :—

Megascleres:—(1) Large subtylostyli; curved; measuring up to 0°66 by 0°0164 mm.

(2) Slender tylostyli; with oval heads; io aaa up to 0°43 by 0°0027 mm.

(3) Acanthostyli; up to 0°23 by 0°01 mm.

(4) Acanthostrongyla; about 0°12 by 0°012 mm., most richly spined at the extremities.

Microscleres:—(1) Palmate isochelee ; about 0°016 mm. long.

(2) Toxa; large and small, the large ones measuring up to 0°2 by 0°0027 mm. and

spined at the extremities.

Ridley, in his account of the spiculation, does not mention the slender tylostyles, nor

are they figured by Bowerbank, but they occur in the Dublin specimen and I have no

doubt are characteristic of the species. Hentschel’s Plocamza ridleyi is obviously a synonym

of this species, which he seems to have overlooked.

Previously known Distribution. British Seas (Bowerbank); Aru Islands, Arafura

Sea (Hentschel).

66. Plocamia elegans (Ridley and Dendy).

Plocamia coriacea var. elegans Ridley and Dendy [1887].

Plocamia coriacea var. elegans Topsent [1892 0, 1904 a].

This pretty little sponge is represented in the collection by a large number of fragments.

It must have resembled very closely the specimen of Plocamia coriacea var. elegans

figured in the ‘“‘ Challenger” Report, but on a smaller scale, consisting of very slender and

rather short, cylindrical branches, ramifying irregularly and occasionally anastomosing

with one another. The diameter of the branches does not exceed 1°5 mm. It is curious

how completely the specimen has been broken up in the dredge, for although there is a

good deal of it altogether the largest fragment is only about 16 mm. in length. It is evi-

dently very fragile. The surface is minutely hispid; the colour in spirit pale yellow.

The main skeleton is a close, sub-isodictyal reticulation of acanthostrongyla and acantho-

styli, occupying about five-sixths of the total diameter of the sponge and surrounded by a

comparatively thin zone penetrated by radially arranged spicules, which form the outer

part of the skeleton and give rise to the hispidity of the surface. The radiating spicules

comprise long, stout styl, arranged singly ; very slender subtylostyli, which tend to arrange

themselves in loose brushes which are frequently more or less flattened down against the

surface, and acanthostyli, which may be said to echinate the outer surface of the main

skeleton taken as a whole. In the main skeleton occasional longitudinal bands of spicular

fibre occur, in which all the megascleres may figure. There is very little spongin.

Megascleres:—(1) Acanthostrongyla ; moderately stout, slightly curved, abundantly

covered all over with small, sharp spines; size about 0°07 by 0°005 mm., exclusive of

spines.

(2) Acanthostyli; more or less curved, tapering gradually to a long, fine point;

abundantly covered with small, sharp spines towards the base, but the spination becoming

78 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

more or less obsolete on the distal portion, until the apex is quite smooth. Size about

0°147 by 0°005 mm., but rather variable and perhaps usually a little less.

(3) Long, stout styli or subtylostyli; slightly curved towards the base, gradually

and finely pointed at the apex; base often very minutely spined, otherwise quite smooth.

Size about 0°45 by 0°0082 mm.

(4) Very slender subtylostyli; straight or nearly so, with feebly developed oval heads

and very fine points. Size about 0°3 by 0:002 mm. Intermediate forms between 3 and 4

occur.

Microscleres:—(1) Slender, palmate isochele; Clathria-like; about 0°014 mm. long.

(2) Short, slender, strongly curved toxa; about 0°044 mm. long. Very scarce.

In spite of its fragmentary condition the material is well preserved, so that it is

possible to make out a good deal as to the canal-system. There are extensive, shallow

subdermal cavities and the canal-system as a whole is lacunar. Flagellate chambers occur

throughout the entire thickness of the sponge beneath the subdermal cavities. They are

spherical, eurypylous and about 0°028 mm. in diameter.

This specimen differs from the ‘ Challenger” specimen chiefly in the extreme rarity of

the toxa, which I could not for some time find at all. In view of its characteristic external

form and wide distribution it seems desirable to raise the variety elegans to specific rank,

especially as the typical P. coriacea seems to enjoy an equally wide distribution.

Previously known Distribution. Azores (Ridley and Dendy, Topsent).

67. Plocamia massalis n. sp.

(Plate 14, Fig. 5 a—c.)

The single specimen is a compact, massive sponge, with convex upper surface. The

lower portion of the sponge has apparently been torn off from a broad attachment. The

vents are rather numerous and irregularly scattered on the somewhat uneven upper surface.

They measure up to about 3 mm. in diameter and sometimes have strongly projecting

margins in the form of short cylindrical tubes; cylindrical exhalant canals, of the same

diameter as the vents, penetrate far into the interior of the sponge. The texture of the

sponge is firm, dense and incompressible; rather friable. It contains a good deal of sand,

especially in the deeper portions. The colour in spirit is dark chocolate brown throughout*,

apparently due to the presence of an immense number of brown pigment granules, especi-

ally conspicuous in the dermal membrane, where they are grouped in rounded masses

about 0°016 mm. in diameter. The specimen measures about 65 mm. in maximum breadth

by 35 mm. in maximum thickness.

The main skeleton is a very dense, sub-isodictyal but irregular reticulation of more or

less curved acanthostrongyla, occasionally with ill-defined spicular fibres composed largely

of the characteristically dermal tylota.

The dermal skeleton consists of long and rather slender tylota, scattered tangentially

in the dermal membrane. |

* All the other sponges in the same jar, and the label, were stained brown, but this specimen appears to

have been the source of the pigment.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 79

Megascleres:—(1) Acanthostrongyla (Plate 14, fig. 5 a); more or less curved; with

the spines most abundantly developed towards the two ends and sometimes showing a

tendency to be arranged in whorls; spines small and sharp, numerous. Very frequently

one end shows a central point, which seems to represent the apex of the spicule rather

than a mere spine and probably indicates that the spicule is really a modified acanthostyle.

Size about 0°185 by 00082 mm., but rather variable.

(2) Tylota (fig. 5 b); with long, smooth, slightly curved shaft and small, subspherical

or oval heads, usually minutely spined all over. Size about 0°37 by 0°008 mm.

Microscleres:—Palmate isochele (fig. 5 c); Clathria-lke; with very slender, rather

strongly curved shaft; length about 00164 mm. Very scarce but no doubt proper to the

sponge.

This is not a very typical Plocamia. The usual echinating acanthostyles are not

recognizable, unless they are represented by the unsymmetrically ended acanthostrongyla

described above. Also, there are no dermal tylostyles or subtylostyles, such as often occur

in the genus; though here I was at first misled by the presence of a thinly encrusting

suberitid sponge, with tylostyles, which covers a large part of the surface.

Genus LITHOPLOCAMIA nh. gen.

The main skeleton is a dense, sub-isodictyal reticulation of acanthostrongyla, with

which are associated smooth diactinal and monactinal spicules. There are no echinating

spicules and no microscleres. |

This genus is perhaps to be regarded as derived from Plocamia by loss of microscleres.

The general arrangement of the skeleton resembles closely that of Plocamia massalis, in

which also the echinating spicules have disappeared. It is also probably related to the

genus Damiria of Keller[1891], in which the spicules are all tylota (or strongyla) with the

ends alone spined.

68. Lathoplocamia lithistordes n. sp.

(Plate 14, fig. 6.)

Sponge massive, encrusting; with uneven, more or less nodular surface, minutely

rough and sometimes sparingly and very minutely hispid. Vents minute, inconspicuous.

Texture very hard, compact and incompressible. Colour in spirit pale greyish yellow*.

The specimen which I regard as the type of the species (R.N. cxxxvu. 2) is hemi-

spherical (or shortly columnar), with a broad, flat, slightly expanded base of attachment.

The surface is broken up into small, irregular areas by a network of grooves, probably all

covered over in life by a thin, transparent dermal membrane, portions of which remain.

The height of the specimen is 16mm., the maximum diameter of the base 20mm. The

second specimen (R.N. cxxvu. 2) is a.good deal larger and has the form of a nodulated

erust, on which the surface grooves are scarcely at all developed. It measures about

35 mm. in maximum breadth and 10 mm. in average thickness.

* R.N. cxxvu. 2 has a purplish tint, but this is probably due to staining by another sponge in the same jar. -

80 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION ~

The main skeleton is a very dense, sub-isodictyal reticulation of acanthostrongyla.

These spicules make up very nearly the entire skeleton, but here and there ill-defined

bands of smooth styli can be seen running towards the surface.

In R.N. cxxxvit. 2 I have been able to find no dermal skeleton, the dermal mem-

brane, where still preserved, being practically without spicules. In R.N. oxxvu. 2, how-

ever, the dermal membrane, which is more extensively present, contains numerous very

slender, long, curved, smooth oxea, scattered or in very loose, radiate tufts, which some-

times seem to be associated with the ends of the bands of smooth styli. Similar slender

oxea occur scattered in the deeper parts of the sponge.

Spicules:—(1) Acanthostrongyla (Plate 14, fig. 6); stout, short, slightly curved, with

strong, sharp spines pretty evenly distributed all over. Size usually about 0°17 by 0:02 mm.

(exclusive of spines).

(2) Stout, smooth styli or subtylostyh; slightly curved, sharply and fairly gradually

pointed; size variable, commonly about 0°35 by 0:018 mm.

A few much longer, smooth spicules, especially styl, also occur, and in R.N. cxxvit. 2,

as already observed, slender oxea are abundant in the dermal membrane, where they measure

about 0°4 by 0°004 mm. In R.N. cxxxvu. 2 oxea, at any rate of this type, are extremely

rare, if present at all.

In R.N. oxxxvu. 2, however, a few extraordinarily elongated sigmata occur, of a

type which I have never seen before, resembling long slender oxea with recurved ends. At

present I regard these as foreign.

The two specimens described above ought, perhaps, to be regarded as at any rate

varietally distinct. In addition to the differences already mentioned I find that the

acanthostrongyla are decidedly more slender in R.N. cxxvit. 2 than in the type, but the

entire spiculation appears to be very variable in details and it is useless to multiply names

until we know something of the range of this variation.

The sponge bears an extraordinary resemblance in general characters.and in skeleton

arrangement to a monocrepid Lithistid. It is even conceivable that monocrepid desmas

may have originated from such acanthostyles, and the curious way in which ill-defined

bands of smooth, slender megascleres run through the main skeleton is strongly sug-

gestive of Lithistid affinities.

R.N. cxxxvut. 2, Seychelles, 20.10.05, F. 4, 39 fathoms.

Section HYMEDESMIE.

Ectyonine usually of thinly encrusting habit. The principal megascleres typically

echinating the substratum. Chele when present tridentate (sometimes palmate ?). With-

out well-differentiated symmetrical dermal megascleres.

As a matter of convenience I propose to associate together in this section a number

of Ectyonine genera of somewhat doubtful affinities, which may or may not be nearly

related to one another. Only three of these are represented in the “Sealark” collection,

viz. Hymedesmia, Hymeraphia and Rhabderemia. Hymedesmia appears to be closely

related to the Myxilleze. Most of the others are evidently lipochelous.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 8 i

Genus HymepesM1A Bowerbank [1864].

Leptosia Topsent [1892p]; not Hymedesmia Carter [1880 B], Topsent [1900], Dendy [1905].

Sponge usually thinly encrusting. Main skeleton composed of usually spined monac-

tinal megascleres, echinating the substratum or arranged in short, plumose columns. Dermal

skeleton of bundles or fibres of spicules breaking up into loose brushes at the surface;

dermal spicules slender monactinal or more or less symmetrical forms. Microscleres tridentate

isochelze (chelee arcuate or isancore) to which sigmata may be added. The microscleres

may be absent by reduction.

This extensive genus has been very carefully revised by Lundbeck [1910], who enu-

merates about 70 species, mostly described by himself: I agree with his conception of the

genus in most respects, but I cannot recognize the necessity for separating the forms with

so-called “isancorze” from those with ‘“chelz arcuate,’ and therefore do not accept his

genus Hymenancora, though it is to this comparatively small section that the only chela-

bearing species of the genus in the “Sealark” collection belongs.

The occurrence of lipochelous forms in this genus is extremely interesting and forms

a close parallel to the case of the epipolasid Stellettide*. The loss of chele has taken

place in several different species, probably independently, and cannot well be used here as

a generic distinction. The “Sealark” collection affords a very beautiful instance of two very

closely related species (H. leavissoma and H. lipochela), one with chelxe and the other

without.

Lundbeck includes the genus Hymedesmia in his Ectyonine, a group which corre-

sponds pretty closely to my Clathrie, but the strong tendency of the dermal megascleres

in some species to become symmetrically ended indicates a close affinity with the Myxillez,

in fact the genus appears to represent a transition between these two sections of the sub-

family.

69. Hymedesmia lavissuma n. sp.

(Plate 15, fig. 1 a—c.)

Sponge thinly encrusting; where intact covered by a thin, translucent dermal mem-

brane, containing numerous inhalant pores, sometimes at any rate grouped in irregular

pore-sieves. Vents apparently rather small, scattered. Surface very minutely hispid.

Texture very soft and yielding. The type specimen (R.N. cxxv. 6) covers a large area on

an irregular mass of calcareous débris. It is of a dark chocolate brown colour in spirit,

but as everything in the same jar, including the label, was stained of the same colour, it is

very doubtful how far it is natural to this sponge. I think, however, that it may be so to

some extent, for the specimen contains innumerable brown granules which are probably

pigment granules. A second specimen (R.N. cxxvit. 5), from a different jar, has also a

deep brown colour, though of a much redder tint, but this again may be due to staining

by another sponge in the same jar.

* Cf. Dendy [1916 ¢, p. 235; 1916p, p. 41].

+ The colour is probably due, chiefly at any rate, to a specimen of Plocamia massalis in the same jar

(vide p. 78).

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 11

82 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

The main skeleton consists of smooth, stout subtylostyli, echinating the substratum and

the foreign bodies in the interior of the sponge, and sometimes arranged in short, plumose

columns. There are also loose wisps of slender tylostyli, mostly running towards the

surface, where they break up into very loose brushes; a good many of these spicules

are scattered tangentially in the dermal membrane and none of them seems to project very

far beyond it.

Megascleres:—(1) Entirely smooth, stout subtylostyles (Plate 15, fig. 1 a); usually

very slightly curved; usually with a feebly developed, subglobular head; very gradually

sharp-pointed at the apex; size very variable, especially as regards length, up to about

0°66 by 0°02 mm.

(2) Smooth, slender tylostyles (figs. 1b, 1’); straight; with fairly well developed,

but often irregular, oval heads; apex various, commonly abruptly truncate with small

central mucro. Size up to about 0°4 by 0:006mm. The characteristic dermal spicule.

Microscleres :—Tridentate isochele (isancoree) (fig. 1c); with lateral teeth well

separated from shaft; shaft stout, strongly curved, with lateral fimbriz; length about

0°0287 mm. These spicules are very numerous and very uniform in size and shape.

In boiled out preparations a very few small, slender acanthostyles were observed. I

have not been able to find them i sitw and they are altogether so scarce that I am con-

strained to regard them as foreign. They are almost entirely absent in the type. Of course

other foreign spicules also occur.

Of previously described sponges the species that comes nearest to this one appears to

be Hentschel’s Hymenancora lundbecki [1912]; but in that species the stout tylostyles

are basally spined and sigmata are present in addition to the isochelee. Hentschel describes

the dermal spicules as tornostrongyla, but his figure shows that they are really bluntly

pointed tylostyles. As far as Iam aware the entirely smooth character of the megascleres

distinguishes H. levissima from all previously known species of Hymedesmia (including

Hymenancora) and I was strongly tempted to propose a new genus based on this character.

The intermediate condition of the stout tylostyles in H. lundbecki, however, finally decided

me against such a course. H. levistylus Lundbeck [1910] is another species in which

the acanthostyles are almost smooth.

> 100 fathoms.

70. Hymedesnua lipochela n. sp.

(Plate 6, fig. 3; Plate 15, fig. 2a—b.)

The sponge as a whole (Plate 6, fig. 3) is massive, proliferous, coarsely cauliflower-

like in its mode of growth. It contains a great deal of coarse, calcareous sand, much of

which appears on the surface, more or less covered over by the thin, translucent dermal

membrane. Vents represented by a few rather small, scattered, circular openings in the

dermal membrane. Inhalant pores scattered in the dermal membrane, sometimes in in-

distinct rounded areas. Colour in spirit brownish grey. The entire specimen measures

57 mm. in greatest breadth and 30mm. in height in the middle. Its habit suggests an

encrusting sponge modified by growing upon loose, coarse sand instead of upon a compact,

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 83

solid substratum, and thus affords a good illustration of Lundbeck’s remark concerning

the external form characteristic of the genus—“Sometimes, on account of the manner of

growth, assuming a massive appearance, but also then in reality incrusting.”

The main skeleton consists of stout, smooth subtylostyli, partly echinating the coarse

sand-grains in the interior of the sponge and partly in short, plumose columns running

towards the surface. The sand itself is arranged in more or less well defined but irregular

tracts. Beneath the surface loose wisps of slender tylostyles run towards the dermal

membrane, where they break up into very lax, irregular brushes, with single spicules

scattered tangentially in the dermal membrane itself.

Megascleres:—(1) Stout, entirely smooth subtylostyles (Plate 15, fig. 2 a); sometimes

quite straight, usually slightly curved; the base slightly enlarged to form a feebly developed,

subglobular head; the apex sharply and very gradually pointed. Commonly measuring

about 0°43 by 0:017 mm., but often shorter.

(2) Slender tylostyles (fig. 26); straight; with fairly well-developed oval heads ;

tapering very gradually to the apex, which is smoothly and more or less finely pointed;

size about 0°37 by 0°0068 mm.

Microscleres :—Absent.

Except for the absence of the microscleres and the non-mucronate apices of the

slender tylostyles this species agrees very closely in skeleton arrangement and spiculation

with HH. levissima, the only other species of the genus known in which all the megascleres

are completely smooth. There can be no doubt that the two are very closely related and

in all probability H. lipochela has been derived from some form practically identical with

H. laevissima by loss of the chelee. Lundbeck enumerates several other species without

chelee but they are all forms with acanthostyles. Both as regards the smoothness of

the megascleres and the loss of chele, as well as, to a less extent, in its massive habit,

IH. lipochela constitutes an extreme deviation from the typical condition of the genus

and suggests a possible origin for some of the so-called Axinellid sponges. The tendency

of the stout subtylostyli to arrange themselves in plumose columns, both in H. lipochela

and H. levissima, is very suggestive in this connection.

Genus Hymeraputa Bowerbank [1864].

Sponge thinly encrusting. Skeleton composed of (1) very long styli or tylostyli

arranged vertically and projecting beyond the surface, (2) comparatively short, variously

spined acanthostyles arranged perpendicularly on the substratum, (3) smooth styli or oxea

in wisps, variously arranged. No microscleres.

The only species of the genus identifiable in the “Sealark” collection is the curious

British form described by Bowerbank as Hymedesmia radiata. This species formed the

type of Gray’s proposed genus Hpicles [1867 F] but it seems really to be a Hymeraphia, as

pointed out by Hanitsch [1894].

84 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

71. Hymeraphia radiata (Bowerbank).

Hymedesmia radiata Bowerbank [1866, 1874, % Mywilla radiata Topsent [1892 c].

1882]. Hymeraphia radiata Hanitsch [1894].

Epicles radiatus Gray [1867 F]. ¢

The material in the collection forms a very thin crust upon some flat fragments of

molluscan shell (?). The colour in alcohol is grey. The surface is strongly hispid and the

hispidation is of two kinds, (1) long, due to the large tylostyles, which project for a long

distance beyond the surface but singly and at considerable intervals; (2) short, due to the

projection of the radiate brushes of oxea which surround the large tylostyles.

The skeleton arrangement is highly characteristic. In the first place the substratum

is echinated by close-set acanthotylostyles, which project from it more or less at right

angles. In the second place the surface is hispidated by the strongly developed, radiate

brushes of large oxea, well separated from one another and each typically with a single

huge tylostyle projecting outwards from its centre.

Spicules:—(1) Acanthotylostyles; straight, with rather well-developed spherical heads

and abruptly sharp-pointed apices; thickly covered, almost up to the extreme apex, with

moderate-sized, sharp, thorn-like spines, those on the shaft curved towards the head and

those on the head curved towards the shaft. Size very variable, up to about 0°33 by

0-017 mm. (exclusive of spines).

(2) Smooth tylostyles; very long, nearly straight; base enlarged to form a well-

marked spherical head ; apex rounded off very bluntly. These spicules are very apt to be

broken off short, but I have measured them (entire) up to 2°75mm. in length, with a

shaft-thickness of 0°046 mm.

(3) Oxea; smooth; straight or nearly so; with both ends fairly gradually and sharply

poimted; one end perhaps a little thicker than the other, but not conspicuously asym-

metrical. Size about 0°83 by 0°017 mm.

This sponge differs from the British form described by Bowerbank only in slight details

as to the shape and possibly as to the size of the spicules. Thus the large styli or sub-

tylostyli of the British form are represented here by tylostyles with well-developed heads.

The blunting of their apices is also perhaps a distinguishing feature. Again, the spines on

the acanthotylostyles appear to be much more strongly developed in the Indian Ocean

form. The arrangement of the skeleton is probably identical in the two cases, although

very imperfectly described by Bowerbank, who worked on dry material in which the pro-

Jecting character of the large styli was apparently no longer recognizable. There is

no sufficient reason for separating the Indian Ocean form specifically from the British

one.

I am very doubtful, however, whether the sponge referred to by Topsent [1892 c]

as Myaxilla radiata, and identified by him with Bowerbank’s species, really belongs to this

species at all.

Previously known Distribution. British Seas (Bowerbank). ? North Atlantic

(Topsent).

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 85

Genus RHABDEREMIA Topsent | 1892 c].

Encrusting or massive Ectyonine in which the principal megascleres are styli with

strongly bent base, shaped like a hockey-stick, and the principal microscleres are contorted

sigmata. There are no chele and the echinating spicules are greatly reduced or absent.

72. Rhabderemia pusilla (Carter).

Microciona pusilla Carter [1876]. Microciona pusilla Topsent [1889].

Microciona minutula Carter [1876, Description of | Rhabderemia pusilla Topsent [1892 c].

Pl. xvi].

This species is represented in the collection by a small fragment found attached

to a specimen of Spongosorites salomonensis (R.N. CXvi.), in the form of a shred of mem-

brane containing the characteristic spicules of the species. Carter’s original description

leaves much to be desired and his type specimen is unfortunately not to be found in his

cabinet of microscopic preparations. Topsent, although he has re-described and figured

the spiculation, gives no measurements. It seems desirable, therefore, to give particulars

as to the spiculation of the “Sealark” specimen. All the spicules agree very closely with

Topsent’s figure.

Megascleres:—(1) Styli (‘““Rhabdostyles” of Topsent); smooth (or very nearly so),

stout, perfectly straight except at the base, which is very abruptly bent to one side in a

spiral of about half a turn; stoutest at the commencement of the spiral, which preserves

an almost uniform thickness to the rounded basal end; tapering gradually from the com-

mencement of the spiral to the sharply pointed apex. Size rather variable, say about

0-2 by 0°011 mm., and thus agreeing well enough with Carter’s figure, though not with his

measurement.

(2) Long, slender styli or subtylostyli; straight or nearly so, perhaps very slightly

roughened; measuring about 0°164 by 0°0013 mm.

Microscleres :—Strongly and irregularly contort sigmata; rather slender; measuring

up to about 0°0164 mm. in greatest length in a straight line from bend to bend.

A number of large sigmata, showing serration and probably belonging to a species of

Paresperella, also occur in the preparation, together with a number of short, stout oxea.

All these I regard as foreign bodies.

Previously known Distribution. Tropical Seas? (Carter); Campeachy Bank, Gulf of

Mexico (Topsent).

Section MyxILLEZ&.

Kctyoninze in which the megascleres are more or less sharply differentiated into two

categories—deep and dermal. The deep megascleres form the main skeleton and are usually

monactinal. The dermal megascleres, which need not be confined to the surface, are typl-

cally symmetrical or subsymmetrical. The typical microscleres are tridentate (or polydentate)

isochelee. .

It appears to me that the group Myxillew as accepted by Lundbeck [1905], for

example, is far too comprehensive.

86 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

The presence of more or less symmetrically ended dermal megascleres alone cannot

form a sufficient justification for forming such a heterogeneous assemblage, as such spicules

may very well have arisen over and over again in the course of phylogeny. If, however,

we associate with this character the presence of tridentate (or polydentate) isochelee and

exclude from the group those genera in which either of these characters is wanting (except

of course secondarily), we are left with a compact and fairly homogeneous section of the

Ectyoninee.

Genus PLUMOHALICHONDRIA Carter [1876].

Main skeleton composed of plumose columns of acanthostyles, which may form a

reticulation, with or without spongin. More or less symmetrically ended megascleres are

present, most typically in the axis of the skeleton columns, sometimes also in surface

brushes or scattered. Typical microscleres tridentate isochele.

This genus is evidently very closely related to Myxilla, differing only in the arrange-

ment of the megascleres in plumose columns or fibres cored by the smooth symmetrical

or subsymmetrical forms.

The type species of the genus is Carter’s P. microcionides [1876], which, as Thiele

[1903 a] has shown, is almost certainly identical with Schmidt’s Desmacidon neptune.

Hallmann [1912] has suggested that the microscleres of P. microcionides may be really

‘“‘ancoree,” while those of Lendenfeld’s genus Clathrissa are “chelee arcuatze,” and that on

this ground these two genera may be kept distinct. It appears to me that we have here an

illustration of the dithculty which is likely to result from the attempt made by some recent

authors to draw a sharp line of distinction between these two types of spicule. I have never

been able to satisfy myself as to the validity of this distinction; it appears to be mainly a

question of the extent to which the lateral tooth is cut away from the shaft. I find from

examination of Mr Carter’s type slide that there are two kinds of chele in P. microcionides,

large and small. In both the lateral teeth are well cut away, which would certainly seem

to bring them within the category of “ancoree.”

P. nucrociomdes is a deep sea form and its spiculation, as might be expected, has

peculiarities, but at present I can see no reason why a separate genus should be made for

the shallow water species.

73. Plumohalichondria clathrodes n. sp.

(Plate 4, fig. 2; Plate 15, fig. 3 a—d.)

There are three specimens of this sponge in the collection. The largest (R.N. ct1.),

which must be regarded as the type of the species, has been dried (Plate 4, fig. 2). It is

stipitate and flabellate, both stem and lamina being made up of a great number of anasto-

mosing trabeculze which for the most part run longitudinally and project on the surface as

prominent ridges. The entire sponge is flattened in one plane, and the lamina has an

almost circular outline. The total height of the sponge is about 280mm.; the maximum

breadth about 220 mm.; the average thickness of the lamina about 15mm. The stem is

short, thick and irregular, and has several points of attachment below. Vents and pores

not recognizable. Colour rather dark brown; texture tough and fibrous.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 87

A second specimen (R.N. xii. 14) is also lamino-clathrous but not nearly so much in

one plane, while the margins tend to run out into short branches. Colour in spirit pale

greyish yellow; texture compressible, resilient, very tough.

A third specimen (R.N. x1) encrusts extensively the branches of a red Alcyonarian,

but is beginning to grow out into a lamino-clathrous structure in one place.

The main skeleton is an irregular network of stout horny fibre, abundantly echinated

by acanthostyles and typically cored by the smooth, subsymmetrical megascleres, The

extent to which the coring spicules are developed, however, varies greatly, so that while

they are very numerous in some places they may be entirely absent in others in the same

specimen. The fibres may be as much as 0°26 mm. thick; they often pursue a sinuous

course and often have the plumose appearance characteristic of the genus.

There is no well-defined dermal skeleton but numerous spicules, chiefly tornota, occur

scattered in the dermal membrane.

R.N. xii. 14 contains a considerable quantity of sand, which shows a tendency to be

arranged in more or less definite tracts.

Megascleres:—(1) Tornota (Plate 14, fig. 3a); smooth, slender, straight or slightly

crooked ; ends typically hastate; usually (? always) slightly unequal, with one a little swollen ;

one or both may be slightly mucronate; size about 0°176 by 0°:004 mm.

(2) Acanthostyles (fig. 3 5); straight or nearly so; fairly strongly and uniformly spined

except for the apical portion, which is smooth and drawn out to a fine point ; size variable,

up to about 0°16 by 0°008 mm. |

Microscleres:—Tridentate isochelze (chelze arcuatze) of the usual Myxilla type (fig. 3 ¢);

with stout, strongly curved shaft and short teeth; about 0:025mm. in total len oth. Numerous

smaller and especially more slender isochelz also occur (fig. 3d). These are of exactly

the same type as the larger ones and should perhaps be regarded merely as very feebly

developed examples.

The robust, clathrous external form and the very strong development of spongin

may perhaps be regarded as distinguishing features of this species. Except for the

presence of the microscleres it closely resembles Clathria indica, a common Ceylon species

[Dendy 1889, 1905] which should probably be referred to the genus Plumohalichondria,

rather than Clathria, as a lipochelous form.

CLL, Seychelles.

74, Plumohalichondria gardineri n. sp.

(Plate 2, fig. 9; Plate 15, fig. 4 a—d.)

The single specimen in the collection (Plate 2, fig. 9) has the form of a thick, erect,

sessile lamella, which appears to have grown vertically upwards from a narrow, elongated

base, which has been discontinuously attached to the substratum. The margin of the

sponge is comparatively thin and crest-like, but well rounded off, while the middle of the

lamella is very much thicker, owing chiefly to a large swelling on one side, which may indicate

a tendency to proliferation. The entire lamella has a somewhat undulating character,’

especially obvious along the margin. The surface is nearly smooth, but uneven and

granular. The vents are minute and inconspicuous ; a few occur in small, irregular groups

88 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

along the margin. The inhalant pores are apparently in sieve-membranes covering over

the small subdermal cavities, which are thickly scattered over both surfaces of the lamella.

The texture is compact and solid, only slightly compressible. Colour in spirit, dull yellowish

grey. The maximum breadth of the specimen is 62 mm.; maximum height about 42 mm. ;

maximum thickness about 24 mm.; thickness at a distance of 5 mm. from the margin

about 8 mm.

The main skeleton consists of stout, close-set, plumose columns of large and small

acanthostyles, with their bases imbedded in spongin. These columns run approximately at

right angles to the surface, branching as they go. They are occasionally connected by

short, transverse anastomoses which are echinated, chiefly on the outer side, by acantho-

styles, so that nearly all the acanthostyles point outwards. There appear to be no spicules

lying in the axes of the columns, but a considerable number of long, slender, smooth styli

and oxea are found lying parallel to the spicular columns in the intervening mesoglea.

There is a special dermal skeleton composed of radiate tufts of long, slender oxea,

projecting beyond the surface for the greater part of their length.

Spicules :—(1) Large acanthostyles (Plate 15, fig. 4 a); stout, curved near the base

like a hockey-stick, tapering gradually to the sharply pointed apex. Base usually slightly

tylote. Spines stout, recurved, confined to the distal portion of the spicule, where they are

abundant and extend from the apex for $ to 4 of the total length. Occasionally a very

few small spines occur at the base. These spicules measure about 0°29 mm. in length, with

a maximum diameter of about 0°016 mm. They are by far the most abundant and most

characteristic spicules in the sponge.

(2) Small acanthostyles (fig. 4 b); similar in shape to the large ones, but usually

measuring only about 0:1 by 0°006 mm., and with the spines less rigidly confined to the

distal portion. Intermediate forms of course occur, but they are not very numerous.

(3) Very long, slender, smooth styl (fig. 4 ¢); slightly curved; measuring about 1:0

by 0°012 mm. Scarce.

(4) Long, slender, smooth oxea (fig. 4 d); slightly curved; usually gradually and

finely pointed at one end and blunt or tornote at the other, but sometimes gradually and

finely pointed at both ends. Size about 0°45 by 0°007 mm.

There are no microscleres.

This species appears to be a lipochelous Plumohalichondria and might therefore be

mistaken for an Echinodictyum; the plumose skeleton, however, and the apparently

secondarily symmetrical character of the “oxea” indicate that its true affinities are with

Plumohalichondria. The same remarks apply to my Hchinodictyuwm gorgonioides trom

Okhamandal [1916 4], which should be known as Plumohalichondria gorgonioides.

Genus Myxitia Schmidt [1862].

The spicules of the main skeleton are acanthostyles, some of which may be echinating.

The skeleton fibres are not cored by the smooth, more or less symmetrical, dermal spicules:

The characteristic microscleres are tridentate isochele.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 89

75. Myzxilla inerustans (Johnston).

Halichondria incrustans Johnston [1842] (fide Desmacidon incrustans Vosmaer [1880].

Bowerbank). Not Halichondria incrustans Carter [1884 F}.

Halichondria saburrata Johnston [1842] (fide Dendoryx incrustans Topsent [1888 p, E].

Bowerbank). Dendoryx incrustans var. typica Topsent [1888 g]}.

Halichondria incrustans Bowerbank [1866, Dendorya incrustans var. viscosa Topsent [1888 x,

1874]. 1892 c].

Halichondria inerustans Schmidt [1866]. Myzxilla inerustans Levinsen [1893].

Dendoryx incrustans Gray [1867 F]. Dendoryx incrustans var. australis Topsent [1901].

Myaxilla incrustans 'Topsent [1913].

(For other possible synonyms vide Johnston [1842] and Topsent [1901 }.)

This widely distributed and very variable species is represented by a considerable

amount of material which forms a very extensive but thin crust spreading over an

agelomeration of lamellibranch shells and other objects from Praslin Reef. There is a

thin, glabrous dermal membrane, through which numerous small, rounded, subdermal

cavities can be seen, the roofs of which form pore-sieves, but there are no raised pore-areas.

Vents? Colour in spirit pale, greyish yellow. Texture soft and compressible.

The skeleton arrangement and spiculation do not seem to differ in any important

respect from those of the typical European form except that the isochelee seem to be all

much smaller than that figured by Bowerbank. It will be desirable, however, to describe

the spiculation in detail. |

Megascleres :—(1) Acanthostyles; most abundantly spined at the base, smooth at

the apex, which is gradually and sharply pointed. Straight or very slightly curved. Size

about 0°16 by 0°008 mm. These spicules are partly arranged in a sub-isodictyal network

with plurispicular meshes, partly in long, loose, plurispicular primary lines ; but the whole

skeleton is very irregular. |

(2) Straight, slender strongyla or tornota, either rounded at the ends or simply

mucronate, size about 0°16 by 0:003 mm. The characteristic dermal spicule.

Microscleres :—(1) Tridentate isochelee (isancorze), varying up to about 0°02 mm. in

length ; scarce.

(2) Slender sigmata; simple and contort; varying greatly in size, up to about

0°032 mm. from bend to bend; very numerous.

The unimucronate terminations of the dermal spicules would place this form in Top-

sent’s var. typica, which appears to be the form described by Johnston and Bowerbank,

but the species is evidently a very variable one and requires careful comparative investi-

_ gation of forms from different parts of the world.

Previously known Distribution. North Atlantic, European Seas (Johnston, Bower-

bank, Topsent, &c.); Antarctic (var. australis, Topsent).

76. Myzailla arenaria Dendy [1905, 1916 a].

There is a single specimen of this sponge in the collection. It is remarkable in that.

the sand, with which it is densely charged, is entirely or almost entirely calcareous, so

that the entire sponge has an opaque white appearance. As the sand disappears on treat-

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 12

90 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

ment with acid it is easy to get clean spicule preparations ; otherwise it would not be easy

to find the echinating acanthostyles, which are very rare and were entirely overlooked at

first. The spiculation agrees very closely with that of the Ceylon type.

Previously known Distribution. Gulf of Manaar, Ceylon Seas, Okhamandal (Dendy).

Genus Hamicera Gray [1867 F].

The main skeleton is composed of smooth monactinal megascleres. Typical microscleres

tridentate isochelee.

The genus was proposed by Gray for Schmidt’s Cribrella hamigera, the name Cribrella

being preoccupied. Schmidt’s description of the species is not very satisfactory and leaves

one in some doubt about the character and arrangement of the symmetrically ended

(dermal) megascleres, but it is extremely unlikely that the species differed in this respect

from Myxilla. Schmidt also does not say that the megascleres are smooth, but the pre-

sumption is that he would have mentioned it had they been otherwise, and Vosmaer [1880]

accepts them as such. If these views be accepted it is quite clear that Topsent’s genus

Lissodendoryx [1892 c] must be suppressed in favour of Hamigera.

It may well be doubted whether Hamigera ought to be separated from Myxilla, for

all gradations between smooth and spined styli occur in these sponges, as Lundbeck [1905]

has pointed out, but I think it will facilitate the arrangement of the species if we keep

them distinct for the present.

As to Lundbeck’s contention (/oc. cit.) that Lissodendoryx can be distinguished from

Myxilla by the fact that its chele are “chelee arcuate,” while those of Myxilla are

‘“ancoree,” I need add nothing to what I have already said on this subject.

77. Hamagera papillata n. sp.

(Plate 15, fig. 5 a—c.)

Sponge massive, compact, cushion-shaped, sessile, attached to a Stelletta*, which it

almost concealed. Upper surface rather thickly covered with low, rounded, flattened

papille, up to about 1°5 mm. in diameter, irregularly scattered. These are raised pore-

areas; they are frequently blocked by an accumulation of sand-grains. Vents rather small,

scattered, not prominent. The single specimen measures about 44 mm. in transverse dia-

meter and 30 mm. in thickness. The lower surface contains much coarse sand. The texture

is soft and compressible, not very resilient. Colour in spirit greenish grey.

The main skeleton is a very irregular reticulation of very lax, ill-defined spicular fibre

and single spicules, the fibres running towards the surface. In the deeper parts of the sponge

the spicules are smooth styli, which give place to loose wisps of tylota towards the surface.

The dermal skeleton consists of tylota, scattered tangentially in the dermal membrane

between the pore-areas, but arranged in radial tufts both in and around the pore-areas

themselves, in such a manner that these areas are subdivided by the tufts into smaller

areas in which the pores lie.

* R.N. xix. 5, a hitherto undescribed species which escaped observation when I was dealing with the other

Sealark ” Stellettids.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 91

Megascleres :—(1) Smooth tylostyhi (Plate 15, fig. 5 a) ; moderately stout ; usually

slightly curved towards the base and with fairly well developed, oval heads; rather

abruptly sharp-pointed at the apex. Size about 0°35 by 0:01 mm.

(2) Slender tylota (fig. 5 b); straight or nearly so; with fully developed oval

heads ; entirely smooth ; size about 0°3 by 0°005 mm.

Microscleres:—Tridentate isochele (chelee arcuate) (fig. 5 c), with stout, strongly

curved shaft. Length about 0°028 mm.

This species would undoubtedly fall into Topsent’s genus Lissodendoryx, both as

originally defined by that author and as understood by Lundbeck [1905]; that is to say,

it possesses perfectly smooth styli and ‘“chelee arcuate.” It is distinguished from some

species of that genus by the presence of raised pore-areas and the absence of sigmata, but

in both these characters it agrees with Schmidt's Cribrella hanugera, the type of the

genus Hamigera.

Genus Forcepra Carter [1874].

Myxilleze in which the typical megascleres are smooth styli and tylota. Microscleres

tridentate isochelze and forcipes, to which sigmata may be added.

The presence of the essentially dermal tylota and the tridentate isochelee suggests that

this genus should be placed near Myxilla. It is evidently very closely related to Topsent’s

Leptolabis [1904 a], which still retains acanthostyles, and it is extremely interesting to

notice that Lundbeck [1905, p. 208] has actually found. acanthostyles in the embryo of

Forcepia thieler, though there appear to be none in the adult, which seems to indicate

quite clearly the Ectyonine origin of the genus.

78. Forcepia stephensi n. sp.

(Plate 15, fig. 6 a—e.)

The sponge forms a very thin crust growing amongst other organisms on the surface

of a fistula of Phloeodictyon. Its boundaries are indistinguishable by the naked eye but

apparently it extends over a considerable area. The colour in spirit is light yellowish grey.

The skeleton consists of loose fibres and wisps of megascleres, some running towards

the surface, where they spread out into ill-defined surface brushes, and some parallel with

it, the whole very lax and irregular, with numerous spicules scattered between the wisps

‘and fibres.

Megascleres:—(1) Tylostyli (Plate 15, fig. 6a); straight, very slender, usually

bluntly pointed at the apex and with feebly developed oval heads; with much eroded

axial canals; size about 0°2 by 0°002 mm. These spicules appear to be almost vestigial ;

they occur scattered and in loose fibres or wisps.

(2) Tylota (fig. 6 b); equal-ended, with long and rather slender shaft and well-de-

veloped heads broadly rounded at the ends; entirely smooth; size about 0°28 by 0°004 mm. »

These spicules are more numerous and better developed than the tylostyles ; they occur

chiefly in loose fibres or wisps, also scattered in the dermal membrane and elsewhere.

12—2

92 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Microscleres:—(1) Tridentate isochel (chelze arcuatze) (fig. 6 c) of peculiar form.

The whole spicule is very short; the shaft is very broad and strongly curved, expanding

at the two ends, which are semicircular in outline and bear each three very short teeth.

Total length about 0°015 mm.; breadth at the two ends 0°01 mm.; breadth of shaft in

middle 0°007 mm. These spicules closely resemble those of Forcepia crassanchorata as

figured by Carter but the teeth seem to be rather shorter and the shaft perhaps rather broader.

(2) Sigmata (fig. 6 d); small, slender, perhaps always more or less contort but some-

times only very slightly so; of quite ordinary form; measuring about 0°014 mm. from bend

to bend.

(3) Forcipes (fig. 6 €); very slender, hairpin-like, with the two arms closely approxi-

mated towards the point of junction and more widely divergent towards the extremities ;

very slightly roughened, ends sharply pointed; length of the arms about 0°057 mm.

These spicules are extremely abundant but the two arms are usually broken apart at the

very sharp bend so that they look like simple trichites or raphides. I have already

[1896] recorded a similar phenomenon in the case of the forcipes of my Forcepia carteri

from near Port Phillip Heads.

This species is evidently very nearly related to Carter’s Forcepia crassanchorata

(1885 | from southern Australia. The latter, however, is a large, massive sponge and there

are probably well-marked differences in spiculation. Thus it is extremely doubtful whether

Forceyia crassanchorata contains sigmata, while it is almost certain that it possesses a

second form of isochela.

I have much pleasure in naming this species after the well-known Dublin spongologist

Miss Jane Stephens, in recognition of her excellent work.

79. Forcepia (2) sp.

In a boiled out spicule-preparation of Cinachyra providentie n.sp. occur two very fine

forceps-spicules closely resembling those of Forcepia fabricans and F. topsentii as figured

by Lundbeck [1905]. The arms are stout, covered with recurved spines, and terminate in

well-developed hemispherical discs. The bend of the spicule is well rounded and the arms

do not diverge very widely. The larger of the two spicules measures 0:06 mm. in length

of arm and 0008 mm. in thickness at the bend; the diameter of the terminal discs, which

appear to have slightly toothed margins, is about 0:009 mm.

Section CRELLEA.

Ectyoninz which are characterized chiefly by a more or less dense skeleton of tan-

gentially placed acanthostyles or acanthoxea. Smooth, symmetrically or asymmetrically

ended megascleres are commonly present in the choanosome. Tridentate isochelz may be

present.

I include in this section the genera Pytheas Topsent [1890], Yvesia Topsent [1890],

Crella Gray [1867 ¥], Crellina Hentschel [1914] and Pseudoclathria Dendy [1897 ], which

seem to form a fairly natural group closely related to the Myxillee. Most of them are

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 93

‘ lipochelous but tridentate isochelee are present in Pytheas and Yvesia. The invasion of the

dermal membrane by acanthostyli and acanthoxea, apparently derived from echinating

acanthostyles, is very remarkable. Typical echinating acanthostyles remain in Pytheas

and Crellina, and in some species (of Yvesia at any rate) the transition from acanthostyli

to acanthoxea is clearly seen. I cannot, therefore, agree with Topsent [1892] and Lund-

beck [1910] in placing such genera amongst the Esperellinze (Mycalinee).

The smooth megascleres of typical Crelleze, which may be either symmetrically or

asymmetrically ended, seem to be homologous in some cases with the dermal spicules of

the Myxilleze, though they are now found chiefly in the interior of the sponge.

The occurrence of circular raised pore-areas in some species of Crelleze also suggests

affinity with the Myxillez, in which such structures frequently occur.

Genus Yvesta Topsent [1890].

With a well-developed dermal skeleton composed of tangentially placed acanthostyli

or acanthoxea. The characteristic choanosomal spicule is a smooth, slender, stylote or

oxeote form. Tridentate isochelze are present.

This genus was established by Topsent with Bowerbank’s Halichondria albula (1866,

1874] as the type species. In that species the dermal spicules are acanthostyl, but, accord-

ing to Bowerbank’s figure, they already show, in the symmetrical curvature of the spicule

and the narrowing of the base, signs of passing into acanthoxea. They are probably derived

from the echinating spicules of more typical Ectyonine. In other species, such as that

about to be described, the acanthostyli are completely, or almost completely, replaced by

acanthoxea, the symmetrical form having probably arisen as a result of the new position

of the spicule in the dermal membrane, as in the case of the smooth megascleres which seem

to have been the original dermal spicules.

The Ectyonine affinities of the genus are further indicated by the isochele, which

closely resemble those of Myxilla.

80. Yvesia spinulata (Hentschel).

(Plate 8, fig. 8.)

Grayella spinulata Hentschel [1911 a].

This very remarkable species was recently described by Hentschel from $.W. Australia.

There can, I think, be no doubt about the identification, but the ‘ Sealark” specimens are

evidently much finer than those examined by Hentschel and merit a fresh description.

The external form (Plate 8, fig. 8) ranges from digitate to flabellate, with or without long

digitiform processes. The largest specimen (R.N. xu. 1) has the form of a vertical lamella,

giving off irregular digitiform processes, mostly from the margin. It measures about 165 mm.

in greatest breadth and 130 mm. in greatest height, with an average thickness of 6 or 7 mm.

It has been attached to the substratum at several points along the lower margin by slightly

expanded bases. The lamella is fenestrate in several places, owing apparently to the in-

complete fusion of ascending branches. The next largest specimen (R.N. xi. 1; fig. 8)

is of about the same height but much narrower. It forms an almost continuous lamella,

with an indented upper margin but no digitiform processes, and with one conspicuous oval

94 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

fenestra. Its width diminishes gradually below to a narrow base of attachment. A third

specimen (R.N. xu. 1 B) is very irregular, partly encrusting and partly digitate; sparingly

branched. A fourth (R.N. xxxvir.) is apparently very young and encrusts the stem of

an alga. All the specimens have a dull red colour in spirit (Hentschel observes that

his specimens were either orange-red or grey-violet in alcohol). The texture is fibrous,

tough, compressible and resilient. The surface is glabrous.

The extremely characteristic circular and usually slightly raised pore-areas are irregu-

larly scattered on both surfaces of the lamellar specimens; in R.N. xxi. 1A they are

extremely numerous, but they vary much in number and conspicuousness in different parts

of the same specimen. They also vary a good deal in size, being commonly about 2 mm. in

diameter. Though typically closed in by the delicate, sieve-like pore-membrane, they often

show a single wide opening, evidently due to rupture and contraction of the membrane.

This fact has led Hentschel into an obvious error, for he has interpreted these relatively

large apertures as probably vents.

The vents are really marginal and situated each on a small conical papilla (Plate 3,

fig. 8). An extensive system of subdermal exhalant canals can be seen through the thin

dermal membrane, ramifying and anastomosing between the pore-areas and then converging

towards the vents.

The main skeleton consists, in the first place, of a very wide-meshed, irregular network

of very stout spicular fibre. The fibres are not very well defined and consist of dense wisps

of smooth and spined oxea intermingled. They contain no conspicuous spongin. Between

these fibres there is a close, sub-isodictyal reticulation of acanthoxea, single or in bundles.

The dermal skeleton consists, in general, of a dense interlacement of acanthoxea, lying

tangentially in the thin dermal membrane. Around the pore-areas, however, and again

around the vents, this gives place to a fringe of smooth, radially arranged tornotoxea.

The actual sieve-membrane of the pore-areas is almost completely free from spicules, with

the exception of isochelee.

Spicules :—(1) Tornotoxea; usually straight; long, slender, smooth, sharply but sub-

hastately pointed at each end, with no marked asymmetry; size about 0°34 by 0:005 mm. .

(2) Acanthoxea; slightly curved, gradually sharp-pointed at each end; fairly thickly

and uniformly covered with short, sharp spines; size about 0°13 by 0:0045mm. Usually

these spicules are quite symmetrically ended, I have only once or twice seen one rounded

off at one end so as to become stylote.

(3) Tridentate isochelse (chelee arcuate); characteristic of the pore-sieves; varying

much in numbers and in size. I have found them largest and most numerous in the

smallest specimen (R.N. xxxvu.), where they measure about 0°025 mm. in length. In the

larger specimens they are a good deal smaller,

It thus appears that the spiculation is identical in every respect with that of Hentschel’s

specimens, and as he has given good figures of the spicules, it is not necessary for me to do so.

Previously known Distribution. Sharks Bay, 8.W. Australia (Hentschel).

XLIt. 1, Cargados Carajos, 30.8.05, B. 9, 30 fathoms; x Ltt. 1 A, B, Cargados Carajos, 30.8.05,

B. 18, 30 fathoms.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 95

Genus OrELLA Gray [1867 F].

With a well-developed dermal skeleton composed of tangentially disposed acanthoxea

(or acanthostyli?). The characteristic choanosomal megascleres are smooth monactinal

spicules (styli or subtylostyli) passing into more or less symmetrical forms. No microscleres.

This is a very curious genus, of, at first sight, somewhat doubtful aftinities. The

sponges comprised therein, devoid of microscleres and with their characteristic acanthoxea,

might almost be placed in the genus Higginsia, but at the same time they agree so closely

with certain species of Yvesia, such as Y. (Grayella) gelida (Lundbeck) [1910] and Y. spr-

nulata Hentschel (vide p. 93), in which tridentate isochele are present, that one can only

conclude that the absence of these spicules in Crella is secondary.

Lundbeck [1910] accepts Carter’s genus Grayella in preference to Crella, but, as Vos-

maer indicated long ago in Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen des Thierreichs, Grayella

must be regarded as a synonym.

81. Crella cyathophora (Carter) var. acuata nov.

(Plate 15, fig. 7 a—b.)

Grayella cyathophora Carter |1869, 1870, 1881 G4}. Grayella cyathophora Lundbeck [1910].

Grayella cyathophora Keller [1889]. Grayella cyathophora Topsent [1913].

vesia cyathophora Topsent [1892 c].

There are in the collection two small specimens of this curious sponge, both coming

from Egmont. They agree very closely in most respects. with Carter's original description

of the Red Sea type, differing chiefly in the fact that the styli, or subtylostyl, are gradually

and sharply pointed, instead of being bluntly pointed, and also show a slight but ane

tendency to become polytylote.

The larger of the two specimens (R.N. oxi. 3) is irregularly lobular, and has attached

to its surface a few calcareous foreign bodies; it measures only about 25 mm. in maximum

diameter. The surface is deeply and irregularly wrinkled, but this wrinkling is probably

due to contraction throwing the dermal membrane into folds. There are two distinct,

raised pore-areas, similar to those of the type, and two or three small, conical elevations

which may bear vents. The second specimen is very similar, but smaller and more frag-

mentary; it bears no distinct vents or pore-areas. In both the texture is compressible,

resilient and soft, and the colour (in spirit) pale yellowish grey.

The main skeleton consists partly of loose multispicular wisps or fibres, running

‘ towards the surface and breaking up as they approach it, and partly of very numerous

spicules irregularly scattered in the ground-substance between. The styli or subtylostyli

appear to predominate in the fibres and the spined oxea in the intervals between them.

The dermal skeleton is a thin but dense feltwork of spined oxea arranged tangentially.

The spicules are of only two kinds: (1) Styli, or subtylostyli (Plate 15, fig. 7 @) with

slightly developed, ovoid heads; long, straight or nearly so, slender; gradually and sharply

pointed at the apex; size about 0°3 by 0:005 mm. ; (2) Acanthoxea (fig. 7b), slightly curved, |

fusiform, gradually and sharply pointed at each end, uniformly beset with short, sharp

spines; size about 0°12 by 0005 mm. (exclusive of the spines).

96 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

The polytylote character of the styli, though very faintly developed, is especially

interesting, because it occurs also in two other related species, viz. Crella ( Yvesia) carnosa

Topsent [1904 a] and Yvesia (Grayella) gelida Lundbeck [1910], but in both these cases

the spicule is diactinal (tornote).

Crella cyathophora was originally described by Carter from material in which the

remarkable wart-like, raised pore-areas were much better developed. Since then it has

been recorded only by the same writer from the Cape of Good Hope (Port Elizabeth).

There are in Mr Carter’s cabinet several preparations of the species, some of which evidently

come from the type, while one (a dry fragment measuring about an inch square, stuck on

a glass slip) must, I think, be from the Cape specimen. The latter differs from the type

in its much stouter and more distinctly hastate styl, and may, I think, be regarded as

varietally distinct. It is interesting to observe that the styli in this variety occasion-

ally became tornote. Neither in the type nor in the Cape variety have I observed

any indication of a polytylote character in the styli. The species is probably very

closely related to Schmidt's Cribrella elegans [1862] from the Adriatic, the type of the

genus.

Previously known Distribution of the Species. Gulf of Suez and Cape of Good Hope

(Carter).

Section loTROCHOTE.

Ectyonine in which the typical microsclere is a birotulate isochela (so-called amphidisc).

More or less symmetrically ended dermal megascleres are usually present. The sponge is

without fistular processes.

I propose to associate with Iotrochota in this section the genera Hymetrochota

Topsent [1904 a] and Microtylotella Dendy [1896]. The former includes thinly encrusting

sponges which still retain their acanthostyles and may possibly indicate the origin of the

typical genus Iotrochota. The latter is a sand sponge with reduced spiculation, in which

the microtylota are supposed to represent birotulate isochele. Lundbeck has suggested

that my genus Amphiastrella [1896] should be associated with Lotrochota, if not actually

synonymous, but, for the present at any rate, I prefer to leave it amongst the Coelospheree.

It must be remembered in this connection that the birotulate isochela (amphidisc) has

certainly arisen independently in more than one genus (it is present, for example, in

Axoniderma Ridley and Dendy [1887 ]) and it seems more likely that it has arisen inde-

pendently in Amphiastrella than that this genus is very nearly related to Lotrochota.

Genus IorrocHota Ridley [1884 c].

Sponge usually of dark purple or brown colour. Skeleton reticulate. Megascleres

styli (sometimes oxeote), to which more or less symmetrically ended forms may be added,

especially towards the surface. No echinating spicules. Microscleres birotulate isochele.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 97

82. Lotrochota purpurea (Bowerbank).

Halichondria purpurea Bowerbank [1875]. Lotrochota purpurea Dendy [1905}.

Iotrochota purpurea Ridley [1884 c]}. Lotrochota purpurea Hentschel [1912].

Iotrochota purpurea Topsent [1897 a].

There are several excellent specimens of this species in the collection. They agree very

closely, even down to their brown colour in spirit, with the Ceylon specimens collected by

Professor Herdman, but I have not seen any of the “pipette” spicules which sometimes

occur in the dermal brushes of the latter. R.N. cxx1x. 3 shows very clearly a character

which also occurs in the Ceylon material, though I do not think it has previously been

recorded in this species, viz. a minute reticulation of the dermal membrane due to the

presence of bands of fibrillar tissue dividing it up into small rounded pore-areas, each of

which, however, seems usually to contain only a single pore.

Previously known Distribution. Straits of Malacca (Bowerbank); Aru Islands (Hent-

schel); Amboina (Topsent); Torres Straits, Albany Island, Port Molle (Ridley); Amirante

Group (Ridley); Ceylon Seas (Dendy).

cxxIx. 3, Seychelles, 20.10.05, F. 2, 31 fathoms.

83. Lotrochota baculifera Ridley [1884 c}.

(For Literature and Synonymy wide Dendy [1916 4 ].)

This widely distributed species is represented in the collection by three small specimens;

LXX11. 1 is thinly encrusting, spreading over a mass of calcareous débris, the other two

are more massive.

Previously known Distribution. North Australia and Mascarene Islands (Ridley) ;

Gulf of Manaar, Ceylon Seas, Okhamandal (Dendy) ; Seychelles, Amboina (Topsent) ; Coast

of Cochin China (Lindgren), Celebes, Ternate (Thiele); Christmas Island (Kirkpatrick) ;

S.W. Australia, Aru Islands (Hentschel).

6, Lxxuu. 1, Amirante, E. 21 and E. 14, 30 and 36 fathoms.

Section ACARNES.

Ectyonine with echinating grapnel spicules (cladotylota) and typically with tylota.

Characteristic microscleres palmate isochelze and toxa.

The genus Acarnus is at present the sole representative of this section, but it seems

probable that my Acarnus tenuis [1896] may represent a distinct lipochelous generic type.

The genus is excluded from the Myxilleee by the form of the isochele and from the

Clathriee by the presence of symmetrically ended, dermal megascleres. The highly

characteristic grapnel spicule is, of course, merely a slightly moditied echinating acantho-

tylostyle.

| Genus Acarnus Gray [1867 F].

The main skeleton spicules are smooth styli and echinating grapnel spicules (cladoty-

lota). The typical dermal spicules are tylota and the typical microscleres palmate isochele

and toxa.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 13

98 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

84. Acarnus topsenti n. sp.

(Plate 4, fig. 3a, b; Plate 15, fig. 8 a—e.)

The external form of the sponge ranges from simply digitate (R.N. xu. 12) to com-

pressed, flabellate, giving off longer or shorter digitiform processes (Plate 4, fig. 3 a, D).

One of the two largest specimens measures about 85 mm. in height by the same in maxi-

mum breadth, and consists of five more or less compressed, digitiform processes branching

off from one another in the same plane. The average thickness of the processes and of

the lamellar portions formed by their union is about 5 mm. The surface is minutely and

closely conulose and, where it has been abraded, the conuli appear fused in a meandriniform

pattern. A thin, translucent dermal membrane is visible between the conuli in uninjured

places. The vents are rather small and mostly on the margins of the branches. One

specimen (xtu. 7) shows stellately arranged grooves on one of the flat surfaces and similar

grooves running to the margins. These probably indicate subdermal exhalant canals

surrounding vents. The texture is compressible, resilient, fibrous, fairly tough. The colour,

in spirit, ranges from dull grey to distinctly reddish or purplish, but there is a possibility

of staining by other specimens in the same jar in the latter cases.

The main skeleton consists, in the first place, of fairly stout longitudinal main fibres,

curving outwards to the surface, where they terminate in tufts of spicules in the surface

conuli. These fibres branch freely, at acute angles, on their way to the surface, and the

branches may anastomose with one another. They are composed of spongin, very

irregularly cored by styli, tylota and grapnel spicules, and echinated by grapnel spicules.

The styli are frequently, and especially towards the surface, arranged in a plumose fashion,

with their bases embedded in the axis of the fibre and their apices projecting very

obliquely. The echinating grapnel spicules usually project more or less at right angles

from the surface of the fibre. The primary fibres are also connected, crosswise, by short

secondary fibres composed entirely, or almost entirely, of spongin. The diameter of the

primary fibres is about 0°08 mm., of the secondaries about 0°025 mm., but they are, of

course, variable. The secondary fibres may branch and anastomose, forming a network

between the primaries. There is no special dermal skeleton. A few megascleres, mostly

tylota, also occur scattered between the fibres.

Spicules :—(1) Styli or subtylostyli (Plate 15, fig. 8); tapering gradually from base

to sharply pointed apex; straight or slightly curved; sometimes very minutely and

sparingly spined at the base, but usually smooth, size about 0°24 by 0:0082 mm. Very

slender forms of this spicule occur which are probably young.

(2) Grapnel spicules (clado-acanthostyli) (fig. 8b); straight, tapering gradually from

base to apex. Apex provided with usually four (sometimes more) strongly recurved, sharp

hooks; shaft, except for a short distance behind the apex, covered with short, sharp,

mostly recurved, thorn-like spines; base not itself enlarged but with four or five larger

spines curved towards the apex ; size about 0°1 by 0°0041 mm. (exclusive of, spines).

(3) Tylota (fig. 8c); long, straight, slender; with fairly well-developed oval heads

which are sometimes very minutely spined; size about 0°225 by 0°002 mm. (in the

middle).

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA $9

(4) Isochelze (fig. 8d); palmate, “navicular,” very minute, about 0°012 mm. long ;

may be very abundant.

(5) Toxa (fig. 8e); smooth, strongly arcuate, sharply pointed at each end; very

variable in size, commonly about 0°16 by 0°003 mm., often much smaller.

A very large amount of foreign matter occurs in the mesogloea between the fibres and

in some of the fibres themselves, while in other parts the fibres are quite free from it.

This species is evidently closely related to Topsent’s Acarnus tortilis [1892 p, 1897 A,

1904 a] but differs chiefly in the flabello-digitate external form and the strongly

developed horny fibre. The latter character is also exhibited by a very poor, apparently

encrusting specimen from Okhamandal which I [1916 a] identified with A. tortils. The

spiculation of the Okhamandal specimen, however, agrees more closely with that of A.

tortiis than with that of A. topsenti, and the identification may perhaps stand. In

A. topsenti the megascleres are decidedly shorter than in A. tortzlis (the styli very much

so) and the grapnel spicule is somewhat different, as will be seen by comparison with

Topsent’s figures. I lay most stress, however, for the purpose of distinguishing the species,

upon the characteristic external form, for, so far as I am aware, A. tortilis is always

simply encrusting.

30 fathoms ; XLII. 7, 12, Cargados Carajos, 30.8.05, B. 9, 30 fathoms.

Section TEDANIEA.

Lipochelous Ectyoninze without echinating spicules. With well differentiated, sym-

metrically or subsymmetrically ended dermal megascleres. Microscleres raphides.

I think there can be little doubt that these are reduced ectyonine sponges. The

presence of the characteristic dermal megascleres has led to their inclusion amongst the

Myxilleee by Lundbeck [1910] but I think they deserve to rank as a separate section,

of which the characteristic raphides form the chief distinguishing feature of a positive

nature.

Genus TEDANIA Gray [1867 F].

With smooth styli for the megascleres of the main skeleton and variously ended but

more or less symmetrical megascleres representing the dermal skeleton. The only micro-

scleres are long raphides.

This genus appears to be connected with the Myxilleze by Topsent’s genus Acheliderma

[1892 D], which seems to differ from Tedania only in the presence of echinating acantho-

_ tylostyles and toxa.

Topsent [1912] has proposed the term “ onychetze (onychetes)” for the characteristic

Tedania raphis, but this appears to me to be hardly necessary.

85. Tedana digitata (Schmidt) [1862].

(For Literature and Synonymy vide Ridley [1884 c] and Ridley and Dendy [1887 ].)

This widely distributed species has already been recorded from the Indian Ocean by °

more than one writer. It is represented in the present collection by five specimens, or

pieces, of which R.N. xcry. is an unusually fine example of the species, with a remarkable

13—2

100 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

external form. It is, as a whole, massive, sessile, with a broad base, and appears as if

made up of a large number of more or less completely fused, contorted trabecul, which

appear on the surface as a number of meandering ridges, with more or less deep sulcze

between them. The whole colony has grown up around a large cloacal cavity, with an

enormous vent at the top about 22 by 6 mm. in diameter, with an incomplete membranous

margin, like a narrow diaphragm. The entire specimen measures about 65 mm. in height

by 70 mm. in breadth at the base. The texture in spirit is soft and compressible; the

colour dull yellowish grey.

The spiculation appears to be perfectly typical, as described by Ridley. The minute

roughening of the ends of the tylota is very feebly developed, but quite recognizable.

The slender raphides are hardly, if at all, roughened, and have no bulbous dilatation. The

styli are slightly bent, rather abruptly and fairly sharply pointed. The approximate

measurements are as follows :—Styli, 0°2 by 0006 nm. ; tylota, 0°2 by 0°004 mm. (in the

middle) ; raphides, 0°14 by 0°001 mm.

The other specimens call for no special comment, they all Suny 2s if made up of

anastomosing trabeculee.

Previously known Distribution. Almost cosmopolitan.

30 fathoms; Lxxv. 1, Amirante, 11.10.05, E. 11, 25—30 fathoms; xcrv., Amirante,

11.10.05, E. 18, 20—25 fathoms,

86. Tedania reticulata Thiele [1903 B].

I identify with this species two specimens which occur as thin crusts of a yellowish

grey colour upon lamellibranch shells. One of them (cxx. 4) shows quite distinctly the

minutely reticulate dermal membrane described by Thiele, pierced by the close-set inhalant

pores. The spiculation agrees very closely with that of the type, except that the styli

are decidedly more slender, measuring about 0°25 by 0°006 mm., as against 0°27 by

0:009 mm. The most characteristic feature of the species appears to be the presence of

unusually stout, distinctly roughened, unequal-ended raphides. The knobs of the tylota

are well developed and more or less distinctly spined terminally.

Previously known Distribution. Ternate (Thiele).

oxx. 4, Salomon, 10—14 fathoms. |

Genus TEDANIONE Wilson [1894].

The styli are completely suppressed, the megascleres being exclusively tylota (or

strongyla). The microscleres are raphides, which may sometimes be so stout as to resemble

slender oxea and be classed as megascleres.

This genus was proposed by Wilson for a sponge (Tedanione fatida) which he found

growing on the roots of the mangrove, in the Bahama Islands, and of which he gives

a detailed anatomical account, accompanied by observations on the development. So far

as I am aware this is the only species of the genus hitherto described.

In his generic diagnosis Wilson states that the spicules are ‘mostly oxeas, with

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 101

microscleres of same pattern, and a very few tylotes.” In his description of the type

species he speaks of ‘stout skeletogenous oxeas 43% mm. long and often slightly bent” ;

unfortunately he does not mention the diameter of these spicules, but his fig. 100 shows

that they are really very slender spicules and I have no doubt that they are homologous

with the “ microscleres of same pattern” (raphides). This view is supported by his fig. 101,

showing a ‘‘modified oxea” with mucronate apex, a condition which is frequently found

(but with more elongated and sharper mucro) in the Indian Ocean species about to be

described.

Hallmann [1914] has recently proposed the genus Hemitedania for Carter’s Amor-

phina anonyma, in which the only megascleres are apparently genuine oxea, while the

microscleres are raphides with a bulb-like dilatation near one end. This peculiar type of

raphis is found in some species of Tedania and also occurs in the Indian Ocean species of

Tedanione, a fact which strongly supports the view that all three genera, in spite of the

differences as regards their megascleres, are closely related.

87. Tedanione wilsoni n. sp.

(Plate 16, fig. 1 a—b’)

The single specimen forms a rather thin-but extensive crust growing over another

sponge (an undetermined Axinellid). The surface is smooth but rather uneven, and under

a pocket-lens exhibits a very minutely reticulate appearance. The inhalant pores are

scattered in a thin dermal membrane, which is not easily separable and only appears

distinctly where it passes over the small, scattered, rounded subdermal cavities. The

vents are small, few and scattered (only two recognized), without prominent “margins.

The texture in spirit is rather soft and compressible, but fairly compact; in places a good

deal of calcareous sand is imbedded in the tissues. The colour now is dull greyish yellow.

The main skeleton consists of more or less dense wisps of tylota (or strongyla), with

intermingled raphides, running irregularly towards the surface, with a multitude of loose

spicules scattered between. There is no properly defined dermal skeleton but the dermal

membrane contains numerous scattered tylota (or strongyla) and raphides, lying tan-

gentially.

Megascleres :—Strongyla, or tylota with very feebly developed heads (Plate 16, fig. 1);

straight or nearly so, and rather slender ; quite smooth all over. The proportions of these

spicules, which are very abundant, vary somewhat, but they usually measure about 0°29

by 00041 mm.

Microscleres :—Raphides (figs. 1 6, 1 b’); nearly straight or slightly bent, very finely

pointed at each end, divided into two very unequal portions by a slight bulbous enlarge-

ment, the shorter portion measuring about 74; to 4 of the longer, the apex of the shorter

piece often with a very slender, elongated mucro. These spicules appear to be quite

smooth. They occur scattered abundantly throughout the sponge and are of two principal

sizes, the larger measuring about 0°18 by 0°002mm. and the smaller about 0°05 by

0:0008 mm. The bulbous dilatation occurs in the smaller as well as in the larger individuals

and appears to be a very constant feature.

This species is probably fairly closely related to Wilson’s Tedanione feetida from the

102 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

’

Bahamas [1894] but differs in several important particulars. The ‘skeletogenous oxeas’

of Wilson’s species, which I interpret as homologous with the larger raphides of 7’. wilsoni,

are much longer than in the latter (0°35 mm.) but at the same time evidently very slender,

and none of the raphides appear to have bulbous dilatations. The tylota, again, are very

rare, while in our species they are very abundant.

Section CatLOSPH ERE.

Ectyoninee with a strongly differentiated ectosome containing tangentially disposed

megascleres and forming a more or less easily separable rind enclosing the often pulpy

choanosome. The ectosome is produced into hollow, cylindrical fistulee. Typical megascleres

tylota, which may be replaced by some other more or less symmetrically ended form and

supplemented by monactinal forms. Echinating spicules usually absent or vestigial. Micro-

scleres typically including chelze, which may, however, be suppressed.

For reasons already given (p. 45) I have decided to keep this group of sponges

distinct from the Phloeodictyinz and to regard the resemblance between the two as due to

convergence. I derive the name of the section from Wyville Thomson’s genus Coelospheera

[1873]. This important genus was proposed for the reception of a remarkable sponge

(Celosphera tubifex) collected by the “Porcupine”

together with an admirable figure of the external form, was published in that well-known

work The Depths of the Sea*.

In 1874 Carter described his ‘‘ Histoderma appendiculatum, n. gen. et sp.,” actually

expedition. A brief description,

from the “ Porcupine” material. Why he ignored Wyville Thomson’s earlier description

and name is to me a complete mystery, for there can be no doubt that he was acquainted

with them. He refers to Wyville Thomson's Depths of the Sea in his own paper, and a

type slide of “ Histoderma appendiculatum” in his cabinet bears the alternative name

“Celosphera tubifera [sic] Wy. Thomson,” with a reference to Thomson’s description:

Indeed, in the last of his papers on the “ Porcupine” sponges, published some two years

later [December 1876, p. 472], he actually gives, though with a quite unnecessary query,

Celosphera tubifex Wy. Th. as a synonym of Histoderma appendiculatum.

Almost more remarkable is the fact that no one has ever since, so far as I know,

noticed this very obvious synonymy. Carter's name has been very generally, if not uni-

versally accepted, but I think there cannot be the least doubt that the laws of nomencla-

ture require that we should revert to Calosphera for the name of the genus and tubifex

for that of the type species. According to Carter a large style (‘‘acuate”) forms part of

the spiculation of this species, but an examination of his preparations has driven me to

the conclusion that if such a spicule occurs at all its presence is abnormal.

An interesting discussion of the genera which may be assigned to this section is given

by Lundbeck [1910, pp. 25, &c. ], who seems, however, to have been quite ignorant of Wyville

Thomson’s Coelosphera. Without adopting a special group for their reception he associates

together and accepts the genera Histoderma, Histodermella, Inflatella and Cornulum,

placing them all amongst the Myxillee. He regards Sideroderma as a synonym of. Histo-

* My information is derived from the 2nd edition, published in 1874.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 103

derma and Amphiastrella as a possible synonym of Iotrochota. I cannot follow him in all

his conclusions, but I consider that he has done good service in pointing out the probable

ectyonine origin of the group. He regards the dermal megascleres as being only second-

arily “diactinal” and states that they have a monactinal origin, like the dermal spicules

in “other Myxillez.” He suggests that Histoderma may be derived from some ancestral

form such as Hymedesmia, by loss of the acanthostyles, &c. The spiny spicules of Histo-

dermella and the microrhabds of Cornulella probably represent the lost acanthostyles.

The most striking evidence in favour of this view is afforded by a species since described

by Hentschel [1912] under the name Cornulum dubium, which is thinly encrusting, with

tubular processes and with fully developed acanthostyles, and thus seems to be strictly

intermediate between [Zymedesmia and Calosphera.

It should be pointed out, perhaps, that Lundbeck’s views as to the monactinal origin

of the “diactinal” megascleres in the Coelosphzrez are not supported by the observations

of Hallmann [1914] and myself (see under Siderodermella ramosa) on the spiculation of

the embryos in “ Histoderma” and Siderodermella, but I do not think that these obser-

vations are by any means fatal to such conclusions.

In this section of the Ectyonine we find considerable diversity in the form of the

isochelee, which may be either palmate, tridentate or birotulate. In this case the very

peculiar and characteristic structure of the sponge appears to me to outweigh the form of

the chelze in toxonomic value, but the case of the Phloeodictyinz indicates the possibility

that the group may still be polyphyletic.

Genus CORNULELLA nh. gen.

Sponge encrusting or burrowing, with fistular outgrowths. Megascleres tylota.

Microscleres palmate isochelze and microrhabds, to which others may be added.

I at first assigned the type species of this genus to Lundbeck’s genus Histodermella,

but, apart from its palmate isochele, it differs from that genus in the possession of

microrhabds. It seems quite possible, however, that these spicules really represent vestiges

of the acanthoxea or acanthostrongyla which occur in Histodermella and which Lundbeck

regards as megascleres. It must be remembered that the distinction between megascleres

and microscleres is in many cases purely arbitrary. The presence of the microrhabds, and

perhaps also the habit of the sponge, serve to differentiate the genus from Cornulum.

88. Cornulella lundbecki n. sp.

(Plate 16, fig. 2 a—d.)

The sponge forms a thin crust occupying irregular depressions on the surface of a mass

of nullipore and other calcareous débris and growing out here and there into delicate, thin-

walled fistulee. The fistulee are cylindrical and about 2—3 mm. in diameter. The longest

remaining measured about 13 mm. in length. They are much damaged, but it seems

probable that some of them normally have wide openings at the extremity while others

end blindly. The wall of the fistula spreads out at the base into a thin, bladder-like

dermal membrane, which covers the general surface of the sponge where exposed. The

body of the sponge appears nowhere to attain any considerable thickness as an independent

104 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

growth but it penetrates deeply into the interior of the mass of calcareous débris, through

which it can readily be traced by its very characteristic, deep purple colour. This colour

is evidently natural to the sponge, for other sponges growing in the same mass are un-

stained. It seems to be insoluble in alcohol and it occurs chiefly in the deeper parts of the

sponge, leaving the dermal membrane itself sometimes almost colourless. The colour is due to

deeply pigmented granules, scattered thickly through the choanosome, mostly in small groups.

The basal portions of some of the fistulze are ornamented with longitudinal stripes of purple.

The skeleton in the interior of the sponge consists of loosely scattered megascleres. In the

walls of the fistule the megascleres are arranged tangentially and form a rather loose

feltwork.

Megascleres :—Tylota (Plate 16, fig. 2a); shghtly curved, with rather feebly developed

oval heads which are usually minutely spined, but apparently not always. Size about

0°4 mm. long by 0:006 mm. thick (in the middle of the shaft).

Microscleres:—(1) Large palmate isochele (fig. 2 b), resembling those of the genus

Esperiopsis ; about 0°05 mm. in length by 0°012 mm. in greatest breadth. N ormally the

shaft is not very strongly curved but sometimes it is sharply bent in the middle, with the

concavity on the palmar side. This condition apparently results from some restraining

influence preventing the straightening out of the shaft. It may be a normal developmental

stage, as it occurs frequently. This is a singularly beautiful spicule, and it is very abundant

throughout the sponge.

(2) Slender, cylindrical or subfusiform microrhabds (fig. 2 ¢) with blunt extremities

and perhaps very slightly roughened surface; measuring about 0°02 by 0°001 mm.

Abundant in the interior of the sponge.

(3) Toxa (fig. 2 d). Very strongly bent in the middle; arms rather short and

strongly recurved, fairly stout and tapering gradually to fine points. Length.in a straight

line from apex to apex about 0°12 mm., with a thickness in the middle of about 0:0027 mm.

I have seen only a very few of these spicules but they have every appearance of being a

normal constituent of the spiculation and some of them still retain remains of the envelop-

ing membrane of the silicoblast.

2 (4). Sigmata. Some shreds of membrane (in a teased preparation), which may or

may not belong to this sponge, contain numerous simple, C-shaped sigmata, fairly stout

and about 0°18 mm. long. As they are so very strictly localized I am extremely doubtful

whether they form a normal constituent of the spiculation or not.

This is a very distinct species, easily recognizable by its beautiful colour and its

remarkable spiculation.

(in association with Petrosia seychellensis, a fine specimen of which is attached to the same

calcareous mass).

Genus CornuLum Carter [1876].

Sponge with fistular processes (? always); with a thin cortex and pulpy interior.

Skeleton chiefly of symmetrically ended megascleres, interwoven tangentially in the cortex

and in loose fibres in the interior. Microscleres minute palmate isochelee, to which others

may be added. No acanthoxea, acanthostrongyla or microrhabds.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 105

This genus differs from Ccelosphera in the palmate character of its isochela. Carter

mentions a very slender style amongst the megascleres of the type species (C. teatile) but

I doubt if these are not really identical with the toxa which he also describes.

89. Cornulum strepsichela n. sp.

(Plate 16, fig. 3 a—b.)

This species is represented by a single very thin-walled, cylindrical tube, widely open

at both ends; measuring about 12 mm. in length by 3 mm. in diameter. It has very pro-

bably been torn off from a central body. It is quite hollow, very translucent in appearance,

and has a faint pinkish tinge (in spirit).

The skeleton is a rather loose feltwork of megascleres, lying ene in the wall

of the tube and crossing one another in all directions.

Megascleres :—Tylota (Plate 16, fig. 3 a); cylindrical, long but fairly stout; with very

feebly developed heads; minutely spined at the extremities; measuring about 0°38 by

0°009 mm. ;

Microscleres:—Small, slender-shafted, palmate isochele (fig. 3 b), rather like those of

Clathria. Frequently contort, so that a front view of one end and a side view of the other

appear simultaneously ; length about 0°0164 mm., very uniform. These spicules oceur in

immense numbers in the interstices of the skeleton reticulation in the wall of the tube.

They are very similar to those of Clathria typica and Microciona acerato-obtusa as figured

by Hentschel [1911 a], which may also be contort.

Owing to the fragmentary character of the material the reference of this species to the

genus Cornulum can only be regarded as provisional.

Genus SIDERODERMELLA N. n.

Sideroderma Ridley and Dendy [1886, 1887}.

Sponge consisting of tubular processes which may spring from a massive body or form

a branching system among themselves. With a dense ectosomal skeleton (spicular cortex)

of tangentially placed tylota. Choanosome soft and pulpy, occupying the interior of the

sponge but readily contracting away from the wall; with skeleton of scattered spicules.

Megascleres tylota only. Microscleres comprising tridentate isochels (chele arcuate) and

very minute, navicelliform isochelze, to which sigmata and trichodragmata may be added.

The name Siderodermella is here proposed in replacement of Sideroderma, R. and D.,

which was already pre-occupied when the genus was founded.

Lundbeck [1910] accepts the view that Siderodermella cannot be separated from

‘“ Histoderma.” Although I myself long ago [1896] suggested this possibility it now

appears to me that the presence of the peculiar minute, navicelliform isochelz aftords suf-

ficient justification for such separation and this view is strongly supported by the discovery

of a second species, with identical spiculation but very different external form, by the

“Sealark” Expedition. Hentschel’s Histoderma navicelligerum var. aruensis [1912]

probably represents yet a third species, distinguished chiefly by the absence of trichites,

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 14

106 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

but it is very inadequately described. I agree with Lundbeck that Lendenfeld’s Sidero-

derma zittela [1888 A] does not belong to this genus. Indeed Hallmann [1914] has

demonstrated with sufficient clearness that the species in question is really a Polymastia !

I also agree with Hallmann that Lendenfeld’s record of Sederodermella navicelligera from

Port Jackson is probably erroneous.

90. Siderodermella ramosa n. sp.

(Plate 8, fig. 6; Plate 16, fig. 4 a—e.)

The single specimen consists of an irregularly ramified mass of tubes (Plate 8, fig. 6),

varying greatly in diameter and with no central body. The largest tube, which has

become detached from the remainder, measures about 63 mm. in length by about 5 mm.

in diameter at the proximal end. Towards the distal extremity it tapers away gradually

to a diameter of only 2 mm. It gives off a few short, bud-like branches, one of which im-

mediately subdivides into two. All the tubes now end blindly, and I have recognized no

natural openings with certainty*. In the main mass the widest tube is about 8 mm. in

diameter and there is a small amount of anastomosis. The wall of the tubes is only about

0°12 mm. thick and very flexible; the interior is partially filled with the soft, pulpy

choanosome, more or less contracted away from the wall. The colour in spirit is pale grey

and the sponge is much encrusted in places with shell-fragments and other foreign matter.

The principal skeleton is, of course, that of the tube-walls, which consists of a dense

feltwork of long tylota crossing one another in various directions, so as to form a spicular

cortex about 0°12 mm. thick. In the soft internal choanosome are found very numerous

similar spicules, not collected into definite fibres or bundles, though often lying parallel

with one another in dense masses. ,

Megascleres:—Tylota (Plate 16, fig. 4); usually slightly crooked, with cylindrical

shaft slightly thicker in the middle than elsewhere and terminated at each end by a well-

developed oval head. Dimensions, especially thickness, very variable; a well-grown

specimen measuring, say, about 0°48 mm. in total length by 0:01 mm. in diameter in the

middle of the shaft. The heads of these spicules appear to be always perfectly smooth.

Microscleres:—(1) Tridentate isochele (fig. 4 b), about 0°02 mm. long. These are

“chelee arcuatee,” with shaft not very strongly curved and lateral teeth separated from it

for little more than one-third of their length. Rather scarce.

(2) Minute navicelliform isochele (fig. 4 c) about 0:009 mm. long. These spicules

seem to resemble exactly those described and figured (very badly) in the “ Challenger ”

Report for Sederodermella navicelligera. They are extremely abundant.

(3) Fairly large, stout sigmata (fig. 4 d); perhaps always more or less contort,

sometimes very markedly so, but sometimes C-shaped; measuring about 0:04 mm. from

bend to bend.

(4) Small sigmata (fig. 4 ¢), of similar form to the above but perhaps relatively

more slender; about 0:02 mm. from bend to bend.

Trichites or raphides, of hair-like dimensions, about 0246 mm. long and usually col-

lected in large, loose bundles (trichodragmata).

)

* Tt is probable, however, that some of them bore terminal vents in life, now closed.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 107

The spiculation of this species appears to be in all essential respects identical with

that of Siderodermella navicelligera, the type of the genus from New Guinea; such

differences as may possibly exist concern merely the dimensions and are quite trifling.

The external form of the sponge, however, with its long, branched, tubular processes and

the absence of a central body, is so different that I have little hesitation in proposing a

new specific name.

The pulpy choanosome of this sponge was found to contain a number of embryos.

The largest observed is oval in shape and measures about 0°86 by 0°6 mm. It contains

numerous irregularly scattered megascleres. It is interesting to observe that these are all

slender, symmetrically ended tylota, measuring about 0°18 by 0°0027 mm. (in the middle

of the shaft). Their heads are very well developed, about 0:004 mm. in diameter and

nearly spherical, instead of being elongated as in the corresponding spicule of the adult.

I have been unable to determine with certainty whether or not microscleres occur in this

embryo, those which appear to be associated with it may possibly belong to the surround-

ing tissues of the adult.

Hallmann [1914] has described similar embryos in the case of his Hzstoderma

actinwoides. ,

Section CYAMONE&.

Ectyonine in which the echinating acanthostyles are represented by pseudactinal or

pseudastrose spicules.

There can be no doubt about the origin of the very curious pseudactinal spicules in the

genus Cyamon, for their development clearly shows that they are modified acanthostyles

(cf. Plate 16, figs. 5f—f”””). The same origin may safely be attributed to the very similar

spicules of Trikentrion (Plectronella) and more doubtfully to the curious ‘“desmoid”

spicules of Crambe. ‘The pseudasters of Stelligera Gray [1867 F] and Sclerochalina Schmidt

[1868] are indistinguishable in appearance from true asters, but in view of the other

characters of these genera it seems more reasonable to assume that these spicules also

have originated from the heads of echinating acanthotylostyles than that they have been

inherited from astrotetraxonid ancestors.

I therefore propose to include all the above-mentioned genera, provisionally, in the

same section, for which the name Cyamonez seems most appropriate.

It is obvious that this arrangement involves the abandonment of the family “Astraxi-

nellidee” which I suggested in 1905 [p. 107] and which has since been accepted by

Hallmann [1912] and Stephens [1915].

Genus Cyamon Gray [1867 F].

The principal megascleres are smooth styli, while the echinating acanthostyles are

represented by pseudactinal forms resembling tetracts, triacts, &c. No chele.

This genus was founded by Gray in 1867 upon Bowerbank’s figure and description of .

a single spicule. The type species, C. vickersi, was first described by Carter in 1879, but

that author did not take any notice of Gray’s genus, making use of Bowerbank’s original

14—2

108 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

name (Dictyocylindrus vickersii). Ten years later Topsent [1889] referred the species to

the genus Trikentrion, refusing deliberately to recognize Cyamon.

In 1905 I revived Gray’s genus and referred to it three species, Dictyocylindrus

vickersti Bowerbank, Microciona quadriradiata Carter and Microciona quinqueradiata

Carter. The genus has also been adopted by Hentschel [1912] who has described a species

which he names Cyamon aruense.

The most remarkable feature of the genus is undoubtedly the presence of the curiously

modified echinating styli, in which a few of the basal spines have become enormously

enlarged to form pseudactines, so that the whole spicule comes to resemble a pentact,

tetract, triact or diact as the case may be. This interpretation of the spicule is supported

not only by its actual development (cf. Plate 16, figs. 5f—f”””) but also by the remarkable

case of Topsent’s Hymeraphia spinispinosa [1904 A |, which may possibly represent another

species of Cyamon. In this fascinating sponge, a preparation of which I owe to the kindness

of Miss Jane Stephens, the echinating spicules are in a condition intermediate between

that of an ordinary acanthostyle, or acanthotylostyle, and that of the Cyamon spicule, and,

moreover, they are associated with normal acanthostyles. If we may regard the subtylo-

styles of Topsent’s species as representing the curious bulb-bearing styli of Cyamon there

seems no reason why we should not include the species in this genus.

As I have already pointed out [1905], the genus Cyamon seems to be closely related

to Trikentrion, which represents a further stage in the evolution of the pseudotriact, but

differs from Cyamon in that the principal spicules are oxeote.

91. Cyamon vickersi (Bowerbank).

(Plate 4, fig. 4; Plate 16, fig. 5a—f””,)

Dictyocylindrus vickersii Bowerbank [1864]. Dictyocylindrus vickersvi Carter [1879 B].

Cyamon vickersti Gray [1867 F]. ’ Trikentrion wickerst Topsent [1889].

There is a beautiful specimen of this rare and remarkable species in the collection, and

as it has hitherto been only imperfectly known I propose to give a full description with the

necessary illustrations.

The “ Sealark” specimen (Plate 4, fig. 4) has the form of a hemispherical cushion, with

a wide and deep cup-shaped cavity excavated slightly excentrically on the convex upper

surface. The flattened base is approximately circular in outline and somewhat uneven.

It has probably been attached at one or more points. The entire structure of the sponge

is strongly columnar and radiate, the stout skeletal columns radiating out from the middle

of the base and terminating on the upper surface in prominent, blunt conuli, while the base

is radially grooved and ribbed owing to the same cause. The surface conuli are slightly

hispid and between them is stretched a smooth, translucent dermal membrane. A similar

membrane lines the cup-shaped cavity, the surface of which is devoid of conuli but slightly

ribbed radially by the underlying skeleton columns. Neither vents nor pores are recognizable

with certainty, but the vents may be represented by a few rather small, scattered apertures

in the dermal membrane between the conuli on the outer surface. The diameter of the

base of the sponge measures about 28 mm.; the greatest height, to the edge of the cup, is

about 19mm.; the diameter of the opening of the cup is about 17 mm., and the depth of

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 109

the cup about 10mm. The colour in spirit is light brown, shading to dark brown on one

side, and is due to the presence of numerous large granular pigment-cells, chiefly in the

thin dermal membrane. The texture is firm and stiff, but at the same time compressible

and resilient.

The skeleton is composed of stout, plumose columns of spicules, radially arranged and

terminating in the surface conuli. Each column is made up chiefly of stout styli and pseudo-

tetracts and -triacts. The former in part run longitudinally, in bundles of two or three

held together by spongin, but great numbers of them project obliquely from the column,

with their apices pointing towards the dermal membrane. The pseudactinal spicules occur

in immense numbers between the styli. The columns are separated by intervals about as

wide as themselves, containing only a few scattered spicules. There is no special dermal

skeleton.

Spicules.—(1) Stout, smooth styli or subtylostyli (Plate 16, fig. 5); more or less

curved or bent towards the base, which is considerably narrowed, gradually and finely

pointed at the apex ; size about 0°74 by 0°029mm. Occasionally strongylote (fig. 5 0).

(2) Long, slender, smooth styl, occasionally tylote (fig. 5c), almost straight, tapering

very gradually to a finely and evenly pointed apex but not diminishing sensibly towards

the base; measured up to about 1°7 by 0°014mm., but usually somewhat smaller and

probably sometimes larger. These spicules are not conspicuous in sections but they occur |

in small numbers in boiled out preparations. i

(3) Comparatively short, slender styli of peculiar form (fig. 5d). These spicules are

approximately straight except for (usually) a very characteristic bend at about one-third

of the distance from base to apex. At or near this bend there is usually a very slight

bulbous inflation (x). The spicule is of nearly the same width throughout its length; the

base is evenly rounded off and smooth ; the apex (fig. d”) may be simply and abruptly

sharp-pointed (hastate), or it may be slightly enlarged and covered with minute spines, or

it may be slightly enlarged without being distinctly spined. These spicules are quite

common, though not nearly so numerous as the ordinary styli. Some of them occur scattered

singly without any sort of orientation in and between the skeleton columns, others occur

in dense bundles resembling enormous trichodragmata. Size of individual spicule commonly

about 0°33 by 0°005 mm., but rather variable. A variety without the characteristic bend

is shown in fig. 5 d’. i

(4) Pseudo-tetracts, -triacts, -diacts and -pentacts. These spicules usually have four

rays (fig. 5 e), of which three lie nearly in the same plane, but inclining upwards to meet

one another in the centre, while the fourth lies in a plane at right angles to that of the

others. The fourth ray, representing the shaft of the ancestral acanthostyle, is commonly a

little different in length and a little more sharply pointed as compared with the other three.

The angles between the rays are subject to considerable variation. All four rays in the

adult spicule are more or less blunted at the apex and their distal portions are thickly

covered with small, sharp spines, which tend to disappear more or less completely towards

the centre of the spicule ; towards the apices of the rays these spines may be slightly

recurved. Numerous forms occur with more slender, smooth and sharply pointed rays

(fig, 5’); these are evidently young individuals, they are connected by intermediates

110 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

with the adult form. Triact forms (fig. 5 e”) seem to be nearly if not quite as common as

the tetracts ; diacts (fig. 5e””) are much less frequent and ‘pentacts (fig. 5 e’) still less so.

Some of the principal developmental stages of this spicule are represented in figs. 5 f—f””".

It will be noticed that in the earliest stages observed (figs. 5 f, f’) the “ fourth” ray is very

much longer than the other rays, a fact that strongly supports the view that the entire

spicule is a modified acanthostyle. In the fully-grown spicule the rays are much stouter

and their inequality is less pronounced, the “fourth” ray commonly measuring about 0:07

by 0°012 mm. and the others little less. I am inclined to think that the variability in

number concerns only the basal rays, which are evidently enlarged spines, but it would be

difficult to establish this point. Very young spicules may show indications of several

aborted rays (originally spines) in the form of rounded tubercles between the basal rays

and near the proximal end of the fourth ray or shaft (figs. 5 f| f’).

The flagellate chambers are about 0°02 mm. in diameter, subspherical and probably

eurypylous. They occur scattered in the highly lacunar, gelatinous mesogloea between the

skeletal columns. In the skeletal columns themselves, between the component spicules,

masses of darkly staining, granular cells occur.

There can be very little doubt of the specific identity of our specimen with Bower-

bank’s original type. Concerning the external form of the latter we know very little,

_ but Carter’s description opens with the words “Fragment thick, triangular, wedge-shaped,

composed of branched columnar structure, radiating from the inner angle, indicative of its

having been broken out of a convex radiated mass.” Judging from this account the entire

specimen may very well have resembled that obtained by the “Sealark.” When, however,

Mr Carter goes on to say that the columns are “hollow, tubular, smooth within and rough

without, wherein the spicules are implanted,” I hardly know what he means, but I think

he must be describing some post-mortem effect due to desiccation.

There is in Mr Carter’s cabinet a slide labelled “Dictyocylindrus Vickersu— W. Indies ”’

which almost certainly represents the original type. This slide bears, in addition to a

number of small fragments, two pieces of skeletal columns, which certainly have the appear-

ance of being tubular, though the appearance is, I believe, deceptive.

The spiculation of our sponge agrees remarkably closely with that of the type, which

is not very well represented in Mr Carter’s illustrations. Even the curious crookedness,

accompanied by a slight bulbous dilatation, of the small styli is faithfully reproduced.

The characteristic shape of the apex of this spicule is also the same, but the material at

my disposal is not sufficient to enable me to say whether or not the apex is ever spined

in the type. It is astonishing to find such minute and apparently meaningless characters

reproduced with such fidelity in specimens from such widely different localities.

There can be little doubt that Bowerbank’s type came from the West Indies. Bower-

bank [1864], it is true, queried the locality (“‘ West Indies ?”) but Carter and Gray both

accepted it without question, and, moreover, Carter mentions another fragment obtained

from the West Indies by Mr Higgin*. I have a preparation of this also in the Carter

cabinet and, although it consists of only a few spicules, I am satisfied that it represents

a specimen of Cyamon vickersi. Carter, however, subsequently [1880 B] identified this

* Compare Higgin [1877, p. 296, Pl. XIV. fig. 9].

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 11]

specimen with his Microciona (Cyamon) quadriradiata, from the Gulf of Manaar, an

identification which can, I think, hardly be maintained, unless, indeed, Cyamon quadri-

radiatum should prove to be merely a young, encrusting form of C. vickersii.

Topsent | 1889] says that the species—which he calls Trikentrion wickersi—is common

on the Campeachy Bank (Gulf of Mexico) and that it is always more or less encrusting

and generally thin. As, however, he does not mention the peculiar bulbous styli it must

be considered a little doubtful whether his identification is correct.

Previously known Distribution. West Indies (Bowerbank, Carter, Higgin); ? Cam-

peachy Bank, Gulf of Mexico (Topsent).

Sub-family Axinelline.

Lipochelous Desmacidonidz in which the skeleton is typically arranged in a plumose

fashion. The megascleres are usually stylote, sometimes oxeote. There are no acantho-

styles.

The so-called Axinellid sponges have long been felt to form a very unsatisfactory group.

The genus Raspailia, formerly included therein, has long since been removed to the

Ectyoninz, on account of the occasional acanthostyles which it possesses. The genera

Axinella, Phakellia and Acanthella* may be regarded as the most typical representatives

of the group as now generally accepted. These seem to be nearly related, through Bubaris,

to the genus Microciona, and this relationship might appear to justify one in regarding

the whole group as an offshoot of the Ectyoninz in which both chele and acanthostyles

have disappeared. I fear that no such simple view as this can be maintained and that the

Axinellinze are still of polyphyletic origin. In addition to those of ectyonine origin, some

of them may be descended directly from esperelline ancestors, others from Haploscleride,

but it seems impossible, in the present state of our knowledge, to sort them out. That

they do not form an important, independent family, of the same rank as the Haploscleridee

or Desmacidonide, seems certain. In my Report on the Okhamandal Sponges [1916 a] I

placed all the Axinelline species amongst the Haploscleridz, but, in accordance with the

views expressed in the earlier portions of the present memoir, it seems more probable that

most of them, at any rate, are reduced Desmacidonidz, as a sub-family of which I therefore

propose to regard them. They may be divided conveniently into two sections—the Axi-

nelleze without acanthoxea and the Heteroxyez with them. Both these sections are well

represented in the “Sealark” collection.

Since this Report was first completed I have seen the recent papers of Hallmann

[1916, 1917 a, 1917 B] in which the author proposes a number of new genera of Axinellid

sponges and a new classification of the group. It is impracticable to discuss these papers in

the space and time now at my disposal, but I do not as yet see any reason for altering the

views expressed in the present memoir.

Section AXINELLE®.

Without acanthoxea.

* For an interesting discussion of the characters of these genera vide Vosmaer [1912].

112 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Genus SIGMAXINELLA Dendy [1897].

Axinelleze with microscleres in the form of sigmata or trichodragmata (trichites) or

both.

Hallmann [1916, 1917 A], in his recent revision of the genera of Axinellid sponges

containing microscleres, has proposed to break up this genus. I am not, at present at any

rate, prepared to adopt his views; on the contrary, I propose to enlarge my original con-

ception of the genus Sigmaxinella by including in it species which contain trichodragmata

only, without sigmata, as well as species which contain sigmata without trichodragmata.

92. Sigmaainella bihamuigera n. sp.

(Plate 16, fig. 6 a—c.)

The single specimen, which is attached to a mass of calcareous débris, is massive,

sessile, irregular; roughly in the form of a triangular pyramid, with broad base, and with

apex unequally cleft, as if incipiently branching. Surface uneven, rough, and more or less

strongly hispid in places, especially towards the apices. Vents rather small and incon-

spicuous, rather numerous, grouped on the apical portions of the sponge amongst the

projecting spicules. Height of specimen 25 mm., breadth at base about the same. Texture

rather hard and only slightly compressible, colour in spirit light yellowish brown.

The main skeleton consists of loose, sub-plumose columns of large styli, radiating

towards the surface, where the apices of the terminal styl project more or less. The

bases of the styli always appear to be directed inwards. There is no special dermal

skeleton.

Megascleres:—Large, stout styli (Plate 16, fig. 6 @), more or less curved or bent, espe-

cially towards the base. The spicule diminishes gradually in diameter towards the base,

which is evenly rounded off, and more gradually towards the apex, which is moderately

sharply and often more or less abruptly pointed. The full-grown spicule measures about

1:4 by 0°05mm. A few very slender styli which occur appear to be young forms and are

connected by intermediates with the stout ones.

Microscleres:—(1) Large sigmata (fig. 66), with short, sharply pointed, incurved

ends, one of which is twisted out of the principal plane of the spicule, but not sufficiently

to give to the spicule an S-shaped form as it les on the slide. Length from bend to

bend about 0°05 mm., thickness in the middle about 0:0027 mm.

(2) Small, slender, very slightly contort, C-shaped sigmata (fig. 6 ¢), length about

0°0164 mm.

The large sigmata, in particular, are extraordinarily abundant in the mesoglcea, which,

in fact, is densely charged with them. Only a relatively small number of intermediates

between the large and small forms occur.

This species appears to be quite distinct from any previously described. The typical

axinellid form and: arrangement of the megascleres induces me to place it in Sigmaxinella

rather than in Desinacella, but the two genera are possibly nearly related.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA L135

93. Sigmaxinella durissima (Dendy).

Thrinacophora durissima Dendy [1905].

This species, of which only a single specimen was obtained by Professor Herdman in

Ceylon, is represented in the “Sealark” collection by a considerable number of specimens

from various localities. The arrangement of the skeleton and the form and size of the

spicules are remarkably uniform throughout and agree closely with the corresponding

features of the type specimen. As regards external form, however, the specimens may be

grouped in three well-marked varieties, all of which differ more or less strikingly from the

type, and which seem well worthy of being distinguished by separate varietal names.

The species has hitherto been placed in the genus Thrinacophora Ridley. The type of

that genus, R. funiformes R. and D. [1887], however, is a much more specialized sponge,

both as regards the arrangement of the skeleton, with its well-defined central axis, and its

peculiar spiculation; and the mere presence of trichodragmata no longer appears to me

to constitute sufficient justification for associating with it such species as Sigmaxinella

durissima. |

Previously known Distribution. Ceylon Seas (Dendy).

93a. Sigmaaxinella durissima (Dendy) var. massalis nov.

(Plate 5, fig. 4, Plate 7, fig. 4.)

Sponge (Plate 5, fig. 4, Plate 7, fig. 4) massive, rounded, or at least strongly convex

above, irregular; either quite free or with a more or less extensive attachment to the

substratum. Vents numerous, scattered, rather large (about 4 mm. in diameter), con-

spicuous, in some specimens slightly prominent, leading out of deep, wide oscular tubes.

The largest specimen (R.N. Lxx1. 1) is subglobose, but irregular, and no less than 80 mm.

in maximum diameter. It appears to have lain quite freely on the sea-bottom and shows

no indication at all of any attachment, while the vents are scattered at irregular intervals

pretty well all over the surface, with which their margins are level. Another specimen

(R.N. xvuit.) is cushion-shaped, strongly convex above and flattened below, with a large

area of attachment. It has numerous large vents on the upper surface, with prominent

margins. Another (R.N. xrx. 2) is turbinate, with greatly constricted base of attachment

and numerous prominent vents on the upper surface.

This variety perhaps approaches most nearly to the type of the species, from which it

differs in the large, conspicuous vents.

fathoms; Lxx1. 1, Amirante, 17.10.05, E. 21, 30 fathoms.

93b. Sigmaxinella durissima (Dendy) var. erecta nov.

(Plate 7, fig. 5 a, b.)

Sponge (Plate 7, fig. 5a, b) vertically elongated, finger-like, unbranched (? always);

attached to the substratum at the lower extremity; cylindrical or somewhat compressed,

bluntly rounded at the apex. Vents small (about 2mm. in diameter), shallow, without

prominent margins; scattered all over the surface or with some tendency to form longi-

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL, XVIII. 15

114 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

tudinal rows. The largest specimen (R.N. cxxx. 2 A) measures 120 mm. in height by 31 mm.

in diameter, and tapers only slightly towards the apex.

CXXxuI. 2 A, B, Seychelles, F. 9, 37 fathoms; cxxxvil. 1, Seychelles, 20.10.05, F. 4,

39 fathoms.

93¢. Sigmannella durissima (Dendy) var. tethyordes nov.

(Plate 7, fig. 6 a, b.)

Sponge (Plate 7, fig. 6a, b) spherical or nearly so; attached by a more or less re-

stricted area to fragments of nullipore. Surface thickly covered with small, low conuli

separated by meandering grooves covered in by the pore-bearing dermal membrane. Vents

numerous but rather inconspicuous, small (up to 3 mm. in diameter), shallow, without

prominent margins, scattered irregularly all over the surface.

This very pretty and distinct variety bears a remarkable resemblance to a small species

of Tethya, a resemblance which was probably augmented in life by a deep orange colour,

which still remains to a large extent in the preserved specimens. (It is not absolutely

certain, however, that this colour is natural.) There are six specimens in the collection,

all from the same locality. The largest measures 24mm. in maximum diameter and the

smallest 16 mm.

Genus AXINELLA Schmidt [1862].

Axinellez of varying habit, not flabellate, without microscleres. Skeleton consisting

either of a central axis of spiculo-fibre from which brushes of spicules radiate to the surface

or of parallel plumose columns of megascleres. Megascleres typically stylote.

It is more than likely that we shall ultimately have to restrict the scope of this genus

in the manner indicated by Vosmaer [1912], but at present I make use of it in the wider

sense which I have hitherto employed in order that I may be able to include therein certain

species which I should otherwise not know where to place pending a much needed revision

of the Axinelline genera.

94. Axinella bubarinoides n. sp.

(Plate 17, fig. 1 a—b.)

There are half a dozen specimens of this interesting little sponge in the collection, all

closely resembling one another in external characters, skeleton arrangement and spiculation.

They are all low-growing and cushion-shaped, and several of them are still attached to

fragments of nullipore, from which, however, they show a strong tendency to free them-

selves in the course of their growth. The shape of the specimens is irregular. The upper

surface tends to be somewhat flattened and in some specimens is marked by narrow, con-

vergent grooves. It also shows numerous minute round openings, scattered generally and

in the grooves, which may represent vents. Otherwise it is even, not conulose. It may be

slightly hispid in places. The largest specimen measures about 26 mm. in greatest breadth

and 8 mm. in thickness in the middle. The colour in spirit is light brownish yellow. The

texture is firm and compact, scarcely compressible, radially columnar.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA Lid

The skeleton is composed of stout, close-set, plumose columns of bent styli. These

columns branch as they approach the surface, but there appear to be no transverse con-

necting fibres. The component spicules have their bases felted together in the axis of the

column and perhaps united by a little spongin, though the latter is not conspicuous. Their

apices project obliquely outwards, and, at the ends of the columns, hispidate the surface.

Between the columns a few much longer, isolated styli occur, arranged radially with their

apices outwards. |

Megascleres -—(1) Short, stout, smooth styli (Plate 17, fig. 1 a); more or less bent at

the base, and sometimes very strongly so, so as to resemble a hockey-stick ; thickest

towards the middle ; base broadly rounded, apex gradually and sharply pointed. Size very

variable, commonly about 0°48 by 0°034 mm.

(2) Long, slender, smooth styli (fig. 16); almost straight ; tapering very gradually to

the finely pointed apex, thickest near the base, which is broadly rounded. Size variable ;

a typical example measured 1°27 by 0°025 mm.; but both longer and shorter forms occur.

I have also seen a very small number of bent oxea. These appear to be merely ab-

normalities of the stout styli and are too few to be regarded as an essential element of the

spiculation.

There are no microscleres.

This species is very interesting on account of its obvious relationship to species of the

genus Bubaris, from which it differs in the absence of the basal layer of diactinal mega-

scleres.

The form of the stout styli often resembles that of the “ rhabdostyle ” of Rhabderemia.

A very curious phenomenon of resorbtion is sometimes to be observed in the case of

these spicules. In R.N. cxxtr. 14 all degrees of resorption of the silica may be seen, until

finally nothing remains but an empty mould formed by the spicule sheath. The solution

of the silica appears to take place from the axial canal and the outer surface simultaneously,

so that, before finally disappearing, the spicule is reduced to a thin-walled tube.

95. Aainella spiculifera (Lamarck).

(Plate 8, fig. 7.)

Spongia spiculifera Lamarck [1813]. Awinella spiculifera Ridley [1884 c].

There are two good specimens of this little-known species in the collection, As they

agree very closely with Ridley’s description and come from the same locality, I do not

think there can be any doubt as to their specific identity with his specimen, and as he was

able personally to examine a Lamarckian specimen, his identification with the latter is

probably also correct.

The larger of the two “Sealark” specimens (Plate 8, fig. 7) consists of three short,

thick branches arising from a common base, but two of them are fused together laterally for

almost their entire length to form a flattened lobe, bifid at the top. The surface is strongly

conulose and honeycombed by round openings between the conuli, exactly as described by

Ridley. The total height is about 60 mm. and the individual branches are about 16 mm,

thick and broadly rounded at the apex. The colour in spirit is pale brownish yellow,

15—2

116 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

perhaps slightly stained by other specimens. The second specimen is closely similar but

consists of only a single finger-shaped process, arising from a spreading base which encrusts

a nullipore. It is rather paler in colour.

The skeleton is a fairly close and not very well defined reticulation of spicular fibre,

containing a considerable amount of very inconspicuous spongin. The primary lines are

plurispicular and scarcely plumose ; they are connected by often unispicular secondaries.

The spicules are more or less curved, smooth styli, broadly rounded at the base and

gradually sharp-pointed at the apex. They measure, in R.N. xcu. 3, about 0°3 by

0°0123 mm., being decidedly more slender than in Ridley’s and Lamarck’s specimens. In

R.N. cv. 2, however, they may be rather stouter than in R.N. xcrt. 3. In both specimens

the mesoglcea contains an immense number of rounded granular cells, probably pigment

cells, about 0°016 mm. in diameter, now of a pale yellowish colour.

Previously known Distribution. King Island, Australia (Lamarck); Amirantes (Ridley).

28 and 29 fathoms.

Genus PHAKELLIA Bowerbank [1864].

Axinelleze of compressed, flabellate (or cup-like) form. Without microscleres.

As in the case of Axinella I retain this genus in the wide sense in which I have

hitherto employed it, merely as a provisional measure.

96. Phakellia donnani (Bowerbank).

Isodictya donnani Bowerbank [1873 8]. Phakellia donnani Dendy [1905, 1916 a}.

Aainella donnani Dendy [1887, 1889]. Phakellia donnani Row [1911].

This common Ceylon species is represented in the collection by three cup-shaped

specimens with short stalks and more or less folded walls, altogether very typical as regards

external form. ‘Two have been dried and one is in spirit and all are rather dark brown in

colour. The spiculation is not quite so typical, for the styli are considerably larger than is

usual in Ceylon and Indian specimens, commonly measuring about 0°48 by 0-026 mm.,

though numerous much more slender forms may also occur.

Previously known Distribution. Gulf of Manaar, Ceylon Seas (Bowerbank, Dendy)

Okhamandal (Dendy); Red Sea (Row).

OXLII., CXLUI., Cargados Carajos, 30—35 fathoms.

97. Phakellia conulosa n. sp.

(Plate 6, fig. 4, Plate 17, fig. 2a, b.)

The single specimen (Plate 6, fig. 4) is a proliferously lamellar sponge, greatly con-

stricted towards the base of attachment so as to form a very short, thick stalk. The principal

lamella gives off secondary lamella almost at right angles. The lamellz are only about

3mm. thick and have a narrow, slightly sinuous margin. Both surfaces of the lamellee are

thickly beset with small conuli, which often unite in longitudinal ridges running towards

the margin. The apices of the conuli are often slightly hispid with projecting spicules.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 117

Between the conuli, where the surface is uninjured, stretches a thin, glabrous dermal mem-

brane. To the naked eye the two surfaces of the lamella appear similar but under a lens

the dermal membrane appears, at any rate in places, to be minutely reticulate only or

chiefly on the one surface. This is probably the inhalant surface. The other surface bears

a few minute, scattered apertures which may represent vents; they are, however, very

inconspicuous and seem to be not altogether wanting on the inhalant surface also. Indeed

I am not quite sure whether the two surfaces are distinguishable from one another. When

the specimen is examined against the light a few small perforations can be seen running at

right angles through the thickness of the lamina and blocked at one end (or possibly both)

by the dermal membrane. The colour in spirit is ight brown, with a pinkish tinge in places*.

The texture is tough, flexible, resilient. The total height of the specimen is 115 mm., the

greatest breadth 119 mm.

The skeleton is very lax and irregular, consisting of loose tracts or bundles of styli

held together by a large quantity of very pale-coloured spongin, almost invisible in Canada

balsam. There is very little condensation in the middle of the lamella. The spicule-tracts

run upwards and outwards into the surface conuli and numerous irregularly scattered

spicules lie between them.

Spicules -—Smooth styhi, of two chief kinds but not by any means sharply distinguished

from one another.

(1) Stout and comparatively short (Plate 17, fig. 2 a), often a good deal bent ; typical

size about 0°69 by 0°03 mm.

(2) Long and comparatively slender (fig. 26); typical size about 1:5 by 0°02 mm.;

sometimes a good deal more slender. Both kinds are broadly and evenly rounded off at the

base and more or less gradually and sharply pointed at the apex. The shorter ones are the

more numerous but the others are also plentiful.

This is a very beautiful species, characterized chiefly by its strongly conulose surface,

which causes it to resemble somewhat an Acanthella. It has not, however, the characteristic

cartilaginous texture of that genus. 7

97a. Phakellia conulosa var. mauritiana nov.

(Plate 6, figs. 5, 5 a.)

The single specimen (Plate 6, figs. 5, 5 @) is stipitate, flabellate, with an irregularly

undulating margin and without proliferations. The lamina is supported on four distinct,

short stalks, joined together below in the basal attachment plate. The inhalant and ex-

halant surfaces of the lamina are sharply differentiated from one another. The former is

covered with close-set, small conuli, which tend to unite in longitudinal ridges, running

towards the margin. The apices of the conuli are often slightly hispid with projecting

spicules. Between the conuli is stretched a thin, minutely reticulate, pore-bearing dermal

membrane (rubbed off in places). The exhalant surface is more coarsely rugose, with a

network of low, rounded ridges. A thin dermal membrane partially covers the depressions

between these ridges, but is pierced by numerous circular apertures about 1°5 mm. in

* Possibly stained by other sponges in the same jar.

118 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

diameter, around which the thin edge of the dermal membrane appears like a sphincter.

These apertures lead into cylindrical canals which run more or less at right angles through

the lamina, being closed at the other end by the pore-bearing dermal membrane. The canals

may also be closed on the exhalant surface by an imperforate dermal membrane, so that

they may be either closed at both ends or closed at one end and open at the other. Two

or more canals often open on the exhalant surface by a common aperture. These features

can readily be observed when the specimen is examined against the light by means of a

pocket-lens. The raised portions of the exhalant surface are finely granular and minutely

and sparsely hispid, and contain a good many imbedded sand-grains.

The maximum height of the specimen is 113 mm., the greatest breadth 132 mm., the

thickness of the lamina about 5mm., the length of the separate stalks about 17mm. The

colour in spirit is dark chocolate brown, but histological examination of thin sections shows

that this is almost certainly largely artificial. It is probably chiefly due to staining by a

specimen of Plocamia massalis obtained at the same time and perhaps originally in the

same jar. Texture rather rigid, but flexible, resilient and fairly tough.

The skeleton is an irregular and lax reticulation of ill-defined spicular fibre and separate

spicules, held together by an abundance of spongin. There is a slightly developed con-

densation in the middle of the lamella, from which primary fibres run outwards into the

conuli on both surfaces. These are connected by secondary fibres running more or less at

right angles to them, but the whole arrangement is extremely irregular.

Spicules:—Smooth styli of two principal kinds but by no means sharply differentiated

from one another.

(1) Comparatively short and stout ; more or less curved or crooked, broadly rounded

at the base, fairly gradually and sharply pointed at the apex ; commonly measuring about

0°65 by 0°034 mm.

(2) Long and slender; may be slightly curved ; broadly rounded at the base, gradually

and finely pointed at the apex; size about 1°4 by 0°017 mm. These are very scarce.

As the specimen is well preserved it seems desirable to add some particulars as to the

canal-system and histology, which are of considerable interest. Vosmaer [18858], in de-

scribing his Phakellia bowerbanki, gives a diagram showing the principal canals running

right through from surface to surface of the frond. In the Report on the “Challenger

Monaxonida I myself figured the canal-system of Phakellia ventilabrum var. connexiva.

”

In this case I thought I could distinguish between inhalant and exhalant principal canals,

interdigitating with one another and neither running right through the frond, I am con-

vinced now, from re-examination of my original sections and from comparison of P. conulosa

var. mauritiana, that I was wrong, and that the main canals run right through from side to

side as Vosmaer described. Vosmaer was unable to find the flagellate chambers in his sponge

and suggested that as the water can flow through and through the body the natural move-

ments of the water would probably suffice for the requirements of the sponge. I had, how-

ever, no difficulty in finding the flagellate chambers in P. ventilabrum var. connexiva, and

the same is true of P. conulosa var. mauritiana, in which they are subspherical, about

0029 mm. in diameter, and almost certainly eurypylous. It seems a very extraordinary

thing that the pore-sieves should lead directly into what appear to be the exhalant canals,

“he

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA L19

so that water can pass right through the sponge without passing through the flagellate

chambers, but it is probable that the principal canals should be regarded simplyas perforations

of the lamella, enclosed in the process of growth, and that the pore-sieves which cover them

in at one end are not ordinary inhalant openings. The latter are probably to be found either

on the surface of the sponge between the groups of pores which lead into the main canals,

or in the walls of these canals themselves. It is easy to see that numerous smaller exhalant

canals open into the main canals.

The dermal membrane of the inhalant surface in this variety exhibits a minutely

reticulate character quite apart from that caused by the presence of the pores, and on a

larger scale. This is due to the presence of a network of fibrillar bands, separating the

small, rounded or oval pore-areas from one another. |

This variety is no doubt closely related to the typical Phakellia conulosa, being

distinguished chiefly by the much more obvious differentiation between the two surfaces of

the lamella and the much better developed principal canals, with their distinct exhalant

openings at one end and pore-sieves at the other.

Genus ACANTHELLA Schmidt [1862].

Axinellez of usually flabellate form and more or less cartilaginous consistence. With

more or less strongly aculeate or conulose surface. Without microscleres.

98. Acanthella carter: Dendy,

(Plate 5, fig. 5.)

Acanthella cartert Dendy [1889, 1905]. Acanthella auwrantiaca Topsent [1906 B}.

Acanthella awrantiaca Keller [1889]. Acanthella auwrantiaca Row [1911].

This common Indian Ocean species is represented in the collection by several specimens,

some of which are very fine examples. In my Report on the Ceylon Sponges [1905] I sug-

gested that Keller’s Acanthella aurantiaca might be identical with A. carterz; this view I

may now definitely adopt. Keller’s description was published in the same year as my own,

but some months later.

One of the specimens (LXv1.), when received, still retained its characteristic deep

orange colour, and the alcohol in which it was preserved was also coloured orange. For-

tunately it was in a jar by itself.

R.N. oxxxu 1 (Plate 5, fig. 5) was preserved in formalin and illustrates very well

_ the effect of this preservative, being reduced practically to a mere skeleton. Its appearance

has been thereby so altered that I at first quite failed to recognize it as belonging to this

species. Keller (1889) has given an excellent coloured figure of the external form of the

sponge, apparently taken from life.

Previously known Distribution. Gulf of Manaar (Dendy); RedSea( Keller, Row, Topsent).

B. 9 and 13, 30 fathoms; Lxvi., Lxrx. 1, Diego Garcia, 14 fathoms; xcv., Amirante, |

18.10.05, E. 25, 20—44 fathoms; cxx. 1, Salomon, 10—14 fathoms; cxxxm. 1, Sey-

chelles, F. 9, 37 fathoms.

120 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

99. Acanthella pulcherrima Ridley and Dendy var. calyx nov.

(Plate 5, fig. 6.)

Acanthella pulcherrima Ridley and Dendy [1886, 1887}.

The typical form of this sponge, from Torres Straits, figured in the Report on the

“Challenger” Monaxonida, is remarkable for its beauty, but the variety obtained by the

“Sealark”” Expedition at Cargados Carajos is still more elegant, having the form of a

stalked goblet attached to a piece of dead coral (Plate 5, fig. 6). The total height of the

specimen is about 85 mm., and the maximum breadth of the cup about 63 mm. The cup

is deep and funnel-shaped and rather thin-walled. The stalk is about 13 mm. in length

and 5 mm. in diameter. The inner and outer surfaces of the cup are similar, beset with

close-set longitudinal ridges, more or less broken up into small spines or conuli, much as in

the type of the species. Neither pores nor vents are recognizable, both being probably

covered over by the dermal membrane, which is presumably provided with pore-sieves in

life. The colour in spirit is light brown.

The skeleton arrangement and spiculation closely resemble those of the type. The

slender strongyla—sinuous in boiled-out preparations—seem to be a good deal longer, some-

times measuring at least 1°3 by 0:0086 mm., but very variable. The styli (sometimes

becoming oxeote) are also perhaps a little larger.

Previously known Distribution of the Species. Torres Straits (Ridley and Dendy).

100. Acanthella cavernosa n. sp.

(Plate 7, fig. 7; Plate 17, fig. 3 a—b.)

The single specimen (Plate 7, fig. 7) 1s massively lobose, swollen, with a contracted

base of attachment, almost forming a short, thick stalk. The surface is covered with coarse

aculeations, mostly blunted, between which is stretched the glabrous, parchment-like

dermal membrane, interrupted here and there by large pseudoscula, which lead into the

very cavernous interior of the sponge. The total height is 65 mm., the maximum diameter

45 mm. Texture compressible, resilient. Colour in spirit, yellowish grey, with a pinkish

tinge in places.

The skeleton as a whole is tree-like, with the branches terminating in the surface

conuli. Each branch may be regarded as a very stout fibre, about 1°0 mm. in diameter,

composed of a very dense feltwork of slender spicules, many of which echinate its surface.

If there is any spongin at all in these fibres it is very inconspicuous. The fibres are rather

distant from one another and between them the mesoglcea is free from spicules. There is

of course no dermal skeleton and only on the conuli is there sometimes a slight indication

of hispidation.

Sprcules:—(1) Slender styli (Plate 17, fig. 3 a), nearly straight or more or less

crooked ; varying greatly in length up to about 0°88 mm. and in diameter up to about

0-011 mm.; base evenly rounded off, apex usually gradually and sharply pointed, often

irregular.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA L121

(2) Slender strongyla (fig. 3 b), usually longer than the styli and sinuous in boiled

out preparations; length up to about 1°3 mm., diameter up to about 0°011 mm.

As regards external form this species seems to come nearest to the type specimen of

Carter's Acanthella stipitata [1881 c], which seems to be the common species on the South

coast of Australia. In that species, however, the strongyla, so abundant in A. cavernosa,

are either absent or feebly developed. As regards spiculation the “ Sealark” sponge makes

a nearer approach to the Japanese species described [1898] by Thiele (A. vulgata and

others which are probably identical); but the external form is very different. A supposed

variety of A. stypitata from Torres Straits, described in the Report on the ‘“ Challenger”

Monaxonida, may be specifically identical with A. cavernosa but has shorter spicules.

From the common Indian Ocean species, A. carteri, A. cavernosa is distinguished both by

external form and by the presence of the numerous long, slender strongyla. The species

of Acanthella are, however, extremely difficult to discriminate, and there is no doubt that

far too many have already been proposed, so that it is with considerable reluctance that I

suggest a new one.

Genus AuLerra Schmidt [1870].

Axinelleze of tubular form, with vents at the apices of the branches. Skeleton com-

posed of megascleres (stylote, strongylote or oxeote) arranged chiefly in longitudinal bands

and radiating towards the surface in tufts. No microscleres.

101. Auletta elongata Dendy.

Auletta elongata Dendy [1905]. Auletta elongata var. fruticosa Dendy [1916 a].

This species is represented in the collection by three specimens, two from Amirante

and one from Cargados Carajos. They all differ from the type of the species in their

shorter branches (tubes) and more bushy habit; R.N. c., in particular, closely resembling

the figure of Auletta elongata var. fruticosa given in my Okhamandal Report [1916 a].

The average length of the spicules, however, appears to be much greater than in that

variety and in R.N. xx1x. 1 the strongyla may attain a length of 2°67 mm. These long

strongyla, more or less sinuous in boiled out preparations, appear to be very characteristic

of the species,

Previously known Distribution of Species. Ceylon, Gulf of Manaar, Okhamandal

(Dendy).

30 fathoms; c., Amirante, 11.10.05, E. 10, 22—85 fathoms; cir. 1, Amirante, 18.10.05,

E. 25, 44—20 fathoms.

102. Auletta lyrata (Esper) var. brevispiculata Dendy [1905].

A fragment of an Auletta from Cargados Carajos is almost certainly referable to this

variety. It consists of portions of two very thick-walled tubes fused together laterally for

almost their entire length. In one the free end remains perfect and shows a saucer-shaped

terminal depression with a sphinctrate vent. The surface is slightly rugose, with a finely

reticulate dermal membrane between the rugosities, and very slightly hispid in places.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 16

122 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

The skeleton is much more typically ‘“ Axinellid” than usual in the genus, consisting

chiefly of distinctly plumose columns of short spicules curving outwards to the surface but

connected by spicule bundles and single spicules crossing at right angles between adjacent

columns. A good deal of very pale-coloured and inconspicuous spongin is present around

the spicules, at any rate in places. Many spicules are irregularly scattered between the

columns. The spicules are all rather short, usually stout, more or less bent styli and oxea,

measuring about 0°34 by 0°017 mm. when fully grown.

It may be necessary, when we know more about the range of variation, to raise this

variety to specific rank.

Previously known Distribution of the Variety. Gulf.of Manaar (Dendy).

Genus Hymeniactpon Bowerbank [1864].

Axinelleze in which the skeleton is a reticulation of spicular fibre or a feltwork of

loose spicules, with or without spongin. Without ‘a special dermal crust of tangential

spicules. Megascleres stylote to tylostylote (? sometimes oxeote). No microscleres.

This is a very unsatisfactory genus, however it may be diagnosed. It is evidently

composed of species with a much reduced spiculation, possibly derived in part from an

Ectyonine line of ancestry through some such form as Hymedesmia lipochela, in which the

spiculation is already reduced to smooth subtylostyli and tylostyh. It is, indeed, very

probable that it is not a natural genus at all but a polyphyletic group derived from

various sources.

103. Hymenacidon variospiculata n. sp.

(Plate 17, fig. 4.)

The single specimen appears to be part of an encrusting sponge which has been cut

off from its base of attachment. Its present thickness is not more than 3 or 4 mm. except

where it rises up in a low projection bearing a single relatively large vent, 3 mm. in diameter,

which forms the termination of a deep, cylindrical, oscular tube. The margin of the vent

is destitute of any membranous extension. The surface, except immediately around the

vent, exhibits a very characteristic meandriniform pattern, due to the presence of a network

of strongly developed subdermal cavities, covered over with a very thin, transparent

dermal membrane which is reduced to a sieve by the very numerous inhalant pores. The

specimen measures about 21 mm. by 13 mm. in length and breadth. The texture is firm

but somewhat cavernous internally. The colour in spirit is ight brown.

The main skeleton is a dense and thoroughly confused feltwork of single spicules of

very various sizes. In the interior of the sponge they appear to be completely without

definite orientation, but in the solid trabecule which separate the subdermal cavities they

mostly lie more or less at right angles to the surface and often with their apices projecting

slightly beyond it. There also appear to be more of the smallest spicules in those situations

than elsewhere, and these may even show a tendency to arrange themselves in very feebly

developed dermal brushes. Another noteworthy feature is the presence of a large quantity

of sand in the tissues between and immediately beneath the subdermal cavities.

There is no dermal skeleton.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 123

Spicules (Plate 17, fig. 4). Smooth styli and subtylostyli (or tylostyli) of various

shapes and sizes, connected by intermediates. The following may be taken as typical :

(z) Long, stout, more or less bent or crooked ; evenly rounded off or slightly enlarged at

the base, which is a little narrower than the middle; tapering very gradually to the apex,

which is usually sharply pointed but may be more or less blunted. Size about 0°9 by

0°039 mm. (b) Similar to the above and of about the same length, but only about

0°017 mm. in diameter, or even less. (¢) Short and slender, with well-developed, rounded

head and gradually and sharply pointed apex; slightly curved; size about 0°2 by 0°0086 mm.,

or even less sometimes. Some of the larger spicules, at any rate, instead of being simply

tylote, have a slight annular thickening situate at a varying distance from the basal end.

104, Hymeniacidon conglomerata n. sp.

(Plate 8, fig. 8; Plate 17, fig. 5 a—d.)

There are two specimens of this sponge in the collection, which are very likely parts

of the same colony. Each consists of an agglomeration of rather slender, frequently ana-

stomosing branches, terminating here and there in short, free apices (Plate 8, fig. 8). The

branches are about 3 mm. in diameter and are attached here and there to fragments of

calcareous débris. Their surface is marked by a feebly developed reticulation of low ridges

and conuli and is slightly hispid. The vents appear to be small and scattered. The colour

in spirit is light brown. The texture is compressible and resilient, fairly tough.

The skeleton is a confused reticulation of spicules, some of which are united together

in fibres by a large amount of pale-coloured spongin. The principal fibres run lengthwise

and the arrangement of the spicules in them is very lax. Individual spicules and loose

bundles of spicules radiate obliquely outwards to the surface, especially to the conuli,

beyond which their apices frequently project. The radiating bundles may have a slightly

plumose character. There is no special dermal skeleton but the thin, transparent dermal

membrane is stretched between the conuli.

The spicules are long, smooth styli (Plate 17, fig. 5 a), all rather slender but varying

considerably in shape and dimensions. hey are more or less curved or crooked, evenly

rounded off at the base, usually more or less gradually sharp-pointed but often irregular

and sometimes blunted at the apex. They measure up to about 0°9 by 0°022 mm. but are

usually more slender ; sometimes very slender (perhaps young). A few tylostyli (fig. 5 b),

with rounded heads, also occur ; these do not appear to attain so great a length as the

styli. There are also a few strongyla.

The dermal membrane of this sponge and, to a less extent, the deeper tissues, contain

a variable number of curious spherical bodies, commonly about 0°028 mm. in diameter.

These have a radially striated structure towards the periphery while the middle is usually

occupied by a large number of minute dark granules that look like pigment-granules. I

am pretty sure, however, that these bodies are artificial concretions and not pigment cells. |

30 fathoms,

16—2

124 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Genus LeucopHiamus Carter [1883 F].

Axinelleze of massive habit, often clathrous. Main skeleton a reticulation or feltwork

of loose spicules or spicular fibre with little or no spongin. Dermal skeleton well developed,

usually as a crust of tangentially placed spicules. Megascleres typically stylote, sometimes

oxeote. No microscleres.

105. Leucophleus fenestratus Ridley.

Leucophleus fenestratus Ridley [1884 c}. Hymeniacidon fenestratus Lindgren [1898].

The specimen is a good deal damaged, but in its highly cavernous character, with

numerous wide cavities separated by thin partitions, it evidently agrees closely with the

type, as described by Ridley. The general form is massive, with very uneven, much

folded, but almost glabrous surface. It measures about 83 mm. in length, with an average

breadth of about 35 mm. The texture is rather friable, the colour in spirit pale yellowish grey.

The main skeleton is a dense, confused feltwork of fairly large and stout styli, with

a tendency to arrange themselves in ill-defined bundles. The dermal skeleton consists, in

places at any rate, of a dense feltwork of smaller styl, or subtylostyh, arranged tangentially.

The larger styli are usually more or less crooked and are characterized by the often

very conspicuous narrowing of the base; they measure up to 0°8 by 0°026 mm. The

smaller subtylostyli vary greatly in size, say about 0°25 by 0:007 mm., but they are

connected with the larger forms by innumerable gradations. These smaller forms are not

mentioned by Ridley in his original description but we pointed out in the Report on the

“ Challenger” Monaxonida (p. 169) that small surface spicules do occur in this species.

In L. subaceratus Ridley and Dendy [1887], which is evidently very closely related to

L. fenestratus, there appears to be a much sharper distinction between the larger styli of

the main skeleton and the small surface spicules, and the latter are characteristically

arranged at right angles to the surface, but very sparsely. I suspect that there is much

variation in this respect, however.

Previously known Distribution. Port Darwin (Australia), Arafura Sea, Providence

(Mascarenes) (Ridley) ; Coast of Cochin China (Lindgren).

Grenus SPONGOSORITES Topsent [1896 a].

Axinellesw in which the main skeleton is a dense, confused feltwork of oxea of very

various sizes; some of the smaller oxea, arranged tangentially, usually form a dermal

skeleton. No microscleres.

This genus was originally proposed by Topsent in 1896 for his Spongosorites placenta

and placed in the family “Coppatiidee.” Two years later [1898 c] the same author proposed

the genus Anisoxya, also characterized by the absence of microscleres and the presence of

oxea of very various sizes, but supposed to differ from Spongosorites in the nature of the

ectosome, the structure of the choanosome, &c. This genus has also been placed by its

author [1904 a] in the “ Coppatiidee” but the name Anisoxya, being pre-occupied, has been

replaced by Topsentia [Berg 1899].

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 125

As there does not seem, in the present state of our knowledge, to be any really

tangible distinction between Spongosorites and Topsentia I propose to make use of the

former name, as I did in my report on the Ceylon Sponges, although the latter has been

adopted by Hentschel [1912] for a species closely related: to that about to be described.

Hentschel, indeed, adopts both genera, placing Spongosorites in the Axinellidze and

Topsentia in the Coppatiide. It is quite possible that there may really be two phylo-

genetically distinct generic types, represented by such forms as Spongosorites placenta

and Topsentia glabra respectively, which have come to resemble one another by convergence,

but this point can only be decided by minute anatomical investigations such as have not

yet been carried out.

In the meantime the resemblance which these sponges bear to species of Hymeniacidon

and Leucophlceus makes it advisable to keep them all close together as reduced Sigmato-

tetraxonida. It is true that in Hymeniacidon and Leucophleeus the typical megascleres

are stylote, while in Spongosorites they are oxeote, but these two types of spicule appear

to merge into one another in many so-called Axinellidee.

On the other hand it must be borne in mind that Spongosorites may have affinities

with the genus Petrosia, with which it would seem to be connected by such species as

P. seychellensis (q.v.).

106. Spongosorites salomonensis n. sp.

(Plate 17, figs. 6 a—c.)

This species is represented by two or three irregular, massive, almost tuberous pieces,

all in the same jar and very possibly parts of the same colony. The largest piece measures

about 58 mm. in maximum diameter. The surface, which is fairly smooth but very uneven,

has been a good deal worn, but in some places, at any rate, where it remains uninjured, there

is a thick dermal membrane firmly adherent to the underlying tissues. The vents appear

to be rather small round openings in the dermal membrane, varying in size, without

prominent margins. Rather narrow cylindrical canals penetrate the interior of the sponge ;

otherwise it is solid and compact. Texture rigid and incompressible. The colour in spirit

is dark brown, and, as there were no other specimens in the jar, this may be regarded as

proper to the sponge.

The main skeleton is a very dense and entirely confused feltwork of megascleres of

various sizes, large and small mixed together without any sort of order. For some distance

beneath the (uninjured) surface, however, the smaller ones predominate, while in the

_ dermal membrane itself the skeleton is composed almost exclusively of the smaller forms,

interwoven to form a very compact feltwork in which most of the spicules lie tangentially.

Spicules -—(1) Large, stout megascleres (Plate 17, fig. 6 a); slightly curved, fusiform ;

ends very variable, sharp or blunt, so that the spicule may be oxeote, strongylote or stylote.

Size about 1:2 by 0°043 mm.

(2) Small oxea (fig. 6c); slightly curved, fusiform, gradually and sharply pointed at

each end. Size very variable, commonly about 0°37 by 0°012 mm., but ranging down to

0°065 by 0°0034 mm, on the one hand, and, on the other, connected by intermediates

(fig. 6 b) with the large, stout oxea.

126 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

This species is evidently nearly related to my Spongosorites (2) lapidiformis from

Ceylon [1905] and Hentschel’s Topsentia indica from the Arafura Sea [1912]. It appears

to differ from both in its dark colour, in the presence of a well-developed dermal membrane

with special skeleton, and in the greater length attained by the large oxea.

Section HETEROXYEA.

Axinellinsee with symmetrical acanthoxea which do not appear to be derived from

echinating acanthostyles. Other spicules various.

Genus Hieernsta Higgin [1877 |.

Heteroxyeze of various habit. Megascleres smooth oxea (sometimes styli) and

acanthoxea. No microscleres (unless the acanthoxea can be regarded as such).

107. Higginsia petrosioides n. sp.

(Plate 7, fig. 9; Plate 17, fig. 7 a—e.)

. The single specimen (Plate 7, fig. 9) is cushion-shaped, with a constricted base of

attachment and broadly rounded margins. The upper surface is strongly convex, rising

gradually to a blunt apex in the centre, occupied by two or three rather small, incon-

spicuous vents. ‘The upper surface is also thickly and uniformly beset with small cenuli,

caused by the slightly projecting ends of the stout radially arranged skeleton-columns.

The specimen measures 38 mm. in greatest diameter and 25 mm. in maximum thickness,

in the centre. The texture is very hard and compact; the colour, in spirit, light, dull

yellow.

The main skeleton is very dense and consists principally of stout, radially arranged

columns of stout megascleres (chiefly oxeote). In the columns the spicules are not very

regularly arranged but for the most part run lengthwise. The narrow intervals between

the columns are bridged by similar spicules which often run more or less at right angles

to them, either singly or grouped; but the whole arrangement of the skeleton tends to

become confused and irregular. Small spined oxea are abundantly scattered everywhere

between the other spicules and in the thin dermal membrane which is stretched between

the slightly projecting ends of the skeletal columns.

Spicules :—(1) Stout, smooth, fusiform oxea (Plate 17, fig. 7a); fairly strongly

curved ; usually gradually and sharply pointed at each end, only very occasionally passing

into stylote or strongylote forms (figs. 7 b, c); size about 0°74 by 0°043 mm.

(2) Smooth, slender megascleres (fig. 7 d—d”); usually more or less crooked ; sometimes

gradually and simply sharp-pointed at each end, sometimes hastate, and sometimes having

each end divided into two sharp teeth, with a slight enlargement of the shaft and a distinct

enlargement of the axial canal at the point of bifurcation ; size about 0°55 by 0:0086 mm.

These spicules occur in comparatively small numbers, quite irregularly scattered through

the sponge.

(3) Small spined oxea (acanthoxea) (fig. 7 e); sharply pointed at each end ; fairly stout;

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 127

usually curved or even angulated in the middle ; uniformly and fairly closely beset, with

small sharp spines ; size about 0°16 by 0°008 mm. (excluding spines). In a boiled-out

preparation I have seen a very few smooth oxea of about the same size and shape, and

there are a number of smaller spined forms which may be young.

This species appears to be quite distinct from any previously described. Its most

interesting feature is the possession of slender megascleres whose ends are frequently

bidentate. It will be remembered that this character occurs at one end only of a similar

spicule (described as a stylus) in Dendropsis lidentifera Ridley and Dendy [1887],

and its occurrence in [Higginsia petrosioides certainly seems to afford support to the views

of those authors who regard Dendropsis as a synonym of Higginsia.

108. Higginsia higgrni n. sp.

(Plate 7, fig. 8; Plate 17, fig. 8 a—f)

Higginsia sp. Dendy [1915].

Sponge (Plate 7, fig. 8), massive, irregular, or encrusting; with a more or less strongly °

pronounced tendency to grow out into ascending digitiform processes, which are usually

compressed laterally. Surface uneven, slightly conulose, in places hispid (especially on the

conuli). Texture fairly compact but compressible and resilient; slightly fibrous; rather

friable. Vents not seen. The largest specimen (R.N. Lxv.), which is broken in half and

otherwise a good deal damaged, measures about 98 mm. in height, 60 mm. in breadth, and

70 mm. in thickness at the base. It is somewhat wedge-shaped, narrowing off to a ridge

at the top, from which the feebly developed digitiform processes arise. Another, much

smaller, specimen (R.N. LX1x. 2) is very irregular in shape but has the digitiform pro-

cesses much better developed. The colour, in spirit, ranges from brown to light yellowish grey.

The main skeleton is very lax and irregular, composed chiefly of very loose, ill-defined

wisps of long, stout oxea, which run towards the surface, from which they may project in

loose radiate tufts of usually more slender spicules The oxea are accompanied by very long,

slender styli, which seem to have no definite arrangement. Numerous spined microxea are

scattered in the thin dermal membrane and in the choanosome.

Spicules:—(1) Fairly stout, smooth oxea (Plate 17, fig. 8a); gently curved or slightly

angulate in the middle; gradually and sharply pointed at each end; occasionally becoming

stylote; size about 1°3 by 0°026mm. Numerous more slender forms of about the same

length also occur.

(2) Very long, slender, smooth styli (fig. 8b); usually slightly curved; evenly

rounded off at the base, which is the thickest part of the spicule; gradually sharp-pointed

at the apex; size about 2°76 by 0°017 mm. Occasionally a short slender style is also seen

(fig. 8 c).

(3) Spined oxea (acanthoxea) (fig. 8d); rather slender; slightly angulate in the

middle; covered pretty uniformly with small, sharp spines, but often with a specially

strongly developed whorl of spines at or near the middle; gradually and sharply pointed

at each end; very occasionally smooth and sub-centrotylote (fig. 8); sometimes inter-

mediate (fig. 8¢); size about 0°164 by 0°004 mm. (exclusive of spines).

128 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

This species is chiefly distinguished by its long, fairly stout, smooth oxea and very long,

slender styli; also, perhaps, by the frequently sub-centrotylote character of the acanthoxea,

indicated usually by specially strong spination near the centre, but most distinctly in the

rare cases where the spicule is smooth.

The imperfect specimen which I recently recorded from Okhamandal is evidently a

slight variety of this species, in which the acanthoxea are usually more strongly angulate,

and the smooth sub-centrotylote form is much more abundant.

Previously known Distribution. Okhamandal (Dendy).

Lxv., Lagoon, Diego, 12.7.05, 10 fathoms; Lx1x. 2, Diego Garcia, 14 fathoms; cx1uI. 7,

Egmont Reef.

Genus HaticNemia Bowerbank [1864].

Heteroxyeze in which the sponge typically forms a thin crust. The principal mega-

scleres are long, stout tylostyl or styl arranged at right angles to the base of support.

Microscleres are present in the form of spined microxea (which may be replaced by pseud-

asters?). There may also be long, slender, centrotylote oxea.

Topsent has published a very useful and interesting paper [1897 B] on this rare and

little known genus, in which he points out its close relationship to Higginsia. He includes

in the genus one species, H. constellata, in which the spined microxea are replaced by

‘“‘oxyasters”, from which he draws the conclusion that the microxea are aster-derivatives.

More probably the “ oxyasters” are merely pseudasters derived from the spined microxea.

The ‘“‘Sealark” collection contains a single specimen, evidently referable to an unde-

scribed species, distinguished chiefly by the absence of the long, slender, centrotylote oxea

(tornota of Topsent). I am inclined to think that these spicules, so conspicuous in the few

other species of Halicnemia, may be regarded as elongated microxea, and that their presence

or absence is not of generic importance. Nor do I imagine that HZ. constellata, on account

of its pseudasters, need be considered as the type of a distinct genus.

109. Halicnemia salomonensis n. sp.

(Plate 17, fig. 9 a—c.)

The sponge forms a rather thin, irregular crust, of a pale greyish yellow colour, spread-

ing over a very irregular calcareous pebble (nullipore?). ‘he surface is coarsely hispid owing

to the projection of the long tylostyles. No vents were seen.

The skeleton consists of long, smooth, stout tylostyles, subtylostyles and styles,

arranged, for the most part, more or less at right angles to the base of attachment. The

soft tissues between these spicules are densely charged with spined microxea.

Spicules:—(1) Tylostyli (Plate 17, fig. 9a); long, smooth, usually irregularly curved ;

usually thickest about the middle and tapering gradually to both extremities; with a fairly

well-developed head, usually of “enormispinulate” type, and usually a finely pointed

apex. Size up to about 2:2 by 0:°069mm. These more typical megascleres pass into much

more slender, simple styli of about the same length (fig. 9 6).

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 129

(2) Spined microxea (acanthoxea) (fig. 9c); fusiform, gradually sharp-pointed at each

end; gently curved or slightly angulated in the middle; uniformly beset with feebly

developed spines, sometimes nearly smooth; size very variable, up to about 0°14 mm. by

0°005 mm., but usually smaller.

This species differs from others of the same genus in the absence of the long, centro-

tylote oxea (tornota of Topsent).

Genus ACANTHOXIFER Dendy [1905].

Heteroxyeze with a dense spicular cortex broken up into polygonal plates by pore-

bearing grooves. Main skeleton a confused reticulation of oxea. Cortical skeleton composed

chiefly of dense brushes of oxea arranged at right angles to the surface. Megascleres smooth

and spined oxea. Microscleres trichodragmata.

When I first proposed this genus I overlooked the already existing genus Myrmekio-

derma, founded by Ehlers [1870] for the reception of Esper’s Alcyonium granulatum, from

the East Indies. Judging from Ehlers’ detailed description of this species it seems quite

possible that Acanthoxifer may be a synonym of Myrmekioderma, but Ehlers says nothing

about the existence of trichodragmata and, for the present at any rate, the two may con-

veniently be kept distinct.

110. Acanthoxifer ceylonensis Dendy [1905].

There are several specimens of this remarkable sponge in the collection but they agree

so closely in all respects with the Ceylon types that it is unnecessary to give any further

description.

Previously known Distribution. Gulf of Manaar (Dendy).

Family Clavulide.

Monaxonellid Sigmatotetraxonida in which the typical microsclere is a pseudaster with

an elongated axis. Very occasionally chelze are present; more frequently all microscleres are

suppressed. The megascleres are typically tylostylote and frequently radially arranged, espe-

cially towards the surface. The sponge is frequently corticate, with a special cortical skeleton.

) The scope of this family is almost identical with that of Vosmaer’s sub-order Clavulina

as employed in Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen des Thierreichs (Porifera, p. 328), and

adopted in the Report on the “Challenger” Monaxonida, the principal difference being the

exclusion of the genus Stylocordyla, which I now regard as having in all probability origi-

nated independently from a Tetillid ancestor.

In recent years the various sub-families comprising the Clavulidz have, with very

general consent, been regarded as belonging to the astrotetraxonid line of evolution. So |

long ago as 1902, however, in his paper “On the shape of some siliceous spicules of

sponges,’ Vosmaer showed that the “spiraster” is not a true aster at all, but a modified

monaxon. This fact alone would hardly have sufticed to justify the transference of the

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 17

130 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

family to the Sigmatotetraxonida, for spiny microrhabds are by no means uncommon in

the Astrotetraxonida, and it might be supposed that they had simply supplanted true asters.

On the other hand the alleged occurrence of chelz in association with so-called disc-

asters (discorhabds) in Schmidt's Sceptrella regalis [1870] has long been felt as an

anomaly that required explanation if these sponges were really Astrotetraxonida. The

explanation which I myself formerly adopted was that the association was accidental, but

in view of the remarkable discoveries of the ‘‘Sealark” expedition this explanation must

now be abandoned.

As will be seen presently, the new genera Barbozia, Didiscus and Sigmosceptrella

demonstrate in a very conclusive manner the desmacidonid origin of, at any rate, the

Spirastrellinee, for, in addition to a primitive type of discorhabd, the first possesses abundant

chelee which are unquestionably proper to the sponge, while the second, although it no

longer contains chelz, still possesses echinating tylostyles associated with its peculiar

oxydiscorhabds.

I have also been able to show, quite recently, that the discorhabd in the new genus

Sigmosceptrella arises from a sigmoid protorhabd and must therefore be regarded as

belonging to the sigmatose series of microscleres. We may therefore conclude, with some

degree of confidence, not only that the Clavulide are modified Desmacidonids, but also

that they have sprung from the ectyonine division of that group.

The three sub-families into which the Clavulide are here divided, viz. Spirastrelline,

Clioninze and Suberitinz, are by no means sharply marked off from one another. The

Spirastrellinee are undoubtedly the most primitive of the three and the Suberitinze seem

to have originated from them simply by loss of microscleres. Indeed one cannot draw a

hard and fast line even between the genera Spirastrella and Suberites as at present under-

stood. It is amongst the Spirastrellinz, then, that the origin of the pseudasters must be

sought and we shall return to this question after giving a diagnosis of the sub-family.

Sub-family Spirastrelline.

Non-boring Clavulidze with pseudastrose microscleres of various forms, chelz rarely

present.

If we may judge from the form and from what is known of the development of the

pseudaster (discorhabd) in Barbozia, Didiscus, Sceptrella, Sigmosceptrella and Latrun-

culia, which, for various reasons, are probably to be regarded as more primitive genera than

Spirastrella, it would seem that this spicule arose by the appearance of discs, or whorls

of outgrowths, on an elongated axis.

I have recently [1917] given an account of the development of the discorhabd in

two species of the genus Latrunculia, while early stages of the corresponding spicule in

Didiscus and Sigmosceptrella are shown in Plate 18, figs. 3 c/—c’” and 4c. It is obvious

in these cases that the whorls of outgrowths are secondary features and have nothing to

do with the rays of true asters*. The transition from Latrunculia through Sigmosceptrella

to Spirastrella is so gradual that we can hardly avoid extending the same conclusion to

the pseudasters (spinispiree) of that genus also.

* Cf. also Dendy and Nicholson [1917].

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 13]

In the genera Barbozia and Didiscus the axis of the pseudaster (discorhabd) is either

straight or but slightly curved. In Latrunculia it also remains straight but the whorls of

outgrowths may show indications of torsion. In Sigmosceptrella the young discorhabd is

actually sigmoid and frequently shows torsion. In Spirastrella, on the other hand, the

axis has become bent in a spiral, zig-zag fashion, and the spines are distributed along its

length instead of being collected in whorls. The axis of this spinispira may also become

ereatly abbreviated and the spines crowded together, and this leads, in the genus Timea

(and in Hemiasterella?), to the formation of a spicule which is indistinguishable, at any

rate in the adult condition, from a euaster. Finally, in the genus Placospongia, the original

spinispira develops into a spicule which is almost indistinguishable from the sterraster of

Geodia, with which, indeed, it was for a long time confounded.

It is evident that, in considering the relationships of the genera in this sub-family,

it is necessary to make very full allowance for the phenomenon of convergence so frequently

met with amongst sponges. The pseudasters here appear to be of quite different origin

from the pseudasters of such genera as Cyamon and Trikentrion. The latter are un-

doubtedly also modified Ectyonines, but their pseudasters—at any rate in the case of

Cyamon and probably, by analogy, in that of Trikentrion also—are derived from the spiny

bases of the echinating acanthostyles, as I have already pointed out in dealing with the

Cyamoneve (p. 107). The development of pseudasters from spined isochelee in Hymedesmia

crux and H. enigma [cf. Lundbeck 1910] appears as another case of convergence, but

the sigmatose origin of the pseudasters in Sigmosceptrella suggests a closer relationship

between the forms in question than might at first sight be suspected™*.

The “Sealark” collection is very rich in generic representatives of the Spirastrelline.

In addition to the new genera Barbozia, Didiscus and Sigmosceptrella, it contains species

of Spirastrella, Timea, Placospongia and Hemiasterella. Other very interesting genera

which are not represented in the collection, but which I think must also be assigned to

the sub-family, are Sceptrella, Podospongia, Negombo, Trachycladus and Axos.

Genus BARBozIA n. gen.

Spirastrellinze with pore-areas on the summits of papillee. Skeleton reticulate. Mega-

scleres diactinal, oxeote or strongylote. Microscleres palmate anisochelee and discorhabds,

the latter not radially arranged in a special surface layer.

This remarkable new genus is named in honour of the well-known zoologist J. V. Barboza

du Boeage, the founder of the genus Latrunculia, The character of the canal system, with

its raised pore-areas, and the occurrence of the discorhabds are sufficient to establish a close

relationship between Latrunculia and Barbozia. The association of chelze and discorhabds

has, as stated above, already been described in Schmidt’s genus Sceptrella [1870] and

Schmidt himself suggested that the loss of chelee in a Sceptrelline ancestor may have given

rise to the genus Latrunculia. Subsequently, also, he described [1875] a species without

chelz under the name Sceptrella triloba, which is probably a Sigmosceptrella.

Hitherto I have refused to accept the genus Sceptrella, which was very imperfectly

described, and regarded the association of the discorhabds with chelze as probably accidental.

* For further discussion of the origin of pseudasters vide Dendy [1921].

17—2

132 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

The discovery of Barbozia, however, indicates that Schmidt’s description was probably

correct so far as it goes. Unfortunately he says nothing of the megascleres, so that we

cannot be certain what the characters of the genus Sceptrella really are, but the form of

the chelze and of the discorhabds, and the arrangement of the latter in a well-defined

dermal layer, indicate that it is probably quite distinct from Barbozia.

The retention of the chele seems to indicate very clearly that Barbozia is a more

primitive genus than Latrunculia, and the discorhabds of this genus are therefore perhaps

the most primitive form of the spicule known. The strongly marked differentiation of the

two ends of the discorhabd in some species of Latrunculia (e.g. LZ. apicalis) may perhaps

be regarded by some as a result of their radial arrangement in a surface layer, but the

fact that the spicule develops in the interior of the sponge constitutes a difficulty in the

way of attributing this differentiation directly to mechanical causes [cf Dendy 1917, 1921}.

111. Barbozia primitiva n. sp.

- (Plate 8, fig. 9; Plate 18, fig. 1a—e.)

The single specimen (Plate 8, fig. 9) is massive, hemispherical, flat below, where it

has evidently been cut off from the substratum. The upper surface bears three groups of

prominent vents, two or three in each group and each vent occupying the summit of a

short, thin-walled, conical projection. It also carries numerous hollow, thin-walled, pore-

bearing papill in various stages of development. When fully grown these papille appear

to be more or less compressed laterally and may measure as much as 4 mm. in height by

4mm. in maximum diameter. They are truncated at the top, where the pore-bearing area is

situate. Between these papillze the surface is much encrusted with a thin coating of foreign

organisms (Reniera &c.). The oscular projections and pore-bearing papille are fragile and

easily broken, but the texture of the sponge as a whole is compact, solid and incompressible.

The colour in spirit is very pale yellow. The maximum diameter of the almost circular

base is 75 mm.; the maximum height of the sponge about 45 mm.

The main skeleton is a dense and extremely confused reticulation of oxea and strongyla,

with no distinct fibre and no spongin, but with a more or less pronounced tendency for

the megascleres to arrange themselves in very dense tracts, with more or less vacant

intervals (free from megascleres) between. There is an especially dense dermal or cortical

layer of megascleres, varying up to about 0°34 mm. in thickness, supported on short, thick

pillars of spicules springing from the main skeleton and with more or less extensive sub- ~

dermal cavities between them. The megascleres of the cortex lie in various directions, but

for the most part tangentially. Immediately around the vents they arrange themselves side

by side at right angles to the vent margin, and in the pore-areas at the ends of the pore-

bearing papillae they form dense brushes at right angles to the surface. There appears to

be no difference between the cortical (dermal) megascleres and those in the interior of the

sponge, and there is no dermal layer of discorhabds.

Megascleres:—({1) Strongylote (Plate 18, fig. 1a); usually slightly curved or bent,

equal-ended, narrowing somewhat at the two ends, which are broadly rounded off; size

commonly about 0°35 by 0°013 mm.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 133

(2) Oxea (fig. 1b); slightly curved, often distinctly biangulate ; gradually and finely

pointed at each end; size commonly about 0°266 by 0°01 mm. Intermediate forms are

rarely met with.

Microscleres:—(1) Palmate anisochelee (fig. 1c, ce’), of the form shown in the figure,

about 0°02 mm. long; very numerous. The small end is often minutely apiculate.

(2) Oxydiscorhabds (fig. 1d@), consisting of a slender shaft, sharply pointed at each end

and bearing two whorls of sharp spines, each whorl placed at about one quarter of the total

length of the shaft from one end. The typical number of spines in each whorl appears to

be six. Length of shaft usually about 0°036 mm., with spines “0°007 mm. long. A few

larger individuals, up to 0:057 mm. in length, are to be found. These spicules, though very

numerous, are not so abundant as the chele. Neither form of microsclere shows any special

arrangement. ;

A remarkable abnormal spicule (fig. 1e), observed only once, intermediate in size and

form between the ordinary oxea and the oxydiscorhabds, suggests very strongly the presence

of two rings of formative cells responsible for the whorls of spines in the latter, as in the

ease of the Latrunculia discorhabd [Dendy 1917].

In external characters, including the arrangement of the pores and vents, this species

agrees closely with typical species of Latrunculia, such as L. bocaget and L. apicalis, figured

in the Report on the “Challenger” Monaxonida (Plate XLIV). The encrustation of the

surface by foreign organisms suggests a reason for the development of the raised pore-areas,

although that reason may no longer exist in many species exhibiting this character.

The condition of the material does not allow one to say very much as to the minute

anatomy and histology, but the following observations made upon sections stained with

borax carmine may be of interest. There is a thick, gelatinous ectosome, composed almost

entirely of collenchymatous tissue, but there is a thin layer of fibrous tissue developed in

the deeper part of the wall of the hollow pore-bearing papillee.

The outer part of the ectosome contains the dense cortical skeleton. The inner part

is highly lacunar, containing the larger and smaller subdermal (or subcortical) cavities,

which are continuous with the cavities of the pore-bearing papillz. The choanosome is

broken up into irregular inhalant and exhalant regions, interlocking with one another in

a very complex manner. The former are really continuations of the lacunar, gelatinous

ectosome and contain the branches of the inhalant canal-system. They correspond roughly

with the spicule-bearing tracts referred to in the description of the skeleton. The latter,

which surround branches of the exhalant canal-system, are at once distinguished by their

‘more compact and granular appearance. They are crowded with flagellate chambers, which

are spherical in shape and about 0°02 mm. in diameter, with very finely granular mesogloea

between. I am unable to say anything definite as to the mode of opening of the chambers,

but the character of the mesoglcea and a radial arrangement of very narrow exhalant canals

around much wider ones, which is sometimes recognizable, suggests that they are possibly

aphodal or diplodal. I am inclined to think, however, that they are really eurypylous.

34 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

llla. Barboua primitiva var. digitata nov.

(Plate 8, fig. 10; Plate 18, fig. 2.)

This variety differs from the type of the species chiefly in external form, the sponge

consisting of irregular, digitiform processes springing from an encrusting base and each

terminating in a prominent vent (Plate 8, fig. 10). The pore-bearing papillee are abundantly

scattered over these processes as well as on the encrusting base, which is much mixed up

with caleareous débris, foraminifera, &c. (especially Gypsina plana). The largest process is

about 55 mm. long and 12 mm. in diameter in the middle; it is sharply bent like a crooked

finger and has evidently had a branch, which is now broken off. There is another fragment

(R.N. cxxv. 8) from the same jar, growing on a similar mass of caleareous débris (in

association with Hymedesmia levissima), which does not (in its present damaged condition)

show any finger-shaped processes. Both specimens are now of a deep chocolate brown colour

but this is almost certainly due to staining by another sponge in the same jar (probably

Plocamia massalis).

This variety also differs from the type of the species in the somewhat more slender

character of the megascleres.

Genus DIpIScUS n. gen.

Spirastrellinze with spicular cortex divided into polygonal areas by contractile pore-

grooves. Main skeleton reticulate, with a good deal of spongin. Principal megascleres

diactinal, typically oxeote. Hchinating tylostyles may be present. Cortical skeleton con-

sisting of a feltwork of diactinal megascleres and a dermal layer of discorhabds.

This genus is proposed for one of the most interesting novelties in the collection. The

presence of the discorhabds and their arrangement in the type species indicate a close

relationship to Latrunculia, while their form is intermediate between those of a typical

Latrunculia and those of Barbozia. Whereas, however, Barbozia primitiva shows its close

relationship to the Desmacidonidee by the possession of abundant chelee, Didiscus placo-

spongioides shows a similar relationship by its echinating tylostyles, which, as already

pointed out, seem to indicate an ectyonine origin for the Spirastrelline.

As a second species of the genus we may provisionally regard Ridley and Dendy’s

Latrunculia (?) acerata [1887]. Didiscus aceratus is, however, very imperfectly known,

owing to the very bad condition of the only specimen, and may prove to belong to a distinct,

though closely related genus. It is extremely unfortunate that the locality from which

Didiscus aceratus was obtained by the “ Challenger” expedition is uncertain, but probably

it came from the South Atlantic.

A third species may possibly be represented by a “sceptrella” spicule figured by

Mr Carter as coming from the root-tufts of a Euplectella from the Seychelles [1879 B,

Plate XXIX, fig. 20], and a fourth by the fossil spicule described and figured by Hinde and

Holmes [1892] under the name Latrunculia obtusa, from the tertiary deposits of Oamaru,

New Zealand.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 135

112. Didiscus placospongiordes n. sp.

(Plate 7, fig. 10; Plate 18, hg. 3a—c’”.)

Sponge (Plate 7, fig. 10) repent (?), irregularly cylindrical, slightly branched. Surface

smooth, but with a curiously crumpled appearance and marked out into large, irregular,

polygonal areas by low, narrow, angular ridges which are not very conspicuous.

These ridges are seen in section to represent closed grooves, which contain the inhalant

pores and probably also the vents. In some parts of the surface deep furrows with prominent

margins probably represent the grooves in an open condition. The single specimen measures

about 65 mm. in length by 8 mm. in average diameter. Colour in spirit very light yellowish

grey (with a pinkish tinge which is probably accidental, as there were many other sponges

in the same jar). Texture fairly firm but compressible and resilient. The whole external

appearance of the sponge curiously resembles that of species of Placospongia, for which it

might easily be mistaken at first sight.

The main skeleton, in the interior of the sponge, consists, in the first place, of very

loose longitudinal bands of long, slender oxea, crossed here and there by spicules and

spicule-bundles at various angles. From the more superficial parts of this main skeleton

dense brushes of spicules arise which run, more or less at right angles, to the surface, where

they spread out in a radiate fashion to form a close cortical feltwork of tangentially disposed

oxea several spicules deep. In the neighbourhood of the pore-grooves the cortical oxea

tend to run at right angles to the margins of the latter, which are thus protected by their

apices. The main skeleton, in the interior of the sponge, is strengthened by spongin cement,

which unites the megascleres with one another in a very irregular fashion. It is also

sparsely echinated by tylostyles.

Between the spicule-bundles and separate megascleres of the main skeleton, and

extending outwards to the cortex, is a rather loose network of slender fibres ranging from

about 0:004 to about 0°02 mm. in diameter, or even more at the nodes. This network is

difficult to detect except in stained preparations. It is continuous with the spongin cement

which binds the megascleres together but is itself quite free from spicules. The substance

of which it is composed, like the spongin cement, stains deeply with borax carmine, but

the fibres exhibit a fibrillated appearance hardly like that of ordinary spongin fibres. They

are, however, much more resistant than the soft tissues of the sponge, which, unfortunately,

have almost completely disappeared owing to imperfect preservation.

On the surface of the sponge, immediately outside the layer of cortical oxea, is a single

layer of closely packed oxydiscorhabds, arranged radially, usually with their smaller discs

and shorter apices outwards. Similar spicules also occur abundantly scattered in the interior

of the sponge and there is a dense layer of them in or beneath the floor of the pore-grooves,

overarched, when the groove is closed, by the dermal cortex.

Megascleres :—(1) Oxea (Plate 18, fig. 83a); rather slender, smooth, slightly curved,

gradually and sharply pointed at each end; very variable in size, ranging from about 0°04 —

by 0°0014 mm. to 1:4 by 0°02 mm.; the largest in the interior of the sponge, where they

are for the most part arranged lengthwise.

(2) Tylostyli (fig. 3b); smooth, straight, gradually sharp-pointed at the apex and with

136 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

irregularly polytylote base; size very variable, say about 0°16 by 0°008 mm.; sparsely

echinating the spicular fibre in the interior.

Microscleres :—Oxydiscorhabds (fig. 3c); shaft slender, oxeote, fusiform, slightly bent

or curved, gradually and finely pointed at each end, minutely roughened, especially towards

the apices, when fully grown. With two discs, larger and smaller; the larger one in the

middle of the shaft and the smaller one at about one-third of the distance from the middle

to the corresponding end of the shaft. The larger disc is distinctly concave towards the

smaller and the smaller more nearly flat. Both discs have an irregularly crenate margin.

Length of shaft about 0°09 mm., with maximum diameter of 0°005 mm. ; diameter of larger

disc 0'018 mm., of smaller disc 0°012 mm.

The development of the oxydiscorhabds (figs. c’—c’”) shows clearly that they are

derived from smooth microxea by the addition of two annular discs, which are at first

extremely thin and narrow and indeed hardly visible, accompanied by thickening and

roughening of the shaft. The youngest stages are, so far as I can see, indistinguishable

from the youngest stages of the oxeote megascleres. The position of the discs appears to

be determined by the fact that the developing spicule at the critical stage is thrown into

vibration by the water-currents passing through the sponge, the initial cells, responsible

‘for the formation of the discs, settling down at or near the nodes, or points of least vibra-

tion [ Dendy and Nicholson 1917 }.

It is unfortunate that the state of preservation of this very remarkable sponge does

not admit of any observations on the flagellate chambers. The extensive maceration of the

interior of the specimen is indeed very remarkable and seems to imply a very delicate,

gelatinous mesogloea, with presumably eurypylous chambers. The cortex, which is only

about 0°13 mm. thick, including the layer of discorhabds, consists almost entirely of spicules,

with a gelatinous mesogloea. The floor of the pore-grooves, however, contains an abundance

of fibrous (fibrillar) tissue.

This species, as already indicated, is evidently closely related to Ridley and Dendy’s

Latrunculia (4?) acerata, of which a single very badly preserved specimen was brought

home by the “ Challenger” expedition from a doubtful locality, possibly Tristan da Cunha,

and nothing at all resembling which has, I believe, since been recorded. There are so

many differences in details of spiculation, however, that there can be no question of specific

identity. The curious discorhabds are essentially the same, but in Didiscus aceratus they

are much smaller and with the shaft blunted at both ends, while they do not appear to be

radially arranged at the surface. Perhaps, however, the most important distinction lies in

the absence of the echinating spicules from the “Challenger” species. The “Challenger ”

material was so badly preserved that practically nothing can be said of the external form.

and we do not even know whether or not pore-grooves occur in that species.

Genus SIGMOSCEPTRELLA h. gen.

bee .

Spirastrellinee with microscleres in the form of discorhabds, which typically form a

surface crust. The discorhabd develops from a sigmoid form, but acquires secondarily a

straight axis; in other words, it is a sigmodiscorhabd.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 137

I have been able to show [1917] that in typical species of Latrunculia (L. bocage:

and L. apicalis) the protorhabd which forms the foundation of the discorhabd is a straight

rod. Quite recently I have found that in my Sprrastrella fibrosa, referred by Vosmaer to

the genus Latrunculia, the protorhabd is strongly sigmoid, with the two ends bent back

parallel to the shaft. This is also undoubtedly the case with the species about to be de-

scribed under the name quadrilobata, for the young discorhabd, even after the deposition

of a considerable amount of silica and the commencement of the formation of the spiny

whorls (Plate 18, fig. 4c), is still sigmoid in form. I hope to give a detailed account of the

development of these remarkable spicules at an early date [Dendy 1921] and in the

meantime will content myself with saying that in the adult form the space between the

recurved portions and the shaft becomes filled up with silica and all trace of the sigmatose

origin is normally lost (Plate 18, fig. 4 5).

This curious developmental history of the discorhabd seems alone sufficient to justify

the generic separation of the species in which it occurs. So far as we yet know positively

these species are only two in number—Sigmosceptrella fibrosa and S. quadrilobata—but it

seems almost certain that several other described species will have to come in with

them.

The new genus differs from Sceptrella, of course, in the absence of typical chele and

from Spirastrella in the presence of the discorhabd instead of the spinispira. The discorhabd

of Sigmosceptrella may, however, approach very closely to the spinispira of Spirastrella

and the two genera appear to be very nearly related. The transition between the two

forms of spicule is very well shown in Carter’s figures of “‘Latrunculia” corticata (1879 B,

Plate XXVII, fig. 1), which I have little hesitation in referring to the genus Sigmo-

sceptrella, more especially as I find that the supposed ‘‘acerate” spicules described by

Carter may with equal justice be regarded as reduced styli.

113. Sigmosceptrella quadrilobata n. sp.

(Plate 18, fig. 4 a—c.)

There are several specimens of this species in the collection, encrusting, in association

with Timea unistellata and other things, a horny sponge. The general appearance of the

specimens reminds one closely of Chondrilla. They form irregular, spreading crusts, about

2 mm. in thickness. The upper surface appears smooth to the naked eye, but minutely

and evenly punctate under a lens. A very few small, widely scattered papillz bear each a

minute vent, now closed. The inhalant pores seem to be collected in small groups at fre-

quent and fairly regular intervals, each group protected by a tent-like arrangement of the

projecting ends of megascleres. It is apparently these small tent-like groups of spicule-

points that give the minutely punctate appearance to the surface. The colour in spirit is

now dark chocolate brown, but this may be due to accidental staining, as everything in

the same jar was stained the same colour.

There is a very sharply defined, strongly fibrous cortex, about 0°2 mm. thick, the

outer two-thirds, or thereabouts, of which is densely charged with discorhabds. The cortex

is interrupted at intervals by cylindrical plugs of tissue which project into it from the

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL, XVIII. 18

138 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

underlying choanosome. These extend for about half or two-thirds of the way through the

cortex. They contain inhalant canals, which probably communicate with the overlying

dermal pores by narrower canals piercing the outer part of the cortex. Owing to the

strong contraction that the sponge has undergone the actual pores are not visible and,

moreover, the plug of choanosomal tissue often seems to have shrunk away from the cortical

tissue, leaving a wide, chone-like space, which seems to be an artefact. The whole arrange-

ment suggests comparison with that described by Ridley and Dendy for Latrunculia

apicalis [1887], but in that species the pore-areas are elevated above the surrounding

surface as cylindrical projections.

The main skeleton is composed of dense and well-defined spicular fibres which spring

from the basal lamina and run towards the surface almost parallel with one another,

branching as they go but not anastomosing. All the fibres and their branches seem to

extend as far as the cortex but only a few spicules penetrate the latter. These fibres are

composed of the characteristic styli of the species, which also occur sparsely and irregularly

scattered in the soft tissues between them. I have not been able to satisfy myself of the

presence of spongin in the fibres but the spicules seem to be held together by something,

which may be only fibrous tissue.

_ Spicules:—(1) Styli (Plate 18, fig. 4 a); smooth, straight, usually sharp-pointed ;

usually distinctly though not very strongly polytylote ; size about 0°3 by 0°008 mm.

(2) Sigmodiscorhabds (fig. 4 b—c); with two principal whorls of spines, each typically

divided into four branched lobes, and in addition a tuft of from one to about five spines at

each end of the shaft. The shaft may be slightly twisted, so that the lobes of the two

whorls do not come quite opposite to one another. The number of spines at the two ends

of the spicule may be the same or different. These spicules occur in several layers in the

outer part of the cortex, with their long axes at right angles to the surface. They are also

thickly scattered at the base of the sponge, and less abundantly in the intervening choano-

some. Slender juvenile forms are occasionally met with and the youngest (fig. 4 c) show

very clearly the origin of this discorhabd from a sigmoid form.

This species is evidently nearly related to Schmidt’s “ Sceptrella” triloba [1875]

from the North Sea, but differs in the four-lobed instead of three-lobed character of the

whorls of the discorhabd and probably also in the arrangement of the inhalant pores. It

also seems to be very closely related to “ Latrunculia” biannulata Topsent [1892 c], from

the North Atlantic, but that species is so inadequately described that I do not venture

upon an identification. The most interesting relationship, however, is with my ‘“ Spira-

strella” fibrosa from the neighbourhood of Port Phillip Heads [1897], which I regard as the

type species of the genus Sigmosceptrella. The discorhabds of this species come very near

to those of Sigmosceptrella quadrilobata but the whorls appear to be usually three-lobed

instead of four-lobed ; moreover, the inhalant pores are scattered and not collected in

pore-sieves and the habit is lobose and branching instead of thinly encrusting.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 139

Genus SPIRASTRELLA Schmidt [1868].

Spirastrellinze of usually massive form. Skeleton reticulate. Megascleres styli or

tylostyli, scattered or in ill-defined fibres. Microscleres spinispiree.

In the absence of detailed information as to the early development of the characteristic

Spinispire it would be unsafe to say much as to the actual derivation of this cosmopolitan

genus. Its close relationship to Sigmosceptrella is obvious and the transitional forms of

microsclere observed in the latter indicate very clearly that the spinispira is a modified

discorhabd.

In another direction Spirastrella merges quite gradually into Timea and in yet another

into Suberites.

It appears to me very difficult to accept Vosmaer’s view that all the described species

of Spirastrella, some forty in number, should be included under the same specific name

(Spirastrella purpurea). Even if that distinguished spongologist is correct as to the

existence of a more or less complete series of intermediate forms this would hardly justify

such a drastic procedure in the present state of our knowledge, and a logical extension of

the same principle would probably sooner or later oblige us to widen still further the limits

of the single “species” so as to include perhaps all the known species of Sigmosceptrella,

Timea and Suberites. The existence of an extraordinary number of connecting links in

sponges cannot, of course, be denied, and it is to this fact that the group largely owes its

surpassing interest from the evolutionary point of view, but there is still a great deal of

hard work to be done in the way of building up the phylogenetic tree before we can hope

to cut it up into “tropes” or any other philosophically-conceived units in a satisfactory

manner. In the meantime it seems desirable that as many fixed points as possible should

be accurately determined taxonomically and that these points should be represented by

‘species’ named in accordance with the established rules of priority. A philosophical

rearrangement of all the described species can only be the ultimate task of the

systematist.

114. Spirastrella vagabunda Ridley {1884 c].

(For Literature and possible Synonymy vide Dendy [1905] and Vosmaer [1911].)

Although there are a considerable number of specimens in the collection the “ Sealark ”

material does not add greatly to our knowledge of this common and widely distributed

Indian Ocean species. Several more or less distinct varieties are represented.

The finest specimen is R.N. cxxx1x., from Cargados Carajos (dry). It consists of a

massive base which first enlarges and then contracts upwards to a broad apex, subdivided

into three lobes, on which are situated numerous vents, now partially obliterated by con-

traction. The surface of the sponge is more or less rugose longitudinally, the ridges fre-

quently developing into irregular proliferations which do not bear vents. Numerous wide

longitudinal canals run vertically upwards and terminate in the vents. ‘The specimen

measures about 260 mm. in height by about 250 mm. in greatest breadth and is perhaps

the largest sponge in the whole collection. R.N. xu. and Lxxvul. 3, also from Cargados

Carajos, agree closely with this specimen but are much smaller, and R.N. ivi. 9, from

18—2

140 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Coin Peros, does not differ greatly. These specimens seem to approach most nearly to the

type of the species as described by Ridley.

R.N. ivi. 2 (Coin Peros), txvirt. 1 (Diego Garcia), xcm. 1 (Amirante) and cxIx. 7

(Salomon), consisting each of a solitary, tubular, digitiform process terminating in a single

vent; rather flabby and thin-walled, and sometimes giving off accessory processes, are

clearly referable to my variety tubulodigitata, from Ceylon Seas and Okhamandal, figured

in my Report on the Okhamandal Sponges [1916 a}.

R.N. oxx1x. 2 (Seychelles) is rather peculiar. The usual encrusting sandy base rises

up into a very thick, digitiform process terminating in a broad rounded extremity. A

single much smaller process is given off obliquely from near the bottom of the large one.

In the middle of the broad extremity of each process there appears to be a single very

minute vent, now closed. The surface of the sponge, except towards the apices, is longitu-

dinally corrugated. When cut open the sponge shows a thick wall of very compact, firm

tissue surrounding a thick core of gelatinous tissue, and there are no wide canals. The

specimen measures about 85 mm. in height and the greatest breadth of the base is 73 mm.

This variety seems to agree very closely with the specimen from the Gulf of Manaar which

I identified [1905] with Ridley’s Spirastrella vagabunda var. trincomaliensis. 1 am afraid

that that identification was hardly justifiable. If a varietal name is needed it might be

called var. gelatinosa.

R.N. cx. 3 (Egmont) and cxtx. 8, 15 (Salomon) are single digitiform processes which

appear to end blindly ; they may be imperfect or immature.

R.N. Lx. (Diego Garcia) is a compressed, lobose specimen, with a single good-sized

vent at the summit, forming the termination of a wide oscular tube lined by an easily

separable membrane in which numerous tylostyles are arranged in a somewhat plumose

fashion. Spinispiree appear to be almost entirely absent; I have only seen two—rather

large and robust. This specimen seems to approach my Spirastrella (Suberites) inconstans

[1887],

All the above specimens are evidently closely related to one another and fall within

the limits which, in the present state of our knowledge, may reasonably be assigned to

Ridley’s species Spirastrella vagabunda.

For further particulars as to the distribution of that species I may refer to my

memoirs on the Ceylon and Okhamandal Sponges [1905, 1916 a].

115. Spirastrella decumbens Ridley [1884 cl.

(For possible synonymy vide Vosmaer [1911 ].)

There are two thinly encrusting specimens in the collection which agree very closely

with Ridley’s original description of the type from Torres Straits. The larger (R.N. Li. 4)

measures about 47 by 22 mm., with a thickness of only about 2mm. The other is closely

similar. The colour of the larger one is light chocolate brown, but the contents of the jar

containing it appear to have been accidentally stained. The smaller one (in spirit) is dull

greenish grey. The tylostyles are straight, with well-developed oval heads, and measure

about 0°4 by 0°0085 mm. They occur scattered in the interior and in bundles running

towards the surface. The spinispire are very numerous; for the most part short and

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 141

robust, but with small ones intermingled. They are thickly scattered in the interior and

also form a dense dermal crust.

This is a well-marked and widely distributed form, included by Vosmaer in _ his

“tropus” tegens of Spirastrella purpurea, but I do not think that much is gained by

departing from Ridley’s original name. Whether or not the species, if we may still so call

it, is identical with Schmidt’s Tethya (Suberites) bistellata 1 do not profess to decide. I

find it hard to believe that it can be specifically identical with Spirastrella purpurea, as

Vosmaer maintains, and I even doubt now whether the supposed variety from the Philip-

pines, collected by the “ Challenger,” should be included in the same species as Ridley’s type.

Previously known Distribution (of the typical form). Torres Straits (Ridley); Red

Sea (Keller); ? Adriatic (Lendenfeld) ; Amboina (Topsent).

116. Spirastrella globularis n. sp.

(Plate 4, fig. 5 a, b; Plate 18, fig. 5 a, b.)

The specimen (Plate 4, fig. 5 a) which I regard as the type of this species consists of

an almost globular head attached to the end of a short (?) and slender stalk, which has

been broken off below so that its full length cannot be ascertained. The head measures

20 mm. in maximum diameter, while the stalk is only about 6 mm. in diameter where it

joins the head and is now only 6 mm. in length, tapering away below. The surface 1s

minutely granular but only slightly uneven. There is a single very minute vent, visible

only with a lens, situate on a small papilla in the middle of the upper surface. The texture

is firm and compact and the colour in spirit light yellowish brown.

The main skeleton is a very irregular reticulation of stout, loose spicular fibres, ap-

parently with no spongin and with many spicules irregularly scattered between them.

There is a cortical skeleton about 0°5 mm. thick, formed of a dense feltwork of spicules,

many, but by no means all of which lie at right angles or nearly at right angles to the

surface, with their apices projecting outwards. In the stalk the skeleton is composed

almost entirely of longitudinal spicule-bundles closely packed together.

Megascleres :—Stylote to tylostylote (Plate 18, fig. 5a); very variable in size and

irregular in shape. The larger ones, especially characteristic of the interior of the sponge,

are often very crooked, often with ‘‘enormispinulate” heads and often with irregular

apices ; size commonly about 0°53 by 0'016 mm. The smaller ones, especially characteristic

of the cortex, seem to be less irregular and may measure about 0°25 by 0°0082 mm.

Microscleres:—Slender spinispiree (fig. 5 b), commonly angulated some three or four

times; about 0°02 mm. long. Not very abundant and not forming a dermal crust.

A second specimen (R.N. cxrx. 14), from Salomon, is also quite distinctly stipitate

and closely resembles the type in external appearance, though the surface is rather more

uneven and partially covered with low conuli. The diameter of the globular body is

about 15 mm. and the length of the stalk 10 mm., with a thickness of about 5 mm. The

skeleton arrangement and spiculation agree closely with those of the type but I have been

able to find only one or two spinispire, so that at first I placed the spegimen in the genus

Suberites.

142 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

R.N. ivr. 2 and tvit. 5, both from Coin Peros, may also possibly belong to this species.

They agree fairly closely with the type in skeletal characters but they are sessile rather

than stipitate (R.N. Lv1. 2 seems to have been attached by a very broad base) and of much

darker colour, so that it is very doubtful.

So far as I know, nothing has hitherto been described in the genus Spirastrella which

at all closely resembles the characteristic stipitate form of the two typical specimens of

this sponge, and the fact that these two specimens came from two slightly different locali-

ties seems to support the view that they represent a distinct species.

Sprrastrella spp.

There are a number of other small specimens of Spirastrella, to which, in view of the

great taxonomic difficulties presented by this genus and the insufficiency of the material at

my disposal, I refrain from attaching specific names, but those who accept Vosmaer’s

views can, of course, call them all Spirastrella purpurea.

LVI. 2, Lvit. 5, Coin Peros; uxvii1. 2—4, Lagoon, Diego, 12.7.05, 10 fathoms; cx. 3,

Kemont Reef.

Genus Timea Gray [1867 F].

Spirastrellinze of thinly encrusting habit. Megascleres smooth tylostyli. Microscleres

pseudoeuasters of various forms, occasionally passing into spinispiree.

In my Report on the Ceylon Sponges [1905] I followed Carter and Topsent in the use

of the name Hymedesmia for this genus, although Thiele [1903 B] had already adopted

that name for a different genus and stated (in a footnote) that Gray’s genus Timea should

be employed for species congeneric with Bowerbank’s Hymedesmia stellata [1866,

1874].

More recently Lundbeck [1910] has accepted Thiele’s views and described a very large

number of species of Hymedesmia, some of which are of extraordinary interest.

Bowerbank’s type of his genus Hymedesmia was H. zetlandica [1866, 1874], an

Kctyonine sponge with acanthostylote and diactinal megascleres, and isochelze and sigmata

for microscleres, and thus very different from H. stellata with its tylostyles and

asters.

There seems to be no justification for Topsent’s having [1892 p] placed H. zetlandica

in his own genus Leptosia while retaining Bowerbank’s name Hymedesmia for H. stellata

and other species congeneric therewith.

I must therefore agree with Thiele and Lundbeck that Topsent’s Leptosia must be

abandoned in favour of Hymedesmia and that Gray’s genus Timea must be revived for

H, stellata and its allies.

The derivation of this curious genus from a Spirastrella ancestor is very clearly

indicated by the existence of such intermediate forms as Spirastrella (Tethya) bistellata

Schmidt [1862], Timea (Hymedesmia) tristellata Topsent [1900] and Timea (ymedesmia)

curvistellifera Dendy [1905], in which occur pseudasters which are strictly intermediate

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 143

between those of Spirastrella and those of a typical Timea, such as 7. stellivarians Carter ;

while, on the other hand, such thinly encrusting Spirastrellas as S. bistellata and

S. decumbens Ridley, form perfect transitions as regards external form. In view of the

several ways in which it is possible for a pseudaster to be developed, however, we must

not lose sight of the possibility that the genus may be of polyphyletic origin.

117. Timea stellivarians (Carter).

Hymedesmia stellivarians Carter [1880 8}. Hymedesmia stellivarians Dendy [1905].

The single specimen of this species agrees very closely with the specimen recorded by

me from Ceylon. The characteristic feature of the species appears really to be the dif-

ferentiation of the fully developed pseudaster into two very distinct categories, the one

with conical, smooth rays and the other with cylindrical, capitate rays, the heads being

often roughened or minutely spined.

Previously known Distribution. Gulf of Manaar (Carter); Ceylon (Dendy).

118. Timea unistellata (Topsent).

Hymedesmia wnistellata Topsent [1892 p, 1900}.

I identify with this species a thinly encrusting specimen of considerable extent,

attached to the surface of a horny sponge. The tylostyles have well-developed oval heads

and usually measure about 0°225 by 0°004 mm., and are thus somewhat shorter than

those of the type (0°37—0°4 by 0°003—0:004 mm.). The spherical pseudasters are not

sharply differentiated into two kinds and have about thirteen simple, smooth, conical rays

about as long as the diameter of the centrum. The total diameter of the fully grown

spicule may reach 0°029 mm., but most of them are a good deal smaller. Occasionally,

especially in the larger ones, the rays of the pseudaster, instead of being perfectly smooth,

are roughened or even slightly thickened at the apices, exactly as described and figured

by Topsent for one of his specimens.

Topsent states that the colour in life of the type is salmon or brick red. The “ Sealark ”

specimen was in a Jar in which everything had been stained brown, presumably by pigment

dissolved out from some of the specimens.

Previously known Distribution. Mediterranean (Topsent).

Genus PLAcosponcia Gray [1867 E].

Spirastrellinee with a strong spicular axis and a similar cortex, both composed of closely

packed sterrospire ; with bundles of tylostyles radiating from the axis towards the peri-

phery. Cortex divided into polygonal areas by grooves containing the inhalant and exhalant

apertures.

144 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

119. Placospongia carimnata (Bowerbank).

(For Literature and Synonymy vide Vosmaer and Vernhout [1902] and Dendy | 1905].)

This well-known and highly characteristic Indian Ocean species is represented in the

collection by some very good specimens. It was also present in Professor Herdman’s

Ceylon collection and in Mr Hornell’s collection from Okhamandal.

Previously known Distribution. Tropical seas between 30° N. and 20°S. of the equator

(Vosmaer and Vernhout, &c.).

Lut. 7, Coetivy; LXxxv. 2, Egmont Lagoon Shoal.

Genus HEMIASTERELLA Carter [1879 «|.

Spirastrellinze of cup-like or plate-like external form. The main skeleton consisting of

loose columns of megascleres which may be partially cemented together by spongin. Mega-

scleres ranging from tylostylote to oxeote. Microscleres pseudoeuasters. Canal system

eurypylous.

This genus was proposed by Carter in 1879 for the two species Henuasterella typus

and H. affinis, both, unfortunately, according to Carter’s description, of unknown locality*.

In 1888, in his Report on the “Challenger” Tetractinellida, Sollas proposed the new

genus Epallax for a cup-shaped, “aster’-bearing sponge from the south-west of New Guinea.

He placed this genus in the Axinellide and, in referring to Carter’s Hemiasterella typus,

remarked (p. 434) ‘This appears to closely resemble Hpallax callocyathus (see p. 423),

should subsequent examination prove the two sponges to be congeneric, my name must be

suppressed in favour of Carter’s.” There can, I think, be no doubt of the generic identity

of the two.

Hemnuasterella affinis was removed by Sollas to his genus Dorypleres, but I have no

doubt, after examination of the types, that Carter was right in assigning the species to

Hemiasterella.

In 1903 Kirkpatrick proposed yet another genus, Kalastrella, for a cup-shaped, “‘aster’’-

bearing sponge from South Africa, which he assigned to the Spirastrellidae under the name

Kalastrella vasiformis [1903]. As regards the systematic position of this genus I agree

with Kirkpatrick, but as to the genus itself I have no doubt that it also must be regarded

as a synonym of Hemiasterella.

The characters of the pseudaster indicate the genus Timea as perhaps the nearest in

relationship to Hemiasterella. The derivation of the pseudaster in the former genus has

been discussed already, but I may point out especially in the case of Hemiasterella that

the general arrangement of the skeleton and the development of spongin seem clearly to

indicate a sigmatotetraxonid rather than an astrotetraxonid origin. I may also point out

that the larger pseudasters in Hemiasterella (Epallax) callocyathus somewhat resemble

those of Cyamon, and suggest a possible derivation from that genus, the origin of the

pseudasters of which has already been discussed in this Report (see under Cyamonez).

* The type-slide of H. typus in Mr Carter’s cabinet is, however, labelled ‘“ Australia.”

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 145

120. Hemiasterella intermedia n. sp.

(Plate 7, fig. 11; Plate 18, fig. 6 a—h.)

The single specimen (Plate 7, fig. 11) has the form of a very thick-walled, funnel-

shaped cup, tapering away below to form a short stalk. The cavity of the cup is rather

shallow, the margin rounded and uneven. The total height of the specimen is about 18 mm.,

the diameter of the mouth of the cup about 15 mm., the average thickness of the wall of

the cup about 5 mm. The outer surface is rather uneven and sparsely hispid, and shows

numerous small, ill-defined pore-areas. The inner surface is also uneven and hispid and

shows indications of minute scattered vents under a pocket lens. The colour in spirit is

white, the texture fairly firm and compact.

Stained sections show that the principal inhalant and exhalant canals run at right

angles to the outer and inner surfaces of the wall of the cup. The outer ends of the large

inhalant canals merge into an extensive system of shallow subdermal cavities, covered over

by the pore-bearing dermal membrane. The appearance of small pore-areas on the outer

surface thus seems to be deceptive, these areas probably indicating merely the positions of

the deep inhalant canals.

Beneath the inner surface of the cup there is also an extensive series of subdermal

cavities, which open to the exterior by small scattered vents. From these subdermal

cavities the wide exhalant canals are separated by thin, pore-bearing membranes.

There is no true cortex and the boundary between ectosome and choanosome cannot

be made out, but the pseudasters, everywhere enormously abundant, increase in numbers

towards the surface until they form an almost solid layer.

The flagellate chambers are scattered in the abundant mesoglcea between the large

inhalant and exhalant canals, which give off numerous branches very much smaller than

themselves. The chambers are approximately spherical and only about 0°02 mm. in

diameter ; they appear to be eurypylous. The ground-substance between them is rather

coarsely granular, the granules being mostly small nuclei (7).

The skeleton consists chiefly of the extraordinarily abundant pseudasters, but there

are also sparse, plumose columns of megascleres, mcstly long styli, radiating upwards

through the wall of the cup, and the projecting ends of some of these megascleres give rise

to the hispidation of the surface. It is important to notice that these very loose skeleton

columns are strengthened by a considerable amount of spongin cementing the spicules

together where their bases approach one another.

Spicules:—(1) Smooth styli (Plate 18, fig. 6 a, b); of two principal types but not

sharply distinguishable from one another, (@) slender, slightly curved, evenly rounded off

at the base, very gradually sharp-pointed at the apex ; measuring about 1°9 by 0°022 mm. ;

sometimes rather longer and stouter, occasionally strongylote (fig. 6 ¢); (4) much stouter

and somewhat shorter, measuring about 1°5 by 0°05 mm.

(2) Oxea (figs. 6 d, e); slightly curved, fusiform, of about the same size as the stout .

styli, with which they are connected by intermediate forms ; sometimes more slender.

(3) Pseudasters of two principal varieties, but not sharply distinguishable from one

another, (#) with small centrum and about 10 bluntly pointed, distinctly roughened rays

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 19

146 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

(fig. 6 f); total diameter about 0:°029 mm.; (b) similar and of about the same size, or

smaller in varying degrees, but with smooth, conical, sharp-pointed rays (fig. 6 h); these

pass into (a) by intermediate stages (fig. 6 g) and may be merely young forms, but they

are very numerous.

This species is evidently closely related to the four species of Hemiasterella already

known, all of which are cup-shaped sponges. From Hemvasterella typus Carter [1879 a]

it differs in the possession of oxeote as well as stylote megascleres and in the much more

pronounced roughening of the rays of the fully developed pseudaster. Carter describes the

rays of the pseudaster in H. typus as being smooth, but I find from examination of a slide

in his cabinet that they are sometimes slightly roughened towards the tip and by no

means always sharply pointed. Perhaps a more important difference lies in the fact that

H. typus contains numerous very small pseudasters with shghtly tylote rays, which are

absent from H. intermedia.

From Hemiasterella affints Carter [1879 A] our species would seem to differ in the

presence of stylote as well as oxeote megascleres, but I am afraid, after examination of

one of Mr Carter’s slides, that he has overlooked the occurrence of styli in HZ. affinis, as

he may also have overlooked the occurrence of oxea in HT. typus. H. affinis also ‘has the

minute pseudasters with faintly tylote rays and the rays of the large pseudasters seem to

be either quite smooth or very nearly so.

In the character of its pseudasters our species approaches more nearly Kirkpatrick’s

Hemiasterella (Kalastrella) vasiformis [1903], but it differs from that ope in the

absence of the tylostyles, and possibly in other respects also.

Lastly, Hemiasterella intermedia differs widely from Sollas’s H. (Epallax) callo-

cyathus [1888] in the form both of the pseudasters and of the principal megascleres.

[Since this Report was written an account has been published by Topsent [1919]

of a new species of Hemiasterella from the East coast of Madagascar, to which he has

given the name Henuasterella complicata, This species is evidently very closely related

to ours, but since there seems to be considerable difference in the dimensions both of the

megascleres and microscleres I have decided not to make an identification for the present. ]

Sub-family Clionine.

Clavulidee which have the habit of perforating a calcareous substratum. vine typical

megascleres are tylostyli and the typical microscleres pseudasters.

There appears to be little doubt that these sponges are directly descended from

Spirastrelline ancestors and indeed it is open to question whether the boring habit is

sufficient to justify the maintenance of a separate sub-family for their reception.

Genus Criona Grant [1826].

Clionine in which the typical spiculation consists of tylostyles only, to which, however,

spinispire and rhaphides are sometimes added.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 147

121. Clona celata Grant [1826 |.

(For Literature and Synonymy vide Topsent [1900 ].)

There is in the collection a large, empty gasteropod shell (belonging to Vaswm sp.)

beautifully perforated with this ubiquitous boring sponge. The growth appears to be

perfectly normal, the sponge coming to the surface at frequent intervals in the form of

small round plugs filling the circular apertures in the shell. The specimen agrees very

closely with the admirable description given- by Topsent of the European form. With the

exception of two spinispire in a boiled out preparation I have seen only tylostylote spicules,

which appear to be perfectly typical, measuring about 0°32 by 0°:008 mm. According to

Topsent spinispire are produced only in youthand the typical spiculation consists of tylostyles

only, though some specimens develop oxea in addition. These so-called oxea appear really

to be rhaphides and are commonly arranged in bundles (trichodragmata), and it seems

quite possible that Sollas was right in considering the specimens which possess them as

belonging to a distinct species (Cliona linearis).

Previously known Distribution. Cosmopolitan (for details vide Topsent [1900 ]).

Sub-family Suberitine.

Clavulidee of free-living habit and without either chele or pseudasters. Usually the

only spicules are tylostyli, sometimes passing into styli.

Genus SuBerites Nardo [1833 |.

Suberitinze of varying form, usually massive, but without well-defined mammiform

projections on the surface. Megascleres nearly always tylostylote, usually arranged

radially, with surface brushes of spicules smaller than those of the main skeleton. No

microscleres of any kind.

122. Suberites cruciatus Dendy var. depressa nov.

Suberites cruciatus Dendy [1905, 1916 a].

This variety differs from the type of the species in its rather thinly encrusting habit.

The specimen on which it is based covers somewhat extensively an irregular mass of

calcareous débris which it partially incorporates in its own substance. The surface shows

the same small, translucent areas as in the type and the colour in spirit is pale greyish

yellow. It agrees closely with the type in skeleton arrangement and spiculation. The

main skeleton consists of loose wisps of tylostyles branching out into loose surface brushes

composed of smaller spicules of the same kind. The largest spicules seem to be just a little

larger than in the type, but the difference is very slight. The head of the tylostyle is

formed by two or three rounded knobs exactly as in the type, but these always seem to be.

terminal, while in the type they are commonly, but not always, subterminal, with the base

of the shaft projecting for a short distance beyond them.

This variety evidently comes very near to Schmidt’s Suberites lobiceps from Florida

19—2

148 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

[1870], but the description of that species, consisting of a line and a half, although ac-

companied by two figures of the spicule, is hardly sufficient to justify an identification,

especially as no spicular dimensions are given.

It also suggests that both S. lobiceps and S. cruciatus may prove to be identical with

Lamarck’s Aleyoniwm epiphytum, redescribed by Ridley [1884 c] under the name Suberites

epiphytum; Ridley figures the spicules but unfortunately omits to refer to the figures in

his text.

Previously known Distribution of the Species. Ceylon, Okhamandal (Dendy).

Genus Terpios Duchassaing and Michelotti [1864] emend.

Thinly encrusting Suberitinee of gelatinous consistence, with skeleton composed of

slender tylostyles arranged without order or in loose wisps and brushes.

123. Terpios fugax Duchassaing and Michelotti.

(For Literature and Synonymy vide Topsent [1902 |.)

A singlesmall specimen thinly encrusting a branch ofan arborescent Polyzoonis evidently

referable to this species as defined by Topsent. Even in alcohol and when mounted in

Canada balsam it is of a deep metallic green colour. The slender tylostyles are arranged

chiefly in loose radiating brushes; they measure about 0°2 mm. in length and their heads

are broader than they are long.

Previously known Distribution. Almost cosmopolitan (for details vide Topsent, loc. cit.).

Genus PotymMastiA Bowerbank [1864].

Massive Suberitinee with hollow, mammiform or cylindrical processes projecting from

the surface, with strongly differentiated cortex enclosing a choanosome which may be more

or less pulpy. The cortical skeleton consists typically of a deeper layer of large, tangentially

placed spicules, often arranged in bundles or fibres, and a superficial layer of small, radially

arranged spicules. Spicules tylostylote to stylote.

124. Polymastia tubulifera n. sp.

(Plate 4, fig, 6; Plate 18, fig. 7 a—b’.)

The single specimen (Plate 4, fig 6) consists of a subglobular, saccular body about

13 mm. in diameter, with a single, large, conical projection on one side (probably the upper),

apparently terminating in a vent, now completely closed. This projection is about 7 mm.

long and 6 mm. broad at the base.

From other parts of the body radiate three long, slender, but stiff, cylindrical processes,

about 20 mm. in length and only about 1 mm. in diameter. No point of attachment is

recognizable and the sponge appears to have lain freely on the substratum. The body is

enclosed in a thin cortex, only about half a millimetre thick, and the interior is filled with

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 149

the somewhat pulpy choanosomal tissue, which also partially fills the large conical process.

The three slender filiform projections appear to be hollow tubes, at any rate in their present

condition, and the only one which was examined microscopically appears to be closed at the

extremity. The surface of the sponge to the naked eye appears smooth and clean and the

colour in spirit is very pale yellow.

The skeleton of the interior of the sponge is very lax; a number of fairly stout and

well-defined spicular fibres can, however, be easily seen with a pocket lens, running vertically

(i.e. parallel to the long axis of the conical process) through the soft choanosome. These

fibres are about 0°2 mm. thick. Otherwise the choanosomal skeleton consists of spicules of

all sizes either scattered quite irregularly or aggregated in more or less well-defined bundles.

The general cortical skeleton consists of two well-defined layers. In the first place

there is an irregular felt-work of large styli arranged tangentially, and outside this is a

thin fur of very small, slender tylostyles arranged radially with their apices directed out-

wards. The structure of the cortex is continued in the walls of the slender fistular

processes, with the addition of about half a dozen stout spicular fibres running longitudinally

beneath the inner layer and arranged in a single circle. In the wall of the large conical

process the longitudinal spicular fibres are more numerous and very stout, and the tangential

spicules which le between them and the surface fur are closely packed together and

run transversely to the long axis of the process.

Spicules. (1) Long, straight styli or subtylostyli (Plate 18, fig. 7 a—a”); fusiform and

tapering gradually to each end, so as to resemble oxea when viewed under a low magni-

fication ; the apex gradually and more or less finely pointed ; the base suddenly narrowing

towards the simply rounded or very slightly enlarged extremity. The diameter in the

middle of the spicule is about seven times that of the base. These spicules measure up to

about 2°25 by 0°033 mm.; though they are often much smaller. They occur in the soft

choanosome, in the spicular fibres and in the tangential layer of the cortex.

(2) Small, slender tylostyli (fig. 7b); with well-developed oval beads and long, fine

points ; the apical third of the spicule, or thereabouts, usually curved to one side. These

spicules commonly measure about 0°12 by 0°002 mm. They are chiefly found in the surface

fur but also occur abundantly in the choanosome. Similar forms of larger size (fig. 7 b’),

sometimes about twice the length and three times the thickness, are not uncommon in

boiled out preparations, though nothing like so abundant as the smaller ones.

This pretty little sponge is evidently nearly related to my Polymastia gemmipara °

from Okhamandal [1916 a]. It is probable that the slender tubular processes are homologous

with the budding fistule of that species and that buds are formed on them at the proper

time, though there is no trace of any in the specimen. The most noteworthy difference lies

in the sizes of the spicules, for while the large styli are more than twice as long the small

tylostyli of the surface fur are considerably smaller—and especially more slender—than

the corresponding spicules in Polymastia gemmipara.

150 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

125. Polymastia conigera Bowerbank [1874 ].

There are in the collection two specimens from Saya de Malha which seem to me to be

referable to this species, one of them (R.N. LXxx. B) in company with a specimen of Tricho-

stemma sarsv on the sane fragment. Each is cushion-shaped, approximately circular in

outline, attached by a flat lower surface and with convex upper surface bearing a single very

small mammiform projection near the middle, probably with an apical vent. The diameter

of each is about 12 mm. and the colour in spirit white or nearly so. In R.N. Lxxx. B the

surface appears smooth under a pocket lens, while in R.N. xin. 1 it is rather strongly

hispid, but sections show that this is only a question of the degree to which the apices of

the larger spicules project.

The skeleton arrangement is that of a typical Polymastia, at least so far as the body

of the sponge is concerned ; I have not attempted to examine it in the very small mammi-

form projection. The surface fur of small tylostyles rests upon a thicker cortical layer of

irregularly felted tylostyles of intermediate size. This is not mentioned by Bowerbank in his

description but seems to be a characteristic feature of both Polymastia and Trichostemma

[cf. Vosmaer 1885]. The choanosome contains numerous stout spicular fibres composed

of long subtylostyles or tylostyles which run to the surface and terminate in brushes either

in the cortex or projecting beyond it. Between these fibres are scattered numerous examples

of the small tylostyles, mostly arranged in bundles or “dragmata,” each containing about

half a dozen, or sometimes more. These bundles are not mentioned by Bowerbank but they

evidently correspond to the “stellate groups” of tylostyles described by Kirkpatrick in his

Polymastia invaginata [1908 c].

The spicules agree very closely indeed with the descriptions and figures given by

Bowerbank, both as. to form and dimensions, and it is this agreement, rather than the

external form, which has caused me to make the identification. The large tylostyles measure

up to about 1°9 mm. in length, though usually a good deal shorter; they have quite well-

developed, oval or subconical heads at the narrowed base and are characteristically polytylote,

with a variable number of slight annular swellings in addition to the head—as described

by Bowerbank (loc. cit. p. 194), though not shown in his figures. The small tylostyles are

rather slender, measuring about 0°13 by 0°0041 mm., and have relatively large heads of

sphero-conical form. Numerous intermediates occur between the two extremes. This

description of the spiculation is taken from R.N. xur. 1. R.N. Lxxx. Bagrees closely enough,

but the large spicules do not seem to attain so large a size and their heads are less well

developed, though the polytylote character is commonly quite distinct. The small tylostyles

are a good deal more slender so that the head appears even larger in comparison with the

diameter of the shaft.

This species is evidently very nearly related to Trichostemma sarsw and to Kirk-

patrick’s Polymastia invaginata and Thiele’s Polymastia insidis [1905]. Indeed it is

doubtful whether any of these species ought really to be regarded as distinct from P.

conigera, and perhaps even whether that species itself ought ever to have been separated

from Polymastia mammuillaris, the type of the genus.

It mayalso be pointed out that the “Sealark” specimens approach very closely in external

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 151

form to Suberites caminatus Ridley and Dendy [1887] and indicate the impossibility of

distinguishing sharply between the genera Suberites and Polymastia as at present understood.

Previously known Distribution. British Seas (Bowerbank).

125 and 123 fathoms.

Genus TRICHOSTEMMA Sars [1869, 1872].

Suberitinze of discoid or hemispherical form, with a marginal fringe of long spicules;

free-living or attached ; with one or more vents at the ends of short oscular tubes on the

upper surface. Megascleres typically tylostylote.

I have nothing to add to the observations on the relationships of this genus in the

Report on the “Challenger” Monaxonida. It is very doubtful if it is really distinct from

Polymastia, with which it seems to be connected by intermediate forms.

126. Trichostemma sarsw Ridley and Dendy.

Trichostemma sarsii Ridley and Dendy [1886, 1887]. Trichostemma Sarsi Topsent [1892 c, 1904 4].

The ‘“Sealark” expedition obtained three small specimens of this species. Two of them

(R.N. v.54 and B) have the form of thin, flattened disks with a very well-developed

spicular fringe. The total diameter, including the fringe, is about 15 mm. These two

specimens closely resemble those described and figured in the “Challenger” Report. They

appear to have lain quite freely on a sandy bottom and the lower surface exhibits a very

beautiful, radially arranged spicular thatch, while the upper surface is covered with an

incrustation of fine sand which conceals any vents that may have been present. In one the

lower surface is flat and the upper one convex, while in the other these conditions are

exactly reversed. The skeleton arrangement and spiculation agree very closely indeed with

those of the types.

The third specimen, a little smaller in size, is attached by the lower surface to a

fragment of shell and is less typical in form. The fringe is less well developed and less well

defined and the spicular thatch on the lower surface is not recognizable, while the cortical

skeleton of the upper surface is more confused.

Topsent [1913] has recently figured and described a number of specimens of Tricho-

stemma hemisphericum Sars from the North Atlantic, some of which very closely resemble

Trichostemma sarsvi, and it now seems to me quite possible that the latter species may be

_amere synonym of the former. I await further evidence, however, before definitely com-

mitting myself to this view. (See also under Polymastia conigera, p. 150.)

Previously known Distribution. Off the Azores and near Torres Straits (Ridley and

Dendy); North Atlantic, Azores (Topsent).

LXXX. A, Saya de Malha, 4.9.05, C. 2, 125 fathoms.

LIST OF LITERATURE REFERRED TO.

(This list includes the memoirs referred to in the Report on the Homosclerophora and Astrotetraxonida as well

as those referred to in the present contribution. ) ;

1905. Barr, L. “Silicispongien von Sansibar, Kapstadt und Papeete” (Arch. Naturg. Jahrg. 72, Bd. 1,

pp. 1—32).

1869. Barsoza DU BocaGE, J. V. “ Eponges silicieuses nouvelles de Portugal et de au St Iago” (Jour.

Sci. Math. Lisbon, Vol. 11, 1870, pp. 159—162).

1899. BERa, C. “Substitucion de nombres genericos; U1” (Comm. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, I, pp.

77—80).

1862 c. BowERBANK, J. S. “On the Anatomy and Physiology of the Spongiade. Part 111” (Phil. Trans.

Roy. Soc. London, Vol. cL, pp. 1087—1135).

1864. Id. “A Monograph of the British Spongiade. Vol. 1” (London).

1866. Id. “A Monograph of the British Spongiade. Vol 11” (London).

1872 a. Id. “Contributions to a General History of the Spongiadee. Part 1” (Proc. Zool. Soc. London,

1872, pp. 115—129).

1873 A. Id. “Contributions to a General History of the Spongiade. Part Iv” (Proc. Zool. Soc. London,

1873, pp. 83—25).

1873 8. Id. “Report on a Collection of Sponges found at Ceylon by E. W. H. Holdsworth, Esq.”

(Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1873, pp. 25—82).

1874. Id. “A Monograph of the British Spongiadee. Vol. 111” (London).

1875. Id. “Contributions to a General History of the Spongiade. Part vit” (Proc. Zool. Soc. London,

1875, pp. 281—296).

1882. Id. “A Monograph of the British Spongiade. Vol. Iv” (edited, with additions, by the Rev. A. M.

Norman. London).

1869. Carter, H. J. “On Grayella cyathophora, a new genus and species of Sponges” (Ann. and Mag.

Nat. Hist. Vol Iv, pp. 189—197).

1870. Id. “Notes on the sponges Grayella, Osculina, and Cliona” (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. v,

pp. 78—83).

1871 a. Id. “A descriptive account of three pachytragous sponges growing on the rocks of the South

coast of Devon” (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. vu, pp. 1—15).

1871 Fr. Id. “Description and Illustrations of a new species of Tethya, with observations on the Nomen-

clature of the Tethyadz ” (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. viu1, pp. 99—105).

1873.0. Id. “On two new species of Gumminez (Corticium abyssi, Chondrilla australiensis) with special

and general observations” (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. x11, pp. 17—30).

1874. Id. “Descriptions and figures of deep-sea sponges and their spicules from the Atlantic Ocean, &c.”

(Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. xiv, pp. 207—221, 245—257).

1875. Id. “Notes introductory to the Study and Classification of the Spongida, 11” (Ann. and Mag. Nat.

Hist. Vol. xvi, pp. 126—145, 177—200).

1876. Id. “Descriptions and figures of deep-sea sponges and their spicules from the Atlantic Ocean,

&c.” (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. xvi, pp. 226—240, 8307—324, 388—410, 458—479).

1879 a. Id. “On Holasterella, a fossil sponge of the Carboniferous era, and on Hemiasterella, a new

Genus of recent Sponges” (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. 111, pp. 141—150).

18798. Id. “Contributions to our knowledge of the Spongida” (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. 111, pp.

284—304, 343—360).

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 153

1879 Gc. Carter, H.J. “Spongiide from Kerguelen’s Island” (Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, Vol. cLXvttt,

pp. 286—288).

1880 B. Id. “Report on specimens dredged up from the Gulf of Manaar, and presented to the Liverpool

Free Museum by Capt. W. H. Cawne Warren” (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. v1, pp. 35—61,

129—156).

1881 c. Id. “Supplementary Report on specimens dredged up from the Gulf of Manaar, &e.” (Ann. and

Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. vil, pp. 361—385).

1881 G. Id. “Contributions to our knowledge of the Spongida. Order 1. Carnosa” (Ann. and Mag. Nat.

Hist. Vol. vit, pp. 241—259).

1882 a. Id. “Some sponges from the West Indies and Acapulco, in the Liverpool Free Museum, &e.”

(Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. 1x, pp. 266—301, 346 —368).

1882 .c, Id. “ New Sponges, observations on old ones, and a proposed new group (Phleeodictyina) ” (Ann.

and Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. x, pp. 106—125).

1883 8. Id. “Contributions to our knowledge of the Spongida. Pachytragida” (Ann. and Mag. Nat.

Hist. Vol. x1, pp. 344—369).

1883 Fr. Id. “Contributions to our knowledge of the Spongida” (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. xu, pp.

308—829).

1884. Id. “Catalogue of the Marine Sponges collected by Mr Jos, Willcox on the West Coast of Florida”

(Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1884, pp. 202—209).

1885-6. Id. “ Descriptions of Sponges from the neighbourhood of Port Phillip Heads, &.” (Ann. and Mag.

Nat. Hist. Vols. xv, XVI).

1887. Id. “Report on the Marine sponges, chiefly from King Island, in the Mergui Archipelago, &c.”

(Journ Linn. Soc. Zool. Vol. xx1, pp. 61—84). |

1879. CzERNIAVSKY, V. “Spongiz littorales Pontis Euxini et Maris Caspii” (Bull. Moscow Soc. Nat. Vol.

LIV, Pt. 2, pp. 88—128, 228—320).

1887. Denpy, A. “The Sponge Fauna of Madras, We.” (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. xx, pp.

153—165).

1889. Id. “Report on a Second Collection of Sponges from the Gulf of Manaar” (Ann. and Mag. Nat.

Hist. Vol. 111, pp. 73—99). ;

1895. Id. “Catalogue of Non-Calcareous Sponges collected by J. Bracebridge Wilson, &c., Part 1”

(Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, Vol. vil, pp. 232—260).

1896. Id. “Catalogue of Non-Calcareous Sponges collected by J. Bracebridge Wilson, &c., Part 2”

(Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, Vol. vin, pp. 14—51).

1897. Id. “Catalogue of Non-Calcareous Sponges collected by J. Bracebridge Wilson, &c., Part 3”

(Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, Vol. 1x, pp. 2830—259).

1905. Id. “Report on the Sponges collected by Professor Herdman at Ceylon in 1902” (Report Pearl

Oyster Fisheries, Roy. Soc. London, Part 3, pp. 57—246).

1916 a. Id. “Report on the Non-Calcareous Sponges collected by Mr James Hornell at Okhamandal,

&c.” (Report to the Government of Baroda on the Marine Zoology of Okhamandal in Kattiawar.

Part 2, pp. 93—146, London, Williams and Norgate).

1916 c. Id. “Report on the Homosclerophora and Astrotetraxonida collected by H.M.S. ‘Sealark’ in

the Indian Ocean” (Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. Vol. Xvi, pp. 225—271).

1916 p. Id. “Some Factors of Evolution in Sponges” (Presidential address, Quekett Microscopical Club,

Journ. Quek. M.C. Vol. x1m, pp. 27—46).

1916. Id. “On the occurrence of Gelatinous Spicules, and their Mode of Origin, in a New Genus of

Siliceous Sponges” (Proc. Roy. Soc. B, Vol. LXXXrx, pp. 315—322),

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 20

154 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

1917. Drenpy, A. “The Chessman Spicule of the Genus Latrunculia; a Study in the Origin of Specific

Characters ” (Presidential Address, Quekett Microscopical Club. Journ. Quek. M.C. Vol. x1, pp.

231—246).

1921. Id. “The Tetraxonid Sponge-Spicule:—A Study in Evolution (Acta fa ee Vol. Il, pp.

95—152).

1917. Drnpy, A. and Nicuoxson, J. W. “On the Influence of Vibrations upon the Form of Certain

Sponge-Spicules ” (Proc. Roy. Soc. B, Vol. LXXX1X, pp. 573—587).

1878. DeEsz6, B. “Die Histologie und Sprossenentwickelung der Tethyen, besonders der Tethya

lyncurium Lbk.” (Arch. Mikr. Anat. Vol. xvi, pp. 626—651).

1864. DucHaAssaAIna, P. et MIcHELoTTI, G. “Spongiaires de la Mer Caraibe” (Mat. Nat. Verh. Haarlem,

Vol. XX1).

1870: Exuers, E. “Die Esper’schen Spongien in der Zoologischen Sammlung der K. Universitat,

Erlangen ” (Universitits-Programm, Erlangen).

1912. FERRER HERNANDEZ, F. “Notas sobre algunas esponjas de Santander” (Bol. Soc. espan. Hist.

Nat. Vol. xu, pp. 573—589).

1828. FLEminG, J. “A History of British Animals” (Edinburgh).

1887. FrRistept, K. “Sponges from the Atlantic and Arctic Oceans and the Behrity & Sea” (“ Vega”

Exped. Vetensk. Iakttag, Vol. 1v, pp. 401—471).

1826. GRANT, R. E. “ Notice of a New Zoophyte (Cliona celata Gr.) from the Firth of Forth” (Edinburgh

New Philosophical Journal, Vol. 1, pp. 78—81).

1858. Gray, J. E. “Description of a new genus of Sponge (Xenospongia) from Torres Strait” (Proc.

Zool. Soc. London, 1858, pp. 229—230). .

1867 E. Id. “On Placospongia, a new generic form of Spongiade in the British Museum ” (Proc. Zool.

Soc. London, 1867, pp. 127—129).

1867 F. Id. “Notes on the Arrangement of Sponges, with the descriptions of some new Genera” (Proc.

Zool. Soc. London, 1867, pp. 492—558).

1868. Id. “Note on Theonella, a new genus of Coralloid Sponges from Formosa” (Proc. Zool. Soc.

London, 1868, pp. 565—566).

1912. HALLMANN, E. F. “ Report on the Sponges obtained by the F.LS. ‘Endeavour’ on the Coasts of

New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia, Queensland and Tasmania. Part I” (Commonwealth

of Australia Fisheries. Zool. Results of the Fishing Experiments carried out by the F.LS.

“Endeavour,” 1909—10. Part 11, pp. 115—300).

1914, Id. “A Revision of the Monaxonid Species described as new in Lendenfeld’s Catalogue of the

Sponges in the Australian Museum. Part 3” (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. Vol. xxx1x, pp. 398—446).

1916. Id. “A Revision of the Genera with Microscleres included, or provisionally included, in the

family Aajnellidw ; with Descriptions of some Australian see Parts 1 and 2” (Proc. Linn. Soc.

N.S.W. Vol. xu1, pp. 453—491 and 495—552).

1917 a. Id. Op. cit. Part 3 (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. Vol. x11, pp. 634—675).

19178. Id. “On the genera Echinaxia and Rhabdosigma” (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. Vol. xin, pp.

391—4.04).

1894. Hanitscu, R. “ Revision of the generic nomenclature and classification in Bowerbank’s ‘ British

Spongiade’” (Proc. Liverpool Biol. Soc. Vol. vin, pp. 173—206).

1909. HentscHEL, E. “ Tetraxonida. Th. 1” (Die Fauna Siidwest-Australiens, Bd. 11, pp. 347—402.

Jena, G. Fischer).

1911 a. Id. “Tetraxonida. Th. 2” (Die Fauna Siidwest-Australiens, Bd. 1, pp. 279—393. Jena,

G. Fischer).

1912. Id. “Kiesel- und Hornschwamme der Aru- und Kei-Inseln” (Abh. Pe nat. Ges. Bd.

XXXIV, pp. 291—448).

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 155

1914. Hentscuet, E. “Monaxone Kieselschwimme und Hornschwiimme der deutschen Siidpolar-

Expedition 1901—1903” (Deutsch. Siidpol.-Exped. Bd. xv, Zool. Bd. vil, pp. 35—141).

1877. Hiaarn, T. “Description of some sponges obtained during a cruise of the steam yacht ‘Argo’ in

the Carribean and neighbouring seas” (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. xx, pp. 291—299).

1892. Hinpg, G. J. and Hotmss, W. M. “On the Sponge-Remains in the Lower Tertiary Strata near

Oamaru, Otago, New Zealand” (Linn. Soc. Journal Zool. Vol. xxtv, p. 177).

1889. Hopr, R. “On two new British species of sponges, We.” (Ann, and Mag. Nat Hist. Vol. Iv, pp.

333—342),

1892. Jounston, G. “ History of British Sponges and Lithophytes” (Edinburgh).

1878. KELLER, C. “Ueber den Bau von Reniera semitubulosa, O.8.: ein Beitrag zur Anatomie der

Kieselschwiimme ” (Zeit. wiss. Zool. Vol. Xxx, pp. 563—586).

1889. Id. “Die Spongien-fauna des rothen Meeres. I. Hialfte” (Zeit. wiss. Zool. Vol. XLVI, pp.

311—405).

1891. Id. “Die Spongien-fauna des rothen Meeres. II. Hilfte” (Zeit. wiss, Zool. Vol. Lu, pp. 294—368).

1896. KIESCHNICK, O. “Silicispongize von Ternate nach den Sammlungen von Herrn Prof. Dr W.

Kiikenthal” (Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. x1x, pp. 526—534).

1900. Id. “ Kieselschwiimme von Amboina” (Semon, Zool. Forschungsreisen Australien Malay Archipel,

Bd. v, Lief. 5, pp. 545—582. Denkschr. med.-nat. Ges. Jena, Bd. viit).

1900 A. Kirkpatrick, R. “On the Sponges of Christmas Island” (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1900, pp.

127—141).

1900 B. Id. “ Description of Sponges from Funafuti” (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. vi, pp. 345—362).

1902. Id. “Descriptions of South African Sponges” (Marine Investigations South Africa Dept. Agric.

Vol.-1, pp. 219—232),

1903. Id. “Descriptions of South African Sponges, Part 3” (Marine Investigations South Africa Dept.

Agric. Vol. 11, pp. 283—264).

1905. Id. “On the Oscules of Cinachyra” (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. xv1, pp. 662—667).

1908 c. Id. “Tetraxonida” (National Antarctic Expedition, Natural History, Vol. Iv, pp. 1—56).

1908p, Id. “On two new Genera of Recent Pharetronid Sponges” (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. 11,

pp. 503—514).

1911. Id. “On Merlia normant, a Sponge with a Siliceous and Calcareous Skeleton” (Quart. Journ.

Microse. Science, Vol. LVI, pp. 657—702).

1813. Lamarck, J. B. P. A. de M. de. “Sur les Polypiers empAtés: Eponges” (Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat.

Paris, Vol. xx, pp. 294—312, 870—386, 432—458).

1815 (1815 a). Id. “Suite des Polypiers empatés” (Mém. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, Vol. 1, pp. 69—80,

162—168, 331—340).

1896. Lampe, L. M. “Sponges from the Atlantic Coast of Canada” (Trans. R. Soc. Canada (2), Vol. 11,

Sec. 4, pp. 181—211).

1914, LeBWwoHL, F. “Japanische Tetraxonida” (Journal of the College of Science, Imperial University

of Tokyo, Vol. xxxv, Arts. 2 and 5).

1886 A, LENDENFELD, R. von. “A Monograph of the Australian Sponges. Part 4. The Myxospongi ”

(Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, Vol. x, pp. 83—22).

1887, Id. “Die Chalineen des australischen Gebietes” (Zool. Jahrb. Vol. 1, pp. 7283—828).

1888. Id. “Catalogue of Sponges in the Australian Museum” (Sydney, N.S.W.).

1896. Id. “Die Clavulina der Adria” (Nova Acta Acad. Leopoldino-caroline, T, LX1x, pp. 1—251).

1897. Id. “Spongien von Sansibar” (Abh. Senckenberg nat. Ges. Bd. xx1, pp. 983—133).

1903. Id. “Tetraxonia” (Das Thierreich, Lief. x1x).

1906. Id, “Die Tetraxonia” (Wiss, Ergebn. deutsch. Tiefsee-exp. Bd. x1, Lief. 2).

156 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

1907. LENDENFELD, R. von. “Tetraxonia der deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition, 1901—1903” (Deutsch.

Siidpol.-Exped. Bd. 1x, Zool. Bd. 1, pp. 3083—842).

1910 a. Id. “The Geodiide” (Reports on the Scientific Results of the “ Albatross” Expedition, XX1.

The Sponges, pp. 1—260).

19108. Id. “The Erylide” (Reports on the Scientific Results of the “Albatross” Expedition, XX1.

The Sponges, pp. 261—321).

1893. LEVINSEN, G. M. R. “Studier over Svampe-Spicula: Cheler og Ankere” (Vidensk. Medd. naturh.

Foren. 1 Kjobenhavn, pp. 1—21).

1859, LizperKUHN, N. “Neue Beitriige zur Anatomie der Spongien” (Miiller’s Archiv, 1859, pp.

3538—382, 515—529).

1897. LinpGREN, N. G. “Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Spongienfauna des malayischen Archipels und der

chinesischen Meere” (Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. xx, pp. 480-487).

1898. Id. “Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Spongienfauna des malayischen Archipels und der chinesischen

Meere” (Zool. Jahrbuch, Abth. Syst. Bd. x1, pp. 283—378).

1902. LunpBEck, W. “ Homorrhaphide and Heterorrhaphide ” (Porifera, Pt. 1, Danish Ingolf-Expedition,

VoleViseN 0.91).

1905. Id. “ Desmacidonidee (Pars)” (Porifera, Pt. 11, Danish Ingolf-Expedition, Vol. v1, No. 2).

1910. Id. “Desmacidonide (Pars)” (Porifera, Pt. 11, Danish Ingolf-Expedition, Vol. v1, No. 3).

1833. Narpo, G. D. “Untersuchungen iiber die Spongien und nichst verwandten Thier-Gattungen ”

(Isis, 1833, Coll, 519—524).

1868. Norman, A. M. “Shetland Final Dredging Report, Part 2” (Rep. Brit. Ass. 1868, p. 327).

1878. Id. “On the Genus Haliphysema, with Description of several Forms apparently allied to it”

(Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. 1, pp. 265—284).

1882. Id. (See 1882 Bowerbank.)

1881. RipLey, 8. O. “On the genus Plocamia, Schmidt, (Dirrhopalum), and on some other Sponges of

the order Echinonemata” (Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. Vol. xv, pp. 476—487, 493—497).

1884 .c. Id. “Spongida” (Report on the Zoological Collections made in the Indo-Pacific Ocean during

the voyage of H.MLS. “ Alert,” 1881—2, pp. 366—482, 582—630).

1886. RipLey, 8. O. and Denby, A. “Preliminary Report on the Monaxonida collected by H.M.S.

‘Challenger’” (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. xvi, pp. 325—351, 470—493).

1887. Id. “ Report on the Monaxonida” (“ Challenger” Reports, Zoology, Vol. xx, Pt. 59).

1911, Row, R. W. H. “Report on the Sponges collected by Mr Cyril Crossland in 1904—5” (Reports

on the Marine Biology of the Sudanese Red Sea, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. Vol. Xx x1, pp. 287—400).

1869. Sars, G. O. “On the Deep Sea Fauna of the Norwegian Coast” (Vidensk. Selsk. Férhand]l. 1868,

p. 250).

1872. Id. “On some Remarkable Forms of Animal Life from the Great Deeps of the Norwegian Coast,

I” (University Program. Christiania, 1872).

1862. Scumipt, O. “Die Spongien des adriatischen Meeres” (Leipzig).

1864, Id. “Supplement der Spongien des adriatischen Meeres” (Leipzig).

1866. Id. “Zweites Supplement der Spongien des adriatischen Meeres ” (Leipzig).

1868. Id. “Die Spongien der Kiiste von Algier, &.” (Leipzig).

1870. Id. “Grundziige einer Spongien-Fauna des atlantischen Gebietes ” (Leipzig).

1875. Id. “Spongien” (Zool. Ergebn. der Nordseefahrt 1872. Kiel, Deutsch. Meer. Ber. Vol. 2 and 3,

pp. 115—120).

1877c. Scuutze, F. E. “Untersuchungen iiber den Bau und die Entwicklung der Spongien. III. Die

Familie der Chondrosidee ” (Zeit. wiss. Zool. Vol. XX1x, pp. 87—122).

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 157

1880. Scnuuze, F. E. “Untersuchungen iiber den Bau und die Entwicklung der Spongien. IX. Die

Plakiniden” (Zeit. wiss, Zool. Vol. xxxiv, pp. 407—451).

1867. SELeNKA, E. “Ueber einige neue Schwimme aus der Siidsee ” (Zeit. wiss. Zool. Vol. XVII, pp.

565—571).

1902. Sotxas, L B. J. “On the Sponges collected during the ‘Skeat Expedition’ to the Malay

Peninsula, 1899—1900” (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1902, Vol. 11, pp. 210—221).

1886. Soutas, W. J. “Preliminary Account of the Tetractinellid Sponges dredged by H.MLS. ‘Challenger,

1872—1876. Part 1, The Choristida” (Proc. Dublin Soc. Vol. v, pp. 177—199).

1888. Id. “Report on the Tetractinellida” (“ Challenger ” Reports, Zoology, Vol. XXV).

1915. STEPHENS, J. “Sponges of the Coasts of Ireland. 1. The Triaxonida and part of the Tetraxonida ”

(Fisheries, Ireland, Scientific Investigations, 1914, Iv, pp. !— 43).

1898. Turetx, J. “Studien iiber pazifische Spongien, I” (Zoologica, Heft 24),

1899. Id. “Studien iiber pazifische Spongien, II” (Zoologica, Heft 24).

1900. Id. “Kieselschwimme von Ternate, 1” (Abh. Senckenb. Nat. Ges. Bd. xxv, pp. 17—80).

1903 a. Id. “Beschreibung einiger unzureichend bekannten monaxonen Spongien” (Arch. Naturg.

Jahrg. 69, Bd. 1, pp. 375—398).

1903 B, Id. “Kieselschwimme von Ternate, I” (Abh. Senckenb. Nat. Ges. Bd. xxv, pp. 933—968).

1905. Id. “Die Kiesel- und Hornschwimme der Sammlung Plate” (Zool. Jahrb. Suppl. v1, pp.

407—496).

1873. THomson, C. WyviLLE. “The Depths of the Sea” (London).

1888 B. TorsENt, E. “Notes Spongologiques” (Arch. Zool. Exp, et Gén. (2) V1, 3, pp. XXXIII—XLIII).

1888 £. Id. “Contribution & Etude des Clionides” (Arch. Zool. Exp. et Gén. v bis. Suppl. Mém. rv.

pp. 1—165).

1889. Id. “Quelques Spongiaires du Bane de Campéche et 2 la Pointe-i-Pitre” (Mém. Soc. Zool.

France, U, 1, pp. 30—52).

1890. Id. “Notice préliminaire sur les Spongiaires recueillis durant les Campagnes de |’Hirondelle”

(Bull. Soc. Zool. France, xv, No. 2, pp. 26—32, 65—71).

1892, Id. “Contributions & l’Etude des Spongiaires de l’Atlantique Nord” (Camp. Scient. du Prince

de Monaco, Fase. 11).

1892 p. Id. “Diagnoses d’Eponges nouvelles de la Méditerranée et plus particuliérement de Banyuls”

(Arch. Zool. Exp. et Gén. (2) X, pp. XVII—XXVIII).

1893. Id. “Mission Scientifique de M. Ch. Alluaud aux [les Séchelles (Mars-Mai 1892). Spongiaires”

(Bull. Soc, Zool. France, Xvi, pp. 172—175).

1893 E. Id. “Note sur quelques Eponges du Golfe de Tadjoura recueillies par M. le Dr L. Faurot” (Bull.

Soc. Zool. France, Xvi, pp. 177—182).

1894. Id. “Etude monographique des Spongiaires de France. I. Tetractinellida” (Arch. Zool. Exp. et

Gén. (8) 1, No. 3, pp. 259—400).

1896.4. Id. “Matériaux pour servir & Etude de la Faune des Spongiaires de France” (Mém. Soe. Zool.

France, Ix, 1, pp. 118—133).

1896 B. “Eponges” (Résult. Scient. Camp. Caudan, pp. 273—297. Annales de l'Université de Lyon).

1897 a. Id. “Spongiaires de la Baie d’Amboine” (Rev. Suisse Zool. Vol. Iv, pp. 421—487).

1897 B, Id. “Sur le Genre Halicnemia Bowerbank” (Mém. Soc. Zool. France, x, pp. 2835—251).

1898 B, Id. “Sur les Hadromerina de |’Adriatique” (Bull. Soc. Scient. Méd. Ouest, T. 7, pp. 117—130).

1898 c. Id. “ Eponges nouvelles des Acores” (Mém. Soc. Zool. France, T. x1, pp. 225—255).

1900. Id. “Etude monographique des Spongiaires de France. III. Monaxonida (Hadromerina)” (Arch.

Zool. Exp. et Gén. (3) VIII, pp. 1—331).

158 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

1901. TopsEnt, E. “Spongiaires” (Résult. Voyage Belgica, Zool.).

1904 4. Id. “Spongiaires des Acgores” (Camp. Scient. du Prince de Monaco, Fase. xXv).

1906 8B. Id. “ Eponges recueillies par M. Ch. Gravier dans la Mer Rouge” (Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris,

1906, pp. 557—570).

1912. Id. “Sur une grande Tedania abyssale des Acores (Tedania phacellina, n. sp.)” (Bull. Inst.

Océanogr. Monaco, No. 252). |

1913, Id. “Spongiaires provenant des Campagnes Scientifiques de la Princesse-Alice dans les Mers du

Nord” (Camp. Scient. du Prince de Monaco, Fasc. XLy).

1919. Id. “Notes sur les Genres Semisuberites et Hemiasterella” (Bull. Inst. Océanographique,

Monaco, No. 359).

1880. VosmAER, G. C. J. “The Sponges of the Leyden Museum. I. The Family of the Desmacidinz”

(Notes from the Leyden Museum, Vol. 11, pp. 157—164).

1885. Id. “The Sponges of the ‘Willem Barents’ Expedition” (Bijdr. Dierk. Aflev. 12).

1887. Id. “ Porifera” (Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen des Thierreichs, Vol. 11).

1902. Id. “On the Shape of some Siliceous Spicules of Sponges ” (Proc. Sect. Se. Akad. Wet. Amsterdam,

Vol. 5, pp. 104—114). ,

1911. Id. “The Porifera of the Siboga-Expedition. II. The Genus Spirastrella” (Siboga Expedition

Monographs),

1912. Id. “On the Distinction between the Genera Awinella, Phakellia, Acanthella a.o.” (Zool. Jahrb.

Suppl. 15, Bd. 1, pp. 307—322).

1902. Vosmarr, G. C. J. and Vernuout, J. H. “The Porifera of the Siboga-Expedition. I, The Genus

Placospongia” (Siboga Expedition Monographs).

1905. Watson, A. T. “Note on Polydora armata Lnghs.” (Report Pearl Oyster Fisheries, Roy. Soc.

Lond. Part 4, pp. 825—6).

1901 A. WHITELEGGE, T. “ Report on Sponges from the Coastal Beaches of New South Wales” (Records

of the Australian Museum, Vol. Iv, pp. 55—118).

1901 8. Id. “Supplementary Note to the Report on Sponges from the Coastal Beaches of New South

Wales” (Records of the Australian Museum, Vol. Iv, pp. 211—216).

1907. Id. “Scientific Results of the Trawling Expedition of H.M.C.S. ‘Thetis’ off the Coast of New

South Wales. Sponges (continued) ” (Australian Museum, Mem. Iv, pp. 487—515).

1894. Wison, H. V. “Observations on the Gemmule and Egg Development of Marine Sponges”

(Journal of Morphology, Vol. 1x, No. 3, pp. 277—406).

1904, Id. “The Sponges” (Reports on the “ Albatross” Expedition off the West Coasts of Mexico, W&e.

xxx. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll. Vol. xxx, No, 1, pp. 1—164).

1881. Wricut, E. P. “On a new Genus and Species of Sponge (Alemo seychellensis) with supposed

heteromorphic zooids” (Trans. Irish Acad. Vol. XXVIII, pp. 13—20).

1878 4. Zirrer, K. A. “Zur Stammesgeschichte der Spongien” (Festschrift fiir Prof. von Siebold.

Miinchen). .

Fig.

. Fig.

Fig.

COON A OP &

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.

PLaTs 1.

1. Taprobane herdmani Dendy. Exhalant surface of dry specimen. R.N.CXLVII. x 3.

la. Taprobane herdmani Dendy. Part of exhalant surface of same specimen as shewn in Fig 1. x 14.

2. Petromica massalis Dendy. R.N. xovi. 1. Nat. size.

3. Cinachyra anomala (Dendy). R.N. xxxiu. 4. x 1.

4. Cinachyra vaccinata n. sp. R.N. Lxvu. 2. x to

5. Cinachyra providentie n. sp. R.N. xxi. 1. x ¢

5a. Oinachyra providentiv n. sp. Cut surface ne ‘Sie specimen as Fig. 5, shewing (above) porocalices

laid open. x 3%

6. Paratetilla bacca (Selenka) var. violacea (Kieschnick). R.N. cx1x. 3. Nat. size.

7. Paratetilla bacca (Selenka) var. corrugata nov. R.N. tix. Nat. size.

PLATE: 2.

(All figures about natural size.)

. 1. Gelliodes carnosa Dendy var. lawa nov. R.N. xiv. 2.

. 2. Reniera tufoides n. sp. Largest specimen. R.N. xcii1. Upper surface.

.2a. Reniera tufoides n. sp. Edge of same specimen as represented in Fig. 2.

Petrosia seychellensis n. sp. R.N. cXXvit. 1.

Petrosia seychellensis n. sp. R.N. LXXI. 3.

Halichondria retiderma n. sp. R.N. xovit. 1.

Clathria procera (Ridley) R.N. Lt. 1.

Clathria procera (Ridley) R.N. LXxXIv.

. Echinoclathria intermedia Whitelegge. R.N. XXVI.

. Plumohalichondria gardineri n. sp. R.N. ct. 1.

PLATE 3.

(All figures about natural size.)

. la. Remera cribricutis n. sp. R.N. Lxx1. 10 A.

. 1b. Remera cribricutis n. sp. R.N. LX XI. 10 B.

. 2. Reniera tuberosa n. sp. R.N. vil. 3 A.

. 3. Halichondria aplysinoides n. sp. R.N. LXXvu. 2.

Halichondria aplysinoides n. sp. R.N. LXXviu. 7.

. Halichondria aplysinoides n. sp, R.N. XL. 3.

. 6. Chalina confusa n. sp. R.N. LXXxv. 3.

. Ceraochalina differentiata n. sp. R.N. cvu. 1.

. 8. Yvesia spinulata Hentschel. R.N. xuui. 1 a.

PLATE 4.

1. Reniera ligniformis n. sp. R.N. LX1. (restored). About natural size.

2. Plumohalichondria clathrodes n. sp. R.N. cut. (dry). x about 4.

3a. Acarnus topsenti n. sp. R.N, xxx. 2. About natural size.

36, Acarnus topsenti n. sp. R.N. xtu. 7. About natural size.

160 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Fig. 4. Cyamon vickersw (Bowerbank). R.N. crx. x 2.

Fig. 5a. Spirastrella globularis n. sp. R.N. Lyi. 6. About natural size.

Fig. 5b. Spirastrella globularis n. sp. R.N. cx1x. 14. About natural size.

Fig. 6. Polymastia tubulifera n. sp. R.N. xiv. x 14.

PLATE 5.

Fig. 1. Mycale crassissima (Dendy). R.N. LXxvit. 5. About natural size.

Fig. 2. Clathria spicata Hallmann. R.N. cxutiv. (dry). x about §.

Fig. 3. Clathria madrepora n. sp. R.N. cxxx. About natural size.

Fig. 4. Sigmaxinella durissima (Dendy) var. massalis nov. R.N. Lxx1. 1. About natural size.

Fig. 5. Acanthella cartert Dendy. Macerated skeleton. R.N. cxxxu. 1. About natural size.

Fig. 6. Acanthella pulcherrima Ridley and Dendy var. calyx nov. R.N. Lxxvur. 9. About natural size.

PLATE 6.

(All figures about natural size.)

Fig. 1. Clathria spongodes n. sp. R.N. LXXIx. 2.

Fig. 2. Eetyon ceylonicu (Dendy). R.N. uxxvu. 15.

Fig. 3. Hymedesmia lipochela n. sp. R.N. XLiv. 3.

Fig. 4. Phakellia conulosa n. sp. R.N. Xiu. 13.

Fig. 5. Phakellia conulosa var. mauritiana nov. Exhalant surface. R.N. cxxvt. 1.

Fig. 5a. Phakellia conulosa var. mauritiana nov. Inhalant surface. R.N. cxxvi. 1.

PLATE .7.

Fig. 1. Clathria whiteleggit n. sp. R.N. vin. 1. About natural size.

Fig. 2. Colloclathria ramosa n. sp. R.N. cxxxvut. 1. About natural size.

Fig. 3. Bubaris conulifera n. sp. R.N. xxi. 11. About natural size.

Fig. 4. Sigmaainella durissima (Dendy) var. massalis nov. R.N. xvut. About natural size.

Figs. 5a, 5b. Sigmaainella durissima (Dendy) var. erecta nov. R.N. CXXXILI. 2 and CXxxIII. 2 bis. About

natural size.

Figs 6a, 6b. Sigmaainella durissima (Dendy) var. tethyoides nov. R.N. vil. 2 and vil. 2 bis. About

natural size.

Fig. 7. Acanthella cavernosa n. sp. R.N. LXx1. 7. About natural size.

Fig. 8. Higginsia higgini n. sp. R.N. Lx1x. 2. About natural size.

Fig. 9. Higginsia petrosioides n. sp. R.N. cXxxu. 2. About natural size.

Fig. 10. Didiscus placospongioides n. sp. R.N. LXXVUL 13. x 2.

Fig. 11. Hemaasterella intermedia n. sp. R.N. xix. 3. X 3.

PLATE 8.

(All figures about natural size.)

Fig. 1. Pachychalina subcylindrica Dendy. R.N. 66 1b

Fig. 2. Oceanapia toxophila n. sp. Body and detached fistula. R.N. xx. 2.

Fig. 3. Phleodictyon seychellense n. sp. R.N. cxx1x. 1.

Fig. 4. Phlaodictyon porosum n. sp. R.N. LXXVII. 4.

Fig. 5. Phleodictyon polysiphonia n. sp. Fragments. R.N. Lxxxut. 1.

Fig. 6. Stderodermella ramosa n. sp. R.N. CXXXIII. 6.

Fig. 7. Aainella spiculifera (Lamarck). R.N. xcu. 3.

Fig. 8. Hymeniacidon conglomerata n. sp. R.N. LXXvul. 12.

Fig. 9. Barbozva primitiva n. sp. R.N. LXxit. 1.

0. Barbozia primitiva var. digitata nov. R.N. oxxv. 5.

Fig.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 161

PLATE 9.

la—p. Theonella pulchrifolia. n. sp, R.N, cxxiu. 1.

la. Typical tetracrepid desma, x 117; 1b. Tuberculate surface desma, showing (at wv) mode of

interlocking, x 117; 1 c—e. Variations of the desma, x 110; 1/—k. Phyllotriznes, views of cladome,

x 805; 17. Less branched form of phyllotriane, x 335; 1m. Side view of phyllotrizene (optical

section), showing greatly enlarged axial canal in shaft and in bases of cladi, x 305; Ln. Dichotriane,

x 305; 1 0. Long, smooth microxea, x 565; 1 p. Short, roughened microxea, x 565.

2a—gq. Discodermia tuberosa n. sp.

2a. R.N. x. 5. Tetracrepid desma, x 120; 2 b—d. R.N. 1x. 2 A. Discotriznes, x 110; 2¢. R.N.

1x. 2c. Young discotrizne, from just below the surface layer, before fusion of the cladi to form the

disc, x 180; 2ff R.N. 1x. 24. Microxea, x 770; 2g. R.N. 1x. 2.4. Microstrongyla, x 770.

PLATE 10.

la—k. Tetilla furcifer n. sp. R.N. cx1x. 13.

la. Vertical section through vent, showing arrangement of prodiznes, x 60; 1b. Vertical section

through outer part of cortex and bud, x 60; 1c. Oxeon, x 60; 1d. Style, x 60; 1 e. Large prodizne,

x 60; le’. Cladomes of large prodizenes, x 310; 1 f. Large protrizne, x 60; 1’. Cladomes of large

protriznes, x 310; 1g. Cladome of large promonene, x 310; 1h. Small prodizne, x 60; 17. Small

protrizne, x 60; 19’. Cladome of small protrizene, x 310; 1%. Sigmata, x 550.

2a—f. Cinachyra providentiw n. sp. R.N. Xx1. 1.

2a. Large oxea, x 34; 2 b. Style, x 34; 2c. Protrizene, x 60; 2c’. Cladome of protriene, x 310;

2d. Anatrizne, x 60; 2d’. Cladome of anatriwne, x 310; 2 e, Short, slender oxea, x 315; 2 f. Sig-

mata, x 550.

3a—b. Cinachyra isis Lendenfeld. R.N. cXxxul. 4,

3 a—a”, Cladomes of protriznes, x 310; 3b. Cladome of anatrizne, x 310,

PLATE 11,

1 a—l. Cinachyra vaccinata n. sp. (1 a—b from R.N, LvuiL, the remainder from R.N. Lxvu.. 2).

1 a. Bundles of hair-like protrizenes and prodiznes, breaking up beneath porocalyx, x60; 1 a’.

Ends of shafts of small prodiznes and protriznes, frayed out from bundle, to show terminal enlarge-

ments, x 550; 16. Part of pore-membrane from porocalyx, showing pores and hispidating prodiznes,

x 180; 1c. Large oxeon, x 35; 1d. Style, x 85; le. Large prodizne, x 130; le’. Cladome of

large prodizne, x 330; 1f Protrizene of intermediate size, x 130; 1 /. Cladomes of large

protriznes, x 330; 1g. Small prodizne, x 130; 1 g’. Cladome of small prodizne, x 330; 1h. Small

protrizne, x 130; 1h’. Cladome of small protriwne, x 330; 17. Anatrizne, x 130; 17’. Cladome

of anatriene, x 330; 1%. Short, slender oxea, x 315; 11. Sigmata, x 550.

PLATE 12.

1. Reniera cribricutis n. sp. R.N. Lxxi. 10 A. Oxea, x 380,

2. Reniera tuberosa n. sp. R.N. Vil. 3 A. Oxea, x 380.

3. Reniera tufoides n, sp. R.N. xcut. Oxeon, x 380.

4. Reniera ligniformis n. sp. R.N. LXI. Oxea, x 380.

5 a—b. Petrosia seychellensis n. sp. R.N. cXXviil. 1.

5a. Stout oxea and strongyla, x 165; 56, Slender oxea, x 165.

6. Petrosia mammiformis n. sp. R.N. CXXII. 2. Oxea, x 165.

7 a—b. Halichondria retiderma n. sp. R.N, xcvut. 1.

7a. Oxea, x 165; 7b. Style, x 165.

8. Halichondria nigra n. sp. R.N. Lu. 5. Oxea, x 165.

9. Halichondria aplysinoides n. sp. R.N. LXXVIL. 2. Oxea, x 165.

10. Chalina confusa n. sp. R.N. LXXv. 38. Oxea, x 380.

11. Ceraochalina differentiata n. sp. R.N. cvul. 1, Oxea, x 380.

12 a—c. Oceanapia toxophila n. sp. R.N. xx, 2.

12a. Oxea, x 290; 12b. Sigma, x 660; 12c. Toxon, x 660.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL, XVIII. . 21

162

Fig.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

13 a—b. Phlaodictyon seychellense n. sp.

18a. R.N. cxxrx. 1, oxeon, x 450; 1386. R.N. LI. 2, oxea, x 450.

14. Phleodictyon porosum n. sp. R.N. LXXvul. 4. Oxea, x 450.

15. Phleodictyon incrustatum n. sp. R.N. cx. 2. Oxea, x 450.

16. Phlewodictyon polysiphonia n. sp. R.N. LXXxil. 1, Oxea, x 450.

17 a—b. Amphilectus (2) unguiculatus n. sp. R.N. cxin. 10.

17 a. Tylostyli, x 825; 17 b. Isochelw, x 770.

18. Merlia sp. Clavidisc, x 650.

PLATE 18.

1 a—e. Microciona atrasanguinea Bowerbank. R.N. cx. 8. .

la. Large styli, x 330; 1b. Slender tylostyle, x 830; 1c. Echinating acanthostyle, x 550;

1d. Palmate isochele, x 1100; le. Toxa, x 550.

2a—f. Bubaris conulifera n. sp. R.N. xxi. 11.

2a. Strongyla, x 110; 256, b’,c. Oxea, x 110; 2d. Short styli, x 110; 2¢. Long style, x 110;

27. Trichodragmata, x 460.

3a—b. Bubaris salomonensis n. sp. R.N. CXXII. 5.

3a. Strongyla, x 110; 3b. Styli, « 110.

4a—f. Clathria spicata Hallmann. R.N. xu. 4.

4a. Large tylostyles, x 330; 4b. Acanthosubtylostyles, x 550; 4c. Forms intermediate be-

tween 4a and 4b, x 330; 4d. Long, slender tylostyles, x 330; 4e. Palmate isochel, x 1100; 47.

Toxon, x 550.

5a—f. Clathria whiteleggu n. sp. R.N. vut. 1.

5a. Large subtylostyles, x 330; 5 b: Acanthosubtylostyles, x 550; 5c. Form intermediate

between 5 a and 5 b, x 330; 5d. Long; slender tylostyle, x 330; 5¢. Palmate isochela, x 1100;

5 f. 'Toxon, x 550.

PLATE 14.

1a—d. Clathria madrepora n. sp. R.N. CXxx.

la. Large tylostyles, x 330; 1a’. Possibly young forms of 1 a, x 380; 16. Acanthosubtylo-

style, x 550; 1c. Slender tylostyle, x 330; 1d. isochela, x 1100.

2a—d. Clathria spongodes n. sp. R.N. LXXIXx. 2.

2a. Large tylostyles, x 330; 2 b. Acanthosubtylostyle, x 550; 2.¢. Slender tylostyle, x 330;

2d. Sigma, x 1100.

3a—e. Clathria cheliferu (Hentschel.) R.N. cvui1. 3.

3a. Styl, x 380; 3b. Acanthostyles, x 550; 3c. Strongylon, x 330; 3d. Larger palmate

isochela, x 1100; 3e. Smaller palmate isochele, x 1100.

4a—h. Colloclathria ramosa n. sp. R.N. cxxxvut. 1.

4a. Stout style, x 380; 4. Acanthosubtylostyl, x 550; 4c. Slender styli, x 330; 4d.

Palmate isochelw, x 1115; 4e. Forms intermediate in appearance between 4d and 4f, x 1115; 4 f.

Colloscleres, x 1115; 4g. Very minute isochela, x 1115; 4h. Toxa, x 550.

5a—c. Plocamia massalis n. sp. R.N. cxxv. 2.

5a. Acanthostrongyla, x 330; 5b. Tylote, x 330; 5c. Palmate isochele, x 1100.

6. Lathoplocamia lithistoides n. sp. R.N. oxxxvu. 2. Acanthostrongyla.

PLATE 15.

la—c. Hymedesmia levissima n. sp. R.N. cxxv. 6.

la. Stout subtylostyles, x 290; 16. Slender tylostyle, x 290; 1b’. Apex of slender tylostyle,

x 1075; le. Tridentate isochela, x 1075.

2a, b. Hymedesmia lipochela n. sp. R.N. XLiv. 3.

2a. Stout subtylostyles, x 290; 2b. Slender tylostyle, x 290.

3a—d. Plumohalichondria clathrodes n. sp. R.N. Cul.

3a. Tornota, x 460; 36. Acanthostyles, x 460; 3c. Larger tridentate isochela, x 1075; 3d.

Smaller tridentate isochele, x 1075.

Fig.

DENDY—REPORT ON THE SIGMATOTETRAXONIDA 163

4 a—d. Plumohalichondria gardineri n. sp. R.N. cut. 1.

4a. Large acanthostyles, x 290; 46. Small acanthostyles, x 290; 4c. Long, slender styli,

x 170; 4d. Long, slender oxea, x 290.

5a—ce. Hamigera papillata n. sp. R.N. xix. 1.

5a. Subtylostyli, x 290; 5b. Tylote, x 290; 5¢. Tridentate isochela, x 1075.

6 a—e. Forcepia stephensi n. sp. R.N. LXXXII. A.

6a. Tylostyle, x 460; 6b. Tylote, x 460; 6c. Tridentate isochela, x 1080; 6 d. Sigmata,

x 1080; 6e. Forceps, x 1080.

7 a,b. Crella cyathophora (Carter) var. acuata nov. R.N. exit. 11.

7a. Subtylostyli, x 550; 7b. Acanthoxea, x 550.

8a—e. Acarnus topsenti n. sp. R.N. Xxx. 2.

8a. Styli and subtylostyle, x 550; 8b. Clado-acanthostyli, x 550; 8c. Tylota, x 550;

8d. Palmate isochela, x 1090; 8e. Toxa, x 550.

PLATE 16.

la—b’. Tedanione wilsoni n. sp. R.N. Xx. 6.

la. Strongylotylota, x 440; 1b. Larger raphides, x 670; 16’. Smaller raphis, x 670.

2a—d. Cornulella lundbecki n. sp. R.N. CXXvVIIL. 1 A.

2a. Tylote, x 280; 26. Palmate isochele, x 860; 2c¢. Microrhabd, x 860; 2d. Toxon, x 860.

3.a,b. Cornulum strepsichela n. sp. R.N. xc. 1.

3a. Tylota, x 330; 3b. Palmate isochele, x 770.

4a—e. Siderodermella ramosa n. sp. R.N. CXXXIIL. 6.

4a. Tylote, x 170; 4b. Tridentate isochele, x 1080; 4c. Navicelliform isochele, x 1080;

4d. Larger sigma, x 1080; 4e. Smaller sigma, x 1080.

5a—f"". Cyamon vickersw (Bowerbank). R.N. crx.

5a. Short, smooth styli or subtylostyli, x 108; 56. Strongylote, x 108; 5c. Long, slender,

smooth style (subtylostyle), x 108; 5d. Slender styl of peculiar form, two with bulbous inflation («),

x 330; 5d’. Variety of same without the characteristic bend, x 330; 5e. Pseudotetract, x 550;

5 e'. Pseudopentact, x 550; 5”. Pseudotriact, x 550; 5 e”’. Pseudodiacts, x 550; 5 f—f””.

Developmental stages pseudotetracts, &e., x 550.

6a—e. Sigmaxinella bihamigera n. sp. R.N. XXIU.

6a. Styli, x 70; 6b. Large sigma, x 670; 6c. Small sigmata, x 670.

PEATE Lis

la, b. Azinella bubarinoides n. sp. R.N. Cxxit. 1 A.

la. Short styli, x 165; 16. Long style, x 165.

2a, b. Phakellia conulosa n. sp. R.N. XLu. 13.

2a. Short styli, x 110; 2b. Long styli, x 110.

3a, b. Acanthella cavernosa n. sp. R.N. LXXt. 7.

3a. Style, x 165; 3b. Strongylote, x 165.

4. Hymeniacidon variospiculata n. sp. R.N. cxxit. 7. Styli and tylostyli, x 110.

5 a,b. Hymeniacidon conglomerata n. sp. R.N. LXXvill. 12.

5a. Styli, x 110; 5b. Tylostyle, x 110.

6 a—c. Spongosorites salomonensis n. sp. R.N. CXvI.

6a. Large oxea (one strongylote), x 165; 6b. Intermediate forms, x 165; 6c. Small oxea, x 165.

Ta—e. Higginsia petrosioides n. sp. R.N. CXXXII. 2.

7a. Stout oxea, x 60; 7b. Stout styli, x 60; 7c. Stout strongyla, x 60; 7d. Slender oxeon

with bifid ends, x 325; 7d’,7d”. Variations in ends of slender oxea, x 800; 7e. Acanthoxeote,

x 550.

8a—f. Higginsia higgini n. sp. R.N. Lxv.

8a. Long, slender oxea, x 60; 8b. Long, slender style, x 60; 8c. Short style, x 60; 8 d.

Acanthoxea, x 550; 8e. Subcentrotylote acanthoxeon, x 550; 8f Smooth, subcentrotylote oxea,

x 550.

9a—c. Halicnemia salomonensis n. sp. R.N, CXXIV. 4.

9a. Tylostyli, x 60; 9b. Style, x 60; 9¢. Acanthoxea, x 550.

21—2

164 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

PLATE 18.

Fig. 1 a—e. Barbozia primitiva n. sp. R.N. Lxxu. 1.

la. Strongyla, x 335; 1b. Oxea, x 335; 1c. Palmate anisochele, x 1095; 1c’. Young aniso-

chela, x 1095; 1d. Oxydiscorhabds, x 1095; 1e. Abnormal oxeote, approaching oxydiscorhabd in

size and form, x 1095.

Fig. 2. Barbozia primitiva var. digitata nov. R.N. cxxv. 5. Palmate anisochele, x 1095.

’. Didiscus placospongiordes n. sp. R.N. LXXVI. 13.

Fig. 3a—¢”.

3a. Oxea, x 103; 3b. Tylostyli, x 266; 3c. Oxydiscorhabds, x 1065; 3 c’—c’””. Developmental

stages of oxydiscorhabd, x 1065.

Fig. 4a—c. Sigmosceptrella quadrilobata n. sp. R.N. CXXVI. 4 A.

4a: Styli, x 310; 4b. Discorhabds, side views, x 770; 4b’. Discorhabd, three quarters end

view, x 770; 4b”. Discorhabd, full end view, x 770; 4c. Young discorhabd, showing sigmoid form,

x 1750.

Fig. 5 a,b. Spirastrella globularis n. sp. R.N. LV. 6.

5a. Megascleres (stylote to tylostylote), x 230; 5b. Spinispire, x 820.

Fig. 6a—h. Hemiasterella intermedia n. sp. R.N. X1x. 3.

Fig. 6a, b. Styli, x60; 6c. Strongylote, x 60; 6d, e Oxea, x 60; 6f. Pseudasters with

rough, blunt rays, x 770; 6 g. Intermediate forms of pseudaster, x 770; 6h. Pseudasters with

smooth, sharp rays, x 770.

Fig. 7 a—b.’ Polymastia tubulifera n. sp. R.N. XIv.

7a. Large subtylostyle, x 90; 7 a’, a’. Base and apex of same, x 380; 7 b, b’. Small tylostyles,

x 380.

POSTSCRIPT. Juty 1921.

The manuscript and illustrations for this Report were originally completed some years

ago but the publication was delayed, first by the continuance of the war and later by

financial difficulties arising therefrom. In the meantime some of the more interesting

results have been made use of in other papers, especially in my recently published memoir

on The Tetraxonid Sponge-Spicule:—A Study in Evolution [1921], which deals in a

comprehensive manner with the spiculation of the Tetraxonida in general and must be

regarded as expressing my latest views on the subject.

The Euceratosa of the “Sealark” Expedition still remain undescribed and it will not,

I fear, be possible to include them in the present series of Reports.

The type-specimens of the new species of sponges described in these Reports will be

found in the Natural History Department of the British Museum.

Percy SLtADEN Trust EXPEDITION.

Rig) TRANS. LINN. SOC. SER. 2, ZOOL. VOL. XVIII. PL. 1

SEALARK TETRAXONIDA

Percy Stapen Trust ExpeEpition.

(Denpy) TRANS. LINN. SOC. SER. 2, ZOOL. VOL. XVIII. PL. 2

SEALARK TETRAXONIDA

« Taust Expr

RapeY Partie) eae TRANS. LINN. SOC. SER. 2, ZOOL. VOL. XVIII. PL. 3

SEALARK TETRAXONIDA

Percy Stapen Trust EXxpeEpIition.

(Denpy)

TRANS LINN, SOC SER. 2, ZOOL. VOL. AVITI. PL. 4

SEALARK TETRAXONIDA

Percy SLADEN Trust EXPEDITION.

(Denpy)

ThaANeo, LINN, SOG SER. 2, ZOOL. VOL. AVI], PL. &

SEALARK TETRAXONIDA

ry ~ ‘

/ : 7 :

™,

. 2

3 ’ - =-

= =

4 -

. oe U

a - ’ vy

7 ; ;*

4 a 7 i. * 7

? i ee 7's 2"

= - La we i 7 a = -_

ot ‘=

at a

eis ae wh ba ¥ Clo a a a

SOC.

TRANS. LINN.

Percy SitaApEN Trust EXxPeEpITIOoN.

(Denby)

SEALARK TETRAXONIDA

- +s en * i =

seats es, ou, aes Se

~—

- > ©

AVITI.

ra DG fg" 1)

TRANS. LINN. SOC. SER.

[1]

io 2)

EXPEDITION,

Percy SLADEN Trust

: Percy SLADEN Trust EXPEDITION.

(Denpy)

MAN ek, GEV, SOG. sem, 2. LOOLT VOL, AVIIL PICS

o«

se? ‘pt

aes a

TRANS. Linn. Soc. SER.2.Z00LVOL XVII PL. 9.

ere mer oe

LETT op neers

HLL. DEAKIN: DEL. J.T. RENNIE REID, UTH. EDIN®

SEALARK TETRAXONIDA.

J.T. RENNIE REID; LITH. EDIN®

TRANS. LINN. Soc. SER.2.ZooL. VoL XVII.Px 10

H.L.DEAKIN, DEL.

SEALARK TETRAXONIDA.

= 98 a7 .

ore

eC & ee ; >.

J.T. RENNIE REID, UTH. EDIN®

H.L.DEAKIN DEL. -

SEALARK TETRAXONIDA.

i | as

= oni

tintin ee

> “wr

te etary Pore yecerr enyeemenceegree ne RnnRE I TRS 2 w = ne)

hapa aes - me ae

ee eel

L XVI.Pt. 12.

eo So

JT RENNIE REID LITH, EDIN®

Soc. Ser.2.Z001)

ee |

— t=. SSL SALY En errant senate yn te TERRE oe re eR AR ee Rr PCH fee

a I LI

TRANS. LINN

SEALARK TETRAXONIDA.

“ARTHUR DENDY & H L.DEAKIN, DEL.

2 a i

oe ica | a i.

i re

<a enamel ee Salageh

; = a

oie araews< 20

TRANS. LINN. Soc SER.2.Zoon VoL XVII.Pt. 13.

JT RENNIE REID, LITH.EDINS

SEALARK TETRAXONIDA.

ARTHUR DENDY & H.L.DEAKIN DEL.

J.T. RENNIE REID, LITH. EDIN®

TRANS. LINN. Soc. SER.2. ZOOLVOL XVII. PL 14

EALARK TETRAXONIDA.

HL.DEAKIN & A.D. DEL. —

TRANS. LINN. Soc. SER.2. Z00LVoL XVII. P15

SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

J.T. RENNIE REID, LITH EDIN®

SEALARK TETRAXONIDA

ARTHUR DENDY & H.L.DEAKIN, DEL

TRANS. LINN. Soc. SER.2.ZOOLVOL XVII.Pu. 16

JT.RENNIE REID, LITH. EDIN®

SEALARK TETRAXONIDA.

_ ARTHUR DENDY & H.L.DEAKIN, DEL.

' @ _ =

ere

aig ae : ss . :

a see § — eb- er

=~ 4

weet PF _- ala

4 *

TRANS. LINN. Soc. SER.2. ZOOLVOL XVII. Pt. 18.

4 | | Pe hy

¢ 7

: ; :

’ 5.

‘ 5a!

6a. : é

bo.

5 .

50.

ARTHUR DENDY & H.L.DEAKIN. DEL. JTRENNIE REID, LITH EDIN®

SEALARK TETRAXONIDA.

166 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

5. Lispinus impressicollis, Motsch.

38 Exemplare.

Loc. ‘‘Seychelles. Silhouette, Mahé, Long Island. Silhouette: Mare aux Cochons,

over 1000 ft. Mahé: about 20 taken together near Morne Blanc, about 1000 ft. ;° Cascade

Estate; one specimen was taken from between :leaf-bases of a growing Stevensonia-palm,

in company with L. specularis.”

Ostindien, Ceylon, Nias-Inseln, Sunda-Inseln, Philippinen, Hong-Kong, Japan,

Comoren, Madagaskar, Deutsch-Ostafrika, Hawai, Madeira, Formosa.

6. Lispinus obscurellus, Fauvel (minor).

Lispinus obscurellus, Fauvel, Rev. d’Ent. (Caen), xxi. 1904, p. 298.

30 Exemplare.

Loc. “Seychelles. Silhouette, Mahé, Long Island. Silhouette: near Mont Pot-i-eau,

ca. 1500 ft., and coconut-planted country at sea-level near Pointe Etienne. Mahé: high

forests of Morne Blanc, Trois Fréres, and Cascade, 1000—2000 ft. Long Island: near

sea-level.”

Madagaskar.

7. ILispinus aequalis, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genova, xu. 1878, p. 205.

1 Exemplar.

Loc. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800—1000 ft.

Neu-Guinea, Key-Inseln, Engano.

8. Espeson scott, nov. spec.

Ganz von der Gestalt des Hspeson gigantulus Bernh. vom afrikanischen Festland,

jedoch nur halb so gross und in nachfolgenden weiteren Punkten verschieden:

Die Farbung ist lichter, rostrotgelb mit helleren Beinen, der Kopf ist noch weitliufiger

und viel stiirker punktiert, die Augen sind kleiner, die Schlaéfen sind deutlich entwickelt.

Die Fiihler sind viel kiirzer, die vorletzten Glieder deutlich quer, das 8. Glied ebenso wie

bei gigantulus deutlich kleiner als die einschliessenden. |

Der Halsschild ist feiner und weitliufiger punktiert, die Fliigeldecken sind kiirzer, —

feiner und etwas weitliufiger punktiert. | |

Der Hinterleib ist im Gegensatz dazu viel dichter und deutlicher punktiert, zwischen _

den Punkten deutlich netzartig gewirkt, nur schwach glinzend. |

Linge: 3 mm.

Loc. Seychellen. Silhouette: Umgebung von Pot-ad-eau, circa 1500 ft., vill. 1908, —

1 Exemplar.

9. Thoracophorus alluaudi, Fauvel, op. cit., p. 115; Kolbe, le.

3 Exemplare. |

Loc. “Seychelles. Silhouette, Mahé, La Digue. Silhouette: forest near Pot-d-eau —

and above Mare aux Cochons, 1000—1500 ft. Mahé: Cascade Estate, over 1000 ft. La —

Digue, 1892 (Alluaud).”

{

}

MAX BERNHAUER—COLEOPTERA, STAPHYLINID.X 167

Tribus: Omaliini.

10. Phloconomus singularis, Kraatz, Arch. Naturg., xxv. 1859, 1. p. 181.

11 Exemplare.

Loc. ‘Seychelles. Silhouette: high forests, over 1000 ft.”

Ceylon.

Tribus: Oxytelini.

11. Trogophloeus (Carpalimus) palustris, nov. spec.

Durch kleine, ziemlich breite Gestalt und die doppelten hinter einander liegenden

halbmondférmigen Querfurchen auf dem Halsschilde sehr ausgezeichnet.

Schwarz die Fiihlerwurzel und die Beine rétlichgelb.

Kopf fast so breit als der Halsschild, mit zwei tiefen, fast parallelen Liingsfurchen,

fein und nicht sehr dicht punktiert. Augen gross, die Schlifen hinter ihnen jedoch gut

entwickelt, fast ein Drittel so lang als der von oben sichtbare Liingsdurchmesser der Augen,

hinten stumpfeckig vortretend, Fiihler ziemlich kurz, die vorletzten Glieder schwach quer.

Halsschild viel schmiiler als die Fliigeldecken, breiter als lang, an den Seiten gerundet

erweitert, vor der Mitte am breitesten, vor dem Hinterrande mit einer lingeren, in der Mitte

mit einer kiirzeren tiefen, nach vorn offenen bogenférmigen Querfurche, vor dem Vorderrande

mit einem kleinen Griibchen, thnlich wie der Kopf, seitlich dichter punktiert, matter.

Fliigeldecken miassig linger als der Halsschild, zusammen quer viereckig mit vorste-

henden Schulterecken, viel stiirker als der Halsschild, nicht zu dicht punktiert, ziemlich

gliinzend. . :

Hinterleib sehr fein und nicht allzu dicht punktiert.

Linge: 1°9—2°2 mm.

15 Exemplare.

Loc. Seychellen. Mahé (Morast auf der Ebene zwischen Anse aux Pins und Anse

_ Royale, i. 1909).

Das in Mehrzahl vorliegende Tierchen diirfte mit der ostafrikanischen Fauvel’schen

_ Art cicyclus nicht identisch sein, obwohl ich die letztere nur der Beschreibung nach kenne.

Die Angaben iiber die Fliigeldeckenlinge sowie tiber die schlanke Gestalt lassen sich mit

_ der vorliegenden Art wohl nicht vereinen.

12. Trogophloeus (Carpalimus) chagosanus, nov. spec.

In dieselbe Gruppe gehérig wie der vorige, von sehr aihnlicher Gestalt, in der Grésse

und Farbung ziemlich iibereinstimmend, die Fiihlerwurzel und die Schienen jedoch mehr

_ oder minder angedunkelt, durch viel breiteren Kopf, viel gréssere Augen, viel laingere,

feiner und dichter punktierte Fliigeldecken und etwas andere Eindriicke auf dem Hals-

schilde verschieden.

Der Kopf ist fast breiter als der Halsschild, feiner und dichter punktiert, die Augen

vorgequollen, fast die ganzen Seiten einnehmend mit sehr kurzen, immerhin aber deut-

lich angedeuteten Schlifen.

Auf dem Halsschilde ist die mittlere Querfurche in 2 getrennte Eindriicke aufgelist.

Die Fliigeldecken sind viel linger als der Halsschild, fast so lang als breit, viel feiner

und dichter punktiert.

168 ‘PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Lange: 2—2°3 mm.

18 Exemplare.

Loc. Chagos: Diego Garcia Atoll, 1905.

13. Bledius marinus, nov. spec.

Der rotfliigeligen Form des Bl. fracticornis Payk. in Gestalt, Grosse und Farbung sehr

ihnlich, durch ganz gelbrote Fiihler sowie durch nachfolgende weitere Merkmale leicht zu

unterscheiden.

Der Kopf ist viel breiter, mit den Augen so breit als die Fliigeldecken, vor den Augen

zwischen den Fiihlerhéckerchen mit einer geraden scharfen Querfurche, am Scheitel mit

einem tiefen Griibchen, welches sich seitwirts in eine Querfurche fortsetzt, hinten neben

den Augen deutlich und ziemlich dicht punktiert.

Der Halsschild ist viel linger, nur wenig breiter als lang, an den Seiten linger

parallel, viel weniger tief und weniger scharf, deutlich runzelig punktiert.

Fliigeldecken etwas kiirzer, weniger scharf und weniger tief, stellenweise in einander

fliessend punktiert.

Linge: 4—5 mm.

Loc. Aldabra: Takamaka, xi.—xii. 1908 (Fryer), 3 Exemplare.

Tribus: Osoriini.

14. Paragonus insularis, nov. spec.

Von den iibrigen bekannten Arten schon durch den glinzenden, weitliufig punktierten

Kérper leicht zu unterscheiden.

Rostfarben mit helleren Fiihlern, Tastern und Beinen.

Kopf viel schmiiler als der Halsschild, ober den Fiihlerhéckerchen mit einem Griibchen

sonst ohne Eindriicke, fein und weitliiufig, langs der Mitte sehr fein und spiirlich punktiert,

stark gliinzend. Fiihler gedrungen, ihr zweites und drittes Glied ziemlich gleich, oblong,

das 4. kugelig, die folgenden quer, allmiihlich an Breite zunehmend, die vorletzten ziemlich

stark quer, das letzte etwas linger als das vorletzte. Halsschild fast so breit als die Flii-

geldecken, viel mehr als doppelt so breit als lang, an den Seiten sanftgerundet, im letzten

Drittel am breitesten, nach vorn schwach, nach riickwiirts plotzlich und stark schriig verengt

mit stumpf angedeuteten Hinterecken, vor diesen mit einem grossen tiefen Griibchen, vor

dem Hinterrande mit einem Quereindruck, hinter dem Vorderrande jederseits der Mitte mit

einem schwicheren Eindrucke, weitlautig, gegen die schwach gezihnelten Seiten zu deutlich

kornig, gegen die Mitte zu einfach und allmihlich feiner punktiert, ziemlich stark glinzend.

Fliigeldecken etwas linger als der Halsschild, zusammen stark quer, miissig fein und

weitlaufig, ziemlich flach punktiert, zwischen den Punkten chagriniert, missig gliinzend.

Hinterleib fein und nicht dicht punktiert.

Linge: 2 mm.

Loc. Seychellen. Praslin: Cotes d’Or Estate, xi. 1908, 1 Exemplar.

15. Mimogonus fumator, Fauvel.

Loc. Seychellen. Félicité Island, xii. 1908, 1 Exemplar.

Sunda-Inseln, Himalaya (Sikkim), Neu-Kaledonien, Madagaskar, Ostafrika, Guade-

loupe, Mexiko.

MAX BERNHAUER—COLEOPTERA, STAPHYLINID A 169

16. Osorius sechellarum, Kolbe, op. cit., p. 20.

8 Exemplare.

Loc. “Seychelles: Silhouette, Mahé. Silhouette: high forest above Mare aux Cochons,

1000—2000 ft., from fallen and rotting tree-trunks, 5 specimens. Mahé: 2 examples from

high forest near Morne Blanc, one being taken from between leaf-bases of a growing

Stevensonia-palm ; and 1 specimen from Cascade Estate, about 1000 ft.”

Tribus: Stenini.

17. Stenus silvicola, nov. spec.

Diese Art steht jedenfalls dem mir nur nach der Beschreibung bekannten Stenus del-

phinus Fauy. von Madagaskar sehr nahe und wurde zuerst von mir fiir diese Art gehalten.

Ein genauer Vergleich mit der Beschreibung Pauvels fiihrte mich jedoch zu dem

Schlusse, dass wir es hier doch mit einer eigenen Art zu tun haben, da die Punktierung

namentlich des Halsschildes und des Hinterleibes wesentlich von der Beschreibung

abweicht.

Der Halsschild ist auf den herabgebogenen Seiten wohl dicht, aber kraftig, oben feiner

aber dafiir nicht dicht punktiert, iiberdies ist eine schmale Mittellinie ziemlich geglittet.

Der Hinterleib ist oben kaum sichtbar und nur ganz vereinzelt punktiert.

Die Fliigeldecken sind nicht “sat subtiliter” sondern ziemlich stark, nach riickwiirts

viel feiner und weitliufiger, vor dem Hinterrande nur vereinzelt punktiert; sie sind auch

nicht ganz doppelt so breit als der Halsschild.

Endlich sind die Fiihler eher kiirzer als linger wie der Halsschild und Kopf zusam-

mengenommen.

Der vordere Teil des Kopfes ist dicht silberweiss behaart.

Linge: 5—6 mm.

Beim ¢ ist das 6. Sternit etwas vorgezogen und breit und flachbogig ausgeschnitten.

57 Exemplare.

Loc. ‘Seychelles. Silhouette, Mahé. Beaten from dicotyledonous trees and bushes

(not from palms) in the mountain-forests. Silhouette: near Pot-i-eau, about 1500 ft.

Mahé: country above Port Glaud, 500—1000 ft.; forests of Morne Blanc, Trois Freres,

Mare aux Cochons, and Cascade, 1000—2000 ft.”

Tribus: Euaesthetini.

18. Edaphus africanus, Epp.

Diese aus West-Afrika und Abessinien bekannte Art diirfte wohl sicher mit den

vorliegenden Stiicken identisch sein, wenigstens passt auf sie die Beschreibung sehr gut.

Loc. “Seychelles: Silhouette, Mahé. Silhouette: one example from near Pot-i-eau,

about 1500 ft.; and one from between leaf-bases of a growing Stevensonia-palm, above

Mare aux Cochons. Mahé: Cascade Estate, one specimen.”

19. Edaphus spectabilis, nov. spec.

Der vorigen Art sehr nahe stehend, doppelt so gross und tiberdies durch die Kopfaus-

zeichnung leicht kenntlich.

_ Dieser besitzt zwischen den Augen ebenfalls eine scharfe Querfurche, an Stelle der

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 22

170 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

kurzen, neben einander stehenden griibchenartigen kurzen Liingsfurchen besitzt der Kopf

bei der neuen Art zwei lange, scharfe nach vorn konvergierende und sich winkelig tretfende

Lingsfurchen, deren Zwischenraum glatt und flach gewolbt ist.

Ausserdem ist der Halsschild etwas linger, nach vorn weniger verengt und besitzt

deutliche rechteckige Vorderecken, wiihrend sie bei africanus fast ganz verrundet sind.

Sonstige greifbare Unterschiede konnte ich nicht feststellen.

Liinge: 1°8 mm.

2 Exemplare

Loc. Seychellen. Praslin: Cotes d’Or Estate, xi. 1908. Silhouette: Mare aux

Cochons, 1x. 1908.

20. Edaphus sechellarum, nov. spec.

Eine winzige Art aus der Nihe des africanus Epp. jedoch kaum halb so gross, durch

viel schlankere, schmiilere Gestalt, lingeren, schmiileren Halsschild und viel langere

Fliigeldecken sofort zu unterscheiden.

Der Kopf besitzt riickwiirts eine scharfe Querfurche, vor welcher zwei grosse, lingliche

Griibchen eingestochen sind.

Der Halsschild ist fast linger als breit, hinten ausgeschweift verengt, vor der Wurzel

mit vier grossen und tiefen Griibchen.

Die Fliigeldecken sind viel breiter und viel linger als der Halsschild, oblong, sowie der

itbrige Kérper ohne erkennbare Punktierung, stark glinzend.

Linge: # mm.

Loc. “Seychelles: Silhouette, Mahé. Silhouette: two specimens from high forest

above Mare aux Cochons, one being from the decayed head of a felled Verschaffeltva-palm.

Mahé: near Morne Blanc, one example.”

Tribus: Pinophilini.

21. Palaminus pennifer, Fauvy.

Diese Art hat eine weite Verbreitung. Ich besitze Stiicke von den Philippinen u.

Singapore. Nach Fauvel kommt die Art auf Madagaskar und Java vor. Die vorliegenden

zahlreichen Stiicke von den Seychellen unterscheiden sich in kemem Punkte von den iibrigen.

76 Exemplare

Loc. “Seychelles: Silhouette, Mahé. Generally distributed through the endemic

forests of both islands, from 1000 ft. or less, to some of the highest summits, over 2000 ft.”

Tribus: Paederini.

22. Astenus scotti, nov. spec.

Eine héchst ausgezeichnete kurz zfliigelige Art, die durch die Farbung des ausgereiften

Tieres und die kurzen und dabei sehr schmalen und gestreckten Fliigeldecken und deren

Beborstung leicht kenntlich ist.

Hell rotlichgelb, Fitthler und Beine weisslichgelb, die Kopfseiten, die Fliigeldecken an

der Wurzel mehr oder minder ausgedehnt angedunkelt, der vorletzte Hinterleibsring

schwirzlich.

Schmal, langgestreckt, fliigellos, am 7. Tergit ohne weissen Hautsaum, ziemlich matt.

}

MAX BERNHAUER—COLEOPTERA, STAPHYLINID A 171

Kopf mit den Augen etwas breiter als der Halsschild, langgestreckt, um mehr als die

Hiilfte linger als breit mit sehr flachen, iiberaus grossen, undeutlichen Nabelpunkten nicht

sehr dicht besetzt, die Augen in der Mitte der Kopfseiten gelegen, diese vor ihnen gleich-

breit, hinter ihnen sanft gerundet, die Schlifen fast doppelt so lang als der Liingsdurchmesser

der Augen. Fihler gestreckt, diinn, die Glieder mit Ausnahme des zweiten etwas kiirzeren

mindestens dreimal so lang als breit.

Halsschild viel breiter als die Fliigeldecken, ungefiihr um die Hilfte linger als breit,

vor der Mitte am breitesten, nach riickwiirts geradlinig und ziemlich stark verengt, nach

vorn fast noch stiirker, jedoch in ziemlich kurzem Bogen verengt, lings der Mitte mit einer

tiefen und starken, nach vorn schwicher werdenden verkiirzten Furche, zu beiden Seiten

mit je einem schwicheren schiefen Liingseindruck, iihnlich wie der Kopf punktiert, an den

Seiten mit vier liingeren und vorn mit einer kurzen Borste.

Fliigeldecken viel kiirzer und schmiiler als der Halsschild, fast doppelt so lang als

zusammen breit, sehr schmal, gegen die Wurzel verschmiilert, ziemlich kriiftig und weitliufig,

unregelmissig gekornt, an den geradlinigen Seiten mit einer grésseren Anzahl starker,

starrer, nadelf6rmiger schwarzer Borsten.

Hinterleib nach riickwiirts etwas erweitert, missig stark und missig dicht punktiert,

gliinzender als der iibrige Kérper.

Linge: 4°2—5 mm.

17 Exemplare.

Loc. ‘Seychelles: Silhouette, Mahé. Beaten from trees (not palms) in the mountain-

forests. Silhouette: near Mont Pot-d-eau and Mare aux Cochons, ca. 1000—1500 ft.

Mahé: Cascade Estate, ca. 1000 ft.”

23. Astenus depressipennis, nov. spec.

Ebenfalls ungefliigelt, von dem vorherigen durch viel kiirzere, weniger schlanke

Gestalt, andere Farbung, viel kiirzere Bildung der einzelnen Korperteile und andere Punk-

tierung, sowie den Mangel der eigentiimlichen Beborstung auf den ersten Blick zu unter-

scheiden.

Rotgelb mit weisslichen Beinen, Fiihlern und Tastern und schwarzen Augen.

Kopf etwas breiter als der Halsschild, nur miissig linger als breit, hinten viel stiirker

gerundet als bei der vorigen Art, mit grossen, deutlichen Nabelpunkten dicht besetzt.

Fiihler sehr diinn und lang, die vorletzten Glieder dreimal so lang als breit.

Halsschild breiter als die Fliigeldecken, um ein Viertel linger als breit, knapp vor der

Mitte stark bogig erweitert, nach riickwiirts ziemlich gerade, nach vorn stirker und in

sanftem Bogen verengt, dicht, mit scharfen Nabelpunkten besetzt, ohne deutliche

Eindriicke.

Fliigeldecken kiirzer als der Halsschild, nach riickwiirts stark erweitert, missig linger

als hinten breit, kriftig, einfach, scharf und ziemlich dicht punktiert.

Hinterleib nach riickwiirts erweitert, miissig stark und miissig dicht punktiert.

Lange: 83—3°5 mm.

Loc. Seychellen. Mahé: Hochwald am Gipfel von Pilot, 2000 ft., x.—xi. 1908;

Morne Seychellois, 1500—2000 ft., ii. 1909: 3 Exemplare.

22-2

172 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

24. Astenus melanarius, Kiist.

Loc. Seychellen. Silhouette, 1908.

Das einzige, etwas schlecht erhaltene Stiick kann ich von der im Mittelmeergebiet

vorkommenden Kiisterschen Art nicht unterscheiden.

25. Astenus neglectus, Miirkel, var. ?

Loc. Seychellen: Long Island (“beach just above high-water mark, one example,

Wate na).

A. neglectus ist von Mitteleuropa bekannt.

26. Stilicus ceylanensis, Kraatz.

Loc. Seychellen. Mahé: Morne Blanc, x. 1908, 1 Exemplar. |

Ceylon, Borneo, Java, Philippinen, Singapore, Japan.

27. Medon debilicornis, Woll.

18 Exemplare.

Loc. “Seychelles. Silhouette, Mahé, Long Island, Praslin. Silhouette: Mare aux

Cochons, ca. 1000 ft. Mahé: high forests of Morne Blane, Cascade and Mare aux Cochons

district, 1000—2000 ft. Praslin: Cotes d’Or Estate.”

Fast tiber die ganze Erde verbreitet.

28. Medon testaceorufus, nov. spec.

Die neue Art steht dem debslicornis Woll. ungemein nahe, besitzt dieselbe Gestalt,

Grosse und Firbung, die letztere hat jedoch einen stiirkeren Stich ins rétliche. Die Fliigel-

decken sind kiirzer, nur wenig liinger als der Halsschild. Sehr auffallend ist der Unter-

schied in der Punktierung. Der Kopf und der Halsschild sind nimlich stirker, tiefer und

dadurch schiirfer und mindestens doppelt so dicht punktiert, als bei debilecornis. Von dieser

Punktierung hebt sich die glinzend glatte, unpunktierte ziemlich breite Mittellinie scharf

hervor. Neben dieser ist ein langlicher Eindruck deutlich sichtbar.

Die Fliigeldecken sind ebenfalls deutlich dichter punktiert, zusammen so breit als lang.

Am Hinterleib treten deutliche Unterschiede nicht hervor.

Linge: 2—2°2 mm.

Loc. ‘Seychelles. Long Island: beach just above high-water mark, vii. 1908, three

specimens.

29. Medon trapexformis, nov. spec.

Kine durch die kurze, breite Gestalt und den trapezformigen, nach riickwiarts stark

erweiterten Kopf ausgezeichnete Art.

Heller oder dunkler rétlichgelb, die Fliigeldecken mehr oder weniger angedunkelt, die

Beine, Fiihler und Taster heller rétlichgelb.

Kopf hinten etwas breiter als der Halsschild, nach vorn deutlich verengt, die Hinter-

ecken ziemlich schmal verrundet, um ein gutes Stiick breiter als lang, missig stark und

ziemlich dicht punktiert, etwas gliinzend, lings der Mitte nur mit sehr schwacher Andeutung

einer geglatteten Mittellinie. Fiihler gedrungen, die vorletzten Glieder ziemlich stark quer.

Halsschild nur wenig schmiiler als die Fliigeldecken, fast um die Hiilfte breiter als lang,

MAX BERNHAUER—COLEOPTERA, STAPHYLINIDA 173

verkehrt trapezformig, iihnlich wie der Kopf, jedoch etwas feiner und weitliufiger punktiert,

etwas stiirker gliinzend.

Fliigeldecken um ein Drittel linger als der Halsschild, miassig fein und missig dicht

punktiert, ziemlich glinzend.

Hinterleib iusserst fein und iiusserst dicht behaart, matt, grauseidig behaart.

Liinge: 3 mm.

3 Exemplare.

Loc. Seychellen. Silhouette, Mahé, Praslin. Silhouette: Mont Pot-a-eau, 1500 ft.

Mahé: Cascade Estate, ca. 1000 ft. Praslin: Cétes d’Or Estate.

30. Medon varvipennis, nov. spec.

Eine gliinzende, durch die Fiirbung und die Punktierung charakterische Art.

Kopf und Halsschild rostrot, die Fliigeldecken rétlichgelb mit einer breiten schwarzen

Querbinde tiber die Mitte, Hinterbrust und Hinterleib schwarz, die Spitze des letzteren

rétlich, die Fiihler und Taster rostgelb, die Beine hell rétlichgelb.

Kopf deutlich breiter als der Halsschild, etwas breiter als lang, nach riickwiirts

unmerklich erweitert, mit kurz verrundeten ‘in der Anlage rechtwinkeligen Hinterecken,

miissig stark und dicht, gegen die Mitte zu und besonders vorn viel spirlicher und feiner

punktiert, liings der Mittellinie schmal gegliittet, ziemlich glinzend. Fiihler ziemlich dick,

die vorletzten Gleder miissig quer.

Halsschild um ein gutes Stiick schmiiler als die Fliigeldecken, nur wenig breiter als

lang, im ersten Fiinftel am breitesten, nach riickwiirts fast geradlinig und ziemlich stark

verengt, vor der Mitte sehr schwach eingebuchtet, glanzend, sehr fein und sehr weitliufig

punktiert, mit deutlicher, gegliitteter Mittellinie.

Fliigeldecken viel linger als der Halsschild, linger als zusammen breit, linglich

rechteckig, fein und weitliufig punktiert, gliinzend.

Hinterleib miissig fein und ziemlich dicht punktiert, missig gliinzend.

Liinge: etwas tiber 3 mm.

2 Exemplare.

Loc. Seychellen. Mahé: Hochwald, Morne Blanc, 24. x. 1908; Morne Seychellois,

1500—2000 ft., 11. 1909. Silhouette: Pot-d-eau, vill. 1908.

31. Medon testaceomarginatus, nov. spec.

Durch die Farbung, ziemlich gewolbten, glinzenden Kérper und die Geschlechtsaus-

zeichnung des ¢ recht ausgezeichnet und mit keiner anderen mir bekannten Art zu

verwechseln.

Tiefschwarz, glanzend, die Fliigeldecken mit breitem gelbem Hinterrande, die Hinter-

leibsspitze rétlich, die Fiihler, der Mund und die Beine dunkel rostrot. Bei unreifen Tieren

wird die schwarze Fiirbung braunrot bis rétlich.

Kopf beim ? breiter, beim ¢ so breit als der Halsschild, etwas breiter als lang, viereckig,

vor dem Halse mit kurzer tief eingegrabener Mittelfurche, kriiftig und ziemlich seicht, in

der Mitte etwas weitlaiufiger punktiert. Fiihler kurz, die vorletzten Glieder sehr stark quer.

Halsschild schmiiler als die Fliigeldecken, deutlich quer, nach riickwiirts geradlinig

verengt, iihnlich wie der Kopf, jedoch etwas weitlaiifiger punktiert, auf der hinteren Halfte

mit kurzer gegliitteter Mittellinie, gliinzend.

174 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Fliigeldecken um ein gutes Stiick linger als der Halsschild, zusammen kaum linger

als breit, wenig kriiftig und wenig dicht punktiert, glinzend. Der Vorderrand der gelben.

Hinterrandborte ist gerade abgeschnitten.

Hinterleib miissig fein und nicht allzu dicht punktiert.

Linge: 3°2—4 mm.

Beim ¢ ist das 6. Sternit ziemlich schmal und ziemlich tief bogig ausgeschnitten.

32 Exemplare.

Loc. ‘Seychelles: Silhouette, Mahé, Praslin. Silhouette: high forest near Mont

Pot-a-eau and above Mare aux Cochons, including seven specimens taken from between

leaf-bases of a growing Stevensonia-palm at about 2000 ft., and one taken from another

Stevensonia at about 1500 feet. Mahé: high forests of Morne Blanc, Trois Fréres, and

Cascade, including two examples taken from leaf-bases of a growing Stevensonia. Praslin:

two examples from leaf-bases of growing Pandanus, Cotes d’Or Estate.”

32. Medon cephalotes, nov. spec.

Von der breiten und flachen Gestalt des Medon planus Kraatz und planatus Bernh.

und ihnen nahe verwandt, durch viel kiirzeren Halsschild und kiirzere, weniger dicht

punktierte Fliigeldecken sofort zu unterscheiden.

Heller oder dunkler rétlichbraun bis pechbraun mit rostroten Fiihlern, Tastern und

Beinen.

Kopf beim 2 viel breiter, beim ? kaum breiter als der Halsschild, deutlich breiter als

lang, nach riickwirts etwas bauchig erweitert mit verrundeten, in der Anlage spitz- bis

rechteckigen Hinterwinkeln, lings der Mitte schmal gegliittet, sonst sehr fein und sehr dicht

punktiert, wenig glinzend. Fiihler massig kurz, die vorletzten Glieder nur schwach quer.

Halsschild etwas schmiler als die Fliigeldecken, ziemlich stark quer, nach riickwiirts

geradlinig und miissig stark verengt, mit verrundeten Hinterwinkeln und stumpfen

Vorderecken, am Vorder- und Hinterrande gerundet, lings der Mitte schmal gegliittet, sehr

fein und ziemlich dicht punktiert, wenig gliinzend.

Fliigeldecken linger als der Halsschild, zusammen wenig linger als breit, fein und

missig dicht punktiert, massig glinzend.

Hinterleib sehr fein und sehr dicht punktiert, matt.

Lange: 2°7—3 mm.

Beim ¢ ist das 6. Sternit flach ausgerandet.

21 Exemplare.

Loe. ‘Seychelles: Silhouette, Mahé, Praslin. Silhouette: high forests, including two

specimens from between leaf-bases of a growing Pandanus hornei, and one from leaf-bases

of a palm. Mahé: high forest of Morne Blanc; Cascade Estate, one example from leaf-bases

of a Stevensonia. Praslin: forest on Cotes d’Or Estate, one specimen being from between

leaf-bases of a growing Coco-de-Mer (Lodoicea).”

33. Medon mgripennis, nov. spec.

In die nichste Nihe der vorigen Art zu stellen, von derselben niedergedriickten Gestalt,

jedoch auf den ersten Blick durch die auffillige Firbung, viel lingeren Kopf, Halsschild,

liingere Fliigeldecken und dichtere Punktierung zu unterscheiden.

Matt gelbrot, die Fliigeldecken schwarz, die Fiihler, Taster und Beine rétlichgelb.

MAX BERNHAUER—COLEOPTERA, STAPH YLINID. 175

Kopf breiter als der Halsschild, beim ¢ viel breiter als beim ?, fast so lang als breit,

nach riickwiirts deutlich erweitert, vorn beim % mit einem deutlichen Eindruck, hinten mit

iiusserst schmaler, glinzender Mittellinie, fein und sehr dicht punktiert. Fiihler kurz, ihre

vorletzten Glieder stark quer.

Halsschild deutlich schmiiler als die Fliigeldecken, fast linger als breit, nach riickwiirts

schwach verengt, tihnlich wie der Kopf, aber etwas weniger dicht punktiert, hinten mit

iiusserst feiner, kaum sichtbarer Liingsfurche.

Fliigeldecken viel linger als der Halsschild, zusammen viel linger als breit, viel stirker

als der letztere, sehr dicht und rauh punktiert, matt.

Hinterleib sehr fein und sehr dicht punktiert.

Linge: fast 3 mm.

Ob Geschlechtsauszeichnungen des $ bestehen, kann ich bei der Art der Praeparation

der vorliegenden Stiicke nicht ersehen.

4 Exemplare.

Loc. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 1000 ft., i. 1909. Silhouette: Pot-d-eau,

vill. 1908 ; Mare aux Cochons, ix. 1908.

34. Medon strigosus, nov. spec.

Im Allgemeinen von der Kérpergestalt des Medon fortepunctatus Bernh., etwas kleiner,

durch die dichte lingsrissige Punktierung des Halsschildes sofort zu erkennen.

Pech- bis rotbraun, die letzten Fiihlerglieder und die Schienen und Tarsen heller.

Kopf deutlich schmaler als der Halsschild, quer, hinter den Augen gleichbreit, kraftig,

und iusserst dicht, gleichmassig punktiert, matt. Ftihler ziemlich gestreckt, gegen die

Spitze nicht verdickt, die vorletzten Glieder kaum breiter als lang.

Halsschild kaum schmiiler als die Fliigeldecken, etwas breiter als lang, nach riickwarts

unmerklich verengt mit stark verrundeten Hinterecken, stark und sehr dicht langsrunzelig

skulptiert, matt mit scharfer Mittelfurche.

Fliigeldecken linger als der Halsschild, zusammen so lang als breit, miissig stark und

nicht allzu dicht punktiert, etwas glanzend.

Hinterleib miissig fein und ziemlich dicht, etwas rauh punktiert.

Linge: 3 mm. )

Loc. Seychellen. Praslin: Cotes d’Or Estate, Coco-de-Mer Wald in der Vallée

de Mai, xi. 1908, 2 Exemplare.

35. Medon duplicatus, Fauv.

Loc. Seychellen. Silhouette: Mare aux Cochons, ix. 1908, 1 Exemplar.

Madagaskar.

36. Scopaeus velutinus, Motsch.

Scopacus decipiens, Kraatz.

Loc. Seychellen: Long Island, vi. 1908, auf dem Strand, 1 Exemplar.

Ostindien, Ceylon, Borneo.

Tribus: Xantholinini.

37. Leptacinus magniceps, nov. spec.

Von Leptacinus batychrus Gyl. und den iibrigen Verwandten durch den grossen Kopf

und diefast gleichmissige Punktierung des Halsschildes und der Fliigeldecken unterschieden.

176 _ PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Pechbraun, die Fiihler, Taster und Beine rétlichgelb, glinzend.

Kopf viel breiter als der Halsschild, linger als breit, nach riickwiirts stark, jedoch

weniger erweitert als bei trigonocephalus Kraatz, lings der Mitte breit gegliittet, sonst

stark und missig weitliiufig punktiert. Fiihler sehr gedrungen, ihre vorletzten Glider

fast. dreimal so breit als lang.

Halsschild viel schmiiler als die Fliigeldecken, um ein Drittel linger als breit, an den

Seiten ziemlich gerade, nach riickwirts schwach verengt, neben der breiten, geglitteten

Mittelzone fein und ziemlich gleichmissig, hinten spiirlicher punktiert, ohne deutliche

Dorsal- oder Lingsreihen.

Fliigeldecken wenig liinger als der Halsschild, fein und ziemlich gleichmissig, miissig

dicht punktiert.

Hinterleib fein und ziemlich weitliiufig punktiert.

Linge: etwas tiber 3 mm.

3 Exemplare.

Loc. ‘Seychelles. Silhouette: Mare aux Cochons, about 1000 ft., and coconut-

planted country near sea-level at Pointe Etienne.”

38. Diochus punctipennis, Motsch.; Fauvel, op. cit., p. 117; Kolbe, Le.

4 Exemplare.

Loc. Seychellen. Mahé: Gegend bei Port Glaud, 500—1000 ft., 5. x1. 1908. Long

Island. Silhouette (viii. 1908).

Ostindien, Nordwest Australien.

Obwohl ich ein typisches Stiick dieser Art nicht gesehen habe, halte ich den vorlie-

genden Kifer, welcher mit meinem australischen Exemplar vollkommen iibereinstimmt, fiir

die Motschulsky’sche Art, dessen Beschreibung gut auf den Kafer passt.

Tribus: Staphylinini.

39. Philonthus fimbriolatus, Er.; Fauvel, op. cit., p. 118; Kolbe, /.c.

76 Stiick. Uberall hiufig.

Loc. Seychellen. Silhouette, Mahé: “throughout the mountain-forests.”

Madagaskar, Ostafrika, Erythraea.

40. Philonthus bisignatus, Boheman, var. peregrinus, Fauvel.

Philonthus peregrinus, Fauvel; id., op. cit., p. 118; Kolbe, Lc.

Dieses tiber das tropische und siidliche Afrika weit verbreitete Tier ist auch auf den

Seychellen einheimisch und daselbst an verschiedenen Fundorten nicht selten.

Loc. “The specimens, 18 in number, were found at several points in the forests of

Silhouette and Mahé, extending up to about 2000 ft.”

41. Philonthus lacustris, Bernh.

Loc. Aldabra: Takamaka, xi. 1908 (Fryer).

Ein einziges Stiick. Bisher aus Abessinien und Deutsch-Ostafrika bekannt.

42. Philonthus thermarum, Aub.

Diese kosmopolitische, bei uns in briihwarmen Komposthaufen vorkommende Art wurde

auf Mahé (Cascade Estate, Wald, 1000 ft., 1. 1909) in einem einzelnen Stiicke aufgefunden.

MAX BERNHAUER—COLEOPTERA, STAPHYLINID Al 177

43. Cafius nauticus, Fairmaire ; Fauvel, op. cit., p. 117; Kolbe, op. cit., p. 19.

Loc. Seychellen: Anonyme Island, 9. i. 1909; Long Island, vil. 1908; La Digue

(Alluaud, 1892).

Polynesien, Hawai, Australien, Java, Ceylon, China, Madagaskar, Ostatvika.

44. Cafius corallicola, Fairmaire ; Fauvel, l.c.; Kolbe, /.c.

Loc. Seychellen: Long Island, vii. 1908; Mahé, La Digue, Marie Anne, Round

Island (Alluaud, 1892).

Djibouti, Perim, Madagaskar, Mauritius, Australien, Neu-Kaledonien, Tahiti.

Tribus : Quediini.

45. Atanygnathus piceus, Motsch.

Tanygnathus piceus, Motsch.; Fauvel, op. cit., p. 118.

16 Stiick. .

Loc. “Seychelles: Silhouette, Mahé, La Digue. Silhouette; high forests, including

two specimens from leaf-bases of a growing Pandanus Horner, and two from leaf-bases of a

palm. Mahé: Morne Blanc and Cascade, examples from leaf-bases of two different Stevensonia-

palms. La Digue (Alluaud, 1892).”

Ostindien.

Tribus: Tachyporini.

46. Conosoma rufiventre (Fauvel).

Conurus rufiventris, Fauvel, op. cit., p. 119; Kolbe, l.c.

25 Exemplare.

Loc. ‘Seychelles. Silhouette, Mahé, Praslin, La Digue. Silhouette: high forests,

including one example from leaf-bases of a growing Stevensonia, at over 1500 ft., and

one specimen from the decayed stem of a native palm ; also one example from a nest of the

ant Pheidole punctulata, Mayr (A. Forel det.), near the coast. Mahé: high forests of Morne

Blane, Cascade, and of the Mare aux Cochons district. Praslin: Cétes d’Or Estate. La

Digue (Alluaud, 1892).”

47. Conosoma alluaudi (Fauvel).

Conurus alluaudi, Fauvel, /.c.; Kolbe, l.c.

33 Stiick.

Loc. Seychellen. Mahé: Hochwald bei Morne Blane, 1908 ; Cascade Estate, 800 tte

Silhouette: Hochwald bei Mont Pot-d-eau, vill. 1908; Mare aux Cochons, 1x. 1908.

Praslin: Cotes d’Or Estate, Coco-de-Mer Wald in der Vallée de Mai, xi. 1908; La Digue

(Alluaud, 1892).

48. Conosoma pedicularium, Grav., var. maheanum, nov. var.

Diese Form, welche im tibrigen von der langfliigeligen Abart unseres einheimischen

pediculariwm Grav. kaum verschieden zu sein scheint, unterscheidet sich von der Stamm-

form nur durch die in der Mitte schwach geschwiirzten Fiibler. 2 Exemplare.

Loc. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 1000—2000 ft., ii. 1909; Morne Blane, 1000 ft., x1.

1908.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVITI. 23

178 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

49. Coproporus heterocerus (Fauvel).

Cilea heterocera, Fauvel, op. cit., p. 118; Kolbe, /.c.

31 Stiick.

Loc. “Seychelles: Silhouette, Mahé, La Digue. Silhouette: from the high forests,

and also from near the coast (one example recorded as taken from fungus). Mahé: high

forest of Morne Blane, and a number of specimens from the forests above Cascade, over

1000 ft.” La Digue (Alluaud, 1892).

Sumatra.

50. Coproporus tachyporoides, Kraatz.

Loc. Silhouette: Mare aux Cochons, viii, ix. 1908, 5 Stiick.

Sonst in Ostindien und Deutsch-Ostafrika.

i I Coproporus MATINUS, NOV. spec.

In die unmittelbare Nihe des Coproporus brunneicollis Motsch. zu stellen, etwas

kleiner, etwas weniger gew6lbt, mit kiirzerem Halsschild und besonders durch die weniger

grob und viel dichter punktierten Fliigeldecken zu unterscheiden™.

Der Halsschild ist kiirzer, nach vorn etwas stirker verengt.

Die Farbung ist lichter rotbraun, die Fiihler sind angedunkelt mit hellerer Wurzel

und Spitze.

Wihrend bei brunnercollis die Punktierung der Decken gegen die Naht zu feiner wird,

ist sie bei der neuen Art fast gleichmiissig.

Lange: 2°5 mm.

2 Exemplare.

Loc. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 1000 ft.; Hochwald bei Morne Blane.

52. Coproporus minimus (Motsch.).

Cilea minima, Fauvel, op. cit., p. 119; Kolbe, le.

64 Exemplare.

Loc. “Seychelles: Silhouette, Mahé, Praslin. Found in a number of places in the

high forests of Silhouette and Mahé, and including some examples from the low country in

the latter island.” Mahé, Praslin (Alluaud, 1892).

Uber die indo-malayische Region weit verbreitet, auch auf Réunion.

53. Coproporus atomus, Kraatz.

Loc. Seychellen: Silhouette, Mahé, Praslin.

Ebenfalls fast auf allen Fundstellen gefangen. 72 Stiick.

Diese Art ist mir von Ceylon, den Philippinen, Nias-Inseln und Madagaskar bekannt.

Tribus: Oligotini.

54. Oligota chrysopyga, Kraatz.

Loc. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800—1000 ft., i. and ii. 1909, 36 Exemplare.

Ceylon.

* In der Mitte zwischen dieser Art und brwnneicollis Motsch, liegt eine Art aus Formosa, welche ich Copro-

porus formosae benenne und welche die gewolbtere Korperform mit der letztgenannten Art, die feinere und

dichtere Punktierung der Fliigeldecken mit marinus gemeinsam hat.

MAX BERNHAUER—COLEOPTERA, STAPHYLINIDA 179

Tribus: Bolitocharini.

55. Gyrophaena plicata, Fauvel, op. cit., p. 120; Kolbe, lc.

60 Stiick.

Loc. “Seychelles: Mahé, Silhouette, Praslin. From a number of places in the mountain-

forests, and in Mahé also from marshy ground and from cultivated country near sea-level.

Praslin: a large number from Cétes d’Or Estate, xi. 1908, and also taken by Alluaud in

1892.”

Madagaskar.

56. Placusa insularis, nov. spec.

Von der Gestalt einer sehr kleinen Atheta myrmecobia, iusserst fein und iiusserst

dicht, die Fliigeldecken ein klein wenig stiirker und weniger dicht punktiert, mit sehr

geringem Glanze.

Der Kifer ist ziemlich gleichbreit, nach vorn jedoch verengt, indem der Kopf viel

schmiiler als der Halsschild, dieser etwas schmiler als die Fliigeldecken ist.

Fiihler sehr kurz, gegen die Spitze stark verdickt, das 3. Glied kaum halb so lang als

das zweite, deutlich quer, die foleenden ziemlich gleichgebildet, sehr stark quer, mindestens

doppelt so breit als lang, das Endglied dick, etwas breiter als die vorletzten, so lang als die

zwei vorhergehenden zusammengenommen.

Halsschild doppelt so breit als lang, die Fliigeldecken etwas liinger als der Halsschild.

Linge: 1:2—1°4 mm.

Loc. Silhouette: Mare aux Cochons, ix. 1908, 1 Stiick.

Unter der Rinde von Dracaena.

57. Dvestota testacea, Kraatz.

Loc. Mahé: Hochwald zwischen Trois Fréres und Morne Seychellois, 1500—2000 ft.,

xi. 1908, 1 Exemplar.

Indo-malayisches Gebiet, Neu-Britannien, Queensland, Siidfrankreich.

58. Leptusa tropica, nov. spec.

Ziemlich von der Kérpergestalt der fuliginosa Aub., etwas kleiner, durch kiirzere

Fliigeldecken und die Geschlechtsauszeichnung des ¢ leicht zu unterscheiden.

Briunlichrot, wenig gliinzend, die Fiihler, Taster und Beine rétlichgelb, die Fliigeldecken

und der Hinterleib vor der Spitze gebriiunt.

Kopf viel schmiiler als der Halsschild, miissig fein und sehr dicht punktiert, fast matt,

mit ziemlich grossen Augen, die Schlafen hinter ihnen ungefiihr so lang als der von oben

sichtbare Liingsdurchmesser der Augen. Fiihler gegen die Spitze verdickt, ihr 3. Glied,

kiirzer als das zweite, das vierte quer, die folgenden allmiihlich breiter werdend, die vor-

letzten mehr als die Hiilfte linger als breit, das Endglied heller gelb, so lang als die zwei

vorhergehenden zusammengenommen.

Halsschild fast so breit als die Fliigeldecken, ziemlich stark quer, vor der Mitte

gerundet, nach riickwiirts fast ausgeschweift verengt, mit scharf stumpfwinkeligen Hinter-

ecken, vor dem Schildchen mit einem Quereindruck, iihnlich wie der Kopf punktiert.

Fliigeldecken kaum so lang als der Halsschild, stirker als der Vorderkérper, rauh und

etwas weniger dicht punktiert, matt.

23—2

180 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Hinterleib gleichbreit, ziemlich fein und miissig dicht, hinten feiner und weitliufiger

punktiert, ziemlich glinzend.

Linge: 1°2 mm. 7

Beim ¢ ist die Naht der Fliigeldecken hinter dem Schildchen in grosser Ausdehnung

kielformig aufgeworfen, das 7. Tergit auf der hinteren Hilfte mit zwei gebogenen glin-

zenden Faltchen.

28 Exemplare.

Loc. “Seychelles: Silhouette, Mahé, Praslin. Silhouette: high forests, including

one specimen taken from leaf-bases of a palm (the same individual tree yielded examples of

Leptusa longicollis, Paracyphea tenwipunctata, and P. maheana). Mahé: two specimens

from leaf-bases of a growing Stevensonia, near Morne Blanc. Praslin: Cotes d’Or

Estate.”

59. Leptusa rudepunctata, nov. spec.

Der vorigen Art dusserst nahe verwandt, ein klein wenig grésser, durch viel stiirkere

und weitliufigere, viel rauhere Punktierung des Kopfes, Halsschildes und der Fliigeldecken,

stiirkeren Glanz und lingeren Halsschild leicht zu unterscheiden.

Der Halsschild ist nur um ein Drittel breiter als lang, an den Seiten mehr gleichmassig

gerundet, in der Mittellinie deutlich gefurcht.

Geschlechtsauszeichnungen treten bei den bisher bekannten 2 Stiicken nicht deutlich —

hervor. |

Linge: 1°6 mm.

Loc. Praslin: Cétes d’Or Estate, Coco-de-Mer Wald in der Vallée de Mai, xi. 1908.

60. Leptusa longicollis, nov. spec.

Mit den beiden vorhergehenden Arten sehr nahe verwandt, von der erstgenannten

durch etwas gréssere Gestalt, stiirkeren Glanz und viel weniger dichte Punktierung des

ganzen Korpers, besonders auch des Hinterleibes und durch langeren und schmiileren

Halsschild, von rudepunctata m. durch viel schmiileren und lingeren, hinten stiirker und —

etwas ausgeschweift verengten Halsschild, das Quergriibehen vor dem Schildchen, den

Mangel der Mittelfurche, liingere Fliigeldecken und weitliiufigere Punktierung des Hinter-

leibes sofort zu unterscheiden. .

Der Kérper ist nach vorn verjiingt, der Halsschild viel schmiiler als die Fliigeldecken,

nur um ein Viertel linger als breit, ziemlich gewdolbt.

Die Fiirbung ist rotbraun bis pechbraun, mit hellerer Hinterleibswurzel, Fiihler und —

Beine rotlichgelb.

Linge: 1°5 mm. ,

Die Geschlechtsauszeichnung des f$ ist iihnlich wie bei tropica m., nur sind die

2 Lingsfiltchen am 7. Tergit in winzige Héckerchen reduziert und die Naht der Fliigel-

decken ist feiner und bis zum Hinterrande kielférmig erhoben.

4 Exemplare.

Loc, “Seychelles. Silhouette: from the high forest, three of the specimens being taken —

from leaf-bases of the palm mentioned above, in company with ZL. tropica and the two

species of Paracyphea.”

MAX BERNHAUER—COLEOPTERA, STAPHYLINIDA& 181

61. Leptusa sechellarum, nov. spec.

Ebenfalls mit Leptusa tropica m, niiher verwandt, fast von derselben Gestalt und

Grosse, heller gefiirbt, durch die wohl dreimal weitliufigere und dabei feinere Punktierung,

sowie den ziemlich starken Glanz des ganzen Korpers leicht zu unterscheiden.

Rotlichgelb, die Fliigeldecken mit Ausnahme der Wurzel und der Hinterleib vor der

Spitze schwach angedunkelt.

Die Fiihler iihnlich wie bei tropzca.

Kopf ziemlich fein und weitliufig punktiert, die Schlifen wie bei tropica.

Halsschild iihnlich wie der Kopf, jedoch ein klein wenig weniger weitliufig punktiert,

* die Seiten mehr gleichmiissig gerundet, nach riick wiirts etwas weniger verengt als bei tropica.

Die Fliigeldecken sind etwas liinger als der Halsschild, stiirker als dieser, aber weit-

liufiger punktiert, gliinzend.

Hinterleib sparlich punktiert, gliinzend.

Linge: 1°2—1°7 mm.

Beim ¢ besitzt das 7. Tergit in der Mitte der Scheibe zwei winzige Héckerchen, die

Naht ist iiusserst schmal erhoben.

Loe. Praslin: Cotes d’Or Estate, Coco-de-Mer Wald in der Vallée de Mai, xi. 1908.

ANEBOLURA, nov. gen.

In die unmittelbare Nahe von Phymatura, J. Sahlberg, zu stellen, von ihr durch die

seitlich deutlich sichtbaren Epipleuren des Halsschildes, etwas andere Gestalt des letzteren,

ungekielte Mittelbrust und die tief und schmal ausgehéhlte Wurzel der ersten freiliegenden

Tergite wohl gewiss generisch zu trennen:

Klein, der Kopf hinten kaum eingeschniirt, die Schliifen unten vollstiindig und scharf

gerandet.

Fiihler gedrungen, ihr drittes Glied sehr diinn, viel schmiiler und kiirzer als das zweite,

das vierte stark quer, die folgenden allmihlich breiter und kiirzer werdend, die vorletzten

fast doppelt so breit als lang, das letzte gross, eif6rmig zugespitzt, linger als die zwei

vorhergehenden zusammengenommen. Oberlippe quer, vorn fast gerade abgestutzt. Die

Kiefer kurz, die Spitze etwas hakig gekriimmt, innen schwach eckig vorspringend. Die

Innenlade der Kiefertaster schmal, an der Innenseite kaum hiiutig, miissig dicht mit breiten

und langen Stacheln besetzt, die Aussenlade breiter, an der hiutigen, breit abgestutzten

Spitze dicht behaart. Kiefertaster ziemlich lang und schlank, das vorletzte Glied keulig

verdickt, an der Wurzel schmal, das Endglied sehr schmal pfriemenférmig, aber sehr lang

gestreckt, kaum um ein Viertel kiirzer als das vorletzte. Das Kinn trapezférmig, vorn

leicht ausgerandet. Die Zunge schmal und gestreckt, an der Spitze bis zur Mitte ge-

spalten, die beiden Zipfel von ihrer Liingsmitte an plotzlich verschmilert. Die Lippen-

taster schlank, ihr erstes Glied um ein Drittel linger als breit, gegen die Spitze ver-

schmiilert, das zweite viel schmiiler, aber nur miissig ktirzer als das erste, das Endglied

sehr schmal, viel schmiiler und linger als das zweite.

Halsschild gewolbt, deutlich, aber nur miassig schmiiler als die Fliigeldecken, die Epi-

pleuren bei seitlicher Ansicht deutlich und breit sichtbar.

Fliigeldecken etwas gewélbt, hinten innerhalb der aiusseren Kcken deutlich ausge-

buchtet.

182 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Hinterleib gleichbreit, dick gerandet, an der Wurzel der drei ersten freiliegenden

Tergite sehr tief und schmal quer eingedriickt.

Mittelbrust ungekielt, hinten zugespitzt, die Spitze aber etwas abgestutzt, die Mittel-

hiiften etwas von einander abgeriickt.

Beine ziemlich kurz, die Vorder- und Mitteltarsen vier-, die Hintertarsen fiinfglied-

rig. An den Vordertarsen die drei ersten Glieder kurz, das Endglied linger als alle drei

zusammengenommen, die Mitteltarsen ihnlich gebildet, jedoch gestreckter. An den Hin-

tertarsen ist das erste Glied etwas kiirzer als die zwei folgenden, das 5. linger als die zwei

vorh erge bh enden zusammen ge nommen.

Das Tierchen wurde im feuchten Waldgebiet ungefiihr in einer SeehGhe von 1500 ft. >

gefangen.

62. Anebolura minutissima, nov. spec.

Dunkel rétlichgelb, stark gliinzend, der Hinterleib vor der Spitze breit geschwirzt,

die Fiihler gegen die Spitze undeutlich gebriiunt, die Taster und Beine heller rétlichgelb.

Kopf viel schmiler als der Halsschild, fein und spirlich punktiert, die Augen miissig

klein, die Schlafen ungefihr so lang als deren Liingsdurchmesser.

Halsschild miissig schmiler als die Fliigeldecken, um mehr als die Hiilfte breiter als

lang, vor der Mitte gerundet erweitert, vor dem Schildchen ohne deutlichen Eindruck,

sehr fein und spiirlich punktiert.

Fliigeldecken etwas linger als der Halsschild, stiirker als dieser, aber ebenso weitliufig

punktiert.

Hinterleib sehr fein, undeutlich und spirlich punktiert, stark glinzend.

Td rami,

Lange: 1:2

Beim ¢ besitzt das 7. Tergit eine Anzahl von Liingsk6rnchen und Fiiltchen.

11 Exemplare.

Loc. Seychellen. Félicité Island: Waldgebiet, 14—17. xii. 1908. Mahé: Morne

Seychellois, ober 1500 ft., 4. ii. 1909; Morne Blane, 1000 ft., 3. ii. 1909; Cascade Estate,

800—1500 ft., 1909; feuchter Hochwald zwischen Trois Fréres und Morne Seychellois, 1500

—2000 ft., x1. 1908. Silhouette: Wald bei Mare aux Cochons, 22. ix. 1908%*.

PARACYPHEA, hoy. gen.

Der vorherbeschriebenen Gattung ziemlich nahe verwandt, von ihr durch anders

gebildete Zunge und Lippentaster und durch die normal eingedriickten Querfurchen an

der Wurzel der Tergite, von Phymatura durch nicht gekielte Mittelbrust, die bei seitlicher

Ansicht deutlich und breit sichtbaren Epipleuren des Halsschildes, von beiden durch viel

breiteren Halsschild, von Cyphea, der die Gattung habituell sehr ahnlich ist, durch die

Bildung der Zunge und der Lippentaster leicht abzutrennen.

Im Allgemeinen sind die generischen Merkmale denen von Anebolura ziemlich ahnlich

und ich charakterisiere daher nur jene, die eine greifbare Verschiedenheit aufweisen.

Die Mundteile weisen mit Ausnahme der Zunge und Lippentaster keine grundlegende

Verschiedenheit auf. Die Zunge dagegen ist an der Spitze verhiiltnismiissig nur wenig tief,

dreieckig ausgeschnitten, sie ist sehr schmal und reicht ungefahr bis zur Hilfte des 2. Lip-

* One of the Silhouette examples was taken from leaf-bases of a growing palm (Stevensonia).

MAX BERNHAUER—COLEOPTERA, STAPHYLINIDA® 183

pentastergliedes. Die Lippentaster sind mebr allmahlich nach der Spitze zu verjiingt, das

2. Glied nur wenig schmiiler und wenig kiirzer als das erste, das dritte nur miissig schmiiler

und kaum linger als das zweite.

Halsschild mindestens so breit als die Fliigeldecken, stark quer, die umgeschlagenen

Seiten bei seitlicher Ansicht deutlich sichtbar.

Fliigeldecken am Hinterrande innerhalb der Hinterecken nicht ausgebuchtet.

Hinterleib ziemlich gleichbreit, an der Wurzel der ersten freiliegenden Tergite normal

eingedriickt.

An den 5-gliedrigen Hintertarsen ist das erste Glied nur miissig liinger als das zweite,

das Endglied sehr gestreckt, viel linger als die zwei vorhergehenden zusammengenommen.

63. Paracyphea tenuipunctata, nov. spec.

Pechschwarz bis pechbraun, die Wurzel und Spitze des Hinterleibes heller, die Fiihler,

Taster und Beine rotlichgelb.

Kopf halb so breit als der Halsschild, fein und ziemlich dicht punktiert, wenig gliinzend.

Augen missig gross, die Schlifen hinter ihnen ungefahr so lang als ihr Lingsdurchmesser.

Fiihler gegen die Spitze ziemlich verdickt, das dritte Glied kaum kiirzer und nur wenig

schmiiler als das zweite, das vierte kaum, die folgenden deutlich quer, die vorletzten um

die Hiilfte breiter als lang, das Endglied linger als die vorhergehenden zwei zusammen-

genommen.

Halsschild fast breiter als die Fliigeldecken, fast doppelt so breit als lang, an den Seiten

stark gerundet, nach riickwiirts deutlich ausgeschweift verengt, mit scharfen Hinterecken,

vor dem Schildchen kaum eingedriickt, ziemlich fein und sehr dicht, etwas rauh punktiert

und dicht grau behaart, matt.

Fliigeldecken so lang als der Halsschild, zasammengenommen stark quer, etwas stirker,

rauher und etwas weniger dicht punktiert als der Halsschild, fast matt, graubehaart.

Hinterleib ziemlich fein und ziemlich weitliufig, hinten spirlich punktiert, glinzend,

linger als der Vorderkorper behaart.

Linge: 1°3—1°7 mm.

Beim ¢ ist das 7. Tergit mit zwei Lingsfaltchen bewehrt.

16 Sttick.

Loc. ‘Seychelles: Silhouette, Mahé. Silhouette: high forests; one example being

from leaf-bases of the palm referred to (p. 180), in company with Leptusa tropieca, ete.

Mahé: near Morne Blanc.”

64. Paracyphea asperata, nov. spec.

Von den beiden anderen Arten durch die tiefdunkle Farbung, viel stirker nae riick-

warts verengten und dadurch schmiler erscheinenden Halsschild und besonders die kriftige

und mindestens doppelt so weitliufige Punktierung der Fliigeldecken und des Vorderkérpers

auf den ersten Blick zu unterscheiden.

Die Farbe ist schwarz, die Beine und Fiihler angedunkelt, letztere mit hellerer

Wurzel.

Der Halsschild ist vor der Mitte stark erweitert, daselbst so breit als die Fliigeldecken

an den Schultern, nach riickwiirts stark ausgeschweift verengt mit scharfen Hinterecken.

184 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Der Vorderkorper ist weniger matt, als bei den vorigen Arten, die Fliigeldecken kraftig

und wenig dicht punktiert, glinzend.

Der Hinterleib ist spirlich punktiert, stark glinzend.

Linge: 1°5 mm.

Beim ¢ besitzt das 7. Tergit ausser zwei kriiftigen Lingsfaltchen zu beiden Seiten der

Mitte noch eine Anzahl von kriiftigen Liingskérnchen. Die Naht der Fliigeldecken ist fast

der ganzen Linge nach kielf6rmig erhoben.

21 Exemplare.

Loc. “Seychelles: Silhouette, Mahé, Praslin. Silhouette, high forests: one example

was taken from leaf-bases of a growing Pandanus Horne; seven others from leaf-bases of

a growing Pandanus seychellarum; two specimens from leaf-bases of a growing Roscheria-

palm; and two others from leaf-bases of the palm already referred to (p. 180), in company

with Leptusa longicollis, etc. Mahé: high damp forest at summit of Morne Pilot, over

2000 ft.; near Morne Blanc, about 1000 ft. Praslin: three examples from leaf-bases of

a growing Coco-de-Mer (Lodoicea), Vallée de Mai, xi. 1908.”

65. Paracyphea maheana, nov. spec.

Der vorhergehenden Art iiusserst nahe stehend, bei einiger Aufmerksamkeit jedoch

durch stirkere, rauhere und etwas weniger dichte Punktierung, besonders aber durch das

nur spiirlich punktierte Abdomen und dessen stiirkeren Glanz zu unterscheiden.

Der Halsschild ist nicht ganz so breit als bei tenuepunctata, die Farbung etwas dunkler,

der Koérper etwas kieiner und die Geschlechtsauszeichnung des f auf 2 kleine Héckerchen

reduziert.

Linge: etwas tiber 1 mm.

12 Stiick.

Loc. “Seychelles: Silhouette, Mahé, and Marie Anne Islands. Silhouette: forest

above Mare aux Cochons, one specimen being from leaf-bases of Pandanus Hornet. Mahé:

eight examples from leaf-bases of a Stevensonza near Morne Blanc; one from forest above

Cascade, 1000—2000 ft. Marie Anne Island, from drier type of forest near sea-level,

one specimen.”

66. (?) Bolitochara amabilis, Motsch.

Loc. Seychellen: Long Island, vii. 1908 (1 Exemplar).

Ceylon. : 7

‘Tribus: Myrmedoniini.

67. Falagria coarcticollis, Fauvel, op. cit., p. 121; Kolbe, le.

Loc. ‘Mahé: marshes on coastal plain at Anse aux Pins and Anse Royale, 19—21.

1. 1909,” 1 Stiick.

Madagaskar, Mauritius, La Réunion, Sansibar, Gabun,. Senegal, Ostafrika.

68. Coenonica puncticollis, Kraatz; Fauvel, op. cit., p. 122; Kolbe, lc.

Loc. Silhouette: Mont Pot-a-eau, 1500 ft., viii. 1908; Mare aux Cochons, 6. ix. 1908;

4 Exemplare.

Ceylon, Ostindien, Sarawak, Tropisches Afrika, Queensland, Insel Juan Fernandez,

Aegypten, England.

MAX BERNHAUER—COLEOPTERA, STAPHYLINIDA 185

69. Atheta (subg. Atheta, s. st.) laeticollis, Fauvel, op. cit., p. 121; Kolbe, le.

Loe. Silhouette: Hochgegend nahe Mont Pot-d-eau, viii. 1908; Mare aux Cochons,

ix. 1908. Mahé: Morne Blane, 1000 ft., xi. 1908; Hochwald von Morne Blane und Pilot,

x1. 1908; Cascade Estate, 800—1000 ft., i—iil. 1909; Mare aux Cochons Distrikt, 1000—

2000 ft., i—ii. 1909. Praslin (Alluaud, 1892).

65 Stiick. Die Art scheint iiberall recht hiiufig zu sein.

70. Atheta (subg. Atheta, s. st.) corrvaria, Kraatz.

Diese fast iiber die ganze Erde verbreitete, bei uns in brithheissen Komposthaufen

vorkommende Art wurde an zahlreichen Stellen der Inselgruppe aufgefunden (Mahé, Sil-

houette, und Marie Anne Islands: 24 Exemplare).

71. Atheta (subg. Atheta s. st.) dilutepennis Motsch.

(Atheta mucronata Kraatz, putrescens Woll., subputrescens Woll., destituta Waterh.)

19 Exemplare.

Loc. Silhouette: Hochgegend nahe Mont Pot-a-eau, vill. 1908; Mare aux Cochons.

Mahé: Hochwald bei Morne Blane, x. 1908; Wald bei Cascade Estate, i.—ii. 1909, 1000 ft.

Praslin: Cotes d'Or Estate, besonders vom Coco-de-Mer Wald in der Vallée de Mai, xi. 1908.

Marie Anne Island, aus dem Walde von “Takamaka,” “Bois de Natte,” u.s.w., 3. xii. 1908.

In der indo-malayischen Fauna und im tropischen Afrika bis zu den canarischen Inseln

verbreitet.

72. Atheta (subg. Metaxya) imsularis, nov. spec.

Von den tibrigen Arten durch die an Liogluta evinnernde robuste Kérpergestalt und

die rauhe Punktierung verschieden.

Tiefschwarz, die Schienen und Tarsen schmutzig rétlichgelb.

Kopf viel schmiiler als der Halsschild, kriftig und dicht punktiert, etwas gliinzend,

die Schlifen hinten kurz gerandet. Fihler sehr diinn und gestreckt, gegen die Spitze kaum

verdickt, ihr drittes Glied linger als das zweite, das vierte doppelt so lang als breit, die

folgenden allmiihlich etwas ktirzer werdend, das vorletzte jedoch noch immer viel linger als

breit, das Endglied sehr gestreckt, fast dreimal so lang als breit, so lang als die zwei vor-

herigen zusammen. Halsschild etwas schmiiler als die Fliigeldecken, héchstens um ein

Drittel breiter als lang, an den Seiten gleichmiissig gerundet, mit stumpfwinkeligen Hin-

terecken, rauh und dicht punktiert, matt.

Fliigeldecken wenig linger als der Halsschild, noch rauher und dichter punktiert als

der letztere.

Hinterleib gleichbreit, missig fein, etwas rauh und dicht, nach hinten allmiihlich etwas

weniger dicht, am siebenten Tergit ziemlich weitliufig punktiert.

Linge: 3—4°2 mm.

Beim 2 ist das siebente Tergit am Hinterrande undeutlich gezihnelt, das sechste

Sternit gerundet vorgezogen.

Loc. Silhouette: Pot-i-eau, vill. 1908, 1500 ft., 8 Exemplare.

73. Atheta (subg. Acrotona) flavocephala, nov. spec.

Ganz von der Gestalt der Atheta fungi Grav., durch die eigenartige Farbung sofort

kenntlich. ,

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 24

186 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Schwarz, glinzend, gewolbt, der Kopf und die Wurzel der briiunlichen Fiihler rét-

lichgelb, die Beine pechbraun mit helleren Schienen und Tarsen.

Kopf halb so breit als der Halsschild, mit kurzen, den Liingsdurchmesser der Auge”

nicht erreichenden, unten gerandeten Schliifen, sehr fein und spiirlich punktiert. Fiihler—

gegen die Spitze etwas verdickt, das 3. Glied wenig kiirzer als das zweite, die vorletzten

schwach quer. ;

Halsschild so breit als die Fliigeldecken an den Schultern, um mehr als die Halfte —

liinger als breit, an den Seiten gleichmiissig gerundet, sehr fein und weitliufig punktiert,

die umgeschlagenen Seiten bei seitlicher Ansicht kaum sichtbavr.

Fliigeldecken wenig linger als der Halsschild, etwas stirker und weniger weitliufig —

als dieser punktiert.

Hinterleib nach hinten deutlich verengt, fein und weitliufig, binten spirlich punktiert.

Linge: nicht ganz 2 mm.

Deutliche Geschlechtsauszeichnungen treten nicht hervor.

4 Exemplare.

Loc. “Seychelles: Mahé, Félicité. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 1000 ft., Be forest

above. Félicité: forest of the drier type, near sea-level, xii. 1908.”

Tribus: Aleocharini.

74. Aleochara funesta, Bernhauer.

23 Stiick.

Loc. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 1000 ft., 1908—9.

Westafrika.

No. IlI.—A GEOGRAPHICAL SUMMARY BASED ON DR MAX BERNHAUER'S

ENUMERATION OF THE STAPHYLINIDA OF THE SEYCHELLES, CHA-

GOS, AND ALDABRA ISLANDS, WITH NOTES ON THEIR BIOLOGY.

By Hueu Scort, M.A., Sc.D., F.ES.

(CoMMUNICATED BY Proressor J. STANLEY GARDINER, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

Read 5th May, 1921.

In the foregoing report (pp. 165—186) Dr Bernhauer has given a systematic account

of all the Staphylinide collected by the Percy Sladen Trust Expedition. The present article

constitutes an attempt to summarise the geographical distribution and affinities of these

- forms. Opinions as to the relationships of particular species with their congeners are drawn

from the systematic report. Records of the range of non-endemic species are taken partly

from Dr Bernhauer’s manuscript and letters, partly from the Catalogue of Staphylinidee*.

But though it is founded on information derived from these sources, the present writer holds

himself alone responsible for any more general views expressed in this summary.

A résumé of biological data is also given, based on the writer's collecting experiences

and journal. He has also checked the lists of localities in Dr Bernhauer’s report, and the

remarks in English and in inverted commas are drawn up from his field notes.

Seventy-four species of Staphylinid beetles were collected by the Expedition. Seventy-

one of these were taken in the Seychelles, and only three in the other groups of islands

visited. They may be discussed as follows :

Chagos Islands.

From this purely coralline group, the easternmost, and almost the northernmost,

archipelago visited, one species, Trogophlaus (Carpalimus) chagosanus, n. sp., is described.

It has several points of resemblance with 7. (C.) palustris, n. sp., from the lower levels in

the Seychelles. The genus and subgenus are known from all parts of the world. No other

Staphylinid was received from the Chagos group.

Aldabra.

Two species were found in this coral atoll of peculiar formation, the southwesternmost

point of the range of the Expedition, the closest to Africa, and almost the closest to Mada-

gascar. The first, Bledius marinus, n.sp., in some ways resembles a form of the Palzarctic

B. fracticornis, Payk. The insects of this genus are known from all parts of the world,

living in winding burrows which they excavate in sandy river-banks and on the sea-coast.

The second species, Philonthus lacustris, Bernhauer, was known hitherto from Abyssinia.

There seems to be no previous published record of any Staphylinid from Aldabra. Neither

Kolbe’s account of the beetles collected there by Voeltzkow (Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxvi.

p. 569, 1902), nor Linell’s report on those obtained by Abbot in Aldabra and Glorioso

(Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xix. p. 695, 1897), mentions any member of this family.

* Coleopterorum Catalogus (Junk and Schenkling); parts 19, 29, 40, 57, 67 (1910—1916), by Bernhauer and

Schubert, deal with Staphylinide, but the whole family is not yet covered.

24—2

188 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Seychelles.

These mountainous islands, ancient and granitic, with their highly peculiar endemic

forests, are rich in Staphylinidee. Fauvel (Rev. d’Ent., Caen, xvii. p. 114, 1898) enumerated

28 species from the material collected by Alluaud in 1892, 11 of these being described as

new. Kolbe (Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, v. p. 3, 1910) reporting on those taken in the islands

by Brauer, added one more (Osorius sechellarum, described as new), making 29 in all.

The collection at present under review contains 71 species. But 10 of the species included

in Fauvel’s report have not been found again by the Percy Sladen Trust Expedition.

Assuming therefore that these are really distinct from any in the present collections, the

total number known from the Seychelles is 81 species.

The ten species recorded by Fauvel but not by Bernhauer are the following. Their

known range outside the Seychelles is briefly indicated. They are not referred to in

Dr Bernhauer’s systematic report.

Lispinus castaneus, Fauvel (New Guinea).

Oaytelus nitidifrons, Wollaston (St Helena, Singapore, Hawaiian Is. ).

Oxytelus ferrugineus, Kraatz (throughout warmer parts of world).

Holotrochus curticollis, Fauvel (Madagascar).

Medon microthorax, Fauvel (Madagascar).

Scopeus limbatus, Kraatz (Oriental Region).

Philonthus dilutipes, Fauvel (Madagascar, Mascarenes, Java),

Philonthus peliomerus, Kraatz (St Helena and Oriental Region).

Coproporus exul, Fauvel (New Caledonia).

Aleochara puberula, Klug (Madagascar, Singapore, Europe).

The 81 species recorded from the archipelago represent 16 tribes* and 39 genera.

Among them 2 genera, 28 species, and 1 variety of a widespread species, are described by

Bernhauer as new to science. These latter, of course, are known only from the Seychelles,

as are 6 other species previously described (by Fauvel and Kolbe), making 34 species in all

not known from outside the islands f.

* Piestini, Omaliini, Oxytelini, Osoriini, Stenini, Euzsthetini, Pinophilini, Peederini, Xantholinini, Staphy-

linini, Quediini, Tachyporini, Oligotini, Bolitocharini, Myrmedoniini, Aleocharini.

+ The Hawaiian Islands-——much larger than the Seychelles, but purely voleanic—have 119 species, 7.¢. 24

foreign forms included in 16 genera, and 95 endemic species in 13 genera. As instances of the remarkable con-

trasts exhibited by the two faunas may be mentioned the following. In the Hawaiian Islands Oligota has

28 species, all endemic, and the allied endemic genus Ziophena contains another 3 species: in the Seychelles only

one species of Oligota has been found, and that is known also from Ceylon. In the Hawaiian Islands there are

29 species of Dzestota, all but one being endemic, and there are two closely related, monotypic, endemic genera;

in the Seychelles, only one Diestota, and that very wide ranging. Myllena has 11 species, all endemic, in the

Hawaiian Islands: in the Seychelles this genus has not been found at all. [See Yauna Hawatiensis, i. pp. exiii,

CxxxVii; ili. p. 538 sqq.] There is almost nothing in the Seychelles Staphylinid fauna approaching these great

Hawaiian ‘“‘endemic complexes” belonging to single genera, The largest number of species belonging to one

genus in the Seychelles is exhibited by the 10 species of Medon, 8 of which are described as new: [in the

Hawaiian Islands this genus has only two representatives, both foreign to the endemic fauna, while two allied

genera contain 5 other species, probably endemic}. The Seychelles indeed possess 6 species of Lispinus, but 5 of

these occur in other parts of the world ; and 6 species of Coproporus, but again all but one are known from else-

where. On the other hand, the 4 species of Leptusa and the 3 species of Paracyphea are almost certainly

endemic.

These contrasts may be taken as typical of what may prove to be the difference between the whole

Coleopterous faunas of the two archipelagoes. Leaving out of account imported forms, in the Seychelles the

endemic beetle fauna will probably be found to be composed of more genera in proportion to its size; but fewer

HUGH SCOTT—GEOGRAPHICAL SUMMARY OF THE STAPHYLINIDA® 189

The 81 forms may be roughly tabulated thus :

I. Species belonging to genera which are known only from the Seychelles fF ae,

Il. Species known only from the Seychelles, but belonging to widespread genera a OU)

III. Species known also from other countries zo a ov ie er we 47

I. The two new genera both belong to the Bolitocharini. Anebolura, n.g., represented

by a single species, is stated to be very close to Phymatura, a genus containing three

known species, one European and two Brazilian. Paracyphea, n.g., represented by three

species, is fairly near to Anebolura and to Cyphea, the latter of which is known only

from a single species, and that European.

II. Of the 30 other species known only from the Seychelles, but belonging to wide-

spread genera, 24 are described as new in Dr Bernhauer’s report, 5 were previously

described by Fauvel and 1 by Kolbe. It is not easy to summarise their affinities from

a geographical point of view. Paragonus insularis, n.sp., belongs to a genus only three

other species of which are catalogued (1911), all of them from the Oriental Region*. The

other forms belong to 15 genera, which, as at present understood, occur in all parts of the

world, or at any rate in several of the great geographical regions. Seven of the species are

included in the great genus Medon, 4 in Leptusa; the remaining 18 represent 13 genera.

Nor do the species themselves seem to present predominant affinities with their congeners

in any one region.

The following is a brief summary of what is said as to the specific affinities of these

forms by Bernhauer and the other writers: Oriental: Paragonus imsularis, n. sp., has

Oriental affinities (see above) ; Medon strigosus, n. sp., is near a Ceylon species ; M. cepha-

lotes and M. nigripennis, n. spp., also appear to be near Oriental forms. Oriental and

Africa: Coproporus marinus, n. sp., 18 near a species known from both these regions. Mada-

gascar: Stenus silvicola, n. sp., 1s probably very close to a Madagascar species. Madagas-

ear and Africa: Osorius sechellarum is regarded by Kolbe (op. cit. p. 37) as belonging to

the “ Afro-Madagascan” element in the Seychelles fauna. Africa: H’speson scotti, n. sp.,

of these genera will be confined to the islands, and many are represented by single species, or by a few species

clearly separated one from the other. In the Hawaiian Islands, on the other hand ; possibly fewer genera in

proportion to the size of the fauna, but more of them endemic, and many containing large numbers of species

constituting “remarkable networks of precinctive forms” [Dr Sharp, Yawna Have.,, iii. p. 554], and often very

hard to distinguish clearly from one another. The peculiar group of Seychellean weevils, Phcenicobatina, is an

exception to this, for in numbers it vies with the Hawaiian “endemic complexes”: Phanicobates contains 25

species, and two allied genera include another 3 species.

T. V. Wollaston enumerated from Madeira 116 species of Staphylinide belonging to 39 genera (Coleopt.

Atlantidum (1865), Appendix, pp. 113—117; also the addenda to that work, published at the end of Coleopt.

Hesperidum, p. 277); from the Canaries, 145 species belonging to 41 genera (/. c.); and from the dry and barren

Cape Verde Islands, 40 species belonging to 21 genera (Coleopt. Hesperidwm (1867), pp. 270—272). These figures

take no account of subsequent additions to our knowledge of the faunas of these islands.

* The terms “Oriental,” ‘ Indo-Malay,” and ‘ Australasian,” are here used in the usually accepted zoo-

geographical sense. ‘‘ Oriental” includes India, Ceylon, Further India, Malay Peninsula, ete., and all the Indo-

Malay islands of the Eastern Archipelago. ‘“ Indo-Malay” signifies a part of the ‘Oriental Region,” @.e. that

portion of the Eastern Archipelago lying west and north of the line dividing the Australasian from the Oriental]

Region. ‘“ Australasian” includes New Guinea and the other islands east of that dividing line, together with

Australia, New Zealand, and the South Pacific Islands.

190 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

the two new species of Hdaphus, and probably Trogophlaeus palustris, n. sp., are near to

African species of their respective genera. Australasia: Lispinus politulus is stated by

Fauvel (J.c.) to be close to L. castaneus, a species known both from New Guinea and

the Seychelles. Palearctic: Atheta leticollis, Fauvel, and the four new species of Lep-

tusa, appear to have some points of resemblance with certain Palearctic forms. World-

wide: Medon testaceorufus, n. sp., is near the almost world-wide M. debilicornis, Woll.,

and Leptacinus imagniceps, n. sp., and Atheta flavocephala, n. sp., in some ways resemble

very widespread species of their respective genera. Nothing is said about the specific.

affinities of the other ten of these forms.

III. Lastly there are the 47 widespread species (37 of these being represented in the

collections of the Percy Sladen Trust Expedition, and the other 10 being those listed

above which were not obtained during that Expedition). They may be grouped as follows.

The large number of headings is rendered necessary by the fact that many of them are

known from two or more regions.

Known from (i) Oriental Region, 10 species: Hleusis kraatz, Fauv., Lispinus

specularis, Bernh., Phl@onomus singularis, Kr., Scopeus velutinus, Motsch., S. limbatus,

Kr., Atanygnathus piceus, Motsch., Coproporus heterocerus, Fauy., C. atomus, Kr., Oligota

chrysopyga, Kr., Bolitochara amalilis, Motsch.: [only a single example is doubtfully

referred to the last]. (ii) Both Oriental and Japan: Stilieus ceylanensis, Kr.

(iii) Oriental and Madagascar-Mascarene: Palamimus pennifer, Fauv., Phalon-

thus dilutipes, Fauyv., Coproporus minimus, Motsch. (iv) Oriental, Madagascar-

Mascarene, and Africa: Philonthus peregrinus, Fauv. (v) Oriental and Africa:

Coproporus tachyporoides, Kr. (vi) Oriental and St Helena: Philonthus pelio-

merus, Kr. (vii) Oriental and Australasian: Lispinus equalis, Fauv., Deochus

punctipennis, Motsch. (vii) Australasian: Lispinus castaneus, Fauv., Coproporus

exul, Fauv. (ix) Madagascar: Iaspinus obscurellus, Fauy., Holotrochus curticolls,

Fauy., Medon duplicatus, Fauv., Medon microthorax, Fauv., Gyrophena plicata, Fauy.

(x) Madagascar and Africa: Philonthus fimbriolatus, Er., Falagria coarcticollis, Fauv.

(xi) Africa: Hdaphus africanus, Epp., Aleochara funesta, Bernh. (xi) Europe (ine.

Mediterranean): Astenus melanarius, Kiist., [also A. neglectus, Mirk., one specimen

doubtfully placed as a variety of this species ; and Conosoma pedicularium, Grav., of which

a new variety, maheanum, is described]. (xii) Very widespread in the Old World:

LIispinus impressicollis, Motsch., Oxytelus nitidifrons, Woll., Cafius nauticus, Fairm., C.

corallicola, Fairm., Diestota testacea, Kr., Atheta dilutipennis, Motsch., Aleochara

puberula, Klug. (xiv) Throughout warmer parts of world (or even cosmopolitan) :

Anceus exiguus, Er., Oxytelus ferrugineus, Kr., Mimogonus fumator, Fauv., Medon

debilicorms, Woll., Philonthus thermarum, Aubé, Canonica puncticollis, Kr., Atheta

coriarva, Kr.

Alluaud in 1893 remarked* on the predominant Indo-Malayan aftinities of the

Seychelles Coleoptera in general: “en ce qui concerne les Coléoptéres, les Séchelles

semblent constituer plutét une limite occidentale de la faune malaise qu'une limite boréale

* Mission scientifique aux Séchelles: considérations générales (Bull. Soc. ent. France, 1893, pp. xevii—xcix).

HUGH SCOTT—GEOGRAPHICAL SUMMARY OF THE STAPHYLINIDA 19]

de la faune malgache; dans tous les cas, elles ne contiennent aucune indication d'une

limite orientale de la faune africaine.” Fauyel (op. cit.) made no general statements as to

the relationships of the Staphylinide then known from these islands. Kolbe (op. cit.)

analyses at some length the affinities of the fauna as a whole, and of the Coleoptera in

particular : enumerating the endemic element, the large Oriental element, the Madagascar-

Mascarene, African, and Afro-Madagascan elements*. As to the Staphylinide, he remarks

that among the 29 species then known to him, 10 had affinities with the Oriental fauna,

6 with the Madagascan, and 1 with the African; while certain of the remaining species

were endemic, and some to be regarded as imported. The increase of the known Staphy-

linid fauna of the islands from 29 to 81 species not unnaturally modifies to some extent

the conclusions based on earlier work. Affinities seem to point in so many directions that

the result is somewhat confusing; yet, when certain allowances are made, it may be

doubted whether the earlier conclusions need be essentially changed. It is impossible in

many cases to say which species have been imported by human agency, which have crossed

the ocean by natural means, or which may be relics of past ages when ancient land-

connections existed. Our knowledge of the representatives and distribution in surrounding

continents of many of the genera— particularly minute forms such as Atheta and Leptusa—

must still be extremely fragmentary+. Many of the known forms, too, are exceedingly

widespread. But even when these things are taken into account, the Staphylinid fauna

seems to present very considerable Oriental affinities, a rather smaller degree of relation-

ship with Madagascar, and still smaller African and Australasian elements.

It is too soon as yet to summarise the relationships of the whole Coleopterous fauna

of the Seychelles as based on the material collected by the Percy Sladen Trust Expedition.

Something, however, may be deduced from the families already worked out. The endemic

element is sufficiently marked and peculiar. For instance, out of 134 species of Curculio-

nidee, at least 100 are probably endemic, and one entire section (Phcenicobatina) is so far

known only from the Seychelles}. Raftray§, in his interesting analysis of the Seychellean

Pselaphidee, remarks on their complete lack of resemblance with those of Madagascar—

not a single genus of these insects is common to Madagascar and the Seychelles—and

their pronounced Indo-Malayan and Austro-Malayan affinities: in the case of six genera

out of a total of 12, and 11 species out of 17, one must seek for their morphological

affinities in the most eastern countries of Continental Asia, in the Malay Islands, and even

as far as the margins of the Pacitic. HH. Gebien, in his most valuable report on the Tene-

* Kolbe considered also that certain Seychellean forms have relationships with the faunas of Australasia

(especially New Zealand) and South America, and discusses the possibility of their having spread northwards

from an ancient, circumpolar, Antarctic fauna. In so far as these ideas are based on certain peculiar genera of

Seychellean Tenebrionide, they must be considerably modified in the light of Gebien’s careful study of the

Seychelles representatives of that family published later in this volume.

+ Reference ‘must be made to Dr Malcolm Cameron’s recent work on the Staphylinide of the island

of Singapore (Z'rans. Ent. Soc. 1918, pp. 58—90, 231—246 ; 1920, pp. 212—284, 347—413), This work, enumera-

ting 257 species, 146 of which are described as new, should prove a valuable contribution towards our knowledge

of Oriental Staphylinids, including the small and obscure forms.

{ G. C, Champion, 7’r, Linn. Soc. London, ser. 2, Zool., xvi. p. 393 (1914).

§ A. Raffray, 7’. Linn. Soc. London, ser. 2, Zool., xvi. p. 117.

192 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

brionidee (infra, p. 261), increases the known Tenebrionid fauna of the Seychelles proper from

12 to over 30 species: of these, 21 are endemic, and 11 of them belong to endemic genera.

The endemic genera are extremely isolated and specialised forms showing no connection with

any of those of surrounding regions; but the other endemic species, which do not belong

to these genera, present almost exclusively Oriental affinities (in certain cases belonging

to genera which range as far as the Papuan region or even extend into Australia), and

this leaning towards the Orient is increased also by the presence in the Seychelles of

certain other species, hitherto regarded as purely Oriental. Gebien finds also a less pro-

nounced Madagascan element in the fauna, but only one typically African species, a

widely-distributed form. On the other hand, Schenkling, in his report on the Cleridz

(infra, p. 825), finds a very strong liaison with the fauna of Madagascar, 4 out of 6 species

showing very close Madagascan affinities, while the two remaining forms are cosmopolitan.

* * * # %

Biological Notes.

The majority of the species—particularly those known only from the islands, and

presumably endemic—were found only in the endemic forests which remain uncleared at

elevations above 1000 feet. Certain forms, however, occurred at all elevations, from the

cultivated lands near sea-level, where the vegetation is almost entirely non-indigenous, far

up into the endemic forests: such are Lispinus specularis, L. obscurellus, and Medon

debilicornis, none of which insects is peculiar to the Seychelles. Trogophleus palustris,

n. sp., was found only on the flat coastal marshes on the narrow plains between the beach

and the foot of the mountains at Anse aux Pins and Anse Royale in Mahé—marshes in

which the plant-life, again, is for the most part not endemic. The following species were taken

only on the beaches of Anonyme Island and Long Island (small coconut-planted islets off

the coast of Mahé): Astenus neglectus, var. (?), Scopwus velutinus, Medon testaceorufus,

n. sp. (in seaweed), Cafius nauticus, and Cafius corallicola (in seaweed). Some of these

are well-known littoral forms. The habitat of Stenus salvicola, n. sp., seems to be somewhat

curious ; it was one of the characteristic beetles captured by beating foliage in the high

mountain-forests—not the foliage of palms and Pandanus, but the frequent secondary

forest of comparatively small dicotyledonous trees and bushes. Yet the members of this

genus are more usually associated with the low vegetation on banks of streams. But the

latter are plentiful in the Seychelles forests, and a Stenus beaten from trees need not be

very far from water.

One specimen (out of a considerable series) of Conosoma rufiventre, Fauv., was found

in a nest of the ant Phedole punctulata, Mayr, near the coast. Other examples of the

beetle occurred in quite different situations, including palm leaf-bases (see below).

LEAF-BASES OF PALMS AND Panpanus. Most interesting is the number of species

taken from between the bases of the leaves of growing endemic palms and screw-pines

(Pandanus). The writer gave particular attention* to the fauna of this peculiar habitat,

which yielded a rich booty. Fourteen species of Staphylinide occurred in such situations,

sometimes several (as many as four) species in a single palm. None of them, however, was

found exclusively in this habitat, but all occurred in other places as well—unlike certain

* Tr. Linn. Soc. London, ser. 2, Zool., xiv. p. 24 (1910).

HUGH SCOTT—GEOGRAPHICAL SUMMARY OF THE STAPHYLINID A 193

Aphodiinze and Scydmeenidz which were not found elsewhere. Some of the 14 Staphy-

linids are not even peculiar to the islands, and may be merely chance invaders of the leaf-

bases. Others, such as two of the new species of Leptusa, and the species of the new

genus Paracyphea, were found in these places in numbers sufficient to justify their being

regarded as a real part of the leaf-base fauna. The following is a list of the fourteen forms :

the trees in the leaf-bases of which they were found are indicated as follows: s, R, L signify

respectively the palms Stevensonia, Roscheria, and Lodoicea (the ‘Coco-de-Mer”), while

pe = Pandanus.

Inspinus specularis (s), L. umpressicollis (8), Osorius seychellarum (s), Edaphus afri-

canus (8), Medon testaceomarginatus (8, P), M. cephalotes (s, L, P), Atanygnathus piceus

(s, P), Conosoma rufiventre (s), Leptusa tropica (s), L. longicollis (s), Anebolura minutis-

sima (8), Paracyphea tenuipunctata (s), P. asperata (8, R, L, P), P. maheana (s, P).

It will be seen that all were taken from the palm Stevensonia, the most suitable kind

for housing a fauna and for investigation by an entomologist. Three species were also

found in Pandanus, one in both Pandanus and Lodoicea, and one in all three kinds of

palms and in Pandanus as well. The occurrence of a beetle in Roscheria is noteworthy :

this palm usually has no leaf-base fauna, owing to the leaf stalks wrapping so closely one

round the other at the base that no room is left for humus or water to accumulate. In

Stevensonia the leaf-axils contain a fine, damp, slimy, humus. In Pandanus they may also

contain this, but above it there is usually clear, standing water.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL, XVIII. 25

= - a ’ oo

: - ‘

ede Nats hy

: a ay

eae ASAD

‘4

| - ald ery

f , : . | Tt ‘eG ;

| Behe | DP

No. IV.—COLEOPTERA: SCYDMAINIDA, SCAPHIDIIDA, PHALACRIDA,

CUCUJIDA (SUPPLEMENT), LATHRIDIIDA, MYCETOPHAGID (IN.

CLUDING PROPALTICUS), BOSTRYCHIDA, LYCTIDAK.

By Huas Scort, M.A., Sc.D., F.ES..,

Curator in Entomology in the University of Cambridge.

(CoMMUNICATED BY Proressor J. STANLEY GARDINER, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

(Plates 19—22 and 7 text-figures. )

Read 5th May, 1921.

INTRODUCTION.

THE following report constitutes a considerable increase in our knowledge of the fauna

of the islands of the Western Indian Ocean. Nearly all the insects were collected by the

writer in the mountainous, granitic islands of the Seychelles proper. The following is a

summary of the material from that Archipelago. Of Scydmenide, 15 species, all de-

scribed as new, are enumerated: previously only one, and that undescribed, had been re-

corded. Of Scaphidiide, seven species, all but one described as new, are recorded: none had

been recorded before. Of Phalacridz, five species, all new, are enumerated: none had

hitherto been recorded. Of Lathridiide, four species, two being widespread, the other two

described as types of new genera: there are no previous records. Of Mycetophagide,

one cosmopolitan species is recorded, and a new species of the anomalous genus Propalticus

is described. In Bostrych ide, four species had been previously recorded from the Seychelles ;

this number is now increased to seven, but all are very widespread. Of Lyctidz, one species,

the almost world-wide Lyctus brunneus, is recorded, as far as I am aware, for the first time.

From Aldabra, the only species included in this paper are two widespread forms of

Bostrychidee. No members of any of these families were collected in any of the other

coral-islands visited by the expedition, nor do I know of any previous records from those

islands.

A large collection made by Mr H. P. Thomasset and Mr H. J. Snell in 1918 in Rodrigues

Island included two of the species described in this paper: Scydmenus armatus, n. sp., and

Nesiotus similis, n. sp. Both occur also in the Seychelles.

_ Several new genera have had to be erected: two in Scydmenide, one in Scaphi-

diidee, one in Phalacridz, and two in Lathridiide.

Nearly all the Seychelles specimens are from the endemic forests at altitudes over

1000 feet. It is probable that a large proportion of the Scydmenids, all or nearly all the

Scaphidiids, and some of the Phalacrids, will prove to be themselves endemic, 7.e. confined

to the Seychelles, as regards the species and also in certain cases the genera. The new

species of Propalticus may also be endemic. Concerning the two new genera of Lathri-

diidze, the matter is more doubtful. I have seen a second species of one of these genera

from the West Indies, and the Seychelles species may be an imported though hitherto

25—2

196 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

unknown form. It cannot be said that the representatives of these families, taken by —

themselves, show a predominant affinity with the fauna of any one region or country. :

Remarks on the occurrence of particular species in other countries, or the resemblance of

Seychellean forms with species known from Madagascar, the Mascarene Islands, the Oriental

Region, etc., will be found under the headings of several of the families: so also will remarks

on the habitat and local distribution of species within the Seychelles Islands (pp. 198—9,

220, 229, 253, etc.).

Comparison of the number of genera and species known from

several groups of islands.

ScyDMEHNIDZ ScaPHIDIIDE PHALACRIDE Laturiviup® {MyceropHacipm*} BostrycHips Lycripm

Seychelles | Bad 1d 3 5 4 4 2 2 5 7

Hawaiian Is. Ly, 1 1 _ 2 2 3 3 6 6

Madeira ee ome 4 644 21 3 4 2 3

Canary Is. 2 — 5 4 14 2 2 2 3

Cape Verdels.| — _ — | 4 4 7 2 2 2 2

St Helena Lagan ie a er oe La | oat 1 1 2

* Mycetophagidw : Propalticus is included here, and helps to make up the number given for the Hawaiian Islands and the

Seychelles. On the other hand, Mycetea, Symbiotes and Myrmecoxenus are not included : they were included by Wollaston in this

family, hence the numbers given above for the Atlantic Islands are smaller than those in Wollaston’s Catalogues.

+ No Scydmenide are recorded from the Hawaiian Islands in ‘‘ Fauna Hawaiiensis,” but Mastigus spinicornis (Fabr., = deustus

Thunb.) is recorded by Csiki (Col. Cat, part 70, p. 92, 1919) from those islands and from South Africa.

The sources of information used in compiling the numbers for the other groups of

islands are, respectively, ‘‘Fauna Hawauensis,” and for the Atlantic Islands T. V. Wollaston’s

“Coleoptera Atlantidum ” (1865, and supplement, 1867), ‘Coleoptera Hesperidum” (1867),

and ‘Coleoptera Sanctz-Helenz” (1877). In Scydmeenidee and Scaphidiide, general

catalogues of which have recently appeared (1919 and 1910 respectively), I have searched

through these catalogues and added two later-discovered species* to the numbers given by

Wollaston. But the table may not be quite up to date: recent discoveries and synonymic

changes may have affected the numbers in some cases.

These groups of islands have been selected for comparison because their faunas have

been fairly thoroughly investigated and accessible reports on them have been compiled.

But too much stress should certainly not be laid on the results of such a comparison.

For one thing, the numbers in the table do not discriminate between endemic, and wide- |

spread or imported, forms. Thus, in the Hawaiian Islands, practically the whole of the

representatives of these families, with the possible exception of the one Scaphosoma, are

known or thought to be introduced. In the other groups of islands also, several of the

Bostrychidee, Lyctide, etc. are widespread forms. Some positive results are, however,

forthcoming. The comparative wealth of the Seychelles in Scydmeenide, Scaphidiide, and

* Cephennium mycetcwoides, Wollaston (1871), from Madeira, and Huconnus wollastoni, Waterhouse (1879)

from St Helena.

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA : SCYDMAINIDA, ETC. 197

Phalacridze, as compared with the other archipelagoes, is striking. The total absence of

Scydmeenidee (except for one non-endemic species) and of Phalacridz from the Hawaiian

Islands, despite their lofty mountains, luxuriant forests, and fauna so large and so well

studied, is especially remarkable. Scydmenide are found in decaying wood, humus, ete.

(sometimes in ants’-nests) and the Hawaiian forests would seem to be well suited to them.

Phalacridee are (in part, at any rate) flower-haunting beetles. One cannot help noting that

the Seychelles are entirely granitic, and probably worn-down remains of an ancient con-

tinental land-mass, while the Hawaiian Islands and the other groups are volcanic™.

Another point brought out by the table is the relative abundance of Lathridiidee in

the Atlantic Islands.

Some other matters of interest referred to in this paper are as follows:

Variability: some remarks on degree of variability are given under Scydmenide,

p- 198, and under Parischius seychellensis (Phalacridee), p. 235.

Secondary sexual characters affecting the head, the hind femur, and the number of

visible ventral abdominal segments are described under Scydmeenide, pp. 199, 201 sqq., 209:

a heteromerous condition of the tarsi in the ¢ only is described under Phalacridz, pp. 231, 238.

Anatomical points. The condition of the hind wings is remarked on under Scyd-

meenide (p. 199), Phalacride (p. 231), and Propalticus (p. 254). The minute structure

of the antennez is discussed under Scaphidiidee (pp. 221—9), Phalacridze (p. 230), and Pro-

palticus (p. 254). Curious parallel striations on the third segment of the antennz are

described under Propalticus (p. 254) and Ostomopsis (p. 251). Detailed structure of tarsi

(including heteromery) is described in Phalacride (p. 231), and that of sterna under the

various new genera, and especially under Scydmaenus (pp. 207—8), Toxidium (pp. 226—7),

Phalacridze (p. 231). An anomalous Cucujid with heteromerous tarsi is described, p. 243.

Myrmecophily. The occurrence ofa Scaphidiid in an ants’-nest is recorded, pp. 221, 225.

Fauna of leaf-bases of palms and Pandanus is added to under Scydmenide, pp.

199—200.

Occurrence in fungi of three species of Scaphosoma indicates that the habits of these

insects are similar to those of their congeners in other countries.

Attraction to light, and probable boring in wood of mangrove (Cerops); see

under Apate congener, p. 258.

Types. A first set, including the types of all new forms, will be placed in the British

Museum: a second series will be kept in the Cambridge University Museum.

Acknowledgments for kind help are due particularly to Dr Sharp, to Mr G. J.

Arrow and Mr G. C. Champion, Monsieur P. Lesne, Monsieur J. Achard, and Dr K.

Holdhaus.

* On the other hand Scydmenide are present in voleanic—though much less remotely isolated—islands in

the West Indies. The writer has seen unstudied material from St Vincent and Grenada in the British Museum.

{It may be added that Scydmenide are recorded from St Thomas, Porto Rico, and Cuba—these are not all

voleanic—in Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 33, article 30, pp. 391—493, 1914. ]

198 . PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT

Scydmenide.

The collection contains 15 species of this family, belonging to five genera. The whole

material was collected by the writer in the mountainous, granitic islands of the Seychelles

proper, and (as will be shown below) almost exclusively among the purely endemic vegeta-

tion of the native forests, at considerable elevations. All the species and two of the genera

are described as new to science. No Scydmznid has hitherto been described from the

Seychelles, though Alluaud recorded finding an undetermined species of Scydmenus there

in 1892 (Bull. Soc. ent. France, 1893, p. 98; Kolbe, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, 5. 1910, p. 21):

this was probably Scydmanus armatus, sp. n., a widely distributed Mascarene and Oriental

form, and the only one of the 15 species known from outside the Seychelles.

Affinities. Of the five genera, Cephennium is represented by a single highly peculiar

species, from the drier type of forest, at a lower level, on Félicité Island. Csiki* catalogues

6 subgenera and 94 species of this genus, which is known to occur in the Palearctic, Nearctic,

Ethiopian and Oriental Regions, though the great majority of described species are Palz-

arctic, and it would be rash to predict how many forms of these minute creatures may await

discovery in other parts of the world.

Neseuthia, a new genus allied to Cephennium and to Euthia, is represented by seven

quite distinct species. It is possibly related to Cephennomicrus, a genus described from a

single specimen from East Africa (see below, p. 202).

Scydmenus, a large and world-wide genus (229 species catalogued by Csiki) is re-_ :

presented by four species, belonging to at least two, if not more, distinct subgenera. One of

these forms, S. armatus, sp. n., is the only one of all the 15 Seydmeenids known from out-

side the Seychelles, being found in Mauritius and Rodrigues, Penang and Borneo: as might

be expected, it is in the Seychelles not confined to the forest, but was taken also in cultivated

places and at sea-level. As to the affinities of the other species, but little can be said in

the present state of knowledge of this great complex: but it is noteworthy that one peculiar

species, S. lodoicea, sp. n., has a nearly related form in the West Australian S. optatus,

Sharp f.

Stenschnoteras, a new genus of bizarre form, is known only from a single species.

Euconnus: to this great and world-wide genus, 13 subgenera and 430 species of which

are catalogued by Csiki, are referred two species, one of which especially is a highly re-

markable insect. Ultimately they may have to be placed in a new genus, or at least in a

distinct section of Huconnus.

Variability. Though eight of the 15 species are represented by considerable series, the

amount of variation is not remarkable. Even among the seven species of the genus Neseuthia,

there are no “intermediates,” and no difficulty has arisen in separating species. This con-

* E. Csiki, Scydmenide; Coleopt. Catalogus (Junk & Schenkling), part 70, xii. 1919.

t For the sake of comparison, attention may be drawn to the atflinities of the Seychelles Pselaphidee. These

affinities must be sought in the most eastern confines of Continental Asia, and in the Malay Archipelago, even

as far as the borders of the Pacific. The strong affinity of the Seychellean Pselaphids with forms found in these

lands, and their total isolation from the fauna of Madagascar, are forcibly brought out by Raffray in the

interesting Introduction to his paper, Zrans. Linn. Soc. London, Ser. 2, Zool., xvi. pp. 121—-2, 1913.

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA : SCYDMAINIDA, ETC. 199

dition is only like that found among practically all the groups of Seychelles Coleoptera

hitherto studied and serves to illustrate again the contrast between the Seychellean fauna

and that of the Hawaiian Islands. In the Seychelles, many genera are represented, frequently

by one or few species, and the species are all distinct: in the Hawaiian Islands whole

groups of genera are absent, but some of those which are present—and which are frequently

endemic—contain long series of species, many of which are extremely difficult to separate

one from the other.

Secondary Sexual Characters. These are remarkably developed in the head of

Neseuthia, and in the hind femora of Scydmenus armatus. The long spur of the middle

tibia of Cephennium felicitas, and the teeth on the front femora of Scydmanus lodoicea,

may also perhaps be sexual features.

Hind Wings. No instance of reduction or abortion of the hind wings has been observed.

In Cephennium felicitas and in four of the species of Neseuthia they were not examined,

owing to paucity of material. But in Neseuthia typica, N. minor, and N. cornuta, specimens

were examined, and the wings were found to be fully developed, much longer than the elytra.

Such is also the case in all four species of Scydmenus and in Huconnus senex. In Stenichnoteras

and in Huconnus seychellensis they were not examined. Ganglbauer (Kdf. Mittelewr. 11. 1899,

p. 5) states that the hind wings of Scydmzenide are often rudimentary or quite absent.

Habitat and local distribution of the Seychelles species. As already remarked,

the Scydmeenidee were with few exceptions taken in the endemic forests at high elevations.

The most noticeable exception is the non-endemic Scydmenus armatus, which was found

both in and outside of the forests, at high and at low elevations. Certain other species,

which there is every reason to suppose are peculiar to the Seychelles, were not found ex-

clusively in the very damp type of forest at heights above 1000 feet (7.e. in Mahé and

Silhouette), but occurred also in the Coco-de-Mer (Lodozcea) forest in Praslin, and in the

drier type of forest, little above sea-level, on Félicité. This Félicité forest, though a per-

fectly natural type, contains a considerable proportion of trees not confined to the Seychelles,

but growing also on the coasts of other islands in this region. From Félicité came the

unique example of Cephennium felicitas, and one of the specimens of Neseuthia pereaigua:

from Praslin, the whole material of Scydmenus lodoweaw, and several examples of Scyd-

menus insularum and of Huconnus seychellensis. The high mountain-forests of Mahé and

Silhouette provided all the remainder.

Though some Scydmeenide occur regularly in ants’-nests, and though the appearance

of some of mine would suggest myrmecophily or termitophily, I have no record or evidence

of ‘either phase of life in connection with any of the Seychellean Scydmeenids. Some ex-

amples were taken in rotting wood, others among damp, rotting leaves on the ground™.

The list of the fauna found between the leaf-bases of growing endemic palms—a fauna

* Monsieur Raffray, in his Introduction to the Pselaphidee of the Seychelles (¢. ¢., p. 121), remarks that the

employment of a sieve would probably have caused a larger material of Pselaphids and other small endogzeous

insects to be obtained. Such a statement may be taken to apply to the Scydmeenide inter alia. With all respect

to Mons. Raffray’s wide tropical experience, it may be said, however, that sifting dead leaves and other vegetable

detritus in the Seychelles forests is not an easy operation. The great size and tough, leathery consistency of many

of the leaves, and the extreme dampness and stickiness of the humus, render it very difficult to make anything

pass through a sieve. For this reason I scarcely used a sieve at all, but found the careful turning over of débris

on a white beating-tray, or the tearing apart of the fibres of thick, decaying leaf-stalks, ete., more profitable.

200 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

which has already proved extensive and interesting—is further increased. All the examples

of Scydmenus lodoicee, and some at least of Euconnus seychellensis, Neseuthia minor, and

N. polita were taken in such situations. The finding of a specimen of Huconnus senex

drowned in a pitcher of Nepenthes is also interesting.

Cepheniini.

CrepHEeNNiIuM, Mill. and Kunze.

The collection contains only a single specimen referable to this genus. It agrees with

typical species of Cephennium in all structural points, though it presents the remarkable

feature of possessing a long, fine, curved spine or spur (Pl. 19, fig. 1a), nearly as long as

the tarsus, at the apex of the middle tibia. This curious appendage is exactly the same in

the right middle leg as in the left, while the two front and two hind legs show no trace

of such a structure. Another point is the presence of erect sete, quite distinct from the

ordinary hairs, at the hind angles of the prothorax and on the sides of the elytra. But

I have not thought fit to erect a separate genus on these grounds: the more so, as the long

tibial spur may be a secondary sexual character. The specimen being unique, it has not

been possible to determine its sex.

A similar long, slender, filiform spur occurs on the hand tibize of both sexes in the

Pselaphid Batraais egregia, Rattray, a species known only from the Seychelles: and Raffray

remarks that the nearest known relative of B. egregia, namely B. indica, Raftray (India),

is without this spur (Raffray, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Ser. 2, Zool., xvi. p. 182, and

Pl. 10, fig. 10, 1913).

1. Cephennium felicitas, sp. n.

(Plate 19, figs. 1, 1a.)

Sat latum, convexum, modice politum, rufescens, subtilissime punctulatum ac pilosum;

prothorace valde transverso, lateribus antice arcuatis, ad basin parum angustato, lateribus

(desuper visis) haud sinuatis, angulis posticis obtusis sed apice haud rotundatis, foveolis 2

ante basin subobsoletis, seta erecté utrinque in angulo postico: elytris medio haud fortiter

amphatis, elytro utroque in latere setis 2 erectis instructo, 1° ad humerum approximato,

2° ad % longitudinis, plicd subhumerali conspicud, elongata: tibia media spind arcuata,

tenui, acuta, longitudinem tarsi fere attingente, in apice instructé. Long. corp. 0°7 mm.

Rather short and broad, moderately convex (prothorax and elytra, seen from the side,

separately convex), moderately shining, reddish-brown, darker at the extreme base of pro-

thorax and elytra, legs and antenne yellowish, clubs of the latter not darkened. Head

finely punctured. Hyes normal. Prothorax strongly transverse, sides rounded in front and

front angles deflexed, narrowed towards the base, hind angles obtuse but not rounded off |

at the apex, side margins (seen under a high power) crenate, not sinuate when viewed from

above; disc convex, extremely finely punctured and with very fine, short, pale hairs, the —

punctures separated by two or more times their own diameter; a single seta of moderate |

length rises on either side just in front of the hind angle; a group of stronger punctures —

on either side near the hind angle, and two not very marked foveoles quite close to the —

base. Scutellum rather broad, apex rounded. Elytra not conspicuously broadened, broadest

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA : SCYDMAINID®, ETC. 201

about the middle, covering the entire abdomen, rather strongly deflexed at the sides before

the apex, where they are separately rounded (the separate curvature of their apical margins

is not indicated in the figure, owing to the deflexion of the hind end); each with 2 out-

standing setee of moderate length at the side, one just behind the shoulder, the other at

about $ the length; and each with a marked and rather long subhumeral fold; surface

finely punctured, the punctures separated by two or more times their own diameter, and

bearing very fine, short, pale hairs. Wings not examined. Front and hind legs normal.

The tibia of the middle leg (Pl. 19, fig. 1a) bears, in addition to a short blunt spine at the

heel of its apex, a long, curved, finely pointed spine, nearly as long as the tarsus, and

arising from the posterior side of the apex of the tibia.

Loe. Seychelles. Félicité Island: from forest, 14—17. xii. 1908, one example.

NESEUTHIA™, gen. nov.

Forma suboblonga, haud valde convexa. Caput sat latum, sed prothorace distincte

angustius; in $ vel foveolis vel tuberculis antice munitum. Antenne L1-segmentatze, seg-

mentis 3°—8° longitudine diversis sed omnibus longioribus quam latioribus, segmento

9° inflato, inter funiculum et clavam transeunte, segmentis 10° et 11° clavam sat laxam

formantibus. Prothorax maxima elytrorum latitudine parum angustior, transversus, lateribus

antice fortiter rotundatis, angulis anticis valde deflexis, desuper haud visibilibus; ad basin

angustatus, angulis posticis obtusis vel fere rectis; foveolis 2, 4, vel 5 ante basin, sulco

transverso coniunctis, instructus. Scutellum sat latum et curtum. Elytra ad medium plus

minusve ampliata, abdomen (apice extremo excepto) obtegentia, apice separatim late ro-

tundato-truncata. Ale perfectze. Prosternum breve, in processum angustum inter coxas

anticas productum. Mesosternum aream pentagonalem, marginatam, carina media longi-

tudinali elevaté munitam formans: basi truncat& huius laminz cum metasterno haud in

plano coniuncta, sed super hoc elevata. Metasternum convexum, leve; suturis inter hoc et

episterna haud visibilibus. Abdomen subtus segmentis 6 in 2, 5 in 9, instructum. Coxe

anticee approximate, a processu prosternali anguste separate: cox intermedi et

_ posticee sat distantes. Trochanteres postici haud elongati. Tarsi filiformes, 5-articulati.

General form rather short and broad, not very strongly convex. Surface above usually

more or less densely punctate, extremely finely and shortly pilose. ead rather broad, but

considerably narrower than the prothorax: in all species the ¢ of which is known the frons_

in this sex bears impressions or elevations (or both) of remarkable form, quite distinct in

each species; in the ? it is even. Hyes rather prominent, extending more on to the ventral

than the dorsal surface. Antenne 11-segmented, segments 1 and 2 large, 3—8 slender and

all longer than broad; 3 is rather short, 4—6 longer and nearly equal in length, 7 slightly

longer than 6 or 8, 8 nearly equal to 6; 9 slightly inflated, forming a transition between

the segments of the funicle and those of the club, so that it is hard to say whether the’

latter should be regarded as 2- or 3-segmented (in Neseuthia crenata it is rather more

abruptly 2-segmented); 10 and 11 are inflated club-segments, 10 being subrotund and 11

- much longer and narrowing to its apex. Mazillary palpi with basal segment minute,

segment 2 rather long and slender, 3 long and dilated, 4 minute, almost completely fused

with 8, with which it is continuous in outline, forming a bluntly rounded apex. Labial

* yioos, an island, and Huthia.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 26

202 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

palpi with segments 1 and 2 short, closely compacted, 3 slender and pointed, slightly

oblique to 1 and 2. Mentwm transverse, subquadrate. Prothorax very little narrower than

elytra, transverse, subrectangular, more or less broadened in front, but with front angles

strongly deflexed, so that when viewed from above they appear quite rounded off: the

sides are usually more or less sinuate and finely margined, and there are 2, 4, or sometimes

5 foveoles (usually connected by a transverse furrow or depression) before the base. Scu-

tellum rather broad and short. EHlytra covering the entire abdomen except the extreme

apex of the pygidium (which is visible from behind), apices subtruncate and separately

curved: at the base each elytron has a slight subhumeral fold, and usually a basal de-

pression between this and the scutellum. Wings fully developed. Prosternum in front of

the coxee short; a narrow, tapering prosternal process runs back between the coxe, its

apex lying over (i.e. ventral to) the anterior extremity of the mesosternum. Mesosternum

much as in Huthia; forming a roughly pentagonal, margined plate, with a median longi-

tudinal elevated keel; the apex of the pentagon is directed forwards, and its truncate basal

margin is not continuous with the surface of the front of the metasternum, but is elevated

above (z.e. ventral to) the latter. Metasternwm convex: sutures between it and the epi-

sterna are not visible (cf. under Scydmenus, p. 207); between the hind coxe it is truncate

and its angles form minute processes. Abdomen ventrally 6-segmented in g, 5-segmented

in 2; basal segment in the middle nearly as long as the two following together; inter-

mediate segments short, about equal in length; terminal segment as long as the two pre-

ceding together, with rounded or half-elliptic margin. Front core close, but not contiguous,

separated by the prosternal process: middle and hand coxe about equally distant. Posterior

trochanters not appreciably longer than the middle pair. FKemora rather long, dilated

distally. Z%bee long and slender. Yarsz 5-jointed, filiform.

Type of the genus: Neseuthia typica, sp. n.

This genus resembles Huthia in possessing a series of impressions across the base of

the prothorax and in the form of the mesosternum. But in the length of its elytra it is

nearer Cephennium. In reality however it is quite distinct from either, in general form, in

possessing an elevated, acuminate, prosternal process separating the front coxee, and in the

remarkable characters of the head in the 3. The antenne also are different, being slenderer,

and gradually dilated apically: the club should probably be regarded as 2-segmented,

though, as stated above, in most species segment 9 is transitional between funicle and club.

I have not been able to see the unique type of the genus Cephennomicrus, Reitter,

described by Reitter from East Africa as C. perpunctillum (Wien. Ent. Zeit., 26, 1907,

p- 297). Judging from the description it agrees with Nesewthia in several respects.

Examples of Neseuthia were submitted to Dr Karl Holdhaus, of the Vienna Museum, who

kindly compared them with the type of Cephennomicrus, now in that Museum. He states

that Cephennomacrus has four foveoles in front of the base of the prothorax, but no transverse _

furrow connecting them, whereas this basal furrow is present in all the following species of

Neseuthia, though ill-defined in two of them. Dr Holdhaus also reports that Cephenno-

micrus has a very large 2-segmented antennal club, which is not the case in Neseuthia.

He was not able to study the underside of Cephennomicrus, neither does Reitter make any

mention of a prosternal process or of the form of the sterna.

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA : SCYDM/ENIDA, ETC. 208

The seven forms described below are all quite distinct, so that in no case have I had

any hesitation in assigning any specimen to its specific position. N. typica and N. minor

are represented by considerable series of examples, but no marked variation has been noted.

The remaining five species are represented only by single specimens or twos; in many cases

one would hesitate to name and describe species on such small material, but in this instance

- [have felt no doubts, the insects being so clearly different. Three are known only in the

male sex, and one only in the female; but the latter is so entirely different from any of

the former, that it can hardly be the female sex of any one of them.

2. Neseuthia typica, sp. n.

(Plate 19, figs. 3, 3 a.)

Lata; prothorace valde transverso, lateribus (desuper visis) haud fortiter sinuatis,

angulis posticis obtusis, rotundatis, disco foveolis 5 ante basin sulco transverso coniunctis;

capite prothoraceque subtilissime punctatis, inter puncta levibus, elytris fortius punctatis,

rugulosis. g capite foveolis 2 profundis inter oculos, antice late producto, truncato: ? capite

levissime biimpresso. Long. corp. 0°9 mm.

Form broad; moderately shining, pitchy-reddish, elytra darker, legs and antennze

paler, terminal joint of the latter infuscate ; pilosity very fine, very short, pale. Prothorax

markedly broader than long, the sides (viewed from above) very little sinuate, the front

angles (only visible in side view) a little less than right angles, rounded off at the apex,

hind angles obtuse and rounded off; 5 foveoles in front of the base united by a continuous

shallow depression across the disc. Head and prothorax extremely finely punctured, the

surface between the punctures quite smooth, the punctures on the prothorax separated by

several times their own diameter. Elytra very much more coarsely punctured, and having

a closely rugulose appearance.

g. Head (Plate 19, fig. 3 a) with two deep impressions between the eyes, the surface in

these impressions being very shining and without punctures or hairs. In front of these

foveoles the head projects broadly, the projection being truncate or slightly concave in

outline, and rendering it hard to see the epistome from above.

?. Head with two very shallow, oblique depressions, converging in front, sometimes

scarcely perceptible.

18 2, 11 2.

Loc. Seychelles. Mahé, Silhouette. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800—1500 feet; scrubby

forest vegetation on top of Mount Sebert, nearly 2000 feet; Mare aux Cochons district,

about 1500 feet. Silhouette: a single ?, from among dead leaves, mostly decaying palm

leaf-bases, in a very damp, shady place in the forest, at 1500 feet or more, 15. vill. 1908.

3. Neseuthia minor, sp. n.

(Plate 19, figs. 4, 4 a.)

Minor, minus lata, pilis longioribus; prothorace minus fortiter transverso, lateribus

(desuper visis) magis sinuatis, angulis posticis obtusis, late rotundatis, disco foveolis 4 ante

basin suleo transverso coniunctis; prothorace subtiliter (densius quam in N. typicd)

punctato, elytris dense ac fortius punctatis, rugulosis. ¢, capite foveolis 2 profundis, magis

26—2

204 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

inter se distantibus, antice late producto, truncato, lateribus partis productee parum elevatis:

?, eapite levi. Long. corp. 0°8 mm.

Smaller and narrower in proportion than N. typica, Surface but little shining; head,

prothorax, legs and antenne yellowish (the last with club infuscate), elytra very much

darker, almost blackish; hairs pale, but longer and closer than in N. typica, Prothorax

transverse, but less wide in proportion to its length, sides (seen from above) more sinuate

before the hind angles, the front angles (only visible in side view) distinctly acute but

rounded off at the apex, hind angles obtuse and widely rounded off at the apex; only 4

distinct foveoles are visible before the base, the middle one being obsolete, but a transverse

depression unites those on either side across the wide median interval. Prothorax finely

punctured, but decidedly more closely than in NV. typica; elytra closely and more strongly

punctured, rugulose.

t. Head (Plate 19, fig. 4 @) with two deep shining impressions between the eyes, but

these impressions are much further apart than in N. typica, and lie obliquely, converging

in front: immediately within the front extremity of each is a minute puncture-like

impression. In front the head is produced into a broad, truncate projection, each side of

which is very slightly raised into a ridge running almost vertically down the front towards

the epistome.

?. Head without elevations or impressions.

14 g,.14 8.

Loc. Seychelles. Mahé, Silhouette. Mahé: forest near Morne Blanc, xi. 1908; Cascade

Estate, 800—1500 feet; forest behind Trois Fréres, about 2000 feet, 14.1. 1909. Silhouette:

forest near Mont Pot-d-eau, over 1000 feet, 1 ¢; also 1 2 from between leaf-bases of a

growing Stevensonia-palm, at over 1500 feet, 7. vill. 1908.

4, Neseuthia cordithorax, sp. n.

(Plate 19, fig. 2.)

Forma valde distincta, prothorace ad basin valde angustato et lateribus fortius sinuatis,

elytris ante medium valde ampliatis. Polita, pilis parcis, brevissimis; prothorace parum

latiore quam longiore, angulis posticis obtusis sed minus rotundatis, foveolis 4 ante basin

(sulco transverso coniunctis), externis ad angulos valde approximatis: prothorace parce —

subtilissime punctato; elytris fortius punctatis, vix rugulosis, utroque plicA subhumerali et —

foveola basali conspicuis. g, capite foveolis 2 inter se approximatis, antice sat late producto,

partis productze angulis lateralibus rotundatis. Long. corp. fere 0°8 mm.

General form characterised by the marked sinuation of the sides of the prothorax

before the hind angles, and the great broadening of the elytra before the middle, which

ee ee

give the insect a distinctly “waisted” appearance. Strongly shining, dark pitchy, head —

rufescent, antennze and legs yellowish, the pale hairs very sparse and extremely short.

The prothorax is but little broader than long; the marked sinuation of its sides before the —

base has been already referred to; front angles (only visible in side view) much as in the

preceding species, hind angles obtuse, much less rounded off at the apex than in NV. minor;

there are only 4 foveoles (connected by a transverse depression) before the base, the median

(fifth) one being obsolete; the outer one on either side is very close to the hind angle, and

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA : SCYDMAINIDA, ETC. 205

a short seta rises from it, and another one from the side margin of the prothorax just

before the hind angle. Prothorax extremely finely punctured, the punctures separated by

several times their own diameter. Elytra with the subhumeral fold, and the basal depres-

sion between it and the scutellum, very marked; more strongly punctured than the

prothorax, but the rugulosity is very slight and the surface highly polished.

g. Head with two shining impressions close together between the eyes; broadly .

produced in front, but with the produced part less sharply marked off from the rest of the

head, its lateral angles rounded off and passing more gradually into the lateral portions of

the head.

Described from a single g, which however is so distinct from the other forms that I

name it without hesitation.

Loc. Seychelles. Silhouette: forest near Mare aux Cochons plateau, about 1000 feet,

vill. 1908.

5. Neseuthia pereaigua, sp. n.

(Plate 19, figs. 5, 5 a.)

Minutissima, sat angusta, dense subtiliter punctulata, pilis parum longioribus: pro-

thorace paullum latiore quam longiore, lateribus levius sinuatis, angulis posticis fere rectis,

haud fortiter rotundatis, foveolis 4 ante basin sulco transverso coniunctis: elytro utroque

basi foveolis 2 fortibus sed haud elongatis, disco subruguloso. 3, capite haud impresso sed

antice medio parum producto, parte product’ haud punctata, glabra. Long. corp. 0°6 mm.

Very minute, rather narrow, surface not strongly shining, densely punctured, with the

fine, pale hairs rather long: pitchy brownish, head and prothorax paler, legs and antennz

yellowish, the club of the latter not infuscate. Antenne short, little longer than head and

_prothorax together. Prothorax but little broader than long, the sides (seen from above)

very little sinuate, front angles (only visible in side view) acute, rounded off, hind angles

(viewed from above) little wider than right angles, not much rounded at the apex; the

foveoles before the base are 4 in number, and connected by a transverse depression, which

is curved slightly forwards between the middle two. Head and prothorax finely and

closely punctured, but the punctures are separated by more than their own diameter.

Elytra each with 2 marked but not prolonged basal impressions, the disc closely punctured

and faintly rugulose.

$. Head (Plate 19, fig. 5 a) without impressions, but very slightly produced in the

middle, the produced portion impunctate and without pubescence.

?. Head not produced, evenly punctate and pubescent throughout.

A single ¢ and ?, very distinct from any other species.

Loc. Seychelles. Mahé, Félicité. Mahé, from near Morne Blanc, ¢. Félicité, from

forest, xii. 1908, 9.

6. Neseuthia cornuta, sp. n.

(Plate 19, figs. 8, 8 a.)

g. Capite inter oculos profunde biimpresso, antice in tuberculos 2 acutos dentiformes

producto: prothorace distincte latiore quam longiore, lateribus (desuper visis) vix sinuatis,

angulis posticis fere rectis, apice vix rotundatis, foveolis ante basin 4 sulco transverso haud

206 PEROY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

definito coniunctis, disco dense subtiliter punctato: elytris dense rugulose punctatis. Long.

corp. fere 0°9 mm.*

A single 2, in a fragmentary condition, the elytra and abdomen being detached from ~

one another and from the fore-parts of the body, so that a description of the insect as a

whole is impossible, though each part can be described by itself. Dark brown, head

rufescent, legs and antennz yellowish, the terminal club-segment of the last infuscate.

The form of the head is so different from that of any other species, that this alone is

sufficient warrant for the naming and description of the insect. The head (which is pulled

out to an unnatural extent from the prothorax, see fig. 8) has two deep shining impres-

sions filling most of the space between the eyes, separated only by a narrow elevation,

which does not extend quite to the front of the cavities: each cavity seems to have the

form of a trough, angular in section, so that the deepest part, between the front and back

slopes of the trough, appears as a transverse line: the top of the head is produced in front

into two sharp tooth-like prominences: behind the impressions the surface is excessively

finely punctured. Prothorax distinctly broader than long, sides only very feebly sinuate,

hind angles little wider than right angles, not (or scarcely) rounded off at the apex; the

foveoles before the base 4 in number, connected by a rather ill-defined transverse depres-

sion, which is not shown in fig. 8; surface finely and closely punctured, but the punctures

are separated by more than their own diameter. Hlytra closely and rugosely punctured,

the pale hairs close but very short.

Loc. Seychelles. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800 feet or more.

7. Neseuthia polita, sp. n.

(Plate 19, figs. 6, 6a.)

g. Sat lata, impunctata, fere glabra, fortiter polita, picea; prothorace distincte latiore

quam longiore, lateribus haud sinuatis, angulis posticis obtusis, haud apice rotundatis,

margine ad angulos posticos distincte latiore, foveolis 5 ante basin sulco transverso con-

iunctis; elytro utroque impressione basali inter plicam et scutellum haud conspicua: capite

tuberculis 2 minutis medio paullum ante oculos, et parte inferiore frontis utrinque tuber-

culis aliis 3 minutis instructo. Long. corp. fere 0°74 mm.

Form rather broad: dark pitchy brownish, legs and antenne dusky yellowish, the

terminal and the penultimate segment of each antenna being infuscate: surface highly

polished, the pale hairs excessively short and very widely spaced, so that at first sight the

insect appears glabrous and impunctate. Antenne relatively short. Prothorax distinctly

broader than long, sides (seen from above) practically not sinuate at all; hind angles obtuse

but not rounded off at the apex, while the margin becomes broad and conspicuous just at

the angles; foveoles before the base 5 in number, the median and the two outer placed a

little further forward than the others, connected by a transverse depression. Elytra with

basal impression between the subhumeral fold and the scutellum very inconspicuous.

Punctuation practically obsolete.

Head (Plate 19, fig. 6 a) with 2 very minute tubercular elevations in the middle a

* Since the insect is in pieces, this measurement was arrived at by adding together separate measurements

of the head, prothorax, and elytra.

' HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA : SCYDMAENIDA, ETC. 207

little in front of the eyes, separated from the eyes on either side by about twice the

distance which separates the elevations from one another: and with 3 other such elevations

on either side, one above the other, on the part of the head between and above the bases

of the antenne.

Loc. Seychelles. Silhouette: from between leaf-bases of a growing Stevensonia-palm

in the forest above Mare aux Cochons, 22. ix. 1908, 1 3.

8. Neseuthia crenata, sp. n.

(Plate 19, fig. 7.)

?. Sat magna, conspicue lata, polita, picea, prothorace utrinque ante angulum posti-

cum maculi obscure rufescente, antennis nigrescentibus, pedibus flavis: prothorace valde

latiore quam longiore, lateribus haud sinuatis, sed ante angulos posticos sat late explanatis

et marginibus crenulato-serratis, foveolis ante basin 2 sulco transverso fere obsoleto

coniunctis: scutello ad basin concavo: elytris plicé subhumerali conspicuad, disco inter

puncta levi. Long. corp. fere 0°86 mm.

A larger, conspicuously broad, form; shining pitchy black, with a translucent rufous

spot on either side of the prothorax about 4 of its length from the base, legs yellowish,

antenne blackish except the two basal segments, which are dusky yellowish. The pale

hairs are widely spaced and very short. Head finely punctured. Antenne relatively short,

with the club rather more abruptly 2-segmented than in the other species. Prothorax |

much broader than long, the sides not sinuate, the hind angles right angles, not rounded

off at the apex; sides rather broadly explanate and with the margin crenulate-serrate

in front of the hind angles; foveoles before the base only 2 in number, placed at some

distance from the angles and connected by a vague transverse depression; disc very finely

punctured, the punctures separated by several times their own diameter, and a group of

larger ones on either side at the base, just inside the explanate margin. Scutellwm impressed

and concave at its base. Hlytra with conspicuous subhumeral fold, and with punctuation

widely spaced (as on the prothorax), the surface between the punctures smooth and polished.

Described from two females, which are entirely distinct from any of the other forms.

Loc. Seychelles. Mahé: from near Morne Blanc, x—xi. 1908; forest between Trois

Fréres and Morne Seychellois, 1500—2000 feet, xu. 1908.

Scydmenini.

ScypMz£nuvs, Latr.

The collection contains four species of this genus. The first (S. avmatus) seems to fall

into the subgenus Scydmenus, s. str.; while the subgeneric position of the following two

is doubtful, and the fourth (S. lodoicew) belongs to the subgenus Heterognathus, King.

They are so placed rather tentatively, since the limits of the subgenera do not seem to be

clearly made out, as will appear below.

One structural character which has not (to my knowledge) been used in classifying

these insects, but which sometimes clearly separates species that are superficially alike, is

the presence or absence of sutures on either side of the metasternum, running from the

outer edge of the middle coxal cavity to that of the hind coxal cavity, and usually curving

208 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

outwards slightly in their course (Pl. 22, figs. 31a, 32a). These sutures, which I take to be

the sutures separating the metasternum from the meta-episterna, are, in some species at

any rate, marked by a line of blackish pigment, and by a deep groove or furrow running

immediately outside this. In some species they are very easily visible, even with a strong

hand-lens. In other species they are entirely absent, no trace of them being discernible even

with the most careful examination under a compound microscope. The explanation sug-

gested itself, that possibly in these latter species the sutures are pushed so far outwards and

upwards as to be hidden under the margin of the elytra. But in specimens with elytra

opened or removed, so that the pleural region can be examined, no evidence of the truth

of this suggested explanation has been found, while there is, just outside the posterior coxal

cavity on either side, a slight indication of a commencing suture, all the rest of which is

obliterated. Whatever be the exact morphological explanation, the presence or absence of

these sutures may at least have some systematic value™.

Ganglbauer (Kaif. Mitteleur. ii. 1899, p. 56) gives as a character of the whole group

Scydmenini that the metasternum is throughout its whole length separated from the

margins of the elytra by its episterna: but in the species which lack these sutures, no separa-

tion between the metasternum and its episterna is visible. The obliteration of the metasterno-

episternal sutures may prove to be a character of the subgenus Heterognathust, though not

of all species hitherto included in it. The sutures are quite obliterated in a co-type of one of

King's original species which I have examined, namely Heterognathus assiumilis, King

(Australia): they are also absent in the West Australian Scydmenus optatus, Sharp, and

in an undetermined species (in the British Museum) near it; in the European S. rufus,

Miill. K., referred by Reitter (Fauna Germanica, i. p. 228) to the subgenus Heterognathus;

and in two of the new species (S. insularum and S. lodoicew) described below. On the

other hand they are present in the Australian Heterognathus robustus, Lea (co-type

examined), which should probably be assigned to subgenus Scydmenus, s. str., and in the

European S. hellwigi, Herbst, referred by Reitter (.c.) to subgenus Heterognathus.

On the other hand, the presence of these sutures may prove to be a feature of sub-

genus Scydmenus, s. str. They are present in the European Scydmenus (s. str.) tarsatus,

Miill.; in two new species described below (S. armatus and S. seychellensis); and in certain

other forms, both determined and undetermined, which I have seen. —

The occurrence of the spine on the hind femur of the ¢ in S. armatus, and of the teeth

on the front femur in S. lodoicee (possibly also a ¢ character), is noteworthy.

9. Scydmenus armatus, sp. n.

(Plate 19, figs. 9, 9a.)

Robustus, haud fortiter nitens, rufo-flavus, pilis pallide aureis sat dense vestitus, his

in capite et in prothorace decumbentibus, in elytris parum elevatis: antennis sat crassis,

clavam versus gradatim incrassatis: capite magno, prothorace parum angustiore, transverso,

subrectangulari, antrorsum parum angustato, angulis posticis rotundatis: prothorace maxima

* Compare the partial obliteration of the metasterno-episternal sutures in TZoxidiwm seychellense (Scaphi-

diide, pp. 226—7). .

+ Heterognathis, King, Reitter (Yauna Germanica, Kafer, ii. 1909, p. 228) = Cholerus, Thoms., Ganglbauer

(t. c. p. 57).

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA : SCYDMAINIDA, ETC. 209

latitudine ad 4 longitudinis, basin versus angustato, foveolis 4 ante basin munito: scutello

celato: elytris regulariter ampliatis, apice rotundato-truncatis, utroque basi in medio sat

depresso, fortius punctatis: mesosterno inter coxas medias laminam elevatam, angustis-

simam, antice parum dilatatam, formante: suturis inter metasternum et episterna distinctis,

sulcatis: pedibus robustis, pilosis: ¢, tarsis anticis latioribus, femore postico utroque ad

basin postice spina forti, acuta, instructo. Long. corp. 1°6 mm.

A rather stoutly built species, not very convex, only feebly shining, uniformly tawny

reddish or yellowish, clubs of the antennz not infuscate; rather closely punctured and

clothed with fine, pale golden hairs, decumbent on the head and prothorax, more elevated

on the elytra. Antenne stout, very gradually broadening to the club; segments 2—6 are

longer than broad, but none of the segments is really elongate; segment 2 about 14 times

as long as broad, 3 slightly shorter, 4 still shorter, 5 nearly equal to 3, 6 shorter, 7 and 8

transverse, produced and obliquely cut away from the apex on one side*. Head large and

broad, little narrower than the prothorax, markedly transverse} and subrectangular,

slightly narrowed in front, hind angles rounded off, produced into a blunt, deflexed apex

between the antenne, the hairs rising from very fine punctures. Prothorax viewed from

above about as broad as long, reaching its greatest width at about 4 the length from the

front, then narrowing gradually, with sides hardly perceptibly sinuate, to the base, which

is finely margined and has four deep foveoles before it, two on either side, leaving a slightly

wider space between the middle two; hairs rising from very fine punctures. Scutellum

concealed under prothorax. Hlytra widest at about the middle, slightly depressed at the

base between scutellum and shoulder, and along the suture in the apical portion, rounded-

truncate at the extremity and covering the entire abdomen, the hairs rather longer and

stronger than those on the prothorax, partly raised from the surface, and rising from stronger

punctures. Pygidiuwm exposed, but deflexed and bent forwards, only visible from behind or

beneath. Prosternum rather strongly punctured and pilose. Front part of mesosternum

also rather strongly punctured: between the middle coxee it forms a very narrow elevated

lamina with raised margins, impunctate and glabrous, slightly broader and rounded in

front, raised behind above the front of the metasternum. Metasternum convex, finely

punctured and rather densely pilose: metasterno-episternal sutures (see p. 208) distinct,

grooved, fringed on the inner side with hairs. Legs stout and pilose: tars: rather broad,

especially the anterior.

g. Front tarsi broadened. Hind femur (Plate 19, fig. 9a) with a stout, sharp spine

on its posterior side near the base, distal to which spine the posterior side of the femur is

curiously curved, so that a deep sinus is formed between the spine and the dilated apical

part.

?. Front tarsi normal, hind femora simple.

15 g, 112 from the Seychelles, including 1 pair in covtu.

Loc. Seychelles, Mauritius, Rodrigues, Penang, Borneo.

* See footnote, p. 213. Fig. 9 is made from a specimen in which the antenne are twisted so that the

serration appears on the outer side.

+ In this and the succeeding species, the statements as to the proportionate breadth and length of head refer

only to the part behind the antenne, visible from directly above, and do not include the mouth-parts, ete.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 27

210 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Seychelles: Mahé, Long Island, Silhouette, Félicité. Not exclusively a mountain-

forest species. Mahé: high damp forest between Trois Fréres and Morne Seychellois,

1500—2000 feet, xii. 1908; cultivated country, about 1000 feet, xu. 1908 (1 ?); near Morne

Blane, about 1000 feet; Cascade Estate, about 1000 feet. Long Island (a coconut-planted

islet near Mahé), vii. 1908, 2 ¢, one being marked “from beach just above high-water

mark.” Silhouette: forest near Pot-d-eau, 1500 feet or more, vill. 1908, including 1 ¢ and

1 2 marked “Aug. 7, under bark of stump.” Félicité: from forest, xu. 1908.

Mauritius: 1 ? in British Museum: 10 specimens in Paris Museum from Mon Désert

(Carié, 1905).

Rodrigues: 2 3%, 3 2 (Snell and Thomasset, 1918).

Penang: 4 ?, 1 ? in British Museum (ex coll. Bowring).

Borneo: 1 ¢ in British Museum (Pengaron, Doherty).

This species is so widespread that I fully expected to find that it had been described

long since. But I have been unable to identify it. The examples in the Paris and British

Museums were all unnamed. Specimens were submitted to Dr Karl Holdhaus at Vienna

(where Reitter’s exotic Scydmeenids now are), but he reports that it is unknown to him:

he had looked particularly among the species described by Reitter from East Africa. In

S. armatus the shape of the head is specially characteristic, and I have seen no other

Scydmenus, named or unnamed, very close to it. It is referred to subgenus Scydmenus,

s. str., having the front tarsi broadened in g, a basal depression on each elytron, and (as

remarked above) distinct metasterno-episternal sutures. The Central American Homo-

connus spintipes (Schauf.) also has a spine on the hind femur, but it is very broad at the

base and situated nearer the apex of the femur, and is not (so far as known) confined to —

one sex. Homoconnus is in other respects entirely different from S. armatus.

10. Scydmenus seychellensis, sp. n.

(Plate 22, figs. 31, 31a.)

Rufo-flavus, modice politus, sat dense punctulatus et pilis pallide aureis vestitus:

antennis nec incrassatis nec conspicue gracilibus: capite prothorace distincte angustiore,

parum latiore quam longiore, subrectangulari, antrorsum parum dilatato, angulis posticis

late rotundatis: prothorace distincte longiore quam latiore, maximam latitudinem versus

medium longitudinis attingente, basin versus angustato, foveolis ante basin nullis: scutello

minuto: elytris lateribus regulariter arcuatis, apice rotundato-truncatis, utroque basi in

medio haud depresso: mesosterno inter coxas medias laminam elevatam, subparallelam,

fortiter punctatam, pilosam, quam in Seydmeno armato multo latiorem, formante: suturis

inter metasternum et episterna distinctis, suleatis: pedibus normalibus. Long. corp. 1°4 mm.

Entirely tawny reddish or yellowish, moderately shining, rather closely punctulate

and clothed with fine, decumbent, very pale golden hairs. Antenne neither very stout nor

very slender: segment 2 between 13 times and twice as long as broad, segment 3 shorter,

4 still shorter, 5 subequal to 3, 6 but little longer than broad, 7 about as long as broad,

8 transverse, 7 and 8 cut away obliquely from the apex on the inner side, as in the preceding

species. LZead moderately large, but appreciably narrower than the prothorax, transverse

but longer in proportion than in S. armatus, subrectangular, slightly broadened in front

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA : SCYDMAINIDA, ETC. 211

(the reverse of the condition in S. avmatus), hind angles broadly rounded off; produced

between the bases of the antenne into a blunt and much deflexed apex, not visible from

directly above. Prothorax distinctly longer than broad, reaching its greatest breadth at

nearly $ the length from the front, its sides having a more gradually curved, much less

“shouldered,” appearance than in S. armatus, narrowed towards the base, without any

foveoles. Scutellum very minute, with difficulty visible. Hlytra regularly curved at the

sides, rounded truncate at the apex, leaving the pygidium visible when the insect is

viewed from behind, with a small re-enterant angle at the end of the suture, scarcely

perceptibly depressed at the base between scutellum and shoulder. Punctuation of head,

prothorax and elytra fine, the punctures separated by several times their own diameter,

not perceptibly stronger on the elytra, though the hairs on the elytra are slightly stronger

and less closely decumbent. Prosternwm rather closely pilose. Mesosternum forming a

narrow, elevated lamina between the middle coxze, but this lamina is of quite a different

shape to that of S. armatus, being much broader, nearly parallel-sided, only very slightly

narrowed behind, truncate and elevated above (7.e. ventral to) the metasternum at its hind

end, coarsely punctured and pilose. Metasternum very smooth and convex, with very fine,

rather close hairs: sutures separating the episterna from the metasternum very distinct

(Plate 22, fig. 31a), deeply grooved, and fringed on the inner side with hairs. Legs

and tas: presenting no marked features. No secondary sexual difference has been

perceived.

6 examples.

Loc. Seychelles. Silhouette, Mahé. Silhouette: forest near Pot-a-eau, vill. 1908,

2 specimens; forest above Mare aux Cochons, over 1000 feet, from decayed stem of native

palm, 1 specimen; same locality, from decayed outer leaf-bases of a Stevensonia-palm,

1 specimen. Mahé: high damp forest between Trois Fréres and Morne Seychellois, 1500—

2000 feet, xi. 1908, 2 examples.

It is doubtful to what subgenus this species should be referred. The elytra have no

basal impression, the tarsi are not dilated, and in the 6 specimens known no secondary

sexual character has been observed. The prothorax is finely punctured, which seems to

exclude subgenus Hustemmus, Reitter, as hitherto defined, though the other characters

might agree with those of Hustemmus. The metasterno-episternal sutures are distinct and

grooved, as in S. armatus, etc. Several species that I have seen resemble S. seychellensis

fairly closely in general characteristics, but it is distinguished by its particular form and

proportions of head, prothorax, ete.—especially the shape and proportions of the head, and

its size relative to the remainder of the body, intermediate between the large transverse

head of S. avmatus and the small head of S. insularum. An undetermined form from

Penang, of which there is a series in the British Museum (ex coll. Bowring), resembles

S. seychellensis rather closely, but is smaller and has a relatively narrower head, longer

prothorax, reaching its greatest width near the front, ete.

~“

212 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

11. Scydmenus mnsularum, sp. n.

(Plate 22, figs. 32, 32a, 32.)

Minor, omnino rufo-flavus, modice politus, pilis pallide aureis haud densius vestitus:

antennis segmentis haud conspicue elongatis, 3—5 paullum longioribus quam latioribus:

capite parvo, prothorace conspicue angustiore, parum latiore quam longiore, lateribus postice

arcuatis, angulis posticis fere nullis: prothorace parum longiore quam latiore, maximam

latitudinem paullo ante medium attingente, basin versus angustato, foveolis ante basin

nullis: scutello invisibili: elytris lateribus regulariter arcuatis, apice rotundato-truncatis,

utroque in media basi parum depresso: mesosterno inter coxas medias laminam elevatam,

fortiter punctatam, pilosam, e& Scydmeni seychellensis angustiorem, formante: suturis

inter metasternum et episterna omnino obsoletis: tarsis omnibus compressis, desuper visis

filiformibus, de latere visis (in ¢ magis conspicue) latis. Long. corp. 1°3 mm.

A smaller form, characterised by its small head, deep, laterally compressed tarsi, and

the absence of sutures between the metasternum and its episterna. Entirely tawny reddish

or yellowish, moderately shining; finely punctured, the punctures on the elytra wider apart

than those on the prothorax, and the pale golden hairs, on head and prothorax as well as

on elytra, more elevated than in S. seychellensis. Antenne with none of the segments

elongate: 3, 4 and 5 subequal, about 13 times as long as broad, 6 and 7 moniliform, about

as broad as long, 8 transverse; 6, 7 and 8 cut away obliquely from the apex on one side,

though this is less noticeable than in the other Seychellean species and only visible in

certain positions. ead small, considerably narrower than prothorax, but appreciably

broader than long, slightly broadened in front, with sides arcuate and hind angles quite

rounded off; produced into a blunt, deflexed apex between the antenne. Prothorax a

little longer than broad, reaching its greatest breadth a little before the middle, with

sides arcuate, not markedly ‘‘shouldered,” narrowed towards the base, with no foveoles

before the base. Scutellum invisible. Elytra regularly arcuate at the sides, separately

rounded-truncate at the apex, leaving the deflexed pygidium visible from behind, each one

slightly depressed in the middle at the extreme base. Prosternum smooth, its pilosity and

punctuation very scanty and fine. Mesosternum forming between the middle coxe a narrow,

elevated lamina, which is coarsely punctured and pilose, narrower than the lamina in

S. seychellensis, truncate and raised above (z.e. ventral to) the metasternum at its hind end.

Metasternum convex, smooth, finely punctured and pilose: no sutures at all are visible

between it and the episterna, even with careful examination under a high power (Plate 22,

fig. 32a). Legs normal: tarsi of peculiar construction, the segments laterally compressed

but deep, so that the tarsus appears slender from above, but broader from the side: this

applies to both sexes, but is much more marked in the 2, in which sex all three pairs appear

much dilated when viewed from the side (Plate 22, fig. 320).

35 examples.

Loc. Seychelles. Mahé, Silhouette, Praslin. Mahé: from near Morne Blanc; high,

damp forest between Trois Fréres and Morne Seychellois, 1500—2000 feet, xi. 1908;

Cascade Estate, about 1000 feet; Mare aux Cochons district, about 1500 feet. Silhouette:

forest near Pot-d-eau, about 1500 feet, viii. 1908: high forest above Mare aux Cochons,

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA: SCYDMAINIDA, ETC. . 213

four specimens from a rotting branch, 24. 1x. 1908. Praslin: from the Coco-de-Mer (Lodoicea)

palm forest in the Vallée de Mai, Cotes d’Or Estate, xi. 1908, 21 examples.

S. insularum is distinguished by its small size, short antennal segments, small head,

the particular shape of its prothorax, rather elevated hairs and sparse elytral punctuation,

the sparseness and fineness of its prosternal punctuation, narrow mesosternal lamina, absence

of metasterno-episternal sutures, and deep, compressed tarsi. Some of its characters are

those of subgenus Heterognathus: the basal impressions on the elytra are extremely slight,

the prothorax is finely punctured but without foveoles, and metasterno-episternal sutures

are wanting (probably a good character of Heterognathus, see p. 208). But the tarsi are of

peculiar structure and exhibit a secondary sexual difference. The insect is just of the same

size, colour, and general appearance as the European S. (Heterognathus) rufus, but its head

is even smaller than that of S. rufus, and the peculiar tarsal structure also distinguishes it:

its elytra are less dilated about the middle, and there are also other points of divergence.

I have seen various unnamed exotic specimens (especially Oriental) which look very like

S. nsularum at first sight, but on close examination all have proved to be distinct.

12. Scydmenus lodoicee, sp. n.

(Plate 20, figs. 13, 13a.)

Gracilis, prothorace elytrisque valde convexis, leevis, politus, aureo-pilosus, piceo-niger,

pygidio, pedibus, antennis piceo-rufis, harum clavis nigrescentibus: capite depresso, sub-

quadrato, angulis posticis rotundatis, fronte super antennarum bases parum elevatad ac

medio concavi: antennis longis, tenuibus: prothorace antrorsum lateribus fortiter arcuatis,

ad basin angustato, basi tenuiter marginato, disco parce subtiliter punctulato (hoc et capite

pilis aureis decumbentibus), punctis ad basin fortioribus: scutello celato: elytris ad basin

valde declivibus, pilis erectis, fortioribus, sat dense vestitis: pedibus elongatis, gracilibus,

femoribus apicem versus dilatatis; femoribus anticis subtus carinis 2 longitudinalibus,

quarum posticd dentium serie instructa, anticd fere obsoleta sed apice dente magno, laminato,

munitéi. Long. corp. 2°3 mm.

A graceful form, with long slender legs and antennz, the prothorax and elytra strongly

convex (their convexities separate): pitchy-black, prothorax sometimes obscurely rufescent,

pygidium, legs, antennze and palpi pitchy-reddish to paler red-brown, the last 3 segments

| of the antenne blackish: smooth, highly polished, clothed with fine golden hairs, which

are much stronger and semi-erect on the elytra. Head somewhat flattened, subquadrate

with hind angles rounded off; slightly elevated and produced above the bases of the an-

tenne, the middle part of this elevated portion being depressed and concave, so that in

some positions the front appears almost bituberculate. Eyes not very large. Antenne long

and slender; segments 2—5 all much longer than broad, but differing greatly inter se; 2

rather short, 3 about half as long again as 2, 4 shorter (nearly equal to 2), 5 longer even

than 3; 6 a little shorter than 3, 7 but little longer than broad, 8 about as broad as long;

6, 7 and 8 are of peculiar form, giving the antenna a serrate appearance on the inner side,

owing to the points of articulation being on the outer side of the segments, and each seg-

ment being cut off obliquely on its inner side towards the apex*; 9, 10, 11 all longer than

* In some specimens the antenne are twisted, and the serration is either not visible at all from above, or

may even appear on the outer side.

214 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

broad, gradually broadening to form the club. Prothorax strongly convex, narrowed and

with rounded sides in front, its greatest breadth being before the middle, narrowed behind,

and its surface sloping steeply down to the finely margined base. The fine sparse hairs are —

decumbent and rise from very fine punctures (as also on the head), but towards the base

the punctures become stronger and there are one or two irregular rows of quite strong ones

along the base. Scutellwm invisible (except when the pronotum is drawn away from the

base of the elytra). Hlytra sloping very steeply at the base, with shoulders fairly well

marked; subtruncate at the apex with a very slight re-enterant angle at the end of the

suture; leaving the pygidium exposed; the semi-erect hairs stronger and closer, and rising

from stronger punctures, than on the prothorax or head. Prosternum with coarse, shallow —

punctures and decumbent golden hairs. Metasternwm convex, very smooth and highly

polished, almost glabrous in the middle but with sparse golden hairs rising from fine.

punctures at the sides and forming a dense fringe round the hind margins of the mid-coxal

cavities: no metasterno-episternal sutures visible. Legs long and slender, femora dilated

towards the apex: the front femur (Plate 20, fig. 13a) has on its lower surface two longi-

tudinal ridges, the posterior bearing about 11 short teeth, the basal one of which is larger,

broader, and laminate; while the anterior ridge is nearly obsolete, but bears at its distal

end a broad, thin, laminate projection with sharp apex: in the middle and hind femora

the lower surface is grooved towards the apex for reception of the tibia, but ridges and

teeth are absent. Middle and hind tars? long, slender and filiform ; front tarsi shorter, with —

the first three segments broader and setose beneath.

Loc. Seychelles. Praslin: eight examples, all taken together from between the leaf-bases —

of a growing male Lodoicea-palm (Coco-de-Mer), in the Vallée de Mai, Cotes d’Or Estate,

28. x1. 1908.

This insect seems without doubt to fall into the subgenus Heterognathus. It is distinet

from anything that I have seen, though it has a considerable resemblance to the W. Australian —

S. optatus, Sharp, and is to some extent like the New Zealand S. edwards, Sharp. S. op-

tatus is of the same general build, slender and graceful, with long antennee and legs; like

S. lodoicee it is devoid of metasterno-episternal sutures. It also has the front femora toothed

in the ¢, though not in the ? (this was not alluded to in the original description, Zr. Ent.

Soc. 1874, p. 515): but the arrangement of the teeth differs in detail. Judging by analogy,

ee es

the toothed femora should be confined to the ¢ in S. lodotcee also: this may be the case,

but I have no proof of it, and it would involve all the eight known examples of S. lodoicea

being g. The specimen which I have compared most closely with S. lodoicee is an un-

determined West Australian example in the British Museum (Fry Coll.), which I believe”

to belong to S. optatus; this example is smaller than S. lodoicee, and differs in the relative”

lengths of the antennal segments, etc.: on its front femora both ridges bear a series of

minute teeth, much more numerous than in S. lodoicee; it has no large basal tooth on

the posterior ridge, but it has a thin, laminate tooth, similar to that in S. lodoicea, at the

apex of the anterior ridge. The relationship between S. lodoicee and these Australian

insects must undoubtedly be close.

ae ee

’

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA : SCYDMAENIDA, ETC. 215

Neuraphini.

STENICHNOTERAS*, gen. nov.

Forma egregia, polita, in partibus quibusdam pilis longis, erectis, dense vestita. Caput

parvum, cum prothorace collo angusto articulatum: vertice aream subpolygonalem, lateribus

argutis, fere carinatis, formante. Oculi parvi, valde prominuli, facettis haud distincte

separatis. Prothorax conspicue latus, antice lateribus valde expansis, basin versus angus-

tatus, angulis anticis late arcuatis, latere utroque de angulo postico ad angulum anticum

arguto, fere carinato. Scutellum haud visibile. Elytra sine humeris, postice fortiter ampliata,

abdomen omnino obtegentia. Prosternum ante coxas brevissimum. Coxze anticee contigue,

posticee modice inter se distantes. Genus Stenichno etc. affine, sed forma capitis, oculorum,

prothoracis valde distinctum.

A remarkable and bizarre insect, known from only two examples, probably ¢ and 2:

related to Neuraphes and Stenichnus, but differing from both. General form characterised

by small head and narrow neck, broad, cordiform prothorax, narrow waist, and strongly

convex elytra even broader than the prothorax, and reaching their greatest breadth behind

the middle. Surface smooth and shining, clothed with long, erect hairs except in certain

parts. Head, viewed from above, forming a smooth, slightly convex area (which bears a

very few, fine, yellowish hairs), with sides curved behind and narrowed to the narrow neck,

in front also narrowed and in outline recalling part of a polygonal figure, for there is an

angle on either side above the base of the antenna, and in front of these angles the vertex

is produced into a bluntly tapering portion, strongly deflexed between the bases of the

antenne. The vertex is bounded on either side by a sharp edge, concealing the lateral

parts from above. Hyes rather small, much elevated and very convex, so that they are

visible from above in spite of the overhanging edges of the vertex: in side view they are

seen to be irregularly kidney-shaped (Plate 20, fig. 14a): even when magnified up to

about 100 diameters no clear division into facets can be discerned, though in certain

positions there are obscure indications of such. Szdes and lower part of head behind the

eyes bearing dense, erect hairs, some stouter, others very fine and wavy (as on the pro-

thorax). Antenne rather stout, with 4-segmented club, which broadens towards the apex;

segments 3—7 between 14 times and twice as long as broad, moniliform, segments 8—10

dilated, each broader than the last, segment 11 (Plate 20, fig. 14 b) very large and broad,

longer than 9 and 10 together, its inner edge nearly straight, outer side more curved and

bearing 3 large, brown, translucent vesicles in one specimen, while in the other these are

much paler and less conspicuous (see below): the antenne are very hairy and the distal

segments bear long, erect setee, distinct from the ordinary hairs. Clypeus and labrum

_ bearing long, erect hairs, those on the clypeus in a transverse series of about 6. Mandzbles

long, slender, curved, sharply and finely pointed, with a rather long, sharp tooth a little

_ beyond the middle of the inner side. Maxillary palpi much as in Stenichnus: basal segment

| long, slender, and curved, segment 2 dilated, 3 and 4 forming a small, tapering, finely

acuminate apex, capable of being bent at an angle to the dilated 2nd segment: the speci-

men which has the brown vesicles at the apex of its antenne, has also a large brown

* From Stenichnus, and répas, a monster: 7.¢. a bizarre or monstrous form related to Stenichnus.

216 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

globule on the dorsal side of each palp, at the apex of the dilated 2nd segment, and the

whole of this segment appears to be covered with a hardened translucent substance in which

the hairs are stuck down; in the other specimen the globules are absent and the hairs elevated.

Prothorax much broader than the head, transverse, broadly cordiform, produced in

the middle in front into a narrow portion with which the neck is articulated; narrowed

behind, hind angles very obtuse, sides forming an overhanging edge right from the hind

to the front angles: disc rather flattened, smooth, bare, impunctate in the middle, with

two elongate, shallow grooves (present in one example only), and 4 foveoles before the

base, the outer two of which are concealed in the hairy portions of the disc and produced

each into a longitudinal fold; lateral portions of disc punctate, densely covered with long,

erect hairs of two kinds, some being stout, dark brown and straight, others much longer,

pale, extremely fine and wavy towards the end. Scwtellum invisible. Llytra smooth,

shining, very convex, narrower at the extreme base than the base of the prothorax, with-

out shoulders, reaching their greatest breadth behind the middle, broader at their widest

point than the greatest breadth of the prothorax, strongly deflexed at the sides and behind

and forming together a single rounded-acuminate apex, completely concealing the abdomen

even when viewed from behind; with one or two very small impressions at the extreme

base of each elytron; sparsely covered with very long, fine, erect hairs, all of one kind.

Wings not examined. The lateral parts of the mesothorax project considerably on either

side between prothorax and elytra, and bear a very dense group of hairs of the two kinds,

as on the prothorax. Insect viewed from beneath: head flattened, bare; prosternum

extremely short, only forming a very narrow bridge in front of the large, exserted, con-

tiguous front cox@: mesosternum difficult to see clearly owing to the dense pilosity, but

apparently not forming a long elevated keel, but only a very short elevated tubercle between

the almost contiguous middle coxe: hind coxe separated by about the breadth of one of

themselves: the lateral parts of the prosternum, all the coxe, the mesosternum between,

the middle coxe, the front of the metasternum and its side margins, all very densely pilose;

remainder of metasternum smooth, convex, shining, finely and rather sparsely pilose. Legs

and feet densely hairy; besides the ordinary hairs the front and middle tibiz bear, on the

posterior side towards the apex, close series of flattened short spines or hairs: femora

dilated towards apex: tarsi filiform (showing no difference in the two specimens).

This insect presents certain features which would suggest that it might be termito-

philous or myrmecophilous. It was, however, found above the limit of vertical distribution

of termites, in the dense, damp, mountain-forest, and I have no note or recollection of

having taken it in association with ants. The features alluded to are the curious globules

on the terminal antennal segment and on the maxillary palpi; the dilated antero-lateral

portions of the prothorax; and the existence of two distinct kinds of hairs, shorter and

stouter standing among very long and fine ones on head, prothorax, and lateral parts of

mesothorax. Without larger material and dissection it is not possible to determine the

nature of the globules: at first I thought they were some foreign matter adhering, but

they are not detachable, and their regular formation (Plate 20, fig. 146) and complete —

symmetry on both antennze and both palpi are remarkable: can they be some hardened,

viscous secretion of the insect itself?

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA: SCYDMANID, ETO. 217

The differences between the two specimens are as follows, but a determination of the

sex has not been possible:

(i) No elongate grooves on middle of prothorax: 3 large, dark brown vesicles on

terminal antennal segment: globules present on maxillary palpi, 2nd palp-segment coated

in hardened translucent substance.

(11) 2 elongate grooves on middle of prothorax: pale, colourless vesicles, with difficulty

discernible, on antennz: no globules on palpi, hairs on 2nd segment of palp normal.

The remarkable form of the head, with the overhanging edges of the vertex, the small,

highly prominent eyes without clear division into facets, and the expanded shape of the

prothorax, are the features which separate this insect from any of the neighbouring genera.

The sharp lateral edges of the prothorax recall those of Newraphes, but in Stenichnoteras

they are continued right to the front angle. The position of the eyes some distance in front

of the base of the head recalls Huconnus rather than Stenichnus or Neuraphes: so does

also the moderate (as opposed to very small) width of the space between the hind coxe.

The extreme shortness of the prosternum is also noticeable; and the apparent extreme

shortness of the mesosternal keel is probably peculiar to the genus.

Type of the genus, Stenichnoteras montanum, sp. n.

13. Stenichnoteras montanum, sp. n.

(Plate 20, figs. 14, 14a, 14d.)

Ut supra descriptum: capite prothorace piceo-nigris; elytris, antennis, palpis, pedibus,

piceo-castaneis; pilis sordide flavescentibus. Long. corp. 2°0 mm.

With the characters of the genus. Colour as described immediately above. The hairs

give the impression of being dirty yellowish; the stouter hairs on prothorax, etc., are

darker.

Loc. Seychelles: Mahé. From the highest and dampest zone of endemic forest, on

the summit of Morne Pilot, over 2000 feet. I only visited this spot twice, 29. x. and

15. xi. 1908, and have no note of the exact habitat of these beetles, but probably they

were from damp, decaying leaves on the ground.

Euconnvs, Thomson.

The two following species are referred to this genus with some hesitation. They have

the general form of Huconnus, and the antennz, palpi etc. are constructed on the plan

associated with that genus. The forward position of the eyes—a considerable distance in

front of the front margin of the prothorax—is also characteristic. But the hind coxe are

contiguous, or separated at most by a scarcely perceptible interval and by a minute process

of the metasternum, and this condition is certainly not what is found in many, at least, of

the described species of Huconnus. Ganglbauer (Kdf. Mitteleur. ii. 1899, p. 41) gives

“separated hind coxze” among the characters of the genus. The contiguity of the hind

coxee in these Seychellean species recalls the genus Newraphes, but that differs in having

definite lateral edges to the prothorax, at least in the posterior part. Probably the

Seychelles forms should be placed in a separate section of Huconnus, or in a new genus

intermediate between Huconnus and Newraphes.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 28

218 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

The conical form of the prothorax recalls the subgenus Napochus (of Huconnus). In

neither of the Seychellean species has the prothorax any definite margin at the sides; it is

simply deflexed in a continuous curve: this lack of a lateral edge is an accepted character

of Huconnus.

Neither of the Seychelles species resembles at all closely any Scydmeenid which I

have seen in the British or Paris Museums, and Dr Holdhaus of the Vienna Museum, to

whom examples of both were submitted, considers them to be undoubtedly new to science,

and wondrous little creatures also. H. senex, especially, is a remarkable, almost grotesque,

insect. The nature of the localities in which both species were found, and their close

association with purely endemic vegetation, render it extremely likely that both are them-_

selves endemic.

14. Huconnus senex, sp. n.

(Plate 20, figs. 15, 15 a.)

Obovatus, valde convexus, politissimus, supra omnino glaber (capite postice excepto) ;

capite prothoraceque impunctatis, elytris subtiliter, fere obsolete, punctulatis : capite collo

conspicue angusto munito, supra convexo, antrorsum dilatato, antice in medio angulatim

producto, serie setarum longarum trans partes posticas verticis disposita: antennis clava

laxd, 3-segmentati, segmento 8° parum dilatato, inter funiculum et clavam intermedio: pro-

thorace parum latiore quam longiore, antice valde angustato, lateribus fortiter deflexis,

margine arguto nullo, angulis posticis latissime arcuatis, foveolis nullis; scutello triangulari:

elytris latitudinem maximam ad medium attingentibus, lateribus fortiter deflexis, apice

separatim anguste rotundato-truncatis : coxis posticis contiguis: pedibus gracilibus, tarsis

filiformibus. Long. corp. 1:5 mm.

A remarkable insect, in general appearance characterised by the rather small head

borne on a narrow neck, and the prothorax and elytra together forming an obovate or

almost pyriform body; very convex (prothorax and elytra in side view forming together a

single curve), extremely highly polished, entirely glabrous above except for the back of

the head (and sides of the prothorax, where a few hairs project from beneath), impunctate

except on the elytra: entirely pitchy black, the antenne, palpi, legs, and underside of the

body more or less reddish (antennze and legs blacker in some examples, redder in others):

hairs yellowish.

Head at its widest part about % the breadth of the base of the prothorax, convex and

highly polished on top, widening to the front, where it is widest at the level of the eyes,

produced in front into a rather sharp apex, which is somewhat deflexed but easily visible —

if the head is slightly tilted; having two rufous spots at the front margin, just above the

bases of the antennze ; a close group or brush of fine, stiff hairs at each hind angle (Plate

20, fig. 15 a), and a series of about sixteen longer, stouter, yellowish hairs, commencing on

either side immediately behind the eye, and extending round the back of the vertex.

Eyes rather prominent, coarsely facetted. Antenne slender: segment 1 elongate, curved,

2 more than twice as long as broad, 3 very short and small, no longer than broad, 4—6

subequal, only a little longer than broad, 7 slightly longer, 8 dilated, forming a transition

between funicle and club, 9—11 forming a loose club, 9 being longer than broad, 10 and

I1 more dilated than 9 and about equally broad, the club-segments pilose, and the whole

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA: SCYDM ANID, ETC. 219

antenna also with long, fine, outstanding hairs. Prothorax wider at its base than long,

very strongly narrowed to the front, with outline at the sides only feebly curved ; front

margin less than 4 the breadth at the base; strongly deflexed at the sides, but with no

definite edge; a few long, fine hairs rise from the deflexed lateral parts; seen from the

side, the hind angles are practically non-existent, the margin being broadly arcuate; a

small angle is formed in the outline of the body (viewed from above) at the junction of

prothorax and elytra, and the fine hairs on the lateral parts of the mesosternum are visible

from above; base of prothorax not margined, foveoles completely absent, disc highly

polished, entirely impunctate. Scutellum rather large, broadly triangular (hidden when

the pronotum is pushed back). Hlytra widest at about the middle; strongly deflexed at

the sides and behind; each of them separately and narrowly rounded-truncate at the apex;

completely hiding the abdomen even when viewed from behind ; with no folds or impres-

sions at the base; surface entirely glabrous, finely and nearly obsoletely punctate, the

punctures separated by two or more times their own diameter. Wangs fully developed,

fringed with long hairs. Jnsect viewed from beneath: side parts of head pilose ; a dense

group of hairs on the extreme front angles of the deflexed portion of the pronotum, im-

mediately in front of the coxze: mesosternum forming between the coxee a sharp, elevated

keel, continuous with the front of the metasternum ; lateral parts of mesosternum densely

pilose: metasternum highly convex, shining, finely pilose in front, very sparsely pilose

behind: hind coxe contiguous. Legs slender, sparsely and very finely pilose; tars: filiform.

| 11 examples.

Loc. Seychelles: Mahé, Silhouette. Mahé: from near Morne Blanc, three specimens,

two being marked “from dead leaves in high forest” (1000—2000 feet), xi. 1908 ; Cascade

Estate, 1000 feet or more. Silhouette: forest above Mare aux Cochons, over 1000 feet,

one specimen from decayed head of a felled Verschaffeltia-palm, ix. 1908; one example

found drowned in a pitcher of Nepenthes on one of the very highest peaks, over 2000 feet,

vill. 1908 ; four specimens from among dead leaves, mostly decaying palm leaf-bases, on

the ground in a very damp shady place, 1500 feet or more, 15. vill. 1908.

15. Huconnus seychellensis, sp. n.

(Plate 20, fig. 12.)

Elongato-obovatus, sat depressus, sat dense punctulatus, setis curtis, semi-erectis,

flavescentibus, vestitus: piceo-niger, corpore subtus, antennis, pedibus, palpis, piceo-rutis

vel brunneis: capite postice fortiter angustato et arcuato, antice in medio angulatim pro-

ducto et depresso, vertice in medio pilis aliquibus curtis, tenuibus, postice pilis longioribus

ac crassioribus, sat numerosis, vestito : antennis sat brevibus, clava abrupta, 3-segmentata:

prothorace parum longiore quam latiore, antrorsum valde angustato, angulis posticis (desuper

_visis) omnino rotundatis, lateribus margine arguto nullo, disco foveolis 4 ante basin munito:

scutello minuto: elytris maximam latitudinem ad medium attingentibus, apice separatim

rotundatis, basi inter humerum et scutellum vage impressis, prothorace fortius punctatis,

lateribus (cum lateribus prothoracis) et parte postica disci setis nonnullis, elongatis, tenui-

bus, erectis, instructis: coxis posticis contiguis. Long. corp. 1°3 mm.

An insect with the head borne on a narrow neck, the remainder of the body elongate-

28—2

220 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

obovate, rather flattened, the prothorax and elytra (viewed from the side) forming two

separate, flattened curves, and the outline (seen from above) deeply interrupted at the

junction of prothorax and elytra. Shining, rather closely punctured and covered with short, ~

semi-erect, brownish-yellow hairs, and bearing also some long, fine, erect hairs. Pitchy

black, with legs, palpi and antennee pitchy reddish or brownish, club of the antennee darker.

Head markedly narrowed and arcuate behind, angularly produced and depressed in the

middle in front, with the median part bearing a few fine hairs, sides and posterior parts of

vertex bearing stiff hairs directed backwards, and with a brush of stiff hairs on each side

on the deflexed lateral part of the head about midway between eye and hind angle. Eyes

large, prominent, coarsely facetted. Antenne rather short, segments 9—11 forming an

abrupt, rather compact club, segments 3—8 all very short, being broader than long or only

as long as broad, segments 1 and 2 elongate. Prothoraw a little longer than broad, strongly

narrowed to the front, with hind angles (seen from above) entirely rounded off; strongly |

and almost angularly deflexed at the sides (especially behind), but not forming a definite

side margin or edge: 4 foveoles before the base: disc very finely punctured and pilose,

sides more densely pilose and with 2 or 3 long, very fine, outstanding hairs. Scutellum

very small, triangular. Elytra reaching their greatest width at about the middle, sepa-

rately rounded and quite concealing the abdomen behind, rather vaguely impressed within

the shoulder at the base; punctures much stronger than those on the prothorax, two or

more times their own diameter apart: besides the short yellowish hairs there are five or

six very long, fine, outstanding hairs on the side of each elytron, and several on the

posterior part of the disc. Mesosternum forming a sharp, elevated, punctured and pilose

keel between the middle coxe. Metasternum convex, almost impunctate, very sparsely

pilose. Hind coxe contiguous. Legs and feet not abnormally slender.

10 examples.

Loc. Seychelles: Mahé, Praslin. Mahé: high forest near Morne Blanc, including two

specimens from the summit of Morne Pilot, over 2000 feet (same spot as that in which

Stenichnoteras montanum was found); Cascade Estate, 800—1500 feet. Praslin: three

specimens from the Coco-de-Mer forest in the Vallée de Mai, xi. 1908, two of them being

from the leaf-bases of the same growing Lodoicea-palm that yielded the material of

Scydmenus lodoicee.

Scaphidiide.

Seven species of this family are included in the collection. Four belong to the genus

Scaphosoma and two to Toaidiwm, while the remaining one is placed in a new genus,

Nesotoxidiwm. No Scaphidiid has been recorded from any of these islands before. With

one exception, I have failed to identify any of these forms with species already described.

The British Museum collections have been consulted, and in Paris I had the valuable

assistance of Monsieur Julien Achard, who at the time of my visit (Sept. 1920) was

engaged on a study of all the Madagascan and Oriental material of this family in the

Paris Museum. I am greatly indebted to Mons. Achard for spending a whole day with

me in comparing the Seychellean specimens with the Paris material. It has not been

possible to see the Oriental species described by Pic (1915, 1916), nor the East African

species described by Reitter (1908), nor those described by Heller from the Philippines

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA: SCYDMAINIDA, ETC. 22]

(1917): judging from the descriptions, the Seychelles species are not identical with any

of these.

The genus Scaphosoma is world-wide. Of the four Seychelles species, one is treated

as a form of S. pictum, Mots., a Ceylonese species. The second, S. silhouette, is described

as a new species from a unique example; it has a certain resemblance—superficial at any

rate—to forms known respectively from Australasia, Madagascar, and India. The third,

S. mahense, is also described as new from a single specimen, but it has a close resemblance

to certain unnamed examples from Mauritius, which may prove to be a form of the same

species. Nothing can be said of the affinities of the fourth, S. achardvanum, n. sp.

Toxidium is known from North and Central America, East Africa and Abyssinia,

India, Philippine Islands, Japan, and (?) Madagascar*. Two species are described as new

from the Seychelles. They exhibit certain anatomical features distinguishing them from

certain of their congeners, and which may be useful in the future classification of the

species of this genus.

Nesotoxidium, the new genus, is quite distinct, intermediate in some respects between

Toxidium and Beocera. An East African species (Toxidium integrum, Reitter), which I

have not seen, may possibly be referable to this genus.

The form and relative length of the segments of the antenne have proved to be

valuable characters in the diagnosing of the Seychelles Scaphidiide.

The Seychelles specimens were nearly all collected in the endemic mountain-forests

at elevations over 1000 feet. Some are from the highest and dampest zones of forest, at

or about 2000 feet, e.g. Toaidium seychellense, specimens of which were found in very

damp, umbrageous places, among rotting dead leaves on the ground. Among the Scapho-

soma, however, some few examples were obtained in much drier, cultivated places at low

elevations, showing that one and the same species can extend from sea-level up to the

high forests (S. pictum and S. achardianum). Three specimens, belonging to as many

species (S. pictum, S. silhouette and S. achardianum) were found in fungus—probably in

the same piece—near the coast of Silhouette, 31. vil. 1908. One example of S. achardianum

was taken from a nest of the ant Phezdole punctulata near the coast of the same island.

The Scaphidiidee were found at various times throughout the duration of my visit, 7.e.

July to March.

ScAPHosoMA, Leach.

Of the following four species, the first three have the scutellum distinctly visible, the

fourth has not. Pic has erected a subgenus Scutoscaphosoma for species with scutellum

visible and elytra profoundly punctured (Mélanges Exot.-Ent., fascic. 17, 1916, p. 3). These

three species comply with these conditions, and the first two may perhaps be regarded as

members of the subgenus Scutoscaphosoma. As to the third, S. mahense, reasons are given

below (p. 224) why it may have to be placed in the subgenus Pseudoscaphosoma (Pic).

None of the four species appears to fall into Ganglbauer’s subgenus Claryoscapha (1899).

* See Csiki, Coleopt. Cat. (Junk and Schenkling), part 13, 1910, p. 17: Achard, Ann. Soc. ent. France, 83.

1914, p. 562: Heller, Wien. Ent. Zeit., 36. 1917, pp. 41—50.

922 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

16. Scaphosoma pictum, Motschulsky, forma.

(Plate 20, fig. 18; Plate 21, figs. 19, 19 a, 19 b.)

Scaphosoma pictum, Mots., Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, 36. 1863, 11. p. 435.

Five specimens are referred to Motschulsky’s species, which is known from Ceylon.

The Seychelles examples most clearly resemble a form to which Mons. Achard has given

(ix. 1920) the MS. name ceylonense, and which he considers to be a form of pzctwm.

The following description and the figures are drawn from the Seychelles specimens.

Length nearly 1°6mm.* Variegated with black and yellow, the arrangement of

which dorsally is shown in fig. 18. The sides of the head behind the eyes are blackish;

prothorax black excepting a narrow mid-dorsal stripe, widening at the extremities, and

two large lateral areas, yellow: in one example, the dark colour is hardly visible, and the

entire prothorax appears yellow. Elytra with a large yellow spot in the basal half sepa-

rated from the base, the suture, and the side-margin by narrow dark bands: behind this

spot a broad dark band, extending right across the elytron: the apical part of the elytron

behind this band entirely pale. Pygidium yellow, and the dorsal segment before it also

yellow, but dark at its base. Ventrally the prosternum and abdomen are yellow, meso-

and metasterna black. Coxe and legs yellow.

Head very finely and subobsoletely punctured. Antenne long and slender (Plate 21,

fis. 19, 19 a), characterised by the great length of segments 4—6 (particularly of segment 4,

which is about 23 times the length of segment 3), and of segment 8, which is almost as

long as segments 7 or 9. Mazillary palpi, see Plate 21, fig. 19b. Prothorax finely and

rather closely punctured, the punctures separated by about twice their own diameter:

sides finely margined. Scutellwm visible under a high power as a very minute piece

posterior to the lobe of the prothorax. lytra with subsutural stria well marked, diverging

from the suture somewhat from apex to base, slightly curved outwards at the extreme

base; side margins finely reflexed; punctures close and strong, considerably larger than

those on the prothorax and equally close, bearing extremely fine, decumbent, pale hairs

(as do those also on the prothorax); between the sutural stria and the suture, the

punctures are finer and rather closer. Metasternum and first ventral abdominal segment

closely punctured: on the latter the punctuation becomes obsolete laterally, but there

is a series of large punctures immediately behind the margin of the post-coxal plates:

decumbent pale hairs are specially noticeable on the sides of metasternum and first segment.

Loc. Seychelles: Silhouette, Mahé. Silhouette: from fungus, near the coast, 31. vil.

1908, one example. Mahé: Mare aux Cochons district, 1000—2000 feet, i.—ii. 1909,

three examples; from the low country, one specimen.

I have before me an example ex coll. Brit. Mus., from Ceylon (Dikoya, about 4000 feet,

G. Lewis), previously unnamed, but determined by Achard as a form of S. pictum. This

is considerably larger than the Seychelles specimens, and less strongly punctured, par-

ticularly on the prothorax, where the punctures are weak, so that the prothorax at first

sight looks almost impunctate: the black colour is also much reduced, that on the pro-

* Measurements throughout this genus are taken from the vertex between the eyes to the apex of the elytra.

The head is nearly always deflexed, so that the most anterior portion visible from above is the vertex between

the eyes; and the pygidium is almost always retracted and not visible from above at all.

CU dams ger

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA: SCYDMAINIDA, ETC. 223

thorax consisting of two comparatively narrow longitudinal bands, while on the elytra

the basal black band is reduced, and the posterior transverse black band is diminished to

a spot, disconnected both from the suture and the side margin.

17. Scaphosoma silhouette, sp. n.

(Plate 21, figs. 20, 20a.)

Maius, postice vix angustatum; omnino nigrum, ore pedibusque rufescentibus; anten-

nis sat crassis, segmento 4 quam 3 haud sesquilongiore, 8 cirea % longitudinem segmenti

7 vel 9 attingente; prothorace tenuissime subobsolete punctulato; elytris fortius punctatis,

strid subsuturali integrd, cum sutura parallela, basi extus curvaté et fere ad medium basis

elytri continuaté; metasterno in medio fere impunctato, postice inter coxas subtiliter

punctato. Long. corp. circa 1°6 mm.

A little larger than the preceding form, and with elytra very little narrowed behind.

Entirely black, except the extreme front of the head, extreme apical margin of the

elytra, of the pygidium and of the dorsal segment before it, obscurely reddish; legs rather

dark reddish-brown.

Antenne (Plate 21, figs. 20, 20a), comparatively speaking, rather stout; segment 4

less than 14 times the length of segment 3, segment 8 about 2 the length of 7 or 9.

Head and prothorax very finely, subobsoletely, and rather sparsely punctured, the punc-

tures being often several times their own diameter apart. Scutellwm just visible under a

high power as a very minute piece behind the median lobe of the prothorax. Elytra

with sutural stria distinct, almost throughout its length parallel to the suture, curving

outwards at the base and continued nearly half-way across the base of the elytron, this

continuation being parallel with, and very close to, the hind margin of the prothorax;

punctures larger than those on the prothorax, several times their own diameter apart; the

narrow area between sutural stria and suture bears a single series of fine punctures. Side

margins of elytra fine, less distinctly reflexed than in S. pictwm (forma). The decumbent

hairs arising from the punctures are excessively fine and short, and only visible under a

high power. Metasternuwm almost impunctate in the middle, but bearing fine punctures

two or more times their own diameter apart behind, between the coxe. First ventral

abdominal segment bearing rather stronger punctures, several times their own diameter apart.

Loc. Seychelles. Silhouette: from fungus near the coast, 31. vii. 1908, one example.

Mons. Achard considered this to be a new species, quite distinct from any known to him.

Two new species of which he had drawn up manuscript descriptions (ix. 1920), S. madagasca-

riense and S. minutum (the latter from Sikkim), have some resemblance to it, and have the

subsutural stria of much the same form, but in them the punctuation of the elytra is much

stronger and closer, and there are other points of divergence. I have before me an example

ex coll. Brit. Mus., from Tasmania (Hobart, 91—88), determined as Scaphosoma novicum,

Blackburn, a species originally described from Victoria. This Tasmanian specimen strongly

resembles S. sz/howette in size and coloration; its subsutural stria and scutellum appear much

the same; even its antenne, though I have not made a balsam-preparation of them, seem

very similar, especially in the relative lengths of segments 7—9; but the general form

appears a trifle narrower, and the elytra are very much less closely and strongly punctured.

224 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

18. Scaphosoma mahense, sp. n.

(Plate 20, fig. 17; Plate 21, figs. 21, 21a.)

Minus, postice conspicue angustatum; nigrum, macula magna, obliqua, rufo-flava in

elytro utroque, elytrorum parte apicali pallide flavo-testaced, antennis pedibusque flavis ;

antennis curtioribus, segmentis 4 et 8 quam in Scaphos. picto* brevioribus, hoc quam

seomento 7 vel 9 distincte breviore; prothorace subtiliter punctulato, lateribus tenuiter

marginatis; elytris fortius sed parcius punctatis, strié subsuturali antice a sutura conspicue

divergente et haud extus curvata, basin haud attingente, intervallo inter striam et suturam

dense subtiliter punctulato. Long. corp. fere 1°4 mm.

Smaller than S. pictum, and with the elytra markedly narrowed behind. Black, with

a large, oblique, reddish-yellow spot on each elytron, and the apical part of the elytra pale

yellowish-testaceous; pygidium and the dorsal segments before it blackish; antennee, palpi,

and legs yellowish. ;

Antenne (Plate 21, figs. 21, 21 qa) shorter than those of S. pictum, segment 4 less

than twice the length of 3, and 8 only about 3 the length of 7 or 9. Head and prothorax

finely punctured, the punctures on the prothorax a trifle less close than in S. pictum.

Scutellum visible under a high power as a minute piece behind the median lobe of the pro-

thorax. Hlytra with subsutural stria well marked, diverging in front from the suture more

widely than in S. pictum, not reaching so near to the base of the elytron as in that species,

and not curved outwards at the base; side margins very finely reflexed; punctures a little

larger than those on the prothorax and much further apart, except on the area between

the subsutural stria and the suture, which is very finely and very closely punctured, the

punctures being about three deep in the basal part of this area: at the base of the elytra,

on either side of the median thoracic lobe, the punctures are confluent, forming rugze or

wrinkles. The fine decumbent hairs require a very high power for their discernment.

Metasternum and 1st ventral abdominal segment closely reticulated, bearing fine punctures

(two or more times their own diameter apart) fairly evenly distributed over the middle and

sides of these parts: the punctures bear fine, decumbent hairs.

Loc. Seychelles. Mahé: Cascade Estate, ca. 1000 feet, 1 example.

Two specimens from Mauritius (Curepipe, 1897, Alluaud) in the Paris Museum

resemble S. mahense fairly closely in size and general appearance. The pale marks on the

elytra are, however, rounder and nearer to the base, and the elytral punctuation is stronger

in them. I have not examined their antennee in detail.

S. mahense should perhaps be regarded as belonging to the group Pseudoscaphosoma,

described as a distinct genus by Pic (Echange, 31. 1915, p. 31) to include several new species

from Java and Borneo, but considered by Achard (Bull. Soc. ent. France, 1915, p. 292) as at

most only a subgenus of Scaphosoma. The characteristic of Pseudoscaphosoma lay in the form

of the subsutural stria on the elytra, which is oblique, diverging markedly from thesuture. But

this does not by itself seem sufficient to constitute a separate group, since there are species

* Throughout this description comparisons with S. pictwm refer to the Seychellean form of that species

described above.

HUGH SCOTT-—-COLEOPTERA: SCYDMENIDA, ETC. 225

showing intermediate conditions between it and normal Seaphosoma. It is possible that

further points will be noticed, sufficient to justify the segregation of Pseudoscaphosoma, as

a natural group.

19. Scaphosoma achardianum*, sp. n.

(Plate 21, figs. 22, 22 a.)

Minutum, omnino flavo-brunneum, elytris ad apicem parum infuscatis, omnino im-

punctatum; antennis segmento 4° quam 3° vix longiore, 8° quam dimidio 7: vel 9! vix

longiore; elytris stria subsuturali tenui, integra, antice extus curvataé sed haud trans elytri

basin continuaté. Long. corp. circa 1:0 mm.

Very minute, rather broad, with elytra moderately narrowed behind. Entirely

yellowish-brown above and below, with elytra darker at the tip. Entirely impunctate

above and below, and glabrous (only under a high power some very fine decumbent hairs

are visible).

Antenne (Plate 21, fig. 22) with segment 4 very little longer than 3, 8 not much

more than 4 the length of 7 or 9. Mazillary palpi, see Plate 21, fig. 22 a. Prothorax and

elytra finely margined at the sides. /ytra with subsutural stria tine but complete, diverging

slightly from the suture as its course is traced forwards, curving outwards at the front end,

but not continued across the base of the elytron. Scuted/um not, or at most indistinctly,

discernible.

13 specimens.

Loc. Seychelles: Silhouette, Mahé. Silhouette: Mare aux Cochons, over 1000 feet,

2 examples; fungus near coast, 1 specimen, 31. vil. 1908; from a nest of the ant Phezdole

punctulata, Mayr (A. Foret det.), in a dry fallen branch near the coast at Pointe Etienne,

18. ix. 1908. Mahé: high forest of Morne Blanc, 1000—2000 feet, 24. x. 1908, 5 specimens;

Cascade Estate, ca. 1000 feet, 1 example.

I have seen no other Scaphidiid very close to this, and Mons. Achard, to whom I showed

specimens (1920), knew of none. There is an unnamed specimen in the British Museum,

from Java (ex coll. Bowring), which resembles it in its minute size and uniform brown

coloration. But on closer examination the specimen from Java is seen to be slightly larger,

to have the prothorax and elytra distinctly, though finely and not very closely, punctured,

and to have the scutellum distinct. I have not examined its antenne.

Toxrpium, Leconte.

The geographical distribution of this genus is referred to above (p. 221). Up to Sept.

1920 no Madagascan or Oriental species known to Achard resembled at all closely the two

species described as new from the Seychelles. I have not seen the three species described by

Reitter from East Africa (Wien. Ent. Ziet. 27. 1908, pp. 33—34), but do not think that

any of them can be identical with the Seychelles forms: Reitter’s first two species are,

according to his descriptions, smaller and lighter in colour than the Seychellean insects, and

his third (7. integrum) is entirely distinct from them, and may even, as mentioned below,

be referable to the new genus Nesotoxidium.

* Dedicated to Monsieur Julien Achard, President (1920) of the Société entomologique de France.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 29

226 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Certain structural characters, particularly in the sternal plates, have been observed,

which separate the Seychelles forms from one another and from the North American

T. gammaroides. These points are illustrated, and described in the specific descriptions

below. It may further be remarked that in neither of the Seychelles species are the eyes

emarginate in front as they are, for instance, in 7. gammaroides (see Plate 21, fig. 27 c);

they are, in fact, scarcely emarginate at all in the Seychelles insects.

20. Toxrdium seychellense, sp. n.

(Plate 21, figs. 23 a, b, 24a, 25a, 26a, 27a.)

Politum, nigrum, ore, antennarum basi, pedibus, abdominis apice, rufescentibus;

antennis longis et gracilibus, segmento 8° segmento 7° vel 9° fere zequilongo; scutello haud

visibili; elytris strid subsuturali antice evanescente; meso-epimeris angustis, ad acetabulas

coxarum mediarum attingentibus, lateribus fere parallelis; suturis inter metasternum et

ineta-episterna haud integris, sed antice et postice evanescentibus. Long. corp. fere 1°6 mm.

Form (fig. 23) elongate-ovate, narrow, the elytra strongly narrowed behind and truncate

at the extremity. Entirely shining black, except the basal segments of antennze, mouth-parts,

apex of abdomen, legs and feet reddish (femora darker in the middle). Antenne (Plate 21,

figs. 24a, 25a, 26a) very long and fine; segments 3—6 especially long and slender,

3 distinctly shorter than 4; segment 8 is about % the length (or even more) of 7 or 9%.

Maxillary palpi, see fig. 23.a: labial palpi 4-segmented, fig. 23 b. Scutellum not visible.

Elytra with subsutural stria distinct behind, but vanishing entirely in about the anterior

3 of the length of the elytron. Under a high power prothorax and elytra are seen to be

excessively finely and almost obsoletely punctured, and bearing exceedingly fine, short,

decumbent hairs. Underside impunctate, almost entirely glabrous. Legs long and slender:

front tarsi with segments 1—4 subequal, 5 a little longer than 3 and 4 taken together:

middle tarsi, 1 nearly as long as 2 and 3 together, 2, 3 and 4 subequal, 5 distinctly longer

than 4: hind tarsi, 1 nearly as long as 2 and 3 together, 3 a very little shorter than 2,

and 4 than 3, 5 longer than 4. The mesothoracic epimeron is quite distinct, and extends

to the mid-coxal cavity: it is a narrow piece almost parallel-sided, but tapering a little

towards the coxal cavity: its anterior suture is less clearly defined than the posterior.

In his description of the genus Toxidium, Matthews (B.C.-A., Col. ii. 1, p. 178) gives the

mesothoracic ‘“‘epimera very small, linear, not extending more than halfway to the coxal

cavities”: Casey (dan. N.Y. Ac. Sci. vii. 1893, pp. 511, 522) writes of the ““excessively

small or obsolete meso-epimera.” I have before me specimens from the British Museum

determined as 7. gammaroides, Lec.: in them the meso-epimera are only visible at all in

certain aspects, and with difficulty ; they appear to be exceedingly narrow, linear pieces, but

reaching the coxal cavity. T. seychellense, therefore, differs from this American form in

its wider and more distinct meso-epimera. Also the longitudinal suture just outside the

middle coxa, separating off the large meso-episternum in the American forms (Casey, J.c.)

* The segments (especially 3—6) appear slightly thicker or finer according to the position from which the

antenna is viewed. In balsam mounts the dilated distal segments also seem to vary slightly in breadth according

to the pressure of the coverslip, ete. Allowance must be made for this in using the figures. The systematic value

of the antennal characters is not thereby vitiated, because systematically the important thing is the relative

length of the segments, and this is not affected by the causes mentioned above.

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA: SCYDMAENIDA, ETC. 227

is absent in 7. seychellense. A further difference is visible in the metasternum, where the

metasterno-episternal suture is only visible in the middle part, but quite obsolete at, the

front and hind ends of the metasternum: whereas in 7. gammaroides it is a deeply marked

suture extending the whole length of the metasternum (Plate 21, figs. 27 ~a—c)*. T. sey-

chellense also has the metasternum somewhat impressed behind on either side, immediately

in front of the inner half of the hind coxa, and this impression is bounded outwardly by

a sharp obliquely longitudinal ridge. Despite these differences, 7. seychellense agrees so

closely with the accepted definition of Toxidiwm in general form, structure of antennee and

mouth-parts (especially the 4-segmented labial palpi), distance of coxe, etc. that I feel no

hesitation in placing it in that genus, An indication that certain of the structural differ-

ences mentioned above may be only of specific (not generic) value is given by the succeeding

species (7. praslinense), which though agreeing closely with 7. seychellense in almost all

structural points, yet differs in the form of the metasterno-episternal suture (see below).

One specimen is very much smaller (scarcely 1°3 mm. long) than the rest—as small as

T. praslinense—yet agrees absolutely with the type of 7. seychellense in all other characters.

24 specimens.

Loc. Seychelles: Silhouette, Mahé. Silhouette: high forests near Pot-a-eau and above

Mare aux Cochons, 1000—2000 feet or more, viii—ix. 1908. Mahé: high forest of Morne

Blane, x. 1908; forest above Cascade, 1000—2000 feet, i—ul. 1909. Two of the Silhouette

specimens have the following records attached: “from damp dead leaves in high jungle,”

and “from dead leaves, mostly decaying leaf-bases of palms, on the ground in a very damp,

shady place at 1500 feet or more.”

21. Toxidium praslinense, sp. n.

(Plate 21, figs. 24 b, 25 b, 26 b, 27 b.)

Toxidio seychellensi simillimum, sed minus; antennis parum brevioribus, segmento 8°

quam segmento 7° vel 9° conspicue breviore; suturis inter metasternum et meta-episterna

per totam metasterni longitudinem integris. Long. corp. 1°4 mm.

Three examples from Praslin exhibit the following differences from 7. seychellense. Size

smaller. Coloration almost identical, only the upper side is a little less deep black, appearing

a pitchy brownish-black; legs with the femora more uniformly reddish, less darkened in

the middle. Antenne: the differences between these organs in this species and in 7’ sey-

chellense are shown especially by figs. 24 b, 25 b, 26 b: segment 1 is shorter in proportion to

%; 3 and 4 subequal, instead of 4 longer than 3; 8 about 3 as long as 7 or 9 (considerably

shorter in proportion than in 7’. seychellense). Metasternum: the suture separating the

episternum is a deep groove extending from the posterior margin almost to the extreme

front end of the length of the metasternum (Plate 21, fig. 27 b).

The palpi, legs, tarsi, subsutural stria of elytra, mesothoracic epimera, ridges on the

hind part of metasternum, ete., closely resemble those of Toxidiwm seychellense, to the

description of which reference may be made.

Loc. Seychelles, Praslin: Coco-de-Mer forest in the Vallée de Mai, Cotes d’Or Estate,

x1, 1908, 3 specimens.

* Compare remarks on the presence or absence of the metasterno-episternal sutures in Scydmenus, ante, pp. 207—8.

29—2

228 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

NESOTOXIDIUM, gen. nov.

Corpus valde compressum, ut in Zoxidio. Oculi antice haud emarginati. Antenne

11-segmentatze, segmento 8° brevissimo, segmento 6° brevi. Palpi maxillares 4-segmentati.

Palpi labiales 3-segmentati et mentum ‘transversum, eis Beocere simillimi. Scutellum

visibile, minutum. Elytra strid subsuturali integra. Coxee mediz et posticee magis distantes

quam in Joxidio, minus distantes quam in Beocerd. Meso-episterna a coxis mediis an-

eustissime separata. Meso-epimera angusta, fere parallela, coxas medias fere (sed haud

tote) attingentia. Metasternum a meta-episternis suturd integra, haud interrupté vel

obsoleta, separatum. Segmentum ventrale primum elongatum, laminis distinctis post coxas

posticas haud munitum.

Body laterally compressed, as in Toxrdiwm. Eyes not emarginate in front. Antenne

(Plate 22, fig. 30a) 11-segmented, with the 5 terminal joints somewhat asymmetrically

dilated and having the long hairs less definitely arranged in whorls than in the species of

Toxidium, etc., described above; characterised by the very short 8th segment, less than

1 the length of 7 or 9, also by the 6th segment being considerably shorter than 5, and

4a very little shorter than 8. Maaillary palpi 4-segmented (see Plate 22, fig. 30 b). Labial

palpi (Plate 22, fig. 30.c) 3-segmented, and mentum transverse, closely resembling those of

Beocera. Scutellum a minute, rather broad, triangle. Hlytra with subsutural stria complete,

reaching the base, slightly sinuous in front, z.e. bending a little towards the suture just

posterior to the base, and at the base curving outwards and reaching the base of the elytron

at the side of the mid-basal projection of the prothorax: traces of a second stria, obsolete in

front, are faintly visible outside the subsutural stria. Wings fully developed. Anterior coxe

prominent and contiguous; mddle coxe rather wider apart than in Toxzdiwm, but less so

than in Beocera; hind core a little nearer together than the middle pair. Meso-episterna

(Plate 22, fig. 29) separated from the mid-coxal cavities by a longitudinal suture; meso-

epimera distinct, narrow, almost parallel-sided, tapering at the inner extremity, which

almost but not quite reaches the coxal cavity. Suture separating the meta-episternum from

the metasternum distinct throughout the whole length of the latter: metasternum without

longitudinal ridges in front of the hind coxee (cf. Toaidiwm seychellense, p. 227). No post-

coxal plates are separated off behind the hind coxee, but the hind margin of the acetabule

of these coxze bears coarse, elongate punctures, though none are present behind the middle

coxee. Ist ventral abdominal segment elongate: the number of ventral segments cannot be

told accurately owing to their retracted condition. I have not made microscopic prepara-

tions of the tarsz, but under the highest power available for opaque objects they appear as

follows: front tarsi, segments 1—3 subequal, 4 a little shorter, 5 about equal to 3 and 4

together: middle tarsi, 1 nearly equal to 2 and 3 together, 2 a little longer than 3, 3 and 4

subequal, 5 a little less than 3 and 4 together: hind tarsi, 1 elongate, about equal to

2 and 3 together, 2 and 3 subequal, 4 a very little shorter, 5 rather less than 3 and 4

together.

I have felt compelled to erect a new genus for this tiny insect, which is in some respects

intermediate between Toadiwm and Beocera. The compressed form is that of Toxidium,

but the labial palpi and mentum are those of Beocera. The subsutural stria reaching the

base of the elytron, and the form of the meso-epimera (though they almost reach the coxe),

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA: SCYDMAINIDA, ETC. — 229

also recall Baocera. In the distance apart of the coxee Nesotowidium is intermediate

between the two. The short 6th and 8th antennal segments, presence of scutellum, and

traces of a second stria outside the subsutural stria, are also distinctive characters.

Type of the genus, Nesotoxidium typicum, sp. n.

That Nesotoaidium is quite a distinct genus was confirmed by Mons. Achard, to whom

specimens and drawings were shown, and who knew nothing like it. It is possible that

Toxidium integrum, Reitter (East Africa, Wien. Ent. Zeit. 27. 1908, p. 34) should be placed

in this genus, as Reitter describes it as having the subsutural stria entire, reaching the base

of the elytra, and traces of a second stria outside the subsutural stria. It is just possible that

it is actually the same species as Nesotoaidium typicum, a question which cannot be decided

from Reitter’s description. Even were it so, the erection of the new genus would not be

invalidated. |

22. Nesotoaidium typicum, sp. n.

(Plate 22, figs. 28, 29, 30, a—c.)

Politum, supra omnino glabrum et impunctatum, piceo-nigrum, fascia obscura, rufes-

cente, trans medium elytrorum; pedibus antennarumque basi rufescentibus. Long. corp.

fere 1°2 mm.

Shining pitchy blackish, with an obscure reddish band, interrupted at the suture, across

the middle of the elytra (one specimen is entirely lighter reddish, except base of prothorax

and base of elytra narrowly black, and apex of elytra more widely black): legs, feet, and

basal segments of antennze reddish. Upper surface quite glabrous and impunctate; lower

surface impunctate (except for the punctures behind the hind coxee); metasternum bearing

fine, pale, decumbent hairs, rather conspicuous in the middle part.

4 specimens.

Loc. Seychelles: Silhouette, Mahé, Praslin. Silhouette, near Pot-a-eau, ca. 1500 feet,

vill. 1908. Mahé: Cascade Estate, between 800 and 1500 feet; forest behind Trois Fréres,

about 2000 feet, i. 1909. Praslin: Coco-de-Mer forest in the Vallée de Mai, xi. 1908.

Phalacride.

The collection contains five forms belonging to this family, referable to four genera,

and each represented by a considerable series of specimens. All are from the Seychelles

proper, and almost exclusively from the endemic mountain-forests at elevations above

1000 feet (only the two species of Nesiotus were taken both in these forests and in culti-

vated places at low elevations): and all are small or minute, even for this family of small

insects. After much study, and searching through all the material in the collections in

London and Paris, I have had to describe all as new species, and have erected one new

genus (Phalacratomus). As to affinities, Stilboides angulicaput seems to be a quite distinct

form, referable however to a genus originally described to include two Neotropical species.

Parischius seychellensis belongs to a genus containing two other species, both from

Madagascar, and it is very close to one of those two species. Nesiotus tropicus and N.

similis belong to a genus the type of which (N. olibroides) was described from Madagascar,

while N. tropicus itself occurs in Madagascar as well as in the Seychelles. The new genus,

230 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Phalacratomus, is a very isolated form: the only genus to which it appears to be at all

related is the Central American Liophalacrus, Sharp, and the resemblance lies only in

some characters, while there is considerable divergence in others. One species of Phala-

cratomus was found in the Seychelles, and there is another (undescribed) from Madagascar

in the Paris Museum.

Three out of the four genera represented in the Seychelles material were erected by

Guillebeau. I was unable to place several of the species in their respective genera until

I had studied Guillebeau’s collection, which is now in the possession of the Société

entomologique de France. My cordial thanks are due to the officers of the Société en-

tomologique for the facilities afforded me, especially for the loan of a number of specimens,

which I have thus been enabled to compare closely with those from the Seychelles. It is

to be regretted that Guillebeau’s painstaking work * is not illustrated by any figures, since

simple drawings of anatomical points throw much light on many of the characters which

he uses in founding genera. It may also be doubted whether the characters used are in all

cases sufficient to justify the erection of separate generat. This, however, is a matter of

opinion, and nothing decisive can be said till a careful revision of the family is undertaken,

with larger material than he had in most cases at his disposal.

The following anatomical points call for comment:

(i) Antenne. The antenna is figured in all of the Seychelles forms. Except perhaps

in the case of Phalacratomus exiguus no very marked differences of form or relative lengths

of the segments are apparent: but judging from some of the non-Seychellean species used

for purposes of comparison, more marked differences in this respect do sometimes occur.

One cannot fail to be impressed with the manner in which the antenne are articulated to

the head. As the figures show, the articulation is not in line with the long axis of the

antenna, but is effected by means of a knob-like portion of the basal segment, projecting

almost at right angles to the long axis (text-figs. 1, 3, 5): the rounded ending of the long

axis is quite free. Casey (Memoirs, vii. 1916, p. 56) refers to this structure of the basal

segment, but it is not clear from his statement that the whole attachment to the head is

by means of the knob-like projection, and that the rest of the segment is free, a condition

which is quite distinct when preparations in balsam, of antennee both attached to, and

detached from, the head, are examined. Such preparations have been made and studied in

all the five Seychelles species. The same structure appears to prevail in examples of the

following genera which I have examined as opaque objects under the highest power

possible: Phalacrus, Olibrus, Eustilbus, Tolyphus, Eulitrus, Acylomus, Litolibrus, He-

terolitus, Intochrus. It is probably general throughout the family, except possibly in

. * The works of Guillebeau specially referred to are: ‘‘ Descriptions de quelques espéces de la famille des

Phalacride de la collection de M. Antoine Grouvelle” (Ann. Soc. ent. France, 63. 1894, pp. 275—310), in which

keys of the divisions and genera are given, and a number of new genera described ; and “ Descriptions de

Phalacride recueillis par M. Ch. Alluaud dans le Nord de Madagascar, en 1893” (Bull. Soc. ent. France, 1896,

pp. 296—299).

+ Celocelius, Guilleb. (1894) must become a synonym of Acylomus, Sharp (1888). While comparing repre-

sentatives of a number of genera, I have had before me examples “ex typis” of C. simoni, Guilleb., the type of

the genus Celocelius, and of Acylomus aciculatus, Sharp, the type of the genus Acylomus. In all generic

characters they are identical. The two species simoni and aciculatus, both of which are Neotropical, are probably

quite distinct.

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA: SCYDMAINIDA, ETC. 231

Tiophalacrus, the antenne of which are very different from those of the other genera, and

appear to be articulated almost directly in continuation of the long axis (as far as can be

seen without making a preparation in balsam); see remarks on Liophalacrus below, p. 242.

(ii) Tarsi. These have been defined as 5-segmented, with the 4th segment small and

sometimes hard to discern. This is certainly the case, when the minute penultimate seg-

ment is present at all. But, again, the examination of balsam-preparations shows that it

is sometimes entirely absent, in which case the tarsus is 4-segmented. Sometimes only

the posterior tarsi are 4-segmented, but in Phalacratomus exiguus and in Parischius

seychellensis all three pairs are 4-segmented. In Nesvotus tropicus all three pairs are

5-segmented in the ?, while the ¢ is heteromerous, its formula being 5, 5, 4. In Stilboides

angulicaput the condition is heteromerous, the formula being 5, 5, 4: the specimens of

this species are few and their sex has not been determined, so I cannot say whether the

heteromerous condition is confined to one sex or not. Thus within the limits of the five

Seychelles Phalacridee three different tarsal formulze are found, two of them occurring (in

one case at any rate) in the two sexes of the same species,

The occurrence of the heteromerous condition in the ¢ alone is found in very many

clavicorn beetles, particularly Cryptophagidee and Cucujide, but I am not aware that it

has been previously recorded in Phalacridee. Westwood illustrated it in the South American

Cucujid Palestes bicolor, Perty (=freyers:, Heyden): see Introd. i (1839), p. 149, fig. 12

(17—18)*.

The Seychelles Phalacrids also illustrate the remarkable diversity in the form and

relative lengths of the segments in the hind tarsi, of which considerable use has been made

in the classification of the family. The front and middle tarsi are usually much alike, even

when the hind tarsi are very different: but in Parischius seychellensis the middle tarsi

differ both from the front and hind pairs, being intermediate as regards the length of the

basal segment.

(ii) Wings. No case of reduction of the metathoracic wings has been observed in the

Phalacride under review.

(iv) Mesosternum. This has been defined as either entirely covered by the meta-

sternal lobe, or at most only forming a narrow border in front of this. But in Phala-

cratomus and in the Central American Liophalacrus, Sharp, it is developed as a much

larger, pentagonal piece: see remarks under Phalacratomus.

(v) Metasternum, subfemoral lines, etc. The “metasternal lobe” or “metasternal

process” is that process which in most Phalacrids projects forward between the middle COX,

almost or quite concealing the mesosternum. The term “subfemoral lines” designates the

arcuate or angular lines, absent in some forms, into which the marginal stria of the meta-

. sternal lobe is continued on either side behind the middle coxee. Guillebeau and Ganglbauer

employ this term, but Casey refers to them as the ‘‘margins of the post-mesocoxal plaques.”

* T am told that many Malacoderms are also heteromerous in the ¢ sex only, but in this case the front tarsi,

are reduced to four segments.

This heteromery in one sex recalls another curious sexual difference, occurring in the endemic Seychellean

genus of Hydrophilide Bouwrdonnaisia, one species of which, B. mahensis, has the antenne 8-segmented in

the ¢, 9-segmented in the 2. See 7’r. Linn. Soc. London, Ser. 2 (Zool.), xvi. pp. 213—16, pl. xiv. fig. 13 (1913),

232 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

(vi) Secondary sexual characters. Excepting the heteromerous condition of the

tarsi, confined to the ¢ sex, in Nesiotus (see above), no other secondary sexual characters

have been detected in the material under review. Had time and material allowed of dis-

section of a greater number of specimens, possibly a similar difference might have been

revealed in the Sti/boides, or even in the other forms, though there is no @ priorz reason

why this should be so. Among European species, Ganglbauer refers to secondary sexual

characters in the ventral abdominal segments of Tolyphus, in the clypeus and mandibles

of Phalacrus spp., and in the ventral abdominal segments and sculpture of the upper

surface in Olibrus spp. Casey mentions, among American forms, sexual differences in the

hind tibize in Acylomus, and in the ventral abdominal segments in Hustilbus spp. Other

examples could probably be cited.

STILBOIDES, Guillebeau, Ann. Soc. ent. France, lxii. 1894, pp. 282, 306.

This genus was defined to include two species described by Guillebeau (op. cit., pp. 306,

307), S. sublineatus from Santo Domingo, and S. growvelle: from Brasil (Bahia) and Havana.

I have had a specimen of the latter species before me. In Stilbozdes the process of the

prosternum between the front coxe is truncate behind, not curved dorsalwards, and has

the hind margin setose. The metasternum projects forwards between the middle cox as a

process, truncated in front, with a narrow margin, which is however a little wider along

the front than at the sides. The subfemoral lines behind the middle coxe are angularly

produced backwards to about half the distance between the middle cox and the hind

margin of the metasternum. The second segment of the hind tarsi is stated by Guillebeau

(op. cit., p. 282) to be two to three times the length of the basal segment: in the specimen

of S. grouvelle: before me I have made a balsam-preparation of the hind tarsus, and find

- the second segment to be just about twice the length of the basal segment. In Stzlboides

angulicaput the tarsi have been found to be 5-segmented in the front and middle pairs,

4-seomented in the hind pair, but whether this heteromery occurs in both sexes or in only

one has not been determined. The elytra are punctate, the punctures having a more or less

distinct serlate arrangement: and there is a subsutural stria abbreviated in front.

The following species from the Seychelles is referred to this genus as it agrees with

Guillebeau’s species closely in all the structural points mentioned above, excepting one.

In S. angulicaput the second segment of the hind tarsus is less than twice the length of

the basal segment (though it is more than 13 times the length of that segment): in this

respect it 1s nearer certain species of Hustelbus which I have examined, and it also resembles

them in the form of the prosternal process, and in having the subfemoral lines angular.

But in those species of Hwstilbus the metasternal process is differently formed, having a

much broader front marginal piece (7.e. part of the mesosternum #), and the elytra are much

less strongly punctate*. S. angulicaput agrees with S. growvellei much more closely than

* The examples of Husti/bus examined are: specimens of Hustilbus atomarius, L. (= piceus, Steph.) ex coll.

Sharp, from the British Museum, and examples of the same species from the Crotch British collection at

Cambridge ; also an example in the British Museum from Mexico City, determined by Dr Sharp as Z. apicalis

(Melsh.). In the last-named specimen the angular production of the subfemoral lines reaches nearly to the hind

margin of the metasternum, and the lines themselves are interrupted at the apex of the angle. j)

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA: SCYDMANIDA, ETC. 233

with any other Phalacrid which I have seen, and I have no hesitation in referring it to the

same genus, despite the difference in the relative lengths of the segments of the hind tarsus,

which renders necessary a slight modification in the definition of the genus.

23. Stilboides angulicaput, sp. n.

(Plate 22, figs. 33, 34: text-fig. 1.)

Valde convexus, supra omnino niger, corpore subtus, antennis pedibusque rufescenti-

bus; capite angulis anticis argutis, lateribus fere rectis, subparallelis, margine anteriore

utrinque super antennze basin emarginato; capite prothoraceque tenuissime punctatis ;

elytris punctis maioribus, perparum profundis, seriatim dispositis, lined basali tenui, stria

subsuturali distincta antice obsoleta; prosterno inter coxas anticas sat lato, postice setoso ;

metasterno inter coxas medias late producto, antice truncato et tenuiter marginato ; lineis

subfemoralibus postice angulatim productis; segmento primo abdominis medio longitudi-

naliter elevato sed haud argute carinato ; tarsis anticis et mediis 5-segmentatis, segmento

4° minuto; tarsis posticis 4-segmentatis, segmento basali sat curto, 2° quam basali magis

quam sesquilongiore. Long. corp. 1°6 mm.*

Fig. 1. Stilboides angulicaput: a, antenna; b, maxillary palp ; ¢, front tarsus; d, hind

tarsus. All from balsam-preparations, x circa 197.

Strongly convex, highly polished, glabrous above; entirely black above (the front of

the head in one specimen obscurely reddish), underside, antennze and legs rather dark

reddish, club of antennz not infuscate. Head (Plate 22, fig. 33), emarginate on either side

over the base of the antenna (in the figure the emarginations are not shown as the head is

somewhat deflexed); when drawn out it is seen to have the front angles marked and sides

nearly straight and parallel. Antenna as in text-fig. 1a: maadlary palp, fig. 1b. Head

-and prothorax excessively finely and rather obsoletely punctured, the punctures separated

usually by about two or more times their own diameter: the prothorax produced backwards

in a curve in the middle of the base, with hind angles nearly right angles. H/ytra with the

entire surface excessively finely transversely striolate (this striolation only distinctly visible

under a 3-inch objective); with series of large, extremely shallow punctures, becoming

obsolete in about the anterior quarter of the length, with a few fine longitudinal strize

extremely faintly indicated, and with scattered excessively fine punctures; with a fine ©

basal line, running very close to and parallel with the hind margin of the prothorax,

* Tn all the species measurements are taken from specimens with the head much retracted.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 30

234 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

turning sharply at the inner end and running parallel with the side of the scutellum, and

ending at about the level of the apex of the scutellum, and with a marked subsutural stria

extending from the apex to about 4 the length of the elytron from the base. Wangs

fully developed. Prosternum forming a rather broad process between the coxee, the hind

margin of this process bearing about three short sete (broken off in some examples).

Metasternum (Plate 22, fig. 34) forming a broad process between the middle coxe,

truncate with rounded angles and finely margined in front: subfemoral lines (Plate 22,

fig. 34, 8. F.L.) angular, the apex of the angle produced: middle part of metasternum rather

densely pilose. 1st ventral abdominal segment with a median longitudinal elevation, but

not a sharp carina. Tarsal formula 5, 5, 4: anterior tarsus (text-fig. 1c) and middle

tarsus with a very small 4th segment: posterior tarsus (text-fig. 1d) with basal segment

rather short, segment 2 between 14 times and twice as long as the basal. No external

sexual distinction has been remarked, and the sex of the examples is not determined.

Loc. Seychelles. Silhouette, forest above Mare aux Cochons, over 1000 feet, ix. 1908,

7 examples.

PariscuHlus, Guillebeau, Bull. Soc. ent. France, 1896, p. 297.

This genus was erected to include two species from Madagascar, P. allwaudi and

P. perparvulus, described by Guillebeau (/.c.). In the hind tarsus the basal segment is

greatly elongated (see text-fig. 2 d), longer than the united lengths of all the other segments.

Balsam-preparations of the front, middle, and hind tarsus in the Seychelles form (text-fig.

2 b—d) show that all the tarsi are 4-segmented; in the front tarsus segments 1—8 are

subequal in length, in the middle tarsus segment 1 is longer than segments 2 and 3 together,

in the hind tarsus segment 1 is very long, as stated above. The metasternum projects

forward between the middle cox as a process broadly rounded in front and very finely

margined: there are subfemoral lines some distance behind the mid-coxal cavities, they

are gradually curved (not angular), resembling those of Nesiotus; the mesosternum is not

Fig. 2. Parischius seychellensis: a, antenna; 6, front tarsus; c, middle tarsus ; d, hind tarsus.

All from balsam-preparations, x circa 197.

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA: SCYDMAENIDAE, ETC. 235

visible in direct ventral view: the prosternal process is curved dorsalwards behind the

front coxe. The hind coxe are very broad (in an antero-posterior direction) and do not

appear to have their hind margins closely soldered to the Ist abdominal segment.

24. Parischius seychellensis, sp. n.

(Text-fig. 2.)

Parischio alluaudi affinis, sed minor, magis convexus, elytris postice magis angustatis.

Long. corp. 1‘7—2 mm.

I have had before me three examples of P. alluaudi, including two co-types, for com-

parison and find that the Seychelles specimens differ from that species in their smaller average

size, greater convexity of shape, and in having the outline of the elytra more tapering : it

narrows gradually in the posterior ¢ of their length. The excessively fine and close

punctuation of the elytra is also a very little stronger, in some specimens at least of

P. seychellensis, than in P. alluaudi. P. perparvulus, Guilleb., is a very much smaller

form. There are two other forms in Guillebeau’s collection, represented by single examples,

labelled by him as belonging to this genus, though I do not know where they were described.

They are P. growvellez, from Annam, resembling ad//uaudi rather closely in size and colour,

and much less tapering behind than seychellensis: and P. basalis from Zanzibar, much

larger and differently coloured, different in several ways from both allwaudi and seychellensis.

Hind wings of P. seychellensis fully developed.

Guillebeau (/.c.) described four distinct colour-forms in P. alluaudi. P. seychellensis

varies in the same way, and among 26 examples examined (the remaining three are gummed

on their backs), the following six forms are distinguishable :

A. Entirely ferruginous or reddish-testaceous. 7 specimens.

B. Ferruginous with a diamond-shaped black mark in the middle of the elytra; half

is on either elytron, and the diamond is formed when the elytra are closed; the front

point of the diamond sometimes reaches nearly to the scutellum, but the hind-point does

not reach the apex of the elytra. 5 specimens.

C. Ferruginous with the diamond-shaped mark and also with a black basal band

across both elytra. The diamond and the band are usually united along the suture, but

not always. 7 specimens.

D. Ferruginous, with broad black basal band across both elytra, extending back a

little along the suture, but the diamond-shaped mark is quite absent. 1 specimen.

E. The diamond and the basal band are expanded, so that the diamond reaches the

side margins of the elytra: the band and diamond are broadly joined along the suture, and

* Stress was laid by Guillebeau (/.c.) on this character, that the hind margins of the hind coxe are free, not

soldered to the lst abdominal segment, in Parischius and certain other genera. In several specimens which I

have examined, of Parischius, Nesiotus, and Phalacratomus, this is undoubtedly the case: the hind margins of

the coxe are detached from the first ventral segment and lie ina different plane. But I am a little doubtful as to

how much value this condition of the coxe has as a generic character. Possibly the attachment of the coxe to the

segment is merely very weak, so that the segment shrinks away from the cox during the process of desiccation.

30—2

236 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

also by a narrow black band along the side margin, so that the whole of each elytron is

black, except a spot in the basal part, and the apical part. 4 specimens.

F. The basal pale spot mentioned in the preceding form appears to have expanded,

and the black portions are much less sharply defined, being only recognisable as a dusky

suffusion. The result is an approach again to the unicolorous reddish form A. 2 specimens.

There is a certain amount of variation within the limits of these forms, and a few

examples are transitional, and difficult to place definitely under one head. But on the

whole the forms are well marked. There is no evidence of any one form being confined to

a particular island or locality, or occurring in one particular season.

The antenne and tarsi of P. seychellensis are figured. The sex of the example from

which the tarsi are drawn has not been determined.

Loc. Seychelles; Silhouette, Mahé, Praslin. Silhouette: near Mont Pot-a-eau, about

1500 feet, and forest above Mare aux Cochons, over 1000 feet, vili—ix. 1908. Mahé: from

grass in cultivated country at about 1000 feet, xi. 1908 (1 example); forest above 1000

feet at Cascade Estate, i. 1909; Mare aux Cochons district, about 1500 feet, i—ii. 1909.

Praslin : Cétes d’Or Estate (Coco-de-Mer forest), xi. 1908.

Nesrotus, Guillebeau, Bull. Soc. ent. France, 1896, p. 298.

This genus was erected by Guillebeau to receive one species, NV. olibroides, described

by him (/.c.) from Madagascar. The two following species are referred to it after com-

parison with a co-type of NV. olibroides lent from the Paris Museum. The prosternal process

(between the front coxee) is truncate behind, not bent dorsalwards, and has a short seta at

either hind angle (these setz are often broken off). The metasternum projects forwards

between the middle coxe as a process either rounded or subtruncate in front: the meso-

sternum is concealed, except for a fine margin round the metasternal process, which is

apparently part of it. There are subfemoral lines some distance behind the mid-coxal

cavities, but they are gradually curved, not in the least angular (see Plate 22, fig. 36).

The hind coxe have their hind margins not closely soldered to the first ventral segment

(definitely free in most of the specimens examined (see footnote, p. 235)). Guillebeau

defined the 2nd segment of the posterior tarsi as 3 times the length of the basal: in the

two following species it is only 14 times to twice the length of the basal segment. Despite

this discrepancy, however, it seems best to include the two following species in Nesiotus,

as they very closely resemble NV. olvbroides in general form and in all the characters of the

sterna mentioned above. Moreover, in insects so minute it is very difficult to measure the

proportionate lengths of the tarsal segments without making balsam-preparations of the

tarsi, which Guillebeau does not seem to have done. From my examination of the co-type

of N. olibroides I could not state the exact proportions of the lengths of the segments, and

such a character might also vary within certain limits among the species of a genus. As

stated elsewhere the tarsi are heteromerous in the $ sex of N. tropicus, the formula being

5, 5,4 in the $; 5, 5,5 in the 2. WN. semalis is known only in the sex, and in N. olibroides,

Guilleb., the material is insufficient for study of this point.

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA : SCYDMAENIDZ, ETC. 237

In the form of the metasternal process and subfemoral lines Neszotws resembles

Parischius, Guilleb. ; but in that genus the prosternal process is bent dorsalwards at its

extremity, and the tarsal structure is entirely different. Among representatives of other

genera which I have examined, Hulitrus estriatus, Sharp (Central America), has the same

kind of subfemoral lines, and its metasternal process is the same shape, but there is scarcely

any visible margin formed by the mesosternum to this process.

25. Nesiotus tropicus, n. sp.

(Plate 22, fig. 36: text-fig. 3.)

Sat longe ovatus, postice conspicue angustatus, apice subtruncato; supra omnino

niger, elytrorum apice dilutiore; corpore subtus, antennis pedibusque rufescentibus ; capite

angulis anticis obtusis, rotundatis, margine anteriore utrinque super antennee basin sinuato;

capite prothoraceque tenuissime sat dense punctulatis; hoc et elytris marginibus laterali-

bus tenuiter reflexis; elytris punctis maioribus, sat sparsis, subobsoletis, subseriatim

dispositis, linea: basali tenui, strié subsuturali distincta antice obsoleta; processu prosternali

inter coxas anticas modice lato, postice utrinque in angulo seta minuta instructo; meta-

sterno inter coxas medias sat late producto, antice subtruncato et margine anteriore sat

lato, crasso; lineis subfemoralibus curvatis, haud angulatim productis; tarsis anticis et

medis 5-segmentatis; segmento 4° minuto; tarsis posticis segmento 2° quam basali fere

duplo longiore, in ¢ 5-segmentatis, segmento 4° minuto, in ¢ 4-segmentatis. Long. corp.

1°3—1°5 mm.

Rather long ovate, reaching its greatest width a little behind the humeral angles of

the elytra, markedly narrowed behind, apices of the elytra subtruncate; moderately convex,

highly polished above, colour uniform black, a little diluted in the translucent hind part

of the elytra and the sides of the prothorax ; underside reddish, legs and antenne reddish

to yellowish, clubs of the latter not infuscate. Head (text-fig. 3c) with front margin

sinuate on either side above the base of the antenna, bluntly produced and deflexed in the

middle, the angles immediately outside the eyes obtuse (contrast Stelboides angulicaput).

Antenna and maxillary palp, see text-fig. 3a, b. Head and prothorax extremely finely

and rather closely punctured, the punctures irregularly dispersed, in some cases separated

by little more than their own diameter. Prothorax and elytra with lateral margins finely

reflexed, though this is only in part visible from directly above. Elytra with punctuation

‘not easy to discern clearly, punctures larger than those on the prothorax, subseriately

arranged, separated by several times their own diameter ; longitudinal striz faintly indi-

cated, basal line fine, subsutural stria distinct behind, obsolete in about the anterior 4 of

the length. Wings fully developed. Prosternal process truncate behind, bearing a very

short seta at either end of its hind margin (these sets often broken off). Metasternal

process (Plate 22, fig. 36, m.L.) subtruncate in front, having a broad, thickened front

margin bearing several short sete at either angle: subfemoral lines curved, not angular:

metasternum nearly bare in the middle in front, setose behind. 1s¢ abdominal segment

very little elevated in the middle.

238 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Tarsi. The examination of the hind tarsi, mounted in balsam, under a 4-inch objective,

led to the discovery that, while the front and middle pairs are 5-segmented in both sexes

(text-fig. 3 d), the hind tarsi are 5-segmented in the ? (text-fig. 3 f), but 4-segmented in

Fig. 3. Wesiotus tropicus: a, antenna; 6, maxillary palp; c, outline of head, eyes,

and basal segments of antenne ; d, front tarsus ; ¢, hind tarsus of ¢ (4-segmented) ;

f, hind tarsus of 9 (5-segmented). All from balsam-preparations ; a, b, d, e, and f

x circa 197; ¢, x circa 38.

the ¢ (text-fig. 3 e). The penultimate (= 4th) segment in the ? is very small and almost

continuous in outline with the terminal segment, while in the ¢ the articulation and the

slight constriction between the two have entirely disappeared. No other external sexual

character has been observed, and the number of tarsal segments can scarcely ever be

reliably counted except from balsam-mounts. The true condition was discovered by deter-

mining the sex of a number of individuals from their genitalia, and then detaching and

mounting their hind legs and tarsi (many ? had the oviposition and vaginal palpi exserted,

and the ¢ were determined by dissecting out the cedeagus). 6 2 and 3 f were examined

in this way. The hind tarsi of two other examples (?) were also mounted, without previous

determination of the sex. The 2nd segment in both sexes is between 14 times and twice

as long as the basal segment.

About 51 specimens.

Loc. Seychelles; Silhouette, Mahé, Praslin, Long Island, Round Island. Silhouette:

forest near Mont Pont-a-eau, ca. 1500 feet ; Mare aux Cochons, over 1000 feet ; cultivated

country near coast. Mahé: high forest of Morne Blane; country above Port Glaud, 500

—1000 feet; Cascade Estate, about 1000 feet ; various localities near sea-level, including

the marshy coastal plain at Anse aux Pins and Anse Royale. Praslin: Coco-de-Mer forest

in the Vallée de Mai. Long and Round Islands, two coconut-planted islets off the coast of

Mahé, a single example from each. This species was taken at many elevations, from the

coast up into the endemic forests, and at all seasons from July 1908 to Feb, 1909.

Two specimens from the Paris Museum, obtained by Alluaud in Mahé (1892), are

referred to this species.

Madagascar: six examples in the Paris Museum, from Nossi Bé, Diego Suarez, and

Tananarive, are provisionally referred to N. tropicus. Almost undoubtedly most of them

belong to it, but minute examination of their structure might indicate that one or two

specimens are referable to N. semuilis.

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA : SCYDMAENIDZA, ETC. 239

Réunion: one example from the Paris Museum (Alluaud, 1893) is doubtfully placed

here ; it is almost uniformly dark rufous in colour, and markedly tapering behind. It may

prove to belong to a distinct species.

26. Nesiotus svmilis, n. sp.

(Plate 22, fig. 35: text-fig. 4.)

Nesioto tropico simillimus, sed maior, elytris fortius ac densius punctatis, tarsis posticis

(in 2) segmento 2° longiore, segmentis 3—5 xquilongo. Long. corp. 1°5—1°8 mm.

This form, known with certainty only in the $ sex, is extremely like Nessotus tropicus,

so much so that considerable difficulty was experienced in separating the two, and I am

uncertain whether N. semzlis should be regarded as a subspecies of N. tropicus or as a

separate species. The structural difference lies in the form of the hind tarsi of the ¢ (text-

fig. 4b): segment 2 is just over twice the length of the basal segment; it is proportionately

longer than in N. tropicus, being as long as segments 3—5 taken together, while in

N. tropicus it is distinctly shorter (cf. text-fig. 3). Otherwise the hind tarsi are closely

similar to those of NV. tropicus, being 5-segmented with the 4th segment very small: those

Fig. 4. Nesiotus similis: a, antenna; 6, hind tarsus. Both from balsam-

preparations, x circa 197.

of 5 individuals were detached and mounted in balsam, the sex of 3 of these specimens

being proved by their exserted ovipositors. Probably the hind tarsus of the ¢ has only

4 segments, as in NV. tropicus, and a specimen from Rodrigues with 4-segmented hind tarsi,

believed to be ¢, is referred with some hesitation to this form. It has the 2nd segment

proportionately longer than in the g of N. tropicus, though this greater length is not so

- noticeable as in the 9. Besides this difference in the tarsi, the average size of N. similis is

larger, and the elytral punctuation is markedly closer and stronger; the punctures are

rather large and very shallow, with their greatest diameter lying in a transverse direction,

they are separated by a distance only about equal to their own greatest diameter, and

their seriate arrangement is more evident. In some specimens the metasternal process has

a slightly narrower margin than in N. tropicus and tends to be less nearly truncate, slightly

more rounded in front: but I doubt whether this holds as a constant character. In general

form and colour, structure of antennee, form of subfemoral lines, basal elytral stria and

subsutural stria, ete., N. similis closely resembles N. tropicus. Hind wings fully developed

240 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

In size and punctuation the specimens referred to N. simzlis closely resemble the co-

type of NV. olibroides, Guilleb., which I have before me. The latter is lighter and more

rufous in colour, which may however be due to immaturity. Its metasternal process is,

however, markedly wider than in either NV. similis or N. tropicus, subtruncate in front and

more definitely angled at either side, and only very finely margined. As stated above, in

the remarks on the genus, I have not made a -balsam-preparation of the hind tarsus in

N. olibroides, and cannot accurately estimate the relative lengths of the segments, but if

Guillebeau’s definition that the 2nd segment is three times the length of the basal segment is

correct, this constitutes another structural character separating JN. olibroides from N. similis

and WN. tropicus.

14 specimens.

Loc. Seychelles: Silhouette, Mahé, Anonyme I. Silhouette: near Pot-d-eau, about

1500 feet, and Mare aux Cochons, over 1000 feet, vill.—ix. 1908. Mahé: near Morne

Blane, about 1000 feet, and above Port Glaud, 500—1000 feet, x. 1908. Anonyme Island,

a coconut-planted islet off the coast of Mahé, one example, i. 1909.

Rodrigues: two specimens (Snell and Thomasset, vili.—xi. 1918), one of which is 2,

are referred to this species with some hesitation.

Two examples from the Paris Museum, obtained by Alluaud in 1892 in Mahé and

La Digue respectively, are referred to this form on the ground of their larger size and

stronger punctuation, though I have not examined the tarsi.

Madagascar: see remarks under N. tropicus.

PHALACRATOMUS, gen. nov.

Breviter ovatus, valde convexus. Caput margine anteriore utrinque super antennze

basin leviter sinuato, ad latera antice haud angulatum. Antenne 11-segmentate, sat longe,

clavé parum laxa, trisegmentata. Palpi maxillares segmento 4° ac tribus preecedentibus

simul sumptis eequilongo, apice subtruncato. Prothorax lateribus tenuiter reflexis. Scutel-

lum distinctum. Elytra strié subsuturali nulla, linea basali sub margine prothoracis celata,

marginibus lateralibus tenuiter reflexis. Prosternum inter coxas processu angustissimo,

postice haud setoso, munitum. Coxze anticze ovales, breviter et oblique transverse. Meso-

sternum area pentagonali, scutiformi, basi inter coxas medias, instructum. Metasternum

sine lineis subfemoralibus. Abdominis segmenta 5, basale haud medio carinatum. Tarsi

omnes 4-segmentati; postici segmentis 2° et 3° brevibus, simul sumptis segmento basali

vix longioribus.

Form (Plate 22, fig. 37) rather shortly and broadly ovate, the greatest width being

reached a little before the middle of the length of the elytra; very strongly convex; lateral

margins of prothorax and elytra very finely reflexed. Head (text-fig. 5c) not or scarcely

visible from above in repose, with front margin arcuate and deflexed in the middle, slightly

sinuate on either side just within the eye (the sinuation is very little noticeable from above

unless the head is much tilted up); there is no definite angle where the sides meet the

front margin. Antenne (text-fig. 5a) rather long, club rather loose. Maxillary palp (text-

fig. 5b) with the 4th segment about as long as the 3 preceding segments together, sub-

truncate at apex. Prothorax excised in front to receive the head (see Plate 22, fig. 38),

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA : SCYDMAINIDA, ETC. 241

produced backwards in a curve in the middle of its hind margin, hind angles obtuse.

Scutellum distinct. Hlytra entirely covering the abdomen behind, with no subsutural or

other strie*; the fine basal line is normally hidden under the margin of the prothorax,

and does not bend back along the sides of the scutellum. Wangs fully developed, con-

siderably longer than the elytra. Prosternum (Plate 22, fig. 38) forming only a very narrow

Fig. 5. Phalacratomus exiguus : a, antenna; 6, maxillary palp; c, outline of head,

eyes, and basal segments of antenne ; d, front tarsus; e, hind tarsus. All from

balsam-preparations ; a, }, d, e x circa 197; ¢ x circa 67.

process between the closely approximated front coxee; the hind margin of this process

bears no setze in any specimen examined: front cox@ not globular, but rather long-oval,

their long axes set in an obliquely transverse direction. Mesosternum (Plate 22, fig. 39, mus.)

forming a conspicuous, pentagonal, shield-shaped, margined area, separated from the meta-

sternum by a straight, transverse, sunk suture between the middle coxee, while the apex

of the pentagonal area projects in front of the coxse: middle coxe not globular, but shortly

transverse, produced outwards to a narrow, tapering portion, not however extending as

far as to be level with the side margin of the metasternum. Metasternum entirely without

subfemoral lines (unless the raised margin at the back of the middle coxal cavity represents

these); margined at the back, with a slight split in the middle (as in the other species

examined) and an indication of a median longitudinal suture extending forwards from this:

hind coxe contiguous, extending the entire width of the metasternum; their hind margins

free, not united to the first ventral segment (cf: footnote, p. 235), Visible ventral ab-

dominal segments 5, the 1st without any median keel or elevation. ZYarsal formula 4, 4, 4:

segments 1—3 lobed beneath in all the tarsi: anterior tarsus shown in text-fig. 5d, and

the middle tarsus resembles it: posterior tarsus shown in fig. 5e, the 2nd and 3rd segments

are short, and taken together are but little longer than the basal segment f.

Type of the genus: Phalacratomus exiquus, sp. n.

The position and affinities of this genus appear very uncertain. The only genus that

I have seen which seems related to it is the Central American Liophalacrus, Sharp (Brol.

Centr.-Am., Coleop. 11. i. p. 255 (1888)). I have before me a specimen of Liophalacrus

bicolor, Sharp, which resembles Phalacratomus in having the mesosternum developed as a_

* Except the fine line delimiting the actual sutural margin of the elytron.

+ In text-fig. 5¢ (hind tarsus) the segments are rather closely drawn up together, causing it to appear more

different from the front and middle tarsi than is the case in actual structure.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 31

242 _ PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

conspicuous pentagonal piece, though in Liophalacrus bicolor this piece is not flat, but

elevated along the middle and sloping dorsalwards on either side. L. bicolor agrees also in

having no subfemoral lines on the metasternum, and in having the front and middle cox

transverse, not globular, but its middle coxee are very much more extended transversely

than those of Phalacratomus, and reach to the lateral margins of the metasternum.

L. bicolor differs entirely from Phalacratomus (and from other Phalacrid genera which I

have seen) in the form of its antennz, which have the basal segment very long and slender,

the segments between this and the club very short, and the 3-segmented club forming a

single compact body: [these antennz seem to be only 10- or possibly 9-segmented, and to

be articulated at the base in line with the long axis of the antenna, not at right angles to

it, as in the antennee figured in this present paper; but I have not made balsam-prepara-

tions of them, though I have examined them under the highest power possible without

doing so—a magnification of some 90 diameters]. Liophalacrus bicolor also differs in

having a raised longitudinal keel on the prosternum in front of the coxe, a sharp median

longitudinal keel on the 1st abdominal segment, in having on the hind part of the meta-

sternum two ridges against which the hind femora must be applied when pushed forward,

and in having (as far as can be seen without making balsam-preparations) 5-segmented tarsi.

Guillebeau states (Ann. Soc. ent. France, 1894, p. 275) that he had not seen the types

of Dr Sharp’s species: had he had opportunity to see that of Liophalacrus, that genus,

with its conspicuous mesosternum, would probably not have been placed in the same section

(Heterolibrini) with even such genera as Litolibrus and Acylomus. In fact, Liophalacrus

and Phalacratomus necessitate some modification of existing definitions of the family

Phalacridze as a whole (e.g. Guillebeau’s and Ganglbauer’s (Adf Mitteleur. iii. p. 739)

definitions). Firstly, the family is defined as having front and middle coxe globular ;

whereas in these two genera they are at least shortly transverse, and in Liophalacrus the

middle coxz are very much extended transversely. Secondly, the mesosternum in the

family is said to be either entirely covered by the metasternal process, or at most only

forming a narrow horizontal border in front of this; whereas in the two genera under

discussion it is well developed as a pentagonal piece. In the form of the antenne Lio-

phalacrus may, as stated above, compel further modification of the definition of Phalacride.

27. Phalacratomus exiguus, sp. n.

(Plate 22, figs. 37—39: text-fig. 5.)

Minutissimus, politus; obscure brunneus, capite et prothorace et parte posteriore

elytrorum flavescentibus, vel interdum supra omnino nigrescens; subtus rufo- vel flavo-

brunneus, antennis pedibusque flavescentibus, antennarum clavis infuscatis; capite pro-

thoraceque fere obsolete tenuissime punctulatis ; elytris punctis maioribus subobsoletis,

sine striis; metasterno sparse piloso. Long. corp. 0°9—1'2 mm.

The structural characters are given in the description of the genus. The species 1s

very minute, highly polished. Colour usually brownish-black, with head, prothorax, de-

flexed posterior part of elytra, and sometimes the reflexed lateral margins of the latter,

yellowish-brown. In some examples the colour above is almost uniform black. Underside

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA : SCYDMAENIDZ®, ETC. 243

lighter, yellowish- to reddish-brown. Legs and antennz yellowish, clubs of antennze usually

infuscate. Head and prothorax with exceedingly fine and subobsolete punctures; the elytra

have in addition larger subobsolete punctures showing indications of a seriate arrangement;

but the whole punctuation is indistinct and difficult to make out. The elytra have neither

subsutural nor any other strize. The prosternal process is (as previously stated) not setose

behind. The shield-shaped area of the mesosternum bears a few short hairs, and the meta-

sternum is rather sparsely pilose, more densely on either side of the middle line at the back.

Var.? There are two exceptionally small examples (0°9 mm. long), both coloured a

little differently from the majority. The prothorax is dusky yellowish, the elytra blackish,

but paler, z.e. dusky reddish or yellowish, along the suture; in one of them this paler

coloration is suffused over all the middle part of the disc of the elytra, and contrasts rather

markedly with the black of the humeral and basal area. But although a microscopic pre-

paration of antenna and tarsi has been made, no character has been detected suflicient

to warrant their being regarded as specifically distinct.

33 examples.

Loc. Seychelles: Silhouette, Mahé. Silhouette, viii.—ix. 1908: near Pot-a-eau, about

1500 feet, and Mare aux Cochons and the forest above, some being from the higher eleva-

tions, near 2000 feet. Mahé: high forest of Morne Blanc and Pilot, ca. 2000 feet; Cascade

Estate, various places in the forest, 800—1700 feet; Mare aux Cochons district, 1000—

2000 feet. The Mahé specimens were taken at various times from Oct. 1908 to March 1909.

28. Phalacratonws, sp.

There is a specimen in the Paris Museum from Madagascar (Diego Suarez, Alluaud,

1893) belonging to this genus. It agrees closely with P. exiguus in all structural points,

particularly the form of the sterna, etc. It is however larger, longer in proportion to its

width, and has the elytra quite impunctate. Its head and thorax are coloured much as in

P. exiquus; the elytra are reddish at the base, darker and more fuscous distally. It should

doubtless be regarded as a distinct species of Phalacratomus.

Cucujide (Supplement).

The Cucujidee have already been reported on by the late Antoine Grouvelle (Zrans.

Innn. Soc. London, Ser. 2, Zool., xvii. p. 141, Dec. 1914). One species, however, represented

by a single example, was not sent to Grouvelle, since, owing to the heteromerous condition

of its tarsi, it was erroneously sent to Herr Gebien among the Tenebrionide. It has a

superficial resemblance to Teredus and certain other Colydiid genera, but differs from them

structurally. I have not been able to place it in any genus in the British Museum, and

Monsieur Lesne, who has seen it, has been unable to identify it with any named form in

Grouvelle’s collection at Paris. Probably it is a new species, and perhaps a new genus.

Nevertheless, as I have no special knowledge of the family, and time does not allow of my

searching the literature, I prefer not to name it, but to describe it as follows.

31—2

244 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

29. Genus et species ?

Elongata, angusta, parallela, subcylindrica; levis, fortiter polita, omnino glabra ;

piceo-nigra ore, antennis, pedibus, pygidio, piceo-rufis: capite ad oculos maximez pro-

thoracis latitudini equilato, margine antico late truncato et utrinque leviter sinuato, sat

fortiter haud densius punctato: antennis curtis, 11-segmentatis, ante oculos sub marginibus

lateralibus capitis insertis, clavé trisegmentat&é munitis: prothorace circa + longiore quam

latiore, maximam latitudinem ad angulos anticos attingente, postice angustato, angulis

posticis omnino rotundatis, disco sat fortiter haud densius punctato: scutello late sub-

triangulari, haud punctato: elytris postice perparum dilatatis, humeris angulos fere rectos,

apice rotundatos, formantibus, apice late rotundatis, pygidium haud tegentibus, stria sub-

suturali antice obsoleta (sed ad elytrorum basin serie punctorum continuata) et seriebus

punctorum circa 8 aliis instructis: corpore subtus ut in Awlonio constructo: tarsis anticis

et mediis 5-segmentatis, posticis 4-segmentatis. Long. corp. circa 3°9 mm.

Long, narrow, parallel-sided, subcylindrical: smooth, strongly shining, quite glabrous;

pitchy black, the front of the head, antennz, mouth-parts, pygidium, and legs pitchy

reddish. Head short and broad, its breadth at the level of the eyes equal to the greatest

breadth of the prothorax, narrowed and having sharp overhanging lateral margins in front

of the eyes, broadly truncate and feebly bisinuate in front, rather strongly punctured, the

punctures of different sizes and often two or more times their own diameter apart. Antenne

inserted in front of the eyes, and under the overhanging lateral margins of the head, short,

11-segmented, the basal segment almost entirely hidden from above by the lateral margin

of the head, segment 3 nearly twice as long as broad, segments 4—8 short, the distal ones

transverse, segments 9—11 forming a rather loose club. Prothorax about 1} times as long

as broad, reaching its greatest breadth at the front angles, gradually narrowed to the base;

front angles strongly deflexed, not visible from above, hind angles quite rounded off ; lateral

and posterior margins finely reflexed, front margin not reflexed but bearing a fringe of

close, short, pale cilize; punctuation similar to that on the head. Scutellum rather broadly

subtriangular, its sides arcuate, surface quite impunctate. Hlytra broadening very slightly

behind, a little wider in their widest part than head or prothorax; shoulders nearly right-

angled but rounded off at the apex of the angle; at the posterior extremity the elytra are

together broadly rounded (in the unique specimen they do not quite meet at the apex) and

leave the pygidium exposed; the finely reflexed outer margin is only visible from above just

at the hind end; there are no raised coste, and no strize except the subsutural stria, which

is deeply impressed behind but vanishes in front at about 4 the length of the elytron from the

base, being continued forwards to the base as a series of punctures; between this subsutural

series and the outer margin there are about 8 other series of punctures, but the outer 2 or

3 are hidden from above by the deflexion of the lateral part; there is also a short scutellar

series at the base between the suture and the subsutural series; the intervals are quite flat

but bear a few exceedingly fine punctures. Hind wings not examined. Pygidium extremely

finely and closely punctured, with rounded margin. The wnderside structurally resembles

that of the Colydiid Auloniwm closely (Aulonium sulcatum has been used for comparison):

that is, the front cox@ are separated by a narrow intercoxal process bent dorsalwards behind

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA : SCYDM ANID, ETC. 245

them, and their cavities are closed behind by the side pieces of the prosternum; the middle

coxe, subrotund like the front pair, are also separated by a narrow intercoxal process of

the mesosternum; the laterally extended hind core are almost contiguous. The surface is

distinctly punctured, punctures several times their own diameter apart, furthest apart on

the middle of the metasternum. Each trochanter bears a single pale, erect, seta. Tibie

with several short stout spines on the apical margin, these apical spines being on the pos-

terior side of the front ones and the anterior side of the middle and hind pairs. Front and

middle tarsi 5-segmented, hind tarsi 4-segmented; the penultimate segment small, short,

and narrow in all the tarsi: in the front and middle pairs the basal segment is nearly as long

as 2 and 3 together, in the hind tarsi it appears longer than 2 and 3 together: the terminal

segment in all the tarsi is nearly as long as the preceding segments taken together.

Loc. Seychelles. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800 feet or over, x. 1908—1i. 1909.

This insect has at first sight a superficial resemblance to the European Colydiid Teredus

cylindricus, Ol. (=nitedus, Fabr.), but differs from it in having a 3-segmented (not 2-seg-

mented) antennal club and a broader, more truncate head, in the heteromerous tarsi, and

in other points. As mentioned above, it also has points of similarity with Aulonzum, in the

form of the sterna and antennze. But despite its resemblances to this genus of Colydiide,

it is here placed in Cucujidee, owing to the structure of the tarsi. Possibly it falls some-

where near the Cucujid genera Lemotmetus (= Asana) or Shoguna. Herr Gebien returned

it as having no place in Tenebrionide.

Lathridiide.

No representatives of this family have to my knowledge been previously recorded from

the Seychelles or other islands under review. The collection includes 4 species, belonging

to as many genera. Two of them are very widely distributed forms. The remaining two

necessitate the erection of two new genera Nesolathrus and Ostomopsis. I have seen a

second species (at present unnamed) of Nesolathrus from the West Indies. Ostomopsis

is so far known only from the Seychelles.

Entcmus, Thomson.

30. Enicmus minutus (Linn.).

Enicmus minutus, Reitter, Fauna Germanica, Kafer, iii. 1911, p. 82.

Enicmus (subg. Conithassa) minutus, Belon, Rev. d’Ent. Caen, 1897, p. 131 ; Gen. Ins., Fascic. 3, 1902, p. 22.

Lathridius (subg. Conithassa) minutus, Ganglbauer, Kaf. Mitteleur. iii. pp. 779, 783.

One example of this cosmopolitan species was taken in Silhouette (Seychelles), viii.

1908.

MetopHtTHaALmus, Wollaston.

The following species is determined as Metophthalmus albofasciatus, Reitter (1891),

from Reitter’s description. I have been unable to verify this determination by comparison

with the type or other examples named by Reitter, having failed to find where any such

246 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

examples now are*. But I have no doubt as to the identification, for the specimens agree

absolutely with the description, and the species is quite distinct from any other Metoph-

thalmus in several structural points and in the nature of the pattern formed on it by the

white fungoid substance. It was described from Japan, and subsequently recorded as

imported into Germany: it is here recorded from the Seychelles and from Java.

In 1908 Reitter separated M. albofasciatus from the other species of Metophthalmus,

making it the type of a new subgenus Huchionellus, on the ground of its having large, |

prominent, laterally-placed eyes, a transverse cordiform prothorax with no grooves for

reception of the antenne beneath, etc. He did not, however, notice that it has elongate,

curved trochanters, with the femora articulated on their ends (Plate 20, fig. 16 a), as in the

genus Hufallia (= Beloniat), with which it further agrees in having the head elongated

and dilated in front, antenne inserted some distance in front of the eyes, prothorax trans-

versely furrowed before the base, scutellum indistinct, and prothoracic epimera meeting in

the middle line behind the intercoxal process of the prosternum. On the other hand it

differs entirely from the only known species of Hufallia, the American E. wnicostata

(Belon), in general form, in having 10-segmented instead of 11-segmented antenne, in the

large eyes, transverse, cordate prothorax with explanate margins, and in the presence of

three costz on the disc of each elytron; moreover, Hufallia has the front coxe further

apart and the intercoxal process broader, the mesosternum quite differently formed, and

the hind coxze very wide apart and scarcely transverse. In general facies Huchionellus,

especially when the white coating is not cleaned off, strongly recalls other species of

Metophthalmus, and it seems best to retain it as a subgenus of Metophthalmus, though

certain additions require to be made to the definition of it, as follows :

Subgenus EucHIONELLUS, Reitter, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1908, p. 133.

Head elongate, dilated in front. Eyes large, prominent, laterally-placed. Antenne

10-segmented, inserted some distance in front of the eyes. Prothorax transverse, cordate,

explanate at the sides, with a deep transverse furrow before the base, bituberculate in the

middle both in front and behind, without any grooves for the reception of the antennze

beneath. Scutellum indistinct. Hlytra each with three longitudinal costz on the disc, and

with each of the intervals furnished with two series of punctures, with lateral margins

regularly expanded, serrate or tuberculate, in front. Prosternum forming a very narrow

process between the coxze, which are thus almost contiguous: their cavities closed behind

by the prothoracic epimera, which meet in the middle line. Middle coxe globular, separated

by a space nearly equal to the width of one of themselves, and having a depression between

them, where the meso- and metasternum meet. Metasternwm (Plate 20, tig. 16 a) convex,

with a deep transverse furrow almost immediately behind the middle coxe. Hind coxe

* Reitter’s Lathridiide, or a large part of them at any rate, were bought by Grouvelle, and are now in the

Paris Museum, where I saw a series of species of Metophthalmus ex coll. Reitter. This species however was

(Sept. 1920) marked only by a gap and by a label in Grouvelle’s handwriting stating that it was missing. My

enquiries have elicited the information that it is not in those parts of Reitter’s collection which are now in the

Museums of Vienna and Budapest. It might possibly be in Belon’s collection, now in the hands of Mons. Pic.

+ £ufallia is given as a new name for Belonia, Fall, by Muttkowski, Bull. Wisconsin Nat. Hist. Soc. 8. 1910,

p. 161.

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA : SCYDMAINIDA, ETC. 247

transverse, extending to the sides of the metasternum, widely separated, with a very deep

depression between them. Visible ventral abdominal segments 6; the first shorter than the

metasternum ; segments 1—4 convex, the sutures between them situated in deep furrows.

Legs slender : trochanters (as in Eufallia) elongate, curved, with the femora articulated on

their ends: tarsi 3-segmented, segment 3 a very little longer than | and 2 taken together.

31. Metophthalmus (Euchionellus) albofasciatus, Reitter.

(Plate 20, figs. 16, 16 a, 16 b.)

Metophthalmus albofasciatus, Reitter, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1891, p. 23.

Metophthalmus (Euchionellus) albofasciatus, Reitter, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1908, p. 133; Fauna Germanica,

Kafer, iii. 1911, p. 85.

Length about 1°1 mm. Elongate-ovate, most of the head, prothorax, and underside,

and parts of the elytra, covered with a chalky white substance, the arrangement of which

is described below. Otherwise the colour is entirely dull reddish brown, with appendages

lighter. The following details, and Plate 20, fig. 16, are drawn from one of the Seychelles

specimens with the white substance entirely cleaned off. Head elongate, strongly deflexed

in front, considerably narrowed in front of the eyes, widening again towards the point of

insertion of the antenne, in front of which the epistome reaches a width equalling that of

the vertex between the eyes; labrum narrower than epistome, arcuate in front; side

margins of the front, between eyes and antenne, elevated, carinate; there are also two

less marked longitudinal elevations, nearer the middle line, running from about the level

of the back of the eyes nearly to the level of the bases of the antenne ; sides of the head

behind the eyes convergent, only as long as, or even slightly shorter than, the length of

the eyes from back to front ; surface of the head appearing minutely rugulose under a high

power. Antenne (Plate 20, fig. 16 b) with segments 1 and 2 stout, subglobular, 3 short,

shaped like a truncated cone, 4—8 longer, obconic, 9 and 10 dilated to form a club. Pro-

thorax with margins minutely tuberculate and each tubercle bearing a short, minute hair,

hind angles nearly right angles; with a deep transverse depression before the base, and

three elevated portions near the mid-longitudinal line, viz. a pair of raised tubercles, close

together, behind the transverse depression, a shortly transverse elevation immediately in

front of it, and in front of this again a pair of raised tubercles, wider apart than the

posterior pair: surface impunctate, very minutely rugulose under a high power. Elytra

broader at the base than the greatest breadth of the prothorax, reaching their greatest

width before the middle, not soldered along the suture: sutural margin raised, and each

elytron with three raised longitudinal costze between this and the lateral margin, the inner

and outer of the three reaching nearer the apex of the elytron than the middle one: the

five intervals, separating the coste and margins respectively, each contain two longitudinal

series of large punctures, those of each two series placed not on a level with one another,

but alternating: the costze are slightly depressed at or before the middle of their length,

as is clearly seen in profile: the lateral margin is irregularly serrate or tuberculate from

the shoulder to about 4 of the length; it has two or three serrations at the shoulder,

behind which it is feebly sinuate and bears about three minute serrations widely spaced,

behind which it forms a bluntly angular projection. Hind wings fully developed, longer

248 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

than the elytra. Prosternum with a median longitudinal elevation in front of the coxe.

Metasternum and ventral abdominal segments impunctate, glabrous.

The white fungord substance usually forms a definite pattern on the upper surface : it

covers most of the head except the eyes and elevated ridges, and the prothorax except the

lateral margins and raised tubercles; on the elytra it fills most of the interval between the

lateral margin and outermost costa for the greater part of its length, and at about the

middle of the length of the elytron it forms a transverse fascia extending inwards to the

innermost costa; it also forms a small fleck on either side of the suture at about 3 of the

length from the base. Fainter traces are present on other parts of the elytra. I have not

investigated the nature of this substance, but Belon (Gen. Ins., fascic. 3, 1902) refers to it

as “enduit cryptogamique.” It is very characteristic of other species of Metophthalmus,

arranged in various patterns, but none of them quite like that of M. albofasciatus, and it

oceurs also in Hufallia (= Belonia) and possibly in other genera.

Loc. Seychelles: Silhouette, Mahé. Silhouette: 17 specimens were beaten from the

thatch, made of leaves of native palms, of the hut where I camped at Mare aux Cochons,

over 1000 feet, ix. 1908; the leaves had not been cut for making the thatch more than a

few weeks; two other examples from near Mare aux Cochons, method of capture not recorded.

Mahé: two specimens, one from near Morne Blane, the other from Cascade Estate, both

circa 1000 feet.

Java: 4 specimens in Brit. Mus., ex coll. Bowring.

Japan: teste Reitter’s original description.

Europe: Dresden and Hamburg, imported, teste Reitter.

NESOLATHRUS, gen. nov.

Elongatus, angustus, lateribus subparallelis, fere glaber, supra dense fortiter (in elytris

subseriatim) punctatus. Caput que latum ac prothorax, antice obtuse acuminatum, sutura

impressi inter epistoma et frontem. Oculi modice magni. Antenne ante oculos sub mar-

gine laterali capitis insertze, 11-segmentate, clava 3-segmentata. Prothorax parum trans-

versus, postice parum angustatus, lateribus minute serratis, dente obtuso utrinque in angulo

postico, disco haud carinato. Scutellum latum, brevissimum. Elytra abdomen omnino

obtegentia, haud striata vel costata, marginibus lateralibus tenuiter reflexis. Coxe anticze

medizeque fere contiguz, globulares. Acetabule coxarum anticarum postice late apertee.

Coxze postice late transverse, anguste separate. Segmenta ventralia 5, primo zequilongo

ac 2° et 3° simul sumptis. Pedes curti, tarsi omnes 3-segmentati.

Form long, narrow, nearly parallel-sided, rather flattened; the entire upper surface

closely and strongly punctured, the punctures on the elytra showing a subseriate arrange-

ment ; almost glabrous, bearing only extremely short hairs only visible under a high power.

Head as broad as the prothorax, produced to a rounded apex in front, the epistome

separated by a clearly marked, impressed, slightly arcuate suture. Hyes moderately large,

rather coarsely facetted. Antenne (Plate 19, fig. 10 c) inserted in front of the eyes, under

the side margins of the front: short, 11-segmented, with 3-segmented club; segments 1

and 2 dilated; 3—8 small, equal, transverse; 9 and 10 transverse, 11 truncated distally.

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA: SCYDM ANID, ETC. 249

Mouth-parts not studied in detail, the maallary palpi have the terminal seoment dilated

and acuminate. Prothorax a little broader than long, transversely convex, slightly wider

in front, with front angles detlexed, not visible from above, nearly right angles: without

ridges or depressions on the disc, but with side-margins definite and minutely serrated,

and bearing a larger, blunt tooth at the hind angle. Scutellum very short and broad.

Elytra broader at the base than the prothorax, with shoulders rounded ; slightly broad-

ening in the middle part, completely covering the abdomen, and the two together forming

a single bluntly rounded apex; without striz or costs, but closely and subseriately

punctured, with punctures larger than those on the head and prothorax; with fine reflexed

lateral margins running from the shoulder to more than 3 the length, concealed from above

at a point a little behind the shoulder by a slight dilatation of the dorso-lateral part of the

elytron; epipleurze narrow, ending before the apex: Hind wings fully developed. Pro-

sternum in front of the coxze about twice the length of the coxze, convex, almost impunctate,

with a rather vague depression on either side running obliquely from the coxa to the front

angle, the surface in the region of this depression wrinkled. Front cove almost globular,

nearly contiguous, separated only by a narrow process, reaching behind the coxe and

subtruncate at the extremity: coxal cavities open behind. Mesosternum (Plate 19, fig. 10 a)

~ convex, punctured. Middle coxe subglobular, almost contiguous. Metasternum punctured

at the sides, with an angular slit in the middle of the hind margin, and a depression in

front of this. Hind coxe only narrowly separated, extended transversely to the side

margins of the metasternum. Visible ventral abdominal segments 5, the first equal-in

length to the two following together. Legs short: front, middle and hind tarsi have all

been mounted in balsam and examined under a high power; all are 3-segmented, the

terminal segment longer than segments 1 and 2 together (Plate 19, fig. 10b). No external

sexual characters have been detected.

Type of the genus, Nesolathrus typicus, sp. n.

The systematic position of this minute insect seems uncertain. The specimens were

sent to the late Mons. A. Grouvelle among the Colydiide, etc., but were returned by him

marked ‘‘pas de mes groupes.” The 3-segmented tarsi would indicate a relationship with

Lathridiidze, but several genera formerly included in that family are now, despite their

3-segmented tarsi, regarded as Colydiidz (see Belon, Lathridiide, Gen. Ins., fascic. 3, 1902,

p- 1, footnote). From described genera of Lathridiidee and Colydiide which seem to be

near it, Nesolathrus is separated in each case by one or more of the following characters ;

the close approximation of the coxe, the 11-segmented antennze with 3-segmented club,

the presence of eyes, and the absence of ridges on prothorax and elytra. Derolathrus,

Sharp (Fauna Hawariensis, ii. p. 430, Plate xvi. figs. 8—11), has 10-segmented antenne

with 1-segmented club, hind coxe more widely distant, tarsi probably 4-segmented. Holo-

paramecus has the club of the antennze 1- or 2-segmented, middle and hind coxee much

more widely separated. It seems best to place Nesolathrus in Lathridiide, where it falls

into Belon’s second tribe, Holoparamecini (op. czt., 1902).

A search through Grouvelle’s and other material in the Paris Museum revealed the |

presence of a second species of the genus, unnamed but quite distinct from NV. typieus. It is

from Guadeloupe, and is mentioned again below, under the specific description of NV. typicus.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 32

250 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Ochrolissa, Pascoe, has some superficial resemblance to Nesolathrus, but is structurally

quite different. In an unnamed specimen of Ochrolissa from Sumatra, which I have before

me, there is no visible line of demarcation between the epistome and the posterior parts of

the head: ‘the scutellum is narrower: the tarsi 4-segmented: the coxee of the front and

middle pairs of legs are not quite so close, being separated by nearly the width of one of

themselves.

32. Nesolathrus typicus, sp. n.

(Plate 19, figs. 10 a—c.)

Niger, politus; scutello epistomateque obscure rufescentibus, antennis rufo-testaceis ;

tarsis, apice et basi tibiarum pallide testaceis, parte media tibiarum et femoribus nigres-

centibus. Long. corp. circa 1*1 mm.

With the characters of the genus. Body uniform black and shining above and below :

only the scutellum and front of the epistome are obscurely reddish. Antenne reddish-

testaceous: palps yellow. Legs with the tarsus, apex of tibia, and parts about the femoro-

tibial joint, pale testaceous ; middle of tibia and femur blackish ; coxee reddish.

6 examples.

Loc. Seychelles. Mahé, Silhouette, Praslin. Mahé: from scrubby endemic forest

vegetation at summit of Mount Sebert, nearly 2000 feet, 1. 1909, one specimen. Silhouette:

near Mont Pot-a-eau, about 1500 feet, viii. 1908, two examples; near Mare aux Cochons,

over 1000 feet, ix. 1908, two examples. Praslin: Cétes d’Or Estate, xi. 1908, one specimen.

The unnamed second species of the genus, mentioned above, is represented by several

specimens in the Paris Museum from Guadeloupe (Trois Riviéres, Dufau, ex coll. Grouvelle).

They agree closely in all generic characters with NV. typicus, but are quite distinct specifi-

cally. They are about the same size as N. typicus, paler, reddish-testaceous, smooth and

shining, very much more sparsely punctured: broader in proportion, especially the

prothorax, which is more rounded at the sides.

OsTOMOPSIS, gen. nov.

Corpus depressum, lateribus prothoracis elytrorumque valde explanatis et subtiliter

crenulatis. Epistoma postice linea impressa, parum arcuata, definitum. Oculi sat magni,

laterales, ex facettis multis compositi. Antennz 10-segmentate, segmentis 4—9 curtis,

transversis, clava magna, unisegmentata. Prothorax transversus, antice et postice (antice

magis) angustatus, lateribus arcuatis, lined subbasali, tenui, impress4, punctata, munitus.

Scutellum latum, breve. Elytra lateribus fere parallelis, fortiter ac regulariter seriatim

punctata, interstitiis haud elevatis, subtilissime punctulatis et pilis sat longis, erectis,

instructis. Prosternum processum sat latum, apice dilatatum, inter coxas formans. Coxe

antice globulares, acetabulis postice apertis. Coxe medi magis quam antics inter se

distantes, transverse oblique sat elongatee. Coxe postice inter se late distantes. Segmenta

abdominalia ventralia 5. Pedes sat curti, trochanteribus brevibus apice oblique truncatis,

tarsis omnibus 3-segmentatis, segmento 3° elongato.

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA: SCYDMAINIDA, ETC, 251

Form sub-oblong, flattened, the outline broken by the slight narrowing of the pro-

thorax at its base, the side margins of the prothorax and elytra strongly explanate and

crenulate. /Zead deflexed and considerably narrowed in front of the eyes; epistome rounded

in front, bounded behind by an impressed and slightly curved line. yes moderately large

and prominent, black, many-facetted, lateral, visible in both dorsal and ventral view, not

bounded laterally by a margin of chitin, but themselves forming the outline of the head in

that region. Antenne (text-fig. 6 a) 10-segmented inserted just in front of, and a little

nearer the middle line than, the eyes; segment 3 is about 14 times as long as broad, and

has about 4 obliquely transverse, very fine, raised ridges at the base, giving the impression

of the thread of a screw, though I doubt if the arrangement is verticillate, and the three

distal ridges do not appear to form complete rings round the segment (cf. Propalticus,

p. 254): segments 4—9 are all broader than long, segment 9 being much wider than the

rest: segment 10 forms a large 1-segmented club, showing (in the balsam-preparation

before me) a slight indication in its outline of being formed of two segments fused, though

this cannot be traced in surface view, nor is it visible in the other antenna, which is not

mounted in balsam, but is viewed as an opaque object. Prothorax strongly transverse,

narrowed both in front and behind, but more so in front, reaching its greatest width a

little behind the middle, its sides arcuate, hind and front angles obtuse ; a fine, impressed

and punctured line immediately before the base; disc very finely and closely punctured.

Scutellum very short and broad (cf. Nesolathrus, n. g.). Hlytra a trifle broader at the base

than the greatest width of the prothorax, almost parallel-sided, forming together a single

obtuse apex and completely covering the abdomen behind, without subsutural or other strie,

each with 8—10 series of large punctures ; the interstices are not raised into longitudinal

ridges, but are smooth and shining, and bear exceedingly fine punctures from which arise the

rather long, erect, pale hairs. Hind wings not examined. Prosternum (Plate 19, fig. 11 a)

forming between the front coxee a process about equal in width to one of the latter,

broadening behind; front coxe globular, their cavities not closed behind by the prosternum.

Mesosternum drawn in Plate 19, fig. 11 a, detached from the prothorax; the fine median

longitudinal keel in its front part would

probably be concealed normally by the pro-

sternum: middle core more widely separated

than the front pair, somewhat elongated in

an obliquely transverse direction : the meso-

sterno-metasternal suture forms a_ well-

marked, shallowly arcuate line, with a de-

pression immediately behind it, nearly level

with the hind extremities of the middle coxe.

Hind coxe widely separated, elongated trans-

versely to the side edges of the metaster-

num; the metasternum has a marked im-

pression in the middle behind, and a not

neue sharply-defined, oblique ridge Se either Fig. 6. Ostomopsis solitaria: a, antenna; a middle

side in front of the hind femur. Visible leg. Both from balsam-preparations, x circa 233.

252 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

ventral abdominal segments 5, the basal one about equal in length to the two

following together. Legs (text-fig. 6b) rather short: trochanters short, obliquely truncate

at the apex: femora flanged beneath at the apex, so that the tibize can be received behind

these flanges: tarsi of the front, middle and hind legs, mounted in balsam and examined

under a high power, are seen to be 3-segmented, segment 2 shorter than the basal segment,

segment 3 longer than 1 and 2 taken together.

Type of the genus: Ostomopsis solitaria, sp. n.

This insect was submitted to the late Monsieur Antoine Grouvelle together with the

Colydiide, Ostomide (Trogositidee) and other Clavicorn families, but was returned by him

with the label ‘‘pas de mes groupes.” Its flattened form and explanate margins recall the

appearance of various Ostomids, though I know of none so minute. In the structure of its

antenne, tarsi, sterna, etc., it is however entirely distinct from these insects, and appears

to fall into the family Lathridiidee and group Holoparamecini (Belon, Gen. Ins., fascic. 3,

1902). In the subgenus Blumenus of Holoparamecus the antennze have 10 segments and

a 1-segmented club, as in Ostomopsis. The form of the sterna, coxee, etc., also resembles

that of Holoparamecus in some respects, though the prosternal process of Ostomopsis is

broader, and its middle coxze are obliquely extended transversely. Ostomopsis differs also

widely from Holoparamecus in its general form and in the shape of its prothorax, which is

not in the least cordiform. From the Merophysiinee Ostomopsis is separated by its 10-

segmented antennze and many other points: altogether it seems isolated and not easy to

place. The shape of its scutellum strongly recalls that of Nesolathrus; but the latter genus

is completely different in general form and in the structure of its antenne and the closeness

of its coxee*,

33. Ostomopsis solitaria, sp. n.

(Plate 19, figs. 11, ll a: text-fig. 6.)

Brunneo-testacea, modice nitida; capite prothoraceque dense subtiliter punctulatis,

breviter pallide pilosis; elytris ut supra descriptis; corpore subtus dense haud profunde

punctato. Long. corp. 1°2 mm.

Uniformly brownish-testaceous, only the translucent explanate margins appear a little

paler. Clubs of the antenne not black. Surface shining, the fine punctuation of head and

prothorax is very dense, the punctures frequently less than their own diameter apart.

Both head and prothorax bear short, pale hairs. On the elytra the large punctures of the

* Since writing the above I have submitted sketches (not the specimen) to Monsieur Lesne, who suggests

that Ostomopsis might be a form allied to Tarphius but with a segment less in the tarsi. On comparing it, how-

ever, with several species of Zarphius ex coll. T. V. Wollaston, other differences are apparent. The antenne of

Ostomopsis have also a segment less, due to the fusion of the last two segments into a single club-segment.

Tarphius has a quite different scutellum, triangular and practically hidden when the bases of prothorax and

elytra are closely applied. The outline of Ostomopsis to some extent recalls Zarphius, but Ostomopsis is much

more flattened ; its surface is quite different, lacking the elevations and depressions; smooth and shiny, not

granulate or tuberculate as in Z'arphius, but merely punctate: the hairs also are finer and of a less rigid type.

On examining the underside of V'arphius simplex, Woll., I find its front coxee much wider apart, and as far

distant from one another as those of the middle pair, while in Ostomopsis those of the front pair are nearer

together. The middle and hind coxe of Tarphius are not laterally prolonged.

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA: SCYDMAINIDA, ETC. 253

longitudinal series are connected by shallow transverse depressions, giving the surface a

slightly rugulose appearance when viewed in certain positions. Not only are the actual

margins of the elytra finely crenulate, but there is a series of swellings or scallopings

separated by impressions along the line where the explanate marginal portion meets the

sloping discal portion. The erect hairs—which, as noted above, arise from minute inter-

stitial punctures, not from the punctures of the longitudinal series—were present all over

the elytra, but have unfortunately become seriously denuded in manipulating the insect.

The underside is alutaceous, closely covered with rather large, shallow punctures, which

are especially strong and close on the mesosternum; ventral abdominal segments shortly

pilose.

Loc. Seychelles. Silhouette: near Mont Pot-i-eau, about 1500 feet, vill. 1908, one

example; forest above Mare aux Cochons, over 1000 feet, one example.

During transit to and from Monsieur Grouvelle one of the two examples became

detached from its card and lost. The description and figures are drawn up from the

remaining one—the unique type. The head and prothorax of this unfortunately became

detached from the hind parts during the handling necessitated by study of the underside,

and fig. 1la was made while these parts were separated ; they were subsequently placed

together again.

Mycetophagide.

This family is represented only by a cosmopolitan species, and by a new species of the

anomalous genus Propalticus, which is provisionally retained within the limits of the group.

No Mycetophagid has, to my knowledge, been previously recorded from any of the islands

under review.

TypHaA, Curtis.

34. Typhea fumata (Linn.).

Cosmopolitan. 10 examples from the Seychelles (Mahé, Cascade Estate, about 800 feet,

1908) and 2 specimens from Rodrigues (Snell and Thomasset, 1918), Several are rather

dark in colour above.

PROPALTICUS, Sharp.

Propalticus, Sharp, Tr. Hnt. Soc. London, 1879, p. 88; id., Cistula Ent., ii. 1882,

_p. 31, pl. i. fig. 1; Scott, Fauna Hawariensis, ii. p. 420, pl. xvi. figs. 12—14, 1908.

This genus was erected to contain a single species, P. oculatus, Sharp (/.c.), from the

Hawaiian Islands. A second species, P. yansont, was described in 1882, from New Guinea.

Additional remarks on the generic characters were published by the present writer in 1908

(/.c.). Iam not aware that any other species has been described till now, when the characters

of a third form, found in the Seychelles, are subjoined below. There are in the Paris Museum

a number of undescribed forms of this genus, from Madagascar, Sumatra and the Nias Islands, -

Japan, Sierra Leone and San Thomé. These closely resemble the Hawaiian and Seychelles |

forms in all generic characters, and several of them are discussed further below (p. 256).

254 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

The Paris Museum also contains some undescribed insects of very extraordinary form from

the Cameroons and the Belgian Congo: these appear to belong to the same, or at least to

a closely-related, genus. At any rate the wide distribution of Propalticus over various

points from West Africa to Japan is established.

The systematic position of Propalticus is obscure. Dr Sharp referred to it as “most

anomalous” and considered that it would be “least ill-placed in Mycetophagidee,” in which

family it is provisionally retained. The Hawaiian species and its congener from the Sey-

chelles agree closely in all characters which may be regarded as generic, though they

exhibit well-marked points of specific differentiation, as described below. In both forms

the tarsi are 5-segmented, and the front legs are elongate, with tibize somewhat dilated

and bearing a large spur of remarkable form, flattened and with serrated edges, at the apex

(Faun. Haw., iii., pl. xvi. fig. 14). The Hawaiian species leaps very actively, and Dr Sharp

thought that this saltatorial power must have its seat in the front legs. I did not

observe whether P. sechellarum leaps or not.

The hind wings are fully developed in both these species.

Antenne (text-fig. 7). Although I had examined an antenna of the Hawaiian species

mounted in balsam under a high power, yet my interpretation of its structure as published

in Fauna Hawaiiensis was incorrect. It is not, as there stated, 15- or 14-segmented, but

in reality only 11-segmented, though the form of segments 9—11 is so curious that the

error may be excusable. What I took to be a very short basal segment is only the con-

stricted knob-like portion, which articulates with the head, at the base of the basal segment.

The further error in counting the segments arose from my regarding each of the three

club-segments as being two. Segments 9 and 10 have each a swollen basal portion, sur-

rounded at the apex with a raised flange, the surface within which is densely set with fine

hairs, while from the extreme outer side of it rises a slender portion, with which the following

segment articulates. This slender portion has at first sight the appearance of a separate,

narrow segment, but there is no real articulation at its base, and it is simply a continuation

of the dilated basal portion. The terminal segment is also divided into two parts by an

encircling flange, and the distal part is hollowed out and set with fine hairs on its inner

side. Each club-segment bears two whorls of larger setae, one near its base and one on the

flange, and the terminal segment bears a third group at its extreme apex.

In both species the third segment has several closely parallel, raised, obliquely transverse

ridges at its base. They are only clearly discernible at magnifications of about 210 to 380

diameters or more. Their appearance recalls the thread of a screw, but I have not been

able to trace a spiral arrangement, and think they are probably only parallel ridges

encircling the segment. It has been suggested to me that they may possibly act as a

stridulating organ by rubbing against the sides of the cup-like socket at the apex of

segment 2, in which segment 3 articulates. In examining the antennz of various other

minute Coleoptera in balsam under a high power I have several times noticed that if ridges

or reticulations are present in the chitin they tend to become more marked and closer at

the base of the third segment, and to approach somewhat the screw-like arrangement

described above, but I do not recall other cases in which it is as regular as in Propalticus

and Ostomopsis (p. 251).

ee ee,

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA: SCYDMAENIDA, ETC. 255

35. Propalticus sechellarum, sp. n.

(Text-fig. 7a.)

Propaltico oculato similis, sed elytris curtioribus, elytro utroque macula magna, flava,

in dimidio postico notato; scutello pallido, flavo; elytrorum striis minus conspicuis, strid

interna et stria media utriusque elytri ad basin vix convergentibus, fere parallelis; antennis

brevioribus, segmentis intermediis curtis. Long. corp. circa 1°4 mm.

Closely similar to P. oculatus, but with the elytra slightly shorter in proportion. The

coloration of the elytra is different: in P. oculatus each elytron has a reddish spot (marked

—.

5 N

‘ at

Fig. 7. Antenna of Propalticus: a, P. sechellarum: b, P. oculatus, Sharp (Hawaiian

Islands). Both from balsam-preparations, x circa 233. In the preparation from

which 6 is drawn the middle club-segment has collapsed and is bent on itself.

256 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

not only by the lighter coloration of the chitin but by the hairs being paler than those on

the surrounding parts) near the suture just before the middle of the length, and sometimes

a second smaller, fainter, reddish spot near the apex: in P. sechellarum each elytron has a

large, sharply-marked, pale yellowish area occupying most of the posterior half, extending

nearly as far forwards as the middle, and separated from the suture and the apex only by

a narrow band of darker coloration. The scutellum in P. sechellarum is also light yellowish,

not dark as in P. oculatus. The three striz on each elytron are also differently arranged:

in P. oculatus they are deeper and more clearly marked, the innermost one runs right to

the base of the elytron, and it and the middle stria converge appreciably towards the base:

in P. sechellarum the strize are more faintly marked, and the inner and middle striz

continue to the base almost parallel.

The differences in the antenne of the two species are best shown by text-fig. 7. The

antenna of P. sechellarum is shorter; segments 3—8 are much less elongate, this being

specially noticeable in segment 3; the produced distal parts of segments 9 and 10 are

also shorter. The transverse striz are present at the base of segment 3 in both species

(see above).

7 examples.

Loc. Seychelles. Silhouette, Mahé. Silhouette: on or near Mare aux Cochons plateau,

over 1000 feet, viii. 1908, 1 specimen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, several places between 800

and 1500 feet, 6 specimens.

The close comparison given above is between P. oculatus and P. sechellarum. Since

writing it I have examined several of the unnamed forms, mentioned above, in the Paris

Museum. Although such details as the exact form of the antennal segments have not been

entered into, yet the following notes may be worth placing on record.

(i) A specimen from Madagascar (Tananarive, ex coll. Grouvelle) closely resembles

P. sechellarum in general form. It is rather broad, and larger than any of the examples of

P. sechellarum: the pale spot in the apical part of the elytron is very much smaller. There

are faint traces of an intermediate stria between the subsutural stria and the one next to

it, traces which have not been detected in P. sechellarum at all. Until a larger material

is obtained and studied, it cannot be definitely said whether the Madagascan example

belongs to a distinct species, or is a form of P. sechellarum.

(i1) Several examples from San Thomé (ex coll. Grouvelle) also have a general re-

semblance to P. sechellarum. They have however no pale spots on the elytra at all, but

are uniformly dark except for the yellow scutellum, and (in some specimens) two very

obscure longitudinal yellowish lines down the middle of the prothorax. The elytral

punctuation is just appreciably closer than in P. sechellarum, and the subsutural stria is

almost obsolete, oaly faintly discernible.

(11) A specimen from Sterra Leone (ex coll. Grouvelle) is uniformly dark, including

the scutellum. The subsutural stria is well marked, extending almost to the base of the

elytron. ;

(iv) Two examples from Swmatra (ex coll. Grouvelle) are smaller, and have two rather

obscure pale spots on each elytron, one near the suture in the basal part, and one near the

apex. ‘The subsutural stria is distinct, but disappears in front.

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA: SCYDMAINIDA, ETC. 257

What is the relationship of these and other undescribed forms one to another must be

left for further study to decide.

Bostrychide.

Seven species of this family are here recorded from the Seychelles and two from Aldabra,

all of them being widespread forms. Five species from the Seychelles and the two from

Aldabra are contained in the collection of the Perey Sladen Trust Expedition: Kolbe

(Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, v. 1910, p. 27) enumerates four species as having been obtained

by Brauer in the Seychelles, two of these being forms that were also found by myself,

while the other two are not represented in the Percy Sladen Trust collection. The following

is a list of the Seychelles species, the two that were taken by Brauer but not by myself

being indicated by an asterisk: Dinoderus minutus, Dinoderus ocellaris*, Heterobostrychus

equalis, Heterobostrychus brunneus*, Xylopertha picea, Xylothrips flavipes, Xylopsocus

capucinus. The two Aldabra species are Sinoxylon conigerum and Apate congener.

I am also able to include records of four species from Rodrigues Island, collected by

Messrs H. P. Thomasset and H. J. Snell in 1918. They are: Dinoderus minutus, Bostry-

choplites cornutus, Xylopsocus capucinus, Sinoxylon congerum. All except the second are

included also in the Seychelles or Aldabra lists.

The whole of these determinations rest on the authority of Monsieur P. Lesne, to whom

I submitted all my Seychelles and the Rodrigues material, and who also identified the species

found by Brauer. In the following enumeration, citations from Ann. Soc. ent. France refer

to Mons. Lesne’s valuable “Revision” of the family, published in parts in that journal.

36. Dinoderus minutus, Fabr.; Lesne, Ann. Soc. ent. France, vol. 66, 1897, p. 329.

Five examples from Cascade Estate, Mahé, 800—1000 feet. Seven specimens from

Rodrigues. Found throughout the Tropics.

37. Dinoderus ocellaris, Steph.; Lesne, t.c. p. 331; Kolbe, /.c.

Found in Mahé, at Mamelles Plantation, by Brauer. First discovered in a chest of

coffee in London.

38. Heterobostrychus equalis, Waterhouse; Lesne, op. cit. 67, 1898, p. 560; Kolbe, Lc.

Seychelles: one specimen, collected by J. A. de Gaye, exact locality not stated. Widely

spread in the Oriental Region, New Guinea, Madagascar, and Comoro Islands.

39. Heterobostrychus brunneus, Murray; Lesne, t.c. p. 564; Kolbe, /.c.

Seychelles: found by Brauer in cultivated places in Mahé. Madagascar, Tropical and

South Africa.

40. Bostrychoplites cornutus, Olivier; Lesne, t.c. p. 572.

Rodrigues: two examples. Tropical and South Africa, Arabia, Madagascar, Mascarene

and Comoro Islands.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 33

258 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

41. Xylopertha picea, Olivier; Lesne, op. cit. 69, 1900, p. 529.

Seychelles: eight examples from Mahé and two from Praslin (1905, 1906, 1908—9);

the exact locality is only recorded in the case of two specimens, both from Baie Lazare in

Mahé, a cultivated district near the sea. Known from the whole of Africa, Cape Verde

Islands, the Red Sea coast of Arabia and Palestine; Sardinia and Andalusia, perhaps im-

ported; South America, imported.

42. Xylothrips flavipes, Uliger; Lesne, t.c. p. 621; Kolbe, lc.

Seychelles: 26 specimens; 21 from Silhouette, four from Praslin (1905), one from Mahé

(1906); the Silhouette examples are from near Mont Pot-d-eau and Mare aux Cochons, at

elevations considerably over 1000 feet and well within the limits of the native forest. Also

found by Brauer in cultivated places in Mahé. Madagascar and the Mascarene Islands;

also widely distributed in the Oriental Region and the Malay Archipelago as far East as

the Philippines and Moluccas.

43. Xylopsocus capucinus, Fabr.; Lesne, t.c. p. 631.

Seychelles: 26 specimens, from Silhouette and Mahé; the Silhouette specimens from

the same places as those of the preceding species; the Mahé examples are from the country

above Port Glaud, 500—1000 feet, and from Cascade Estate, about 1000 feet. Rodrigues:

one specimen. Madagascar, Comoro and Mascarene Islands; widely spread in the Oriental

Region and the Malay Islands, as far as the Philippines and New Caledonia. It has also

been found in West Africa and South America, probably imported.

44. Sinoxylon comgerum, Gerstaecker; Lesne, op. cit. 75, 1906, p. 504.

Aldabra: two specimens taken by H. P. Thomasset in 1907. Rodrigues: five examples:

East Africa, Madagascar, Mascarene Islands, India, Ceylon, Hawaiian Islands.

45. Apate congener, Gerstaecker; Lesne, op. cit. 78, 1909, p. 525.

Aldabra: six specimens collected by Fryer (1908—9), and one found by A. d’Emmerez

(1907). A manuscript record by Fryer states that they appear at night in the huts, and

that they probably come out of the wood of Ceriops, of which the latter are built*. [In

Silhouette (Seychelles), Platypus leprdus and one or more species of Xyleborus came to

the lamp in huts built of freshly-split lathes of the palm Verschaffeltia: see Tr. Linn. Soc.,

Xvi. p. 382.] A. congener is widely distributed in the Eastern parts of Africa, from the

Southern part of British East Africa as far South as the Transvaal; and it occurs in Mada-

gascar and the Mascarene Islands.

Lyctide.

46. Lyctus brunneus, Steph.

Two examples (determined by P. Lesne) of this almost world-wide insect were found

in Mahé; one at Cascade Estate, at about 800 feet, in 1908; the other was taken by

Thomasset in 1914. No representative of the family has to my knowledge been recorded

previously from the Seychelles.

* Certops'is one of the genera of mangroves found in Aldabra. See Fryer, “Formation of Aldabra and

neighbouring islands, with notes on their flora and fauna”; Z'r. Linn. Soc. London, Ser. 2, Zool., xiv, pp. 414—5

(1911).

Fig.

‘ Fig.

Fig.

HUGH SCOTT—COLEOPTERA: SCYDM/ENIDA, ETC. 259

EXPLANATION OF PLATES 19—29.

PLATE 19.

1. Cephennium felicitas, sp. nov., x 45, showing the sete, foveoles, and subhumeral folds ; a, left-hand

middle tibia and tarsus, x 100.

2. Neseuthia cordithoraa, gen. et sp. nov., g*, x 45.

3. Neseuthia typica, sp. nov., g/, x 45; a, head of ¥, x 100.

4, Neseuthia minor, sp. nov., f', x 45; a, head of ¥*, x 100.

5. Neseuthia perexigua, sp. nov., ¥', x 45; a, head of ¥, x 100.

6. Neseuthia polita, sp. nov., f', x 45; a, head of ¥*, x 170.

7. Neseuthia crenata, sp. nov., 2, x 45.

8. Neseuthia cornuta, sp. nov., f°, head and prothorax, x 100; a, head in profile, slightly tilted, so

that both the frontal prominences are visible, x 100. In both figures the head is much pulled out

from the prothorax.

9. Scydmenus armatus, sp. nov., f°, x 45; a, right-hand hind coxa, trochanter, and femur, viewed

from behind, x 100.

10. Nesolathrus typicus, gen. et sp. nov., x 45; a, underside, x 66 (head and all parts of the legs except

the coxze not shown); 8, tibia and tarsus of middle leg, x 350, from a balsam-preparation ; c, antenna,

x 350, from a balsam-preparation.

11. Ostomopsis solitaria, gen. et sp. nov., x 45 (the hairs are much denuded); a, underside, x 66

(this drawing was made when the head and prothorax were detached from the hind body, hence a

space 1s shown between the two parts. All parts of the front and middle legs except the coxe are

left out of the drawing, but the trochanters and femora of the hind legs are shown).

PLATE 20.

12. Huconnus seychellensis, sp. nov., x 45.

13. Scydmenus lodoicew, sp. nov., x 29; a, right-hand front femur viewed from in front, slightly

tilted, the lower front margin represented by the dotted line, x 100.

14. Stenichnoteras montanwm, gen. et sp.nov., x 29; a, head in profile (MDB. = mandible; maxillary

palp fully shown, but rest of maxilla and labial palp bent under head and not fully shown), x 66

b, outer side of terminal segment of right-hand antenna of the specimen without median prothoracic

grooves, showing the vesicles, x 100.

15, Huconnus senex, sp. nov., x 45; a, left-hand side of head from above, showing eye, sete, and

brush of stiff hairs at the hind angle, x 170.

16. Metophthalmus (Huchionellus) albofasciatus, Reitter, x 45 (all the white fungoid substance

removed, to show the sculpture); a, meso- and metasterna (with trochanters and femora of middle

and hind legs (these are missing in one of the hind legs), x 66. M.c., middle coxa; TR., trochanter;

M.F., middle femur; EPS., meta-episternum; H.C., hind coxa); b, antenna, x 295, from a balsam-

preparation.

17. Scaphosoma mahense, sp. nov., x 29.

18. Scaphosoma pictum, Motschulsky, forma, x 29.

PLATE 21.

19. Scaphosoma pictum, Motschulsky, forma, antenna, x 100; a, segments 3—6 of antenna, x 350;

6, maxillary palp, x 100: all from preparations in balsam.

20. -Scaphosoma silhouette, sp. nov., antenna, x 100 (terminal segment missing); a, segments 83—9

of antenna, x 350: both from balsam-preparations.

21. Scaphosoma mahense, sp. nov., antenna, x 100; a, segments 8—6 of antenna, x 350: both from

balsam-preparations,

33—2

260

Fig.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

22. Scaphosoma achardianum, sp. nov., antenna, x 295; a, maxillary palp, x 295: both from balsam-

preparations.

23. Toxidium seychellense, sp. nov., x 24; a, maxillary palp, x 295; 6, labium, x 295: a and b

from balsam-preparations.

24, Antenna of (a) Towidiwm seychellense, (b) Toxidium praslinense, x 100, from balsam-pre-

parations.

25. Segments 1—5 of antenna of (a) 7. seychellense, (b) T. praslinense, x 295, from balsam-pre-

parations.

26. Segments 7—9 of antenna of (a) 7. seychellense, (b) T. praslinense, x 295, from balsam-pre-

parations.

27. (a) Towidium seychellense,(b) T. praslinense, (c) the N. American T. gammaroides, Leconte; bodies

in profile (in the two former head and prothorax are not shown), x 29: M.c., middle coxa ; H.C., hind

coxa; EPS., episternum of mesothorax, in 7. gammaroides separated from the middle coxa by a longi-

tudinal suture; EP., epimeron of metathorax; s., suture separating metasternum (below) from meta-

episternum (above), this suture is obsolete at both ends in 7. seychellense; M.EP., mesothoracic

epimeron, visible as a distinct piece in the two Seychelles species but not in 7. gammaroides.

PLATE 22.

28. Nesotoaidiwm typicum, gen. et sp. nov., x 24.

29. Nesotoxidiwm typicum, ventral view of meso- and metasterna, x 66; epipleuree of elytra are not

shown, and the meso-epimera appear shorter than they actually are owing to the slope: MES., meso-

sternum; M.c., middle coxa; M.EPS., meso-episternum}; M.EP., meso-epimeron; MT.EPS., meta-epi-

sternum ; MT.EP., meta-epimeron; H.C., hind coxa.

30. Nesotoxidium typicum: a,antenna; b, maxillary palp; c,labium. All from balsam-preparations,

x 295.

31. Scydmenus seychellensis, sp. nov., x 45 (the middle tibie are a little foreshortened in the figure);

a, one side of the underside of the body, showing the suture separating metasternum from episternum

and the bases of middle and hind legs, x 45.

32. Scydmeenus insularum, sp.nov., x 45; a, one side of the underside of the body, showing absence

of suture between metasternum and episternum (middle leg entirely removed, only coxal acetabula

visible), x 45: 6, middle tibia and tarsus of ~ from inner side, x 100.

33. Stilbordes angulicaput, sp. nov., with head exserted, x 29.

34. Stilbordes angulicaput, ventral view of thorax, x 56. The prothorax is pulled forward so that a

space intervenes between the prothoracic intercoxal process and the metasternal process. The femora

(M.F.) of the middle pair of legs are pushed forward to give a clear view of the subfemoral lines, and

are seen edgeways, which causes them to appear very narrow. The hind coxe are not shown. F.C.,

front coxa; M.F., middle femur; M.c., middle coxa; EL., epipleura of elytron (cut off behind); Eps.,

meta-episternum ; S.F.L., subfemoral line.

35. Nesiotus similis, sp. nov., head retracted, x 29.

36. Nesiotus tropicus, sp. nov., metasternum etc. x 56. The epipleure of the elytra and the hind

cox are not shown. M.L., metasternal lobe with its thickened front margin; M.c., middle coxa; M.F.,

middle femur; EPS., meta-episternum ; S.F.L. subfemoral line.

37. Phalacratomus exiguus, gen. et sp. nov., with head retracted, x 29.

38. Phalacratomus exiguus, underside of prothorax, tilted to show the long-oval form of the cox, x 66,

F.C., coxa of front leg; TR., trochanter; F., femur; I.PR., intercoxal process.

39. Phalacratomus eaiguus, meso- and metasterna, x 66. Epipleurz of elytra and hind coxe not

shown. MES., mesosternum; M.C., middle coxa; M.F., middle femur; Epes., meta-episternum.

Trans. Linn. Soc. SER. 2.Z00L. VoL. XVII. Pu. 19.

Percy SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

(ScorrT)

i fae re

! OA

LAMA Ey Nes 5

ais...’ Neha : BA:

aes B aK

Seat

- y

y y J

4 f}

a, (,

A’ G

J.T. Rennie Reid, Lith Edin

SCYDMAENIDA AND LATHRIDIDA FROM THE SEYCHELLES.

H. Scott, Del.

~\ SS

J.T. Reunis Reid, Lith ,Edint

AKIO.

VAS

‘N

DOOCEI 95GB!

SeeeSobedo

TRANS. LINN. Soc. SER. 2.Z00L. VoL. XVIII. PL.20.

ee ag NN

SS Rewer

ae . . eee. ,

e Bet OS atm -

‘ vi iy >.

? SJ

eed as ay se

: “2 4

) a

nee ee 6

SCYDMAENID4s, SCAPHIDIIDA, AND LATHRIDIIDA) FROM THE DE YCHELLES.

Pe]

— >» -_ a i | a

PERCY creat EXPEDITION. TRawns. Linn. Soc. Ser. 2.Zoou. Vou. XVII Pr. 21.

25 d. 250. ; 276

H. Scott, Del. ¥ J.T. Rennie Reid, Lith.Edint

SCAPHIDIIDA’ FROM THE SEYCHELLES.

—————<—- . “ee =~

_ Percy se TRUST EXPEDITION. Trans. Linn. Soc. Sur. 2. Z00L: VoL. XVILL. Px.22.

Cort)

| A J!

f \y if i

| a AN a the rate | hy ")

| thee 1M iyi: ae Aly Wh

J.T. Rennie Reid, Lith,Ediné

H. Scott, Del.

SCYDMAENID4, SCAPHIDIIDA, AND PHALACRID4s FROM THE SEYCHELLES.

No. V.—COLEOPTERA, HETEROMERA: TENEBRIONIDAE.

Von Hans Gesien (Hamburg).

(MireEereitt von Pror. J. STANLEY GARDINER, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

(Tafel 23 und 22 Textfiguren.)

Gelesen den 5. Mai, 1921.

EINLEITUNG, ZOOGEOGRA PHISCHES.

WENN wir von Kolbes Arbeit: ‘‘Die Coleopterenfauna der Seychellen” (Mitt. Zoolog.

Mus. Berlin v. 1. Heft, 1910, pp. 1—49) absehen, ist nichts Zusammenfassendes iiber die

Tenebrioniden unserer Inselgruppe veroffentlicht worden. Nur Fairmaire hat in verschie-

denen Arbeiten einzelne Arten, die auf den Seychellen Heimatrecht haben, neu beschrie-

ben, niimlich:

1. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) vin. 1868, p. 799: Uloma crenatostriata.

2. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, p. ecexxiv: Gonocephalum micantipenne.

3. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belo. xxxrx. 1895, p. 445: Phaleria attenuata.

Von diesen Arten ist nur die erste auf den Seychellen endemisch, die andern beiden sind

weiter verbreitet.

Die Fauna der Seychellen und benachbarten Inselgruppen darf ein besonderes Inte-

resse beanspruchen. Einmal gestattet die Fauna einer isolierten, altertiimlichen Insel-

gruppe an und fiir sich wichtige Schliisse in tiergeographischer und systematischer

Beziehung. Ferner aber sind die Seychellen insbesondere wegen der zahlreichen Bezie-

hungen, die sich zwischen ihnen und der indischen Fauna einerseits und der madegassischen

und afrikanischen Fauna andererseits finden, der Gegenstand aufmerksamer Forschung

gewesen. Und gerade in neuerer Zeit sind die Inseln durch Sammler griindlich erforscht

worden. Wabhrscheinlich ist nicht mehr viel Neues zu erwarten, und das Bild, des wir uns

von der Fauna der Inseln machen kénnen, diirfte wohl in kleinen Ziigen Anderungen

_ erfahren, aber nicht mehr grundlegend veriindert werden.

Fiir die nachfolgenden Untersuchungen lag mir ein ausserordentlich reiches Material

vor und zwar 1. das gesamte von der Seychellen-Expedition gesammelte, das mir von

Herrn Dr Hugh Scott zur Bearbeitung anvertraut wurde und 2. das sehr wertvolle

des Berliner Museums, meist gesammelt von Prof. Brauer und spiiter von Merian.

Ich hielt es aber auch fiir dringend erforderlich, die sehr reiche Ausbeute, die Voeltz-

kow auf den Aldabra-Inseln und den Comoren machte, zum Vergleich heranzuziehen ; sie

wird ebenfalls im Berliner Museum aufbewahrt. Ich habe Herrn Dr Kuntzen fiir die lie-

benswiirdige Hiilfe, die er meinen Arbeiten gewiihrte, auch an dieser Stelle zu danken,

264 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Epiphaleria pallida, die Fairmaire noch einmal unter dem Namen Phaleria attenuata

beschrieben hat. Kolbe fiihrt sie unter den afrikanischen Elementen der Fauna auf. Die

andere ist Uloma scita Walk. (nec Fairm.). Aber auch die Gattung Diphyrrhynchus

diirfte als dstliche Form anzusprechen sein, sie ist am formenreichsten im papuanischen

und australischen Gebiet, die letzten Ausliiufer finden sich an der afrikanischen Ostkiiste

(siehe den systematischen Teil).

4. Madegassische Elemente. Es sind auf den Seychellen einige Arten vorhanden, von

denen man annehmen kann, dass Madagaskar das Zentrum ihrer Verbreitung ist. Won

dort haben sich die Arten ttber unsere Inselgruppen, die Comoren und z. T. auch an der

gegeniiber liegenden afrikanischen Kiiste verbreitet. Diese Arten sind Alphitobius crenatus,

die beiden Opatrinus-Arten. Die eine Heterophyllus-Art ist von den madegassischen

Verwandten so abweichend, dass von einer eigentlichen Verwandtschaft nicht mehr ge-

sprochen werden kann, Vielleicht gehéren auch die beiden Pleszoderes-Arten hierher, von

denen wenigstens die eine ausdriicklich fiir Madagaskar angegeben wird, wahrend aller-

dings die andere nur von Mauritius, Réunion und vom Cap genannt wird. Sicher ist aber

Microcrypticus variegatus als madegassische Form zu bezeichnen, sie ist auf Madagaskar

weit verbreitet, findet sich aber ausser auf den Seychellen auch auf dem Festlande.

5. Beziehungen zur afrikanschen Fauna. Ich kann in der Seychellenfauna nur

eine einzige, typisch afrikanische Art feststellen: Gonocephalum simplex. Es ist im

ganzen tropischen und siidlichen Afrika, ferner auf Madagaskar und allen Inseln gemein.

Ich habe bei dieser Art (siehe den systematischen Teil) ausgefiihrt, dass Gon. simplex

offenbar sehr geringe Anspriiche an die Umgebung stellt, sich daher leicht festsetzt und

vermutlich erst in neuerer Zeit eingewandert ist.

6. Bezehungen zu abgelegenen Gebreten. Diese glaubt Kolbe in 2 endemischen

Gattungen zu erkennen.

(a) Als siidamertkanisches Element spricht er seine neue Gattung Camarothelops an.

Tatsiichlich gehért sie in die Verwandtschaft der stidamerikanischen Gattung Sphaerotus,

aber andere Verwandte leben auch in Afrika. Die neuen Gattungen der Gruppe der

Misolampinen, zu der sowohl Sphaerotus als auch Camarothelops gehéren, die ich aus

Westafrika beschrieben habe, konnte Kolbe natiirlich nicht kennen, auch besitzt er

vermutlich eine noch unbeschriebene neue aus Ostafrika nicht, von der ich ein paar Stiicke

in meiner Sammlung habe. Aber gerade das bisher nicht vermutete Vorkommen der mit

Sphaerotus verwandten Gattungen im tropischen Afrika zeigt wieder, wie vorsichtig man

mit Katalogangaben sein muss. Ich habe an anderer Stelle ausgefiihrt (Nova Guinea XIII.

1920,:p. 215), dass Kataloge nicht ein Bild tatsiichlich vorhandener Verhiiltnisse geben,

sondern nur eine Aufziihlung von veréffentlichem Material. Wenn also bisher aus Afrika

keine Sphaerotinen bekannt waren, so durfte man nicht, weil die Gattung Camarothelops

mit Sphaerotus aus Siidamerika verwandt ist, direkte Beziehungen zwischen Siidamerika

und den Seychellen konstruieren, es sei denn, dass nicht eine aufdringlich nahe Ver-

wandtschaft festgestellt ist. Die mochte aber Kolbe annehmen. Er schreibt: “ Camarothe-

lops erinnert an Sphaerotus Sitidamerikas, von welcher Gattung sie sich in einigen unwe-

sentlich scheinenden Merkmalen unterscheidet.” Hier muss ich ihm entschieden wider-

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 265

sprechen. Das Fehlen einer scharfen Quernaht auf dem Kopfe, die ausgebildete Fiihlerkeule,

der Prosternalfortsatz (ein Merkmal, das bei den Misolampinen ganz ungewohnlich ist),

die scharfe Epipleuralkante, das ausgeschnittene Epistom, besonders aber das Vorhanden-

sein einer eigenartigen Exudatsgrube auf dem Metasternum (die Kolbe nicht einmal

erwiihnt), ferner die sehr eigenartige Tarsenbildung sind simtlich Merkmale, die jedes

fiir sich allein die Aufstellung einer neuen Gattung rechtfertigen wiirden. Uberdies scheint

Kolbe ganz tibersehen zu haben, dass auf dem nahe gelegenen Madagaskar 3 Misolampi-

nengattungen vorkommen: Moromelas, Sphaerocaulus und Piloxys. Camarothelops ist

nach meiner Auffassung vielmehr eine hochentwickelte endemische Gattung, die ohne nahe

Beziehungen dasteht.

(b) Pseudhadrus Kolbe. Der Autor widmet dieser Gattung eine liingere Auseinander-

setzung zoogeographischer Art, auf die ich niher eingehen muss, weil er weitgehende

Folgerungen daran kniipft. Er betrachtet sie als Angehérige der Nyctozoilinen einer

Gruppe der Helaeimen, die bisher nur aus Australien und Neuseeland bekannt sind und

betont ihre nahe Verwandtschaft mit Psewdopatrum von Neuseeland. Hier ist zuniichst

nomenklatorisch zu berichtigen, dass Pseudopatrum zusammenfillt mit Mitua und diesen

ailteren Namen zu fiihren hat. Auch der Name Pseudhadrus ist ungliicklich gewihlt,

weil es schon eine Tenebrionidengattung Pseudadrus gibt. Kolbe kniipft an die ver-

meintlichen Verwandtschaftsbeziehungen von Pseudhadrus und Mitua weitgehende Folge-

rungen tiber Landverbindungen in der Urzeit. Es kann nicht meine Aufgabe sein, hier

allgemein auf das Thema einzugehen, das muss ich berufeneren Federn tiberlassen, beson-

ders Geologen. Ich habe es hier nur mit den Tenebrionidengattungen Mitua und Pseud-

hadrus zu tun, auf deren nahe “ Verwandtschaft” (nicht etwa Abhnlichkeit) Kolbe seine

Theorie stiitzt. Ich besitze beide Gattungen in authentisch bestimmten Stiicken und

kann Kolbes Angaben nachpriifen.

Es scheint mir von grundlegender Bedeutung zu sein, tiber die Begriffe “ Verwandt-

schaft” und ‘“Ahnlichkeit” ins Klare zu kommen, beide miissen scharf geschieden sein.

Von wirklichen Verwandtschaftsbeziehungen diirfen wir nur bei wenigen Tieren reden.

Sie sind geklirt bei vielen Siiugern, Végeln, Reptilien, bei wenigen Insekten, z. B. einigen

Schmetterlingen. Eine weitgehende Ubereinstimmung in morphologischen Merkmalen,

besonders nur solcher des Hautskeletts, ist zwar in vielen Fallen ein Ausdruck der Ver-

wandtschaft, aber keineswegs immer. Jeder Zoologe weiss, wie oft ein System irgend

einer Tiergruppe umgearbeitet wird, und wie oft ein ‘“‘natiirliches” System, das auf die

“Verwandtschaft” der betr. Tiere aufgebaut wird, ganz grundlegend geiandert wird. Die

Schwierigkeiten, die sich dem Systematiker unter den Entomologen entgegenstellen, sind

ja so unendlich gross. Wir wussten z. B. bisher nichts von der Entwicklungsgeschichte

der beiden oben genannten Gattungen. Die inneren Organe sind ganz unbekannt.

So haben wir uns allein an Merkmale des ‘iusseren Skeletts zu halten, um Verwandt-

schaftsbeziehungen zu untersuchen. Ich kann Kolbe, der beide Gattungen auf Grund von

Merkmalen am Chitinskelett fiir dusserst nahe verwandt hilt, nicht zustimmen. Ich gebe

zu, dass sich zahlreiche Ubereinstimmungen finden, die zuweilen tiberraschend sind. Aber

bei Beurteilungen iiber den Wert dieser Ubereinstimmungen sind doch einige wichtige

Gesichtspunkte nicht ausser acht zu lassen: (a) die ausserordentliche Ahnlichkeit der

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 34

266 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Tenebrioniden mit Coleopteren anderer Familien, (b) Wiederholungen von sehr ahnlichen

Formen bei verschiedenen Unterfamilien der Tenebrioniden, (c) die Bedeutung von Merk-

malen fiir die Gewinnung grosser oder kleiner systematischer Kinheiten, oder mit andern

Worten: welches sind Art-, welches Gattungs-, Unterfamilien- und Familienmerkmale? Es

scheint mir hier der Ort zu sein, ganz kurz auf diese Sache einzugehen. Mangels anderer

Merkmale aus der Entwicklungsgeschichte der Art, der inneren Organisation und beim

Fehlen vorzeitlicher, verbindender Formen diirfen wir Gattungen als verwandt ansehen, die

in allen Familien- und Unterfamilien-, evtl. Gattungsgruppenmerkmalen tibereinstimmen ;

bei der Art miissen wir noch weiter heruntergehen. Es ist aber allgemein bekannt, dass

sich bei Coleopteren nicht durchgehend bestimmte Eigenschaften als solche bezeichnen

lassen, die Familien, oder Unterfamilien oder Gattungen, oder Arten scheiden. Der Wert

dieser Merkmale ist vielmehr von Fall zu Fall zu entscheiden. Wo nicht ein sorgfaltig

durchgearbeitetes System einer Coleopterenfamilie vorliegt (und das ist leider nur bei

sehr wenigen kleinen Familien der Fall), kann nur der erfahrene Spezialist entscheiden,

ob Merkmale einen héheren systematischen Wert haben oder nicht. Im ersteren Falle

darf er eine Verwandtschaft zugeben, im letzteren Falle darf er nur von einer Ahnlichkeit

sprechen. Im allgemeinen sind z. B. Farben- und Skulpturmerkmale, Grésse, Lingenver-

haltnisse der Gliedmassen und ihre Teile etc. etc. keine Eigenschaften, die hoheren Wert

haben, weil sie in allen méglichen Kombinationen in den verschiedensten Gruppen vor-

kommen. Im Gegensatz dazu sind bei den Tenebrioniden z. B. Grésse des Kinnes, das

Vorhandensein oder Fehlen von Gelenkhiuten am Abdomen, die Hiiftbildung, die Me-

tasternalfurche, Bildung der Tarsen ete. vorziiglich geeignet, grosse systematische Grup-

pen zu bilden. Beiandern Kiiferfamilien sind es natiirlich andere Merkmale, die als primaire

Charaktere anzusprechen sind. Nur der Spezialist kann entscheiden, ob dieses oder jenes

Merkmal ein primiires oder sekundires ist, er allein entscheidet tiber “ Verwandtschaft ”

und “Ahnlichkeit.”

Auf unsern Fall von Mitwa und Pseudhadrus angewandt, ergibt sich die Notwendig-

keit, zu untersuchen, ob hier ein Fall rein dusserlicher, wenn auch recht weitgehender

Ahnlichkeit vorhanden ist, oder ob auch die primiiren Charaktere tibereinstimmen, wir also

von Verwandtschaft sprechen kénnen. Wir haben also alle Koérperteile auf ihre Ver-

schiedenheit, nicht nur auf ihre Ubereinstimmungen in der Gestalt zu priifen, und da erge-

ben sich doch ausser Unterschieden in Skulptur, Behaarung, Grésse, Gestalt noch

wichtige Verschiedenheiten.

a. Mitua: Oberlippe ausgeschnitten, Epistom ausgerandet, eine Clypealnaht fehlt,

53. Fiblerglied tiber doppelt so lang wie 4 (also nach dem Schema der Unterfamilien mit

grossem Kinn gebaut). Si&mtliche Mundteile, die Seiten des Unterkopfes, das Unterkinn

sind ganz anders gebaut als bei Pseudhadrus ; Halsschild jederseits an der Basis ungerandet,

Kpipleuren innen durch eine Reihe lochartiger Gruben abgesetzt, das vorletzte Tarsen-

glied ist schriige abgeschnitten, das letzte nicht am Ende eingelenkt, sondern in dem

ausgehéhten Abschnitt des vorletzten: Bau nach dem Adeliiden-Typus.

B. Pseudhadrus: Oberlippe und Epistom gerade abgestutzt, Clypealnaht tief und

scharf eingeschnitten, 3. Fiihlerglied wenig linger als das 4., Halsschild jederseits an der

Basis tief und stark gerandet, Epipleuren innen nicht abgesetzt, das letzte Tarsenglied

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 267

am gerade abgestutzten Ende des vorletzten eingelenkt: Bau nach dem Tenebrioniden-

Typus.

Ich halte also dafiir, dass diese scharfen Unterschiede verbieten, beide Gattung als

verwandt anzusehen, ja selbst der Ausdruck “Ahnlichkeit” hat nur bedingt Geltung.

Beide verglichenen Gattungen sind eigenartig und stehen recht isoliert, auch innerhalb

der Gattungen ihres Faunengebietes. Fiir verfehlt halte ich es, die Gattungen als

Hauptstiitze fiir tiergeographische Spekulationen zu benutzen und kann den Satz: “Das

Vorkommen dieses tiefstehenden Zweiges der Helaeinen auf den Seychellen ist fiir sich

allein schon ein sprechender Beweis fiir die Zugehérigkeit dieser jetzigen Inselgruppe zu

dem antarktisch-australischen Kontinent wihrend einer sehr alten Zeitperiode” nicht

gutheissen. Der Fall von Mitua und Pseudhadrus hat fiir den nichts Befremdliches, der

weiss, in wie unglaublichem Masse die Tenebrioniden geneigt sind, Formen aus anderen

Coleopterenfamilien zu wiederholen, ‘“‘nachzuahmen.” Es diirfte kaum eine Tiergruppe

geben, die sich in dieser Beziehung mit den Tenebrioniden vergleichen liesse. Das ist auch

Kolbe bekannt, und es eriibrigt sich, besondere Beispiele anzuftihren. Doch scheint er

nicht beachtet zu haben, dass sich auch innerhalb der Familie, bei verschiedenen Unter-

familien, Habitusbilder von Gattungen wiederholen. Da sei erinnert an die systematisch

weitauseinander stehenden Gattungen: Salax—Gonocephalum, Bradymerus—G'onoce-

phalum, Anisocerus—Helops, Diceroderes—Dysantes, Catomus—Catomulus, Eleodes—

Coelocnemis etc. Als solehe Wiederholung ist auch Mitwa—Pseudhadrus aufzufassen.

Ich habe diese Sache hier ausfiihrlich erértert, nicht, weil ich der systematischen

Stellung der beiden Gattungen eine so grosse Wichtigkeit beimesse, sondern weil ich es

fiir verfehlt halte, so wichtige Schliisse auf Grund einer an und fiir sich auffallenden Ein-

zelheit zu ziehen. Die Sache schien mir wichtig genug, einmal grundsiitzlich Stellung zu

nehmen zu den Tatsachen, die zuweilen einzelne Zoologen veranlassen, tiergeographische

Theorien aufzubauen. Selbstverstindlich liegt es mir ganz fern, dem ausgezeichneten En-

tomologen Kolbe persénlich nahe treten zu wollen. Ich erkenne vielmehr seine iiberragende

Tiichtigkeit auf dem Gebiete der systematischen Entomologie riickhaltslos an.

Die leicht ins Auge fallenden Beziehungen der Seychellen zu den Faunen benachbarter

Gebiete legte die Forderung nahe, bei Durcharbeitung des Materials auf Formen der in-

dischen, madegassischen, afrikanischen Faunen zurtickzugreifen, sie einem sorgfiltigen

Vergleich mit denen der Seychellen zu unterziehen. Der Erfolg dieser Untersuchungen

lohnte die aufgewandte Miihe reichlich. Es stellte sich naimlich heraus, dass eine nicht

unbetriichtliche Anzahl von Arten als Vertreter einer benachbarten Fauna noch einmal

-beschrieben wurde. So musste die Nomenklatur mehrfach umgestaltet werden. Da er-

fahrungsgemiiss solche Anderungen leicht tibersehen werden, gebe ich nachfolgend eine

Zusammenstellung der in nachfolgender Arbeit vorgenommenen Umgestaltungen in der

Nomenklatur :

1. Neoabantis Geb., 1911 (nom. nov. pro Abantis Fairm., 1892, Abantiades Fairm.,

1894—nicht Herr.-Schiaff., 1853) =subg. von Diphyrrhynchus Fairm., 1849.

2. Opatrinus madagascariensis Muls. und Rey, 1852 =O. attenwatus Klug, 1833.

3. O. ater Miill., 1883 =0. insularis Muls. und Rey, 1852.

4. Phaleria attenuata Fairm., 1895 = Ph. pallida Lew., 1894.

34—2

268 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Epeurycaulus Kolbe, 1902 = Plesioderes Muls., 1860.

E. aldabricus Kolbe, 1902 = Pl. madagascariensis Muls., 1860.

E. burbonicus Kolbe, 1902 = Pl. coriaceus Muls., 1860.

Pycna cavifrons Fairm. = gen. Tagalus Geb.

Uloma hondana Kolbe, 1897 = U. intrusicollis Fairm., 1868.

10. Anthracias Redt., 1858 = Cryphaeus K1., 1833.

11. COryphaeus aries K1., 1833 und Anthracias favareli Pic, 1913 und Anthr, sub-

nitidus Pic, 1913 und Anthr. nitidior Pic, 1913 = Cryphaeus taurus F. (sub Toxicum), 1801.

12. Dysceladus Waterh., 1875 = Pulposipes Sol., 1848.

13. Dyse. tuberculatus Wat., 1875 = Pulp. herculeanus Sol., 1848.

14. Uloma thoracica Geb., 1912 = Ul. spectabilis Perty, 1831.

15. Lagriola Kirsch = Paratenetus Spin.

16. Phaleria cistelina Kl. =gen. Hutochia.

17. EHutochia vidua Fairm., 1871 = Hut. cistelina KL, 1833.

18. Tenebriomimus Kolbe, 1901 = Martianus Fairm., 1893.

19. Tenebriomimus adansonarum Kolbe, 1901 = Mart. castaneus Fairm., 1893.

20. Hoplocephala longula Geb., 1910 = Mart. castaneus Fairm., 1893.

21. Bolitopertha Geb., 1910 = Cherostus Waterhouse, 1894.

CO MD om

SYSTEMATISCHER TEIL*.

Subfam. Pedininae.

Die Pedininen, zum grossen Teil ungefliigelt, sind meist Festlandstiere, oder doch auf

grésseren Inseln zu Hause. Siidostafrika hat zahlreiche Gattungen und Arten, Madagaskar

nur wenige Vertreter. Indien beherbergt die Riesen der Unterfamilie, die Gattungen

Platynotus und Pseudoblaps, auf den Sundainseln kommt nur noch die unscheinbare

Pseudoblaps yavana vor. Auf den unserer Fauna benachbarten Inselgruppen: Comoren

und Aldabra-Inseln sind bisher nur Opatrinus insularis und madagascariensis, ferner

Mesomorphus villiger festgestellt, auf den Seychellen dagegen keine Art. Hier wird nun

zuniichst die Gattung Diphyrrhynchus (subg. Abantiades) fiir die Seychellen und Aldabra-

Inseln konstatiert, deren eigentliche Heimat das papuanische Gebiet, Neu-Caledonien etc.

zu sein scheint. Auch die beiden Opatrinus-Arten wurden aufgefunden.

DIPHYRRHYNCHUS, Fairm.

Fairm., Rev. Zool. 1849, p. 445. Lacord., Gen. Col. v. 1859, p. 309. Bates, Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond. 1872, p. 267. Champ., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894, p. 366.

Acanthosternus Montr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (3) vir. 1860, p. 289.

Subg. Neoabantis Geb., Col. Cat. pars 22, 1910, p. 341.

Abantiades Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxviur. 1894, p. 395 (nom praeocc.).

Abantis Fairm., Rey. d’Ent. x1. 1892, p. 109 (nom praeoce.).

[* The types of all the new species will be placed in the British Museum, except that of Uloma comorensis,

which is in the Berlin Museum. Paratypes in the Cambridge University Museum and in the author’s col-

lection. H. 8.]

HANS GEBILEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 269

Die Gattung Diphyrrhynchus wurde von Fairmaire zu den Diaperinen gestellt, auch

Lacordaire und Bates rechnen sie zu derselben Unterfamilie. Champion dagegen begriindet

die von ihm angenommene Stellung bei den Phaleriinen. Ich habe in Nova Guinea x11.

p. 226 auseinandergesetzt, dass unsere Gattung ihre natiirliche Stellung bei den Pedininen

haben muss, das ausgeschnittene Epistom und die erweiterten Vordertarsen der ¢ sind

Merkmale, welche sie dieser Unterfamilie zuweisen. Eigentiimlich ist, dass Fairmaire seine

Gattung Abantis, die doch von Diphyrrhynchus kaum zu unterscheiden ist, neben Clitobius

zu den Opatrinen stellt. Eine Priifung der beiden typischen Arten Diph. chalceus Fairm.

und Ab. aenescens zeigt aber die ausserordentlich nahe Verwandtschaft beider Gattungen.

Zwar finden sich eine Reihe von Unterschieden, die aber durch die zahlreichen andern

als Diphyrrhynchus beschriebenen Arten tiberbriickt werden. D. chalceus weicht von

D. aenescens durch den breiten, hochgewolbten Korper, durch die beim ¢ hornartig auf-

gebogenen Ecken des Epistoms, durch spitzen Prosternalfortsatz ab. Nur die ersten beiden

Merkmale sind fiir chalceus allein zutreffend, im tibrigen zeigen alle andern Arten inbezug

auf die Bildung der Fiihler, der sekundiren minnlichen Geschlechtsmerkmale an den

Fiissen, der Bildung des Prosternalfortsatzes, der Deckenskulptur etc. starke Verschieden-

heiten unter sich, so dass an eine durchgreifende Scheidung nicht zu denken ist.

Nur D. geminatus All. gehort nicht zur Gattung (der Fundort: Sikkim liess von

vornherein die Zugehérigkeit zweifelhaft erscheimen, da alle bekannten Arten den Meeres-

strand bewohnen). Lesne weist nach, dass diese Art eine echte Chrysomela ist, ein Versehen,

wie es nur Allard fertig bringt.

Ich halte es nach den eben gemachten Ausfiihrungen fiir das beste, Neoabantis als

Untergattung von Diphyrrhynchus aufzufassen, es gehéren bis auf chalceus, soweit ich

sehe, alle beschriebenen Arten von Diphyrrhynchus hierzu. Nach Erscheinen meines

Katalogs sind noch D. semisuleatus von Batjan und D. meligethoides von Neu-Guinea

beschrieben (s. Gebien: Nova Guinea XIII. pp. 226, 227).

Die Gattung ist sehr weit verbreitet, sie hat Arten in West- und N.W.-Australien,

Neu-Caledonien, Neu-Seeland, Tonga- und Viti-Inseln, Neu-Guinea, Key-Inseln, Batjan,

Nicobaren, Ceylon, Obock, Seychellen, Aldabra-Inseln, Ostafrika.

1.. Diphyrrhynchus (subg. Neoabantis) effeminatus, n. sp.

Lang, ziemlich parallel, flach, von der Gestalt einer gestreckten Amara, braun metallisch,

Fithler und Beine gelblich.

Der Kopf is flach, vorn aufgebogen, beim ¢ ohne vorragende Ecken des Epistoms.

- Die Augen sind gross, grob fazettiert, vorn kaum ausgeschnitten, der Vorderkopf verengt

sich geradlinig stark nach vorn. Die Wangen stossen nicht direkt auf die Augen, sondern

zwischen beiden ist ein winziger Einschnitt; die Ecken des Epistoms sind sehr kurz verrundet

rechtwinklig ; der Ausschnitt ist halbkreisférmig, in seiner Mitte hinten nicht gerade, auch

die grosse Oberlippe ist leicht ausgeschnitten. Die Quernaht ist als sehr leichter Eindruck

kaum angedeutet, die Punktierung ist scharf; aber sehr fein und nicht eng, kaum griber als

die des Pronotums. Die Fiihler sind schlank, Glied 1 ist das dickste, 3 fast doppelt so lang:

wie 2, sehr gestreckt, 14 mal so lang wie 4, 4—6 sind deutlich linger als dick, sie nehmen

an Liinge ab, 7 ist so breit wie lang, auf beiden Seiten gerundet, 8—10 sind kriiftig quer,

270 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

11 so breit wie lang, von fast kreisformigem Umriss, mit blanker Basalhilfte. Eine eigentliche

Keule ist also nicht abgesetzt, da Glied 7 nicht plétzlich breiter ist. Das Mentum liegt nicht

vertieft, es ist kriftig gehdckert, die Mandibeln sind am Ende breit gefurcht. Das Endglied

der Maxillarpalpen ist beilf6rmig.

Der Halsschild ist an der Basis nicht ganz doppelt so breit wie in der Mittellinie lang,

sehr flach, vor der Basis findet sich an jeder Seite ein kriiftiger, meist querer Kindruck.

Die Seiten sind in der Endhilfte parallel, dann stark nach vorn verengt, der Vorderrand

ist ganz gerade abgeschnitten, die Vorderecken sind breit verrundet, die hinteren ziemlich

scharf rechtwinklig. Die Punktierung ist sehr fein und nicht sehr dicht. Der ganze Hals-

schild ist im Gegensatz zu fast allen Arten blank, aber unter sehr starker Vergrésserung

erkennt man doch bei hellem Licht die charakteristische lederartige Grundskulptur, die

sich in ein iusserst feines Netzwerk von winzigen Strichelchen auflést. Die Spitzenrandung

ist in der Mitte breit unterbrochen. Das Schildchen ist gross, spiegelblank, seine Spitze

leicht vorgezogen.

Die Fliigeldecken sind ziemlich parallelseitig, flach, ihre Seitenrandkante ist von oben

sichtbar. Es sind woblausgebildete Punktreihen vorhanden, die nur hart an der Basis

undeutlich werden, auch die seitlichen Streifen sind gut entwickelt. Die Zwischenriiume

sind ganz flach, nur gegen die Spitze sind die Streifen leicht vertieft und demgemiiss die

Zwischenriiume gewolbt, diese sind wie das Pronotum punktiert.

Die Untersecte erscheint auf den ersten Blick nackt, doch sind, nur bei starker Ver-

grésserung sichtbar, iiusserst feine, kurze, anliegende Hirchen vorhanden. Das Prosternum

ist kriiftig punktiert, zwischen den Hiiften jederseits sehr fein gerandet, der Fortsatz ist

queriiber stark gerundet und senkt sich nach hinten, ragt wenig iiber die Hiiften. Die

Propleuren sind fein, rund, scharf gekérnt, weiter nach hinten leicht laingsrunzlig. Das

Mesosternum ist stark rinnig vertieft, die Seiten des Eindrucks sind dick, nicht scharfkantig.

Das Abdomen ist sehr deutlich, aber verhaltnismiissig fein punktiert, das Analseement ist

iusserst fein gerandet, seine Spitze nicht abgestutzt. Die Beine sind zart, sehr viel schlanker

als bei chalceus und aenescens ; die Vorderschienen sind gegen das Ende miissig stark ver-

breitert, das Ende ist aussen nicht verrundet, sondern ziemlich scharfeckig. Alle Schienen

sind stark stachelig, die vorderen auch besonders an der Hinterseite. An den Hinterschienen

finden sich am Ende ausser den Enddornen noch nach aussen einige nur wenig schwichere

Stacheln. An den Vorderfiissen sind in beiden Geschlechtern das 2. und 3. verbreitert,

beim $ nur wenig breiter als beim 9, die Mittelftisse sind nur beim ¢ erweitert, aber ihre

mittleren Gheder sind nicht breiter als lang. An den Hintertarsen ist Glied 1 wesentlich

linger als 2 + 3.

To. 5—5 *4.mm.: "Br. 12*2-=2°8 mam:

30 Exemplare.

Loc. Seychellen: Long Island, vu. 1908; Bird Island, viii. 1908 (Fryer). Assump-

tion, ix. 1908. Aldabra: Ile Michel, x. 1908; Picard I., i. 1909 (Fryer).

Die Arten von Diphyrrhynchus sind, abgesehen von dem leicht kenntlichen D. chalceus,

einander sehr ahnlich, haben aber doch gute Merkmale. Unsere Art ist, verglichen mit dem

im Osten weit verbreiteten D. nicobaricus, wesentlich schlanker und flacher, braun metallisch

gefarbt, stark glinzend und besonders durch die Schienbildung leicht zu unterscheiden:

eee es De ee a” ee oe ee

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 271

die Vorderschienen sind naimlich aussen am Ende verrundet, ahnlich wie bei Phaleria,

nicht eckig. Merkwiirdig ist, dass bei unserer Art die Vordertarsen in beiden Geschlechtern

verbreitert sind, wenn auch nicht sehr stark. D. aenescens ist viel kleiner als unsere Art,

hat beim ¢ stark verbreiterte Tarsen, hinten stark gefurchte Decken, stumpfe Hinterecken

des Pronotums, viel stiirker behaarte Unterseite und beim ¢ ein etwas abgestutztes Anal-

segment. Die dstlichen Arten, ausgenommen eine neue von Ceylon, stehen viel ferner. Von

dieser neuen unterscheidet sie sich durch bedeutendere Grisse, dunklere Farbung (denn die

neue Art ist fast so hell wie Phaleria gefirbt), liingere Fiihler, anderen Ausschnitt des

Kpistoms. Sehr nahe verwandt dagegen ist die folgende Art, bei deren Beschreibung sich

die Unterschiede angegeben finden.

2. Diphyrrhynchus (subg. Neoabantis) fryert, n. sp.

(Tafel 23, Fig. 18; Textfig. 1.)

Sehr schlank, flach, glinzend kohlschwarz, emem Alphitobius diaperinus nicht un-

tthnlich, Fiihler und Fiisse schwarzbraun.

Der Kopf ist flach, beim $ nicht ausgezeichnet, die Ecken des Epistoms sind leicht

angedriickt, dieses selbst ist halbkreisférmig ausgeschnitten, die Ecken sind verrundet, die

Seiten des Vorderkopfes sind nicht geradlinig, sondern im Bogen verengt. Die Augen

nehmen ungefihr 4 der Stirnbreite ein. Die Punktierung ist zwar fein, aber sehr deutlich,

viel gréber als die des Pronotums, die schlanken Fiihler sind wie bei der vorigen Art gebaut.

Das Mentum ist stark gehdckert, das Endglied der Palpen beilformig, die Mandibeln sind

am Ende kurz und sehr breit gefurcht.

Der Halsschild ist fast doppelt so breit wie lang, ziemlich lang, die Basis ist fast, die

Spitze ganz gerade abgestutzt, die Vorderecken sind verrundet, die hinteren rechtwinklig.

Die Seiten sind von der Basis an nach vorn verengt, an der Basis findet sich jederseits ein

leichter Eindruck. Die Punktierung ist ausserordentlich fein und nicht eng, tibrigens

bei den Stiicken der Inseln noch feiner als bei den Tieren des Festlandes. Der Grund ist

mikroskopisch fein lederrunzlig, aber so zart, dass noch ein ziemlich kriftiger Glanz vor-

handen ist.

Die Fliigeldecken sind an den Seiten kriiftig gerundet, die Randkante ist von oben ganz

sichtbar. Es sind vollstindig ausgebildete Punktreihen vorhanden, die auch an der Basis

deutlich sind, auch alle seitlichen sind ausgebildet, von der Mitte an sind die Reihen leicht

' vertieft, nach hinten allmahlich stirker, die Zwischenraiume sind hinten kriaftig gewdélbt,

sie sind so fein wie der Halsschild punktiert.

Die Unterseite ist nahezu nackt, die Haare des Abdomens sind in der Mitte so fein,

dass sie nur bei sehr starker Vergrésserung als Stiiubchen sichtbar sind, die nicht tiber den

Hinterrand ihres Punktes hinausgehen, an den Seiten sind sie etwas linger. Das Prosternum

ist wagerecht, hinten ziemlich spitz, queritber gerundet, neben den Hiiften kurz und kriftig

gefurcht. Die Propleuren sind stark granuliert und deutlich liingsrunzlig. Das Mesosternum,

ist tief rinnig eingedriickt, der Eindruck geht an die Hinterbrust. Das Abdomen ist kriiftig

punktiert, das Analsegment fein, aber vollstiindig und scharf gerandet. Die Beine sind

272 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

sehr zart und diinn, wie bei der vorigen Art, die Vorderschienen (s. Fig. 1) schwach zur

Spitze verbreitert, mit deutlicher Ecke. Auch bei dieser Art sind

~die Vorderfiisse in beiden Geschlechtern erweitert, die Mittelfiisse

nur beim ¢.

16277 1mm,

Loc. Aldabra-Inseln (Fryer): [le Michel, x. 1908; Picard I., i.

1909. Ostafrika: Dar es Salaam (Dr F. Eichelbaum); Kurasini;

Portug. Ostafrika, Beira (A. Bodong).

Diese Art ist der vorigen nahe verwandt, wie diese sehr schlank

und flach, mit ihnlicher Deckenskulptur und stimmt mit ihr beson-

ders darin iiberein, dass in beiden Geschlechtern die Vordertarsen

erweitert sind. Sie unterscheidet sich durch bedeutendere Grosse,

kohlschwarze Farbe, kraftiger punktierten Kopf, von der Basis an

verengten Halsschild, gréber granulierte Propleuren ete.

FIER pha ar alies D. fryer ist offenbar weit verbreitet und ich nahm an, dass sie

Jryeri, Vorderbein des schon von iilteren Autoren beschrieben sein miisste, zumal die ost-

Pee oe afrikanische Fauna schon recht bekannt ist, aber ich finde keine

Beschreibung, die ich auf unsere Art deuten kénnte.

OPATRINUS, Latr.

Latr., Régne anim. ed. 1. tom. v. 1829, p. 19. Muls. et Rey, Mém. Acad. Lyon, 1852,

p. 295; Opuse. Ent. 1v. 1853, p. 70. Lacord., Gen. Col. v. 1859, p. 240. Reitt., Best. Tab.

LI. 1904, pp. 51, 76.

Subgen. Zodinus Muls. et Rey, l.c., p. 315; lc., p. 90.

Die Gattung Opatrinus ist in der alten und neuen Welt weit verbreitet: in Amerika

findet sie sich von den siidlichen Vereinigten Staaten bis nach Argentinien, in Afrika

iiberall bis auf den siidlichsten Teil. Ferner hat Fairmaire eine mir unbekannt gebliebene

Art: O. annamitus aus Cochinchina beschrieben, die méglicherweise nicht zur Gattung

gehort. Er vergleicht die Art mit O. semicribrosus aus Guinea, der nie beschrieben

wurde.

Kine genaue Untersuchung besonders aller amerikanischen Arten ist ndtig, um fest-

zustellen, ob sie wirklich mit den afrikanischen in eine Gattung gehéren. Das Verbreitungs-

gebiet ist, den bisherigen Umfang der Gattung angenommen, keineswegs natiirlich. Unter

den auf dem Boden lebenden Tenebrioniden finde ich keine Gattung mit ahnlicher Ver-

breitung. Die sehr weit verbreitete Gattung Gonocephalum findet sich nur in der alten

Welt. Weltweit oder fast kosmopolitisch verbreitete Bodentenebrioniden gibt es nicht.

Alle Gattungen, die so weit verbreitet sind, sind an die Baumvegetation gebunden, in dem

sie entweder ihre Verwandlung in morschem Holz durchmachen, oder in Baumschwiinmen

leben: Platydema, Uloma, Strongylium, Hoplocephala, Eutochia, Doliema ete.

Die beiden hier aufgefiihrten Arten sind viel weiter verbreitet als man bisher annahm,

beide sind nicht nur auf Madagaskar und den Inseln heimisch, sondern auch in Ostafrika.

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 273

3. Opatrinus insularis, Muls.

Muls., Mém. Acad. Lyon, 1852, p. 320; Opuse. Ent. 1v. 1853, p. 95. Chat., Ann.

See unite br LXXxiT,, 1919, p, 765, f. 1, 2.

ater Mill., Tijdschr. Entom. xxx. 1887, p. 301, t. 12, f. 4.

Chatanay hat diese Art scharf von O. madagascariensis geschieden, nur zu erwiihnen

vergessen, dass diese Art ganz verkiimmerte, die folgende dagegen vollstiindig entwickelte

Unterfliigel hat. Nach ihm kommt die Art vor auf Madagaskar (Diego Suarez) und den

Comoren (Mayotte). Ich besitze sie von Madagaskar (Ostimerina; Andrangoloaka);

Nossi Bé; Comoren (Mayotte, 31. xi. 1900, Tschitschérine); Ostafrika (Nguelo in

Usambara). Ferner liegt mir die Art in betriichtlicher Zahl vor von den Comoren: Moheli

u. Gr. Comore (Voeltzkow). Die Exemplare von Usambara hatte ich als O. ater Miill.

bestimmt, und tatsiichlich passt die Beschreibung genau auf die Tiere, so dass ich keine

Zweitel hegte, dass O. ater als synonym zu O. insularis anzusehen ist. Auf meine Bitte

wurden mir die Typen von O. ater aus der Zool. Staatssammlung Miinchen freundlichst

geliehen. Eine Priifung ergab die Gleichheit von ater und insularis.

Loc. 1g, 22 von den Seychellen. Mahé: Port Victoria.

4, Opatrinus attenuatus, Kl.

Ins. Madag. 1833, p. 88.

Syn. madagascariensis Muls., loc. ctt., p. 219; loc. cit., pp. 90, 94. Chat., loc. cit., p. 766.

Diese Art ist durch die Beinbildung der $ gut von der vorigen geschieden: es fehlt

die zahnartige Erweiterung an den Mittelschienen und die Hinterschienen sind kriiftig ge-

kriimmt, tiberdies sind die Propleuren grob punktiert und die Punkte des Halsschildes sind

viel gréber, die der Deckenstreifen dagegen viel feiner und stehen wesentlich enger.

Loc. Madagaskar: verschiedene Fundorte.

Portug. Ostafrika: Beira (A. Bodong).

Comoren: auf den Inseln Anjouan, Grande Comore, Moheli.

Aldabra-Inseln: Cosmoledo, 1907; Aldabra, Takamaka (Fryer).

Klugs Typen im Berliner Museum haben mir vorgelegen.

Subfam. Phaleriinae.

Die Angehorigen dieser Unterfamilie scheinen ohne Unterschied Bewohner des Meeres-

_strandes zu sein, sie leben von tierischen Stoften, faulenden Fischen, unter Tang. Die

ausserordentlich weite Verbreitung der Gattung Phalerva (sie findet sich in Europa, Afrika,

Asien, Amerika und selbst auf sehr isolierten ozeanischen Inseln: Galapagos Ins., Ins.

Ascencion), wird durch ihre Lebensweise leicht erklirlich. Die Arten selbst sind dagegen

meist nicht weit verbreitet, aber einander oft tiiuschend ihnlich..

Der Katalog weist aber eine Anzahl Arten auf (s. Gebien: Col. Cat., pars 22, p. 345),

die besser in anderen Gattungen unterzubringen sind. Es haben mehrere Autoren versucht,

neue Gattungen fiir einzelne Arten aufzustellen, die sich aber nicht allgemeiner Aner-

kennung erfreuen. Ich glaube aber, wir diirfen bei der im allgemeinen so homogenen Gattung

nicht einen so strengen Massstat an den Wert von Gattungscharakteren legen, wie bel

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 35

274 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

andern Genera, denn die Gattung Phaleria droht, zumal viele Arten ungemein variabel

sind, sehr uniibersichtlich zu werden. So ist fiir Ph. mederi die Gattung Hmypsara auf-

gestellt fiir swbhumeralis: Phaleromala, fiir capensis und fimbriata die Gattung Pachy-

phaleria. Lewis hat 18938 fiir mehrere Arten (atriceps, pallida, pusilla) die neue Gattung

Epiphaleria gegriindet, die genauerer Untersuchung wert ist. Sie ist ausgezeichnet durch

sehr grosse Augen, die unten bis unter den Maxillarausschnitt reichen, durch lange Hin-

terbrust und dementsprechend durch gestreckten, flachen Kérper und wohlentwickelte

Fliigel. Eine Priifung der exotischen Arten ergibt, dass ausser den genannten 3, noch

zahlreiche andere hineingehéren. Leider ist es mir nicht méglich, eine liickenlose Aufteilung

der Gattung Phaleria zu geben, da mir in meiner Sammlung viele Arten fehlen und ein

Spezialstudium der Gattung bei Gelegenheit der vorliegenden Arbeit nicht beabsichtigt

ist. Es gehoren aber zu Hpiphalerva ausser den genannten 3 Arten noch: Ph. encausta

Fairm., parallela Woll., clarki Woll, planata Woll., prolixa Fairm. ( = aegyptiaca Seidl.,

munda Walk., fuscata Fairm., lateralis Reitt.), ellipsodes Fairm., ferner vermutlich alle

madegassischen Arten und die meisten Amerikaner (mit Ausnahme von globosa, fiir die eine

neue Gattung errichtet werden muss, bisignata Boh. und vielleicht einigen andern, die mir

unbekannt sind).

5. EHpiphaleria pallida, Lew. (Textfig. 2).

Ann. Mag. (6) XIII. 1894, p- 383.

attenuata Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxx1x. 1895, p. 445.

Diese Art liegt mir in Anzahl aus dem Deutschen Ent. Mus. und in meiner Sammlung

- von Ceylon vor (Bentotta, Weligama, Trincomali, Putalam, simtlich

ean W. Horn leg.).

sofa eel Ein sorgfaltiger Vergleich dieser Tiere mit den zahlreichen von

den Seychellen mitgebrachten Tieren, welche Fairmaire als Ph.

attenuata beschrieben hat, zeigt die Gleichheit beider Arten. Ganz

geringe Verschiedenheiten sind durchaus individuell. Das Ergebnis

dieser Priifung ist insofern von Interesse, als hier abermals die nahe

Beziehung der Inselfauna zu Ceylon bewiesen wird.

Loc. Seychellen. Bird Island, vii. 1908 (Fryer). Long Island,

vu. 1908. Mahé: “country near sea-level.”

Subfam. Opatrinae.

se eS, Diese Unterfamilie ist auf der ganzen Welt verbreitet mit

pallida, Lew., Vor. Ausnahme von Amerika. Zwar sind 2 Gattungen: eine aus Nord-,

derbein, x 40. die andere aus Siidamerika bekannt, aber die erste: Ammodonus ist

ottenbar = Scaptes und daher eine Leichenine und ebendahin soll auch die zweite: Ostorius

gehéren. Es ist daher das Verbreitungsgebiet ein recht geschlossenes: Europa, ganz Afrika,

ganz Asien, alle grésseren Inseln, Australien. Das ist zugleich das Gebiet der Gattung

Gonocephalum und ebenfalls Caedius hat fast dieselbe Verbreitung, fehlt jedoch in

beschriinkten Gebieten, auch in Europa. Die Arten, besonders die der Gattung Gonoce-

phalum, sind ungemein schwierig zu unterscheiden, die Synonymie ist noch nicht geklart

und zahlreiche Arten sind noch unbeschrieben. Auf den Seychellen ist die gemeinste Art,

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 275

und zugleich wohl der gemeinste Kiifer ttberhaupt: Gonocephalum simplex, F., eine Art,

die in ganz Afrika zuhause ist, iiberall in den Kulturgebieten auftritt

und in Kamerun z. B, dem Tabak schidlich geworden ist. Diese Art

und auch die zweite: Gon. micantipenne sind offenbar afrikanische

Elemente, von denen ich eine neuere Einwanderung auf die Inseln

annehmen mdéchte.

6. Gonocephalum micantipenne, Fairm. (Textfig. 3).

Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, p. ceexxiv. Chatanay, Ann. Soc. Ent.

Fr. LXXXIL 1913, p. 768 fig.

peregrinum, Kolbe, Abh. Senckenb. Naturf. Ges. xxm. Heft 4,

1902, p. 576.

Fairmaire’s Beschreibung der Art ist diirftig. Erfreulicherweise !"s: eee

hat der gewissenhafte Chatanay weitere Mitteilungen tiber die Art Mittelschiene des

gegeben und eine gute Abbildung des Kopfes und der Hinterschienen Se Te

hinzugefiigt. Von Kolbe’s Art liegt mir authentisches Material in geniigender Menge vor.

Ich kann also die Identitiét der beiden Arten, die schon Chatanay vermutete, bestiitigen.

Das Tier scheint ‘auf den Inselgruppen sehr hiiufig zu sein.

Loc. Aldabra: Takamaka und [le Michel, xi. 1908; Picard Island, i. 1909 (siimtlich

von J. O. F. Fryer gesammelt).

Seychellen. Mahé, 1909. Long Island, vu. 1908. Silhouette, ‘near Mont Pot-d-eau

over 1000’, vill. 1908; low country near sea, vill. 1908.” Bird Island, vii. 1908 (Fryer).

Dennis Island, viii. 1908 (Fryer). Praslin, 1905 und 1908. Cerf Island (A. Brauer).

* Coetivy, 1905.

Cargados Islands: Siren Island (Gardiner, 27. vill. 1905).

Weiter aus der Litteratur bekannt:

Nord-Madagaskar (Vohemar, Ambohitsara).

Comoren: Pamanzi; Anjouan.

Ostafrika, Somali. Ins. Juan de Nova im Kanal v. Mozambik, vii. 1894 (A.

Voeltzkow). In grosser Zahl auch aus dem Berliner Museum.

7. Gonocephalum simplex, ¥.*

Diese Art ist im ganzen tropischen und siidlichen Afrika gemein, ferner auf den Inseln.

Sie ist nicht unerheblich variabel und zwar nicht nur, wenn man Tiere verschiedener

- Herkunft betrachtet, auch ein reicheres Material aus einer und derselben Gegend zeigt z. T.

nicht geringe Verschiedenheiten. Leider liegt mir gegenwirtig nur ein Teil der in meiner

Sammlung enthaltenen Tiere dieser Art vor, so dass ich nicht untersuchen kann, ob

bestimmte Rassen angenommen werden miissen. Die Stammform von Guinea ist aber

flacher als die Tiere von den ostafrikanischen Inseln, bei ihr (dem echten simplex) ist der

Seitenrand der Decken auf sehr lange Strecke gut sichtbar; die Behaarung ist kiirzer, mehr

anliegend, die Grundskulptur sehr fein. Bei den Tieren von den Seychellen, Madagaskar .

etc. sind die Decken stiirker gewélbt, der Seitenrand ist von oben nur unmittelbar an der

* Ausfihrliche Litteraturangaben finden sich in Gebien, Col. Cat. pars 22, p, 326.

35—2

276 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Schulter sichtbar, die Punkte der Streifen sind gréber, die Haare mehr abstehend, krumm.

* Beide Formen sind also gut zu scheiden. Ich verzichte aber darauf, die Art aufzuteilen,

weil mir nicht geniigend Material von allen Fundorten vorliegt (aus dem eigentlichen

Afrika nur ca. 20 Stiick) und nenne mit Vorbehalt die Art von den Seychellen ebenfalls

G. simplex. Ubrigens sind die Tiere von dorther (mir liegen ca. 360 Tiere vor) unter sich

variabel: die Punkte der Streifen sind gréber oder feiner, die alternierenden Zwischenriume

oft mehr erhaben und breiter als die iibrigen, zuweilen aber ganz gleichartig, die Farbung

ist je nach dem Boden verschieden, schwarz, grau, rotlich.

Loc. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade’ Estate, 800—1000’, i. 1909; Mamelles, vi., vil.

(A. Brauer). Praslin, xi. 1908. Silhouette: “near Mont Pot-d-eau, over 1000’, vill. 1908;

low country near sea, viii. 1908; Mare aux Cochons, on or quite near the plateau, ix. 1908.”

Dennis Island, viii. 1908 (Fryer). Bird Island, vii. 1908 (Fryer). Frigate Island.

Amiranten: Eagle, Desroches, Darros Islands (1905).

Farquhar Atoll (1905).

Cargados: Siren Island (Gardiner, 27. viii. 1905).

Coetivy (1905).

Aldabra: Picard Island, i. 1909; Takamaka und fle Michel, xi. 1908 (Fryer).

Astove Island, Cosmoledo Island (1907, Thomasset).

Rodriguez (Snell und Thomasset, 1918).

Aus den angefiihrten genaueren Fundangaben ergibt sich, dass die Art tiberall zu

finden ist: nabe der See und auf den héchsten Punkten der Inseln, im Kultur- und im

Urwaldgebiet. Sie scheint also an ihre Umgebung wenig Anspriiche zu stellen, das erklart

ihre weite Verbreitung.

OPATROPIS, Reitt.

Best. Tab. Lit. 1904 in Verh. Naturf. Ver. Briinn, pp. 134, 159.

8. Opatropis blairi, n. sp. (Textfig. 4).

O. tarsalis, Blair, 2. L.

Der gemeinen O. hispida Brll. vom Festland Afrika in Gestalt und Grosse gleich,

schwiirzlich, gliinzend, durch kurze Behaarung grau erscheinend. Reine Stiicke sind wegen

der regelmiissigen Behaarung weisslich grau.

Der Kopf ist flach, er hat die Spur von Augenfalten. Die Lappen des Clypeus sind

sehr gross, halbkreisférmig, die Wangen sind an den Seiten weit abgeschnitten, diese

laufen also fast parallel, bei einem Exemplar von Astove-Island sind sie dort leicht einge-

zogen, sie verschmilern sich nach hinten etwas. Die Quernaht ist deutlich breit einge-

driickt. Die Beschuppung liegt an, sie ist auf den Lappen des Epistoms nach hinten, in der

Quernaht nach innen gerichtet und auf der Stirn und hinten nach einem Punkt zu, der in

der Mitte, etwas hinter den Augen hegt. Die Schuppen sind anliegend, ungeftihr doppelt

so lang wie breit, also nicht haarférmig. Die Fiihler sind diinn, sie erreichen die Mitte des

Pronotums: Glied 3 ist ungefiihr 14 mal so lang wie 4, beide sind fast zylindrisch, 5 und 6

etwas linger als breit, zur Spitze etwas erweitert, die letzten 5 bilden eine deutlich

abgesetzte Keule, 7 ist so breit wie lang, die folgenden werden etwas stirker quer, das vor-

letzte ist 1} mal so breit wie lang. Das Mentum ist so breit wie lang, mit fein erhabenem

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 277

Mittelkiel versehen und jederseits liinglich grubenformig eingedriickt; der Raum zwischen

Auge und Maxillarausschnitt ist so breit wie dieser selbst. Die Grundglieder der Maxillen

sind wie das Mentum rauh punktiert und beborstet.

Der Halsschild ist tiber doppelt so breit wie von Vorder- zur Hinterecke gemessen

lang, die ersteren ragen kriiftig vor, sind aber in der Randkante verrundet. Gegeniiber dem

5. Zwischenraum findet sich eine breite Ausbuchtung und davor ein kriiftiger Eindruck,

die Hinterecken sind sehr scharf recht- fast spitzwinklig. Die Punktierung ist grob und

dicht, aber sehr flach, die Zwischenraume der Punkte bilden ein glinzendes, unregelmiissig

erhabenes Netzwerk; Korner fehlen. Jeder Punkt hat ein sehr kurzes, anliegendes

Borstchen : bei den Exemplaren von den Inseln sind die Borsten kaum doppelt so lang wie

breit, bei denen vom Festland und der Insel Patta viel liinger.

Die Seitenrandkante der Pliigeldecken ist von oben nirgend sichtbar; die Zwischen-

riume sind leicht gewélbt, mit sehr feinen Graneln versehen, jedes Kérnchen mit winzigen,

anliegenden Schuppenborstchen. Die Punkte der Streifen sind sehr deutlich, nackt oder

tragen ein iiusserst kurzes, mikroskopisch feines Hirchen.

Das Prosternum ist zwischen den Hiiften ziemlich breit, hinten ganz niedergebogen,

das Mesosternum ist kaum eingedriickt, Pro- und Epipleuren sind fein und scharf gekérnt

und wie die Oberseite fein beschuppt. Das Meta-

sternum ist grob und weitliufig punktiert, auch

das Abdomen ist mit kriftigen, weitliufigen Punk-

_ ten bedeckt, die je ein sehr feines, diinnes, anlie-

gendes Haar tragen. Das Analsegment ist ohne

grubenformigen Eindruck, vollstiindig gerandet,

die Randung vorn deutlich geschweift. Die Vor-

derschienen sind abweichend von O. hispida am

Ende aussen ausgeschnitten. Die Vordertarsen

sind beim ¢ im ersten Glied scharf dreieckig

nach aussen erweitert, auf der Sohle mit sehr

kurzem Kamm feiner, schriig gerichter Borsten

versehen, das letzte Glied ist nicht asymmetrisch,

dreimal so lang wie breit. An den sehr schlanken

Hintertarsen ist Glied 1 = 4.

17-5 —8-3 mm, ; Br. 3°4—3'7 mm.

Loc. Astove Island, 1907 (H. P. Thomasset).

Ins. Pamanzi bei Mayotte (Ch. Alluaud, 1897).

Ins. Patta an der Kiiste von Brit. Ostafrika, 19. 11.

1903 (Voeltzkow). Ostafrika: Mhonda (Meth-

ner leg.); Ugogo (v. Beringe leg.); Mikasse

Bezirk: Morogoro (W. Janensch leg.).

Das eine Exemplar meiner Sammlung von Fig. 4. Genus Opatropis : a, Vorderbein von

: 2 Opatropis blairi g; 6, Vordertarse derselben :

Pamanzi und ein anderes von der Insel Astove Art von der Sohlenseite gesehen ; c, Vorderbein

weichen von den Festlandstieren und von der — YOR Opatropis hispida 3; d, Vordertarse der-

selben Art von der Sohlenseite gesehen ; a und

dem Festlande direkt vorgelagerten Insel Patta — cx 25, 6 und dx 72,

278 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

in der Beborstung etwas ab, die Bérstchen sind kiirzer und dicker, die Tiere selbst etwas

breiter. Leider besitze ich von dieser Form kein 3, aber Herr Blair, der unsere Art ebenfalls

unter Hinden hatte, schreibt mir schon 1914, das ein ¢ von Astove die charakteristische

Tarsenbildung der ¢ habe. Ich betrachte daher, trotz der Abweichungen, beide Formen als

identisch.

Unsere Art unterscheidet sich von der gemeinen O. hispida durch die kiirzere Behaa- _

rung und die Beinbildung. Bei Aispidum sind die Vorderschienen in beiden Geschlechtern

einfach dreieckig verbreitert, ein Ausschnitt aussen am Ende, wie sie unsere Art zeigt,

fehlt, ausserdem ist das erste Tarsenglied ganz anders gebildet, beim ¢ von blai im ersten

Glied stark dreieckig verbreitert. Bei hisprdum dagegen sind Vorder- und Mitteltarsen

beim ¢ im ersten Glied mit einem riickwirts gerichteten Kamm steifer Borsten versehen,

das letzte Glied der Vordertarsen ist bei hispidum breiter, flacher und etwas asymmetrisch,

d. h. nach aussen leicht, parallelseitig erweitert, ferner hat das Analsegment des ? eine

deutliche, flache Grube.

Reitter hat die Gattung Opatropis von Gonocephalum allein durch die Skulptur des

Halsschildes, der punktiert, nicht gekérnt ist, geschieden. Die Auszeichnung an dem ersten

Tarsenglied der $ zeigt aber einen weiteren scharfen Unterschied.

Ich nenne diese Art zu Ehren des Herrn K. G. Blair vom britischen Museum, der

meine Arbeiten stets in selbstloser, oft zeitraubender Weise forderte.

PLESIODERES, Muls.

Muls. und Rey, Mém. Ac. Lyon, 1860, p. 34; Op. Ent. rx. 1859, p. 126.

Syn. Hpeurycaulus Kolbe, Abh. Senckenb. Ges. xx1r. 1902, p. 579.

Der Name dieser Gattung, die vom Autor als Untergattung von Caedius aufgefasst

wurde, ist von mir in meinem Katalog leider tibersehen worden.

Kolbe hat, vermutlich veranlasst durch Fairmaire, der eine Art: levassori zur

Gattung Hurycaulus stellt, seine neue Gattung Hpeurycaulus mit Eurycaulus verglichen

und gute Unterschiede festgestellt. Das kann nicht wundernehmen, denn beide sind weit

voneinander entfernt. Hurycaulus gehért zur Gruppe der Sclerinen mit vollstiindigen,

Epeurycaulus zu den Opatrinen mit verkiirzten Epipleuren. Der Verfasser hat die nahe

Verwandtschaft seiner Gattung mit der in Afrika, Asien, Australien verbreiteten Gattung

Caedius verkannt (ferner mit Cyptus = Adavius), sonst wiire ihm wohl kaum entgangen,

dass Mulsant seine beiden Arten schon beschrieben, und fiir sie auch schon eine eigene

Untergattung von Caedius aufgestellt hat. Auf Mulsant haben wir zuriickzugehen.

Mulsant hat von der Gattung Caedius eine Gruppe abgeteilt und mit dem Namen _

Plesioderes belegt, die sich von Caedius s. str. besonders durch nicht bewimperten Seiten-

rand des Kérpers unterscheidet. Mir scheint dieses Merkmal wichtig genug, Plesioderes

als eigene Gattung anzuerkennen, zumal die im minnlichen Geschlecht innen gezihnten

Vorderschienen ein weiteres gutes Kriterium bilden. Im tibrigen sind Caedius, Adavius

(= Cyptus), ferner Brachyidium (= Cnemodasus Geb.) in ihrem gegenwiirtigen Umfang

nicht zu trennen. Es kann hier nicht meine Aufgabe sein, auf die verwickelte Synonymie

dieser Gattungen einzugehen, umsoweniger, als die sehr zahlreichen neuen Arten, welche

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 279

von diesen Gattungen in den Sammlungen verbreitet sind, doch eine baldige griindliche

Revision nétig machen. Ich muss mich hier auf die beiden Arten der Inselgruppen

beschriinken.

9. Plesioderes madagascariensis, Muls.

(Tafel 28, Fig. 20; Textfig. 5.)

Opuse. Ent. x. 1859, p. 129; Mém. Acad. Lyon, x. 1860, p. 37.

Syn. Hpeurycaulus aldabricus Kolbe, Abh. Senckenb. Ges. xxir. 1902, p. 579.

Mulsant’s Gréssenangaben sind bei dieser und der folgenden Art etwas zu gering. Da

eine sorgfiltige Beschreibung vorliegt, eine 2. ebenfalls recht brauchbare von Kolbe, so

verzichte ich auf eine Neubeschreibung. Kolbe unterscheidet die Geschlechter nicht (unter

seinen 7 Exemplaren befinden sich 2 $) und Mulsant beschreibt das einzige ihm vorliegende

? als g. Die Bildung der Vorderschienen ist bei unserer Art im miinnlichen Geschlecht

sehr charakteristisch. Ich gebe hier eine Abbildung der Vorderschiene. Es findet sich eben

Fig. 5. Plesioderes madagascariensis: a, Vorderbein des Mannchens ;

‘ icone des Mannchens; c, Vorderschiene des Weibchens ;

unterhalb des ersten Drittels an der Innenseite, vorn ein dreieckiger, stumpfer, manchmal

sogar etwas rundlicher Zahn, darunter eine lange Ausbuchtung, die vor dem Ende durch

einen meist fingerférmigen, weit nach hinten gedriickten Zahn begrenzt ist, der wegen

seiner Lage am besten schriig von innen zu betrachten ist. Zuweilen (1 Ex. von den

Aldabra-Inseln [ Voeltzkow]) ist die Ausbuchtung selbst mit 2 Zabnchen, die nach hinten

gerichtet sind, versehen. Ein anderes Exemplar, das ich ebenfalls fiir eine individuelle

Variation halte, ist glinzend schwarz (die meisten Tiere sind mattschwarz oder etwas

schmutzig grau) und hat fast abgeschliffene Korner auf den Decken, ist aber nicht alt und

abgerieben, da die feine Behaarung noch recht deutlich ist.

Loc. Madagaskar (nach Mulsant). Aldabra-Inseln: iv.—v. 1895 (Voeltzkow); x.

1908 (Fryer); Picard Isl., i. 1909 (Fryer). Amiranten: Eagle Isl., 17. x. 1905 (Gardiner) ;

Desroches Isl. (Gardiner, 1905). Seychellen: fle aux Récifs, 1908: Long Island, vi. 1908.

Mir liegen 30 Exemplare vor.

280 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

10, Plesioderes coriaceus, Muls. (Textfig. 6).

Opuse. Ent. x. 1859, p. 135; Mém. Acad. Lyon, x. 1860, p. 43.

Syn. Hpeurycaulus burbonicus Kolbe, Abh. Senckenb. Ges. xxi. 1902, p. 580.

Diese Art ist auf den Seychellen und den benachbarten Inselgruppen nicht gefunden

worden. Aber aus synonymisch-systematischen Griinden sind einige Bemerkungen tiber

diese Art am Platze:

Sie ist etwas grésser als die vorige, feiner skulptiert. Der scharf ausgepriigte Unter-

schied zwischen beiden findet sich an den Vorderschienen der ¢. Diese haben ebenfalls

einen langen Ausschnitt an der Innenseite, aber am Ende dieses

Ausschnitts nicht einen fingerartigen, nach hinten gerichteten Zahn,

sondern einen in derselben Ebene liegenden stumpfen oder verrun-

deten, beim ? haben dieselben Schienen nicht eine rundliche starke

Erweiterung, unter welcher sich eine Einschniirung befindet, sondern

nur eine ganz leichte, die der Schiene aufgesetzt ist, so dass darunter

sich keine Einschniirung befindet. Mulsant beschreibt beide Ge-

schlechter so gut, dass es nicht schwer ist Kolbe’s Art in seiner wieder

zu erkennen.

Loc. Réunion, Mauritius, nach Mulsant auch Cap.

Fig.6. Plesioderes coria- Kine 3. Art, die sich von der letzten durch stark und scharf

ceus, Vorderschiene ]iinosgestrichelte Halsschildseiten unterscheidet, auch etwas andere

des Miinnchens, x 40.

Schienen hat, liegt mir nur in einem weiblichen Stiick von der Insel

Europa im Kanal von Mozambique vor. Ich halte es nicht fiir richtig, diese Art ohne

Kenntnis des ¢ zu beschreiben.

Epeurycaulus (Eurycaulus) levassorii Fairm. ist mir leider unbekannt geblieben, ich

kann daher tiber die Stellung dieser Art keine Auskunft geben, sicher aber gehért sie nicht

zu Hurycaulus, was schon Kolbe feststellt (auch ihm war die Art unbekannt), aber auch

ebensowenig zu Plesioderes (= Epeurycaulus, wozu sie Kolbe bringt). Das kompresse

letzte Tarsenglied, die gerippten und alternierend héheren Zwischenriitume der Decken,

besonders aber die bewimperten Kérperseiten verbieten eine Vereinigung mit dieser

Gattung. Chatanay, der die Tenebrioniden der Comoren bearbeitete, fiihrt sie lediglich

als dort heimische Art an, ohne sie einer niiheren Besprechung zu wiirdigen.

Subfam. Crypticinae.

Microcrypticus, Geb.

Eine ausfiihrliche Beschreibung der Gattung Microcrypticus findet sich im Arch.

f. Naturg. LXxxv1, 1920, A6, p. 7.

11. Microcrypticus variegatus, K1.

Diaperrs variegatus K1., Ins. Madag. 1833, p. 181, t. 4, f. 5.

Diaperis signatus K1., loc. cit., Nachtrag.

Platydema varuipenne Gemm., Col. Hefte, v1. 1870, p. 122.

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 281

Vorliegende Art ist mit Unrecht zu Platydema gestellt worden. [hr Name kollidiert also

nicht mit Platydema variegatum Cast. und Brill. (1831). Daher war eine Namensiinderung,

die Klug im Nachtrag seiner Arbeit vornahm, tiberfliissig. Gemminger hatte diese bereits

geschehene Anderung tibersehen und sie bei der Abfassung seines Katalogs vorgenommen.

Mier. variegatus ist an der Zeichnung der Decken leicht kenntlich. Ihr thnlich ist

nur eine neue westafrikanische Art (MZ. metallicus Geb.), aber wesentlich kleiner, breiter,

lebhafter metallisch, anders gezeichnet.

Die Art schien bisher auf Madagaskar beschrinkt zu sein, nur Kolbe fiihrt sie in

“Stuhlmanns Ostafrika” auch vom See Jipe an. In meiner Sammlung befinden sich ferner

Exemplare von Usambara (Nguelo) und Portug. Ostafrika (Beira, A. Bodong).

Jetzt liegt mir nur ein einzelnes Exemplar von der Insel Aldabra vor.

Loc. Aldabra: x. 1908 (Fryer).

Subfam. Boletophaginae.

BrADYMERUS, Perroud, Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, xr. 1864, p. 110.

12. Bradymerus aspericollis, Fairmaire.

(Tafel 23, Fig. 14; Textfig. 7, 8.)

Boletophagus aspericollis Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) vin. 1868, p. 798. Alluaud

in Grandidier, Hist. Madag. xx. 1902, p. 449. Chatanay, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. xxx.

1913, p. 772.

°s

~7~ ee 8 8

ole?

ooo © © S980 «© 0 © 69 6 we

ed °

ee a ae 2 SE SO eer OL

: : eoceceoeo 8 o0 0 Oo

Aaa 2

eo?

reece ae fF Oe eC oO a aoa wo eo eo oO Oo 8

«oO

Fig. 7. Bradymerus aspericollis, Kopf, x 24. Fig. 8. Bradymerus aspericollis,

Schema der Deckenskulptur, x 11.

Diese Art hat ausserordentliche Ahnlichkeit mit einigen Arten des indomalayischen

- Gebietes, besonders mit Br. elongatus Perty (=javanus Fairm.). Einige erginzende Be-

merkungen diirften daher von Wert sein, zumal Fairmaire’s Beschreibung recht diirftig ist.

Kopf (s. Fig. 7) ohne Stirnfurche, aber innen an den Augen mit tiefer, schmaler Augen-

furche; Augen schwach, verrundet vortretend, die Wangen von den Augen an verengt

und nicht breiter als diese, Clypeus vorn ganz gerade abgestutzt, Fiihler mit 6-gliedriger

Keule; die Vorderecken des Pronotums stehen weiter nach innen als die Hinterecken, die

Basis ist dick und vollstindig gerandet, die Randlinie jederseits der Mitte mehr einge-

schnitten, die Punktierung ist grob, sehr dicht und die Zwischenraume der Punkte bilden

ein gleichmiissiges, erhabenes, nirgends kérniges Maschenwerk. Auf den Fliigeldecken

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 36

282 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

(s. Fig. 8) sind simtliche Interstitien gekielt, die Kiele sind nicht glatt, sondern fein tuber-

kuliert, vorn sind die alternierenden Interstitien 1, 3, 5, 7 bis zur Basis stark erhaben, die

iibrigen dort verkiirzt ebenso an der Spitze viel kiirzer als die andern, gerade und meist

unverbunden auslaufenden Rippen, die 8. ist ebenfalls scharf erhaben und liuft in die Spitze

der Elytren hinein, der erste Zwischenraum ist in der Mitte fast flach. Die Unterseite ist

ziemlich grob, tief, aber nicht gedringt punktiert. Nur die Mitte des Prosternums hat

zusammenfliessende Punktierung, es ist hinten deutlich niedergebogen und endet in eine

feine Tuberkel. Das Mentum ist der Liinge nach scharf gekielt.

Von den afrikanischen Arten muss Br. convexicollis Fairm. aus Madagaskar am niich-

sten stehen, mir ist die Art unbekannt. Die Unterschiede gibt Fairmaire (Ann. Soc. Ent..

Belg. xtir. 1898, p. 478) an. Die von Chatanay Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1913, p. 311 aus

Sansibar beschriebene Art Br. pice hat starke Stirnfurchen, lebhaft blaue Farbe, konisch

vortretende Augen, 5-gliedrige Fiihlerkeule, ganz andere Skulptur der Elytren.

Sehr nahe ist aber Br. elongatus Perty (=javanus Fairm.) verwandt, er unterscheidet

sich von unserer Art durch rotbraune Fiarbung, etwas robustere Gestalt, schwach gekieltes

Mentum, scharf vortretende Ecken des Mesosternalausschnittes, spitzen Prosternalfortsatz,

schwiichere Punkte der Fliigeldecken, einen auch nach hinten kraftig verengten Hals-

schild ete. .

Loc. Aldabra: xi.—xu. 1908 (Fryer); 1907 (Thomasset). Ferner bekannt von den

Comoren: Mayotte; Grande Comore; Anjouan; Moheli. Madagaskar (nach Chatanay).

13. Bradymerus scotti, n. sp.

(Tafel 23, Fig. 13; Textfig. 9, 10.)

Ziemlich parallel, kriftig gewélbt, in eine Kruste des Wirtspilzes eingehiillt ; nach

gehériger Reinigung sind die Fliigeldecken gliinzend schwarzbraun, die Tarsen ‘heller.

Kopf (s. Fig. 9) ohne Stirnfurchen und ohne eigent-

ORS i Oo liche Augenfurchen, am Innenrand der Augen

befindet sich eine tuberkelartige Augenfalte,

eae. zwischen dieser und dem Auge eine etwas fur-

chige Vertiefung; die Wangen sind vom Auge

durch eine muldige. Vertiefung getrennt, sie sind

deutlich breiter als die Augen, engen diese bis zur

Hilfte ein und sind ebenso lang wie die Augen

hinter ihnen, der Seitenrand ist nicht geradlinig verengt, sondern zuerst schwach S-formig

eingezogen bis zur Einmiindungsstelle der Clypealnaht, dort findet sich ein feiner, deutlicher

Einschnitt, Clypeus gerade abgeschnitten. Die Fiihler sind kurz und haben eine 6-gliedrige

Keule, Ghed 3 ist reichlich 1 mal so lang wie 4, die vorletzten Glieder sind quer trapezisch,

aussen etwas linger als innen, doppelt so breit wie in der Mitte lang, sie sind deutlich

gestielt, das Endglied ist so lang wie breit. Das Mentum ist quer, trapezisch, mit geradlinig

verengten Seiten, oben mit scharfem, hohem Lingskiel.

Der Halsschild ist 1} mal so breit wie in der Mittellinie lang, seine Seiten sind kriiftig

gerundet, die grésste Breite liegt hinter der Mitte, von dort ist er nach hinten schwiicher,

nach vorn stirker verengt, der Seitenrand ist kriiftig, etwas ungleichmiissig krenuliert, die

Fig. 9. Bradymerus scotti, Kopf, x 22.

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 283

Vorderecken treten lang und spitzwinklig nach vorn, doch ist die iusserste Spitze kurz

verrundet; die Mitte des Vorderrandes ist breit vorgezogen, die Basis kriiftig doppelbuchtig,

die Hinterecken sind rechtwinklig, die Basis selbst ist nicht gerandet, doch findet sich

unmittelbar vor ihr die Spur einer Querfurche jederseits der Mitte. Die Mittellinie ist

leicht furchig vertieft, es findet sich besonders hinten in der Mitte eine seichte, grubige

Vertiefung. Die Wélbung reicht nicht bis zum Seitenrand, sondern dieser ist breit ver-

flacht abgesetzt. Die Skulptur ist sehr charakteristisch und der des Kopfes aihnlich, aber

grober. Sie besteht aus groben, sehr gedrangt stehenden Punkten, deren Grund flach ist

und je ein ein zentrales, mikroskopisches Kérnchen triigt, die Zwischenriume sind wenig

dicht, zerstreut tiber die Fliche und zu rundlichen Knétchen emporgezogen, bilden aber

sonst recht regelmissige Maschen.

Die Fliigeldecken (s. Fig. 10) sind an der Basis deutlich breiter als die Basis des

Halsschildes, sie sind parallelseitig, stark quer gewélbt, die Schultern

nicht nach vorn vorgezogen, die Basis ist doppelt, stark vorgezogen,

die alternierenden Zwischenriume (3, 5, 7, 9) sind hoch und scharf

gekielt, der erste ist es vorn und hinten und zwar ebenso scharf wie

die andern, in der Mitte jedoch abgeflacht. Die Kiele beginnen an

der Basis, der unmittelbar neben dem 7. Interstitium an der Basis

beginnende 9. ist hinten vollstiindig, d. h. liituft bis zur Spitze durch

und bildet in der Endhilfte scheinbar den Seitenrand der Elytren,

dieser ist aber von oben nicht sichtbar und an der Spitze vom 9.

Interstitium tiberwélbt, die tibrigen Rippen nahern sich hier dem 9.,

sind aber nicht mit ihm verbunden. Der 2. u. 4. Zwischenraum sind

glatt, flach, 6 und 8 haben eine Reihe feiner, etwas ungleichartiger Fig. 10. Bradymerus

Kornchen, ebenso der 1. in der Mitte, die Kiele sind scharf aber seer phere

nicht ganz glatt, sondern bei starker Vergrésserung etwas krenuliert. 10.

Die gliinzende Untersevte ist ziemlich grob, dicht und tief punktiert; das Prosternum

ist sanft niedergebogen und am Ende mit wenig deutlicher Tuberkel versehen, das Meso-

sternum ist nicht sehr tief eingedriickt, seine Ecken sind verrundet; alle Schienen sind

aussen scharf, der ganzen Liinge nach gekielt, an den Hintertarsen ist Glied 4 etwas linger

als der Rest. |

L: 6:4—8'5 mm.; Br. 8—4'8 mm.

Unter den westlichen Arten ist nur eine verwandte, nimlich Br. aspericollis Fairm.,

unsere Art unterscheidet sich von ihr durch den gekérnten Halsschild und die ganz andere

Rippenbildung der Fliigeldecken. In beiden Merkmalen stimmt unsere Art mit Br. crenu-

licollis Fairm. aus dem Malay. Archipel iiberein, von dem sie sich aber leicht durch

schmaleren Halsschild, geringere Grésse und nicht zahnartig vortretende Wangen unter-

scheidet.

Ich benenne die Art zu Ehren ihres Entdeckers, dem es mit grossen Miihen gegliickt

ist, nicht nur fast alle bekannten Arten der Seychellen und benachbarten Inseln aufzu-

finden, sondern der auch viele neue Arten von Tenebrioniden mitbrachte und dadurch

wertvolles Material der tiergeographisch so interessanten Inseln lieferte.

14 Expl. wurden von der Expedition mitgebracht.

36—2

284 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Loc. Seychellen. Mahé: nahe dem Morne Blane, ca. 1000 Fuss hoch, xi. 1908, und

Cascade Estate, 800—1000 Fuss, xi. 1908—i. 1909.

14. Bradymerus seychellensis, n. sp.

(Tafel 23, Fig. 12.)*

Ziemlich robust, stark gewolbt, schwarz, fast matt, Fiihler und Tarsen braun. Kopf

ohne Stirnfurchen, aber mit starken und tiefen, vorn feineren Augenfurchen, die hinten

sich vom Auge entfernen und von oben gesehen in die Schlifen in einer Entfernung ein-

miinden, die gleich dem Lingsdurchmesser der Augen ist. Die Clypealsutur ist kriftig

eingeschnitten, verliert sich aber in den Seitenfliigeln ganz; die Augen sind schwach

gerundet und von den Wangen nicht bis zur Hiilfte durchsetzt, die Wangen sind schmaler

als die Augen und treffen in einem so stumpfen Winkel auf die Augen, dass der Kopf von

den Augen an verengt erscheint, die Seiten haben keinen feinen Einschnitt, die Vorderecken

des Clypeus sind breit verrundet. Die Punktierung ist miissig fein, dicht gedrangt. Die

sehr kurzen Fiihler haben eine nur 5-gliedrige Keule, Glied 7 ist schwach quer, das 10. fast

doppelt so breit wie lang, das 11. so lang wie breit. Das Mentum ist trapezisch, der Lange

nach gekielt, die Mandibeln sind gegen die Spitze schwach gefurcht, stumpf zweispitzig.

Der Halsschild ist 14 mal so breit wie lang, in der Liings- und Querrichtung sehr

stark gewélbt, die Wolbung reicht bis zum Seitenrand, der nur hinten schmal abgesetzt

ist, die Seiten sind stark und gleichmiissig gerundet, die grésste Breite liegt in der Mitte,

dahinter sind die Seiten nicht eingezogen, die Vorderecken treten spitzwinklig nach vorn,

die Mitte des Vorderrandes ist gerade, die Basis miissig stark doppelbuchtig, die Randlinie

der Basis ist vollstiindig, in der Mitte verbreitert, kriftig eingedriickt, aber nicht einge-

schnitten, die Seitenrandkante ist sehr schwach unduliert, ein mittlerer Lingseindruck

fehlt auf dem Pronotum. Die Punktierung ist sehr dicht, nicht sehr fein, jeder Punkt trigt

am Grunde ein mikroskopisch feines, iiusserst kurzes Hiirchen.

Die Fliigeldecken sind an der Basis deutlich breiter als das Pronotum, die Schultern

ragen schwach gerundet nach vorn, die Seiten sind nicht parallel, sondern gehen deutlich

nach hinten auseinander. Die sehr charakteristische Skulptur tritt erst nach gehoriger

Reinigung von den anhaftenden Teilen des Wirtspitzes hervor. Die inneren Zwischen-

riume sind flach, die ausseren deutlich konvex, der 5. u. 7. sind fein rippenformig, der erste

Streifen ist fast glatt, nur am Absturz findet sich eine kurze Reihe primiirer Kérnchen.

Alle andern Interstitien sind sehr fein und dicht gekérnt, jedes Kérnchen ist mit einem

sehr kurzen, mikroskopisch feinen Hiirchen versehen, ausser diesen sekundiiren Kérnern

tragen die Interstitien vom 3. an (das zweite nur ganz vorn) eine regelmiissige Reihe nicht

sehr dichter runder Kérner erster Grésse, nur beim 5. u. 7. sind die Korner gedringt, wo-

durch die Rippen entstehen. Die Punktreihen bestehen aus ziemlich groben, sehr tief

eingestochenen, runden Punkten, die nur undeutlich durch vertiefte Linien verbunden

sind.

Die Unterserte ist glinzend, ziemlich grob und dicht, tief punktiert, die Punkte tragen

je ein feines, gelbes, ziemlich aufrechtes Hirchen, der Prosternalfortsatz ist ganz nieder-

* Dieses Tier ist verzeichnet; der Umriss ist parallelseitig, nicht oval.

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 285

gebogen, am Ende ohne Tuberkel, aber dort nicht sehr deutlich stark gerandet. Das

Abdomen hat lange, anliegende, sparsame Haare. Beine ohne Auszeichnung, die Schienen

sind stielrund, aussen ohne Kiel.

L. 7—9 mm.; Br. 2°9—3°8 mm.

Diese, von den meisten Gattungsgenossen abweichende Art, hat auf Madagaskar und

den Inseln keine Verwandte, auch alle mir bekannten indomalayischen Arten weichen stark

von ihr ab. Ahnlich ist nur Br. seméasperatus Fairm. von Neu-Pommern. Diese Ahn-

lichkeit ist bedingt durch die Gestalt des stark gewélbten Halsschild, durch die ungekielten

Schienen, die Skulptur der Elytren. Doch sind bei dieser Art alle Interstitien mit einer

Kornchenreihe versehen, der 3. ist undeutlich héher, der 5. u. 7. nicht, auch fehlt die

sekundire Granulation. Ferner unterscheidet sich Fairmaires Art durch die kriiftige

Koérnelung des Pronotums und die stark vorspringenden Wangen.

Die grosse Ahnlichkeit dieser beiden geographisch weit voneinander beheimateten

Arten ist sehr auffallend, es ist aber sehr gut méglich, dass sich in den dazwischenliegenden

Inseln weitere Verwandte finden werden, zumal nur ein kleinerer Teil der artenreichen

Gattung beschrieben ist.

Von dieser Art liegen mir 25 Exemplare vor.

Loc. Seychellen: Silhouette, Mahé, Feélicité. ‘Silhouette: from marshy plateau of

Mare aux Cochons and forest above, ca. 1000 feet. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 1000

feet, and near Morne Blanc, about 1000 feet. Félicité ; from forest, xii. 1908.”

Eine Notiz iiber das Vorkommen in Pilzen findet sich nicht.

15. Bradymerus hispidus, n. sp.

Klein, parallel, ziemlich kriftig gew6lbt, einem kleinen Gonocephalum sehr ihnlich,

schwarz, nach gehériger Reinigung glinzend, Fiihlerwurzel, Taster, ‘Tarsen braunrot. Der

Kopf hat keine Stirnfurchen, aber eine kriiftige, tiefe, sich hinten verbreiternde und sich

vom Auge entfernende Augenfurche, eine Augenfalte oder -tuberkel fehlt, die Augen

werden vom Canthus nicht bis zur Mitte geteilt, er trifft im Winkel auf das Auge und ist

gut von ihm abgesetzt, die Seiten des Kopfes mit feinem Einschnitt, die Clypealsutur ist

gut ausgebildet, die Punktierung ist sehr dicht, ziemlich grob, jeder Punkt mit einem

zentralen, aufrechten Borstchen. Die Fiihler reichen kaum bis zur Mitte des Halsschildes,

sie haben eine 5-gliedrige Keule, auch Glied 6 ist schwach quer kugelig, die vorletzten

Glieder sind fast 3 mal so lang wie breit. Der Unterkopf gleicht dem der vorigen Art.

Der Halsschild ist queriiber bis an den ganz schmal abgesetzten Seitenrand gewolbt,

ein mittlerer Lingseindruck fehlt, die grésste Breite liegt in der Mitte, die Seiten sind

stark gerundet, nach vorn und hinten fast gleichmiissig verengt, vor den Hinterecken nicht

ausgeschweift, die Hinterecken sind scharf rechtwinklig, die Vorderecken treten spitz-

winklig nach vorn vor, die Mitte des Vorderrandes ist gerade. Der Seitenrand ist kriiftig

krenuliert, jedes Ziihnchen wird durch ein Kérnchen gebildet, hart am Vorderrande befindet

sich ein Querreihe von Kérnchen, die Basis ist durch eine, in der Mitte breitere, einge-

driickte, aber nicht eingeschnittene Linie gerandet. Die Skulptur besteht aus feinen, sehr

dicht gedringten, im Grunde flachen Punkten, deren Zwischenriume ein regelmissiges

feines Netzwerk bilden, jeder Punkt mit einem zentralen, schwarzen, aufrechten Bérstchen.

286 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Diese Bérstchen gleichen dem der Elytren, sie sind gegen die Spitze verdickt, die Spitze

selbst ist gerade abgeschnitten.

Die Fliigeldecken sind zylindrisch gewélbt, die Seiten fallen hoch senkrecht ab, die

Randkante ist von oben nicht sichtbar. Die ganzen Decken sind mit dusserst kurzen,

starren, schwach keuligen, aufstehenden Bérstchen besetzt. Eigentliche Kiele fehlen, nur

der 7. Zwischenraum ist hinten ziemlich scharf kielformig und liuft bis zur Spitze durch,

der 1. ist an der Basis leicht gewélbt, 8, 5, und 7 sind der ganzen Liinge nach gewdélbt

und mit je einer Reihe miissig grober Korner besetzt, die anderen Zwischenriiume sind ganz

flach und dicht und sehr fein gekérnt, jedes Kérnchen triigt ein Borstchen. Die Punkt-

reihen sind kriftig, ihre Punkte rund, tief eingestochen.

Die Unterseite ist blank, das Prosternum vorn und hinten gesenkt, kriiftig punktiert,

die Mittelbrust ist rundlich, tief eingedriickt, das Abdomen ist grob und nicht dicht

punktiert, nur das letzte Segment wesentlich dichter und feiner. Die Punkte sind rauh, d.

h. haben einen scharfen Vorder- und flachen Hinterrand und tragen je ein sehr kurzes, un-

auffillives, etwas abstehendes Hiirchen. Die Beine sind lang, die Mittelschienen vor dem

Ende deutlich eingeschniirt, alle Tibien sind stielrund, ungekielt, haben aber an der

Aussenseite zahlreiche kleine, kérnige oder knotige Erhabenheiten. Die ganzen Beine

haben wie die Oberseite kurze Borstchen.

Ds 4:2=-5°6 mmo brviss=2 2mm:

2 Exemplare.

Loc. Seychellen. Mahé: Mare aux Cochons district, 26. ii—2. ii. 1909. Silhouette:

Mare aux Cochons, ix. 1908.

Diese Art, eine der kleinsten der Gattung, ist nur mit der vorigen verwandt, hat

ebenfalls einen stark gewélbten Halsschild, fast zylindrisch gewélbten Hinterkérper,

ungekielte Schienen, eine nur 5-gliedrige Fiihlerkeule, beide Arten stehen einigen aus dem

papuanischen Gebiet (z. B. semiasperatus, trobiandensis) am nichsten. Aus dem indo-

malayischen Gebiet liegt mir keine niher verwandte Art vor, scheint auch zu fehlen, da die

grésseren deutschen und holliindischen Sammlungen kein inbetracht kommendes Material

besitzen. Br. hispidus unterscheidet sich von seychellensis durch geringe Grosse, dicht, aber

kurz beborsteten Kérper, ganz andere Deckenskulptur; und Schienen, welche durch feine,

knotige Erhabenheiten rauh sind.

Die 4 aus unserm Faunengebiet bekannten Arten lassen sich wie folgt unterscheiden.

1. Schienen aussen gekielt, Fiihlerkeule 6-gliedrig, Korper flacher, der Seitenrand

der Decken von oben sichtbar eic.van scence esse ccc seusu see tesetee se eee tees eee Tee teen ie

Schienen ungekielt, Fiihlerkeule 5-gliedrig, der Seitenrand der Decken von oben nicht

sichtbar, Hinterkérper zylindrisch’ 7 ser reiecs ree eres ee, ee ene ene ee ap

2. Die Wangen springen eckig vor und sind breiter als die Augen, Halsschild ohne

Mittelfurche, mit scharfen Kérnern, nur die abwechselnden Zwischenriiume hoch gekielt,

Beine sch ward. a issi3si'sles.00s acsnegaee geen ee ties ee eee ee eee ee et eee scottt Geb.

Die Wangen, springen nicht vor, sind verrundet und schmaler als die Augen, Hals-

schild mit starkem Liingseindruck, ungekérnt, alle Zwischenriume vom 3. an gekielt,

Schienensund | tisse rot 5 si.<n dss se 1g pal ee eee ere ee aspericollis Fairm.

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE | 287

3. 7—9 mm. gross, Kérper schwach beborstet, Abdomen mit langen, anliegenden,

sparsamen Haaren bekleidet, alle Zwischenriiume vom 3. an mit einer Kérnerreihe, 5 und

meriiernapenem, Pokerbtem Kielis.. s,s. .scsccesscscscnsveccessaccedecsceccenes seychellensis Geb.

4—5$ mm. gross, Koérper dicht und stark, aber kurz beborstet, Abdomen mit

abstehenden, sehr kurzen, sparsamen Hiirchen bekleidet, nur die abwechselnden Zwischen-

riume mit einer Kérnerreihe, 5 und 7 ohne Kiel...............0.ecscseesseeeceeeees hispidus Geb.

Subfam. Rhipidandrinae.

Diese Unterfamilie, die vielleicht als Verbindungsglied zwischen den Ciiden und

Tenebrioniden eine eigene Familie zu bilden hat, ist in allen Weltteilen verbreitet. Bisher

sind aber nur wenig Arten bekannt, die einander sehr nahe stehen und nach den vor-

liegenden Beschreibungen allein nicht sicher erkannt werden kénnen. Barber undSchwarz,

vor ihnen Sharp, Arrow haben tiber die Stellung der hierher geh6renden Gattungen aus-

fiihrlich berichtet, sind aber sehr verschiedener Meinung. Ich méchte mich Barber und

Schwarz anschliessen, wenigstens vorliufig und die Rhipidandrinen als eigene Unterfamilie

der Tenebrioniden auffassen.

Barber hat Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. xv. 1913, pp. 188—193 eine vollstiindige Biblio-

graphie tiber unsere Gruppe gegeben und sie op. cit. Xvi. 1914, pp. 175—177 ergiinzt. Ich

kann also meinerseits auf Litteraturangaben verzichten, fiige aber als weitere Gattung

hinzu: Bolitopertha Geb., die mit Cherostus zusammenfillt. Nach Barber sollte allerdings

diese Gattung nicht Cherostus,sondern Xyloborus Motsch. genannt werden. Ferner ist es ihm

und mir zweifelhaft, ob nicht beide zusammenfallen mit Rhipidandrus = Eutomus. Jedenfalls

sind die Unterschiede, die angegeben werden, nicht von generischem Wert. Doch will ich,

da ich hier nicht monographisch zu arbeiten habe, zu dieser Frage gegenwiirtig nicht

Stellung nehmen. Aber gegen die Umwandlung von Cherostus in Xyloborus muss ich mich

entschieden wenden. Der Name Xyloborus fiihrt wegen Xyleborus leicht zu Verwechs-

lungen und hat tatsiichlich mehrfach dazu gefiihrt, wird doch die Art crenipennis von

Hagedorn und Kleine noch jetzt in den Ipiden-Katalogen aufgezihlt. Diese Namens-

ihnlichkeit ist natiirlich kein Grund, den Namen zu verwerfen, es wiire aber wirklich zu

begriissen, wenn er schwinden wiirde. Die Méglichkeit, ihn zu unterdriicken, ist uns da-

durch gegeben, dass er nur nomen nudum ist. Motschulskynimmt den alten Dejeanschen

Gattungsnamen Xyloborus, der nur eine unbeschriebene Art fihrt, auf fiir eine indische

Art crenipennis, ohne die Gattung zu charakterisieren. Ich stehe auf dem Standpunkt,

dass Gattungsnamen nicht dadurch Giiltigkeit erlangen, dass ihnen der Name einer be-

schriebenen Art hinzugefiigt wird. Alle Systemeinheiten: Klasse, Ordnung, Familie, Unter-

familie, Gattung, Art miissen durch Herausstellen bestimmter Merkmale begriindet werden.

Das trifft in unserm Falle nicht zu, daher erkenne ich dem Namen Xyloborus keine

Prioritiitsberechtigung zu. Es ist also zu zitieren :

Cuerostus, Waterhouse, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xrv. 1894, p. 68.

Xyloborus Dejean, Motsch., 2. /.

Bolitopertha Gebien, Ergebn. Exped. Kilimandj, 1. 7, 1910, p. 379.

288 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

16. Cherostus speculifrons, n. sp. (Textfig. 11).

Ganz zylindrisch, matt schwarzbraun. Kopf flach gewolbt, Augen normal, fast

kreisrund. Vom Rande des Epistoms zieht sich ein langer Spiegelfleck zwischen die

Augen, 4 der Stirnbreite einnehmend; er reicht hinten meistens

zu einer Héhe mit dem Hinterrand der Augen und ist selten

kiirzer. Der ganze iibrige Raum ist mit einem gleichmissigen

Maschenwerk erbabener Linien ausgefiillt. Der Spiegelfleck hat

zuweilen vorn an den Seiten und unmittelbar am Rande des

Epistoms einige Piinktchen. Der Epistomrand ist scharf, die

Oberlippe etwas untergebogen; Wangen fehlen, doch ist der Rand

¢ des Kopfes sehr scharfkantig und neben dem Spiegelfleck vorn

Fig. 11. Cherostus specu. etwasflachgedriickt. Die Filer sind mit einer langen, geblitterten

lifrons, Fiihler,x ca 60. — Keule versehen, die stark nach vorn geknickt ist: mindestens

rechtwinklig, meistens spitz. Glied list dick, 2rundlich, 3 viel linger

als breit, diinner als 2, an der Spitze am dicksten, 4 umgekehrt nach der Spitze verjiingt,

dreieckig, 5 ist an der Aussenkante am liingsten, vorn scharf nach unten abgeschriigt und

ermoglicht dadurch die starke Knickung der Fihler; von 6 an sind die Glieder innen stark

ausgezogen, zuerst spitzwinklig, die vorletzten breiter, das letzte ist fast kreisrund und

ist im 10. etwas eingebettet. Die Seiten des Unterkopfes zwischen Auge und Mundteilen

bilden eine breite, blanke, stark erhabene, oben eingedriickte Fliche mit scharfer, iiber-

stehender Kante, durch welche eine Fiihlerfurche gebildet wird, in der die Fiihler in der

Ruhelage eingeschlagen sind. Das Kinn ist trapezisch, linger als breit, in der Mitte

schwach erhaben, Endglied der Maxillarpalpen lang spindelformig, Mandibeln am Ende

scharf‘zugespitzt und geteilt. Die ganzen Mundteile liegen wie bei den meisten Boleto-

phagiden erhaben.

Das Pronotum fillt an den Seiten senkrecht ab, doch ist die Seitenrandkante von

oben gerade noch sichtbar. Von der Seite gesehen erscheint die gerade Mittellinie 14 mal

so lang wie die Randkante. Die Vorderecken sind breit, die Hinterecken kurz verrundet.

Die Skulptur der Oberfliiche ist wie die des Kopfes ein gleichmiissiges Netzwerk von fein

erhabenen Linien. Von oben gesehen ist der Vorderrand halbkreisf6rmig vorgezogen. Das

Schildchen bildet ein gleichseitiges Dreieck.

Die Basis der Fliigeldecken ist scharf gekantet, die Seiten fallen senkrecht ab, die

Randkante ist nur ganz vorn von oben sichtbar. Es sind 9 scharfe Rippen vorhanden und

eine 10., schwachere, ganz vorn neben der ganz verrundeten Randkante der Schultern; an

dieser Stelle ist die 9. Rippe weit von der Schulter entfernt. Die Rippen sind schmal, vorn

fast glatt, scharf erhaben, hinten fein krenuliert. Ihre Anordnung ist folgende: 1 liuft

durch bis zur Spitze und verbindet sich mit der Randkante, 3 nahert sich dicht vor der

Spitze 7, etwas ktirzer, aber gleichlang, sind 4, 5, 6, 8; 2 hilt schon oben am Absturz auf. Die

Zwischenradume sind flach glatt, durch niedrige, ziemlich regelmiassige Querrippchen gegittert.

Das Prosternum fillt vorn und hinten senkrecht ab und ist zwischen den Hiiften sehr

schmal; das Mesosternum ist vorn hoch senkrecht, aber nicht ausgeschnitten, Meta-

sternum und Abdomen sind dicht und stark punktiert, das Analsegment hat am Grunde

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 289

einen starken, queren Eindruck. Die Beine sind kurz, die Schienen dick, die vorderen lang

dreieckig und mit einer, die hinteren beiden Paare mit 2 fein krenulierten Aussenkanten.

Die vorderen sind vorn am Ende eingedriickt und ausgeschnitten, die Aussenecke ist

ziemlich scharf rechtwinklig, die Mittel- und Hinterschienen beim $ mit ausgezogener,

dornférmiger Endecke, beim ? mit stumpferer und hier am unteren Ende fein bedornt. An

allen Fiissen sind nur 4 Glieder deutlich.

L. 2°3—2°8 mm.

Loc. Seychellen. Long Island, 12—22. vii. 1908, 86 Exemplare. Silhouette: nahe Mt.

Pot-a-eau, iiber 1000’, vii. 1908, 2 Exemplare; ferner 6 Exemplare ‘‘ bred together with

Anobiid beetles and a small Ichneumonid (Thersilochus evanescens, Morley) from fungus

found in the highest damp forest, about 2000 feet, 29. vil. 1908 (Scott).”

Die Art ist aufs niichste mit Ch. nudus Geb. von Borneo verwandt, aber schwarzbraun

statt rotbraun, der Spiegelfleck der Stirn ist lang gestreckt, bei nudus klein, etwas quer ;

ferner ist vorn auf den Decken, neben dem Seitenrand an der Schulter ein kurzer, niedriger

10. Kiel vorhanden, welcher der verwandten Art feblt. Wie es mit Cherostus crenipennis

Motsch. steht, weiss ich nicht, mir liegen von dieser Art keine authentischen Stiicke vor,

und die Beschreibungen von Motschulsky und Arrow geben keinen sicheren Aufschluss ;

die Farbe ist jedenfalls ganz anders, doch in der Bildung des Stirnfleckens scheinen beide

iiberein zu stimmen. Viel weiter entfernt steht Ch. (Bolitopertha) 9-costata Geb., ist viel

grésser, schlanker, hat Augenkiel, nur glinzendes, punktiertes Epistom, auch ist die

Beinbildung eine etwas andere.

Subfam. Dysantinae.

Diese Unterfamilie wird in einer grossen Arbeit tiber die orientalischen Tenebrioniden

neu aufgestellt. Sie steht den Boletophaginen am niichsten und unterscheidet sich haupt-

sichlich durch den Mangel einer Gelenkhaut zwischen den letzten Abdominalsegmenten.

In diese Unterfamilie gehéren ausser der nachstehend beschriebenen Gattung noch:

Dysantes, Calymmus, Ozolais, Mychestes, Orcopagia, Ilyxerus und eine neue Gattung

Phloeopsidius, die auf Boletophagus flecuosus Sol. von Chile zu griinden ist.

CYLINDROSIA, nov. gen.

Gefliigelt, langgestreckt, zylindrisch, ungehérnt.

Kopf (s. Fig. 12) senkrecht, von oben schwach oder nicht sichtbar, da er unter dem

bogig vorgezogenen Rand des Pronotums

verborgen ist. Er ist klein, hat eine stark,

‘fast buckelig gewolbte Stim, die von den

Augen durch eine kurze, tiefe Augenfurche

abgesetzt ist. Die Augen quellen stark vor,

sind aber klein und kaum von den Wangen

eingeschniirt, diese sind schmiler als die

Augen. Die Quernaht ist tief gerade, das

Epistom ist kurz, schwach ausgebuchtet.

Die Oberlippe ist gross, frei, zwischen ihr

Fig. 12. Cylindrosia foveifrons, Kopf, x 32.

und dem Clypeus ist keine Gelenkhaut

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII, 37

290 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

sichtbar. Die Fiithler sind ziemlich schlank und reichen fast bis zur Basis des Pronotums,

sie sind 11-gliedrig, Glied 3 ist linger als 4, gegen das Ende werden die Fiihler allmahlich

dicker, ohne eine eigentliche Keule abzusetzen. Die Mandibeln sind am Grunde sehr dick.

Die Unterseite des Kopfes liegt in 2 Ebenen, die Mundteile liegen etwas hoher als die

Kehle, hinter dem Mentum stiirzt der Unterkopf niimlich kurz und scharf ab, aber die

Mundteile liegen nicht erhéht iiber den Seiten des Kopfes wie bei Byrsax, Atasthalus etc.,

eine Fiihlerfurche fehlt also. Zwischen Augen und Maxillarausschnitt befindet sich ein

sehr breiter Zwischenraum. Das Kinn ist kriftig, einfach gew6lbt, die Seiten sind trapezisch

verengt, das Labium ist frei, gross; das Endglied der Maxillarpalpen ist sehr breit

dreieckig, die Mandibeln sind aussen ungefurcht.

Das Pronotum hat weder Erhabenheiten noch Horner, es ist in der Lingsrichtung

miissig stark, queriiber zylindrisch gewolbt, die Seitenrandkante ist vollstindig und scharf.

Der Vorderrand ist in starkem Bogen vorgezogen, alle Ecken sind scharf, die Mittellinie

ist viel langer als die Seitenrandkante, die Basis des Pronotums und der Decken ist gerade,

das Schildchen dreieckig, etwas quer.

Die Fliigeldecken haben eine scharfkantige Basis und gut ausgebildete Schultern ; es

sind Punktstreifen vorhanden, die Zwischenraéume sind granulirt, die Epipleuren sind sehr

schmal, am vorletzten Segment ausgebuchtet, gleich darauf geschwunden.

Die Unterseite ist nackt, das Prosternum ist vorn und hinten senkrecht niedergedriickt,

vor den Hiiften, die vorn frei liegen und vorragen, stark verkiirzt, es ist in der Mittellinie

(also zwischen den Hiiften hindurch gemessen) stark verktirzt, nicht ganz halb so lang wie

an der Seitenrandkante gemessen, demgemiiss sind Vorder- und Hinterrand in starkem Bogen

ausgeschnitten. Das Mesosternum fallt ebenfalls vorn senkrecht ab, ein Eindruck fehlt.

Die Gelenkhéhlen der Vorderhiiften sind geschlossen. Das Metasternum ist lang, das

Abdomen hat keine sichtbare Gelenkhaut zwischen den letzten Segmenten; der Abdominal-

fortsatz ist lang und spitz, kraftig gerandet, der Vorderrand des letzten und vorletzten

Segmentes ist queriiber furchig eingedriickt. Die Beine sind missig lang, die Schenkel

kurz, im Querschnitt kreisférmig, unten nur ganz am Ende mit der Spur eines Eindrucks.

Die Schienen sind lingsgestrichelt, ungekielt, sie haben keine sichtbaren Enddornen. Die

Tarsen sind lang, an den hinteren ist das erste Glied linger als 2 und 3 zusammen.

Von allen Gattungen, die, wie oben erwiihnt, zu den Dysantinen zu rechnen sind,

entfernt sich unsere durch verhiiltnismissig glatten Kérper und nicht mit einem mehr-

gliedrigen Knopf versehene Fiibler. Die andern Gattungen haben auf dem Pronotum

entweder Horner (Calymmus und Dysantes) oder starke héckerartige Vorragungen. Auch

die Bildung des vorn tief und senkrecht abstiirzenden Prosternums ist von Wichtigkeit.

Ausserlich viel ahnlicher, wegen der lang zylindrischen Gestalt, sind die Boletophaginen-

Gattungen Dicraeosis und Danodema (n. gen.) der indischen Fauna, die aber ausser durch

die Gelenkhiute am Abdomen in mehreren Merkmalen abweichen, die erstere hat einen

seitlich nicht gerandeten Halsschild, eingedriicktes Mesosternum und geknopfte Fiibler.

Die letztere unterscheidet sich durch ganz andere Bildung des Kopfes, an dem u.a. die

Fithlerfurchen fehlen.

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 291

17. Cylindrosia foveifrons, n. sp. (Tafel 23, Fig. 11; Textfig. 12.)

Lang zylindrisch, matt schwarz, nackt. Der Kopf (s. Fig. 12) ist senkrecht und hat

eine stark gewélbte Stirn, die Augen sind sehr klein, rundlich, kriiftig vorquellend, innen

von tiefen, dreieckigen Augenfurchen begrenzt, deren Hinterkante scharfkantig ist ; dieStirn

ist dusserst fein, flach und undeutlich gekérnt. Die Quernaht ist tief, gerade, nicht einge-

schnitten, sondern eingedriickt, das Epistom ist etwas blank, punktiert, es ist vorn in sehr

flachem Bogen ausgerandet. Die Fiihler sind schlank, zur Spitze allmihlich verdickt,

Glied 3 ist zylindrisch, 14 mal so lang wie breit, 4 und 5 sind so breit wie lang, von 6 an

werden die Glieder allmiihlich stiirker quer, sie sitzen mit kurzen Stielchen aufeinander,

sind oben scharfkantig begrenzt, hinten gerade, vorn etwas schmiiler, das vorletzte ist kaum

14 mal so breit wie lang, das letzte fast kugelig.

Der Halsschild ist hoch gewolbt, der Vorderrand in starkem Bogen vorgezogen, er

verdeckt, von oben gesehen, den Kopf, die mittlere Liingslinie ist viel liinger als die

gerade, scharfe Seitenrandkante. DieSeiten sind miissig stark gebogen, die Hinterecken sind

stumpf, die vorderen in der Randkante scharf rechtwinklig. Die Mitte der Basis erscheint

auf lange Strecke aufgebogen, da sich vor ihr eine schmale Querfurche befindet. Die Punk-

tierung ist grob und sehr dicht, aber isoliert, nur in der Mitte vorn bilden die Zwischen-

riume der Punkte kurze Liingsrunzeln.

Die Fliigeldecken sind queriiber so stark gewolbt, dass die Seitenrandkante von oben

nirgend sichtbar ist, die Basis ist, wie die des Halsschildes ganz gerade, scharfkantig. Es

sind regelmiissige Streifen tief eingestochener Punkte vorhanden, die auf der Scheibe rund,

an den Seiten linglich sind. Die Zwischenriiume sind flach gewolbt und gleichmiissig,

ziemlich dicht gekérnt. Die Kérner stehen in ungefihr3 sehr unordentlichen Liingsreihen, sie

sind fein, blank, wie abgeschliffen, an der Spitze sind die Kérner und Punkte kaum feiner.

Das Prosternum ist in der Mitte, von vorn nach hinten gemessen, sehr kurz, es fillt

vorn und hinten steil ab, vor den Hiiften findet sich eine sehr tiefe, scharfe Querfurche,

die Propleuren sind so grob, aber weitliiufiger punktiert als das Pronotum, das Metasternum

fein, die Punktierung des Abdomens ist fein, aber nicht gedriingt. Die Epipleuren sind innen

bis zum Ende der Hinterbrust scharf gerandet. Die Beine sind miissig lang, die Schienen

leicht gekriimmt, aussen fein und kurz liingsstrigos, die Tarsen sind ziemlich lang, an den

vorderen ist das Klauenglied so lang wie die andern zusammen, an den mittleren und

hinteren ist Glied 1 =2 +43.

L. 5°1—5°6 mm.

Loc. 4 Exemplare von den Seychellen. Mahé: “country above Port Glaud, about

| 500—1000’, 5. xi. 1908”; “top of Mount Sebert, nearly 2000’”; 1906 (Thomasset).

Subfam. Diaperinae.

Von den Diaperinen ist nur die Gattung Platydema in einer Art auf den Seychellen

heimisch. Es ist zu verwundern, dass die Gattung Ceropria nicht auf den Seychellen

vorkommt, die mit zahlreichen Arten im indischen Gebiet heimisch ist und von der

C. coquereli auf Madagaskar und die nahe verwandte C. romandi im ganzen tropischen '

Afrika gemein sind. Die erstere dieser beiden Arten ist von den Comoren bekannt, aber

auf allen andern Inseln fehlt sie.

oi —z2

292 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

18. Platydema inaequidens, Fairm.

Hoplocephala inaequidens Fairm., Le Natur. 11. 1880, p. 308; Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.

1880, p. 334; Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1893, p. 524; Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, p. eccxxiv.

Chat., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1913, p. 772.

Subspec. seychellarum, nov. (Tafel 28, Fig. 6).

Gliinzend schwarz, lang oval, Beine, der Rand des Kopfes, die ersten 3 Fiithlerglieder

velbrot, die Fliigeldecken mit rétlichen Flecken.

Kopf in beiden Geschlechtern mit kriiftigem Eindruck auf der Stirn und asymmetrisch

kurz gehornt oder tuberkuliert. Die Grube ist zwar tief, aber hinten nicht scharfkantig

begrenzt, beim ¢ spiegelblank, kaum mit der Spur einiger Piinktchen, beim $ dagegen

deutlich punktiert. Die Stirnbreite vorn betriigt etwas mehr als die Breite eines der queren

Augen. Das linke Horn, oder die linke Tuberkel (von oben gesehen) ist wesentlich grésser

als das rechte, dieses ist beim ¢ mehr eine liingliche, schmale Schwiele, auch das linke ist

nur einfach konisch. In diesem Geschlecht hat das Epistom eine 3. konische, nicht sehr

spitze Erhabenheit, die dem ? fehlt. Der Vorderkopf ist von oben gesehen, einfach halb-

kreisférmig, die Fiihler sind vom 4. Gliede an schwarz, erweitert, behaart, das 3. ist fast

zylindrisch, so lang wie das 4., dieses ist so breit wie lang, die folgenden sind quer, das

vorletzte (ohne das Stielchen) ist fast doppelt so breit wie lang.

Der Halsschild ist stark quer, die Seiten sind stark heruntergebogen, doch ist der

Seitenrand von oben vollstiindig sichtbar. Vorn sind die Seiten fast senkrecht, so dass der

Vorderrand, von vorn gesehen, ungefihr—etwas abgeflacht—halbkreisformig ist. Die

Spitzenrandung ist in der Mitte leicht unterbrochen, iibrigens sehr fein. Die basalen

Griibchen sind undeutlich, rund, der basale Mittellappen hat einen sehr feinen, aufge-

bogenen Rand. Die Vorderecken sind verrundet, die hinteren ziemlich scharf stumpf-

winklig, die Basis ist dort nicht deutlich vorgezogen. Die Punktierung ist kriaftig, tief,

nicht eng, an den Seiten etwas gréber.

Die Fliigeldecken sind queriiber stark gewélbt, die Seiten fallen hoch senkrecht ab,

doch ist die Seitenrandkante von oben ganz sichtbar. Jede Decke hat 2 Flecken, vorn

findet sich eine stark quere, schriige Schulterbinde, welche den Seitenrand beriihrt und

innen schrig nach der Naht zu liuft, den ersten oder die beiden ersten Streifen freilassend.

Die Binde ist vorn mehr nach innen zu, an der Hinterseite mehr nach aussen ausgebuchtet,

iibrigens nicht scharf begrenzt. Der Spitzenfleck ist beiden Decken gemeinschaftlich, eben-

falls schriige, er nithert sich im 6.—7. Zwischenraum der vorderen Binde stark und tritt

an der Naht mehr zuriick, diese geht aber nicht dunkel durch. Die Streifen sind vorn stark,

hinten schwach furchig vertieft, die Punkte in ihnen sind grob, im 4. stehen ungefihr

30 Punkte, die weiter voneinander entfernt sind als ihr Durchmesser, der Nahtstreif ist

hinten besonders tief eingedriickt. Die Zwischenriiume sind vorn fast flach, hinten sehr

stark gewolbt, tiusserst fein und nicht dicht punktiert.

Das Prosternum ist schmal, fast wagerecht, hinten nur sehr wenig gesenkt, mit leicht

prononzierter Spitze, es fiillt sehr steil, fast senkrecht ab. Das Mesosternum ist scharf und

breit V-formig ausgeschnitten, die Ecken sind ganz verrundet. Das Abdomen ist kriiftig

punktiert, jeder Punkt mit anliegendem, goldgelben Haar versehen, die Seiten sind leicht

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 293

lingsrunzlig, das Analsegment hat eine vollstindige, sehr feine Randlinie, die Schenkel sind

dick, anliegend, ziemlich lang behaart, auch die geraden Schienen sind behaart, mit scharfer,

krenulierter Aussenkante versehen, jedes Zihnchen der Krenulierung mit Wimperhirchen,

auch die Innenseite der Schienen mit kurzem Wimpersaum. Die Tarsen sind diinn, an den

hinteren ist Glied 1 so lang wie 2 und 3 zusammen.

L. 3°6—4°'1 mm.

Loc. In Anzahl von den Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800—1000’. Long Isl.,

vii. 1908. Silhouette: ca. 1500’, vil. 1908.

Ferner von Mahé: Mamelles (Brauer leg.) im Berliner Museum, ein g, das Kolbe in

seiner Arbeit als Platydema maequidens bezeichnete.

Mir legen typische Exemplare von wnaequidens nicht vor, ein 2? von Madagaskar in

meiner Sammlung (Siid-Madagaskar: Pays Androy (Nord), Alluaud leg.) ist aber sicher

eine scharf geschiedene Form, und vermutlich sogar eine andere Art. Denn bei seychellarwin

haben ¢ und ¢ einen tuberkulierten Kopf, bei der Form, die ich fiir die echte snaequidens

halte, ist der Kopf beim ? flach, ferner ist der Halsschild an den Seiten griéber punktiert,

dagegen ist bei seychellarum die Punktierung der Deckenstreifen gréber, denn bei dem

echten znaequidens sind im 4. Streif 36—38 Punkte vorhanden.

Var. diluticorne, nov.

Diese Varietiit von inaequidens vertritt die Stammform in Ostafrika. Sie stimmt mit

ihr in allen wesentlichen Teilen iiberein, auch hier ist die Stirn beim ? nicht eingedriickt

und nicht tuberkuliert, aber die Fiihler sind ganz hell (bei enaequidens nur die ersten 3

Glieder) und die Punkte der Streifen sind noch feiner, auch sind die Zwischenriiume bis

tiber die Mitte hinaus flach, und auf dem hellen Fleck sind 3 und 5 wesentlich breiter als

die benachbarten, der 4. dagegen hinter dem Fleck. Bei der Stammform und bei seychel-

larum ist die Verbreiterung recht undeutlich.

Kinige Exemplare beider Geschlechter von Portug. Ostafrika: Beira (A. Bodong) in

meiner Sammlung.

Pl. inaequidens Fairm. mit ihren beiden oben genannten Formen bilden zusammen mit

dem madegassischen Pl. tricorne K1. eine besondere Gruppe in der Gattung, ausgezeichnet

durch den sexuellen Dimorphismus; es findet sich beim # eine asymmetrische Kopfbildung.

Die ist zwar in der Gattung nicht vereinzelt, sie ist z. B. von vielen der gezeichneten

orientalischen Platydemen bekannt; aber bei diesen ist in der Regel das rechte Horn

grosser und ausserdem behaart, bei unseren Arten dagegen ist das linke grésser und nackt.

Nur bei Pl. asymmetricum und sericewm ist die linke Kopfseite stiirker entwickelt, doch

unterscheiden sie sich u. a. durch die Firbung leicht. Pl. tricorne ist einfarbig und hat

beim ? ein sehr langes, gebogenes linkes Horn, ferner ist die Art grésser.

Was Fairmaire und Chatanay veranlasst hat, unsere Art in die Gattung [Hoplo-

cephala zu stellen, weiss ich nicht.

19. Heterophyllus atomus, n. sp.

Sehr klein, meines Wissens die kleinste bisher bekannte Tenebrionide, kurz oval, hoch

gewolbt, lackgliinzend schwarz, Fiihler, Beine, Mundteile gelb.

Der Kopf ist flach, vereinzelt, sehr deutlich punktiert, das Epistom durchaus

294 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

nicht gewulstet, die Augen sind ganz rund, von den Wangen nicht eingeengt, klein,

innen von einer flachen, kurzen, aber breiten Augenfurche begrenzt. Der Vorderkopf ist

dicht vor den Wangen gerade abgeschnitten, das Epistom ragt also nicht wie bei andern

Arten vor, auch die Mandibeln sind klein, nicht vorgezogen. Die 11-gliedrigen Fiihler

haben eine stark abgesetzte Keule von 5 Gliedern. Das letzte Glied ist nicht gerade ab-

geschnitten, sondern wie bei 2 madegassischen Arten (despa und antennatus Geb., 1. 1.)

am Ende rundlich. Glied 1 und 2 sind dick, viel dicker als 3, 2 so lang wie 3, die folgenden

3 sind klein, rundlich, quer, 7—10 sind stark quer, 9 ungefihr 4 mal so breit wie lang, alle

diese 4 mit sehr scharfer, oberer Kante, das letzte ist nicht ganz doppelt so breit wie lang.

Das Mentum ist scharf gekielt, das Endglied der Palpen fast zylindrisch.

Der Halsschild ist stark quer, die Seiten fallen fast senkrecht ab, die Hinterecken

sind sehr breit, die vorderen kurz verrundet, die Spitze ist in starkem Bogen vorgezogen,

die Basis ungerandet, die Punktierung ist sehr fein und sparsam.

Die Fliigeldecken sind hoch gewélbt, zusammen nur wenig liinger als breit, die Seiten-

randkante ist von oben nicht sichtbar. Die Punkte sind viel gréber als die des Pronotums,

ganz irregulir. Die Epipleuren sind unvollstindig.

Das Prosternum-st ganz wagerecht, vorn sehr scharf gekielt, nach hinten verbreitert

es sich geradlinig, wird dort flach und endet halbkreisférmig. Das Mesosternum liegt tief,

sogar das Metasternum ist vorn etwas heruntergedriickt; es-ist zwischen den Hiiften

doppelt so lang wie der Durchmesser einer Hiifte, in der Mitte mit kaum einer Spur von

Furche versehen. Der Abdominalfortsatz ist ziemlich spitz. Die kurzen Beine sind gelb,

die Schenkeln unten scharf doppelkantig; an den Hintertarsen ist das erste Glied nur wenig

linger als das zweite.

L. 1 mm.; Br. 0°7 mm.

Loe. Bovenelien 2 Exemplare von Silhouette: “near Pot-d-eau, about 1500’,” vill. 1908.

Die Gattung Heterophyllus ist bisher nur aus Madagaskar bekannt gewesen. Ob

Het. natalis Motsch. aus Natal hierher gehért, weiss ich nicht, mir ist die Art unbekannt,

und die Beschreibung ist ganz ungentigend, so dass daraus kein sicherer Aufschluss tiber

die Stellung der Art zu erreichen ist. Ausser den bekannten Art liegt mir noch eine Reihe

neuer Arten in z. T. grosser Stiickzahl in meiner Sammlung vor, deren Beschreibung einer

spiiteren Zeit vorbehalten bleibt.

Unsere sehr winzige Art stelle ich nur mit Vorbehalt in die Gattung. Das vorn scharf

gekielte Prosternum, das der ganzen Liinge nach wagerecht ist, der vor den Wangen ganz

abgestutzte Kopf wiirden sogar die Aufstellung einer neuen Gattung gerechtfertigt er-

scheinen lassen.

Subfam. Phrenapatinae.

In diese Unterfamilie geh6ren nach Gebien: Phil. Journ. Sc. vu. D. 1913, p. 389,

nicht nur die 6 im Col. Cat. aufgefiihrten Gattungen, sondern auch Arrhabaeus, Dioedus,

Platycilibe, Brachycilibe, Phthora, Tagalus. Die Unterfamilie ist ausgezeichnet durch

fehlenden Skutellarstreifen, dadurch erscheint die ganze Deckenskulptur anders, denn der

erste Streifen lauft der Naht ganz parallel. Alle Arten sind zylindrisch gewélbt, schwarz-

braun oder braun, die Schienen sind gesiigt, die Augen nicht ausgeschnitten, die Mandibeln

ragen oft stark vor. Fiir die Mehrzahl der Gattungen ist das Vorhandensein einer Fiihler-

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 295

furche charakteristisch, die sich auf der Unterseite des Kopfes zwischen Auge und Maxil-

larausschnitt nach hinten zieht. Sie fehlt nur bei Phrenapates und Delagnatha (ob

Scolytocaulus und Daochus sie haben, weiss ich nicht, beide Gattungen sind mir unbekannt).

Fairmaire hat fiir einige madegassische Arten die Gattung Pycna aufgestellt, die er

mit Uloma vergleicht: ein bequemer Vergleich, der natiirlich zahlreiche Unterschiede

ergibt, da beide Gattungen weit voneinander entfernt sind. Die Beschreibung ist in Col.

Nov. Oberth. 1.°1884 erschienen. So viel ich habe in Erfahrung bringen kénnen, ist dieses

Werk von dem Herausgeber aus dem Buchhandel zuriickgezogen worden, ehe eine Ver-

teilung an die Bibliotheken erfolgte. Ich habe mich vergeblich bemiiht, eine Kopie der

Arbeit von Fairmaire zu erhalten. Es scheint daher das Beste zu sein, wenn man dieses

Werk unbeachtet liisst, wie ich es bereits im Col. Cat. getan habe. Da die meisten der von

Fairmaire in diesem Werk in Diagnosenform veroffentlichten Arten spiiter noch einmal

beschrieben wurden, ist der Schade nicht sehr gross. Die hier inbetracht kommende

Gattung und Art: Pycna aphodina ist Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1894, p. 141 noch einmal

verdffentlicht. Sie hat als Typus der Gattung zu gelten, trotzdem die unten aufgefiihrte

Art P. cavifrons schon 1893 erschien. Denn die Gattungsbeschreibung steht bei aphodina

und nimmt auf cavifrons keine Riicksicht. Uberdies weicht die letztere durch 2-cliedrige

Fiihlerkeule so erheblich ab, dass sie nicht einmal bei Pycna verbleiben kann, welche, wie

Fairmaire ausdriicklich schreibt, eine 4-gliedrige Keule haben soll. Sie gehért vielmehr

zur Gattung Tagalus, welche bisher nur von den Philippinen bekannt war.

20. Lagalus cavifrons, Fairmaire.

(Tafel 28, Fig. 9; Textfig. 13, 14.)

Pycna cavifrons Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvu. 1893, p. 540.

Eine sorgfiltige Untersuchung der mir vorliegenden Exemplare von Pycna cavifrons

ergibt, dass sie von der Gattung Tagalus nicht generisch getrennt werden kann. Die

Unterschiede zwischen der Art von den Seychellen und den philippinischen Arten sind so

Fig. 13. Tagalus cavifrons: a, Kopf, x 25; 6, Vorderbein, x 40.

geringfiigig, dass sie nur als artliche Merkmale aufgefasst werden kénnen, ja cavfrons

steht dem 7. impressicollis viel niiher als dieser dem 7. schultzer. Er unterscheidet sich

von impressicollis durch viel geringere Grésse, vorn nur leicht und kurz eingedriickten

Halsschild, dessen Vorderecken nur kaum vorgezogen sind und dessen Punktierung viel °

gréber und enger ist.

L. 2°1—4 mm.

296 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Loc. Seychellen. Silhouette: “near mount Pot-a-eau,” tiber 1000’, vii. 1908; Mare aux

Cochons und Wald unmittelbar dariiber, ix. 1908.

Mahé: Cascade Estate, ca. 1000’, 11. 1909.

Larve (Fig. 14): Von dieser Art wurde

auch in 3 Exemplare die Larve mitgebracht.

Sie sind denen von der nahe verwandten Gattung

Phthora sehr ihnlich. Sie unterscheidet sich von

ihnen besonders durch die Bildung des letzten

Segmentes. Wie bei der europiiischen Gattung hat

es keine Spitze, sondern ist am Ende abgestutzt.

Im iibrigen ist die Bildung des Analsegmentes

charakteristisch : es ist von oben nach unten ganz

schriig abgeschnitten, der Abschnitt geht oben un-

gefiihr von der Mitte des Segmentes an, er ist

kriiftig ausgehéhlt, die Aushéhlung ist scharf-

kantig, und die Kanten sind rund herum, auch

hinten glatt. Von oben reichen iiber die Héhlung

2 lange, klauenférmige, fast parallele Spitzen, die

von dem oberen Rand herkommen. Das letzte

Segment ist nicht breiter als das vorletzte, wahrend

es bei Phthora birnformig verbreitert ist. Die Larve

ist sehr gestreckt, aber die Segmente sind deutlich

Fig. 14. Zagalus cavifrons: a, Larve von oben,

x 14; b, Kopf von unten, x circa 50; ¢, letztes Quer.

Hinterleibsegment von oben, x circa 22; d, Fundnotiz: “From rotten wood, highest forest

dasselbe von der Seite. 7 e .

of Silhouette, 29. vu. 1908.

Subfam. Ulominae.

21. Uloma crenatostriata, Fairm.

(Tafel 23, Fig. 17.)

Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) vii. 1868, p. 799.

Diese Art wird von Kolbe in seiner Arbeit tiber die Seychellen-Coleopteren nicht mit

aufgefiihrt. Das Versehen ist leicht erklirlich. Zwar gibt der Autor der Art ausdriicklich

Mahé, Seychellen als Fundort an. Gemminger und Harold haben die Art als eine made-

gassische aufgefiihrt und ich habe leider, ohne die Originalangabe zu priifen, diese Angabe

iibernommen.

Die Beschreibung ist sehr diirftig. Nach einem reichlichen, mir vorliegenden Material

erfolot hier eine Neubeschreibung.

Flach und ziemlich breit, glanzend schwarzbraun, Fiihler und Beine gelblich rot.

Der Kopf ist beim ¢ stirker, beim 2 schwiicher eingedriickt, der Eindruck ist flach

und geht hinten bis auf die Stirn. Auf den erhabenen Teilen, also vor den Augen und auf

dem Clypeus ist der Kopf wie abgeschliffen, etwas matt und nicht deutlich punktiert ;

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 297

die Vertiefung dagegen, also besonders die Gegend der undeutlichen, breiten Quernaht,

hat einige sehr deutliche Punkte. Der Hinterkopf ist stark punktiert. Beim @ ist die

Punktierung auch auf dem erhabenen Teil sehr deutlich. Die obere Teil der Augen ist

fast kreisrund, die Wangen sind kaum so breit wie die Augen. Das Epistom ist fast gerade

abgestutzt. Die Oberlippe ist kriftig, aber stumpf quer gekielt, eine Gelenkhaut zwischen

ihr und dem Clypeus ist nicht zu sehen. Die Fiihler sind kurz und dick, Glied 3 ist linger

als 4, vom 5. an haben alle Glieder eine sehr scharfe, obere Kante, schon das 5. ist deutlich

quer, die folgenden immer stirker, die vorletzten sind fast 3 mal so breit wie lang, auch

das letzte ist quer, beim ¢ hat das 9. Glied eine schwach und undeutlich rundlich vor-

gezogene vordere Ecke. Das Mentum ist in beiden Geschlechtern fast gleich, beim ¢ nur

flacher als beim ?; es ist hoch gebuckelt, der Buckel mit leichter Mittelfurche versehen,

jederseits hinten mit breiter, schriiger Lingsfurche an den Seiten; der Buckel ist von den

Seitenstiicken vorn scharfkantig abgesetzt. Die Mandibeln sind am Ende scharf ausge-

schnitten, aber nicht deutlich gefurcht. Das Endglied der Maxillarpalpen ist ziemlich

breit, mit scharfer, fiusserer Ecke versehen. Der Unterkopf ist hinter den Mundteilen

breit und tief quer gefurcht. |

Der Halsschild ist tiber 14 mal so breit wie lang, an den Seiten stark gebogen, in der

Mitte am breitesten, auch zur Basis deutlich verengt, nach vorn stark. Die Punktierung

ist kriftig, aber nicht dicht. Beim ¢ findet sich vorn ein Eindruck, der queriiber nicht ganz

die Hiilfte der Breite, in der Lingsrichtung ungefahr 4 emnimmt. Die Mittellinie bleibt

von der Punktierung schmal frei, die Randung ist vorn in der Mitte breit unterbrochen,

an der Basis findet sich jederseits ein rundliches, starkes Griibchen, ihre Kante ist stark

doppelbuchtig. |

Die Seitenrandkante der Fliigeldecken ist von oben tiberall sichtbar, die Decken sind

von der Basis bis zur Spitze tief gefurcht, die Zwischenraume sind also sehr stark gewolbt,

die Punkte der Streifen sind gréber als bei irgend einer andern mir bekannten Art, tief

und rund, im 4. Streif stehen 21—25 Punkte, die Punktierung der Interstitien ist nur bei

starker Vergrésserung sichtbar.

Das Prosternum ist vorn sehr tief gerandet, fallt nach vorn schriig ab und ist deutlich

etwas kompress, hinten stark bis zum Grunde gew6lbt, aber unmittelbar iiber dem Ende

unten mit winziger Spitze. Das Mesosternum ist gesenkt, scharfkantig und schmal

ausgeschnitten. Das Metasternum ist vorn dick gerandet, mit mittlerer, aber nicht voll-

stindiger Liingsfurche versehen. Die Punktierung ist an den Seiten stark, an denen der

Abdominalsegmente grob und dort auch etwas lingsrunzlig. Die ersten Segmente sind

‘an den Seiten stark gerandet. Die Beine sind kurz, die Schenkel dick, unten einseitig

scharf gekantet. Die Vorderschienen ‘sind in beiden Geschlechtern gleich, ihre Innen-

kante ist leicht gebogen, oben nicht erweitert, mit Wimpersaum versehen. Die Aussen-

kante ist stark gekriimmt, mit ungefiihr 8 grossen Ziihnen versehen, das Ende ist innen nicht

ausgezogen, sondern nur mit den gewéhnlichen 2 Enddornen verseben. Auf der Vorder-

seite fehlt die Kante, welche eine Tarsalfurche absetzt, sie ist nur am Ende durch einige

Wimpern angedeutet, die Riickseite ist mit einigen in einer Reihe stehenden Zihnchen -

versehen, diese Reihe steht der Innenkante niher als der tiusseren. Die Mittelschienen

sind aussen dicht und scharf gestachelt; die hinteren haben an der Aussenkante nur nahe

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 38

298 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

dem Ende einige feine Stachelchen. Die Hintertarsen sind lang, Glied 1 ist etwas kiirzer

als die andern zusammen.

L. 7°5—9 mm.

In grésserer Zahl (auch im Museum Berlin) in beiden Geschlechtern.

Loc. Seychellen: Silhouette, Mahé. Silhouette: Mare aux Cochons, ca. 1000 Fuss,

und 1 Exemplar “from highest peaks, over 2000 feet, 12. vill. 1908.” Mahé: Cascade

Estate, 1000—2000 Fuss, und andere Fundorte.

Ich wage nicht, Verwandtschaftsbeziehungen zwischen den Arten der grossen und sehr

weit verbreiteten Gattung Uloma zu konstruieren. Besonders reich an Arten ist die

orientalische Region, aber auch Afrika enthalt viel mehr Arten als man bisher annahm.

Die Arten sind einander meist ausserordentlich ihnlich und schwierig zu unterscheiden,

aber als Angehirige der Gattung leicht zu erkennen. UJ. crenatostriata ist an der sehr

groben Deckenskulptur leicht zu erkennen.

22. Uloma intrusicollis, Fairmaire.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) vin. 1868, p. 798.

2 Ul. hondana Kolbe, Mitt. Mus. Hamburg, xiv. 1897, p. 91.

Fairmaire’s Beschreibung von UJ. intrusicollis ist ganz ungenitigend, doch ist die

genaue Angabe des Fundortes Mayotte ein wichtiges Kriterium ftir die Art. Leider hat

auch Chatanay, der unsere Art in seiner Arbeit tiber die Tenebrioniden der Comoren

autfiihrt, keine Ergiinzungen zu Fairmaires Beschreibung gegeben, ich vermute, dass die

Art ihm nicht vorgelegen hat. Ich habe jetzt von den Comoren 1 ¢ vor mir, das ich fiir

U1. intrusicollis halten muss, denn die Beschreibung passt vollkommen auf das Tier. Und

dieses Tier erweist sich als vollkommen identisch mit einer Reihe von 2 einer Art aus

Ostafrika, die Kolbe als Uloma hondana beschrieben hat. Da aber die wichtigsten spezi-

fischen Merkmale bei den Ulomaarten sich im miinnlichen Geschlecht finden, so gebe ich

die obige Synonymie einstweilen mit Vorbehalt.

Da Kolbe ebenfalls nur eine unzureichende Beschreibung von Ul. hondana liefert, so

diirften einige Ergiinzungen erwiinscht sein.

Der Kopf ist kraftig, etwas ungleich punktiert, vorn queriiber mit starkem, gebogenem

Quereindruck versehen, der sich nicht nach hinten auf die Stirn fortsetzt. Das Epistom ist

in beiden Geschlechtern gewulstet, vorn breit, aber sehr deutlich ausgeschnitten. Die

Oberlippe ist in beiden Richtungen nur leicht gebogen, ein Querkiel fehlt, die Seitenecken

sind scharf, die Gelenkhaut ist breit sichtbar. Die Fiihlerglieder haben auf der Oberseite

(also je nach dem folgenden Gliede hin) starke Sinnesporen, die aber nur auf dem vor-

letzten Glied einen vollstaindigen Kranz bilden. Das Mentum des ¢ ist blank und hat auf

der flachen Scheibe einen gebogenen, scharfen Randkiel, der nur vorn und hinten offen

ist; zwischen ihm und dem eigentlichen Rand findet sich hinten eine schmale Randfurche;

auf der eingeschlossenen Scheibe stehen einige grébere Punkte. Beim ? ist das Kinn

nicht mit Randkiel, sondern nur mit starker und breiter Randfurche jederseits versehen,

die Scheibe ist dichter, aber fener punktiert und hat eine schwach angedeutete Mittellinie.

Der Halsschild des $ hat einen sehr grossen Eindruck, der so breit wie lang, sehr flach

—

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 299

ist, und hinten durch 2 kleine, rundliche Schwielen begrenzt wird. Das Pronotum ist nur

schwach quer, die Seiten sind hinten fast geradlinig, parallel, sie sind nicht breiter als die

Fliigeldecken. Die Punktierung ist viel gréber als bei andern Arten, nicht dicht und enthiilt

sehr feine Zwischenpunkte.

Die Fliigeldecken sind ganz parallelseitig und haben scharfeckige Schultern, die Seiten-

randkante ist von oben schwach sichtbar. Es sind tiefe Punktstreifen vorhanden mit

kriiftigen, aber viel feineren Punkten als beicrenatostriata. Die Zwischenriiume sind deutlich,

hinten stark gewolbt.

Das Prosternum ist hinter den Hiiften verbreitert und ganz niedergebogen, jederseits

fein gerandet; die Propleuren sind grob punktiert und nach hinten hin lingsgestrichelt;

tihnlich ist auch das Abdomen skulptiert. Das 1. Segment ist hart an der Seitenrandkante

scharf gerandet, die Randfurche der folgenden Segmente ist vom Rande entfernt. Die

Schienen sind in beiden Geschlechtern ziemlich gleich, die vorderen innen im ersten Drittel

beim ? schwach, beim f etwas stirker rundlich erweitert, die hinteren sind gegen das Ende

verdickt und im letzten Drittel vorn in dieser Verdickung scharf gekielt.

L. 8°3—10 mm.

Loc. Comoren: Grande Comore (Voeltzkow); Mayotte (Humblot). Ostafrika: Nguelo

in Usambara, Mhonda in Ungt.

Unsere Art ist von Ul. crenatostriata nicht nur durch viel schlankeren Kérper, schma-

leren Halsschild mit grober Punktierung verschieden, sondern besonders auch durch die

Kopfbildung: der Eindruck ist nicht nach hinten auf die Stirn fortgesetzt, das Epistom ist

kraiftig ausgeschnitten, ene Gelenkhaut ist sehr deutlich, und die Oberlippe ist nicht quer

gekielt. Ganz anders ist die Bildung des Kinnes beim 4, ferner ist der Eindruck auf dem

Pronotum nicht quer, sondern so breit wie lang und hinten von 2 kleinen Schwielen

begrenzt, ausserdem ist die Innenkante der Vordertibien in beiden Geschlechtern leicht

rundlich erweitert, bei crenatostriata dagegen nicht.

23. Uloma scita, Walk.

Walker, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) 1. 1858, p. 284; nec Uloma scita Fairm., Ann.

Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvutt. 1894, p. 37.

Ich habe in den Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk. Lxv. 1912, p. 234 ausgefiihrt, dass U/7/.

scita Walk. und Ul. scita Fairm. zwei ganz verschiedene Arten sind. Die letztere ist

identisch mit Ul. polita Wied., eine in Vorder- und Hinterindien weit verbreitete eigen-

tiimliche Art. Ul. scita Walk. dagegen war, wie es bisher schien, auf Ceylon beschrinkt.

Sie ist klein, schmal, parallelseitig, ganz rotbraun, das ¢ hat einen kleinen, queren Ein-

druck auf dem’ Pronotum, der hinten nicht von kleinen Tuberkeln begrenzt ist, der

Halsschild ist beim ? wesentlich gréber als beim f punktiert, der Eindruck auf dem Kopf

verflacht sich nach hinten, ohne sich auf die Stirn fortzusetzen; das Epistom ist fast

gerade abgestutzt, zwischen ihm und der Oberlippe ist keine Gelenkhaut sichtbar, die

Oberlippe ist am Vorderrand stumpf quer gekielt. Das Mentum ist in beiden Geschlechtern

fast gleich, sanft gewdlbt und jederseits mit gebogener Randfurche versehen. Eine sorg-:

filtige Priifung der Tiere von den Seychellen und von Ceylon (von beiden Fundorten

liegen mir die Geschlechter vor) ergab die véllige Ubereinstimmung.

38—2

300 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Loc. 1 $, 22 von den Seychellen: (Merian leg.) im Museum Berlin.

Hier zeigt sich abermals eine interessante Beziehung zwischen der Fauna der Seychel-

len und der von Ceylon, iihnlich wie bei Epiphaleria pallida, in beiden Fillen kommt die

Art nur auf den genannten Inseln vor, nicht dariiber hinaus. Wahrend aber das Vorkommen

der Epiphaleria durch ihr Leben am Meeresstrande verhiiltnismiassig leicht erkliirt werden

kann, handelt es sich bei unserer Uloma um ein Waldtier. Umso héher ist daher die Ver-

breitung zu bewerten.

24, Uloma comorensis, n. sp.

Ziemlich gedrungen, stark gewolbt, Fliigeldecken fast zylindrisch, Koérper robbratms

etwas matt, Beine gelbrot, Hinterkérper nach hinten leicht erweitert.

Der Kopf hat vorn eine gebogene, starke Querfurche, die sich nach hinten verflacht,

besonders beim 3, bei welchem der Kopf in der Liingsrichtung ganz flach ist. Die hinter

den Augen befindliche Querfurche ist beim ? viel deutlicher als beim ¢, die Oberfliche ist

bei dem letzteren fast glatt, grébere Punkte finden sich nur im Nacken und hinter den

Augen. Beim ? dagegen ist auch die Stirn deutlich, wenn auch sehr fein punktiert. Das

Epistom ist flach, nicht aufgeworfen. Die Wangen sind in breitem Bogen verrundet, der

Clypeus ist nicht ausgeschnitten, eine Gelenkhaut fehlt zwischen ihm und der Ober-

lippe, diese ist vorn nicht mit querem Kiel versehen, sondern hat nur einen etwas dickeren

Rand. Die Fiihler sind kurz und dick, Glied 4 ist so breit wie lang, die folgenden werden

immer stiirker quer, die vorletzten sind 3 mal so breit wie lang, auch das letzte ist kriftig

quer. Die Sinnesporen sind auffallend gross, silberweiss, sie finden sich auf dem letzten

Glied und auf der Oberseite (dem Abschnitt, welcher dem folgenden Gliede zugekehrt ist),

bilden aber nur bei den beiden vorletzten Gliedern einen vollstiindigen Kranz. Das Kinn

ist in den Geschlechtern wenig verschieden, es ist sanft gew6lbt, sehr fein und unregel-

miissig punktiert, hinten jederseits tief gefurcht, beim ¢ ist die Scheibe neben der Furche

schriig nach vorn sehr stumpfkielig und undeutlich erhaben; die Mittellinie ist breit und

seicht vertieft.

Der Halsschild ist 14 mal so breit wie lang, die Seiten sind stark und gleichmiissig

gerundet, viel breiter als die Basis der Fliigeldecken, auch beim 2, die Spitze ist, von

oben gesehen, ganz leicht ausgebuchtet, die Basis fast gerade, nur die Hinterecken sind

leicht nach hinten gezogen. Der Eindruck vorn beim ¢ ist kriiftig quer, nicht sehr tief

und geht nicht bis zur Mitte, er ist etwas deutlicher punktiert als die sehr fein und

ziemlich dicht punktierte Scheibe; die Punkte sind beim ? nur wenig gréber.

Die Fliigeldecken sind nicht parallel, sondern nach hinten deutlich erweitert, die

Seitenrandkante ist von oben garnicht sichtbar. Die Schultern sind kriiftig vorgezogen.

Es sind fein eingeschnittene, fast glatte Streifen vorhanden, deren Punkte sehr dicht und

ausserordentlich fein, bei schwacher Vergrésserung nicht erkennbar sind. Die Zwischen-

riume sind vorn missig gewolbt, hinten fast flach, da dort die Streifen undeutlich werden,

sie sind mikroskopisch fein querrunzlig und erscheinen daher matt.

Das Prosternum fallt hoch, steil, fast senkrecht, aber ganz gerundet ab, senkt sich

vorn fast geradlinig und ist dort leicht kompress. Die Propleuren sind sehr fein punktiert,

die Punkte hinten leicht linglich, Das Abdomen ist matt, éusserst fein lederrunzlig, in

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 30]

der Mitte kaum wahrnehmbar punktiert, an den Seiten seicht liingsrunzlig und mit gré-

beren Punkten versehen. Die Randung der Abdominalsegmente ist fast gleichbreit. Die

Vorderschienen sind zur Spitze kriiftig verbreitert, innen fast geradlinig, die hinteren sind

zur Spitze gleichmiissig verdickt, innen in der Endhiilfte oder im Enddrittel mit sehr fein

aufgesetztem Kiel versehen.

L. 7°8—8°6 mm.; Br. (am Halssch.) 3—3°3 mm.

Loc. Grande Comore: Kiiste (Voeltzkow leg.).

5 4,42 1im Museum Berlin und in meiner Sammlung.

Obgleich diese Art nicht auf den Seychellen und den benachbarten Inselgruppen

gefunden wurde, halte ich ihre Beschreibung doch fiir wiinschenswert, weil die Fauna der

Comoren viel Ubereinstimmendes mit derjenigen der Seychellen hat, so dass U/. comorensis

auch dort aufgefunden werden kénnte. Sie ist leicht wieder zu erkennen an dem breiten,

seitlich stark gerundeten Halsschild, an der fast matten, sehr fein lederrunzligen Ober-

seite, den nahezu glatten Punktstreifen, die nur fein eingeschnitten sind.

Tabelle zur Bestuemmung der auf den Seychellen und benachbarten Inseln

heenrschen Uloma-Arten*.

1. Oberseite fast matt, die Punktstreifen sind fast glatt, ihre Punkte nur bei guter

Vergrésserung sichtbar, Hinterkérper nach hinten leicht erweitert, Seiten des Pro-

notums stark gerundet, breiter als die Basis der Decken...................4. comorensis Geb.

Oberseite blank, Punktstreifen mit sehr deutlichen Punkten, Hinterk6rper parallel-

seitig, Seiten des Pronotums hinten fast gerade, so breit wie die Fliigeldecken ............ 2.

2. Kérper kurz und breit, Fliigeldecken mit groben Punkten in den Streifen, Basal-

rand des Pronotums stark doppelbuchtig, eine Gelenkhaut zwischen Oberlippe und Epistom

Metter LOUZLOLOR: PTH ADOCSCULAGs.: 00: csc cecsecsesbecertogcvancosscccucveeses crenatostriata Fairm.

Kérper gestreckt, wie bei Ul. culinaris, Punkte der Streifen fein, Basis des Prono-

tums schwach doppelbuchtig...................000 Spee eee a sesoins Se SR eee 3.

3. Oben.-gliinzend schwarzbraun, Epistom ausgerandet, mit deutlicher Gelenkhaut,

Oberlippe vorn ohne Querkiel, Eindruck des Pronotums beim ? gross, rundlich, hinten mit

MB Det eco e Putlctlekune MONT 2° OCOD, .22 451. ccec ssn caccesnacccductecsecctes intrusicollis Fairm.

Oben gliinzend rotbraun, Epistom gerade abgeschnitten, Oberlippe vorn mit querem

Kiel, Eindruck des Pronotums klein, quer, hinten ohne Tuberkeln, Punktierung beim fein

ayer scita Walk.

ALPHITOBIUS, Steph.

Ill. Brit. Entom. v. 1832, p. 11 (weitere Litteraturangaben siehe Gebien: Col. Cat.

pars 28, p. 404).

Syn. Microphyes Macl., Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. Wales, 11. 1872, p. 286.

Cryptops Sol., Heterophaga Redt.

* Ich benutze diese Gelegenheit festzustellen, dass Uloma thoracica Geb., Jahrb, Nass. Ver. Naturk. Lxv.

1912, p. 232 mit Ul. spectabilis Perty identisch ist.

302 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

25. Alphitobius laevigatus, F., Spec. Ins. 1. 1781, p. 90; Syst. El. 1. 1801, p. 117.

Blair, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xin. 1914, p. 486.

Syn. rufipes Macl. (Microphyes), Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. Wales, 11. 1872, p. 286.

prceus Ol., Encycl. méth. vir. 1792, p. 50*.

Die Art ist Kosmopolit, durch Korn- und Mehlvorriite tiber die ganze Welt verbreitet.

Loc. Seychellen: Mahé, 1908—9. Amiranten: Darros I., 1905. Cargados: Siren I.

und Establishment I, 1905. Assumption: 1908 (Fryer). Rodriguez: 1918 (Snell und

Thomasset).

26. Alphitobius crenatus, Klug.

(Tafel 23, Fig. 19.) . 4

K1., Ins. Madag. 1833, p. 92. Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) rx. 1869, p. 231. Kolbe,

Abh. Senckenb. Nat. Ges. xxvi. 1902, p. 580.

luctuosus Fairm., loc. cit., p. 230.

Loc. Amiranten: Eagle, Poivre, Darros, Desroches Inseln (1905, “common”). Far-

quhar Atoll, 1905. Coetivy, 1905. Cargados: Siren Island, 1905. Aldabra: 1907 (Thom-

asset); Picard I., i. 1909 (Fryer). Astove: 1907 (Thomasset). Seychellen: Bird I., Dennis

I., Long L, Praslin, Mahé (Cascade Estate, ca. 1000 Fuss), Silhouette (“country near sea-

level”). Von Mahé auch von Brauer in Anzahl, und von Voeltzkow (iv.—y. 1895).

Ferner bekannt von den Comoren (Nioumokelé, Moheli, Mayotte); Nossi-Bé; Mada-

gaskar (verschiedene Fundorte). Ausserdem fiihrt Kolbe die Art auch vom Festlande

(Sansibar) an.

Diese Art ist, wie es scheint, auch myrmekophil, und vielleicht gesetzmissig; denn

sie wurde zusammen mit Larven bei Ameisen gefunden. Die betr. Notiz lautet: “Long

Island (Mahé), vi. 1908, found in decaying log with Phezdole punctulata Mayr, and with

other Coleoptera and Lepismatidae.” Doch triigt ein anderes Etikett, auf dem sich

ebenfalls Larven aufgeklebt befinden, die Notiz: ‘Silhouette, country near sea-level, found

together at root of a bush.”

Mir lagen iiber 150 Exempl. vor.

Die Larven sind leider trocken aufbewahrt, sie scheinen aber ganz mit den, mir nur

aus der Beschreibung bekannten Larven unserer europiiischen Arten titbereinzustimmen.

27. Tribolium castaneum, Herbst.

Syn. ferruginewm auct. nec F. (s. Blair, Entom. Mo. Mag. (2) xxiv. 1913, p. 222;

weitere Litteraturangaben in Gebien: Col. Cat. pars 28, p. 394).

Diese gemeine, kosmopolitische Art ist durch Mehlvorrate, Backwaren tiber die ganze

Welt verbreitet, iibrigens auch oftmals an Naturalien, in Sammlungen ete. schiidlich.

Loc. Seychellen. Mahé: Morne Blanc, ca. 1000 Fuss, 1908, “bred from wood of

dead ‘Bois montaigne’ (Campnosperma seychellarum).” Silhouette: “near Pot-a-eau, viii.

1908; Mare aux Cochons, plateau or jungle near by, about 1000 feet.”

* Uber die weitere umfangreiche Synonymie ist nachzulesen in Gebien: Col. Cat. pars 28, p. 405.

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 3038

Patorus, Muls.

Col. France, Latigénes, 1854, p. 250%.

28. Palorus mahenus, n. sp.

Verhiiltnissmiissig sehr kurz und gewélbt, gliinzend gelbbraun.

Der Kopf ist stark quer, die Augen treten aus seiner Wolbung fast halbkugelformig

heraus, der Wulst des Kopfes ist nur vorn am Epistom stark abgesetzt und zwar durch

eine sich hinten verflachende, glinzende Querfurche, die sich aber an den Wangen verliert.

Der Wulst verdeckt die Vorderwinkel der Augen nicht, sondern es finden sich sogar kleine,

aber scharfe Augenfurchen neben ihnen. Das Epistom ist gerade abgestutzt, fast etwas

ausgeschnitten, der mittlere Teil ist kissenformig gewélbt. Die Punktierung ist dicht und

sehr deutlich, die Stirn gewolbt. Die Mandibeln sind sehr klein, die Oberlippe fast ver-

steckt. Die sehr kurzen Fiihler iiberragen die Vorderecken des Pronotums nur wenig,

Glied 1 ist von oben nicht sichtbar, so dick wie 2, 3 ist viel schmaler, so breit wie lang, 4,

5, 6 sind quer, dicht geschlossen, 7, 8, 9, 10 bilden eine kriiftige Keule, sie sind stark quer,

ineinander gesetzt, das 11. ist so lang wie breit, die Keule ist stark depress.

Der Halsschild ist auffallend quer, stark gewolbt, deutlich breiter als die Fliigeldecken.

Vorn, wo die grésste Breite liegt, ist das Pronotum fast doppelt so breit wie in der Mittel-

linie lang. Die Seiten sind stark gerundet, nicht gerade, sie verengen sich nach hinten

stark, am Ende geradlinig, fast etwas eingezogen. Die Vorderecken sind abgeschnitten,

nicht vorragend, die Mitte ist in leichtem Bogen vorgezogen, die Seiten sind besonders

vorn verflacht. Die Hinterecken sind scharf stumpfwinklig, die Punktierung ist wenig

dicht und sehr deutlich.

Die Fliigeldecken sind queriiber stark gewoélbt, der Seitenrand ist von oben gerade

noch vollstindig sichtbar. Von oben gesehen ragen die Schulterecken sehr fein und kurz

zahnformig vor. Die Seiten sind nicht ganz parallel, sondern im ersten Drittel zur Schulter

schwach verengt. Die Punktreihen sind fein und nicht vertieft. Die Zwischenriiume haben

eine undeutliche, unordentliche, nur bei starker Vergrésserung sichtbare Punktreihe.

Die Unterseite ist vorn grob punktiert, besonders auf dem ganzen Prosternum, der

Prosternalfortsatz ist parallelseitig, flach, gerade, am Ende scharf quer abgeschnitten. Das

Mesosternum ist nur schwach eingedriickt, die letzten Segmente des Abdomens sind iius-

serst fein punktiert. Die Beine sind kurz und diinn, die Vorderschienen haben eine scharfe

Aussenendecke; die Vorder- und Mitteltarsen sind scheinbar 4-gledrig, da das 1. Glied

noch mehr als bei andern Arten versteckt ist.

L. 2 mm.

Loc. 3 Exemplare von den Seychellen ; Long Island, vil. 1908; 2 Exemplare haben

die Notiz: “found in decayed log together with the ant Pheidole punctulata, Mayr, and

with other Coleoptera and Lepismatidee ft.”

Diese kleine Art ist an dem stark gew6lbten Kérper, den an dem sehr queren Hals-

schild stark gerundeten Seiten leicht kenntlich. Sie entfernt sich von dem kosmopolitischen

* Ausfihrliche Litteraturangaben siehe Gebien : Col. Cat. pars 28, p. 396.

t [See also under Alphitobius crenatus, p. 302, opposite.—H. S.]

304 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

P. subdepressus durch ganz andere Kopfbildung, da der Seitenrandwulst nicht die Vor-

derecken der Augen iiberdeckt; von den andern Arten unterscheidet sie sich durch die

Halsschildbildung, auch die Fiihler sind charakteristisch ; P. humeridens Geb. von Borneo

hat z. B. tiberhaupt keine Fithlerkeule, bei andern Arten sind die Glieder viel gestreckter,

besonders die ersten. Aus dem unserm Faunengebiet benachbarten Madagaskar ist nur

P. quadricollis bekannt. Er ist iiber doppelt so lang (5 mm.) und hat einen ganz quadra-

tischen Halsschild, der durchaus nicht nach hinten verengt ist und daher scharf recht-

winklige Hinterecken hat, ausserdem sollen die Fiithler fast zylindrisch sein.

29. Palorus praslinensis, n. sp.

Sehr lang gestreckt, fast zylindrisch im Hinterkérper, gelblich, schwach gliinzend.

Der Kopf ist kaum quer, stark gewélbt, die Augen schwellen schwach aus der Wélbung

des Kopfes, sind aber ganz frei sichtbar, die Wangen liegen also, wie bei den meisten

Arten, innen von ihnen, tiberdecken ihren Innenrand nicht. Die Augenfurchen sind schmal

und gut ausgepriigt, sie schniiren hinten deutliche Schlifen ab und sind vollstandig, laufen

also vorn in die Querfurche. Diese ist tief aber schlecht begrenzt, hinten, in der Mitte

etwas in die Stirn eingezogen. Die Fiihler sind kurz, Glied 3 ist viel kleiner als 2, schwach

quer, die folgenden werden immer stirker quer, die vorletzten sind iiber doppelt so breit

wie lang, das letzte ist gestreckt, oval.

Der Halsschild ist in der Mittellinie so lang wie an der breitesten Stelle breit. Diese

liegt unmittelbar hinter den Vorderecken ; von dort ist die Verengung gleichmissig, ziem-

lich stark, geradlinig. Die Hinterecken liegen weiter auseinander als die Augen aussen ;

die Vorderecken treten nicht vor, sondern sind kurz verrundet, wiihrend die hinteren sehr

scharf stumpfwinklig sind, die Mitte des Vorderrandes ist schwach nach vorn, die Basis

stiirker, in gleichmassigem Bogen nach hinten gezogen und fein und vollstiindig gerandet.

Die Wolbung ist gleichmassig bis zum Rande, es fehlt also eine stumpfe Seitenkante. Die

Punktierung ist wie die des Kopfes fein und nicht gedringt. Das Schildchen ist tiber

doppelt so breit wie lang.

Die Fliigeldecken sind so stark gewélbt, das die Seitenrandkante von oben gerade

noch sichtbar ist. Ein deutliches Schulterziihnchen ist nicht vorhanden. Es sind Reihen

ziemlich grober Punkte entwickelt. Die flachen Zwischenriitume haben eine Reihe’ sehr

feiner Punkte, nur der Nahtstreif ist unregelmissig punktiert.

Alle Schienen sind schlank und diinn, die vorderen haben eine deutliche Aussenend-

ecke. Die Mitteltarsen lassen nur 4 Glieder erkennen.

L. 2°4 mm.

Loc. 1 Exemplar von den Seychellen. Praslin: “Cétes d’or Estate, from Coco-de-

Mer (Lodovcea) forest in the Vallée de Mai, xi. 1908.”

Diese Art ist an dem sehr schlanken Korper, der Kopfbildung, der Gestalt des Pro-

notums leicht kenntlich. Sie steht dem P. ficicola Woll. am nachsten, ist ihnlich gebaut,

hat aber lange, bis vorn laufende Augenfurchen, gréber punktierte Decken, geradlinig nach

hinten verengten Halsschild, dessen Basis in kraftigem Bogen nach hinten gezogen ist und

nicht fast geradlinig abgeschnitten. Bei beiden Arten sind an den Mitteltarsen nur 4

deutliche Glieder vorhanden.

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 305

Eurocuta.

J. Leconte, Class. Col. N. Amer. 1862, p. 238 (nom. nov.). Horn, Revis. Tenebr. 1870,

p. 372. Lec. und Horn, Class. Col. N. Amer. 1883, p. 381. Bates, Ent. Mo. Mag. x. 1872,

Dp. 97.

Amara Lac., Gen. Col. v. 1859, p. 336 nota (nom. praeocc.).

Anarus Gemm. und Har., Cat. Col. vit. 1870, p. 1964 (nom. nov.).

Cenoscelis Woll., Col. Hesper. 1867, p. 179.

Delopygus J. Lec., New spec. Col. 1866, p. 129.

Holaniara Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) 1. 1871, p. 43 (nom. nov.).

Diese Gattung ist sehr verkannt worden, ihre Arten wurden in den verschiedensten

Gattungen untergebracht, meist bei A/phitobius, fast alle sind ungeniigend beschrieben.

Da einige Arten sehr weit verbreitet und in den Sammlungen sehr hiiufig sind, kann es

nicht wundernehmen, dass sie mehrfach beschrieben wurden. Daher befindet sich die

Synonymie in heilloser Konfusion und ich bedaure sehr, dass es mir unter den gegen-

wiirtigen Verkehrsverhiiltnissen nicht moéglich ist, volle Aufkliirung tiber die inbetracht

kommenden Arten zu geben. Dazu bediirfte es der Einsicht in die Typen aller Autoren.

Fauvel hat sich mit der am weitesten verbreiteten Art in seiner Fauna von Neu-Caledonien

befasst und eine vollstindige Synonymie dieser Art (Hw. tibialis Woll.) gegeben, die ich

fiir identisch mit Hu. pulla Er. halte. Ich fiirchte aber, die Tiere von Neu-Caledonien, Neu-

Guinea gehéren einer andern Art an als die von Afrika. Meine Exemplare von diesen

Fundorten und von Indien haben beim f# unten behaarte Mittel- und Vorderschenkel,

meine Afrikaner nicht, die letzteren sind ausserdem grdésser.

Die Sache wird leider dadurch verwickelter, dass Fairmaire, der selbst zu tibialis

(=pulla) 2 Synonyme geliefert hat, also 2 Arten, die hierher gehéren, noch einmal als neu

beschrieb, auch wieder dieselbe Art, oder eine nahe verwandte als Uloma .fastidiosa,

beschrieb, die sich wohl kaum als etwas anderes erweisen diirfte, als diese in ganz Afrika

gemeine Art. Ob auch Hu. vidua, die Fairmaire ausdriicklich von den Comoren erwiihnt,

auch hierher gehért, muss ich unentschieden lassen.

_ Die Geschlechter sind an der Bildung der Labialpalpen leicht zu unterscheiden.

30. Hutochia pulla, Er.*

Eine im ganzen tropischen und siidlichen Afrika hiufige Art, auch in Agypten und

im Sudan vorkommend, In Ostafrika gemein.

Loc. Seychellen. Praslin, xi. 1908. Silhouette, niedriges Land nahe der See, viii. 1908.

Mahé: 1905 (Gardiner). Auch im Berliner Museum von Mahé.

Subfam. Tenebrionine.

CrypHaevs, Klug, Ins. Madag. 1833, p. 19.

Subg. Anthracias Redt., Fn. Austriaca, ed. 11. 1858, p. 617 f.

Uber den Umfang der Gattungen Toxtewm und Anthracias sind bisher die Meinungen

schwankend gewesen. Als trennende Charaktere sind die entweder geteilten oder ungeteil-

* Die ausfiihrliche Synonymie findet sich in Gebien: Col. Cat. pars 28, p. 409.

+ Weitere Litteraturangaben sind zu ersehen aus Gebien: Col. Cat. pars 28, p. 462.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 39

306 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

ten Augen und die 3- oder 4-gliedrige Fiihlerkeule anzusehen. Lacordaire betrachtet die

Bildung der Fiihlerkeule als Haupteinteilungsgrund, darnach hat Toacum 4-gliedrige

Fiihlerkeule und geteilte oder ungeteilte Augen, Anthracias 3-ghedrige Fiihlerkeule und

ebenfalls geteilte oder nur eingeschniirte Augen. Fasst man dagegen die Bildung der Augen

als wichtigeren Teilungsgrund auf, so hat Anthracias geteilte Augen und eine 3- oder 4-

gliedrige Keule und Towicum ungeteilte Augen und ebenfalls eine 3- oder 4-gliedrige Keule.

Der Umfang der Gattungen ist natiirlich je nach der Auffassung ein ganz verschiedener.

Ich halte dafiir—in Ubereinstimmung mit Pic, dass Anthracias auf die Arten mit geteilten

Augen bezogen werden muss. Type: A. cornutus. Geteilte Augen haben alle afrikanischen

Arten, die also zu Anthracias zu stellen sind.

Nun ist tibersehen worden, dass Klug seine Gattung Cryphaeus schon viel friiher

beschrieben hat. Merkwiirdigerweise hat man den Namen als nomen nudum betrachtet,

obgleich Klug eine gute Beschreibung liefert, allerdings nicht im Hauptteil der Arbeit,

sondern in der langen Einleitung seines Werkes. Der Typus seiner Gattung: Cr. aries

ist identisch mit Toxicum (Anthracias) taurus F., der geteilte Augen hat. Demnach ist

Anthracias in meinem Sinne= Cryphaeus, kann aber als Untergattung fiir die mit 3-

gliedriger Fiihlerkeule versehenen Arten bestehen bleiben (z. B. cornutus, duellicus).

Folgerichtig muss auch Toxicum aufgeteilt werden, dieser Name ist auf Arten mit 4-

gliedriger Fiihlerkeule (die meisten mit ungeteilten Augen) zu beschrinken, fiir solche mit

3-gliedriger Keule (z. B. punctipenne) ist eine neue Untergattung zu errichten.

Ich lasse nur mit Vorbehalt unsere Gattung und Cryphaeus bei der Unterfamilie

Tenebrioninae. Die fehlende Gelenkhaut zwischen den letzten Abdominalsegmenten fordert

eine Abtrennung von den Tenebrioninen. Sie stimmt da mit den Belopinen (Calcarinen)

tiberein.

31. Cryphaeus taurus, F.

Syst. El. 1. 1801, p. 153. Cast., Hist. Nat. 1. 1840, p. 217. Lacord., Gen. Col. Atl. t.

55, f. 2. Fahr., Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. xxvur. 1870, p. 308.

aries KI., Ins. Madag. 1833, p. 177 (sep. p. 89). Cast., Hist. Nat. 1. 1840, p. 217.

Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) 1x. 1869, p. 228.

Javareli Pic, Echange, BRIX LOB Ape vag

gazella, Fahr., Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. xxvit. 1870, p. 304; nec Fabr., s. Blair, Tr. Ent.

Soc. London, 1921, p. 278.

nitidifrons Schauf., Horae Soc. Ent. Ross. x1x. 1885, p. 206.

nitedior Pic, Echange, SNA be eel 0.

opacum Schauf., Horae Soc. Ent. Ross. xrx. 1885, p. 202.

subnitidus Pic, loc. cit., p. 158.

tenuiclavum Schauf., loc. cit., p. 202.

Cryphaeus taurus F. ist bei Fabricius eine Mischart, da er als Fundort Guinea und

Ind. or. angibt, wo die Art nicht vorkommt. Ebenso bezieht Fahraeus das Toxicum gazella

auf Tiere von Caffraria und der Malayischen Halbinsel. Tatsiichlich kommen in Asien sehr

iihnliche Arten vor. Welche von diesen von Fabricius und Fahraeus mit unserer afrika-

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 307

nischen Art verwechselt wurden, kann ich nicht mehr feststellen. Es schien mir auch wich-

tiger mit den zahlreichen von Pic und Schaufuss aufgestellten Arten ins Reine zu kommen.

Die Arten von Schaufuss sah ich in Berlin. Soviel ich erinnere, sind sie nur leichte

individuelle Abinderungen der gemeinen, nicht einmal sehr veriinderlichen Art. Auch Pic

hat geglaubt, auf Grund winziger Skulptur- ete. Merkmale neue Arten griinden zu miissen.

Von seinen afrikanischen Arten haben mir A. subnitidus und nitidior in typischen Exem-

plaren vorgelegen, beide sind nichts weiter als fettige Stiicke von Cr. tawrus, das eine

mehr, das andere weniger. Infolgedessen zeigen sie einen gewissen Glanz. Aber das Vor-

handensein einer unsauberen oder schmierigen Oberflache hat bisher nicht als Artunter-

schied gegolten. Anthr. favareli habe ich in Originalstiicken nicht gesehen, aber da der

Autor als einzige Unterschiede nur anzugeben weiss: ‘“ Plus paralléle que A. cornutus F.

(soll nattirlich A. taurus F. heissen, denn A. cornutus ist eine palaearktische Art) et a

ponctuation différente,” so zweifle ich nicht, dass diese Art mit unserer zusammenfillt.

Als Unterschiede zwischen den Arten von Toxzcwm wurden von Pic und Schaufuss

besonders der mehr oder minder starke Glanz des Kérpers oder des Kopfes, die Bewatfnung

des Kopfes beim 3g, die Skulptur der Oberseite herangezogen. Was die Hornbildung an-

betrifft, so ist allgemein bekannt, dass bei fast allen Kafern mit Hornbildung auf dem

Kopf oder Pronotum des Miinnchens, dieses Merkmal starken individuellen Schwankungen

unterworfen ist. Es finden sich bei Tieren derselben Lokalitit, ja unter Umstiinden, die

darauf schliessen lassen, dass sie einem und demselben Eigelege entstammen, Mannchen

mit vorziiglicher Hornbildung und andere, bei denen die Horner auf kleine Erhabenheiten

reduziert sind. Die meisten der unter den Synonymen aufgefiihrten Arten sind auf Miinn-

chen mit mehr oder minder guter Hornbildung gegriindet. Auch die Skulptur der Ober-

seite hat oft als gutes Kriterium bei den inbetracht kommenden Arten und bei ihren

Synonymen gegolten. Hs liisst sich nicht leugnen, dass scheinbar grosse Verschiedenheiten

bestehen. Doch scheint nie beachtet worden zu sein, dass ganz frische, reine Stiicke stets

mit einem russihnlichen, leicht abreibbaren Uberzug versehen sind, welcher die Punkte

der Decken und des Pronotums so tiberdeckt, dass von ihnen wenig zu sehen ist. Der

Uberzug kann durch einfaches Uberstreichen mit dem Finger oder einem steifen Pinsel

entfernt werden, und die Skulptur tritt deutlich hervor. Ganz dieselbe Eigentiimlichkeit

finden wir bei den Arten der Gattungen Hupezus und Pyamsia. Natiirlich ist auch, schon

die weite Verbreitung der Art lisst das vermuten, eine gewisse Veriinderlichkeit inbezug

auf Grosse, Punktierung etc. vorhanden.

Die vorliegende Art ist allerdings bisher auf den Seychellen nicht gefunden worden,

sie ist aber im ganzen tropischen Afrika gemein, auch auf Madagaskar heimisch und wird

von Chatanay (als Toxicwm aries) auch von den Comoren angegeben. Besonders aus

nomenklatorischen Griinden musste auf diese Art niher eingegangen werden.

32. Cryphaeus capreolus, Fairm.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) 1x. 1869, p. 228.

Cr. capreolus diirfte kaum Artrecht beanspruchen kénnen, vielmehr als insulare Unter-

art von tawrus anzusprechen sein. Sie ist dem letzteren tiiuschend aihnlich, etwas schmaler,

rauher skulptiert und wesentlich kleiner. C. capreolus ist 8—10$ mm. gross (Durchschnitt

$5—2

308 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

von 275 Exempl.=8'75 mm.), C. taurus dagegen 8—14} mm. gross (Durchschnitt von

400 Tieren = 12°25 mm.); wobei die Hérner des ¢ nicht mitgerechnet sind.

In grosser Zahl von den Seychellen.

Loc. Mahé: Mamelles, vi.—vii. (Brauer); Cascade Estate, ca. 1000’, xi. 1908. Long

Island, vii. 1908. Silhouette: ca. 1500’, viii. 1908; Kulturland und Kiiste, ix. 1908.

Praslin : 1905 (Gardiner). Ferner von den Comoren: Moheli, x. 1903 (Voeltzkow).

PsrupHaprvs, Kolbe, Mitt. Zoolog. Mus. Berlin, v. 1910, p. 31.

Uber diese hochinteressante, auf den Seychellen endemische Gattung habe ich schon

in der Einleitung ausfiihrlich berichtet.

Die systematische Stellung der Gattung ist schwierig zu priicisieren. Ich habe schon

an anderen Stellen betont, auf wie schwachen Fiissen die Systematik der Tenebrioniden

mit Gelenkhaut zwischen den letzten Abdominalsegmenten steht, die dazu gehérigen Unter-

familien, mit ihren tausenden von Arten sind schlecht von einander abgegrenzt. Ich méchte

Pseudhadrus vorliufig nur als isoliert stehende Gattung der Tenebrioninae s. str. auffassen.

Wegen der verkiirzten Hinterbrust kommt sie hier in die Niihe von Coelocnemis, Hypaulax,

Coelometopus, mit denen sie aber sonst keine Ahnlichkeit hat.

33. Pseudhadrus braueri, Kolbe.

Kolbe, loc. cit., p. 33.

Diese Art ist grésser als Ps. servatus (15°6—18 mm.), hat sehr lange Schienen, von

denen die vorderen und mittleren kriaftig gebogen sind, die Skulptur der Decken ist feiner,

der Halsschild verengt sich nach hinten. Im iibrigen ist diese Art variabel wie die folgende,

und es ist nicht ausgeschlossen, dass sich nach Eingang eines grossen Materiales beide als

Formen einer sehr veriinderlichen Art ausweisen. Der Kiel auf den umgeschlagenen Seiten

der Fliigeldecken, welcher dieser Art eigentiimlich sein soll, fehlt einem der beiden von der

Seychellen-Expedition mitgebrachten Stiicken ganz und ist beim andern schwach ange-

deutet. Ebenso ist er bei serratus entweder sehr deutlich, oder schwach, oder fehlt, oft ist

er unter einer Schmutzschicht verborgen. Der Rand der Fliigeldecken ist bei dem Original-

stiick von Kolbe glatt, ebenso bei einem der genannten Stiicke, beim zweiten dagegen

deutlich uneben.

Loc. Seychellen. Silhouette: nahe Mont Pot-a-eau, ca. 1500’, 18. vill. 1908, mit

der Notiz: “On ground in dead ‘ Bois Rouge’ (Wormia ferruginea) leaves, in jungle.”

‘Silhouette, in Wialdern des Gebirges, in einer Héhe von 400—500 m., unter Blittern von

Kokospalmen auf feuchtem Boden (Brauer).”

34. Pseudhadrus servatus, Kolbe.

(Tafel 28, Fig. 2; Textfig. 15—17.)

Kolbe, loc. cit., p. 32.

Diese Art scheint die hiiufigere von beiden zu sein. Mir legen 11 Exemplare vor.

Die Stiicke, die ich zu dieser Art rechne, sind kleiner (11—15°5 mm.), die Beine sind kurz,

die Schienen fast gerade, der Rand des Hinterkérpers ist ziemlich scharf gesigt, die Kérner

der Decken sind grober.

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 309

Loc. Seychellen. Mahé: “from forest of rather stunted Capucin trees (Northea) on

summit of ‘Montagne Anse Major,’ 2000 feet or over, 1. 11, 1909”; Cascade Estate, ca.

800—1500 Fuss; “bred from larva found in rotten wood, high forest of Morne Seychellois.”

Fig. 15. Pseudhadrus seriatus, Kopf, x 12.

Silhouette: nahe Mont Pot-d-eau, iiber 1000’, viii. 1908; Mare aux Cochons, ix. 1908.

“Mahé: in alten feuchten Wiildern mit tippiger Vegetation im Innern der Insel, 600—

750 m. hoch, 1 Exemplar. Auch auf der Insel Silhouette in Wildern des Gebirges unter

Blittern von Kokospalmen, 400—500 m. hoch, 3 Exemplare (Brauer).”

der deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition mitgebracht.

Von dieser Art liegt mir die Larve vor, aus einer 2. Larve wurde unsere Art gezogen.

LaRvVE (Fig. 16, 17): Kérper langgestreckt zylindrisch, aber unten flach, gelblich. Kopf

geneigt, jederseits mit 3 Ocellen, die in einer Reihe stehen und gleich gross sind, innen,

2, Stiicke auch von

va! °e@ ofe P|

®eoo

Fig. 16. Pseudhadrus seriatus: a, Larve Fig. 17. Pseudhadrus seriatus, Larve: Kopf von unten,

von oben, x6; 8, letztes Hinterleib- x cirea 36,

segment von oben, x circa 9°6; c, das-

selbe von der Seite,

310 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

neben der obersten Ocelle steht eine lange Borste, zwei weitere Borsten stehen weit ausein-

ander im Nacken, je eine hinter den Fiihlern auf der Stirn. Die Clypealsutur ist gerade,

scharf ausgepriigt, hinter ihr stehen 2 Borsten, das Epistom ist gerade abgestutzt, die

Oberlippe gross, beide haben je 2 Borsten. Weitere, liingere Borsten stehen vereinzelt an

den Seiten des Kopfes und an den Mandibeln, diese sind oben scharfkantig und stark

mehrziihnig. Fiihler 3-gliedrig, das letzte ist winzig klein, Stift-iihnlich, dem vorletzten

gerade aufgesetzt. Die Mandibeln sind spitz, die rechte ist 3-ziihnig, die linke 4-zihnig,

auf der ersteren findet sich je ein Zahn oben und unten vor der Spitze, bei der letzteren

2 oben und einer unten. Die linke Mandibel hat einen langen, sehr hoch, scharfkantig

begrenzten, konkaven Mahlzahn, die rechte einen gewolbten. Die Maxillen sind gross,

schmal, am Ende abgestutzt und innen stark beborstet, die Borsten sind ziemlich lang, die

Innenseite der Lade ist 2-zeilig beborstet. Die 3-gledrigen Maxillarpalpen tiberragen mit

den letzten 14 Gliedern das Ende der Maxillen, das letzte Glied ist das kleinste, aber nicht

wesentlich schmaler und kiirzer als das vorletzte.

Das Vorderbrustsegment ist queriiber eingesattelt und in der Vertiefung mit kriiftigen

Punkten versehen, die Hinterecken sind scharf stumpfwinklg, ihnen nahe steht eine

Gruppe von 3 langen Borsten, 3 weitere am Rande eben vor der Mitte, dann queriiber

einige andere. Mittel- und Hinterbrust haben an den Seiten je 2 Borsten.

Die ersten Abdominalsegmente haben ebenfalls an jeder Seite 2 Borsten, das dritt-

letzte Segment ist oben fein und sparsam, das vorletzte sehr grob und dicht punktiert

und leicht quer gerunzelt. Das letzte ist sehr auffallend: es hat oben einen wulstigen

Rand, der in der Mitte tief gespalten ist. Dieser Spalt wird an seiner Ecke jederseits von

einem Doppelzahn begrenzt, dessen kleinere Spitze weiter nach innen liegt. Weiter nach

aussen auf dem Wulst findet sich ein Hikchen, dessen Spitze nach der Mitte zu gerichtet

ist. An den Seiten steht eine gerade, etwas kammférmige Erhéhung, die oben und unten

einen starken Endzahn trigt, der obere ist nach der Mitte zu gerichtet, der untere in

entgegengesetzter Richtung gekriimmt. Oben auf dieser Erhabenheit steht eine lange

Borste. Unten triigt das Segment 2 sehr lange Haken, die nach oben gerichtet sind, diese

Haken haben auf der Oberseite nahe dem Grunde eine kleine, rundliche Schwiele und

ebenfalls nahe dem Grunde, aber nach innen zu 2 starke Nebenziihne, deren Spitze schriig¢

nach innen und hinten gerichtet ist. Am Grunde dieser Zihne befindet sich eine lange Borste,

eine weitere innen am Haupthaken. Vor dem Wulst, am Vorderrande geht eine Querreihe

orober Punkte tiber das Segment, einige andere grobe Punkte stehen am Absturz. Die Ven-

tralseite des letzten Segmentes ist kriiftig gew6lbt und stark, nicht gedriingt punktiert.

Die Beime sind siimtlich gut entwickelt, an Griésse kaum von einander verschieden,

alle Hiiften sind sehr gross, ganz quer, Schenkel und Hiiften an der Unterseite mit einer

Reihe langer Borsten versehen ; auch im tibrigen sind gut entwickelte, aber nicht lange

Borsten an den Beinen vorhanden. Am Ende befindet sich eine kriftige Klaue. Das

Mesosternalstigma ist sehr gross, rund, die Abdominalstigmen sehr klein, fast kreisrund,

schwach linglich und quer zur Lingsachse des Kérpers stehend. Die Abdominalplatten

sind so breit wie lang, sehr schwach trapezisch.

Die Larve fand sich in vermodertem Holz, die Zucht einer 2. Exemplars ergab den

Kifer.

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 311

Subfam. Eutelinae.

PuLposIPgs, Solier.

Pulposipes Sol. (scrips. Polposipus), Studi Ent. 1. 1848, p. 154 (sep. p. 8), 260 (sep.

p. 114). Lacord., Gen. Col. v. 1859, p. 357.

Syn. Dysceladus Wat., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xv. 1875, p. 411.

35. Pulposipes herculeanus, Solier, loc. cit., p. 262 (116), t. 11, fig. 9—13. Lace., loc. cit.,

358, nota 1 (Pl. 238, Fig. 1).

Syn. tuberculatus, Wat., loc. cit., p. 412.

Die Entdeckung dieses hochinteressanten Kiafers auf den Seychellen ist eine der

schénsten der Seychellen-Expedition. Diese grésste Tenebrionide der Inselgruppen, eine

der eigenartigsten Formen der so ungemein gestaltenreichen Familie, war bisher nur in

2 Stiicken bekannt (ausser einem Bruchstiick), von denen das eine der Typus der Gattung

Pulposipes ist, das andere derjenige von Dysceladus. Ich habe weder den Typus der einen

noch der andern Art gesehen*. ‘Trotzdem gebe ich die oben angegebene Synonymie

ohne Vorbehalt. Das Tier ist so charakteristisch, dass wohl kaum eine Verwechslung

moglich ist.

Pulposipes herculeanus ist nach Solier in Bengalen beheimatet, Dysceladus

tuberculatus nach Waterhouse auf Mauritius. In Bengalen ist die Art nie wieder

aufgefunden worden und wird dort, denke ich, auch nie gefunden werden. Wie bei so

manchem andern Tier ist auch bei diesem der Fundort falsch, die Art an und fiir sich selten,

und so schleppt sich nun die Angabe aus der Originalbeschreibung aus einem Katalog in

den andern fort. Erfreulicherweise gibt Solier eine ausfiihrliche und griindliche Beschreibung,

besonders auch der Mundteile, so dass kein Zweifel dariiber bestehen kann, dass wir es

mit eben dieser Art zu tun haben. Die m. E. sicher falsche Fundangabe hat nun das

Erkennen der Art bisher unméglich gemacht. Ja Lacordaire, dem das Tier fremd gewesen

ist, und der eine Beschreibung nach Solier gibt, halt sogar das Tier fiir ein Artefakt. Seine

Notiz ist von Interesse, und ich wiederhole sie hier (s. Lac., Gen. Col. v. 1859, p. 358 und

nota 1): “En prenant connaissance de cette réunion insolite de caractéres, je me suis

demandé si Solier ne les avait pas rédigés d’aprés un insecte factice composé de pieces

rapportées. Ces piéces seraient le prothorax et l’arriére-trone d'un Anomalipus, auxquels

on aurait ajusté des pattes de Nyctobates et une téte de quelque Ulomide.”

Lacordaire hat, obgleich ihm die Art in Natur unbekannt war, nach Soliers guter

Beschreibung die Stellung der Gattung bei den Eutelinen richtig erkannt. Sie unter-

scheidet sich von den Verwandten u.a. durch ganz anderen Fiihlerbau, da die Antennen

[* I have seen the type of Dysceladus tuberculatus, Waterhouse, in the British Museum, and can vouch

for the correctness of Herr Gebien’s judgment in identifying the Seychelles material with that species. Besides

Waterhouse’s type from Round Island, Mauritius, there are in the British Museum 6 specimens from the

Seychelles ex coll. Nevinson, These were purchased by Mr Nevinson from Mr O. E. Janson, who tells me that

he got them from a traveller who collected miscellaneous objects. They are known to be from the Seychelles,

but from which particular island is not recorded. Probably they also were from the small and outlying Frigate

Island, the only one from which the Percy Sladen Trust Expedition obtained the insect. Some 14 examples were

actually obtained by the Expedition, though, owing to the risk of sending them, only a small series was sub-

mitted to Herr Gebien. H.S.]

312 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

nicht mit starker Keule versehen sind. Ihr niichster, aber doch recht fern stehender

Verwandter ist Hyboproctus Kolbe aus Ostafrika, von dem ich eine Anzahl neuer Arten

besitze. Pulposipes unterscheidet sich scharf durch kurzen, fast bis zu den Augen in das

Pronotum eingelassenen Kopf, flache, scharfkantige Wangen, verhaltnissmissig flachen,

aussen sehr scharfkantigen Thorax, ungekeulte Fiihler, ganz andere Skulptur, die auf den

Decken aus 4 Reihen grober Tuberkeln besteht.

Waterhouse’ Beschreibung von Dysceladus kann nur bescheidenen Anspriichen genii-

gen, aber sie liisst ebenfalls unsere Art deutlich erkennen. Wenn er aber das Tier mit der

amerikanischen Gattung Coelocnemis vergleicht, und es in seine Verwandtschaft bringt, so

kann ich ihm nicht zustimmen, das Tier hat weder die geringste Ahnlichkeit: mit Coelo-

cnemis, noch stimmt es in den wesentlichen Merkmalen mit ihm tiberein. Ganz anders sind

die Mundteile (die Mandibeln z. B. haben eine feine Querriefung, die aber bei Coelocnemis

und den Verwandten fehlt), das Kinn ist flach gewélbt und nicht hoch gehéckert, die

Epipleuren sind vollstiindig bei Coelocnenus, die Fliigeldecken kaum untergeschlagen, die

Kopffurche fehlt und der feinere Bau der Fihler ist ganz abweichend.

Wir geben, um auf das wunderbare Tier aufmerksam zu machen, eine neue Abbildung,

da Solier’s Bild mehr oder weniger ein Produkt seiner Phantasie ist.

Will man bei dieser ausgezeichneten und ziemlich isoliert stehenden Gattung Ver-

wandtschaftsbeziehungen konstruieren, so muss man auf die afrikanischen Gattungen der

Eutelinen zuriickgreifen. Ostafrika hat in Hyboproctus und einer neuen Gattung einige

Ankliinge an unsere. Wir halten aber dafiir, dass Pulposipes als endemisches, sehr altes

Element unserer Spezialfauna anzusehen ist.

Mir legen 5 Exemplare vor, deren Griésse 25—31'3 mm. variiert.

Loc. Seychellen : “found only in Frigate Island (1905 and 1908, Gardiner), under

fallen dead leaves of coconut-palms.” Waterhouse gibt an: Mauritius (Round Island).

Skulptur der Decken und des Pronotums sind variabel, die Zahl der Tuberkeln in den

Reihen variiert von 5—12 Stiick, die Griibchen auf dem Pronotum sind manchmal deut-

licher, manchmal schwicher. ;

Subfam. Heterotarsinae.

ENICMOSOMA, nov. gen. -

Sehr klein, gefliigelt, von der Gestalt einer Corticaria oder einer andern Lathridiide.

Korper sehr kurz und sparsam behaart.

Kopf gross, Augen nicht eingeschniirt, sehr stark, etwas konisch vorragend, grob

fazettiert, die Wangen sind sehr dick, der Vorderkopf ist vor ihnen stark eingeschniirt.

Oberlippe gross, frei, Fiihler 10-gliedrig, Glied 1 und 2 sind gross, die folgenden sind viel

kleiner und diinner, 3 ist 14 mal so lang wie 4, die beiden letzten Glieder bilden eine

knopftérmige, stark abgesetzte Keule, 9 ist dreieckig, etwas linger als breit. Das Mentum

ist trapezisch, flach, mit 2 liinglichen, tiefen Griibchen versehen, die Ligula ist stark hornig,

die Labialpalpen sind sehr klein, ihr Endglied ist zugespitzt. Die Mandibeln sind am Ende

ausgeschnitten und 2-spitzig; das Endglied der Maxillarpalpen ist dreieckig.

Der Halsschild ist quer, missig gewolbt, der Vorderrand gerade abgestutzt, der

Seitenrand krenuliert, die Hinterecken sind schart. Das Schildchen ist deutlich.

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE d13

Die Fliigeldecken haben starke Schulterbeulen, sie sind nach hinten erweitert, unregel-

miissig punktiert, die Epipleuren sind vollstandig, gegen das Ende nur wenig verschmiilert.

Das Prosternum ist hinten gesenkt, die Vorderhiifthéhlen sind geschlossen, ebenso die

mittleren, bei denen an den Seiten kein Trochantinus sichtbar ist. Das Mesosternum ist

vorn nicht eingedriickt, sondern im Bogen gesenkt, der Abdominalfortsatz ist breit

dreieckig, die Segmente nehmen nach hinten an Liinge ab, die Gelenkhiute sind deutlich.

Die Beine sind miissig lang, die Schenkel dick, Geschlechtsauszeichnungen an den Beinen

sind bei 2 Arten vorhanden. Die Tarsen aller Beine haben ein zweilappiges vorletztes

Glied, auf dessen Grund das letzte eingelenkt ist, das vorletzte ist nur wenig breiter als

die vorhergehenden.

Diese Gattung hat grosse Abnlichkeit mit dem amerikanischen Paratenetus, mit

welchem Lagriola Kirsch identisch ist, sie unterscheidet sich aber scharf durch ganz

andere Kopfbildung. Die stark buckelig aufgetriebenen Wangen liegen mit ihrer Aussen-

kante nicht mitten vor den Augen wie bei Paratenetus, sondern innen vor den Augen,

so dass also diese den Seiten des Kopfes aufgesetzt sind. Ganz anders sind auch die

Fihler, sie sind nicht 11- sondern 10-gliedrig und haben dementsprechend nicht eine

3- sondern eine 2-gliedrige Keule. Mit unserer neuen Gattung muss Terametus Motsch.

vom Cap niher verwandt sein. Er soll aber nur 9-gliedrige Fiihler haben, ferner sind die

Augen klein, der Halsschild hat scharfe Vorderecken und ist an den Seiten fast gerade.

36. Hnicmosoma punctum, nov. spec. (Tafel 23, Fig. 16.)

Sehr klein, lang oval, matt gliinzend gelbbraun oder gelblich.

Der Kopf ist lang gestreckt, die Stirn hat die Breite der Wangen, welche sich also

nach hinten fast geradlinig am Innenrand der Augen fortsetzen. Diesen Seiten des Kopfs

sind die stark vorragenden, etwas kegelf6rmigen Augen aufgesetzt, sie haben fast die halbe

Breite der Stirn und sind vorn nicht durch die Wangen eingeengt, sie sind grob fazettiert,

jedes Fazettchen ist kugelig gewoélbt. Die Wangen sind dick wulstig, nach vorn stark

eingezogen verengt. Vorn ist ein ziemlich kriftig vorgezogenes Epistom vorhanden, dessen

Vorderrand halb so breit.ist wie die Stirn hinten, es ist vorn nicht ausgerandet. Eine

Quernaht fehlt, statt ihrer findet sich ein breiter, querer Eindruck. Die Punktierung ist

wie die des Pronotums dicht und ziemlich grob. Die mittleren 6 Fiihlerglieder sind diinn,

Glied 1 und 2 dagegen dick, zylindrisch, 2 doppelt so lang wie dick, so lang wie 3, dieses

viel diinner, 4—7 sind gleichlang, zylindrisch, linger als breit, 8 so lang wie breit, 9 ist

viel grésser als 8, dreieckig, etwas schmiler als lang, 10 fast kugelig, die beiden letzten

bilden eine knopfartige, lockere Keule.

Der Halsschild ist ungefaihr 14 mal so breit wie lang, vor der Mitte am breitesten, er

ist queriiber kriiftig und gleichmiissig gew6lbt und hat nur einen schmal abgesetzten Rand,

der ungefihr 6 stumpfwinklige, aber scharfe Ziihne zeigt. Der Vorderrand ist ganz gerade

abgeschnitten, die Vorderecken sind ganz verrundet, die hinteren scharf stumpfwinklig,

die Basis ist in gleichmiissigem, nicht sehr starkem Bogen nach hinten gezogen und schliesst

sich eng an die leicht ausgeschnittene Basis der Decken. Die Punktierung ist ziemlich grob

und dicht, jeder Punkt hat ein anliegendes, ziemlich langes, penchos Haar, die Haare

sind fast alle von den Seiten her zur Mitte gerichtet.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 40

314 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Die Fligeldecken sind nach hinten erweitert, kriftig gewélbt, fallen aber zur Spitze

lang ab. Die Seitenrandkante ist von oben ganz sichtbar, die Schultern sind verrundet,

haben aber eine kriftige Schulterbeule. Die Punktierung ist wie die des Pronotums

ziemlich grob, gleichmiissig, ganz verworren, die Zwischenriiume der Punkte sind ungefihr

so gross wie diese. Jeder Punkt hat ein anliegendes, helles, nach hinten gerichtetes Haar,

das ungefiihr bis zum Grunde des folgenden reicht.

Die Skulptur und Behaarung der Untersevte gleicht derjenigen der Oberseite, nur das

Prosternum ist noch gréber punktiert. Die Beine sind ziemlich lang, die Schienen

leicht gekriimmt, eine Aussenendecke fehlt. Die Tarsen sind schlank, das Grundglied an

den vorderen 2 Paaren ist kurz, an den hinteren lang, viel linger als das Klauenglied,

dieses ist diinn, das vorletzte unten gelappt und oben tief ausgeschnitten, so dass das letzte

am Grunde des vorletzten eingelenkt ist. Der Penis ist sehr diinn, einfach, lang.

L. 1:°4—2 mm.

Loc. 25 Exemplare von den Seychellen. Silhouette: ‘‘Mare aux Cochons, plateau and

forest above, ca. 1000 feet, vill—ix. 1908 ; low coconut-planted country near the coast at

Pointe Etienne, 17.1x. 1908. Mahé: country above Port Glaud, 500—1000 feet, xi. 1908,

one specimen.”

37. Enicmosoma uncinatum, n. sp.

Der vorigen Art so iihnlich, dass ich auf eine ausfiihrliche Beschreibung verzichte.

Meist hell gelbbraun, weisslich behaart. Die Augen sind nicht kegelf6rmig, sondern nur

halbkugelig. Das 9. Fithlerglied ist an der Spitze etwas breiter als lang, die Haare des

Halsschildes sind so lang, dass sie auch den folgenden Punkt tiberragen, die Punkte dagegen

sind feiner. Der Rand ist fast glatt, selten mit schwacher Krenulierung versehen. Auch

ist das Pronotum viel flacher als bei den beiden andern Arten. Das Mesosternum ist vorn

dick und vollstiindig gerandet. Die Mittelschienen des Minnchens sind innen vor dem

Ende auf kurze Strecke schwach ausgeschnitten, und der innere Enddorn ist gebogen und

sehr lang. Die Hinterschienen sind gegen das Ende schwach verbreitert, einfach; die

Behaarung der Decken bildet deutliche Reihen.

L. 1°6—2 mm.

Loc. 37 Exemplare von der Insel Rodriguez, viii—xi. 1918 (Snell und Thomasset).

Von der folgenden Art, welche, wie es scheint, mit ihr zusammen vorkommt, unter-

scheidet sich unsere sicher durch geringere Grisse, flachen, fast ganzrandigen Halsschild

und viel feinere Skulptur, am meisten aber im miinnlichen Geschlecht durch die Bein-

bildung.

38. Enicmosoma lathridiordes, n. sp.

Auch bei dieser Art ist keine ausfiihrliche Beschreibung nétig. Die Firbung ist meist

dunkelbraun, selten heller; die Augen sind ebenfalls halbkugelig, und das 9. Fiihlerglied

ist deutlich quer. Der Halsschild ist queriiber stark gewolbt, sein Seitenrand ist wie bei

punctum stark krenuliert. Die Behaarung der Fliigeldecken liegt in allen Richtungen,

bildet also keine deutlichen Reihen. Die Mittelschienen der ¢ haben keine verlingerten

Enddornen, aber innen vor dem Ende einen kurzen, tiefen Ausschnitt, und das Ende selbst

ist etwas hakenformig nach innen gezogen. An den Hinterschienen des Miinnchens findet

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 315

sich vor dem Ende eine sehr stumpfe Ecke, weiter unten sind die Tibien parallelseitig und

dort mit einigen sehr kurzen Stachelborsten versehen.

L. 1°9—2°3 mm.

Loc. 15 Exemplare von der Insel Rodriguez, viii.—xi. 1918 (Snell und Thomasset).

39. Eniemosoma, n. sp.

Ausser den 3 vorgenannten Arten liegt mir noch eine 4. in einem einzelnen ? vor. Ich

muss leider darauf verzichten, auch diese zu beschreiben, weil ich vermute, dass auch bei

dieser Art die wichtigen Unterscheidungsmerkmale an den Schienen der Miinnchen zu

finden sind. Sie hat halbkugelige, nicht konische Augen, ist grésser (2°6 mm.) und hat

einen flachen Halsschild mit nicht krenulierten Seiten.

Loc, ‘Seychelles. Praslin: from between leaf-bases of a growing Coco-de-Mer palm

(Lodoicea) in the Vallée de Mai, 28. xi. 1908.”

Die 3 Arten von Eniemosoma lassen sich folgendermassen unterscheiden.

1. Die Augen treten stark und konisch vor, Schienen des $ ohne Geschlechtsaus-

zeichnung, 9. Fiihlerglied etwas linger als breit, Halsschildrand krenuliert ......... punctum.

Die Augen sind halbkugelig, Schienen des ¢ mit Geschlechtsauszeichnung, 9. Fiihler-

Re Meare ONC CTs ley, LAT De ee ec ce ec ee only fe ode ata cen lees testy sv cee ess siceveynctoepscesesacis tts 2.

2. Pronotum quertiber flach, Seitenrand glatt oder sehr schwach krenuliert, Skulptur

fein. ¢: Mittelschienen mit stark vergréssertem, gekriimmten inneren Enddorn, Hinter-

(EES GTICAREZIG ag eS ga Gs Sra Ie erg uncinatum.

Pronotum quertiber stark gewoélbt, grob punktiert, sein Rand stark krenuliert.

é: Mittelschienen innen vor dem Ende mit kurzer Ausbuchtung, das Ende selbst vorge-

zogen; Hinterschienen zur Spitze schwach verdickt, dann parallel und dort mit einigen

Ree ECHAL ICT RUOLIN eee eer Corea eee ee ee te cs ees Sees cea e oe Scat eee ds ines todas des lathridioides,

Subfam. Cnodaloninae.

40. Nov. gen., nov. spec.

Von der Insel Silhouette (“near Mont Pot-d-eau, over 1000 feet”) liegt mir ein Ein-

zelstiick einer interessanten Gattung vor, die ich fiir neu halten méchte. Ich ziehe er aber

vor, auf eine Beschreibung zu verzichten, da mir zu viele der besonders von Fairmaire

beschriebenen madegassischen Cnodaloninen-Gattungen unbekannt geblieben sind. Ferner

ist noch niemals versucht worden, die Cnodaloninen im Zusammenhang darzustellen.

Eine Einreihung in ein erst zu begriindendes System wire also ganz problematisch.

MAHENA, nov, gen. aff. Hucyrtus, sens. lat.

Klein, kurz elliptisch, ungeftihr von der Gestalt eines Platydema, nackt, gefliigelt,

metallisch.

Der Kopf ist flach, Quer- und Stirnfurchen fehlen, die Clypealsutur ist nur als feine,

blanke Linie erkennbar. Die Augen sind gross, quer, zum Teil vom Vorderrand des

Pronotums verdeckt, der Vorderkopf ist stark entwickelt, ungefihr halbkreisférmig, die

Wangen sind viel schmaler als die Augen. Das Epistom ist nicht ausgerandet, die Ober-

lippe hat vorn einen leichten Querwulst. Die Fiihler sind kurz und dick, vom 5. Gliede

an keulenférmig erweitert, die vorletzten Glieder sind kriftig quer. Eine Gelenkhaut

40—2

316 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

zwischen Oberlippe und Epistom ist nicht sichtbar. Das Mentum fillt jederseits dach-

formig ab, und hat einen scharfen Mittelkiel, es ist jederseits tief gefurcht, das Endglied

der Maxillarpalpen ist schwach beilférmig.

Das Pronotum ist quer, an den Seiten scharf gekantet, die Basis ist ganz ungerandet,

die Seiten von der Basis an nach vorn verengt, die Vorderecken verrundet, die hinteren

stumpfwinklig. Das Schildchen ist gleichseitig dreieckig.

Die Fliigeldecken sind stark gewolbt, nicht gebuckelt, die Seiten fallen senkrecht ab,

die Oberfliiche ist tief punktiert-gestreift, der 8. Zwischenraum nicht ausgezeichnet. Die

Epipleuren sind hinten verkiirzt, vorn scharfkantig, breit, innen neben der Hinterbrust

scharf, aber fein gerandet.

Das Prosternum ist wagerecht, nach vorn nur ganz leicht gesenkt, dort gekielt, am Vor-

derrand scharf gerandet, der Fortsatzist breit, das Mesosternum hat vorn nur einen winzigen,

kurzen Ausschnitt, stiirzt aber tief senkrecht ab, ist sogar nach unten hin etwas zuriick-

gezogen. Die Propleuren sind deutlich ausgehohlt. Das Metasternum ist miissig lang, die

Furche hinter den Mittelhiiften und die Abdominalfurche hinter den Hinterhiiften sind sehr

scharf und weit vom Rande entfernt. Die Gelenkhaut zwischen den letzten Segmenten ist

deutlich, der Abdominalfortsatz gewinkelt.

Die sehr kurzen Beine haben keine Auszeichnung; die Schenkel sind unten scharf

doppelkantig, die Schienen stielrund, die Tarsen normal, die ersten Glieder der vorderen

sehr klein, dicht gedriingt, das Klauenglied aller Fiisse ist verlingert, das vorletzte nicht

ausgeschnitten oder gelappt.

Diese Gattung ist ebenfalls als endemisches Element der Seychellen zu betrachten.

Ich sehe keine nihere Verwandtschaft mit den madegassischen Tenebrioniden, von denen

mir allerdings mehrere Gattungen unbekannt geblieben sind. Die Beschreibung dieser

Gattungen ist meist ganz ungentigend und beriicksichtigt die wichtigen Merkmale nicht.

Als ein Charakter von hervorragendem Wert bei der Einteilung der Cnodaloninen scheint

mir die Bildung der Epipleuren gelten zu miissen, die neben dem Metasternum entweder

gerandet oder ungerandet sind. Ich finde dieses Merkmal aber nirgend erwiihnt. Bei den

zahlreichen madegassischen Cnodaloninengattungen meiner Sammlung finde ich gerandete

Epipleuren nur bei Drocleana, die aber mit unserer Gattung nicht die geringste Ahnlichkeit

hat und allein schon durch die bedeutende Grosse auffiillt. Auch bei den indischen und

papuanischen Cnodaloninen sind gerandete Epipleuren ziemlich selten, finden sich aber bei

Thesilea, Agymnonyx, ferner bei zahlreichen Arten der Gattung Hucyrtus im gegen-

wiirtigen Umfang. Diese Gattung enthiilt aber die heterogensten Arten und bedarf wie

keine andere der Tenebrioniden der Revision. Sie muss in mindestens 10 Gattungen auf-

geteilt werden. Die Randung findet sich da bei allen kurzképfigen Arten, sie ist selten

bei den kleinen Arten, ist aber vorhanden bei Huc. neomedinus Fairm. Und dies ist die

Art, mit welcher unsere Gattung am meisten Ubereinstimmung zeigt. Doch méchte ich

nicht von einer nahen Verwandtschaft sprechen. Die Bildung der Brust, besonders des

Mesosternums, die an den Rand geriickte Furche des Metasternums und des Abdomens,

verbieten eine Vereinigung beider Arten in eine Gattung. Im iibrigen findet sich bei beiden

eine auffallende Ubereinstimmung. Von den madegassischen Gattungen unterscheidet sich

unsere tibrigens auch durch den weder mit Stirn- noch Querfurche versehenen Kopf.

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 317

41. Mahena cuprea, n. sp.

(Tafel 28, Fig. 10.)

Klein, elliptisch, stark, aber nicht buckelig gewélbt, die ganze Oberseite briiunlich

kupfrig, Unterseite, Fiihler und Beine schwarz.

Der Kopf ist flach, die Quernaht nur leicht angedeutet; die Augen sind quer, treten

aber an den Seiten nicht stark hervor, die Stirn zwischen ihnen ist ungefiihr doppelt so

breit wie ein Auge. Der Abstand des Vorderrandes der Augen vom Epistom ist ungefiihr

so gross wie die Breite eines Auges von vorn nach hinten. Die Punktierung ist fein und

ziemlich dicht, der Vorderkopf ist etwa halbkreisformig, doch bis zu den Augen nach hinten

erweitert, dort also nicht parallel. Das Epistom hat weder Ecken noch Ausschnitt. Die

Fiihler erreichen kaum die Mitte des Pronotums, Glied 3 und 4 sind an Grésse wenig ver-

schieden, fast zylindrisch, 5 und die folgenden so breit wie lang, die vorletzten ungefiihr

14 mal so breit wie lang.

Das Pronotum ist an der Basis etwa 24 mal so breit wie in der Mittellinie lang, hinten

am breitesten; die Vorderecken ragen nicht vor, sondern sind verrundet, die Mitte des

Vorderrandes ist fast gerade, die Randlinie dort nur an den Seiten deutlich, die Hinter-

ecken sind stumpf, nur der Mittellappen der Basis ist kriftig und breit vorgezogen. Die

Seitenrandkehle ist stark, die Punktierung zwar fein, aber sehr deutlich, wenig eng.

Die Fliigeldecken sind zwar stark gewélbt, doch ist die Seitenrandkante von oben der

ganzen Liinge nach sichtbar. Es sind starke Punktstreifen vorhanden, die besonders nach

hinten noch mehr vertieft sind. Die Zwischenriitume sind vorn schwiicher, hinten stark

gewolbt, ebenso grob wie der Halsschild punktiert. Die Punkte der Streifen sind fein,

durch eine eingeschnittene Linie miteinander verbunden.

Das Prosternum ist nur vorn in der Mitte deutlich punktiert, der Fortsatz leicht

doppelfurchig. Die vordere Furche der Hinterbrust und des Abdomens, richtiger der flache

Raum zwischen der Furche und der Vorderkante, ist grob lingsfaltig; die ersten Abdominal-

segmente sind an den Seiten stark punktiert und lingsgestrichelt. Die Schenkel sind so

kurz, dass sie in keiner Richtung iiber den Kérperrand hinausragen. Schenkel und Schienen

sind kaum wahrnehmbar punktiert.

P44 ——4°6 mm:.* Br: 24 mm.

Loc. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, ca. 1000’; héchster Wald von Morne Blanc,

24. x. 1908.

3 Exemplare.

Wie schon in der Gattungsbeschreibung gesagt, aa die Art einem kleinen Platy-

dema iihnlich, doch zeigen Kopf- und Brustbildung, dass wir es mit einer kleinen Cnoda-

lonine zu tun haben.

Subfam. Helopinae.

CAMAROTHELOPS, Kolbe, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, v. 1910, p. 30.

Uber die zoogeographischen Beziehungen dieser Gattung habe ich schon in der

Einleitung berichtet. Kolbes Beschreibung sind noch einige wesentliche Merkmale

hinzuzufiigen: die Gelenkhaut des Epistoms ist nicht oder sehr undeutlich sichtbar, eine

318 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Querfurche auf dem Kopf fehlt, die Augen sind sehr klein, ganz an den Seiten des Kopfes

gelegen, die Fiihler haben eine 4-gliedrige Keule; der Halsschild ist entweder hinten ganz

flach (C. scottc) oder wie bei Sphaerotus stark gewilbt; Fliigeldecken mit tiefen Punkt-

streifen, die Epipleuren vor der Spitze stark verkiirzt, ihre Kante innen bis zum Schwinden

sehr scharf, nicht wie bei Sphaerotus nach hinten verstreichend. Das Metasternum hat

hinten eine sehr tiefe, lochartige, stark behaarte Grube, die ein Exudat ausscheidet. Die

Tarsen sind verbreitert, alle Glieder stark. quer, vorn ausgeschnitten, das letzte ist am

Grunde des vorletzten eingelenkt, dieses schiebt sich also unter das letzte.

42. Camarothelops braueri, Kolbe.

(Tafel 28, Fig. 3, 4; Textfig. 18, 19.)

Kolbe, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, v. 1910, p. 31.

Ausser den beiden Originalexemplaren von Mahé und Silhouette, die Brauer sammelte,

und die dem Berliner Museum gehéren, hiegen mir jetzt ca. 70 Tiere vor, die wenig Ver-

inderlichkeit zeigen. Ausserlich sichtbare Geschlechtsunterschiede scheinen zu fehlen.

vow

Fig. 18. Camarothelops braueri, Kopf, x 20.

Fig. 19. Camarothelops braueri: a, Vorderfuss von oben;

b, Hinterfuss von der Seite gesehen; x 35.

Dr Hugh Scott gibt folgende biologische Notiz: “This species was often shaken from fallen

dead leaves of Stevensonia-palm in the drier parts of the forest.”

Loc. Mahé: nahe Morne Blane, ca. 1000’, xi. 1908; “high forest of Morne Blane and

Pilot, xi. 1908; Cascade Estate, about 1000’; Mare aux Cochons district, 26. i—2. 11. 1909.”

Silhouette: “got by beating in open jungle-country, 38. vill. 1908; Mare aux Cochons

(ix. 1908) and forest just above; shaken from fallen palm leaves in secondary forest,

x1 90878

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 319

43. Camarothelops scotti, n. sp.

(Tafel 23, Fig. 5.)

Glinzend schwarz, die Fiihler bis auf die letzten Gleder und die Fiisse gelbrot.

Der Kopf ist flach, eine Quernaht ist leicht angedeutet, aber nicht eingedriickt oder

eingeschnitten, die Wangen sind hinten parallelseitig, schmaler als die Augen, der Vorderkopf

ist lang und geradlinig verengt, nicht wie bei voriger Art leicht eingezogen, das Epistom

in breitem Bogen stark ausgeschnitten, seine Ecken sind kurz verrundet rechtwinklig.

Die Augen sind oben sehr klein, fast kreisrund. Die Punktierung ist tief, missig fein, nicht

eng, gleichmiissig. Die Fiihler sind ziemlich lang, am Grunde diinn, Glied 3 ist doppelt so

lang wie 2, 3—6 sind zylindrisch, 4 noch 24 mal so lang wie dick, 8 ist dreieckig, so breit

wie lang, die beiden folgenden sind quer. Das Mentum ist stark quer, ganz flach und hat

einen sehr langen, haiutigen Teil. Die Mandibeln sind am Ende tief gespalten.

Der Halsschaild ist auffallend gestaltet, ganz abweichend von allen Misolampiden-

Gattungen, er ist hinten ganz flach, die Seitenrandkante ist von oben breit sichtbar, die

grésste Breite liegt hinten, nur das letzte Viertel ist zur Basis kriftig verengt, Hinter- und

Vorderecken liegen in einer Linie, die Mittellinie ist so lang wie die Basis zwischen den

Hinterecken, die Vorderecken sind etwas prononziert, aber kurz verrundet, die Spitze nur

ganz leicht vorgezogen, die Basis ist in breitem Bogen ausgeschnitten, vor ihr befindet sich

ein flacher, querer Eindruck; die Punktierung ist kriftig, aber nicht grob, nicht sehr eng.

Die Fliigeldecken sind tief gefurcht, von der Basis bis zur Spitze, daher sind die

Zwischenriume stark gewélbt, diese sind deutlich, wenn auch feiner als der Halsschild

punktiert. Die Punkte der Streifen stehen nicht eng, sie sind gross, rund. Die an der

Basis vereinigten Streifen 1 und 2, 3 und 4 sind dort lochartig vertieft, der letzte Streifen

liegt auf dem umgeschlagenen Teil der Decken.

Das Prosternum ist in einen dicken, ziemlich langen Fortsatz ausgezogen und hinten

mit seichter Grube versehen. Das Mesosternum ist vorn nicht eingedriickt, sondern mit

schmaler, dicker, dem Metasternum anliegender Zunge versehen. Die Hinterbrust ist vorn

gewolbt und hat hinten eine tiefe, lochartige Grube, die unten sehr dicht, lang behaart ist,

die Haare sind zentral gerichtet. Das Abdomen ist sehr fein, weitliiufig punktiert und

mikroskopisch fein, anliegend, sparsam behaart. Die Tarsen sind in der Gattungsbe-

schreibung gekennzeichnet, das erste Glied hat eine filzig behaarte, die andern eine

schwammige Sohle.

L. 7°5—8°3 mm.; Br. 3°7—4'1 mm.

Loc. 2 Exemplare von den Seychellen. Praslin: ‘‘Cotes d’Or Estate, from Coco-de-Mer

forest in the Vallée de Mai, xi. 1908.”

Von der vorigen Art durch den hinten ganz flachen Halsschild mit ausgerandeter

Basis, geradlinig verengtes Epistom, durch tief gefurchte Fliigeldecken mit lochartiger

Verbindung der ersten Streifen weit verschieden. Bei C. brawerz werden die Streifen vorn

feiner und laufen tot aus.

320 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

GNATHELOPS, nov. gen.

Von der Gestalt vieler kleiner europiiischer Helops-Arten, z. B. consentaneus, pyg-

maeus, mehr noch einem kleinen Harpalus aibnlich und besonders einer kleinen Amara

aulica. Gefliigelt, nackt, parallelseitig.

Der Kopf (s. Fig. 20) ist sehr gross, die Augen sind stark quer und ragen kraftig aus

der Wélbung des Kopfes, sie werden von den Wangen wenig eingeengt. Diese sind schmaler

als die Augen, leicht aufgebogen, Augenfurchen und -falten fehlen. Das Epistom ist lang,

gerade abgeschnitten; die Oberlippe ist sehr gross, so breit wie lang, ungekielt, nicht mit

einer sichtbaren Gelenkhaut versehen. Auch die Mandibeln sind ausserordentlich stark

entwickelt, oben platt und breit und dort mit emer geschwungenen Furche versehen. Ihre

Aussenseite ist tief eingedriickt und hat tiberstehende, sehr scharfe Ober- und Unterkanten,

die Spitze, wie iiberhaupt die ganze Innenseite, ist diinn, kurz geteilt, die untere Spitze

kleiner; der Mahlzahn ist sehr schmal, héchst fein quergerieft. Das Mentum (s. Fig. 21a)

ist stark quer, jederseits tief grubig eingedriickt, die Vorderecken sind spitz dornférmig zur

Fig. 20. Gnathelops chatanayi, Kopf, x ca. 36. Fig. 21. Gnathelops chatanayi: a, Li-

gula, x 60; 6, Maxille, x 60; ¢, Vor-

derfuss von oben, x 40; d, Hinter-

fuss von der Seite gesehen.

Seite ausgezogen und schleifen sich an der Innenlade der Maxillen. Zwischen Mentum und

Ligula befindet sich ein langer, verhiltnismissig diinner, hautiger Teil. Die Ligula selbst

ist sehr stark quer, trapezformig, mindestens 4 mal so breit wie lang, die Seitenlappen

verrundet fliigelartig und ganz flach. Die zarten Labialpalpen sind am Grunde recht weit

auseinander geriickt. Die Innenlade der Maxillen (s. Fig. 21) ist normal, die iiussere hat

ein sonderbares, stark in die Quere gezogenes, riesiges Endghed, das auf einem diinnen

Stiele sitzt und auf der Innenseite sehr dicht mit Sinnesporen besetzt, daher matt ist; die

Innenlade hat keinen Hornhaken. Das Submentum ist tief quer gefurcht, die Kehle stark

gewolbt, spiegelblank. Die Fiihler sind fadenférmig, sehr lang, Glied 3 ist verlingert, die

letzten 4 Gheder sind viel grésser (linger und dicker) als die vorhergehenden, aber gestreckt.

oan

i we

ae a ee

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 321

Der Halsschild ist quer, an den Seiten sehr stark gerundet, Vorderecken fehlen, die

hinteren sind gut ausgepriigt, die Seitenrandkante ist scharf, die Basis gerandet, sehr

schwach doppelbuchtig. Das Schildchen ist ungeftihr halbkreisformig.

Die Fligeldecken sind fast parallelseitig, mit deutlicher Schulterbeule versehen, sie

sind gestreift-punktiert, die Epipleuren sind sehr schmal, bis zur Spitze entwickelt.

Das Prosternum ist vorn scharf gerandet, die Vorderhiifthéhlen sind geschlossen, der

Fortsatz ist ganz abschiissig. Das Mesosternum ist niedergedriickt, vorn mit kriiftigem

Eindruck versehen, aber ohne Ecken. Das Metasternum ist lang, der Abdominalfortsatz

gewinkelt, die Gelenkhaut an den Segmenten sehr deutlich. Die Beine sind lang, die

Schenkel kriftig gekeult, unten ohne Kanten, die Tibien gerade, rund, diinn, die vorderen

mit Aussenendecke, die Enddornen sehr undeutlich. Die Tarsen (s. Fig. 21¢, d) sind bei

dem toten Tier auffallig nach oben gekriimmt und sehr charakteristisch: Glied 1 ist linger

als breit, die folgenden blattf6rmig, nach unten ausgezogen, also jedes Glied oben am vor-

hergehenden eingelenkt, der untere Lappen etwas verdickt und mit schwammiger Sohle

versehen; auch das Ende des Klauengliedes mit Schwammpolster, dieses Glied ist aber am

Grunde diinn. Dies ausserste Ende des Klauengliedes ist oben ganz kurz stielf6rmig aus-

gezogen, an diesem Stielchen sitzen die ungemein zarten, ganz zur Seite gerichteten

Klauen.

Diese auf den Seychellen endemische Gattung ist sehr stark spezialisiert. Die héchst

sonderbare Bildung aller Mundteile hat meines Wissens unter den Tenebrioniden nirgend

ihresgleichen. Auch die Tarsen sind auffillig gestaltet, aber im allgemeinen derjenigen der

‘madegassischen Gattung Athrodactyla sehr iihnlich, Doch ist Gnathelops mit diesem

~ Genus nicht verwandt. Verwandtschaftsbeziehungen zu irgend einer andern Gattung

scheinen tiberhaupt zu fehlen. Die Stellung von Gnathelops ist also nicht genau festzulegen.

Wegen der rein ausserlichen Ahnlichkeit mag die Gattung einstweilen in der Nihe von

Helops stehen.

44. Gnathelops chatanayi, n. sp.

(Tafel 23, Fig. 7, 8; Textfig. 20, 21.)

Ziemlich parallelseitig, in der Lingsrichtung fast flach, nackt, glinzend schwarz mit

deutlichem Metallschein, oft die Naht oder ein linglicher Sattel auf den Decken rotbraun,

Beine und Fiihler gelb, nur die letzten 4 Glieder der letzteren schwarz.

Der Kopf ist ziemlich flach, die Stirn zwischen den Augen fast doppelt so breit wie

ein Auge von oben gesehen; die Quernaht ist kriiftig eingedriickt, aber nicht eingeschnitten.

Das Epistom ist am Vorderrand so breit wie die Stirn zwischen den Augen, seine Kcken

sind deutlich. Die Punktierung ist sehr dicht, fein, aber deutlich. Die Fiihler sind faden-

formig, die Glieder fast siimtlich zylindrisch, einzeln gegen die Spitze leicht verdickt, die

letzten 4 sind wesentlich breiter und linger als die vorhergehenden, 14 mal so lang wie breit.

Der Halsschild hat an der breitesten Stelle die Breite der Fliigeldecken, seine Seiten

sind sehr stark gerundet, vor der Mitte am breitesten. Vorderecken fehlen, die Randkante

ist leicht gewellt, hinter der Mitte stark eingezogen verengt, sodass die Hinterecken fast

rechtwinklig sind. Die Basis ist vollstiindig gerandet, an ihr befindet sich jederseits ein

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 41

322 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

rundliches, faches Griitbchen. Die quere Wélbung ist stark, allerdings nur vorn, der Vor-

derrand ist in breitem Bogen flach vorgezogen, die Basis fast gerade abgeschnitten; die

Punktierung ist sehr dicht und deutlich, ziemlich gleichmissig.

Die Fliigeldecken sind nach hinten schwach erweitert, die Seitenrandkante ist von oben

gerade noch sichtbar. Es sind ziemlich feine Punktstreifen vorhanden: beim grésseren

2 sind die inneren nur feine Punktlinien, d. h. stehen nicht vertieft, und die inneren

Zwischenriiume sind flach, nach aussen werden die Punkte der Streifen wesentlich grober,

besonders beim kleineren 2; starke Punkte stehen in der Seitenrandkehle.

Das Prosternum ist vor den Hiiften und an den Seiten grob und dicht punktiert, doch

sind die nicht eingedriickten breiten Rinder der Propleuren glatt und nur unter dem

Mikroskop fein lederrunzlig, auch der Raum unmittelbar neben den Hiiften ist glatt, der

punktierte Zwischenraum zwischen Rand und Hiifte ist laéngsrunzlg. Das Prosternum

fillt dicht hinter den Hiiften tief und senkrecht ab. Das Abdomen ist an den Seiten

schwach und undeutlich langsrunzlig, der Seitenrand der ersten 3 Segmente hat eine feine

Randlinie. Der Penis ist nadelf6rmig, sehr lang, zart, spitz, schwach gekriimmt. Die Tarsen

der Vorderfiisse sind normal, das erste Gled ist klein, nicht breiter als die folgenden.

1253*7——6:> mime bral 52 Gini

89 Exemplare dieses ungemeinen zarten, zerbrechlichen Tieres.

Loc. Seychellen. Silhouette: ‘beaten from house-thatch made of palm leaves, and

from leaves of growing Stevensonia-palms, etc., at the marshy plateau of Mare aux Cochons,

about 1000’, and in various parts of the forests above, vill.—ix. 1908.”

Var. pallidus, nov.

Auf der Insel Mahé findet sich ein Form, die gleichmiissig gelblich-braun ist, nur die

letzten 4 Fiihlergheder sind schwarz. Ich kann nicht annehmen, dass diese Form nur un-

ausgefirbte Stiicke umfasst, da das Chitinskelett vollkommen erhirtet ist, und da ausserdem

diese Varietiit zu verschiedenen Zeiten gefunden wurde. (Die Stiicke waren unter 10

verschiedenen Nummern vertreten.)

Loc. Mahé: “from near Morne Blane, x. 1908; high forest of Morne Blane, 24. x. 1908;

country above Port Glaud, above 500—1000’, 5. xi. 1908; Cascade Estate, forest 1000—

2000’, 1.—i1. 1909; Morne Seychellois, over 1500’, 4. ii. 1909.”

29 Exemplare.

Subspec. pedestris, nov. Eine 3. Form, von der mir leider nur 3 Exemplare vorliegen

(2) (die ¢ sind bei unserer Art kleiner, gréber punktiert, aber im iibrigen nicht verschieden),

scheint auf Praslin beschrankt zu sein. Sie ist méglicherweise gute Art, denn das kriftig

vergrésserte (lingere und breitere) erste Glied der Vordertarsen unterscheidet diese Form

scharf. Die Farbung ist die der Stammform.

Loc. Praslin: “Cotes d’Or Estate, from Coco-de-Mer forest in the Vallée de Mai,

xi. 1908.”

Ich benenne unsere Art, eine der eigenartigsten der Seychellenfauna zu Ehren des

hochbegabten, gewissenhaften und scharfsichtigen franzésischen Entomologen T.Chatanay,

dessen Spezialstudium die Tenebrioniden waren, und dem wir einige ausgezeichnete kleine

Arbeiten verdanken. Auch er wurde ein Opfer des ungliickseligen Krieges.

—

HANS GEBIEN—COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE 323

Subfam. Amarygminae.

45. Amarygmus seychellensis, n. sp.

(Tafel 28, Fig. 15; Textfig. 22.)

Ziemlich schmal oval, in der Liingsrichtung stark gewélbt, klein, Oberseite einfarbig,

schwach glinzend briunlich griin bronzefarben, Unterseite schwarz, Fiihler und Beine

gliinzend schwarzbraun oder schwarz.

Der Kopf (s. Fig. 22) ist sehr flach, die Wangen sind winzig klein und unauffiillig, sie

lassen den Gelenkkopf des Grundgliedes der Fiihler breit sichtbar; die Stirn zwischen den

Fig. 22. Amarygmus seychellensis, Kopf, x 36.

Augen ist so breit oder etwas breiter als das 3. Ftihlerglied lang. Der Vorderkopf ist in

eine lange Schnauze ausgezogen, die Quernaht gerade, gut ausgepriigt, aber nicht einge-

schnitten. Die Punktierung ist dicht und sehr deutlich, etwas rauh. Die Fiihler sind diinn,

gut gecliedert, Glied 1 ist fast so lang wie 3, aber wesentlich dicker, 3 ist etwas kiirzer als

4 und 5 zusammen, diese beiden sind reichlich 14 mal so lang wie dick, 6 ist liinger als 4

oder 5, auch linger als die foleenden Glieder, 7—10 sind nur wenig linger als dick, sechwach

zylindro-konisch, 11 ist gestreckt.

Der Halsschild ist verhiiltnismiissig lang, von der Basis an stark nach vorn verengt,

die Seitenrandkante ist von oben nicht sichtbar. Die Basis ist nur wenig mehr als doppelt

so lang wie die Mittellinie, die Spitze ist vollstiindig gerandet, die Ecken sind in der

Randkante kurz verrundet rechtwinklig. Die Punktierung ist ziemlich dicht und deutlich,

aber fein, der Grund mikroskopisch fein lederrunzlg.

Die Fliigeldecken sind in regelmiissigem, sehr starkem Bogen gewoélbt, hinten hoch

und steil abschiissig, die Seitenrandkante ist tiberw6lbt. Es sind Reihen kriiftiger Punkte

vorhanden, die besonders in der Endhilfte durch eine feine, eingeschnittene Linie miteinander

verbunden sind, die Zwischenriume sind fast flach, sehr fein punktiert und dusserst fein

lederrunzlig, daher etwas matt.

Das Prosternum ist sehr kurz, hinten breit und flach doppelfurchig, die Episternen

der Hinterbrust sind nicht parallel, sondern nach hinten kriftig verbreitert. Die Vorder-

randfurche des Metasternums und die des Abdomens hinter den Hiiften sind tief, scharf

und durch grobe Punkte uneben. Das Abdomen ist an den Seiten fein, oberflichlich und

dicht lingsgestrichelt. Die Epipleuren sind neben dem Metasternum mit feiner, aber

scharfer und punktierter Randlinie versehen. Die Beine sind sehr diinn, die Hinterschienen

41—2

324 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

leicht gekriimmt, an den sehr zarten, langen Hintertarsen ist Glied 1 linger als die andern

Glieder zusammen.

L. 4°3—5'1 mm.

Loc. ‘Seychelles: Silhouette, Mahé. Silhouette: about 50 examples were taken at

the Mare aux Cochons plateau, about 1000 feet, ix. 1908; they were found only at night,

crawling on the bark of growing bread-fruit trees (Artocarpus incisa) and Jack-fruit trees

(Artocarpus integrifolia). Mahé: only two or three specimens were obtained, at Cascade

Estate, about 1000 feet, i. 1909; there is no record as to how these were found.”

Diese Art ist einer Anzahl indo-malayischer sehr iéhnlich, aber ich habe vergeblich

versucht, diese letzteren zu bestimmen. Die Beschreibungen von Fairmaire lassen immer

wieder Zweifel. Ich besitze eine sehr ihnliche Art von Java, die ich fiir neu halten muss.

Von dieser unterscheidet sie sich durch grob punktierte Furchen der Unterseite, andere

Fiihler, und andere Deckenskulptur. Die Arten von Amarygmus, die von Madagaskar

beschrieben wurden, sind mir leider unbekannt geblieben. Ihre Beschreibung ist sehr

diirftig. Sie kénnen aber mit unserer Art nicht verwechselt werden. A. cuproaeneus und

funerarius sind sehr viel grésser, 12 resp. 11 mm. lang, anders gefiirbt und skulptiert.

A. tarsatus ist 7 mm. lang, blau, mit roten Tarsen, tiefer Querfurche des Kopfes versehen,

die Hintertarsen sind kompress, die vorderen breit. Wegen dieses Merkmales gehért die

Art méglicherweise zur Gattung Platolenes.

ERKLARUNG DER TAFEL 93.

Fig. 1. Pulposipes herculeanus, Solier, x 1.

Fig. 2. Pseudhadrus seriatus, Kolbe, x 2.

Fig. 38. Camarothelops brauert, Kolbe, x 4.

Fig. 4. Camarothelops brauert, Kolbe, Unterseite, x 4.

Fig. 5. Camarothelops scotti, sp. nov., x 5.

Fig. 6. Platydema inaequidens, Fairmaire, subsp. seychellarum, nov., x 7.

Fig. 7. Gnathelops chatanayi, gen. et sp. nov., x 6.

Fig. 8. Gnathelops chatanayi, gen. et sp. nov., ein kleineres Exemplar, x 7.

Fig. 9. Lagalus cavifrons, Fairmaire, x 8.

Fig. 10. Mahena cuprea, gen. et sp. nov., x 6.

Fig. 11. Cylindrosia foveifrons, gen. et sp. nov., x 6.

Fig. 12. Bradymerus seychellensis, sp. nov., x 4.

Fig. 13. Bradymerus scottt, sp. nov., x 5.

Fig. 14. Bradymerus aspericollis, Fairmaire, x 4.

Fig. 15. Amarygmus seychellensis, sp. nov., x 6.

Fig. 16. Hnicmosoma punctum, gen. et sp. nov., x 15.

Fig. 17. Uloma crenatostriata, Fairmaire, x 4.

Fig. 18. Diphyrrhynchus fryeri, sp. nov., x 5.

Fig. 19. Alphitobius crenatus, Klug, x 5.

Fig. 20. Plesioderes madagascariensis, Mulsant, x 7.

[By an oversight the two examples of Gnathelops chatanay: (figs. 7, 8) selected were drawn to

different magnifications, instead of to the same magnification, which would have brought out the differ-

ence in size. Also fig. 12 should have been parallel-sided, not oval.

The originals of all the figures in the text were drawn by the author, with the exception of those

of the larvae (figs. 14, 16, 17), which were drawn by Miss O. F. Tassart from specimens in alcohol. H.S.]

Percy SbLaADEN Trust EXPEDITION.

iN oeeknm eso. Sth 2, efO0OL, VOL. XVII PL. 28

(GEBIEN)

Miss O. F. Tassart det,

COLE Or LE RA ss ENEBRIONIDA:.

No. VI.—COLEOPTERA : CLERIDAE.

Von Stam. SCHENKLING (Berlin-Dahlem).

(MitGeTEILt von Pror. J. STANLEY GARDINER, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

(4 Textfiguren.)

Gelesen den 5, Mai, 1921.

Von den Seychellen waren bisher ausser der kosmopolitischen Necrobia rufipes De

Geer noch keine Cleriden bekannt. Alluaud erwiihnt zwar in seinem Reisebericht in

Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1893, p. xeviii, zwei Cleriden, die er auf diesen Inseln gefangen

hatte, gibt aber keine Namen an. In der neuesten grésseren Arbeit tiber die gesamten

bisher bekannten Coleopteren der Seychellen von H. Kolbe (Mitteil. Zool. Mus. Berlin, v.

1910) wird auf p. 24 ausser dem Hinweis auf Alluaud nur die oben aufgefiihrte, iiber

die ganze Erde verbreitete Necrobia genannt.

Unter dem mir von Herrn Hugh Scott, Curator am University Museum zu Cambridge

(England), zur Determination iiberlassenen Material, das von ihm als Mitglied der ‘Percy

Sladen Trust Expedition to the Indian Ocean” auf den Seychellen und von den andern

Mitgliedern auf einigen benachbarten Inseln gesammelt wurde, sind 7 Arten Cleriden ver-

treten, von denen 2, Tarsostenus univittatus Rossi und Necrobia rufipes De Geer, als alte

Kosmopoliten bekannt sind. Die 5 tibrigen Arten weisen eine enge Verwandtschaft mit der

Fauna Madagaskars auf. Die Gattung Pallenis, von der hier eine neue Spezies vorliegt, ist

mit 52 bekannten Arten auf Madagaskar und den Comoren vertreten, und nur eine (mir

unbekannte) Art, mzsella Boh., ist vom Oranjefluss beschrieben; zwei weitere als Pallenis

beschriebene Arten, fulvescens Chevr. und ruficollis Kuw. von Ostindien resp. Timor gehéren

zweifellos nicht hierher. Stenocylidrus hat bisher 49 Arten, die mit Ausnahmen von 2 von

Usambara beschriebenen Arten* simtlich auf Madagaskar, den Comoren und der Insel

Bourbon vorkommen; jetzt treten 2 neue Spezies von den Seychellen hinzu. Das Genus

Platyclerus umfasst 7 Arten von Madagaskar und Nossi Bé, die hiiufigste davon, P.

planatus Cast., wurde jetzt auch auf der Insel Aldabra gefunden. Fir eine auf den Seychel-

leninseln Silhouette und Mahé gefundene Spezies war die Aufstellung einer neuen Gattung

notig.

PALLENIS, Cast.

1. Pallenis laterisignatus, n. sp. (Fig. 1).

Niger, opacus, capite dense sat fortiter coriaceo, ore, palpis antennarumque basi

rufis, pronoto valde convexo, dorso fortiter longitudinaliter strigato, parte postica laevi,

nitida, lateraliter flavo nodoso, elytris antice seriatim punctatis, nitidis, postice dense

asperatis et griseo pilosis, basi utrinque tuberculo valido oblongo, nigro penicillato, elytris

in medio fascia angusta alba, dense albo sericea, metasterno albo sericeo, femoribus, tibiis

tarsisque basi rufis.

* Von diesen ist der St. rufus Hintz sicher ein Gyponyz.

326 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Long. 5°5—6 mm. 6 Exemplare.

Loc. “Seychelles: Silhouette, Mahé. Silhouette: forest near Mont Pot-a-eau, ca.

1500 feet, vill. 1908; forest near the plateau of Mare aux Cochons and above, over

1000 feet, viliix. 1908. Mahé: high forest of Morne Blanc and Pilot, ca. 1500—2000 feet,

xi. 1908.”

Oberseits gréssenteils matt, nur der eingeschniirte Teil des Halsschildes und die vor-

dere Hiilfte der Fliigeldecken gliinzend. Basis der

Schenkel und Schienen sowie die ersten Glieder

der Tarsen und Fiihler rot, dieselbe Fiirbung zeigt

eine liingliche Wulst jederseits an dem einge-

schniirten Teile des Halsschildes. Die Reihen-

punktierung der Fliigeldecken geht genau bis zu

der weissen Mittelbinde; der Basalhécker der

Fliigeldecken ist sehr kraftig und mit einem dich-

ten Biischel langer schwarzer Haare besetzt, der

zuweilen abgerieben ist; der fein rauh skulptierte

Teil der Fliigeldecken beginnt erst ein Stiick hanter

der Querbinde, er reicht neben der Naht etwas

weiter nach vorn als an den Seiten.

Steht der P. plicata Fairm. von Madagaskar

sehr nahe, besonders unterschieden durch die klei-

nere Gestalt, die gelbe, wulstformige Erhabenheit

an den Seiten der Halsschildeinschniirung, die gelbe

Basis der Schienen und des Tarsus, die nicht tiber

die Querbinde hinausgehende erste Punktreihe der

Fliigeldecken und den liinglichen Hécker an der

Basis der Elytren.

Die Art trigt die Merkmale der von Kuwert

1893 aufgestellten Gattung Pseudopallenis, die ich

in Gen. Ins. (Wytsman) 1903 sowie in Col. Cat. Cler. 1910 angenommen hatte. Seitdem

bin ich aber zu der Uberzeugung gekommen, dass diese Gattung nicht haltbar ist, héch-

Fig. 1. Pallenis laterisignatus, x 10.

stens kénnte sie als Subgenus von Pallenis Berechtigung haben.

STENOCYLIDRUS, Spin.

2. Stenocylidrus dimidiatus, n. sp. (Fig. 2).

Niger, nitidus, elytris flavo marginatis, interdum antice flavo plagiatis, pone basin

tuberculatis, ad medium usque crebre seriatim punctatis, in medio fascia angusta alba,

extus dense albo sericea, antennis pedibusque flavis, nigro variegatis.

Long. 3°5—4 mm. 5 Exemplare.

Loc. “Seychelles. Silhouette: forest near the plateau of Mare aux Cochons, over

1000 feet, and high forest above, 1000—2000 feet, vill.—ix. 1908.”

Kopf undeutlich fein punktuliert; Fiihler bis hinter den Basalhoécker der Fliigeldecken

reichend, meistens gelb, die beiden ersten Glieder der Keule schwiirzlich, oft auch das

SIGM. SCHENKLING—COLEOPTERA, CLERIDAE 327

Endglied in der Basalhiilfte dunkel, bei manchen Exemplaren sind auch die Spitzen

der Glieder 5—8 geschwiirzt. Halsschild fast glatt, lebhaft gliinzend. Fliigeldecken

hinter der Basis gehéckert, entweder braunschwarz mit gelbem Seiten- und Hinterrand

oder auf der Vorderhilfte in der Nihe der Basis gelb, die Hicker sowie die Schultern sind

jedoch immer schwiirzlich; auf der Mitte befindet sich eine weisse, nach dem Aussen-

rande zu dicht gliinzend weiss tomentierte Querbinde. Die grobe Reihenpunktierung

hort am Hinterrande der Querbinde scharf auf; die Spitzenhiilfte der Decken ist gliinzend,

iiusserst fein punktuliert und mit lingeren gelben Haaren besetzt. Unterseite schwarz,

Mittel- und Vorderbrust zum Teil heller. Beine gelb, Schenkel geschwiirzt, Schienen und

Tarsen schwarz mit gelber Basis.

Die Art hat viel Beziehung zu dem mir nur der Beschreibung nach bekannten St.

lividipes Fairm., den sein Autor spiiter zur Gattung Rhopaloclerus zog. Die Form des

Halsschildes ist jedoch die fiir Stenocylidrus typische, auch weicht die neue Art in

Skulptur und Firbung stark von der genannten Spezies ab.

Fig. 2. Stenocylidrus dimidiatus, x 12. Fig. 3. Stenocylidrus glaber, x 12

ade

3. Stenocylidrus glaber, n. sp. (Fig. 3).

Flavo-brunneus, glaber, nitidissimus, capite prothoraceque nigris, antennis pedibus-

que flavis, nigro variegatis, elytris totis glabris, basi tuberculatis, in medio albo sericeo

fasciatis.

Long. 3°5—4 mm. 6 Exemplare.

Loc. “Seychelles. Mahé: country above Port Glaud, ca. 500—1000 feet, xi. 1908;

near Morne Blanc, ca. 1000 feet.”

Der vorigen Art in vielen Punkten itihnlich, namentlich auch in der eigentiimlichen

Firbung der Fiihler. Fliigeldecken gelbbraun, auch auf Schultern und Hocker, in den

hinteren zwei Dritteln mehr oder weniger angedunkelt, ganz ohne Punktreihen, auch die

feine Punktulierung kaum wahrnehmbar, etwas vor der Mitte befindet sich eine schmale,

aus kurzen weissen Seidenhaaren gebildete Querbinde, die an der Naht unterbrochen ist.

Unterseite gelbbraun, Spitze des Hinterleibes schwiirzlich. Beine gelbbraun, Schenkel und

Schienen in ihrer Mitte breit geschwiirzt, auch die Tarsen nach dem Ende zu schwarzlich.

328 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

PLATYCLERUS, Spin.

4. Platyclerus planatus, Cast.

1 Exemplar.

Loc. Aldabra (J. C. F. Fryer, 1908—9). Madagascar.

ANTHRIBOCLERUS, n. gen.

Elongatus, convexus, longe pilosus. Caput breve, latum, oculi non excavati, subtiliter

granulati, palpi labiales et maxillares articulo ultimo late securiformi; antennae 11-articu-

latae, articulo tertio cylindrico, articulis 4—10 ad apicem dilatatis. Pronotum magnum, late-

ribus basique fortiter marginatum. Elytra pone basin impressa, bigibbosa. Tarsi 4-articu-

lati, articulis tribus primis vix lamellatis; unguiculi simplices, longe setosi.

5. Anthriboclerus scotti, n. sp. (Fig. 4).

Nitidus, niger, antennis (clava nigra), pedibus abdomineque basi testaceis, elytris

obscure flavo-brunneis, apicem versus nigrescentibus, ante me-

dium flavo fasciatis, fascia nigro circumcincta, ad suturam inter-

rupta, elytris juxta scutellum tuberculo nigro penicillato in-

structis.

Long. 2—2°5 mm. 9 Exemplare.

Loc. “Seychelles: Silhouette, Mahé. Silhouette: forest near

the plateau of Mare aux Cochons and above, over 1000 feet,

vill.—ix. 1908. Mahé: high forest of Morne Blane and Pilot,

ca. 1500—2000 feet, xi. 1908; near Morne Blane, ca. 1000 feet,

xi. 1908; Cascade Estate, ca. 1000 feet.”

Kopf glinzend, dunkelrot, nach hinten fast schwarz, iius-

serst fein punktuliert und mit langen grauen und schwarzen

Haaren einzeln besetzt; Stirn breit, Augen klein, linglich;

Fithler allmahlich nach dem Ende zu verbreitert, gelb, die

Fig. 4. Anthriboclerus

Ee, letzten 4 Gheder schwarz, oft auch das 2. und 38. Glied teil-

weise geschwiirzt. Halsschild sehr glatt und gliinzend, mit

deutlich abgesetztem Rande, der namentlich an den Seiten und hier besonders hinten breit

aufgebogen ist. Fliigeldecken glatt und glinzend, dicht hinter der Basis mit je einem

starken Hocker, der mit einem (mitunter abgeriebenen) langen schwarzen Haarpinsel

gekrént ist; hinter dem Hicker mit einer geraden weissgelben Querbinde, die weit vor

der Naht aufhért; die Fliigeldecken sind schmutzig braungelb, um die Querbinde herum

und auch vor der Spitze wie am Seitenrande schwirzlich. Unterseite schwarzbraun, der

erste Bauchring und die Beine gelb, die Schienen mitunter gebriiunt.

Bei nicht ganz ausgereiften Stiicken sind die Fliigeldecken und der Halsschild heller

gefiirbt, namentlich ist der aufgebogene Rand des letzteren deutlich gelb.

Die Art hat viel Ahnlichkeit mit einer kleinen Anthribide, die mit ihr zusammen

vorkommt und die Jordan unter dem Namen Cleranthribus colydiopsis (eine zweite Art

ist anthicopsis Jord. von ebendaher) beschrieben hat (Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Zool. xv1.

3, p. 258—259 (1914).

SIGM. SCHENKLING—COLEOPTERA, CLERIDAE 329

Die viergliedrigen Tarsen und der deutlich abgesetzte Pronotalrand weisen die Gattung

unter die Corynetinae; eine Verwandtschaft mit anderen Gattungen ist zur Zeit nicht

nachweisbar.

TARSOSTENUS, Spin.

6. Tarsostenus univittatus, Rossi.

3 Exemplare.

Loc. “Seychelles. Mahé: Cascade Estate, ca. 1000 feet, 1. 1909. Anonyme Island,

about 4 miles from the coast of Mahé, i. 1909.”

Necrosia, Ol.

7. Necrobia rufipes, De Geer.

32 Exemplare.

Loc. Seychellen, Mahé. Coetivy (J. 8. Gardiner, 1905). Providence, Cerf I. (J. 8.

Gardiner, 1905). Amirantes, Eagle I. (J. 8. Gardiner, 1905). Aldabra (Thomasset, 1907).

Astove (1907). Cosmoledo (1907).

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII.

Lit = ah

Rey ts

nf >

No. VII.—THE HYDROIDS FROM THE CHAGOS, SEYCHELLES AND OTHER

ISLANDS AND FROM THE COASTS OF BRITISH EAST AFRICA AND

ZANZIBAR.

By FLorence FE. JARVIs.

(CoMMUNICATED BY PRoressor J. STANLEY GARDINER, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

(With Plates 24—26 and Text-Figures 1—6.)

Read 5th May, 1921.

THE two collections of Hydroids which form the subject of this report were received

by Dr H. W. Marett Tims, M.A., M.D., from Professor J. Stanley Gardiner. Dr Tims

however was only able to identify a few of the Sertularian forms (those initialled H. W.M.T.

in the text below) before volunteering for military service and during his absence I was

able to complete the report.

The specimens from British East Africa and Zanzibar were collected by Mr Cyril

Crossland. I wish to express my indebtedness to Professor J. Stanley Gardiner for the

original loan of the collections, to Dr Tims for handing over the material to me, and to

Dr R. Kirkpatrick for his valuable help during the course of the investigations.

The combined collections form a large amount of material, obtained from a wide area,

namely, from Pemba Island eastward to Chagos and southward to Mauritius, at depths

down to one hundred and fifty fathoms. As found by previous investigators in collections

from the more southern parts of this coast of Africa and from Madagascar, the majority of the

species belong to the suborder Calyptoblastea. Billard, in material from Madagascar,

records one Gymnoblast, Hudendrium capillare, in an entire collection of thirty-three species;

Warren, in a collection from Natal, finds ten Gymnoblasts out of a total of thirty-five,

while in the present collections twelve have been identified out of eighty-six species.

The identification of certain forms has frequently been very perplexing. In the case of

some genera, e.g. Sertularia, the number of species already described is large, but the charac-

ters upon which new species have been established are often so slight and so variable that

one cannot avoid the conclusion that many of the so-called species are either local or

bathymetric variations. The number of species regarded in this report as new to science is

relatively small. In cases*where differences have appeared to be slight, specimens have

been placed under that well-established species to which they seem most closely related,

giving the points in which they differ from the type. Many of these differences may

doubtless be attributed to the varying depths at which the specimens were living and to

the influence of currents, for it is certain that these factors have a marked effect on the

mode of growth of colonies. The value of measurements is probably over-estimated, since

they like other minor factors tend to vary. The measurements given in this report are

intended to serve as guides to the dimensions of the various forms in the definite localities,

and need not necessarily apply to specimens from other localities. Through the kindness of

Dr R. Kirkpatrick opportunity has been afforded for the examination of numerous type

42—2

332 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

specimens in the British Museum collections. This has greatly facilitated the work of

specific identification in many instances.

The collections taken as a whole are representative in character, comprising forms

from all the large families of the Hydroida, and ranging from minute epizoic species to

large flourishing colonies, such as Aglaophenia cupressina, which reach a height of 25 cms.

No new generic form has been discovered, but a number of new and interesting species,

especially of Plumularians, are described.

The following eight species have also been rere by Billard from Madagascar:

Hebella calcarata, Campanularia corrugata, Thyroscyphus vitiensis, Thuiaria lata, Th.

interrupta, Idia pristis, Halicornaria ferlusi (variety) and Lytocarpus philippinus.

Comparing with the records from Natal, it is found that six species are common to

the two localities: Sertularella tumida, Sertularia loculosa, S. linealis, Thuiaria tubult-

formis, Antenella secundaria (A. natalensis) and Thyroscyphus equalis.

Twenty-five species occur in the Indo-Malayan region: Corydendrium sessile, Pennaria.

disticha, Ectopleura pacifica, Hudendrium attenuatum, Hebella crateroides, H. calcarata,

Thyroscyphus vitiensis, Campanularia corrugata, C. serrulatella, Gonothyrea longicyatha,

Sertularia tenuis, S. turbinata, Diphasia digitalis, D. mutulata, Idia pristis, Synthecvum

tubiger, Plumularia spiralis, P. alternata, Antenella secundaria, Aglaophenia cupressina,

Thecocarpus brevirostris, Lytocarpus hornela, L. philippinus, L. singulams and L.

phoeniceus.

Common to the present collections and the Australian fauna are 23 species: Pennaria

disticha, Eudendrium attenuatum, E. generalis, Perisiphonia exserta, Cryptolaria crassi-

caulis var. dimorpha, Hebella calcarata, Campanularia serrulatella, Sertularva brevi-

cyathus, S. loculosa, S. marginata, S. tenuis, S. turbinata, Sertularella tumida, Diphasia

digitalis, D. mutulata, Idia pristis, Thuaria mterrupta, Synthecoum subventricosum,

S. patulum, Antenella secundaria, Aglaophenia cupressina, Lytocarpus philippinus, L.

pheeniceus.

The local distribution of the following additional species has been increased: Huden-

drium cochleatum, E. exiguum, Cryptolaria conferta, Campanularia chelonie, Sertularia

cornicina, S. heterodonta, Sertularella conica, Synthecium reteum, Plumularia alternata,

P. corrugata and Thecocarpus mammillatus.

The species regarded as new include several very interesting forms. Among these are:

Halecium gardinerz, provided with sarcothece ; Sertularella thecocarpa, in which the

gonotheca arises from the lumen of the hydrotheca ; Syntheciwm dentigerum, in which the

wall of the hydrotheca is thickened to give a large inwardly-directed tooth ; Plumularia

providentia, bearing pinnz on one side of the stem only; P. multithecata ; Cladocarpus

alatus, with extremely large lateral sarcothecee applied to the margin of the hydrotheca ;

and (?) C. plumularioides, with an additional mesial sarcotheca on the internode above the

hydrotheca.

The phenomenon of stolonisation has been observed in several instances. The ends of

branches, occasionally of stems, may be produced in stolons; this occurs in Sertularia

loculosa, S. turbinata, S. marginata, Lytocarpus philippinus and Thecocarpus laxus. In

the first two, the stolons end in adhesive discs, similar to those figured by Thornely in

FLORENCE JARVIS—THE HYDROIDS 333

Sertularia lingulata. In L. philippinus, the stolons are simple, straight extensions of the

pinne. In S. marginata a stem bearing hydrothece is given off from the stolon at some

distance from the point of origin of the latter. The branch may in this case represent the

beginning of a new colony, the stolon thus being propagative in function, while in the forms

previously mentioned the function is probably that of fixation only. In Syntheciwm denti-

gerum, a stolon arises from the lumen of a hydrotheca.

The classification adopted is that of Hincks. The term sarcotheca has been used

throughout to mean the cup into which the defensive zooids are retractile and the term

sarcostyle to mean the soft tissues within the cup. This nomenclature is in accord-

ance with the terms used for the larger cups and nutritive zooids, viz. hydrotheca and

hydranth.

(GGYMNOBLASTEA.

1. Kudendrium attenuatum Allman, 1877. (3.)

Amirante, 36 and 39 fms.

2. Hudendrium cochleatum Allman, 1877. (3.)

Farquhar Atoll, off shells. Fragmentary colonies without ccenosare and overgrown by

a Campanularian are doubtfully referred to this species.

3. Hudendrium exiguum Allman, 1871. (3.)

Providence, 29, 50—78 and 50 fms. The colonies reach a height of 2 ems., are delicate,

and have few branches. The basal portion of the stem is polysiphonic. Branches and

secondary ramuli are provided with three or four annulations at their origin.

4. Eudendrium generalis von Lendenfeld, 1884. (48.)

Amirante, 36 fms.; Zanzibar.

5. Bougainvillea ramosa van Beneden, 1867.

Zanzibar.

6. Bougainvillea sp.

Amirante, 39 fms. This may be an attenuated form of B. ramosa, with which it agrees

in character of branching, cessation of perisare at the base of the hydranth, and the slight

annulation at the base of the branches.

7. Perigonimus sp. ?

Wasin, 10 fms. The specimens cannot be identified with certainty owing to the poor

state of preservation of the hydranth. The hydrorhiza is creeping, the hydrocauli erect,

simple, and faintly annulated at their origin.

8. Corymorpha nutans Sars, 1835.

Cargados, 30 fms.

9. Podocoryne carnea Sars.

Wasin.

10. Pennaria disticha Goldfuss var. australis Bale, 1884. (9.)

Zanzibar and Pemba. The annulation at the origin of primary and secondary branches,

which is characteristic of this variety, is clearly marked. The main stem possesses two or

three rings at the origin of the primary branches, while the latter have usually four rings

334 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

at their base and two or three immediately succeeding the peduncles of the hydranths.

The peduncles themselves have four or five annulations at the base.

11. Corydendrium sessile, Ritchie, 1910. (59.)

Cargados, 30 fms.; Amirante, 28 fms. The thick and stunted growth of the colonies

agrees with Ritchie's description. The stem is strongly polysiphonic and irregularly

branched, the branches giving off secondary ramuli in the same plane. Hydranth tubes

occur on the anterior face of branches and ramuli; they are wide, completely adnate on

the posterior wall and provided with a smooth circular aperture directed upwards and

slightly forwards. The hydranth is large and pyriform with scattered tentacles, which in a

contracted state appear wide at the base and taper to a sharp point. The perisare contains

numerous sponge spicules. Gonosome absent.

12. Ectopleura pacifica Thornely, 1904. (64.)

Zanzibar. The species is represented by several large colonies growing on an alga.

They agree in the main with the description given by Thornely, except that the basal

processes mentioned by that author are absent. The inner whorl of tentacles is filiform.

Mature gonophores showing the characteristic pair of tentacles are present.

CALYPTOBLASTEA.

13. Halecium gardineri n. sp. (Plate 24, fig. 1.)

Salomon, Chagos, 60—120 fms. This interesting species is represented by a single

large colony. The hydrorhiza forms a close network of ramifying tubes on an alga, and the

wall is strengthened by internal peg-like thickenings of the perisarc. From the hydrorhiza

are given off (1) erect stems not more than 0°8 em. high and usually unbranched, (2) hydro-

thecze, (3) sarcothecee and (4) a male gonosome.

The hydrocaulus is regularly divided by annular constrictions, either transverse or

slightly oblique. Processes near the upper ends of the internodes bear the hydrotheceze, the

peduncles of the latter being separated from the processes by twisted joints. The peduncles

are of very varying length; in the proximal part of the colony they are long and rugose,

while distally they are short and smooth and widen gradually into the hydrothece. The

margin of the hydrotheca is even, not everted, without the bright pomts so common in the

Haleciidze. Occasionally two hydrothecz spring from the stem-process. Sarcothecee occur

most frequently on the hydrocaulus just above the stem-process, but are also present in

other positions. They resemble the hydrothecze in shape, but are much smaller. Those

carried by the hydrorhiza are similar in form. The hydranth in a retracted state extends

some distance beyond the margin of the hydrotheca and is provided with about eighteen

tentacles. The sarcostyle is club-shaped, without tentacles. The single male gonosome

is carried on a short thick stalk, is cylindrical in shape, its distal end circular and

concave. :

14. Halecium halecionum Linneeus, 1758.

Pemba and Zanzibar.

15. Haleccum minutum Broch, 1908.

On Bougainvillea sp. from Amirante, 39 fms.; on Hudendrium sp., locality unknown.

FLORENCE JARVIS—THE HYDROIDS 335

16. Zygophlax biarmata Billard, 1906. (22.)

Amirante, 30—100 fms.; Providence, 50—78 fms.; Salomon, Chagos, 60—120 fims. ;

Seychelles, 20 and 37 fms. The colonies reach a height of 5 or 6 cms. The main stem is

erect, rigid, polysiphonic almost to the tip. The pinne are irregularly alternate, in the

same plane, and diverging at almost a right angle. The hydrothece are alternate,

eylindrical, with a markedly convex dorsal wall, and spring from well-defined apophyses

which bear two laterally placed sarcothecee. In a few cases only one sarcotheca is present.

The margins of the hydrothecze and sarcothecz show several reduplications. Gonosomes

absent.

17. Zygophlax recta n. sp. (Plate 24, fig. 2.)

Mauritius, 1—100 fms.; Saya de Malha, 145 fms. The species resembles Z. biarmata

in habit, but is more delicate. The hydrothecz are relatively much longer in comparison

with their diameters than in Z. biarmata. Proximally they are very narrow, and gradually

increase in breadth towards the apertures. The dorsal wall is much straighter than in allied

forms, and the margin is slightly everted. The sarcothecee resemble those of Z. biarmata.

Z. biarmata Billard Z. recta n. sp.

Measurements: length of hydrotheca ... ... 300—315 p 0°45—0°63 mm.

breadth of hydrotheca at base... ... 0... a 0°07—0'08 mm.

breadth of hydrotheca at mouth... ... ... 50—85 p 0°15 mm.

Ieneth of sarcotheca 3... 0... 68. nese 70-—120 p 0:07—0°10 mm.

breadth of sarcotheca at mouth... ...... 35 p 0°03 mm.

18. Lafea fruticosa Sars, 1862.

Saya de Malha, 145 fms.

19. Perisiphonia exserta (Johnson), 1858.

Locality unknown. A very small broken fragment is referred doubtfully to this species.

20. Oryptolaria conferta Allman, 1877. (3.)

Providence, 50—78 fms. The species is represented by two fragmentary colonies, one

of which consists of an unbranched stem bearing hydrothecee of the typical cylindrical form,

the other bearing a branch, the end of which is produced into an adhesive stolon.

21. Cryptolaria crassicaulis Allman var. dimorpha Ritchie, 1911. (61.)

Salomon, Chagos, 60—120 fms. In addition to the form of hydrotheca characteristic

of OC. crassicaulis, the specimen shows one hydrotheca which difters from the rest in that

it arises separately from the stolon, is erect and completely free, and closely resembles in

shape the hydrotheca of Hebella. The free hydrotheca is also considerably smaller than

the typical form, as will be seen from the following measurements: length of free hydrotheca

1:02 mm.; breadth of same at mouth 0°22 mm.; length of adnate portion of typical hydrotheca

0°85—0°88 mm.; length of free portion of same 0°44—0°48 mm.; breadth of same at mouth

0°24—0°32 mm.

22. Cryptolaria rectangularis n. sp. (Plate 24, fig. 3.)

Providence, 125 fms. The material consists of a part of a colony 0°7 cm. high and

lacking both basal and distal portions. Fascicling tubes are few and limited to the proximal

336 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

end of the stem. Branches are irregular, or perhaps opposite, and polysiphonic for a short

distance beyond their origin. The hydrothece are alternate, long and tubular, the proximal

halves erect and adnate, the distal diverging at a right angle. The margin is smooth

with several reduplications and circular aperture. A well-marked fold occurs in the lower

wall of the hydrotheca at the point of divergence. Gonosomes absent.

This species differs from C. angulata Bale in the straightness of the upper wall of the

hydrotheca in its divergent portion and in the absence of an internal thickening opposite

the fold. Bale notes that in some instances the bend in the upper wall of C. angulata is

wanting, but he regards the internal thickening as one of the diagnostic characters of his

species. If it should be found that this thickening ever occurs in C. rectangularis or is

occasionally absent from C. angulata, then the two species would probably be correctly

regarded as varieties of the same form. Measurements: length of adnate portion of

hydrotheca 0°35—0'4 mm.; length of free portion of same 0°41—0°54 mm.; breadth at

mouth 0°15—0'19 mm. 7

23. Hebella crateroides Ritchie, 1909.

Farquhar Atoll, on Hudendriwm cochleatum, off dead shells. A single hydrotheca and

gonosome are present. The former is somewhat damaged but the latter corresponds in

every way with Ritchie's description.

24. Hebella cylindrica (von Lendenfeld), 1884. (48.)

Locality unknown. The margin of the hydrotheca is well everted, more than in Bale’s

Australian form, and frequently with two or three reduplications.

25. Hebella calcarata (Agassiz), 1862.

Providence, 50—78 fms., on Synthecium tubithecum; Pemba, on Thyroscyphus vitiensis.

26. Gonotha longicyatha Thornely, 1904. (64.)

Cargados, 30 fms.; Saya de Malha, 150 fms.; Zanzibar, floating in the plankton.

The colonies reach a maximum height of 15 cms. The branching is irregular and in a few

instances the main stem is strengthened by downgrowths from the bases of the peduncles

of the hydrothecw. The peduncles are generally annulated throughout. The margin of the

hydrotheca is produced into long needle-like points which are separated by alternating

deep and shallow bays. In one specimen from Cargados the hydranths, although well

extended, do not reach-to the margin of the hydrotheca; they are provided with about

eighteen tentacles. Numerous truncate gonothecze of the typical form are present. The

colony from the plankton shows a much more attenuated growth than the rest of the

specimens and in it the bays of the margins of the hydrothecz are less deep.

27. Campanularia chelome Allman, 1888. (5.) (Plate 24, fig. 4.)

Zanzibar. A large flourishing colony was obtained, growing on a shell of Lepas and

reaching a height of 1°5 cms. The main stems arise at close intervals from the creeping

hydrorhiza, giving off branches which are irregularly alternate and especially abundant

near the distal end. The branches themselves give rise to secondary ramuli. The main

stem shows five or six annulations at the origin of the branches and the latter the same at

the origin of the ramuli. The ramuli are annulated throughout their entire length or at

FLORENCE JARVIS—THE HYDROIDS 337

the proximal ends only. The hydrotheca is cup-shaped with an entire margin, while the

hydranth possesses about twenty tentacles. Long cylindrical gonothece are borne on short

ringed peduncles arising in the axils of the peduncles of the hydrothece; at their distal

ends are slightly marked collars and their mouths are concave.

The specimens under consideration differ from the type in their much greater height

and in the presence of gonosomes. The latter are not figured in the “Challenger” forms which

may have been immature. Measurements: length of hydrotheca 0°16—0°18 mm.; breadth

of hydrotheca at mouth 0°18—9°2mm.; breadth of same at base 0°07—0°'08 mm.; length

of gonotheca 0°40—0°45 mm.; maximum breadth of same 0°22 mm.

28. Campanularia corrugata Thornely, 1904. (64.) (Plate 24, fig. 5.)

Zanzibar, 6 fms., on stem of a Plumularian; Wasin, 10 fms.; Cargados, 45 fms., on

Lytocarpus pheeniceus (Busk). The creeping hydrorhiza gives rise to erect, simple hydro-

eauli, which are annulated throughout their length. The perisarc is considerably thickened

below the base of the hydrotheca. The latter is about twice as long as wide, with a simple,

sinuous margin. The hydranth has about twenty tentacles. Gonosome absent. Measure-

ments. length of hydrotheca 0°66 mm.; breadth of hydrotheca at mouth 0°44 mm.

29. Campanularia ptychocyathus Allman, 1888. (5.)

Amirante, 36 and 39 fms., the latter on a Polyzoan; Wasin, 10 fms., on an alga.

30. Campanularia serrulatella (Thornely), 1904. (64.)

Amirante, 29, 32 and 18 fms.; Cargados, 30 fms. The colonies show no definite main

stem, only a basal portion giving rise to a number of branches which bear both secondary

ramuli and hydranths. The proximal parts of the branches are in several cases strengthened

by downgrowths from the peduncles of the hydrothecee. The peduncles are of varying length,

either annulated in the proximal and distal parts or throughout their length. The hydranth

is slightly raised up above the diaphragm at the base of the hydrotheca, but this character

is much less marked than in the description of the type specimen. Gonosomes of the

typical form occur.

31. Thyroscyphus equalis Warren, 1908. (70.)

Cargados, 45 fms.; Prison Island, Zanzibar, 8 fms. and shallower; Wasin, 10 fms. The

diaphragm at the base of the hydrotheca is in the form of a continuous ridge and in this

respect resembles that found in the Natal specimens. Ritchie regards this species as identical

with 7. regularis, specimens of which he described from the Mergui Archipelago (59). In

these the diaphragm is in the form of a row of small chitinous prominences, not in a

continuous ridge. The latter character appears to be constant in forms from the western

side of the Indian Ocean and thus seems to be one of specific value.

7’. equalis T. regularis (Ritchie)

Measurements: maximum height of colony ... 20 ems. | ——

distance between hydrothecee ... ... ... Lite e5tmm: 1485-173 mm.

Giameteriof peduncle ...- ...° 4. ... ...) | 0°14—0°15 mm. ‘20 mm.

length of hydrotheca ... ... 1s «es | 0°85—0°9 mm. ‘96 mm.

breadth of hydrotheca at mothe pais eee | 0°75 mm. ‘63 mm.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 43

338 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

32. Thyroscyphus vitiensis Marktanner-Turneretscher, 1890. (49.)

Amirante, 25—80fms.; Pemba; Zanzibar, 0—2 fms. Examination of the type specimens

of Campanularia junceoides Borradaile has shown that the latter is identical with this

species.

33. Sertularia brevicyathus (Versluys), 1899. (69.) (Plate 24, fig. 6.)

Amirante, 29 fms.; Cargados, 30 fms.; Saya de Malha, 150 fms.; Wasin, 10 fms.;

Zanzibar, surface. The hydrocaulus is typically simple, corresponding to Nutting’s de-

scription of the American form. The material includes, however, a pinnate variety from

Saya de Malha. In this the basal part is wanting, but the hydrothece above are all

strictly paired and contiguous in front. The pinne are given off at right angles and arise

from processes of the stems immediately below hydrothec. The process is cut off distally

by a slightly oblique node and is followed by an athecate internode of varying length. The

latter is cut off distally by a splice-like joint and is followed by thecate internodes.

In the determination of this species the synonymy discussed by Bale has not been

adopted. S. brevicyathus is considered distinct from S. marginata for the following reasons:

(1) in S. brevicyathus the internodes are constantly of a much greater length; (2) in

S. brevicyathus the hydrothece are much more robust; (3) the hydrothecal aperture

in S. brevicyathus is directed almost straight outwards, whereas in S. marginata it is

directed forwards and outwards—the arrangement of the pairs of hydrothece in relation

to the colony as a whole is thus entirely different in the two cases; (4) in the method

of branching the two species are very different. While in S. brevicyathus the pinne

arise below one of a pair of hydrothece, in S. marginata they are given off below

axillary hydrothece. Further, in S. brevicyathus the pinne are irregularly scattered and

in S. marginata they are regularly alternating.

34. Sertularia cornicina (= Dynamena cornicina McCready, Gymnophthalmata of

Charleston Harbour, 1858, p. 204). (H.W.M.T.)

Saya de Malha, 25 fms.; Wasin, 10 fms.; Zanzibar. Except for slight details, the

specimens agree with Nutting’s (52) description of the American forms. The Saya de Malha

a ee nn i ee ee ee

colonies are the most luxuriant. The internodes here are shorter than in Nutting’s figure

and the free portion of the hydrotheca reaches about one-third of the total length. The

outer wall of the hydrotheca is thickened just below the margin, where it forms a very

slight internal tooth. The basal teeth are clearly marked. The colonies from Wasin are

less robust than the preceding and show longer internodes. Gonosomes arise from the

hydrorhiza close to a hydrocaulus ; the mouths are wider than in Nutting’s figure. A short

thick form, overgrown with Hebella, comes from Zanzibar. Nutting in his later work with

some expression of uncertainty and “in the absence of good morphological characters” links

this species with S. complexa Clarke, though he came to an opposite conclusion in an earlier

paper; it seems that his former opinion is the more correct. The chitinous processes

extending down from the base of the hydrotheca appear to furnish good and reliable ~

morphological characters; it is therefore best to keep the two species distinct until specimens

of one or other are found showing some hydrothece with and some without these

processes.

FLORENCE JARVIS—THE HYDROIDS 339

35. Sertularia cornicina var. pinnata var. n.

Saya de Malha, 29 fis. Several specimens of a pinnate variety were obtained. The

hydrocaulus is erect, divided transversely at fairly regular intervals. Each node bears a

pinna from a process near its proximal end, and, in addition, three hydrothece, one axillary,

two varying from opposite to alternate. The cauline hydrothece are generally adpressed

to the stem, especially near the base of the latter, and in some cases the free divergent

portion is so reduced as to be practically wanting. The stem diameter decreases suddenly

near the distal end where the pinnze cease, and here the hydrothecze become contiguous

and paired instead of widely separated and lateral. The first internode of the pinna is long,

without hydrothecx, and is cut off distally by a very oblique joint. The pinnz are very

apt to break off at this joint, leaving the stem with a number of spike-like lateral processes.

The hydrothecx and gonosomes are essentially the same as in the non-pinnate form.

36. Sertularia heterodonta Ritchie, 1909. (57.)

Cargados, 24 fms.; Zanzibar. The colony from Cargados measures 6°3 mm. in height

and is without gonosomes. The small portion of hydrorhiza present shows internal

thickenings of floor and roof. The hydrocaulus is erect, unbranched, the basal portion

lacking nodes and hydrothece; the hydrothecate region is separated from the basal by a

splice-like joint. The first internode is short, the remainder long and slender and separated

by transverse nodes. Occasionally an oblique node occurs close above a transverse one, so

that shert athecate internodes are formed. The hydrothece are paired, contiguous in front

for about one-third their length, separated behind; the distal part diverges at a wide angle.

The basal wall of the hydrotheca shows a small triangular tooth situated near the middle

line, passing downwards into the cavity of the hydrocaulus, and a second larger tooth,

also triangular, nearer the lateral wall and directed upwards into the cavity of the hydro-

theca. A third peg-like thickening projects into the hydrotheca from the lateral wall a

short distance above the base. The margin possesses three teeth, a large pair of laterals

and a smaller superior median. The operculum is in three flaps. Below the margin the

hydrothecal walls are produced into three internal thickenings, triangular in shape, and

situated on the superior, inferior and abcauline walls. The margin shows several redupli-

cations and in a few cases one or more of the internal processes are repeated. Gonosomes

occurring in the Zanzibar colonies are borne singly, one on each hydrocaulus, immediately

below the proximal pair of hydrothecee. They arise from a short stalk, are truncate, with

a wide aperture and a single-pieced operculum. The collar is short with a ring of chitinous

knobs.

Measurements: length of athecate portion of stem 1'1 mm.; length of internodes

0'48—0°58 mm.; diameter of same near base 0°5—0°6 mm.; length of adnate portion of

hydrotheca 0°10—0'12 mm.; length of free portion of same 0°15—0°18 mm.; diameter of

hydrotheca at base 0°07—0'10 mm.; diameter of hydrotheca at mouth 0°05—0:06 mm. ;

length of gonosome 0°76 mm.; breadth of same at mouth 0°27 mm.

37. Sertularia linealis Warren, 1908. (70.)

Cargados, 24 fms.; Wasin. The specimens show the typical arrangement of the

hydrorhiza in parallel rows on the frond of an alga, the rows being connected by transverse

43—2

340 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

anastomoses placed at right angles. The hydrocaulus is unbranched, regularly divided by

constricted transverse nodes. The hydrothecs, except in the case of the proximal pair, are

contiguous in front for about one-third of their length, then diverging at a right angle.

The margin is in two lateral waves and the aperture is directed outwards and slightly

upwards. Beneath the margin the perisare is thickened to give three internal teeth,

superior, inferior and posterior in position. The base of the hydrotheca is thickened on the

inner side.

38. Sertularia loculosa Bale, 1884. (9.) (H.W.M.T.)

Amirante, 22—85 fms.; Saya de Malha, 25 fms. The stems are in all cases unbranched.

The specimens in the main resemble Bale’s figures, the chief differences lying in (1) the

more sharply pointed teeth of the hydrotheca, (2) the greater length of the internodes and

- (3) the absence of oblique nodes. In many cases the stem is produced beyond the hydro-

thecate region into a stolon, which terminates in a flattened, lobulated, adhesive disc.

39. Sertularia marginata (Kirchenpauer), 1864. (Plate 24, fig. 7.)

Wasin, 10 fms. Several flourishing colonies reach a maximum height of 3°5 ems. The

hydrocaulus is in every case pinnate and the ends of both stems and branches are frequently

produced into stolons. In one case a small branch is given off from a stolon at a considerable

distance from the origin of the latter. The stolon itself is unattached to any object, but

may have been in the living state. The single gonosome arises immediately above the axial

hydrotheca of a pinna, is sessile, truncate, with six strongly marked annulations, and

produced distally into two lateral horns. This species, as has been pointed out above, is

regarded as distinct from S. brevicyathus Versluys.

40. Sertularia tenuis Bale, 1884. (9.) (H.W.M.T.)

Saya de Malha, 25 fms.; Seychelles, 34 fms.; Cargados, 30 fms. The colonies are all

of the non-pinnate variety, ranging from 0°8 to 1°3 cms. in height. Bale figures both simple

and pinnate forms, which differ in the length of the internodes and in the angles of divergence

of the hydrothecee. Some specimens from Seychelles agree with the simple variety, but

others are intermediate between the simple and pinnate types of Bale, the hydrothecee

being of the pinnate type while the lengths of the internodes approximate to those of the

simple form. In the distal parts of the colony the hydrothecz are generally less divergent

than in the proximal.

Comparison of the forms leads to the conclusion that specimens obtained from the

lower depths tend to grow stronger and to a greater height than those in more shallow

water. Unfortunately Bale does not mention the depth from which his material was

obtained. He draws attention to the fact that very slight differences exist between this

species and S. divergens Lamouroux. From a comparison of the two figures given by him,

there would appear to be less difference between the pinne of the two species than between

the pinnate and simple shoots of S. tenwis. Again, the mere fact that “S. divergens has

usually five or six pinnee on each side of the stem,” while, in S. tenuis, Bale only found from

one to three pinnze and sometimes entirely non-pinnate forms, does not appear to be a valid

specitic distinction, more particularly when note is taken of the fact that the gonosomes are

identical. From these considerations there seems justification for the conclusion that the

—

FLORENCE JARVIS—THE HYDROIDS 34]

differences between the two species are probably either local or bathymetric. It is suggested

tentatively that the species be united with the retention of the specific name divergens,

not merely on account of priority, but because the hydrothece of S. tenuis, more particularly ©

of the simple variety, are more divergent than in S. divergens itself.

41. Sertularia turbinata Lamouroux, 1816. (H.W.M.T.) (Plate 24, fig. 8.)

Amirante, 22—85 fms.; Centurion Bank, 10—12 fms.; Zanzibar.

The hydrocaulus is in every case simple and divided by transverse nodes. It. is

frequently produced into stolons which bear adhesive organs exactly similar to those of

S. loculosa. The hydrothecee are longer than in S. loculosa and divergent at wider angles.

The character of the margin is doubtful since the perisare is thin and the walls usually

collapsed. The aperture is directed outwards and somewhat downwards as against outwards

and upwards in S. loculosa.

42. Sertularella conica Allman, 1877, var. (Plate 24, fig. 9.)

Zanzibar. A variety of this species is represented by a small colony, 1°2 ems. high.

The hydrocaulus is erect, monosiphonic, unbranched except in one instance and showing

faint indication of division by oblique nodes. The simple branch arises immediately

below a hydrotheca. The hydrothece are adnate for about half their length, broad

below, and taper somewhat in the distal diverging portion. They differ from the typical

form in that the annulations are usually carried completely round the distal part of the

hydrotheca instead of being limited to the upper side. The margin is in four deep

bays, and the aperture directed outwards and upwards as well as slightly forwards.

A single gonosome is present, arising from a short peduncle borne laterally near the base

of the hydrocaulus opposite the hydrotheca. The body is ovate, annulated throughout its

length, and provided with a short collar. The annulations are more deeply marked in the

distal than in the proximal half.

Measurements: length of adnate portion of hydrotheca 0°365 mm.; length of free

portion of same 0°35—0°4mm.; diameter at mouth 0°13—0°17 mm.; length of gonosome

1°56 mm.; maximum diameter 0°8 mm.; diameter of collar 0°23 mm.

43. Sertularella thecocarpa n. sp. (Plate 24, fig. 10.)

Centurion Bank, Chagos, 10—12 fms.

Several small colonies were obtained, growing on the fronds of an alga. From the

creeping hydrorhiza are given off at close intervals erect stems, usually simple, rarely

branched, reaching a maximum height of 0°6 cm. Oblique and twisted nodes occur at

regular intervals in the proximal part of the stem, while distally they are less clearly

marked. The single branch appears to arise from the lumen of an incompletely developed

hydrotheca. The hydrothecz are alternate, adnate for less than half their length ; the

walls are smooth and the aperture directed outwards and upwards. The margin has two

large, sharply pointed lateral teeth, while the intervening parts are sinuous. In the taller

stems the upper part of the hydrocaulus tends to be rugose, while the distance between

the hydrothece is increased ; the uppermost hydrotheca especially is frequently at a long

distance from the one below. The fertile stems are more stunted than those without

gonosomes. The latter are peculiar in that they arise from the lumen of the hydrothece,

342 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

One or two are borne on a stem near the base; they are about four times as long as the

hydrothecee, globose, deeply corrugated, the collars short and the apertures small. The

presence of a gonosome, arising from the lumen of a hydrotheca, is accordingly not

limited to the genus Synthecium, and therefore cannot be regarded as peculiar to that

genus. The definition of Syntheciwm must therefore rest primarily on the growth habit

and the hydrothecal characters and secondarily on the gonosome.

Measurements: length of internodes 0°27—0°34 mm.; length of adnate portion of

hydrothecze 0°17—0'20 mm.; length of free portion of same 0°23—0'26 mm.; breadth of

hydrothecz at mouth 0°12—0:14mm.; length of gonosome 0°95 mm.; maximum breadth

of gonosome 0°80 mm.

44. Sertularella tumida Warren, 1908. (70.)

Amirante, 29 fms.; Providence, 39 fms. The species is represented by fragmentary

colonies only, varying in height from 0°5 to lem. The stem is unbranched, sinuous,

divided by faintly marked twisted nodes. The large hydrothecz are adnate for half their

lengths, while the distal portions diverge at a wide angle. The adnate portion is broad; the

distal tapers towards the aperture. The margin is provided with four teeth, two lateral, one

inferior and one superior. Below the margin are three prominent triangular teeth, pro-

jecting into the cavity of the hydrotheca; two are situated below the upper bays of the

margin, the third below the abcauline tooth. S. tasmanica described and figured by Bale

(15) may probably be regarded as a local variety of S. twmida, differing only in the

straighter stem and abcauline wall of the hydrotheca.

45. Thuiaria mterrupta Allman.

Zanzibar. The species is characterised by the arrangement of the hydrothece in groups

of from four to twelve on the pinne and from three to five on the stem. A hydrotheca is

carried in the axil of each stem-process bearing a pinna. As in Allman’s type the hydro-

thecze are provided with two lateral teeth. The longitudinal markings (sulci) of the stem

mentioned by that author are absent.

46. Thwaria lata Bale, 1881. (8.) (H.W.M.T.) :

Amirante, 39 fms.; Cargados, 45 fms.; Saya de Malha, 47 fms.; Wasin, 10 fms.;

Zanzibar. The hydrothecee show some variation in arrangement and in the characters of the

margins. In the specimen from Wasin, the hydrothecz are very closely set and the marginal

teeth not well marked. In the remaining colonies, and especially in those from Cargados, they

are much farther apart and the teeth are very clearly seen. Numerous gonosomes occur in

the Zanzibar colonies. In them no distinction can be drawn between undulating dorsal

and smooth ventral edges, as in Bale’s specimens. Longitudinal ridges occur in the distal

portion, but these may be due to imperfect fixation. The apex is concave and oblique,

being lower on the adaxial than the abaxial side.

47. Thuwaria tubulrformis (Marktanner-Turneretscher), 1890. (49.) (H.W.M.T.)

(Plate 25, fig. 13.)

Coetivy, Seychelles; Peros, Diego Garcia, and Egmont, Chagos; Farquhar Atoll;

Zanzibar; Pemba. All from the shallow surface reefs.

The typical character of the stem internodes, each carrying a branch and two hydro-

FLORENCE JARVIS—THE HYDROIDS 343

thecee on one side and a single hydrotheca on the other, is only met with in some of the

specimens. Very frequently the distal internodes and occasionally the proximal also bear

a branch and three hydrothecz on one side and two hydrothecz on the other. In the

colonies from Diego Garcia the general arrangement is three hydrothecze on one side and

four on the other. The hydrothecze of the pinnee show a marked tendency to become

arranged in groups of from four to six. The ccenosarc in several cases contains a quantity

of dark pigment. Where the hydrarith is expanded it is seen to possess a flattened hypostome

and about 24 tentacles. Gonosomes, present in the Egmont reef colonies, are of the typical

form.

48. Diphasia digitalis (Busk), 1852. (36.) (H.W.M.T.)

Zanzibar and Wasin. In the proximal part of the colony the cauline hydrothecz are

widely separated in front, while the distal parts and on the branches they are contiguous.

The proximal internodes are sharply defined and carry either a pair of hydrothecx or a

. pair of hydrothecz and a branch, while in the distal parts of the colony the nodes are less

regular. There are uniformly two pairs of hydrothecee between the alternating pinne.

Gonosomes, which are numerous in one colony from Zanzibar, are borne on a short but

definite peduncle arising from the back of the stem. They are ovoid and very large (not

small as in Nutting’s description of the American form), tapering at the distal end and

beset with numerous spines. The orifice is flat and circular.

49. Diphasia mutulata (Busk), 1852. (36.)

Cargados, 45 fms.

50. Diphasia varians, n. sp. (Plate 25, fig. 14.)

Amirante, 22—85, 29 and 25—80 fms.; Saya de Malha, 29 fms.; Zanzibar; Cargados,

45 fms. The colonies are all fragmentary and unbranched, reaching a height of 1'1 cms.

The basal portion is without hydrorhiza and separated from the hydrothecate region by an

oblique node. The remainder of the hydrocaulus is divided by transverse nodes placed at

irregular intervals. One or more pairs of hydrothecz are borne on each internode. The

hydrothece are long, tubular, contiguous in front in the distal part of the stem only, and

separated behind; generally less than one-quarter is divergent. Where more than one pair

of hydrothecse are borne on one internode, the pairs are closely apposed, the upper pair

arising immediately above the point of divergence of the preceding pair. The margin is in

two bays formed by two lateral teeth. The perisare is thick except on the abcauline side

of the hydrothecal margin, where it forms a thin collar connecting the two lateral teeth.

The specimen from Amirante, 25—80 fms., is a stout form in which as many as ten pairs

of hydrothece are carried by the first internode, while the remaining internodes carry a

single pair. Very frequently, a second operculum occurs below the first, arising at the point

of divergence of the distal part of the hydrotheca. A third operculum is occasionally

present below the second. Marginal reduplications to the number of five may occur. The

hydrothece of the colonies from Amirante, 29 fms., have longer divergent portions than the

preceding. A distinct variety comes from Cargados; in this a small flap of perisare projects

in from the abcauline wall of the hydrotheca just opposite the point of divergence, and the

presence of two opercula is constant.

344 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

51. Pasythea heterodonta n. sp. (Plate 24, figs. 11, 12.)

Cargados, 24 fms., and three dredgings 30—45 fms. The colonies reach a height of 0°7 em.

The hydrocaulus is erect, unbranched, arising from a creeping hydrorhiza, and divided at

irregular intervals, oblique nodes. The internodes bear one.or more pairs of hydrothec, which

resemble those of P. guadridentata. The proximal portion of each is contiguous in front,

separated behind, the distal divergent at a wide angle and tapering towards the aperture;

the margin has two lateral teeth and the operculum is in two flaps. Below the margin are

two prominent triangular teeth projecting into the cavity of the hydrotheca. Gonosomes —

are borne singly immediately below the proximal pair of hydrothecee of a stem; in shape

they are ovate, with about five annular corrugations. A collar is wanting; the aperture is

broad, circular, with a single-pieced operculum. Great variation is shown in the grouping

of the pairs of hydrothecee. In most cases the first one or two internodes bear only a single

pair, the remainder having two pairs. At the distal end of the hydrocaulus a few stems —

have three pairs to an internode, the third pair arising between the second, causing the

latter to divide more than normally, while the third pair is itself more erect than the ~

others. The colonies from Cargados are remarkable, since in some cases as many as ten

proximal internodes bear each only a single pair of hydrothecse, the single pairs being

followed by two or more groups of two pairs. In many instances three pairs are grouped

together, while in a few cases a double pair is interposed between the single pairs.

Generally speaking, the grouping is limited to the distal parts of the hydrocaulus.

Proximally, where the grouping does not occur, the specimens would in many cases be

taken for a species of Sertularia.

52. Pasythea philippina Marktanner-Turneretscher, 1890. (49.)

Pemba and Wasin.

53. Idia pristis Lamouroux, 1816. (H.W.M.T.)

Zanzibar. The pseudo-branching is similar to that described by Allman. The axial

hydrothecee are small, with the aperture directed upwards and backwards, while in the

remaining hydrothece the apertures are directed backwards. No internal chambers such

as Allman describes can be found at the base of the hydrothecze. Gonosomes occur only on

the proximal portion of the main stem below the pinnate portion. They agree rather with

Bale’s description, since the longitudinal ribs are few; they are not connected by trans-

verse ridges as in the Australian specimens, but agree with the latter in being carried up

past the shoulder. The rim of the collar is raised up all round so that the orifice appears

to be sunken. Delicate markings pass down from the rim on to the collar.

54. Synthecium dentigerum n. sp. (Plate 25, fig. 15.)

Centurion Bank, Chagos, 10—12 fms. A fragment, consisting of an unbranched stem

1 em. high, regularly divided by transverse nodes. The internodes bear a pair of cylindrical

hydrothecze, adnate for more than half their length, the distal parts each diverging at a

small angle. The inner basal corners of the walls are thickened to give small downwardly

directed pointed teeth. A large triangular tooth extends into the cavity of the hydro-

theca from the adcauline wall a short distance below the aperture. The margin is even,

with several reduplications. A branched stolon issues from the mouth of one hydrotheca.

FLORENCE JARVIS—THE HYDROIDS 345

Allman figures a similar branch arising from a hydrotheca in S. campylocarpum; he regards

it as abnormal but of interest in repeating in Syntheciwm a feature which constitutes the

essential character of Thecocladium.

55. Syntheccum patulum (Busk), 1852. (36.) (H.W.M.T.)

Centurion Bank, Chagos, 10—12 fms.; Amirante, 30—100 fms.; Wasin. In the

Centurion Bank specimens the internodes are short and in consequence the hydrothece

are closely approximated; the margins are deeply sinuate at the sides. Much longer

internodes occur in the forms from the second locality; the margins are straighter and

with reduplications. The colonies are overgrown with Hebella.

56. Synthecium rectum Nutting, 1904. (52.)

Seychelles, 37 fms.; Cargados, 45 fms.

57. Synthecvum subventricosum Bale, 1914. (15.)

Amirante, 25—80 fms., and Zanzibar.

58. Synthecium tubiger Borradaile, 1905. (32.)

Amirante, 22—85, 34 and 20—44 fms.; Providence, 50—78 fims.; Cargados, 30 and

45 tms.; Saya de Malha, 29 fms.

59. Synthecium tubithecum (Allman), 1877. (3.)

Amirante, 20—44 fms.; Providence, 50—78 fms.; Cargados, 30 fms.; Wasin, 10 fms.

60. Plumularia alternata (Nutting), 1900. (51.) (Plate 25, fig. 16.)

Amirante, 20—44 fms.; Seychelles, 44 fms.; Wasin, 10 fms.; Zanzibar. The hydrosome

is similar in all essential characters to the American form. Considerable variation exists

in the amount of flexure and length of the internodes of the different colonies. In the

specimen from Amirante the two proximal pinnze of the stem are paired, being carried on

processes which arise from each side of the stem instead of from one side only. This

proximal part of the stem is cut off from the remainder by an oblique node.

Gonosomes, here described for the first time, occur on the Zanzibar specimens. They

are of two kinds. The first and most numerous is a small oval type, pedunculate, flat or

slightly concave at the distal end, occurring on the proximal part of the main stem and on

the pinne. Those on the main stem arise singly on the pinne below the hydrothecze, or

in pairs immediately above the cauline hydrothece. The peduncle is flanked by a pair of

sarcothecee. The total length of this small type is about twice that of the hydrotheca.

One specimen, bearing small gonosomes, also carries near the apex of the main stem two

large gonosomes, each arising below cauline hydrothecee which do not subtend branches.

The peduncles bear three sarcothece, situated either all on the anterior face or two on

the anterior and one on the posterior. The length is about six times that of the hydro-

theca, while the apex is broad and rounded.

61. Plumularia corrugata Nutting, 1900. (51.) (Plate 26, fig. 17.)

Zanzibar. The colonies assume the form of plumose tufts 1°5 cms. in height and are

thus much smaller than Nutting’s American forms. Corrugations are present on the stem

immediately above and below the nodes. The hydranths are provided with about twelve

tentacles and are extended far beyond the hydrothecal margins; indeed, they appear to

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. td

346 : PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

be incapable of completely retracting into the cups. Gonosomes resembling the larger

type of the American form are abundant. They arise immediately below the stem-processes,

which bear the pinnze, on the anterior face of the stem, not in the axils of the pinne, as

is indicated by Nutting’s figure.

62. Plumularia crosslandi, n. sp. (Plate 25, fig. 18.)

Wasin, 10 fms. Several colonies were obtained growing on an alga. The creeping

hydrorhiza gives off erect, unbranched, monosiphonic hydrocauli, which reach a maximum

height of 0°9 em. The hydrocauli are divided by oblique nodes. Proximally each inter-

node carries two pinne, distally only one. The pinnee are alternating, arising from large

stem-processes, each of which carries a sarcotheca on the anterior face and a raised per-

foration just above the axil and is flanked by a pair of cauline sarcothece. The pinne are

much constricted at their origin and are divided obliquely into hydrothecate internodes.

The hydrothece are completely adnate, the apertures being directed upwards. The margin

is produced into two large triangular teeth, lateral in position, while anteriorly it is

rounded and is everted to form a lip, below which the wall is strongly thickened to form

an internal triangular tooth. The infra-mesial sarcotheca arises from a protuberance below

the base of the hydrothece, is long and tubular, reaching to half the height of the latter.

The lateral sarcothecze are carried on very slight peduncles and do not reach to the level

of the apices of the lateral teeth. An additional mesial sarcotheca occurs above the hydro-

theca near the upper end of the internode. The anterior wall of the internode is slightly

thickened below the infra-mesial sarcotheca, below the base of the hydrotheca and above

the supra-mesial sarcotheca.

Gonosomes arise singly in the axil ofa pinna. The peduncles are well-defined and are

flanked at the base by the pair of cauline sarcothece described above in connection with

the stem-process bearing the pinna. In shape the gonosomes are cylindrical, the distal

end being drawn out into four irregular expansions, disposed diagonally. An anterior face

can be distinguished by the presence of two longitudinally directed ridges, while the

posterior wall is smooth.

Measurements: length of internodes of hydrocaulus (proximal) 0°44 mm.; length of

internodes of same (distal) 0°21 mm.; length of internodes of pinna 0:25—0:26 mm.;

length of hydrotheca (to apex of lateral tooth) 0°13—0°14 mm.; breadth of same at

aperture 0°11 mm.; length of infra-mesial sarcotheca 0°085—0°09 mm. ; length of lateral

sarcotheca 0°04 mm.; length of supra-mesial sarcotheca 0°04 mm.; diameter of hydro-

eaulus (proximal) 0°11 mm.; diameter of hydrocaulus (distal) 0°10 mm.

63. Plumularia multithecata, n. sp. (Plate 25, fig. 19.)

Zanzibar and Wasin. The colonies assume the form of delicate erect stems, reaching

a height of about 2 cms. The stem is monosiphonic, unbranched, divided transversely into

alternating long and short internodes. Each of the former bears a hydrotheca and a pinna

and each of the latter a pair of sarcothecee. The pinne arise alternately from long stem-

processes which are cut off transversely at the distal ends. The first internode of the pinna

is short and without hydrotheca or sarcothece ; the second is slightly longer and carries

a sarcotheca on the anterior face. The remaining internodes are alternately hydrothecate

FLORENCE JARVIS—THE HYDROIDS 347

and non-hydrothecate as in the hydrocaulus. The hydrothece are tubular, expanding

somewhat in the distal portion. The posterior wall is adnate for about two-thirds of its

length, the remainder being free and directed outwards and upwards. Anteriorly the

margin is produced into a median blunted tooth, inwardly curved; the lateral and pos-

terior margins are sinuous. In side view, the posterior wall is seen to be compressed into

a kind of groove, but this cannot be distinguished in a front view. The aperture is directed

upwards and forwards. The infra-mesial sarcotheca is short, scarcely reaching above the

base of the hydrotheca, and canaliculate. The lateral sarcothecz are carried on peduncles

which are applied to and extend slightly beyond the lateral walls of the hydrothece.

The sarcothecz themselves are very large and canaliculate, the apertures being directed

inwards and forwards. The lateral and posterior walls are strengthened by a perisarcal

thickening in the form of a U, the cavity of the U being directed towards the base of

the sarcotheca. At the point of divergence of the hydrotheca from the internode arises

a supra-mesial sarcotheca. This is canaliculate, short and broad, not reaching to the

level of the posterior margin, and generally provided with a single aperture. Occa-

sionally however the aperture is double. The cauline hydrothecee resemble those of the

pinne except in two points. First, the supra-mesial sarcotheca is always provided with

two apertures. Second, the lateral sarcotheca which is on the pinna side is small and

carried on the stem-process. The latter therefore corresponds to the peduncle of the

opposite lateral sarcotheca. The non-hydrothecate internodes of both hydrocaulus and

pinna are similar and carry a pair of canaliculate sarcothece on the anterior face. These

resemble the infra-mesial in character. Gonosomes absent.

Measurements: length of hydrothecate internodes of pinna 0°25 mm.; length of non-

hydrothecate internodes of same 0°09—0'1 mm.; length of hydrotheca (on abcauline side)

0°22—0°23 mm.; breadth of hydrotheca at mouth 0°16mm.; length of infra-mesial sarcotheca

0°05 mm.; length of supra-mesial sarcotheca 0°03 mm.; length of peduncle and lateral

sarcotheca 0°14 mm. ; length of sarcothece of intermediate internodes 0°045 mm.

64. Plumularia nova n. sp. (Plate 26, fig. 20.)

Zanzibar, on P. alternata. A minute epizoic form, the main stem adherent to the

stem of P. alternata. The hydrocaulus is divided by indistinct nodes occurring at con-

siderable intervals; from each internode, either about the middle of its length or nearer

the upper end, arises a short free branch. The branches are obliquely jointed, the first

internode quite short, without hydrotheca, the others much longer and bearing small cup-

shaped hydrothecse about the middle of their length. In most cases the branch consists of

not more than three internodes, often of only two. The margin of the hydrotheca is even,

the diameter of the mouth being about equal to the height. No sarcothecee or gonosomes

are present.

65. Plumularia providentie n. sp. (Plate 26, fig. 21.)

Providence, 29 fms. The hydrocaulus is erect, monosiphonic and unbranched, reaching

a height of 1:3 cms. The proximal part bears neither sarcothec#e nor pinne; distally the

hydrocaulus is divided into long internodes by oblique joints. Immediately above the node

arises a hydrotheca (immediately below a pinna) from a slight process, the pinne being

44—2

348 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

all on the same side of the stem. In addition, the cauline internodes bear two or three

sarcothece in a single row on the side opposite the pinne. The latter are divided obliquely

into long internodes, each of which carries a hydrotheca immediately above the node, then

a row of two or three sarcothecee. The hydrothece are campanulate, adnate for about two-

thirds their lengths. The margin is even and the aperture directed upwards and forwards.

The infra-mesial sarcotheca does not reach above the base of the hydrotheca. Two pairs of

lateral sarcothecee are present; one pair is pedunculate, the peduncles being applied to the

wall of the hydrotheca; the second pair is shorter and arises on the inner side of the base

of the peduncle of the previous pair. The cauline hydrothece are similar in every way to

those of the pinnee. Internal thickenings of the wall of the hydrocaulus occur just above

and below the nodes, while in the pinne a similar thickening is present below the distal

sarcotheca of an internode.

66. Plumularia quadridentata n. sp. (Plate 26, fig. 22.)

Pemba. The colony consists of several long, slender, slightly branched stems arising

from a rooting hydrorhiza, and reaching a height of about 25 cms. The basal part of stem

and branches is slightly fascicled. Beyond the supporting tubes the stem is faintly segmented

by transverse nodes and bears neither hydrothece nor sarcothecee. Pinne arising alternately

occur at fair intervals. The basal part of each pinna is unsegmented and without hydrothece

or sarcothecee; beyond this region oblique nodes occur regularly. Each internode bears

about the middle of its length a hydrotheca and immediately behind this a pinnule from a

well-marked process. The hydrothece of the pinna are subtended by infra-mesial, lateral,

and supra-mesial sarcothece, and are similar to those occurring on the pinnules, as described

below. The pinne are divided by regular slightly oblique nodes. The basal one is short,

without hydrothecze or sarcothece, the remainder longer, provided each with a hydrotheca

and related sarcothecee. The hydrothece are cylindrical in shape, of almost equal diameter

throughout, and adnate for more than two-thirds of their length. The aperture is directed

upwards and forwards. The margin is provided with four teeth, anterior, posterior, and

lateral in position, separated by deep bays. The infra-mesial sarcotheca is short, scarcely

reaching the base of the hydrotheca. The laterals are borne on long peduncles and reach

well beyond the hydrothecal margin. The supra-mesial sarcotheca is small, not reaching

the level of the posterior hydrothecal tooth. Gonosomes are absent.

Measurements: breadth hydrotheca at mouth 0°20—0°21 mm.; length along anterior

border 0°23—0'25mm.; length infra-mesial sarcotheca 0°045—0'055 mm.; length supra-

mesial sarcotheca 0°04 mm.; length free portion of lateral sarcotheca 0°09—0'10 mm.

67. Plumularia setacea (Ellis), 1755.

Zanzibar.

68. Plumularia spiralis Billard, 1913. (380.)

Seychelles, 37 fms. The specimen differs from Billard’s description in that the internal

thickenings above and below the nodes completely encircle the internodes and are not

restricted to the adcauline side. The margin of the hydrotheca is slightly everted anteriorly

and the lateral sarcothecze are longer. An almost complete thickening occurs at the base

of the stem-process bearing the pinna, There are present in this position two axillary

FLORENCE JARVIS—THE HYDROIDS 349

sarcothecee, median raised perforations, while the third sarcotheca is borne higher up on

the process than figured by Billard. A single cauline sarcotheca is present between the

consecutive pinne.

69. Plumularia wasini n. sp. (Plate 26, fig. 23 and Fig. 1.)

Wasin, 10 fms. The colony is in the form of plumose tufts, 3 ems. high. The hydro-

eaulus is monosiphonie, divided transversely at

long intervals; the basal portion is provided

with two lateral rows of sarcothecze. The inter-

nodes of the pinnate region carry two lateral

rows of sarcothecee and a varying number of

pinne, arising alternately. The pinnee are

divided into hydrothecate and non-hydrothe-

cate internodes by alternating transverse and

oblique nodes. The non-hydrothecate inter-

nodes bear two median sarcothece on the an-

terior faces, except in the case of the first

internodes, on each of which only one is present.

The hydrothecee are large, campanulate, free

from their pinne for more than half their length.

The margin is even and the aperture directed

upwards and forwards. The infra-calycine sar-

cotheca is small, not reaching above the base of

the hydrotheca; the laterals are pedunculate,

the peduncles being applied to the walls of the hydrothecee, while the sarcotheca itself

reaches to the level of the margin. A median supra-calycine sarcotheca occurs at the point

of divergence of the hydrotheca from the internode. A triangular thickening of the anterior

wall of internode occurs immediately below the infra-mesial sarcotheca, while smaller ones are

present on the opposite face of the oblique node and above and below the transverse nodes.

Gonosomes arise just below a hydrotheca near the proximal end of a pinna; they are

pedunculate, tapering below, and expanding distally. The apertures are broad, circular and

flat with single-pieced opercula attached to the adcauline sides. A pair of sarcothece is

present just above the peduncle on the abcauline surface. |

Measurements: length of hydrotheca 0:12—0°15 mm.; breadth of hydrotheca at mouth

0°21—0°23 mm.; length of cauline sarcothecze 0:09 mm.; length of infra-mesial sarcothecz

0°08 mm.; length of lateral sarcothecee 0°07 mm.; length of supra-mesial sarcothecze 0:05 mm. ;

length of gonosome 0°7 mm.; maximum breadth of gonosome 9°53 mm.

Fig. 1. Plumularia wasini n. sp., x 20-6.

70. Antenella secundarva (Linneeus), 1788.

Cargados, 45 fms.; Centurion Bank, 10—12 fms.; Saya de Malha, 47 fms.; Wasin, 10 fms.

71. Aglaophenia cupressina Lamouroux, 1816.

Cargados, 12 and 10 fms., and Zanzibar. The specimen from Zanzibar is much more

lax in habit than the remaining colonies. This is due to the fact that the fascicling tubes

are less strongly developed and reach only a short distance along the pinnee.

350 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Much variation is shown in the character of the hydrothecal margin (compare Bale’s

Australian forms.)

72. Aglaophenia delicatula (Busk), 1852. (36.)

Amirante, 35 fms., and Wasin. The aperture from the mesial sarcotheca into the

hydrotheca, a point which could not be determined in Bale’s Australian forms, is here

clearly seen, and is situated immediately below the point of divergence of the sarcotheca

from the hydrothecal wall.

73. Aglaophenia minuta Fewkes, 1881.

Cargados, 45 fms.

74. Thecocarpus brevirostris (Busk), 1852. (36.) (Plate 26, fig. 24.)

Amirante, 20—44 and 30—100 fms.; Cargados, 45 fms.; Farquhar Atoll, surface;

Saya de Malha, 47 fms.; Praslin, reef; Seychelles, 31 fms. With the exception of the

Praslin specimens, the colonies differ from the type in the fact that the hydrothecee are

less recurved and in consequence possess apertures which are directed more upwards and

less forwards. The mesial sarcotheca is almost constantly much shorter than in the typical

form and is provided with a short free portion. In Bale’s specimens from Fiji the cauline

sarcothecee are stated to “be provided with a wide free distal margin”; here they almost

always possess two distinct openings. The mature gonosome consists of seven alternating

costze on each side and except for the greater size conforms to Bale’s description.

75. Thecocarpus mammillatus (Nutting), 1900. (51.)

Wasin, 10 fms., and Zanzibar. The trophosome agrees in all essentials with Nutting’s

description of the American form. The discovery of the gonosome places the species in the

genus Thecocarpus. The corbula is very long, consisting of about fifteen alternating leaflets

on each side. At their origin the leaflets are narrow; a sarcotheca is borne at the point of

divergence from the rachis and a second just beyond the origin on the proximal edge of

each leaflet. A short distance beyond their origin the leaflets widen out and become partly

fused at their edges. A large triangular space is left between the successive leaflets; this

is partially closed by a modified hydrotheca in connection with which are a pair of lateral

sarcothece. Smaller additional gaps are left between the leaflets further from the rachis.

The distal border carries a row of five canaliculate sarcothece, and, in addition, the lower

margin of the proximal pair of leaflets carries a sarcotheca on the outer edge and two more

on the lower margin immediately beyond the point of origin. One or two slightly modified

hydrothecze are present on the rachis below the corbula.

76. Thecocarpus laxus (Allman), 1876. (2.)

Cargados, 30 fms. i

77. Thecocarpus sp. Wasin. In the absence of the hydrosome this species cannot be

identified with certainty. A single large corbula only is available for examination. It consists

of a rachis bearing near the base five consecutive hydrothecz and beyond these nineteen

pairs of alternating leaflets. The basal hydrothecze are short and broad. The aperture is

directed upwards and forwards; the margin has eight blunted teeth, and a small keel is

present on the anterior wall; posteriorly the wall is thickened to form an incomplete intra-

thecal septum. The infra-mesial sarcotheca is almost completely adnate, reaching to about

PP &

FLORENCE JARVIS—THE HYDROIDS ; 35]

half the height of the hydrotheca, while the lateral pair do not overtop the margin. The

corbula is completely closed except for a slight gap between the basal and second leaflets.

Arising from the rachis are, proximally, a fan-shaped appendage bearing usually five

sarcothecze on its upper edge, a hydrotheca of the same size as those on the base of the

rachis with a pair of lateral sarcothecee, of which the one on the distal side is small, and

distally, the leaflet, bearing from seven to ten sarcothece on the anterior margin. The

basal leaflet is smaller than the rest, and bears five rather irregularly placed sarcothecze on

the front edge and three on the posterior. Total length of corbula 7°6 mm. by breadth

1:0 mm.

78. Cladocarpus alatus n. sp. (Plate 26, fig. 25 and Fig. 2.)

Cargados, 30 fms., a single specimen.

The colony is delicate, reaching a height of 10°5 ems. The hydrorhiza is rooting, consist-

ing of a polysiphonic axis which gives off numerous branches, the latter being again sub-

divided. The hydrocaulus is erect, unbranched, poly-

siphonic in the proximal portion, the fascicling tubes

not completely surrounding the axial, but leaving the

latter exposed on the anterior face. A single row of

sarcothecze is borne on the exposed face from a short

distance above the base. Pinnee are restricted to the

distal 3 cms. of the stem and are carried on well-

marked processes arising from the antero-lateral face

of the stem. The processes are provided with a sarco-

theca at the base and are cut off transversely at the

distal end. Between the pinnz the stem has about

four cauline sarcotheceze in one row on the anterior

side. No trace of nodes can be seen.

The pinne are divided into regular internodes by

oblique joints. The hydrotheca is long and tubular,

expanding slightly in the distal portion. The margin

is provided anteriorly with a large blunted tooth,

inwardly curved, while laterally it is obscured by the

fusion with it of the lateral sarcotheces. These sarco-

thecze are in the form of large processes arising from

[

Fig. 2. Cladocarpus alatus, x 20°6.

the distal part of the internode and reaching in the

majority of cases almost to the median tooth of the

hydrotheca. On their upper margin they carry near their origin a large aperture, directed

upwards and raised above the level of the remainder. Further in, nearer the anterior face

of the hydrotheca, are two or three more apertures directed upwards, the innermost one

on a level with the hydrothecal margin. The edges of the openings are in all cases

erenate. The hydranth thus emerges between two series of sarcothecal apertures.

Below the base of the hydrotheca is a single median sarcotheca, not reaching above the

base of the hydrotheca, tubular in shape, with a small terminal ‘and a large lateral

aperture; the edges of the apertures are crenate. A ring of sharply pointed teeth occurs

352 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

round the entrance into the hydrotheca, and a small flap of perisarc is present about half-

way up the adcauline wall, projecting into the hydrothecal cavity. The internodes of the

pinnze have from four to seven internal thickenings, one at the base of the hydrothecz, one

at the base of the processes, and two or three in between. Gonosomes absent.

The length of the alate processes is subject to some variation. In the hydrotheca the

typical lateral process is developed on one side, while on the other it stops after the second

aperture. The lateral margin of the hydrotheca is thus exposed and is seen to be perfectly

straight. In another instance the process stops on both sides after the third aperture

about half-way along the lateral wall. In several cases the third and fourth apertures are

confluent, resulting in a slit-like opening.

Measurements: distance between hydroclade-bearing processes 1:05—1‘10 mm. ;—

length of internodes of pinna 0°55—0°6 mm.; length of hydrotheca to base of median

tooth 0°38—0'49 mm.; length of median tooth 0°04 mm.; breadth of hydrotheca just above

base 0°13 mm.; breadth of hydrotheca at mouth 0°18 mm.; length of mesial sarcotheca

0°05 mm.; length of lateral sarcothecal processes 0°15 mm.; length of proximal aperture of

process 0°03 mm.

79. (?) Cladocarpus plumularioides n. sp. (Fig. 3.)

Cargados, 30 fms.

The material, which is tentatively referred to a new species, is fragmentary, consisting

of a main stem and four pinne. The stem is monosiphonic, the distal and proximal parts

being absent. Transverse nodes occur at intervals and are

obscurely marked. The cauline internodes bear a pinna

from a process near the distal end; three sarcothece are

present between the pinnee and one always occurs imme-

diately above and in contact with the hydrocladial process.

The pinne are alternate, divided by slightly oblique

nodes; the internodes bear a hydrotheca with infra-mesial

and lateral sarcothece, also a single median sarcotheca a

short distance above the hydrotheca. The hydrothecz

are tubular, long, with a sinuous margin and an anterior

blunted, inwardly curved tooth. The infra-mesial sarco-

theca is very short, not reaching the base of the hydro-

theca, and with a wide terminal aperture. The lateral

sarcothece are similar in character and do not overtop

the lateral margins of the hydrotheca. The internodes

are provided with more or less well-developed internal

thickenings opposite the bases of the hydrotheca and the

lateral sarcotheca and one or two between. In one in-

stance a non-hydrothecate internode, bearing only a sarco-

theca, is interposed between two typical internodes.

ee Haare ee POMEL Gonosomes are absent. In the absence of the gono-

sk | some this species is referred to the genus Cladocarpus

on account of the form of the hydrothecz and the sarcothece. It resembles however the

FLORENCE JARVIS—THE HYDROIDS 353

genus Plumularia in the presence of a sarcotheca above the hydrotheca on the same

internode.

Measurements: length of stem internode 0°85 mm.; length of hydrocladial internodes

0:90—1'15 mm.; length of hydrotheca 0°53—0°62 mm.; breadth of hydrotheca at base

0°08-—0'09 mm.; breadth of hydrotheca at mouth 0°22—0°24 mm. ; length of infra-mesial

sarcotheca 0°12—0'13 mm.; length of lateral sarcotheca 0°11 mm. ; length of supra-mesial

sarcotheca 0°11 mm.

80. Lytocarpus hornelli Thornely, 1904. (65.) (Plate 26, fig. 26 and Fig. 4.)

Amirante, 25—80 and 29 fms.; Praslin.

The first specimen from Amirante reaches a height of 4°5cms. The main stem is

fascicled for the greater part of its length and bears alternate branches at regular intervals

and secondary alternating pinne. Transverse sections

of the proximal part of the stem show five large tubes

and three smaller, the latter being arranged in a

tangential series and continued in this manner into

the distal part. The most anterior of the three tubes

bears pinnze only, while the branches arise from the

larger tubes. The branches are regularly divided by

transverse nodes, each node bearing a pinna from a

process near its proximal end. Cauline sarcothece are

present at the base of each stem-process and mid-way

between the process and the next node. The hydro-

thecee are tubular with their axes parallel to the long

axes of the pinne. The margin is simple, everted Fig. 4. Lytocarpus hornelli. Hydrocaulus

; : and base of pinne; hydrothece, anterior

anteriorly and the aperture directed forwards and view; x 41:3,

upwards. The infra-mesial sarcotheca is tubular, with

a long divergent portion directed outwards at a wide angle; there are two apertures,

terminal and lateral. The lateral sarcothece are similar to the infra-mesial and considerably

overtop the hydrothecee. The internodes are provided with two internal thickenings, one

opposite the base of the hydrotheca, the other at the base of the lateral sarcothece.

Gonosomes absent.

The specimens under consideration differ from the Ceylon type in the greater length

and much greater angle of divergence of the mesial sarcothecze and in the absence of

“strings of nematophores” between the upper branchlets.

Ceylon Amirante

Measurements:

Length of hydrothecate internodes... ... 0°32—0°35 mm. 0'27—0°28 mm.

Length of entire mesial sarcotheca... —... 0°18—0°2 mm. 0:21—0°22 mm.

Length of free portion of mesial sarcotheca... 0°5 mm. | 0°8 mm.

Length of lateral sarcothecz a ee _ 0°11 mm. | 0°12—0°13 mm.

Length of free portion of lateral <fietanees 0-4 —O'5mm. | 0-4 —05 mm.

Breadth of hydrotheca at mouth . ie TE 0°11—0:12 mm. 0-138—.0:14 mm:

Length of hydrotheca at mouth ... ... ... 0°25—0°27 mm. 0°24—0°25 mm.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 45

304 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

81. Lytocarpus philippinus (Kirchenpauer), 1872.

Cargados, 24—35 fms. (in 5 dredgings); Providence, 50—78 fms.; Saya de Malha.

150 fms.; a piece in plankton, off last bank; Zanzibar. As has been noted in previous

records, the trophosome is subject to much variation. The Zanzibar colonies especially are

noteworthy on account of the small angle of flexure of the hydrothece, in consequence of

which the aperture is directed upwards more than normally. The character of the hydro-

thecal margin and the length of the sarcotheca generally show differences in detail. The

structure of the gonosome on the other hand is remarkably constant. In the specimen from

plankton the internodes are longer than usual and the ends of the pinne are produced

beyond the hydrothecate portion into long, slender stolons which are slightly swollen at

their terminations.

82. Lytocarpus philippinus subsp.

Salomon, Chagos. The subspecies is represented by a few broken colonies about

3cms. high. It differs from the typical L. philiyppinus in the following characters: (1) the

smaller angle of curvature of the hydrotheca and the consequent different direction of the

aperture; (2) the more strongly developed and longer infra-mesial sarcotheca; (3) the

incipient nature of the intrathecal ridge, its development never exceeding that of a thick-

ening of the anterior wall, but this thickening varying in degree in different hydrothece ;

(4) the occurrence of one gonangium only on the phylactocarp, the rachis being short and

extending only a little way beyond the gonangium.

83. Lytocarpus phaeniceus (Busk), 1852. (36.)

Amirante, 22—85, 36, 39 and 12—18 fms.; Cargados, 45 fms.; Praslin, reef; Wasin;

Zanzibar. As in previous records, the character of the hydrotheca shows a certain amount

of variation in details. In the Wasin form the hydrothecal margin possesses irregular

blunted teeth; the lateral sarcothece are adnate to the hydrothece, with their long axis

parallel to that of the mesial sarcotheca. The colony shows a quantity of dark pigment

in the tissues. The Cargados specimen most nearly resembles Bale’s figure of the variety

from Gloucester Passage, but differs in the presence of three internodal thickenings.

Three similar thickenings occur in the colonies from Zanzibar, but here the hydrothecal

margin is merely sinuous. In the remaining colonies the hydrocladial internodes almost

constantly possess two internal thickenings. At the base of each pinna are two sarcothece,

also a perforation on the stem-process which bears the pinna.

84. Lytocarpus singularis Billard, 1913. (30.)

Providence, 50—78 fms.

85. Halicornaria ferlus: Billard var. brevis n. var. (Plate 26, fig. 27 and F ite, GB)

Wasin, 10 fms., four colonies. The maximum height is 18 cms. The hydrorhiza is

rooting, monosiphonic, showing branching and anastomosing twigs. The hydrocaulus is

erect, rigid and unbranched, and strengthened in the proximal part by upgrowths from

the hydrorhiza. These upgrowths are branching and closely applied to the hydrocaulus.

Above this region the hydrocaulus is simple, circular in section and with very thick perisare.

The proximal part of the stem is without pinne; the cladophores, from which the pinne

FLORENCE JARVIS—THE HYDROIDS 355

have fallen, appear as thick-walled, rounded projections, occurring almost to the base of

the stem, through the region of the fascicling tubes. The hydrocaulus is regularly divided

by oblique nodes, the consecutive nodes slanting in

opposite directions and very well marked, giving

a rigid appearance to the proximal part of the

colony.

The pinnee are alternating, borne on the stem-

processes which arise from the antero-lateral face

of the internodes. The processes are provided with

three large wing-like sarcothece with four or five

apertures, the sarcothecz being anterior, posterior,

and ventral in position. The pinnz are divided by

transverse nodes. The hydrotheca is cup-shaped,

with the aperture directed upwards and forwards.

The margin has a small median anterior tooth and a

second similar one postero-lateral in position, while 8 Bee he read vas. Br opse In var.

Pukives : 4 ortion of hydrocaulus and pinne, with

between the two the margin is slightly sinuous. — gonosomes in end view, x 26°6.

The posterior wall is extremely thick, and the

opening into the base surrounded by a ring of pointed teeth. The infra-mesial sarcotheca

is completely adnate, overtopping the hydrotheca for a short distance. The distal end

is trifid, the median portion being longer than the lateral. The lateral sarcothecz are in

the form of wing-like processes similar to those of the stem and opening by four or five

apertures.

Gonosomes arise from the anterior face of the stem-processes which bear the pinne.

On the entire colony they form two long rows on the front of the stem, their extreme

whiteness showing up against the brown of the pinne and stem. They are pedunculate,

truncate, with the mouth aperture sunken. The mouth is circular, surrounded by a double

ring of highly refractive discs.

Measurements: length of hydrotheca 0°23 mm.; breadth of hydrotheca at mouth

0°19—0°20 mm.; length of mesial sarcotheca 0°30—0°32 mm.; length of gonosome 0°85—

0°87 mm.; maximum breadth 0°7 mm.

86. Halicornaria longicauda Nutting, 1900. (51.)

Amirante, 36 fms.; Seychelles, 20 fms. The colonies show the type of branching

described by Ritchie, z.e., a main axis bearing alternating hydrocladia and incompletely

surrounded by hydrorhizal tubes which at intervals turn off and become branches. Three

cauline sarcothecee are present at the base of the hydrocladia, two anterior and one pos-

terior in position. The aperture of the hydrotheca is directed upwards and forwards; the

margin has distinct teeth, the postero-lateral one being large and directed upwards and

outwards. The posterior margin is sinuous. The mesial sarcothecz are all of the short

type of Ritchie, with a thickened anterior wall.

87. Halicornaria hians (Busk), 1852. (86.)

Providence, 50—78 fms.

596 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

88. Halicornaria copiosa n. sp. (Plate 26, fig. 23 and Fig. 6.)

Amirante, 22-—85, 36 and 20—44 fms.; Wasin, 10 fms. The species is represented

Fig. 6. Halicornaria copiosa. Se-

condary branch, showing pin-

nules and gonosomes, x 41°3.

aperture into the hydrotheca.

by several large and well-developed colonies, the largest

reaching a height of 26 cms. and an expanse of 20 cms.

The main stem and branches are strongly fascicled almost

to their extreme ends. The primary branches arise from the

main stem at irregular intervals, while the axial tube also

bears ultimate pinnules on its anterior face throughout its

length. The primary branches give rise to secondary and

tertiary ones, while all bear pinnules similar to those car- _

ried by the main stem. The ultimate pinnules consist of

three or four segments, and arise from distinct processes

of stem or branch; these processes are flanked by two

sarcothecee.

The pinnules are divided transversely by very con-

stricted nodes. The hydrothecz are tubular, with the aper-

ture directed upwards and forwards; the margin of each is

provided with a large triangular lateral tooth. The adnate

portion of the infra-mesial sarcotheca reaches to about half

the height of the hydrotheca, while the divergent portion is

very short, with terminal and lateral apertures, and a third

The lateral sarcothecz are tubular, directed upwards and

slightly overtopping the hydrothece. The internodes are provided with two or three internal

thickenings, also a thickening below the base of the hydrotheca on the abaxial side.

Gonosomes arise just above the base of the proximal hydrotheca of a pinnule; they

are oval in shape, with indistinct peduncles passing imperceptibly into the body of the

gonosome. In the young forms the apex of a gonosome is distinctly convex, but more

flattened when older and with an operculum consisting of a single flap.

FLORENCE JARVIS—THE HYDROIDS 307

LITERATURE.

ALLMAN, G. J. “Report on the Hydroida collected during the Expeditions of H.MLS. ‘Porcupine.’ ”

Trans. Zool. Soe., viii, 1874.

Ip. “Diagnoses of New Genera and Species of Hydroida.” Jour. Linn, Soc., Zool., xii, 1876.

Ib. “Report on the Hydroida collected during the exploration of the Gulf Stream, by L. F. de

Pourtales.” Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, v, 1877.

Ip. “Report on the Hydroida. 1, Plumulariide.” Rep. Sci. Results “Challenger” Exped. Zool., vii,

1883.

Ip. “Report on the Hydroida. 11.” Rep. Sci. Results “Challenger” Exped. Zool., xxiii, 1888.

Ip. “Description of Australian, Cape, and other Hydroida, mostly new, from the collection of Miss

H. Gatty.” Jour. Linn. Soc., Zool., xix, 1885.

Ip. “A Monograph of the Gymnoblastic or Tubularian Hydroids.” Ray Soc., 1871.

Bate, W. M. “On the Hydroida of South-eastern Australia, with descriptions of supposed new

species, and notes on the genus Aglaophenia.” Jour. Micros, Soc. Vict., 1, 1881.

Ip. “Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes,” 1884,

Ip. “The Genera of the Plumulariidae, with observations on various Australian Hydroids.” Trans.

and Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxii, 1886.

. Ip. “On some new and rare Hydroida in the Australian Museum collection.” Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.

Wales, (2) 111, 1888.

Ip. “Further Notes on Australian Hydroids, Part 11.” Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., (n. s.) xxvi, 1913.

Ip. “Further Notes on Australian Hydroids, with descriptions of some new species.” Proc. Roy.

Soe. Vict., (n. s.) vi, 1893.

Ip. “Further Notes on Australian Hydroids, Part 11.” Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., (n. s.) xxvu, 1914.

Ip. “Report on the Hydroida collected in the Great Australian Bight and other Localities, Parts

1-11.” Biol. Results “Endeavour” Exp., 1, 8, 1914; 1, 4, 1914; ii, 5, 1915.

. BARTLETT, G. C. “Notes on Hydroid Zoophytes.” Geelong Naturalist, (2) 111, 1907.

. Bepot, M. “Notes sur les Hydroides de Roscoff.” Arch. de Zool. exp. et gén., (5) viii, 1911.

Ip. “ Matériaux pour servir 4 |’Histoire des Hydroides, Parties I-Iv.” Rev. suisse Zool., ix, 1901 ;

xii, 1905; xvii, 1910; xx, 1912.

BituarD, A. “Hydroides récoltés par M. Ch. Gravier dans le Golfe de Tadkourah.” Bull. Mus.

Vhist. nat. Paris, xi, 1904.

Ip. “Note sur les Hydroides du Travailleur et du Talisman.” Bull. Mus. dhist. nat. Paris, xii, 1905.

. Ip. “Mission des Pécheries de la céte occidentale d’Afrique. 11, Hydroides.” Actes Soc. Linn.

Bordeaux, |xi, 1906.

. Ip. “Expéditions scientifiques du Travailleur et du Talisman. vit, Hydroides,” 1906.

Ip. “Deux espéces nouvelles d’Hydroides de Madagascar.” Arch. de Zool. exp. et gén., (4) vii,

Notes et Revue, 1907.

Ip. “Hydroides de Madagascar et du Sud-Est de l'Afrique.” Arch. de Zool. exp. et gén., (4) vii,

1907.

. Ip. “Hydroides de la Collection Lamarck du Museum de Paris.” Ann. sci. nat. Zool., 9, v, 1907 ;

vi, 1907.

Ip. “Sur les Hydroides de la Collection Lamouroux; sur quelques Sertulariidae de la Collection

du British Museum.” C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, exlviu, 1909.

Ip. “Revision des espéces types d’Hydroides de la Collection Lamouroux.” Ann, sci. nat. Zool., 9,

ix, 1910.

. Ip. “Revision d’une partie de la Collection des Hydroides du British Museum.” Ann. sci. nat.

Zool., 9, xi, 1910.

Ip. “Note préliminaire sur les espéces nouvelles de Plumularidae de Expédition du Siboga,”

Arch. de Zool. exp. et gén., (5) vu, 1911.

358 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

30. Binuarp, A. “Les Hydroides de l’Expédition du Siboga. 1, Plumulariidae,” 1913.

31. Ip. “Hydroides de Roscoff.” Arch. de Zool. exp. et gén., li, 1912.

32. BorraDalLEe, L. A. “The Hydroida.” Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archi-

pelagoes, 11, 1905.

33. Briaas, E. A. “Hydrozoa from 100 fathoms, seven miles east of Cape Pillar, Tasmania.” Records

Austr. Mus., x, 10, 1914.

34. Ip. “Notes on Tasmanian Hydrozoa.” Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xvii, 1915.

35. Brocu, H. “Die Hydroiden der arktischen Meere.” Fauna Arctica, v, 1910.

36. Busk, G. “An Account of the Polyzoa and Sertularian Zoophytes collected on the Voyage of the

‘Rattlesnake.’” Narrative of the Voyage of the “Rattlesnake,” Appendix iv, 1852.

37. Conepon, E. D. “The Hydroids of Bermuda.” Proc. American Acad. Arts and Sciences, xl, ~

1907.

38. Farquuar, H. “List of New Zealand Hydroids.” ‘Trans. New Zealand Inst., xxviii, 1896.

39. Hickson, 8. J. “On the Coelentera collected by Mr C. Crossland in Zanzibar. 1, Ceratella minima.”

Proc. Zool. Soc., London, i, no. 8, 1903.

40. Hickson, S. J. and GraveLy, F. H. “Hydroid Zoophytes.” National Antarctic Exp. Nat. Hist., iu,

1911.

41. Hincenporr, E. W. “On the Hydroids of the Neighbourhood of Dunedin.” Trans. New Zealand

Inst. xii, 1911.

42. Ip. “On some Calyptoblast Hydroids from the Kermadec Islands.” Trans. New Zealand Inst., xl,

LOU:

43. Hincks, T. “A Catalogue of the Zoophytes of South Devon and Cornwall.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,

(3) vu, 1861.

44. Ip. “A History of British Hydroid Zoophytes,” 1868.

45. Kirkpatrick, R. “Reports on the Zoological Collections made in the Torres Straits by Professor

A. C. Haddon 1888-1889, Hydroida and Polyzoa.” Sci. Proc. R. Dublin Soc., vi (n. s.), 1890.

46. Kramp, P. “Report on the Hydroids collected by the Danmark Expedition at North-east Greenland.”

Danmark Eksp. til Grgnlands Nordostkyst 1906-1908, v, no. 7. Meddelelser om Grgnland, xlv,

LOU z

47. Ip. “Conspectus Faune Groenlandice.’ Hydroider. Meddelelser om Grgnland, xxiii, 1914.

48. LENDENFELD, von R. “The Australian Hydromeduse.” Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ix, 1884.

49. MARKTANNER-TURNERETSCHER, G. “Die Hydroiden des K. K. Hofmuseums.” Ann. K. K. Hofmus.,

Wien, v, 1890. :

50. Muuper, J. F. and Trepincock, R. E. “Victorian Hydroids, with Descriptions of new species,

Parts I-v1.” Geelong Naturalist, (2) vi, 1914.

51. Nuttine, C. C. “American Hydroids. Part 1, Plumularide.” U.S. Nat. Mus. Special Bull., 1900. .

52. Ip. “American Hydroids. Part 1, Sertulariide.” U.S. Nat. Mus. Special Bull, 1904.

53. Ip. “Hydroids of the Hawaiian Islands, collected by the Steamer Albatross in 1902.’ U.S. Fish

Commission Bull. for 1903, 1905.

54. PicTet, C. “Etude sur les Hydraires de la Baie d’Amboine.” Rev. Suisse de Zool., 1, 1893.

55. QUELCH, J. J. “On some deep-sea and shallow water Hydrozoa.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xvi, 1885.

56. Rircuiz, J. “The Hydroids of the Scottish National Antarctic Exp.” Trans. R. Soc. Edin., xlv,

1907. SS

57. Ib. “Supplementary Report on the Hydroids of the Scottish National Exp.” Trans. R. Soc. Edin.,

xlvui, 1909.

58. Ip. “Hydroids from Christmas Island, Indian Ocean, collected by C. W. Andrews in 1908.” Proc.

Zool. Soe., London, 1910.

59.

60.

61.

62.

63.

64.

65.

66.

67.

68.

69.

70.

Fig.

FLORENCE JARVIS—THE HYDROIDS 359

Ritcuik, J. “Fauna of the Mergui Archipelago.” Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1910.

Ip. “Hydroids of the Indian Museum, No. 1.” Records of the Indian Museum, v, 1910.

Ip. “Scientific Results of the Trawling Exp. of H.M.S. Thetis off the Coast of New South Wales

in February and March 1898, Part xvi, Hydrozoa.” Mem. Austr. Mus., iv, 16, L911.

Ip. “On the Invalidity of the Hydroid Genus Diplopteron Allman.” Proc, R. Phys. Soc. Edin., xix,

1913.

THompson, D’A. W. “On some new and rare Hydroid Zoophytes (Sertulariidee and Thuiariid)

from Australia and New Zealand.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) 11, 1879.

THORNELY, L. R, “The Hydroid Zoophytes collected by Dr Willey in the Southern Seas.” Zoological

results based on material from New Britain, ete., by Arthur Willey, Part tv, 1904.

Ip. “Report to the Government of Ceylon on the Pearl Oyster Fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar.”

Suppl. Rept. viii, On the Hydroida, 1904.

Ip. “Reports on the Marine Biology of the Sudanese Red Sea. x, Hydroida collected by Mr C.

Crossland from October 1904 to May 1905.” Jour. Linn. Soc, Zool., xxxi, 1908.

Torrey, H. B. “The Hydroida of the Pacific Coast of North America.” Univ. California Publ., 1,

1902.

Ip. “The Hydroids of the San Diego Region.” Univ. California Publ., 11, 1904.

VersLuys, J. ‘“Hydriaires calyptoblastes recueillis dans la Mer des Antilles pendant l'une des

croisiéres accomplies par le Comte R. de Dalmas sur son yacht Chazalie.” Mém. Soe. Zool. France,

xl, 1899.

WarrREN, A. E. “On a Collection of Hydroids, mostly from the Natal Coast.” Ann. Natal Govt.

Mus,., 1, 1908.

WELTNER, W. “Hydroiden von Amboina und Thursday Island.” Zool. Forschung. in Austr. und

dem Malay-Arch., 1900.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES 24—26.

PLATE 24.

1. Halecitum gardineri n. sp.

A, x 20°6. B, C, showing varying position of sarcothece, x 41°3; D, male gonosome, x 41°3.

2. Zygophlax recta n. sp.

A, portion of colony, x 16; B, single hydrotheca with two lateral sarcothecsw, x 41°3,

3. Cryptoluria rectangularis n. sp., X 27°3.

4. Campanularia chelonie Allman, x 20°6.

5. Campanularia corrugata Thornely, x 20°6.

6. Sertularia brevicyathus (Versluys), pinnate variety.

A, x 166; B, x 20°6.

7. Sertularia marginata (Kirchenpauer).

Al >clLG'6G; 5x 20°6.

8. Sertularia turbinata Lamouroux. End of stolon, x 27°3.

9. Sertularella conica Allman, var., x 16°6.

10. Sertularella thecocarpa n. sp.

A, colony showing branch and collapsed gonothecwe, x 27°3; B, gonotheca, x 27°3.

Figs. 11 and 12. Pasythea heterodonta n. sp.

11. A, proximal part of colony, x 20°6; B, distal part, x 20°6.

12. Gonosome, x 20°6.

360 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

PLATE 25. “4

Fig. 13. Thuiaria tubuliformis (Mark.-Tur.). Part of colony from Egmont reef, x 16°6.

Fig. 14. Diphasia varians n. sp.

A, colony from Saya de Malha, x 20°6; B, colony from Amirante, x 20°6; C, distal portion of

hydrotheca of colony from Cargados, x 41:3.

Fig. 15. Syntheciwm dentigerum n. sp.

A, portion of colony, showing stolon, x 16°6; B, hydrothece, x 41°3.

Fig. 16. Plumularia alternata (Nutting).

A, small type of gonosome, x 20°6, axillary hydrotheca omitted; B, large type of gonosome,

x 20°6, axillary hydrotheca omitted.

Fig. 17. Pluwmularia corrugata Nutting, x 41°3.

Fig. 18. Plumularia crosslandi n. sp. -

A, portion of hydrocaulus with pinne, x 41:3; B, base of pinna with front view of hydrotheca, 4

x 83°3; C, gonosome, anterior face, and D, gonosome, posterior face, x 41°6.

Fig. 19. Plumularia multithecata n. sp.

A, hydrocaulus and base of pinna, x 41:3; B, lateral view of hydrotheca, x 83°3; C, anterior

view of hydrotheca, x 83°3; D, posterior view of internode, x 83°3. ;

PLATE 26. .

Fig. 20. Plumularia nova n. sp., x 20°6; on P. alternata (Nutting). 7

Fig. 21. Plumularia providentice, n. sp. A, x 20°6; B, x 41:3. }

Fig. 22. Plumularia quadridentata n. sp.

A, lateral view of hydranth, x 20°6; B, anterior view, x 20°6.

Fig. 28. P. wasini n. sp.

A, hydrotheca, x 41:3; B, gonosome, x 20°6.

Vig. 24. Thecocarpus brevirostris (Busk).

A, specimen from Cargados, x 41°3; B, hydrocaulus and base of pinna, x 41°3; C, corbula,

x 20°6.

Fig. 25. Cladocarpus alatus n. sp.

A, hydrothecz, showing variations in length of lateral sarcothece, x 41°3; B, lateral sarcotheca

with two apertures, x 41:3.

Fig. 26. Lytocarpus hornelli Thornely. Hydrothec, lateral view, x 41:3.

Fig. 27. Halicornaria ferlusi Billard var. brevis n. var.

A, hydrothece, lateral view, x 40°3; B, hydrotheca, anterior view, x 40°3; C, gonosome, lateral

view, X 21°6.

Fig. 28. Halicornaria copiosa n. sp. Lateral view of hydrothece, x 40°3.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST F-XPEDITION. TRANS. Linn. Soc. SER. 2. ZOOL. VOL. XVIII. PL. 24.

J.T. Rennie Reid, Lith,Edint

HYDROIDS FROM INDIAN OCEAN.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION. TRANS. LINN. Soc. SER. 2.Z00L VoL. XVIII. Px. 25.

hydrocaulus----.)

J.T. Rennie Reid, Lith, Edint

HYDROIDS FROM INDIAN’ OCEAN.

—_

- Te ree

—~ Vo

) ;

me Ue"

‘ | a 7 |

‘ f ~ . oe . 7 a

allied d 7 ae

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION. TRANS. LINN. Soc. SER 2. Z00L. VoL. XVIII. Pu 26.

J.T-Renmie Reid, Lith., Edin

HYDROIDS FROM INDIAN OCEAN.

No. VIII.—DIPTERA: ASILIDA, SCENOPINIDA, DOLICHOPODIDA,

PIPUNCULIDA, SYRPHID#.

By C. G. Lams, M.A., B.Sc.

(CoMMUNICATED BY J. STANLEY Garpiner, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

(With Plates 27—30.)

Read 5th May, 1921.

Asilide.

The Asilids were submitted to Dr F. Hermann to confirm the identifications. Four of

the species are well known; several specimens of a fine species of the Asiline were returned

marked ‘‘genus et species incert.”; there is also a single female specimen of a Laphria

of undetermined species.

Dasypogonine.

1. Leptogaster tenuis, Loew, Dipt. Fauna Siidafrika’s, 1. 105.

Twelve specimens of this South African species. Seychelles: Mahé; 1907 (Thomasset) ;

Cascade Estate and Forét Noire district, 1908—9. Aldabra: 1 specimen, 1908—9 (Fryer).

2. Stechopogon scalaris, Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Ser. 5. vit. 440. 2.

There are eleven specimens of this species, which was described by Bigot from Fiji.

Chagos: Salomon, Peros Banhos, and Diego Garcia Atolls (including a pair taken 7

coitu, 12. vi. 1905). Amirantes: Desroches and D’Arros Islands, x. 1905 (including a pair

taken im coitu, 12. x. 1905). Coetivy: 1 example, 24. ix. 1905.

Asiline.

3. Ommatius pulchripes, Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Ser. 3. vir. 419.

A good series of this Madagascar species. Seychelles: Mahé and Praslin; in Mahé

specimens were taken at sea-level and at about 1000 feet elevation (Cascade). Amirantes:

Desroches I., 1905. Farquhar Atoll: ix. 1905. Cosmoledo: 1907 (Thomasset).

4. Ommatius tibialis, Ricardo, Nat. Hist. of Socotra, 375.

Twelve specimens. Aldabra: 1907 (Thomasset), 1908—9 (Fryer). Assumption [.,

1909 and 1910 (Dupont).

5. *Genus and species. (Pl. 29, fig. 21.)

This species belongs to the genus Asilus in the broad meaning. Seychelles. Mahé:

Cascade Estate and Forét Noire district, about 1000 feet, 1908—9; also Cascade, 1905

(Gardiner). Silhouette: plateau of Mare aux Cochons, about 1000 feet, ix. 1908.

Laphriine.

6. Laphria, sp.

There is a single female specimen of this genus which approaches most nearly. to

Laphria cyaneogaster, Macquart, from the Island of Réunion. Seychelles. Mahé: Cascade

Estate, about 1000 feet, 1908—29.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 46

362 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Scenopinide.

In the Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., 1918, vol. x1., the above family was monographed by

Krober, the results being also published as the 161st fascicule of the Genera Insectorum.

Nothing of moment has been added to the knowledge of the family since that date.

Among the material are two species belonging to this family, the one from the Seychelles,

the other from Aldabra. The latter can be identified with a Cingalese species described

by Krober, the other is apparently new.

7. Scenopinus longiventris, Kréber, t.c. p. 206.

There is a single male and two females from Aldabra which agree well, as far _

as the female is concerned, with the above species as described and figured by Kréber, that

being the only sex he knew. The specimen described by Kréber came from Ceylon

(Colombo). Unfortunately all the Aldabra specimens have the edges of the wings curled

over which makes it a little uncertain as to the exact similarity of the venation, but there

can be little doubt of the identity of the species as it agrees perfectly with the description,

and the figures of the head (Tab. IX. 20, 21), and in the venation, as far as this is visible; the

size is also in accordance with the description. But Kréber omits to refer to the remark-

able anal flaps which the female possesses. The ante-penultimate segment of the abdomen

forms a sort of cup from which proceeds a pair of flaps, which are fully exposed in one of

the two specimens, but not so prominently in the other. These are situated dorsally and

ventrally, the top one having some conspicuous black hairs on each side of the tip. These

appendages are apparently correlated with the very exceptional form of the male abdomen.

The male, on the other hand, agrees very fairly with Krober’s description of S. tarsalis,

a species from East Africa (¢.c. p. 196). There is some unexplained discrepancy between

the description of the head and the figure of the same (Tab. VIII. 9). In the text he says

that the eyes are “‘auf lange Strecke zusammenstossend,” whereas the figure shows a very

slight degree of contiguity, only apparently for a few facets. If the text be preferred, the

present insect will pass fairly well for that species in colour, size and general structure,

except that the anal cell is shorter than shown in the fig. (IX. 64), being practically the

same as in the female. The antennz are crumpled in the same way, and the abdomen has

the three bone-white bands of S. tarsalis. The pale humeral spot is very inconspicuous

and small, the scutellum has no brownish tinge, and the base of the third antennal joint is

somewhat rufous. Krober makes no mention of the remarkable form of the end of the

abdomen, and it is thus practically certain that the Aldabra species is not his tarsalis, but

the male of longiventris, which is probably a species nearly related to tarsalis. The last

segments of the abdomen have the appearance of being compressed or drawn upwards in

the axial line of the insect, and in addition the covering hoods that practically conceal the

genitalia in the common species, S. fenestralis, are completely absent, so that the whole of

the genital appendages are visible at the tip of the abdomen; this unusual condition is

apparently correlated with the exceptionally large flaps in the female. The genitalia are

excessively complex, and could not be described to any advantage without dissection.

Externally there are present two stout, inferiorly pointing, fleshy lobes and a median one ;

these are attached to the lower side of the end of the abdomen, and are densely clothed

LAMB—DIPTERA: ASILIDAL, SCENOPINIDA, ETC. 363

with stout white hairs. On viewing the tip of the abdomen in the direction of the axis of

the insect, there is visible a remarkable complex of chitinous hooks, ete.

Loc. Aldabra: 1908—9 (Fryer). Ceylon.

8. Scenopinus balteatus, n. sp. (Pl. 29, fig. 22.)

The second species is represented by a single male and a large number of females. It

is exceedingly closely related to S. unifasciatus, Krober (t.c. p. 195), described in the

male sex only, from Greece. The chief difference is in the venation, which differs consider-

ably from that of S. wnifasciatus as shown in Tab. XI. 58. The second vein is far longer,

and the fork of the third vein is much more remote from the wing apex; the wing is

shown in fig. 22. The Scenopinidze are somewhat inconstant in their venation, but the

present differences are too large to pass, and taken with other points are sufficient

to permit the species to be considered new, though very close to wnifasciatus.

Male. Head: the eyes approximate for a long distance, namely from just before the front

ocellus to half-way down the frons. The ocellar tubercle is black and lightly shagreened,

while the narrow strips between the eyes and the facial triangle are very shining and

black; the latter triangle is slightly dusted at the points where the silvery pollinated eye-

margins join it; just below the tip there is a tiny pit. The face between the eye-margins

is also black and shiny, and carries two small circular pits at the top just below the eye-

margins. The third joint of the antenna is short and pointed, though the main body of it

is plump and rounded, very much as is shown in ¢.c. Tab. IX. 20, though a little less

stout; the small second joint is rufous, the third brown-black. The bounding line between

the large and small eye facets is quite sharp, and crosses the eyes a little below the level

of the top of the face. The hind head is very smooth and is moderately shining black.

The thorax and scutellum are slightly shining and black and excessively finely punctate,

with a few sparse and apparently pale hairs on the former ; the pleura is the same as the

dorsum, but the pale hairs are considerably longer. The hind angle of the humeral knob

is slightly orange, and from it a very fine pollinated line extends down to the wing base.

All the coxe and the femora are brown black, the tibize are the same at the base, but get

more orange towards the tips; the knees are not lighter than the rest ; the tarsi are orange

except for the slightly infuscate end joint. The halteres are conspicuously clear white with

darkened stalks. The wings are clear with yellow veins, and are shown in fig. 22; the second

vein ends well ahead of the small cross vein, and the fork arises only a comparatively small

distance ahead of the mid-point of the last segment of the third vein. The abdomen is all

black, except that the basal segment is somewhat brown. The very narrow silver edge of the

third segment just crosses the edge of the segment over the sides. The near half of the

abdomen between this line and the base is rather dull velvety black ; the terminal part on

the other side of that line is shining: the belly is entirely black. The genitalia are concealed

as usual in two rounded hoods which are bordered with short pale hairs. Size about 3 mm.

Female: like the male in general colour, etc., except that the abdomen is all somewhat

shining black. The frontal eye-margins are nearly parallel, the frons is shagreened all over

and has a shallow pit at about the lower third of its length. The breadth of the frons when

viewed from in front is about one-sixth of the maximum head breadth, that is to say

about two-fifths of the breadth of one eye. Size about 4mm.

Loc. Seychelles. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800—1500 feet, 1908—9.

46—2

364 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Dolichopodide.

This family contains some of the most interesting members of the dipterous fauna of

the islands, including a considerable number of new and striking forms. The principal

sections of the family are all represented except the Rhaphiine, and as might be expected,

the Chrysosomatine (Psilopinze) are the most important. The author has had the ad-

vantage of being able to submit examples of all the species to Dr de Meijere who has

such extensive knowledge of Asiatic Diptera. He returned them with the remark that

the majority were unknown to him, and with many helpful hints for which the author

desires to record his thanks. The collection formerly made by Bigot, and now in the

possession of Mr J. E. Collin of Newmarket, Cambridgeshire, was also very kindly placed —

at the service of the author by that gentleman, and was helpful in deciding some doubtful

points. In addition the collections of the British Museum, both named and unnamed, and

the small collection in the Cambridge Museum were carefully collated: but with a few

exceptions none of the Seychelles species were represented in these collections. As is

usually the case, the older descriptions, lacking as they do all references to points now

considered to be of cardinal importance, offered little help unless they contained some

casual reference to a striking character or were accompanied by recognisable figures.

The Chrysosomatine contain representatives of several of the provisional genera into

which the group has been subdivided at various times, such as Chrysosoma (Agonosoma,

Psilopodimus), and true Psilopus, but no representatives of the sections corresponding

to Megistostylus, Bigot, or Margaritostylus, Bigot, are present. One of the Chrysosoma

section is somewhat remarkable in that its eyes are excessively pubescent and it also

possesses a hypopygium of very unusual form. The single true Pselopus is remarkable in

having the two last joints of the hind tarsus flattened, a character borne by de Meijere’s

species P. lobatus on the last joint only. An interesting feature of the collection is the

presence of a section including six species, all of which agree in the exceptional characters

of complete absence of the acrostichal bristles and a very simple form of head in which the

vertex is not in the least excavate and the eyes, certainly in the males, are practically

touching for a short distance on the face. They appear to form a group which includes

Macquart’s two species P. parallelus and P. desjardinsi from Réunion (D. EH. 11. 2. 115).

The venation is very like that figured even in small details; all the Macquart species

have the abdomen green, but Thomson, Hug. Reise Ins. 510, describes briefly a P. lepto-

gaster from Mauritius which differs from Macquart’s species in having a dull abdomen

with lighter side areas. It might even be that the species described below under the

name P. librativertex is conspecific with Thomson’s, but the original description is too

shght for certainty. It may be noted that Giglio-Tos, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, uxtv. (1895),

359, identifies the only Dolichopid that he had from the Seychelles as being Thomson’s

species. The Cambridge collection contains a single female specimen of this group from

Ceylon; it is exceedingly close to the female of the first three species hereafter mentioned,

but is a little darker. This may be a slender clue to show that the real distributional

relationship is Asiatic, but until the Madagascar species are investigated nothing can be

said with any certainty. There is another undescribed species in the Cambridge collection

from Rodriguez which carries the absence of colour to an extreme. It is a very slender,

LAMB—DIPTERA: ASILID A, SCENOPINIDA, ETC, 365

small species evidently related to the former species, but it has taken on the colour

scheme of a Newrogona, being almost entirely ochreous with black-banded abdomen. The

green is confined to a narrow strip on the thoracic dorsum, a small patch on the preescu-

tellar area, and the brilliant blue scutellum itself. It appears to be related to Becker’s

species P. aberrans from Syria. It is a remarkable fact that the large Abyssinian species,

P. flavicinctus, described by Bigot, has developed a similar scheme of colour, being ex-

tremely like a large Neuwrogona in general facies, but with remnants of metallic colour.

In spite of the great diversity of hypopygial form possessed by these species, it ap-

pears probable that they form a more or less natural group. It is worth noting that

Psilopids characterised by similarly formed heads and by the absence of acrostichal

bristles occur elsewhere; for example, the Kuropean species P. /etus has these characters,

and specimens of a still brighter form from Lagos are in the Cambridge Museum; another

case is afforded by Beckev’s P. longimanus from Algeria (Zeit. f. H. u. D. vit. 100) which

agrees very well in the leg-characters except for the inordinately long front legs in

Becker's species. These /atus-like species are doubtless related to the Seychelles forms.

An interesting new genus, Craterophorus, is highly exceptional in that the male

secondary characters take the form of remarkable bulbs on the base of the abdomen,

correlated with unique structures at the wing base. Such sexual characters are practically

always associated with the peripheral parts of the body, not with its median portion as here.

The true Dolichopodine include a species of the cosmopolitan genus Tachytrechus

and a species of the genus Paracleius, which, although known from the tropical regions, has

its headquarters in 8. America. It also includes two new genera Argyrochlamys and Uro-

dolichus. The former is quite possibly wide-spread, though not hitherto described, as it is

a seashore species. The latter is a very exceptional form, as will be seen from the generic

description, but appears to be the local representative of the European genus Hypophyllus.

The Diaphorine are represented by a species of the cosmopolitan genus Chrysotus, and

two obscure species of the genus Cryptophleps. The Hydrophorine include Hydrophorus

precox which is probably almost cosmopolitan, and a species of the Oriental section of

Sympycnus.

Dr Hugh Scott has given me the following notes on the habits of Dolichopodidee in

the Seychelles:

“A collector of small insects in the Seychelles can hardly fail to be impressed by the

Dolichopodidee. Among the Diptera they are one of the groups which compel notice by their

numbers and also by their beauty. They occur at all altitudes, some species loving sun-

light and more open places, while certain others are abundant in the deep shade of the

highest zones of damp endemic forest, where Diptera as a whole are little in evidence.

“Very noticeable is the habit which certain species have of settling in particular

places, especially on the leaves of particular plants. This is notably the case in the

Chrysosomatinee (Psilopinz). Howlett also remarked this habit and wrote that ‘in

India Psilopus seems distinctly the dominant genus [of the family] and its members are

in some districts extremely common on broad leaves’ (Indian Insect Life, p. 608 (1909)).

At the Mare aux Cochons plateau in Silhouette (Seychelles) the brilliant metallic green

Psilopus bilobatus was constantly seen to settle, with wings outspread and slanting a

366 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

little backward, on the broad leaves of an Jpomea which climbs over trees and bushes:

this was in more open places and frequently in blazing sunshine. Higher up, in the

shade of the dense forests, one of the most conspicuous forms of fly was the group of

duller-coloured Psilopus, represented by P. indistinctus and certain of its allies. In these

slender-bodied and long-legged flies the thorax is metallic green, but the abdomen and

underparts are, generally speaking, varied with yellowish, brownish and black. These

insects were repeatedly seen to settle on the upper surface of the broad leaves of a low-

growing endemic monocotyledonous plant, Curculigo, sp., or of Stevensonia and other small

palms, under the shade of the forest trees: the body is raised high on the long legs, and

(as far as I remember) the wings are held rather high above the back, though I cannot

recall their position with absolute certainty. This habit was noticed again and again in

many parts of the high mountain-forests of Mahé and (to a less extent) of Silhouette,

at all seasons from the cooler and much less wet period in September, to the following

January and February, when wet and sunless spells were experienced. The stouter-built,

metallic, almost blue-black Uvrodolichus caudatus (not a Chrysosomatine) was several

times remarked settling on moist places in the red-earthen paths on the plateau of Mare

aux Cochons in Silhouette: these paths were exposed to bright sunshine. In the above

cases the observations can be referred to particular species, but in others it is not always

possible to identify with certainty which species is referred to in my journal. Thus, in

the plantation at Cascade (Mahé) in the afternoon of March Ist, 1909, numbers of a

metallic Dolichopodid ‘varying from emerald green to bronze and yellowish green’ kept

settling on leaves of Liberian Coffee trees near a cowshed and a dungheap: these were

almost without doubt females of Ps:lopus leucopogon. In the same plantation, on the

morning of Jan. 3rd, 1909 (during a wet, gloomy spell), numbers of Dolichopodids and of a

Stratiomyiid kept alighting on a damp fallen clove tree, off which we had torn some of

the bark. They may have been attracted by fermenting juices in the wood, perhaps with

a view to oviposition. One more example of the occurrence of some kinds in an environ-

ment of humidity and deep shade may be noted: on Jan. 12th, 1909, I recorded ‘searching

in recesses among boulders at the edge of the forest on the mountain-side (at Cascade),

among bushes, &c., catching Dolichopodids and Nemocera in shady places.’

“Another rich type of locality for some species was afforded by open swampy places

on the narrow pieces of level land between the foot of the mountains and the beach. A

series of the fine and brilliant green Psilopus leucopogon was got in such places; some by

sweeping rank herbage on patches of drained marsh at Anse Royale, Mahé (20. i. 1909),

and others in the long grass at the edges of undrained marshes at Anse aux Pins

(21.11.1909). In the latter case I recorded particularly that there were very few flies (except

Stomoxys) in the marsh itself, which contained several inches of water and a shoulder-high

growth of long rushes and of.a yellow-flowered Onagraceous plant (Jussi@a); but the

marsh-edge grass was rich in Dolichopodids and other Diptera. A series of Pszlopus

siemplex and P. libratwertex came from these same coastal marshes, and one example of

P. magnicaudatus was taken on a little bit of swampy ground near sea-level at Cascade.

Most of the specimens of Tachytrechus seychellensis are from a coast-marsh at Port Glaud,

Mahé, 5. xi. 1908.

LAMB—DIPTERA: ASILIDA, SCENOPINIDA, ETC. 5367

“There are certain species also that were found on the beaches of white coral-sand:

the silvery-grey Argyrochlamys impudicus, taken only on the beach at Long Island

(Mahé, vii. 1908); and Psilopus lasiophthalmus, found on the same beach and at the same

time, but also taken afterwards at an elevation of about 1000 feet on the plateau of the

Silhouette Mare aux Cochons, far from any sand. The coloration of the latter species is

peculiar; it is metallic green, but in the female the surface is dusted over with silvery

grey, so that it is intermediate between bright green forms like P. bilobatus and the

silvery Argyrochlamys: in the male the silver dusting is much less, and the insect is

scarcely less bright green than its congeners. One is tempted to think that while the

duller-coloured forms like P. indistinctus may be adapted to the shade of the high forests;

while the bright metallic green species may be suited to the more sunlit vegetation which

they frequent; while the all-silver Argyrochlamys conforms to the same colour-scheme as

many other sand insects, both littoral and desert-haunting, of several Orders; that the

intermediate coloration of the female P. Jascophthalmus may be suitable for the two types

of locality in which the species was taken, namely sandy beach and sunlit vegetation.

It should be added, however, that I did not experience, consciously at any rate, any

difficulty due to cryptic coloration in seeing either the shade-loving or the bright metallic

green species. The metallic green of the latter is frequently conspicuous against the

non-metallic green of the leaves on which they sit. Concerning the sabulicolous forms I

cannot recollect whether they were specially hard to see or not.

“Turning for a moment from the Seychelles proper: the only species of Dolichopodidee

captured in Aldabra were Hydrophorus precox and Thinophilus, sp., both found by Fryer

(at Takamaka) running on the surface of a well, almost the only fresh water on that

inhospitable atoll. Dolichopodids with this habit were not taken in the Seychelles.

‘From what has been said it follows that certain species were found in cultivated

country near sea-level, and some only in the endemic forest at high altitudes; but some

kinds occur in all types of country. It is instructive to summarise the local distribu-

tion within the Seychelles of the Chrysosomatinz. Psilopus leucopogon (taken also in the

Chagos Islands and Rodrigues, and known from India, Ceylon and Java) was found in

the coast-marshes of Mahé, and also at nearly 1000 feet in Cascade Estate, but probably

in the latter place only in the plantation, not in the wild forest. Of P. pallidicornis,

described from the Hawaiian Islands, only three examples were taken, each at about

1000 feet, in three different islands. P. semyplex (taken also in the Amirantes, and described

originally from Java) was found only near sea-level. The foregoing are all known from other

countries besides the Seychelles*, the following hitherto only from the Seychelles proper.

P. lasiophthalmus, n. sp., as mentioned above, occurred on the beach but also at 1000 feet.

P. bilobatus, n. sp., occurred in a low coral-island, Dennis I., an outlier of the true

Seychelles, in Félicité, and in Mahé and Silhouette at elevations up to 1500 feet. The

group of new species containing P. pollicifer, indistinctus, grandicaudatus and ampli-

caudatus is typical of the highest endemic forests, up to the loftiest peaks: these insects

should almost certainly prove to be endemic. Seventy-nine examples of P. indistinctus

and P. pollicifer together were got, all from high elevations and with few exceptions all

* Cf. remarks at bottom of p. 370,

368 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

from right within the forests. Even in this group, however, there are some exceptions

to the high-altitude habitat: most of the specimens of P. librativertex, n. sp, and one

example of P. magnicaudatus being from swampy places at low levels. The remarkable

new genus Craterophorus was collected exclusively at high elevations, and almost all the

specimens are known to have been taken in the forests, though a few may have occurred

“in cultivated places near them. Most remarkable is the case of C. mirabilis, represented

by four examples, all from the summit of Mount Sebert (Bayonne Mt.) in Mahé. This

was a most distinctive spot: a bare granite glacis at nearly 2000 feet elevation, in the

fissures of which were patches of stunted forest growth, purely endemic and including one

or two plants known in a wild state from only one single example apiece. It is worth

noting also that the great majority of specimens of the presumably endemic group of

Psilopus, and all those of Craterophorus, are from Mahé. This may be due mainly to

the greater length of time spent in Mahé, or to my increased experience in collecting: but

it may also be partly seasonal; the months spent in Silhouette, August and September,

being the coolest and least wet part of the year, while those spent in Mahé are hotter,

and—especially December, January, and February—much wetter.”

Chrysosomatine.

In Nove Acta, Halle (104, 1919, 136), Professor Becker has given a very clear account

of the vexed question of the synonomy of the group hitherto known as the Psilopine or

Sciapine, and it appears to be quite certain that the best name for the sub-family is that

given above. With some apparent inconsistency the present author, however, has retained

the old and well-known name Psi/opus for the insects under review. In spite of many

efforts made to attain a natural division of the great mass of species appearing under the

name Psilopus, no generic, or even subgeneric, divisions have so far been proposed that

are other than highly artificial and indeed sometimes inconsistent. Excluding the species

which lack the forked vein, the venation is very uniform in general character, but it

exhibits certain definite types which indicate the existence of sections in the genus; these

types however cannot so far be correlated with the important antennal and other characters

of which the family exhibits an immense variety, some of which indeed are peculiar to it.

Among the present insects some can be assigned to the genus Chirysosoma (Agonosoma)

with certainty, and the last species could be allotted to the genus Scvopus (Zeller, emend.

Becker), that is to say to the old true Psilopus. But in view of the present unsatisfactory

state of the classification the author preferred to retain the old generic name for all the

species, trusting that the descriptions would be full enough to enable the insects to be

duly allotted to whatever genera future workers may succeed in delimiting in the sub-

family.

9. Psilopus leucopogon, Wiedemann. (PI. 27, fig. 1; Pl. 29, fig. 23.)

There can be little doubt that the above species of the Chrysosoma group is

represented by a fairly long series in the collection. The specimens agree well with

Schiner’s description in Novara Reise, Dipt. 215, 17, but neither he nor Wiedemann

mention the remarkable pit or brand on the hind tibia, though Schiner refers to a local

LAMB—DIPTERA: ASILIDA, SCENOPINIDA, ETC. 369

thickening, and both refer to the darkened base. This pit also occurs in Bigot’s Ceylon

species P. armillatus. The description given by him (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, t. x. 285, 6)

is quite inadequate, and makes no mention of the pit, but the collection in the possession

of Mr J. E. Collin has in it one of Bigot’s original specimens, and this shows that P. armil-

latus is very similar indeed to P. leucopogon ; it is a little slighter in build, and is devoid

of the striking colours of the mid-tarsi, though it has a remarkable row of regularly bent

tiny bristles below on the first tarsal joint of those feet. The wings have the fork of the

fourth vein shorter and more bowed ; the pale part of the legs is more ochreous, and the

white silky fringes are present. The remarkable pit possessed by these two species appears

sporadically in diverse families of Diptera; it occurs again in the Dolichopids in an un-

described Queensland species in the British Museum collection which belongs to Bigot’s

section Margaritostylus ; this is probably nearly related to P. patellifer, Thomson, as ac-

cording to Grimshaw (Fauna Haw. u.1) that species also possesses a similar pit. In view

of there being possibly several closely related species in the lewcopogon-armillatus group of

Chrysosoma, it is thought best to leave the description in full as originally drawn.

Head (fig. 1 a, b): vertex much excavate with prominent brassy tubercle ; the whole

is entirely brilliant blue-green, the orbital margins being grass-green. There is a single

pair of black convergent vertical bristles, the place of the front one being taken by a diffuse

area of fine pale hairs. The ocellars are strongly divergent but are vertical in the plane

transverse to the head. The face is coloured like the vertex, but the lower part is some-

what flattened and rather silvery, as is the labrum. The orange palpi bear a long black

side bristle and a smaller one at the tip; the proboscis is orange. The hind orbits are

silvery and the upper half of the post-orbital row consists of very tiny black bristles which

' merge into the dense long white silvery hairs which form the beard. The antennz are

entirely black, the first and second joints being small, the latter with the usual long

bristles above and below ; the third joint is conical and about as long as the other two

together with a long simple terminal arista.

The thoracic dorsum is somewhat shining, but not brightly so, and is of an intense

golden green a little dusted in front. The acrostichal row consists of three pairs of very

large bristles preceded by rows of tiny ones on the front of thorax. The dorsocentral rows

consist of four tiny hairs succeeded by two very long stout curved bristles; the rest of

the chaetotaxy is normal; all the bristles are stout, long and black. The scutellum is

coloured like the thorax, half-moon shaped in profile and rounded in vertical section ; it

carries the normal pair of long bristles inserted about half way between base and tip, and

between each and the base is a smaller bristle. The pleura is entirely suffused with

silvery grey dust through which the greenish body colour shows. The wings (fig. 23) are

clear with dark brown veins but are yellower just at the base. The squama consists of a

tiny dark knob with very delicate white fringes. The halter is long and slender with a

whitish stalk and a yellower head.

Front leg: the coxa and two-thirds of the femur are black, the rest being yellow.

The coxa is covered in front with profuse white hairs, those at the tip becoming bristly ;

femur with long white hairs in front of which some five or six are outstanding from the

rest like extremely long, fine bristles: tibia with three superior bristles, the last being a

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 47

370 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

little beyond the middle : the first tarsal joint carries two superior bristles near the middle,

the basal two-thirds is remarkable in being covered beneath with a dense mat of tiny hairs,

and the clothing bristles form a close posterior pectination along the same: the remaining

joints are normal, and a little darkened. Lengths in mm.: femur 1°6, tibia 1°6, first

tarsal 1:4, rest 1:1. Middle leg: coxa greyish with silvery hairs, femur quite black

except at extreme tip; it is spindled, grooved longitudinally in front, and has a sparse

fringe of long pale hairs; the tibia is pale except at the extreme tip and has two small

anterior bristles; the first tarsal joint is pale with its tip quite white, but the junction

with the following joint dark ; below it carries a beautiful regular pectination the bristles

of which are about as long as the joint is deep ; the second and third joints are black with

a similar pectination ; fourth joint brilliant silvery with an upstanding pad of silvery hair ~

which causes it to appear swollen ; fifth joint also silvery with black claws. Lengths in

mm.: femur 2, tibia 2°8, first tarsal 2°5, rest 1:2. Hind leg: coxa grey with long silvery

hairs; femur all black with a double row of long straight silvery hairs; tibia pale except

at tip, near the base behind is a remarkable swelling on the otherwise simple joint, which

is darkened ; it looks like a “ brand” and when viewed posteriorly is seen to contain a

long deep oval pit the margins of which are set with sensory hairs; the only bristle is a

small superior one about two-thirds down; the darkened tarsi are quite simple. Lengths

in mm.: femur 2:2, tibia, 3, first tarsal 1°5, rest 1°5.

The abdomen is the same in colour as the thorax but is a little more shining. At the

extreme base are the usual two large bristles on the side and a profusion of white hairs ;

the whole venter is similarly shaggy, which shagginess extends over the sides of the basal

segments. Hach segment on its disc carries about six small bristles, and marginally each

has about six very long curved ones. The hypopygium is shown in fig. 1 c; it is black

with shaggy white hairs on the eighth segment, and short white pectination on the lobes.

The female differs to some extent. It possesses the second front vertical and normal

dorsocentrals ; the leg pectinations are much shorter; the abdomen is more dull brassy,

and the leg bristles more numerous and stouter.

Size a little over 5 mm., excluding antenna and hypopygium.

Loc. Chagos: Salomon and Peros Banhos atolls, v. 1905, 4 $; marked “common”

(T. B. Fletcher). Seychelles: Mahé, Cascade Estate, about 800—1000 feet, and marshes

on the coastal plain at Anse aux Pins: Long Island, vil. 1908: 5 g, 24 9. This species

also occurs in Rodriguez (1918, Sneli and Thomasset), India, Ceylon, and Java.

10. Psilopus pallidicornis, Grimshaw, Fauna Hawaiiensis, 11. 12. 2.

A single male and two females can be referred without doubt to this species. The

male agrees exactly with Grimshaw’s description and figures, possessing the same remarkable

compressed abdomen and clouded wing tip: the frons has no hair tuft, and the presutural

dorsocentrals are normal. Suspicion was aroused by the presence of so striking an insect

in localities so far apart as Hawaii and the Seychelles, and the author communicated with

Dr R. C. L. Perkins, F.R.S., on the question. He informed the author that one of the

large Hawaiian Dolichopids had turned up in localities at a great distance from the islands,

and that he considered these insects to be non-indigenous to Hawaii. He had himself

LAMB—DIPTERA: ASILIDA, SCENOPINIDA, ETC. 37 1

bred Dolichopids, quite probably including the present species, from damp earth in which

plants were being reared for use in Hawaii. It follows that no stress can be laid on the

distribution of the species, and indeed doubt is thrown on other similar cases.

The female was not known to Grimshaw. The breadth of the head is considerably

less than in the male but the antennz are exactly the same. The thorax is metallic

blue-green only on the dorsum, the scutellum and the epipleura; all the sides of the dorsum,

the front, and the pleura are orange. The front femur is quite devoid of the stout bristles

usually found there, and the leg bristles are more developed, the mid tibia having two

evident bristles of the inferior row, and the rows on the hind tibia being much stouter

than in the male. The abdomen is predominantly orange like the thorax, but the second

and third segments are broadly metallic on the disc, the fourth narrowly so, and the end of

the abdomen almost completely eeneous : it carries a pair of small black cerci.

Size about 5 mm.

Loc. Seychelles. Silhouette: plateau of Mare aux Cochons, over 1000 feet, ix. 1908,

1 g. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 1000 feet, 1 9. Praslin, xi. 1908, 1 9. Also known

from the Hawaiian Islands.

11. Psilopus simplex, de Meijere, Tijds. v. Ent., liii. 1910, p. 99.

There are about a dozen female specimens which Dr de Meljere considers are best

referred to this species, at least provisionally. Amirantes: Eagle L, 17. x. 1905, 1 example.

Seychelles: Dennis L., viii. 1908 (Fryer), 1 example: Mahé, coast-marshes at Anse aux

Pins, i. 1909, 9 specimens. Found only in places near sea-level, among wide-spread forms

of vegetation. Described from Java (Semarang).

12. Psilopus lasiophthalmus, n. sp. (Plate 27, fig. 2; Plate 29, fig. 24.)

This species differs from most Chrysosoma forms in having a true front vertical bristle

and normal dorsocentrals present in the male. It is remarkable, indeed almost unique, in

having the eyes densely pubescent, and is almost sufficiently distinct to form the type of

a, subgenus.

Head (fig. 2 a, b): vertex fairly excavate; frons bright shining violet-green. Face the

same but more suffused with golden dust, especially when viewed obliquely; the labrum

is not so long as usual, being about equal in breadth and height. The palpi are orange with

a bristle pair smaller than usual, and the tongue is also orange. The front vertical is

present, and behind each bristle, and on the vertical ridge, stands a pair of equal bristles,

which form the base of an isosceles triangle of which the upper is the apex. The ocellars

are moderately long. The hind head is blackish-green dusted behind the eyes; the post-

orbital row is black and succeeded by fine, white, silky bristles which merge into the

beard. The eyes are densely though shortly pubescent. The antenna is dusky orange, the

first and second joints are normal, the latter with the long upper and lower bristles; the

third is pointed, egg-shaped, with a simple black almost apical arista having swollen basal

joints; it is about 0°9 mm. long.

The thoracic dorsum is shining green with violet reflections, especially behind and on

the scutellum; there are short coppery lines between the dorsal and acrostichal rows. The

acrostichals consist of two pairs of long bristles, not regularly inserted, continued by the two

47—2

372 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

rows of tiny bristles on the front of the thorax. Including the prescutellars there are four

dorsocentral pairs; the other bristles are normal and all of them stout and black. The

scutellum is rounded in profile and section and has only the pair of long terminal bristles,

inserted as usual. The pleura is somewhat dull and dusty green. The wings (fig. 24) are

slightly suffused, with brown veins, and are paler at the base. The squama has a white

fringe in the form of a fan. The halter is orange with slightly darkened stalk.

The legs are all orange except the coxe of the middle and hind pairs, and the last

tarsal joints of the same, which are blackened. Front leg: coxa with pale hairs, three side

bristles on anterior edge, a terminal process made up of a few stout blunt pale bristles more

or less confluent: femur, spindled: tibia with a posterior bristle at the middle: first tarsal

joint with a dense pad along the plantar surface: other joints simple; length in mm.,,

femur 1°3, tibia 1-2, first tarsal 0°7, rest the same. Middle leg: femur spindled: tibia with

a large anterior bristle at the upper third and a smaller one at the second third, together

with a crown of one long and a few small bristles: tarsi simple; lengths in mm., femur 1°3,

tibia 1°3, tarsal 1°0, rest 0°7. Hind leg: all the joints are simple, the tibia carries a small

end bristle; lengths in mm., femur 1°25, tibia 1°8, first tarsal 0°9, rest same.

The abdomen is silvery at the extreme base and carries the usual long side bristles

with white hairs below; the disc of the segments has the basal half of each very dark

geneous purple-black, which rapidly merges into a distal zneous green part, so that the

general appearance is that the abdomen is cross-banded with black. All the segments have

dark bristles on the dise and sides and, exceptionally to the common rule, the marginal

bristles are hardly differentiated from the discals. The hood of the hypopygium (fig. 2 ¢) is

dark eneous with long pale yellow appendages. The venter is all dark.

The female is very like the male, but the front femora bear the long spines so usual

in the genus.

Size, without antenna, etc., 44 mm.

Loc. Seychelles. Silhouette: Mare aux Cochons plateau, over 1000 feet, ix. 1908, 3 3.

Long Island, on beach, vii. 1908, 8 3, 10%. The latter place is a small islet the vegetation

of which is nearly all non-endemic; the Silhouette locality is about at the meeting-point

of cultivation and endemic forest. |

13. Psilopus bilobatus, n. sp. (Plate 27, fig. 3; Plate 29, fig. 25.)

This is apparently a true Psilopus, although it possesses the hair tuft instead of the

vertical bristle, and the evanescent dorsocentrals characteristic of many true Chryso-

somatinae, but the antenna has an absolutely dorsal arista.

Head (fig. 3a, b): very excavate with a strong tubercle; the frons is grass-green or

violet-green and very shining; the hind verticals are remote from the eye-borders, and the

front bristle is replaced by about seven hairs scattered over the broad triangular eye-

margins. The ocellars are long and black and divergent, there is also a tiny pair of bristles

on the back of the knob. The face is the same colour as frons, but a central area bounded

by a curve from the antennal bases is dusted with silver, this dust being much stronger

on three vertical lines on that area; the labrum is similarly dusted all over. The orange

palpi have small side and end bristles; the tongue is orange. The post-orbital row of tiny

LAMB—DIPTERA: ASILIDAS, SCENOPINIDA, ETC. 373

black bristles merges into the usual profuse white-haired beard; the hind head itself is

black. The antenn are all black, all three joints being roughly the same in size; the

second carries the usual upper and lower bristles; the third is quite rounded, oval, and

carries a simple slender dorsal arista which is about as long as the eye-depth.

The thoracic dorsum is a somewhat dull violet-green with indistinct more shining

greenish stripes between the acrostichal rows and between them and the dorsocentrals. ‘he

acrostichal rows consist of three large pairs with tiny bristles in front; the first three dorso-

centrals are reduced to hairs, with two large ones behind them on each side; the other

bristles are normal. The scutellum resembles the dorsum and is rounded in profile and

section; it only carries a single pair of large bristles. The pleura is slightly suffused zneous

green. The wings (fig. 25) are very faintly suffused, with brown veins; the squama is

a tiny tubercle with long black fringes. The halter is long with orange head and slightly

darkened stalk.

The legs are entirely yellow, except for the black coxze and trochanters and slightly

suffused tarsi of the hind and middle legs. Front leg: coxa with pale hairs; femur with

an inferior row of fine black bristles and a posterior row of fine white ones; tibia with one

long inferior bristle beyond the middle, and a small one just remote from the tip; tarsi

quite simple; lengths in mm., femur 1°3, tibia 1°3, first tarsal 0°8, rest the same. Middle

leg: coxa pale haired; the joints practically devoid of bristles except for three tiny anterior

ones on the tibia; tarsi quite simple; lengths in mm., femur 1°5, tibia 1:7, first tarsal 1-2,

rest 14. Hind leg: coxa pale haired; femur with a row of about seven bristles on the

basal half below; tibia with about five very small superior bristles and two or three inferior ;

tarsus with the last two joints distinctly dilated and flattened (fig. 3d); lengths in mm.,

femur 1°8, tibia 2°8, first tarsal 1°2, rest same.

The abdomen is green or violet-green and fairly shining, each segment is more or less

bordered with black which is more distinct in the violet specimens; the narrow basal

segment bears the usual pair of long bristles each side with profuse white hairs below them,

while similar hairs extend all along the venter. Each segment bears black bristles on the

dise and sides, and carries four long marginal bristles just remote from the black borders.

In the darker specimens the dark borders on the sides of the terminal segments are

very wide. The hypopygium (fig. 3c) is black except for the orange lobes, which are black

haired.

In the female the front vertical and the normal dorsocentrals are present. The front

bristles on the front coxa and the lower ones on the front femur are large as usual. The

legs have the same general chetotaxy as in the male, but stronger. There are no fringes

to the legs.

Size, without antenna or hypopygium, about 4 mm.

Loc. Seychelles. Dennis I, viii. 1908 (Fryer), 9 4, 3 9. Silhouette: from near coast,

24; Mare aux Cochons plateau, over 1000 feet, and near Pot-d-eau, about 1500 feet, 8 4, 14 9.

Mahé: marshes on coastal plain at Anse aux Pins, i. 1909. Félicité: xii. 1908, 12. Near

Morne Blane, and Cascade Estate, both about 1000 feet. Distributed from sea-level up to

the high endemic forest.

O74 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

The following species form the group referred to in the introduction as remarkable

in being completely devoid of acrostichal bristles, and in having simple head characters.

The head has the shape. shown in fig. 5a, b of P. pollicifer; these may be regarded

as applying broadly to all the species. The insects are rather fragile and the great majority

of the specimens have the head more or less deformed owing to shrinkage, so that it is not

possible to give drawings of each species. The vertex is almost level, with a well-marked

though small knob; the eye profiles of the head and face are quite continuous, and the

eye-margins gradually approach till they meet below the antenna: the eyes are then

either absolutely confluent along the mid-line or only separated by the narrowest margin;

below, the tiny labral triangle is alone visible. The eyes are quite bare. The antennz

have the simplest structure; the second joint bears only small upper and lower bristles, the

third is egg-shaped with a simple arista inserted dorsally near the lower part of the joint.

The bristles present vary to some extent; the thorax is absolutely devoid of acrostichal

bristles, the area between the dorsocentrals being quite smooth and shining. The venation

of all the species is very similar, the principal difference arising in the degree of approxi-

mation of the ends of the third vein and the fork of the fourth; this character is subject

to a small degree of variation, and hence can only be relied on for the first species. In such

species as are metallic, this colour is practically absent from the abdomen. The females are

so extremely close as to be almost inseparable, and indeed are probably completely so

in P. pollicifer and P. indistinctus, in which the males differ in one single but quite major

tarsal character. The hypopygium has two main forms; in the earlier species given below

it is comparatively small, but in the last three species it is swollen to an extraordinary

degree, and that of the last species is almost unique in its monstrous size, and the number

and complexity of the processes.

14. Psilopus lbratwertex, n. sp. (Pl. 27, fig. 4; Pl. 29, fig. 26.)

Head with very brilliant grass-green vertex: in some of the better preserved specimens

it is just possible to glimpse a very tiny bristle near the orbit about two-fifths down from the

vertex to the antenna, which probably represents the front vertical; otherwise fig. 5 will

do well for this species. The apparent post-vertical is inserted exactly in the line of the post-

orbitals,and the stout ocellars point outwards and backwards. The triangle below the antennze

is silvery as is the labral triangle. The minute orange palpi have each a small black bristle,

and the tongue is also orange. The hind head is black with grey suffusion; the small black

bristles of the post-orbital row are succeeded by longer white ones which merge into the

long sparsely distributed bristles which take the place of the usual hairy beard. The first

two antennal joints are pale ochreous, the third and the flagellum are very dusky.

The thoracic dorsum, including the scutellum, is shining green with rather faint re-

flections of blue and gold. As said above there are no acrostichals, but there are a few

bristles belonging to the tiny rows on the front of the thorax. The dorsocentrals, including

the pre-scutellars, number five; the scutellum is rounded in profile and section and carries

two bristles inserted half-way, which are stout and only converge a little towards the tip.

The wings (fig. 26) are very faintly suffused, and the end of the third vein and the fork of

the fourth are nearer than in all the other species. The squama bears a fringe of about six

fairly long golden hairs; the halter is all pale.

LAMB— DIPTERA: ASILID/Z, SCENOPINIDA, ETO. 375

The legs, including the cox, are yellowish white except for a definite suffusion on the

upper surface of the last half of the hind femora, which is a very distinct feature: the tarsi

are more or less dusky towards the end. Front leg: coxa with short pale hairs in front;

towards the tip on the anterior surface are two nearly straight spines, these appear to be a

good specific character; femur, a little spindled in the basal half; the last tarsal joint is

deep black, and though scarcely larger than usual, appears to be flattened; lengths in mm.,

femur 0°8, tibia 0°9, first tarsal 0°85, rest 0°9. Middle leg; the only bristles present are

two small superior ones at the first and last thirds of the tibia and a tiny crown to the

same; lengths in mm., femur 1:0, tibia 1°5, first tarsal 1:0, rest 0°85. Hind leg: the only

bristles present are on the tibia, being two small superiors, one at the middle, the other

half-way between it and the tip, and a few tiny bristles of the inferior row; lengths in mm.,

femur 1°3, tibia 1°8, first tarsal 0°6, rest 1°1.

The abdomen is mostly blackish, the basal segment being pale with a fringe of long

black hairs, four on each side, and a scattered row of pale ones below, where the pubescence

is usually found. The whole abdomen is dark haired and there are no distinct marginal

bristles. If the abdomen is viewed sideways, a very faint greenish shine can be seen, and

the last two segments are almost as fully eneous as in the ordinary Dolichopid. In side

view the sutures between the segments from first to fifth are seen to be widely banded

with blackish, leaving the mid-areas ochreous. he hypopygium (fig. 4) is dark chitinous

with tiny orange flaps.

The female has the face below the antenna of almost equal breadth throughout, namely

the amount just below the antenna: this is the case with the other species as far as is

known. The face is brilliant blue-green thickly suffused with dust. The stout coxal and

femoral spines are present: the mid and hind coxe have a single bristle outside; the colour

is like that of the male. This is the only female clearly separable by its venation.

Size, excluding antenna, etc., just over 3°5 mm.

Loc. Seychelles. Mahé: marshes on coastal plain at Anse aux Pins, i. 1909, 6 f, 2 2;

Cascade Estate, about 1000 feet, 2 3, 2 9.

The next two species are practically undistinguishable from one another except for

the very aberrant front tarsal joints of the first species, and some slight differences which

will be given under the second species. The description was drawn up point by point with

both species under comparison, to ensure accuracy. The body characters are the same as

are the hypopygia, and the lengths of the leg joints practically agree within the limit of

error of the measurements, the only appreciable difference being that the first tarsal joint

of the front legs of the first species occupies a little more of the total length of the tarsus,

which has the same length in both species*. As a consequence of the close affinity of the

males, it is impossible to separate the females.

15. Psilopus pollicifer, n. sp. (Pl. 27, fig. 5; Pl. 29, fig. 27.)

Head as figs. 5a and b. The frons is silvery, as is the facial triangle above and the

labral one below. The small front vertical bristle bends forward and the hind one is just at

* Compare a quite analogous difference separating two forms of Phalacrid beetles, Vestotws tropicus and

NV. similis, found in the Seychelles. In this case the differentiating character lay in the female sex, and in the

hind tarsus, See pp. 237-9 of this volume.—H. Scorv.

376 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

the angle of the eye; the divergent ocellars point a little backwards. The orange palpi

bear a small bristle, the tongue is also orange. The antenne are all dullish orange with the

structure described above (p. 374). The hind head is black and dusted, with a tiny black

post-orbital row succeeded by the long white post-oral bristles.

The thoracic dorsum is polished shining green including the acrostichal area; there

are four dorsocentrals including the pre-scutellars. The scutellum is like the thorax ;

rounded in profile and section with a single pair of side bristles which project sideways,

that is to say, are somewhat divergent; they are inserted midway along the sides. The

pleura is dullish black. The wings are as shown in fig. 27, and are a little smoky: the

squamal hairs are long and of a golden brown colour, spread out like a half closed fan; the

halter is orange.

The legs, including all the coxe, are quite pale. Front leg: coxa haired and ending in

a long thin thorn sharply hooked at the end ; femur sharply spindled in the basal half, the

distal half very thin and delicate, with a pair of fine thorns beneath at the base: tibia thin

like the last half of femur: first tarsal joint long, with a regular distant pectination on the

apical half (fig. 5c): the last tarsal joint has a very remarkable structure (fig. 5d), it is

dilated and twisted, and carries a small side process like a thumb; lengths in mm., femur

I'l, tibia 1°1, first tarsal 1°55, rest 0:7. Middle leg: coxa with a few pale hairs on the

front, the tip ends in a regular dense tuft of pale hairs that have the appearance of a sea

anemone; femur simple and but slightly spindled at the base; tibia with a tiny bristle on

the upper third and a single crown bristle; tarsus simple; lengths in mm., femur 1°1,

tibia 2:1, first tarsal 1°55, rest 1:1. Hind leg: coxa with outer bristle; tibia with a few

tiny bristles of the superior row; lengths in mm., femur 1°6, tibia 2°6, first tarsal 1, rest 1°3.

The whole abdomen is blackish with a suspicion of shininess (in side view) here and

there; pale on sides and venter except just at the tip. The basal segment is strongly

fringed on the sides with long golden bristly hairs; the other segments bear similar hairs

on the sides which get smaller towards the end of the body. All the dorsum is sparsely

haired with dark hairs, and there are no true marginal bristles. The hypopygium is shown

in fig. 5e; it bears tiny orange flaps.

The female has the eyes separated as in the previous species; it has the usual stout

front coxal and femoral spines: the pleura is all orange.

Size, less antennee, etc., about 4°5 mm.

Loc. Seychelles. Mahé: Cascade Estate, and Forét Noire district, both about

1000 feet ; Mare aux Cochons district, 1500—2000 feet; 6 3.

16. Psilopus indistinctus, n. sp.

As stated above this species agrees with the previous description except for the

following points: the front tarsus, while bearing the same pectination below the first

joint, has the last joint absolutely simple and undifferentiated; the thin end of the

front femur and the tibia are not quite so delicate and slender; the first tarsal joint is”

shorter in proportion. The size of the species is also about 44 mm.

Loc. Seychelles. Mahé: cultivated country at about 1000 feet; Cascade Estate,

about 1000 feet; high forest of Morne Blane and Pilot; forest between Trois Fréres and

LAMB—DIPTERA: ASILIDA, SCENOPINIDA, ETC. 377

Morne Seychellois, and the Mare aux Cochons district, both 1500—2000 feet, xii. 1908—

i, 1909. There are 34 3. The localities given above under P. pollicifer and P. indistinctus

refer only to the males. There is also a series of 39 females of the two species together, it

being impracticable to separate them by ordinary methods in this sex. These females are

from all the localities in Mahé in which the males were taken, including also two specimens

from the slopes of Morne Seychellois itself, over 1500 feet, 4. ii. 1909: and there are also

5 females from Silhouette (Mare aux Cochons plateau and the high forest above, 1000—

2000 feet, ix. 1908). Both species were found always at high elevations and in all parts

of the endemic forests up to the highest peaks.

The three following species form a natural subsection and are remarkable for the very

aberrant swollen hypopygium ; except for differences in form of the latter the first two are

closely related, and the description of the first will apply in most particulars to the second:

the third is abundantly distinct.

17. Psilopus magnicaudatus, n. sp. (Pl. 27, fig. 6.)

Head: all the specimens have the head somewhat shrivelled and the eyes pitted, but

figs. 5a and b will apply very well except that the triangle just below the antenne is much

shorter, being scarcely 14 times as high as the length of its base at the antennal level.

The vertex is very brilliant shining blue-green; the damaged condition prevents certainty

as to the bristles, but the front verticals appear to be absent, and the hind ones stand at

the end of the post-vertical rows; the ocellars are like those of the preceding species. The

orange palpi and tongue are also as shown in fig. 5. The antenna differs inasmuch as the

third joint is perceptibly smaller and more pointed, and the second one is somewhat larger,

being about 14 times as long as the third; in colour it is all blackish brown.

The thoracic dorsum, together with the scutellum, is very polished shining blue-green,

the acrostichals are entirely absent and there are four dorsocentrals including the pre-

scutellars ; the scutellum is rounded as in the previous species and carries a single side pair

of long divergent and somewhat upstanding bristles. The pleura is orange. The wings are

as in fig. 27 and are somewhat suffused: the squamal fringes are golden brown and the

halteres orange.

The legs including all the coxe are pale except for a faint darkening on the top of

the hind femur and on the hind tibia. Front leg: coxa with a few scattered black bristles ;

femur with a row of some five conspicuous sloping black bristles beneath on the basal two-

thirds; tibia simple; tarsi clothed with dense short irregularly arranged bristly hairs,

more conspicuous below; lengths in mm., femur 1°1, tibia 1°0, first tarsal 0°8, rest I'l.

Middle leg: coxa with a few black hairs; femur with a row similar to those on the front

leg but stouter; tibia with a long basal anterior bristle, a smaller middle one, three small

bristles of the posterior row, and a small crown; lengths in mm., femur 0°9, tibia 1°4,

first tarsal 0°9, rest the same. Hind leg: coxa with a single outside bristle, femur with no

special bristles; tibia with somewhat stronger bristle rows than usual, hind row just visible;

tarsus simple; lengths in mm., femur 1°5, tibia 2:0, first tarsal 0°6, rest 1°2.

The abdomen is all suffused with dullish black with the incisures very narrowly pale ;

it is covered with short black bristly hairs, and the marginal bristles are very slightly

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 48

378 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

longer than the others. The remarkable hypopygium is shown in fig. 6 ; it is very shining

chitinous with yellow tips.

The female of this species is necessarily almost inseparable from that of the next one.

If the antennal colour agrees with that of the males, namely with dark basal joints in

magnicaudatus and orange in grandicaudatus, one can determine two female specimens as

belonging to this species. They also agree with the males in having the hind legs per-

ceptibly more reddish brown than do the other examples. If this separation be correct,

they differ from the males in having the eyes narrowly separated by a parallel black face,

and possess the usual large front femoral bristles; exceptionally the other leg bristles are

not larger than in the male. The colour of the insect, including the frons, is the same

brilliant violet-green as in the male.

Size, excluding antenna, etc., 33 mm.

Loc. Seychelles. Silhouette: from the plateau of Mare aux Cochons and the forest

above, 1000—2000 feet, ix. 1908, 2 ¢. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 1000 feet, 1 g and

12; marshy ground near sea-level at Cascade, 20. 11. 1909, 1 9.

18. Psilopus grandicaudatus, nu. sp. (Pl. 28, fig. 7; Pl. 30, fig. 28.)

The above description of the last species will equally well apply to this, except for the

following points: the antenna is much paler, being practically orange with a slightly

darkened third joint. The pleura is rather blackened, but the wings (fig. 28) are a little less

suffused. The front femur has not the regular bristles below, but has very irregular rows of

variously sized bristly hairs. The middle femur is devoid of the row of bristles, and the

femur itself is a little longer. The hind femur has a moderately conspicuous row of bristles

along its anterior side. The hypopygium is quite different (fig. 7) and even more aberrant,

being more pedicillate, quite pale chitinous, with the upper toothed sclerites darker.

There is one male in which the appearance of the hypopygium is even more complex; it

looks as if the (apparent) anterior part of the hood had opened showing further complexes

slightly protruding. This male is not otherwise absolutely identical in every detail, but must

at present be placed with the other specimens. The separation of the female from that of the

previous species has already been considered. The females assigned to this species agree

with the males in their violet-green colour including the frons, the head is like that of

the last species, and the leg bristles are quite the same.

Size, excluding the antenna, etc., 34 mm.

Loc, Seychelles. Silhouette: Mare aux Cochons plateau and forest above, 1000—

2000 feet, ix. 1908, 2 ¢, 1 $. Mahé: country above Port Glaud, 500—1000 feet, 1 2;

near Morne Blanc, about 1000 feet, 1 2; Cascade Estate, 800—1500 feet, 1 ¢ 6 2; Mare

aux Cochons district, 1500—2000 feet, 1. 1909, 1 9. Praslin: Cétes d’Or Estate, ix. 1908,

| ?. This appears to be also an endemic forest form.

19. Psilopus amplicaudatus, n. sp. (Pl. 28, fig. 8.)

This species attains the high water mark of hypopygial complexity and has in addition

unusual leg bristles.

LAMB—DIPTERA: ASILIDA, SCENOPINIDA, ETC. 379

The whole insect is practically entirely yellow, except for its metallic blue-green frons,

the area between the dorsocentrals, the hind part of the dorsum, and the scutellum, which

are somewhat thinly but brilliantly shining greenish; this colour is absent outside those

limits. Head very much like fig. 5, but shrunken in both the specimens; the sub-antennal

triangle is a little smaller than shown, the labral one is very silvery; the palpi and tongue

like those of the other species; apparently there is only the hind post-vertical bristle con-

current with the post-orbital row, and the ocellars; the hind head is not visible owing to

the shrinkage. The antenna is slightly dusky orange and has the same form as that of the

last two species, with a smaller and more coned third joint than that shown in fig. 5.

The thorax is quite devoid of acrostichals and bears four dorsocentral pairs including

the prescutellars; the other bristles are as in the previous species. The wings have a

venation like that of the preceding species. The squamal fringes when compared with the

other thoracic bristles are golden brown, but appear nearly black against the pale body:

the halter is the same in colour as the body.

Front leg: coxa with a few tiny bristles at base and three stout terminal black ones;

femur with a somewhat spindled basal half, quite bare; first tarsal with the clothing

bristles forming a tiny black inferior fringe on the basal half; rest of joints simple; lengths

in mm., femur 1°25, tibia 1-4, first tarsal 1°25, rest 14. Middle leg: coxa bare; femur with

about five very strong black diverging bristles on the basal half inferiorly; tibia with three

of the superior row, a few tiny ones of the inferior, and two or three of the crown, all

of them black; first tarsal with a similar small inferior row; rest simple; lengths in mm.,

femur 1°4, tibia 2°3, first tarsal 1°4, rest the same. Hind leg: coxa with one external

bristle; the femur is remarkable in carrying an extremely strong row of six large black

curved bristles on the anterior surface extending along the middle two-thirds of its length ;

there is a short row of inferior bristles below the first three bristles of the above row;

tibia with three of the superior row and a single one of the superior-anterior row inserted

just beyond the first of the other row; tarsi all simple; lengths in mm., femur 1°6, tibia 2°2,

first tarsal 0°9, rest 1°8.

The abdomen is somewhat broadly browned along the axial line, the base is slightly

swollen at the angles and carries on each side two thin bristles. The dorsum is covered

with tiny dark bristles, but there are no true marginals. The enormous hypopygium is

shown in side view in fig. 8. It is probably the most complex structure of its kind that

has yet been observed. If the insect is oriented so as to look into the hood, perpendicular

to the plane of fig. 8, each of the sclerites there shown bears accessory spikes and teeth

which nearly meet in the median plane, forming an organ of very extreme complexity.

The female is very like those of the previous species in form ; the thorax is shining on

the absolute disc as in the male: the face is narrowly parallel and brilliantly silvery. The

ordinary leg bristles in this species are much more developed than in the male.

Size, without antenna, etc., 32 mm.

Loc. Seychelles. Silhouette: highest forest, over 2000 feet (near Pot-d-eau), 12,

vill. 1908, 1 $; Mare aux Cochons plateau and forest above, 1000—2000 feet, ix. 1908,

Ae. eae Agee

48—2

380 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

CRATEROPHORUS, gen. nov.

This genus includes the remarkable forms alluded to in the introduction as having the

male characters on the base of the abdomen. The species offered considerable difficulty in

deciding the sub-family to which they must be assigned. The balance of probability is that

they must be placed in the Chrysosomatinee. They have certain characters common to nearly

all that sub-family, and others that are found in the same in certain cases. The Chrysoso-

mating. are pre-eminent in the great variety of male characters that they exhibit, and three

out of the four species now under consideration bear exceptional but correlated characters.

On the first segment of the abdomen is a pair of spherical bulbs which are hollow, and from

the base of each arises a rod like the pistil of a flower, which can be seen through a

circular hole on the top of each. These bulbs are lengthened downwards so that they appear

to be borne by the epiphragma running up the hind coxa, but on dissection they are seen

to be really part of the first abdominal segment (fig. 166). In most Psilopids a more or less

evident swelling exists on the sides of the base of the abdomen which very usually carries

some conspicuous bristles. This formation is found in the females of the present genus.

Further in Psilopus alulifera, Walker, from Singapore, the base of the abdomen is ridged

and hairy, so that the above characters are not inconsistent with placing the genus in this

sub-family.

In addition, however, to the above quite unique character, the males possess others.

The squama is highly modified: instead of being a mere papilla bearing longish hairs as in

the females, it is apparently mobile, having a long stalk and a chitinised head which bears

a row of most remarkable stiff bristles, which are suddenly bent at right angles at the tips.

The wings also bear an extra lobe at the base, absent in the females, and in the family in

general, which lobe has a straight chitinised margin, bearing a perfectly regular row of

exactly equal small stiff bristles, which are in close contiguity to those on the squama when

the wing is stretched out in the position of flight. The two sets of bristles have a curious

resemblance to some sort of musical apparatus. In this genus the male wing is also

modified in outline (fig. 29), being strengthened by the formation of a triangular projection

to the hind margin. This assemblage of characters is quite unique as a whole, and in

respect to the first three characters is unique in each of its parts. It must be acknowledged

that this prodigality in secondary male characters has had some influence on the author in

deciding the position of the species.

The characters possessed in common with nearly all the Psilopids are: the non-

touching eyes, the well-marked post-orbital row extending half-way down the head and

there succeeded by dense bristly hairs behind the mouth forming a sort of beard, the form

of the palpi with stout end bristles, the long legs, the well rounded and arched scutellum.

Characters found in many Psilopids are the simple antenne in both sexes with a dorsal

arista, the somewhat irregular abdominal bristles with no large marginals, the absence of

acrostichal bristles, and the strap-like paranal lobes. The range of variation in the head

from forms with a deep head and level vertical ridge to those with wide heads and deeply

excavate vertex is also found in Psilopus (sens. lat.). The venation is, however, entirely

LAMB—DIPTERA: ASILIDA, SCENOPINIDA, ETO. 381

aberrant, being somewhat like that of Medeterus, the third and fourth veins are curved

and the fork of the fourth vein is absent. Similar differences occur in other genera of

the sub-family; thus Mesorhaga has a vein bent up as in Paracleius. Lichwardtia

has a fourth vein like that of Dolichopus griseipennis, while in Anchineura the two

veins are straight and simple and there is no fork. Thus the aberrant venation is not

felt to be an insuperable difficulty in the way of placing the species in the present

sub-family.

The principal points in the diagnosis of the genus are as follows: Head: the faintly

pubescent eyes are separate on the face; the vertex is either quite level or much excavate;

the post-orbital row is long above and ends about half-way down, where it is succeeded by

dense bristly hairs round the mouth, the palpi are somewhat bat-shaped with a few bristles

and a long end one, the antennz have small sub-equal joints, the second being somewhat

globular, the third transverse oval; the long arista is dorsally inserted. Thorax: entirely

devoid of acrostichal bristles; five dorsocentral pairs in straight lines with a small

accessory sixth in front; scutellum arched and rounded in profile, with a single long pair

of bristles; wings normally with a venation somewhat as in Medeterus; legs long and

quite devoid of macrochetes. Abdomen: bristles rather irregularly distributed with no

large marginal bristles; the males always with the associated characters described

above on abdomen, etc.; in the females with three stout bristles each side on base;

the hypopygium free, usually large, with strap-like paranal lobes. Type, the following

species.

20. Craterophorus mirus, n. sp. (Plate 29, fig. 16; Plate 30, fig. 29.)

Male: the frons (fig. 16) is triangular in outline, black, with coarse silvery pollen, and

with the vertical ridge quite regular without any sign of hump. All the bristles are golden

brown when viewed with side illumination; the divergent ocellars are inserted near the

hind ocelli; the slightly convergent vertical bristles are inserted just remote from the eye-

margins with their bases nearly collinear with those of the ocellars; the upper bristles of

the post-ocular rows end in a pair which are much longer than the others and considerably

more remote at their insertions, which bristles can be regarded as an outer post-vertical

pair. The hind-head is entirely slightly shining slaty-black and the post-ocular bristles,

which are pale in side light, get smaller as they go down the eyes; they extend about half-

way down, where they are succeeded by abundant pale bristly hairs which extend all

round the mouth margin. The eyes are just perceptibly pubescent, the hairs being very

short indeed, and pale. In such specimens as have the head comparatively little shrunken, the

eyes just touch in the middle of the face, and the front facets are distinctly larger than those

on the hind part of the eyes. The epistoma is very small and slightly silvery; the tongue and

palpi are yellow, the latter embracing the tongue and bearing a few scattered black bristles

of which one at the tip is longer and more conspicuous. The antenne (see fig. 17, the next

species) are quite small and are entirely yellow except for the black arista. They are con-

tiguous at the base; the first joint is very small; the second is slightly swollen above,

where it bears an evident bristle; the third is of flattened oval form with a terminal dimple

and pubescent tip; the arista arises dorsally just at the proximal corner of the dimple; the

382 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

basal joints are somewhat stout and carry a few tiny bristles; the flagellum is long and

tapering and is shortly pubescent all round, the hairs getting sparser and longer towards the

tip. In side view the abundant pale hairs extending from the neck to the tongue are very

prominent.

Thorax: the dorsum is slightly brassy with greenish or reddish reflections depending

on the direction of incidence of the light, and covered with a fair amount of pollen of

a silvery appearance, which is more dense on the front of the thorax, and also forms

a stripe between the dorsocentral bristles which extends as far as the fourth bristle, and

narrows somewhat from front to back, where it suddenly stops. The dorsocentral rows are

very slightly divergent both in front and behind, and the bristles are all collinear; there

are five true dorsocentrals including the prescutellars, but an extra smaller pair is inserted

just in front of the row and very close to the true first bristle; these bristles are all golden

brown. There is no sign of acrostichal bristles. The rest of the cheetotaxy calls for no

remark except that the post-alar bristle is quite long. The pleura is entirely pollinated

with grey. The scutellum is greenish brassy and is pollinated; it is somewhat arched in

section and is rounded in profile; the single pair of terminal bristles is inserted somewhat

nearer the tip than the base; the bristles are long and are very slightly curved inwards.

The notopleura is large owing to the space required for the two bulbs, and is much the

same in colour as the thorax. The remarkable squama (fig. 16) is yellow with its margin

intensely black, and bearing six of the stout bristly hairs which are all suddenly twisted

round at the tips. The yellow halteres have long oval heads and long stalks. The wings

are shown in fig. 29, and have sharp angulations to the hind margin; they are clear

with brown veins, of which the fourth is the stoutest and starts off from the third with a little

callosity. The extra lobe has a darkened margin and it carries about twenty of the regular

slightly curved bristles referred to above. The legs are entirely pale yellow including the

coxze; they are long, the hind femur and tibia being each nearly as long as the abdomen;

the hind tarsus is about as long as the femur and has the second joint the longest. The

front and middle coxze bear a few pale bristles, and the hind one has a single one outside,

-but apart from these the legs are quite devoid of any bristles other than the very regular

tiny clothing bristles; these are a little stouter on the tarsi, but there is no sign of the

remarkable foot structure of the next two species.

Abdomen: the dorsum of the first segment is practically entirely covered by the two

bulbs (fig. 16 6) which are blackish in colour; with an axial illumination, the dusky dorsum

is seen to be very faintly greenish, and with side light it is duller and paler at the base:

the venter is entirely yellow. All the bristles are pale and rather feeble without any

regular arrangement of bordering bristles on most of the segments. The hypopygium

(fig. 16 c) is brownish yellow and thinly chitinised so that it is imperfectly transparent in

places, and carries a few scattered hairs. The eighth segment is apparently quite amal-

gamated with the hood and is not very clearly defined. The terminal paranal lobes are

strap-like and covered with hairs which are pale except towards the tip, where they are

black. On close examination it is seen that the lobes are quite united for a little

distance from the base, but then become two separate strips, which are so closely applied

face to face that it is only in one or two specimens that they can be seen to be

distinct.

LAMB—DIPTERA: ASILIDA, SCENOPINIDA, ETC. 383

Female: closely resembling the male except for the secondary sexual differences. The

head is very much the same, the eyes nearly touching in much the same way. The colour

is exactly the same, but the abdomen is slightly less pale and duller. The basal segment

is slightly ridged, and carries two or three large bristles in the place where the knobs are

in the male. The wings are perfectly normal as shown in fig. 29 a.

Size, excluding hypopygium, a little over 14 mm.

Loc. Seychelles. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800—1500 feet, 8 ¢, 229; cultivated country

at about 1000 feet, 12; near Morne Blanc, about 1000 feet, 1 ¢. Despite the occurrence of

1 specimen in cultivated ground, this is almost certainly a forest insect, the bulk of the

examples being from Cascade, and having been taken doubtless in the luxuriant forests

that rise behind that estate.

21. Craterophorus mirabilis, n. sp. (Plate 29, fig. 17.)

The second species is represented by a single male and two females; it stands almost

midway between the other two. The wing venation is practically identical in both sexes

with that of the previous species, with which it agrees in general appearance; but it has

the remarkable feet and hypopygium of the following species. Head: the eyes are widely

separate and the front view is quite adequately given by fig. 9 a, belonging to the next

species. The whole head and face from vertex to mouth edge is dark grey with minute

dull silvery pollen, but with side light the underlying colour is seen to be blue-black. The

silvery pollen forms two dense patches, one on each side of the clypeus. The eyes are brick-

red and pubescent, especially below; the facets of the lower part are distinctly larger than

those of the rest of the eye. The palpi are orange, somewhat bat-shaped, and rather hairy

with a stout terminal spine; the white beard is very prominent. The head bristles are all

brown in side view; the ocellars are straight and divergent and are seated midway between

the ocelli; the comparatively large convergent verticals are inserted nearly in line with the

ocellars; the post-orbital row increases in length regularly from half-way up the eye to the

top, where the bristles are very long, the last and more remote bristles being especially long

and simulating a second pair of verticals. The antenne (fig. 17) are very dusky orange,

almost black, with a form very like that of the first species, the somewhat swollen second

joint bears longer bristles above and below, and the small transverse-oval third joint is

dimpled at the tip, where it is very hairy. The arista is inserted close to the edge of this

dimple, with normal basal joints and a uniformly tapering and finely pubescent flagellum.

In side view the eye hides the rest of the head, and the white bristly beard extends from |

the level of the neck to the oral margin. The hind head is like the frons.

Thorax: the dorsum is metallic green in front and bluish behind with green reflections.

It is all slightly pollinated especially in front, while two somewhat evanescent: stripes,

parallel to the dorsocentral rows, show up from a deficiency of the pollen. There are five

dorsocentral pairs diverging to the last or prescutellars which are quite long; in front of

each row is an accessory smaller bristle; the acrostichals are quite absent. The scutellum

is rounded in profile and section and is coloured like the hind part of the thorax; it bears

two approximating end bristles inserted about half-way between the tip and the hind

angles. The pleura is somewhat blackened with greenish reflections on the mesopleura, and

384 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

excessively faint silvery reflections. The wings have the same shape and venation as the

first species but are just a little longer in proportion to their depth; they are very slightly

darkened and have brown veins. The thoracic squama and the pectinate lobe on the wing

are practically the same as in that species. The halteres are dark orange with long oval

heads. The legs are entirely yellow except for the greyish slightly silvery coxze. The front

and mid coxee have a few pale bristles, and the last one has the usual bristle outside.

There are practically no true macrochetes; the clothing bristles are very regular and are

upright and especially strong on the front tarsus, which has the remarkable form found in

the next species (fig. 9b), the only difference being that the feet are a little smaller, and

that there are apparently only three of the very large bristles on the back of the flattened

last joint. The first joint of the hind tarsus is about two-thirds the length of the next.

Abdomen: the general structure is almost exactly as in the previous species, but the

colour of the whole (including the bulbs) is fairly shining metallic green with a blackish

tone; the bulbs do not quite meet in the centre line. The hypopygium is similar in structure

to that of the next species, and quite different from the previous one; it is provided with

strap-like appendages as shown in fig. 9c but they are relatively smaller, and the whole

structure is not relatively so long: it is unfortunately impossible to give a figure.

Female: as regards the general colour the female is very like the male but is a little

more dusty. In the single good specimen the eyes are also prominent, though less so than

in the male, but the other specimens have the head deformed. The face and frons are

coloured as in the male but the face is somewhat more silvery. The wings are as shown in

fig. 29 b for the first species. In the place where the male bulbs are found, the abdomen

is just perceptibly swollen and at that place are two or three exceptionally stout bristles.

Size, a little over 2 mm.

Loc. Seychelles. Mahé: from scrubby endemic forest-vegetation on the summit of

Mount Sebert, 1800—2000 feet, 1. 1909, 12, 32. This was one of the most distinctive

localities in the endemic forest: stunted endemic forest-growth rising from fissures in

a “glacis” of bare granite, and certain species of plants known in a wild state only from

single, or from very few, specimens, occurring in the vicinity.

22. Craterophorus permirus, n. sp. (Plate 28, fig. 9; Plate 30, fig. 30.)

This species is the most aberrant of all and is unfortunately only represented by two

males. Head: the frons is all shining green covered with fine adpressed silvery pubescence,

which forms a pollination strongest alongside the eyes, although the excessively narrow

true eye margins are black. In front view, fig. 9a, the vertex is deeply concave with

a prominent hump; the swollen eyes are minutely pubescent, the hairs being longer below.

The face is shining green like the frons, but is very faintly roughened: the face and frons

run into one another, being indistinctly separated by a bulge across the face just below the

antenne. The silvery dust is stronger on the clypeus which has a very dense silver patch

each side close to the eyes. The palpi are yellow with a few small dark bristles, and a very

stout terminal one; the proboscis is also yellow. The ocellar bristles (broken in both

specimens) are inserted just in front of the hind ocelli and are stout and divergent; the

verticals are inserted close to the eye in the upper angle of the face, and, though quite

LAMB—-DIPTERA:; ASILIDA, SCENOPINIDA, ETC. 385

short, are stout; they point forward. The post-ocular row is very prominent and its last

bristle on the top is much longer than the rest, more remote at the base, and forms a large

outer vertical; all the bristles are blackish. The white beard is very striking in this view.

In side view the eyes completely hide the rest of the head. The antennz are all black or

nearly so; the shape is as shown and is very much the same as in the second species, with

a densely pubescent arista. The post-ocular bristles attenuate to the middle of the head

where they are succeeded by the dense white bristly hairs that cover the lower part of

the head. |

Thorax: the dorsum is bright shining eeneous green with bluish and violet reflections;

there are five large dorsocentral bristles on lines somewhat diverging to the last or

prescutellar pair; they are brown in side view, the acrostichals are quite absent. The

scutellum is rounded in section and profile and is coloured as the thorax; the long and

slightly convergent end bristles are inserted midway between the centre and the hind

angles. The pleura is black with minute silvery pubescence, the mesopleura being some-

what greenish. The notopleura is large and coloured like the thorax but a little duller,

and has a pronounced rib at its base below the scutellum. The wings are shown in

fig. 30. They are clear with brown veins: the curved second and third veins are very.

aberrant, these being the stoutest; the thoracic squama is close to the wing base and

is all black, as is the rest of the base of the wing; it bears a fringe exactly similar to that

in the first species, consisting of about eight stout bristles which are sharply bent at the

tip. The extra lobe of the wing is all black and bears a pectination just like that of the

first species ; in the present species the close approximation of the two sets of bristles is

very apparent. The veins at the wing base are exceptionally stout. The halteres are very

dark orange with long oval heads and fairly long stalk. The legs are long, entirely yellow

except for a slight greyish silver on the base of the coxze, a darkened posterior side to the

spindled front femora, and slightly infuscate feet. The front and mid coxee have a few

bristles, and the hind one the usual outside one. The clothing bristles are very regular,

but the only sign of macrocheetes is a faint row of four tiny true bristles on the hind tibia.

The front feet (fig. 9b) have the remarkable form found in the second species; the pads are

pectinate at the ends with dense long silvery hairs: all the spines are black. The middle

feet are quite normal, but the hind pair have the last joint very slightly flattened like the

feet of the first species.

Abdomen: the dorsum is blackish green with brighter green and blue reflections,

these being more evident at the base and tip. The two pitted bulbs are smaller in pro-

portion than in the other species, being inserted quite on the edge of the segment and

leaving a considerable part of it visible; the hole is larger than in the other species. The

clothing bristles are rather irregular and do not form very definite marginal rows. The

hypopygium (fig. 9c) is dark shining orange, and with its appendages is of great length,

extending back practically to the base of the abdomen. The paranal straps are yellow with

profuse long yellow hairs ; they are well separated distally.

Size, without the hypopygium, 24 mm.

Loc. Seychelles. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800—1500 feet, he 00952) F-

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 49

386 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Neurogonine.

23. Neurogona angulata, de Meijere, Tijd. v. Ent., lix. 1916, p. 228. (Pl. 30, fig. 31.)

There are 12 females which agree very well with de Meijere’s description and figures.

Dr de Meijere considers that they are referable to his species but differ in some small

respects. His specimens have a conspicuous dull grey spot on the hind part of the thoracic

dorsum which is absent in the Seychelles specimens. These females have slightly more

dusted pleurz, and the front coxal bristles are less numerous and more yellow. The unusual

form of the female antenna is remarkable; it differs widely from that of the ordinary

species, having a third joint of the form found in Dolichopodinee.

Loc. Seychelles. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800—1500 feet, 1908—-9. Described from

Java (Semarang).

Dolichopodine.

PARACLEIUS, Loew.

With the exception of P. predicans (Walker) from Celebes and P. maculatus

(de Meijere) from Java, this genus appears to be confined to Central and South America,

so that it is of interest to find that another species occurs in the Seychelles. It is re-

presented by 3 males and 11 females. The genus has been discussed by Aldrich in the Biol.

Centr.-Americana and the present species agrees with his criteria as well as with Loew's

definition of the genus (Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 3, u. 97, 1864). The species must be closely

related to the above mentioned P. maculatus, described by Dr de Meijere in Tid). v. Ent.,

lix. 232. A specimen has been examined by hin, and he states that it is identical in colour

with his species, but that P. maculatus differs from the Seychelles species in that the

lamellz are somewhat different in shape and are black ; the middle femora have the hairs

beneath a little longer ; the third antennal joint is yellow only on the base beneath. It is

thought well to give a detailed description of the species since it is but the second of the

genus so far found in the Old World.

24. Paracleius solivagus, n. sp. (Pl. 28, fig. 10; Pl. 30, fig. 32.)

Male: head, viewed from the top; the frons is seen to be depressed below the level of

the narrow eye-margins; it is brilliant opalescent green. The ocellar hump is small, bi-

tuberculate, bronzy green in colour, with the ocellar bristles inserted on the tubercles

directly in front of the hind ocellus; these bristles are divergent and bent backwards, the

vertical bristles are inserted close to the eyes collinearly with the ocellars, and are directed

forward and inward and cross at the tips. The post-verticals are much thinner than the

others and are inserted well down the back of the head, their bases being slightly nearer

than those of the vertical bristles ; they converge to the centre. The back of the head is

black, much suffused with silver dust ; the four upper bristles of the post-ocular fringe are

black, the top one being the longest ; the lower bristles are white. The breadth of the head

across the eyes is about 2} times the maximum axial length. In front view the face is

excessively silvery from below the base of the antenne; it is narrow (fig. 10q@), and the

eye boundary is quite uniform in curvature with no sudden change at the level of the

antenna. The clypeus is small and does not reach the level of the bottom of the eye by

about its own breadth. The overall depth and breadth of the head are about equal. The

LAMB—DIPTERA: ASILIDAi, SCENOPINIDA, ETC. 387

eyes are densely clothed with silvery white pubescence which gets longer from top to

bottom ; the facets are all of nearly equal size. The palpi are small and dark orange in

colour, and the tongue is black. In side view (fig. 10b) the face nowhere projects beyond

the eyes except just at the mouth margin, and the eye profile is an almost perfect are of

a circle, while the back margin is slightly undulating. The lower white post-orbitals extend

over the oral opening. The antenne are entirely pale orange with a blackish arista; the first

joint is simple and haired above; the second is of the usual calyx-like shape with a border

of tiny bristles, a longer one above and two similar ones below; the third joint is smooth;

the arista is fairly stout and rather short in proportion; it is curved at the flagellar junction

and the flagellum is minutely pubescent towards the tip.

Thorax: the dorsum is very brilliant, and the general colour is best appreciated with

an illumination falling in the direction from scutellum to head. It is then seen to be of a

brilliant blue-green with a bright copper-green line between the acrostichal rows ; the whole

dorsum has similar coppery reflections especially round the dorsocentral and other bristles.

The acrostichal rows extend from the level of the front dorsocentral pair to a little before

the scutellum. The whole of the dorsum beyond a transverse line passing through the front

dorsocentral pair and the humeral bristles appears (in this illumination) to be of a deep

velvety black: behind this, but on the blue-green basic colour, is a silvery belt which is

interrupted by the dorsocentral rows ; this is succeeded by a similarly interrupted belt of

velvety black, which consequently forms two large broad spots extending from the third

dorsocentral bristles to the base of the wings. Just before the scutellum is another black

velvety band, the front margin of which is V-shaped, the hind margin extending to the

scutellum. Where these superposed bands do not occur, the basic colour (as stated above)

is bright blue-green. The outline of the thorax converges slightly from the wing bases, its

sides merging into those of the scutellum. The latter is trapezoidal in form, bright green

in colour, more brassy on the margin, and with the sides velvety black. Including the pre-

scutellars there are six dorsocentral pairs, which form uniformly diverging lines ; there are

also about six pairs of stout acrostichal bristles, which are also slightly divergent and extend

to the level of the fifth dorsocentral pair. The humeral bristle is upright as usual, with a

large post-humeral bristle inserted close behind it ; there are three supra-alars, one just in

the top of the cross furrow, with the others on the inner boundary of the black side spots ;

there is also a large post-alar bristle and two notopleurals. The scutellum has a large

bristle on each of the extreme angles, which bristles converge slightly towards the tips; just

at the base of each is a smaller bristle, and a still smaller convergent pair lies on the tip.

The pleura and epimeron are dull black with very faint dull green reflections; there is a

fairly long prothoracic bristle and the usual row of bristles over the neck. The prothoracic

spiracle is dull orange with a front row of protecting bristles. Wings shown in fig. 32; they

are rather smoky, especially towards the costal margin, but the space between the third

and fourth veins issomewhat glassy ; there is a distinct notch where the fifth vein approaches,

without attaining, the margin ; the veins are dark brown. The squama consists of a small

orange scale with about eight long black curved fringing hairs. The halteres are yellow.

The legs are yellow except that the mid and hind coxe are darkened, the mid tarsi

are infuscate, and the hind ones black. The legs are covered with fine black clothing-bristles

49—2

388 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

which are arranged in regular rows except on the femora; these bristles are longest on the

hind legs. The cheetotaxy is as follows: front leg: coxa with about four bristles in a row

on the anterior margin; femur with two or three weak posterior bristles at the end ; tibia

with antero-superior and postero-superior rows of three each, inserted in pairs on the

middle third, the anterior row being the stoutest, also a crown of very small bristles ;

tarsus with no bristles, simple, the first joint about equal to the remainder. Middle leg:

coxa stoutly bristled in front; femur with anterior bristle at base, a large pre-apical and

a long inferior row of six bristles extending from the base for about two-thirds of the length:

tibia with an antero-superior row of three bristles, a postero-superior row of four, the

first, second and fourth of the latter row forming pairs with the former row, the upper

pairs being much the smaller, a single inferior bristle in the middle and a crown of five

bristles the inferior of which is the longest: tarsus with the usual small terminal bristles,

the first joint not quite so long as the next two. Hind leg: coxa with a bristle outside ;

the femur is flattened sideways and the clothing-bristles on the edges are very long and

simulate bristle rows; there is a stout antero-superior pre-apical bristle and a tiny brown

spot outside at the tip. The tibia has antero-superior and postero-superior rows of four

bristles, which stand nearly opposite one another, the proximal ones being the smallest ;

just beyond towards the tip is a single bristle inserted between these rows; the crown

consists of about three bristles. The tarsus has a first joint of a length about half that of

the second and equal to the third, and the joints have the usual basal bristles.

Abdomen: in dorsal view this tapers with somewhat concave boundaries from the

very broad epimeron to the tip, the epimeron being about 24 times as broad as the last

body segment. The abdomen is covered with long bristles, longer on the margins, and

longest on the last segment: on the sides of the first segment, close to the epimeral

boundary, is a short row of stout bristles. The colour is metallic green with golden

reflections, but there is a continuous black median line on the last four segments, together

with cross black lines that include the segmental borders: the basal segment is much

darkened dorsally. On the sides the black cross bands are much widened, and between

them the sides are very silvery. The hypopygium (fig. 10c¢) has its right-hand side

smooth and rather dull, black except at the tip: the left-hand side has a large eighth

segment which almost covers the base, black, a little silvery, and covered with long hairs

especially on its distal portion ; the ninth segment is more broadly orange than on the

opposite side. The penis is very stout, long, and orange with a black tip. On the (true)

lower angle of the ninth segment is an elongate process on each side which is orange and

haired at the tip. The paranal lobes are regularly oval and shell-shaped, they are yellow

with a few small black bordering bristles. The inner lobes are more closely approximate

than usual, and thus almost completely hide the inside appendages, which are entirely pale

and appear to be stout cylinders in form:

Female: this sex closely resembles the male in all essential characters; the breadth

of the face is about one-sixth of the maximum eye-breadth. |

Length, without hypopygium and antenna, 5 mm.

Loc. Seychelles. Silhouette: plateau of Mare aux Chochons, about 1000 feet, ix.

1908, 1 g. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800—1500 feet, 1908—9, 2 f, 11 2.

LAMB—DIPTERA: ASILIDA, SCENOPINIDA, ETC. 389

TACHYTRECHUS, Walker.

A single species of this genus was found which cannot be referred to any of the

described species from Africa or Asia. It has immaculate wings and the front legs are of

the simplest Dolichopus form. It would appear to be a rather primitive and undif-

ferentiated form of the genus. The general cheetotaxy is on the whole normal and will not

be given in detail except for the legs. The species, which is evidently one of the African

type, is unknown to Dr de Meijere.

25. Tachytrechus seychellensis, n. sp. (Pl. 28, fig. 11; Pl. 80, fig. 33.)

Male: in top view the head closely resembles that of the European species 7. notatus,

except that the bristles are far less strong. The frons is slightly greyish green and is

covered with golden pollen, especially on the broad eye-margins. The eyes are clothed

with excessively close, short, silky pubescence. In top view the usual internal tooth on

the long first antennal joint is visible. In front view (fig. 11 a) the face is narrowest just

below the antennze, and widens uniformly to the end of the epistoma, contracting again

below ; the boundary between the epistoma and the clypeus is curved, as is the margin of

the latter, which does not reach the bottom of the eye by an amount a little short of its

own breadth. The face is all covered with bright grey-gold pollen, and from the oblique

aspect in which the frons is now seen, this pollen appears also to cover the broad frontal

eye-margins. The palpi are small and black, the tongue is also black. In side view no

part of the head or face is visible. The antenna (fig. 11 b) has an orange first joint, which

is nearly as long as the second and third joints together, hairy above ; the second joint is

small, orange in colour, fringed marginally with bristles; the third joint is a small oval

and is all black; the arista is also black, and is bent at the point of junction between

the almost bare flagellum and the thickened basal joints. The hind head is brassy above

merging into a bluer part below; it is suffused with silvery grey pollen. The upper post-

orbital bristles are black and the lower quite white, not yellowish as in 7. notatus, and the

diffuse bristles above the hind part of the oral opening are also pure white.

The thoracic dorsum is olive green, rather brassy, and often with violet reflections :

it is covered with diffuse golden pollen. The acrostichal bristles are rather unusual in

form, as are the dorsocentrals; instead of being short and stumpy the latter are fairly

long and slender ; the acrostichal bristles are of the same character, and are also far less

in number than in normal forms of the genus, being scarcely twice as many as the dorso-

centrals ; furthermore they do not run over the front of the thorax.. While the general

cheetotaxy is normal, itis rather under-developed. The scutellum is of the usual trapezoidal

shape, and is of the same colour as the thorax but it is generally slightly more brassy at

the tip ; the usual approximating end bristles are accompanied by a small accessory bristle

just behind each. The pleura is densely covered with the finest dark silver-grey dust, but

faint traces of metallic reflections can be seen; the dust extends over all the coxee and

the epimeron. The prothoracic stigma is bordered with bright orange pubescence, so that

it forms a conspicuous spot on the side, a very usual character in the African species; the

usual black velvety spot lies above the wing base. The wings (fig. 33) are normal in

venation, with the usual costal thickening near the base: there is no sign of any spots or

390 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

any darkening of the cross veins; the veins are black, and the wings are quite glassy but

orange at the base. The squama is tuberculate with pale pubescence, and about a dozen

long black fringing bristles. The halter is all dull orange.

The legs are orange except for (1) the darkly dusted coxee, (2) the greater part of the

fore and mid tarsi, (3) the whole of the hind tarsi and tip of the hind tibia, which are

blackened. Front leg: coxa bristled in front; the femur, which tapers uniformly from

base to tip, is devoid of clothing-bristles below, and has no long bristles, possessing only

one or two very small bristles below at the tip; the tibia has three superior, two postero-

superior, and two longer inferior bristles which are opposite the lower two superior ones ;

it has also a small crown: the tarsi are quite simple with pulvilli and pads similar to those

of the other feet, the joints being rather stout but in no way modified; the first joint is

about equal in length to the next two, and all bear the usual small basal bristles and pads

of small silvery hairs on the plantar surfaces. Middle leg: the coxa bristled, the bristles

on the side being the longest ; femur as in front legs but not spindled in shape ; tibia very

slightly dusky at the tip and very bristly; superiorly there are two especially long

bristles, about the terminations of the first and second thirds of the length, forming two

pairs with the similar antero-superior bristles ; below each of these rows are about three

smaller bristles; inferiorly there are two rows of from seven to eight bristles which

increase in length from base to tip, where they merge into the crown of five large bristles,

the lower pair of which is the longest: the tarsi are like those of the front feet, except

that the first joint has a long inferior bristle near the base, and the small basal pairs are

stouter. Hind leg: the coxa has the usual outside bristle; the femur has clothing-

bristle rows all over, three superior bristles on the last third, a true anterior pre-apical :

the tibia has two superior rows, the anterior consisting of five bristles, the posterior of

six, the first four of these rows form pairs, but the fifth of the anterior row lies between

the last two of the posterior row; inferiorly there is a row of seven bristles lengthening

from quite small ones at the base to the normal size near the tip: there is also a crown of

three stout bristles outside and below, and a superior bristle rather remote from the tip ;

the tarsi are simple, the first and second joints being about equal, and each a little shorter

than the other three joints taken together ; the inferior basal bristles are stout.

Abdomen : laterally compressed, bright green, the distal half of each segment being

more coppery than the proximal ; it is covered with bristles, the marginal ones being the

longer, and those on the last body segment being very long. In side view the lower half

of each segment is largely silvery, as is the cap formed by the eighth segment on the

side. The hypopygium (fig. 11 c) is black and somewhat suffused with silvery dust, its

end is extremely shiny, and striated at the tip near the insertion of the inner laminz,

which are small, black and pointed, with a median paired appendage between them ; more

ventrally there is a small papilla with hairs on it. The paranal lobes are black and nearly

circular except for the short stalks, and are fringed with long black hairs which are

longest at the posterior outer corner: the (true) ventral surface is somewhat rufous. The

female closely resembles the male, the face being only a little broader in the female.

Length, 54 mm.

Loc. Seychelles. All the specimens from cultivated places at sea-level. Mahé:

coast-marsh at Port Glaud, 5. xi. 1908, 8 ¢,2¢. Long Island, vii. 1908, 1 3, 1 ?.

LAMB—DIPTERA: ASILIDA, SCENOPINIDA, ETC. 391

ARGYROCHLAMYS, gen. nov.

This genus is founded for a very interesting species from the sandy sea shore of

Long Island, Mahé, 3 males and 1 female. Like so many sand haunting species it

has a greyish general appearance. It resembles a rather overgrown stout Psilopid of

the centristans type, but it is almost undoubtedly a true Dolichopine; in this opinion

Dr de Meijere concurs. The most striking points are the widely separated eyes in both

sexes, the exposed genital appendages in both male and female, and the exceptional

venation. The points that may be emphasized as delimiting the genus are as follows: the

eyes are widely separate in both sexes; the venation is aberrant as shown in fig. 34; the

second vein is unusually short, the third vein is widely arched so as to bring it close to

the second for the greater part of its length, but curving forward after the costal junction

of the second vein to run into the costa a little before the tip ; the fourth vein recalls the

form in Psilopus, but the lower fork of the latter is absent ; the legs are quite simple and

the hind ones have no upper bristles on the first tarsal joint; the hypopygium is non-

pedunculate and much like the regular Dolichopid form, but the hood is small, so that the

unsymmetrical internal appendages are visible; the paranal lobes are strap-like; the

female has its chitinous genital complex entirely exposed. Another character lies in the

exceptional development of the epimeron and the fringing hairs to the squama, which

together form a sort of cage containing the halter.

26. Argyrochlamys impudicus, n. sp. (Pl. 28, fig. 12; Pl. 30, fig. 34.)

Head, top view: the whole vertex, frons, etc. are densely pollinated with silvery grey;

the ocellar hump is well marked off from the vertex by side furrows, but in front is con-

tinuous with the frons. The ocelli are rather large, and bright chestnut brown. The head

bristles are all black; the ocellars are inserted on tiny dark circular spots between the

ocelli; they are straight, divergent, and seated a little outside the centre line from the side

to the front ocellus: a very small pair of fine convergent bristles stands a little behind the

hind ocellus. The vertical bristles are almost straight and converge a little; they are

inserted almost in line with the ocellars and stand on tiny blackish spots just remote from

the eyes. Unlike the other main bristles, the post-verticals are white as is the post-

orbital fringe; they are inserted rather far down the back of the head, and somewhat

closer together at the base than are the verticals. The wholly white post-orbital row has

the first four or five bristles gradually diminishing in size, the upper bristle being nearly as

stout as the post-verticals. The eyes are densely covered with short silky hair, which is

perceptibly longest in front.

Front view (fig. 12 a): the frons and face get narrower from the vertex to the clypeus,

being about one-third the total face breadth at the antennal level and about two-thirds

narrower at the clypeus. The side boundary is nearly straight, though there is a per-

ceptible sinuosity at the level of the antenne. The whole face, like the frons, is densely

covered with silvery pollen. The clypeus is very short with a rounded slightly swollen tip,

and is demarcated from the epistome by two very small side slits. The palpi are very small,

orange, with black hairs, and the tongue is also orange and hairy. The antennal bases are

392 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

seated in well-marked contiguous pits; the antennz (fig. 126) are almost entirely orange,

except that the distal half of the third joint is slightly dusky. The first joint is obconical

with a distinct internal tooth, it is somewhat silvery with a few scattered hairs on the

upper surface; the second joint is of the normal calyx-like shape, fringed with black hairs

which are short at the side, longer at the top, and with the three lower hairs more stout

and bristle-like; the third joint is of the normal Dolichopid form, ovate, with a slightly

rounded tip; the dark dorsal arista is inserted just at the junction line of the two ¢olours

of the third joint, its basal joints long, stout and rather curved; the flagellum is entirely

bare throughout, and tapers uniformly to a fine point; its total length is about 14 times

that of the whole antenna. The back of the head is all covered with silver grey pollen :

the post-orbital row is very regular nearly to the sides of the mouth, but is there succeeded

by numerous long white bristly hairs behind the same.

The thoracic dorsum is entirely covered with very bright silver pollen and has a slight,

but evident, concavity before the scutellum. The latter has a rounded boundary between

it and the thorax, and its edge is an almost exactly parallel curve, so that the shape is that

of a parallelogram with the long sides formed of curved ares; the pollen on it becomes

slightly reddish on the margin. The thoracic chetotaxy is very similar to that of Doli-

chopus, the bristles are all black and less stout. In Dolichopus, if all the bristles from the

prescutellar pair to the front of the thorax are regarded as being dorsocentral, it will be

seen that the pair just ahead of the prescutellar pair is very often more closely inserted

than the others: in this species this point is much accentuated. Starting from front to

back we first have four pairs gradually increasing in length, then comes the larger fifth

pair inserted much closer together, only a little outside the range of the acrostichal rows ;

finally there is the sixth pair on the normal diverging lines of the fourth, and this pair is

the stoutest of all. The acrostichal rows start with tiny bristles on the front which get longer

till they end beyond the fourth dorsocentral pair; the true acrostichal bristles number

about six. The other thoracic bristles are normal. The scutellar bristles are stout and cross

at the ends, and are inserted about midway between the side margins and the centre; just

outside each is a tiny accessory bristle. There are about three or four white bristles on each

side of the neck. In front of the prothoracic stigma is a bunch of long fine silky hairs ;

there are the usual small prescutal bristles (in Oldenberg’s sense), but much sparser than

usual, The whole pleura is smooth and silvery like the dorsum. The wings are as shown

in fig. 34; they are slightly milky, the veins all orange, but the costa is closely margined

with a double row of very tiny black bristles. The sudden bend of the fourth vein is

accompanied by a knot at the point of bending. The squama is large and scale-like, and

has a beautifully ribbed margin and a fringe of many long curved pure white hairs; the

epimeron is exceptionally large and membranous, and the yellow halteres lie on it: they

have curiously flattened knobs, and the long squamal hairs bend over to the boundary of

the epimeron and form a perfect protecting cage for the halter.

The legs are entirely yellow except for (1) the base of the mid and hind cox which are

slightly brownish, (2) the last two joints of the mid tarsi which are slightly dusky, (3) the

distal fifth of the hind tibia and all the hind tarsal joints (except the extreme base of the

first joint) which are dark brown. The bristles are mostly very fine, sometimes quite

LAMB—DIPTERA: ASILIDA, SCENOPINIDA, ETC. 393

inconspicuous, especially so in the male. Front leg: coxa with stout bristles at base and

tip and many small ones: femur with only longish clothing-bristles, longest behind, and

bare below: tibia with about three antero-superior, two of the postero-superior row and

the last of an inferior row, all very small; a crown of about five tiny bristles: tarsus with

simple joints which are just perceptibly swollen distally, the first joint about as long as

the next two together, these being about equal. Middle leg: coxa bristly; femur with

bristle rows in front, bare behind, the lowest row forming a fine inferior ciliation, a fair sized

pre-apical bristle in front: tibia with three small antero-superior bristles, the lower just below

the middle; three small postero-superior bristles, the top two nearly opposite those in

the former row, the last much further down than the other of that row ; two inferior, the

lowest being opposite the last bristle of the latter row ; a crown of five of which the

inferior one is long and stout ; tarsus with first joint about 13 times the second, the other

joints getting regularly smaller and smaller towards the end; each joint has a tiny

terminal crown instead of the usual basal pair. Hind leg: coxa with outside bristle; femur

with stout clothing-bristles in front, but bare behind; these bristles form a fairly con-

spicuous ciliation superiorly and inferiorly on the basal half, and antero-inferiorly all along

the femur ; there is also a stout superior pre-apical: tibia with four antero-superior and

four postero-superior bristles all on the pale part, a fifth postero-superior bristle is on the

dark part just short of the true crown ; anteriorly there is a crown of two bristles: tarsus

with the first joint about three-fourths the length of the second and a little shorter than

the third, all the joints with tiny terminal crowns. The end of the tibia and that of the

first tarsal joint carry pale combs.

Abdomen: dorsal aspect, conical in outline with very slightly convex sides, the

clothing-bristles stout and regular, more upright on the sides of the first and second

segments, and with the marginal rows especially long, except on the first segment. The

general colour is somewhat submetallic blackish green with silvery reflections, but each

segment is margined with a white edge carrying very conspicuous tiny dots on which

stand the marginal bristles: the boundary between the white margin and the dark part

is not sharp, and between the two the white band is brownish yellow. The hypopygium is

non-pedunculate (fig. 12c), the seventh segment on the right-hand side being scarcely

visible; the hooded ninth segment is compact, stout and very chitinous, the ventral part

being shining black, the dorsal somewhat dusted with pale pollen. The large scale-like

eighth segment largely hides the ninth on the left side; it is blackish with silvery pollen,

and carries a few long scattered hairs. The small pale tenth segment carries the long strap-

like paranal appendages which are about as long as the ninth segment; these are yellow,

and are covered externally with bristly hairs, but the marginal hairs are paler, and the

long end ones are curved at the tip. The internal clasping pieces are here quite exposed

and visible, appearing as if the floor of the hood had been swollen up so as to bring them

into view. The appendages are as follows: the most proximal are a pair of hooks, of which

the right one is nearer the base than the other, these are shining black; more distally is a

single horny orange spike with a basal papilla; still more distally is a pair of brown rods

arising from the tip of the swollen base, and with the ends showing well beyond the horny

edges of the hood; each has at its base a few hairs. Finally we have the bent penis,

SECON D SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVITI. 50

394 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

whose tip protrudes between the last mentioned rods. It will be seen that the female has

a similar condition as regards the externality of these sclerites, and the two conditions

appear to be correlated.

The female is much like the male, the face being a little broader, and in the single

specimen present the abdomen is much more extensively orange, the greater part of the

first segment, the whole of the second, and the marginal stripe of the third segment being of

that colour; the last segment is entirely dark. The extruded genitalia (fig. 12d) are nearly ~

as remarkable as in the male; there is a stout dorsal median process furnished with three

strong black teeth on each side at the top; below the base of this is a large central papilla

and short rods, all bearing fine hairs; then on each side is a curiously twisted and flattened

chitinous rod which appears to arise from well inside the abdomen.

Length, excluding hypopygium, 42 mm.

Loc. Seychelles. Long Island (a coconut-planted islet near Mahé), vu. 1908, 3 4, 1 2;

taken on the beach. |

URODOLICHUS, gen. nov.

There are three species which belong to the Dolichopodinze owing to the possession of

such characters as the double acrostichal row, the complete post-ocular fringe, the single

coxal bristle on the hind legs, etc., characters which fairly fall within the definition of the

European genus Hypophyllus. The superficial appearance of both male and female is strongly

reminiscent of the corresponding sexes of Porphyrops as they have the same brilliant

purplish tone of colour, and the male paranal flaps are strap-like and hairy. Apart from

the above characters the genus is well separated by the following points: The eyes are

hairy and in the male are entirely holoptic below the antenna, which has a small rounded

third joint with avery long dorsal arista. The venation is fairly distinct as shown in

figs. 835 and 36, the third and fourth veins being somewhat curved, and though on the

whole parallel, yet they converge somewhat at the tips. The genitalia can best be under-

stood from the diagrammatic representation in fig. 13e, which gives a rough outline of the

true dorsal view of the type species. The hypopygium is very pedicillate, the seventh segment

(VII) being long and fairly slender, in one species excessively so. The eighth segment (VIII)

is as usual twisted to the right, and is very hairy, though all hairs are omitted from the

diagram. The hood of the ninth segment (IX) appears to be continued bytwo hinged flaps(/Z),

which in the first species bear two smaller internal flaps which are apparently closely adherent

to the main ones; in the second species these are not separate, and only appear as indistinct

ridges, while in the third species there is no sign of the small accessory flaps being separate,

except as lobes on the tip, and the main ones are much smaller. The paranal lobes (4) are

long and strap-like and very much haired. In the first species they are very long and

curved, in the second they are fairly long but straight, while in the third they are much

shorter and are somewhat bat-shaped at the ends. The general cheetotaxy offers no special

features. Type, the following species.

27. Urodolichus porphyropoides, n. sp. (Plate 28, fig. 13; Plate 30, fig. 35.)

Head, top view: the breadth is greater than that of the thorax, the profile of the eye

is flattened, so that the total eye-breadth is more than three times the axial depth. The

LAMB—DIPTERA: ASILIDA, SCENOPINIDA, ETC. 395

eyes are densely covered with very short pale pubescence. The frons is all bright steel blue

with a small round ocellar hump: the ocellar bristles are inserted close together between

the ocelli and are bent outwards and backwards; behind the hump on the vertical ridge is

another pair of very tiny bristles. The vertical bristles are inserted close to the eye and

bend somewhat forwards, converging at the tips. A small pair of post-vertical bristles is

inserted on the hind head in such a way that the several distances between their bases and

those of the vertical bristles are equal. Front view (fig. 13 a): the eye-profile is regularly

circular, the horizontal and vertical diameters being nearly equal; the face forms a pointed

triangle continuous with the frons, and is covered with pale blue dust. The eyes are

touching for about one half the face depth, and all the facets are about the same size.

Just above the palpi the small narrow clypeus is silvery; the palpi are small, black and

hairy, and the black hairy tongue just protrudes beyond the eye-margin. Side view

(fig. 13 ¢): the depth is about three times the axial width, and the eyes cover the whole

side of the head, hiding even the ocellar hump. The first antennal joint is smooth and

black; the second is also small and black, and is strongly saddle-shaped when detached,

the third joint being held by its side flaps; it has small bordering bristles, longer above

and below; the third joint is small and rounded, brownish in colour: the first joint of the

black arista is stout but quite small; the next is slender and bare, merging into the

microscopically pubescent flagellum. The back of the head is bronzy black with slight

silvery reflections and is somewhat hollowed out. The black post-orbital row is very

regularly spaced and continues almost down to the mouth margin, while the latter is pro-

vided with many long stout brownish hairs behind.

Thorax: the dorsum is quadrate and entirely steely blue-black; just in front of the

scutellum is a rather narrow transverse furrow, so that the hind thoracic boundary is in

the form of a well-marked ridge, which is somewhat brassy: the scutellum is trapezoidal

in outline, with a uniformly rounded hind margin, and is coloured as the thorax though

slightly duller. The humeri and front of the thorax are much stained with orange pollen,

and the latter carries many small prescutal clothing-bristles. The chzetotaxy consists of

long black bristles; the acrostichal rows are, however, short but stout, and get a little

longer behind, where the rows diverge somewhat. The dorsocentral bristles number 2 + 4,

the front pair is small, but the bristles get progressively longer, so that the last or pre-

scutellar pair is quite long, and converges over the scutellum; the lines of insertion diverge

as usual, but the fifth pair is a little outside the range instead of inside. The upright

humeral bristle is accompanied by a few long hair-like ones in front, and stands on the

bright silvery part of the notopleura as do the two notopleural bristles, which are rather

close together; there are also a presutural, a post-humeral, three supra-alar (the first in

the notch) and a long post-alar standing on the angle of the well-developed post-alar callus.

There is the usual row of bristles over the neck, and a clump of brown hairs inserted

between the neck and the long dark orange-bordered stigma, overhanging the latter. The

stout prothoracic bristle stands in a clump of similar hairs. The notopleura is silvery above,

but like the dorsum behind; the rest of the pleura is smooth blackish green with faint

silvery reflections. The scutellum bears an end-pair of long somewhat converging bristles,

which are inserted about midway between the centre and the extreme basal angles; between

50—2

396 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

each and the base is a smaller bristle, perfectly parallel to the main one. The metanotum

is shining black on the top and bright silvery brown on the sides. The wings are as shown

in fig. 35; they are mostly clear, but are slightly smoky towards the costa; the veins are

brown, and the extreme wing base is orange. The venation is as figured, the second, third

and fourth veins being long, and the latter pair converging a little at the tips. The

squama has the form of a small tubercle and carries a fringe of about ten long curved black

hairs, the middle ones being the longest. The halteres are entirely bright orange.

The legs are almost entirely dark orange. Front legs: coxa almost black and very

hairy, with a row of four or five long bristles on the anterior edge; femur dark orange, but

somewhat paler towards the tip, covered with erect clothing-bristles which are longest on

the upper side and short but very close and regular below: tibia with two bristles of the

superior and inferior rows, the latter smaller than the former and inserted lower down,

a small crown on the end: tarsus orange with first joint almost as long as the rest together,

the clothing-bristles on the anterior edge forming a highly characteristic row of very

regular almost hooked bristles, the other joints simple. Middle leg: coxa black and very

hairy with dense stout bristles towards the end, and a single long stout bristle outside about

the middle; the trochanter has a similar bristle at the tip; femur blackened and somewhat

channelled, covered with close dense little bristles above, a fringe of longish hairs below,

longest basally, and an anterior pre-apical bristle; tibia very dusky orange with an upper

and middle pair of bristles on the anterior side, and a large accessory bristle close to the

top pair; three or four bristles of the inferior row, and a crown of stout bristles; tarsus

very dusky, with the joints in about the same proportion as in the front legs. Hind leg:

coxa black and bare with an outside bristle at the base; femur like the middle one but

larger, and with a longer and more regular fringe, the hairs having a length of about

14 times the depth of the femur; a single outside pre-apical bristle towards the tip; tibia

blackened orange with the clothing-bristles longer and more upright beneath and behind,

five or six of them a little longer than the rest, and representing the inferior row; about

five rather stout bristles of the superior row; a basal and middle bristle of the anterior one,

the last being the largest of all, a crown of three bristles, upper long; tarsus with the first

joint about two-thirds the second and about equal to the third, with the normal clothing

and basal bristles, and tiny combs at the tip of the first tarsal joint; there is a similar one

on the tip of the tibia. |

Abdomen: steely blue-black with the distal margins of the segments brassy; these

brassy margins become narrower from base to tip, and carry short bordering bristles. The

dorsum is covered with small depressed bristles, but the basal segment is nearly bare

centrally, and has long black bristly hairs at the sides; similar upright bristly hairs occur

thickly on the sides of the two succeeding segments, but those on the other segments are

shorter and adpressed. The hypopygium (fig. 13 d) is complex, and the general description

has been already given from the true dorsal aspect. When fully extruded the pedicel is

about as long as the complete ninth segment and is rather smooth, dark, and with a few

hairs. The small eighth segment is very considerably turned to the left and looks like

a small hairy scale attached to the side. The ninth segment is rather shining dark orange,

and strongly chitinised at the basal angle, where there is a fine long hair. The two flaps

LAMB—DIPTERA: ASILIDAL, SCENOPINIDAL, ETC. 397

attached to the end are roughly triangular in shape, dark orange and somewhat hairy; two

smaller flaps are attached to these each side of the mid-line as mentioned before. From the

tip proceed the two very long curved paranal lobes in the form of almost black pointed

straps fringed with dark brown hairs, which are very long inside. In fig. 13 ¢ is shown

a view of what is seen in looking obliquely inside the hood. One of the rounded triangular

flaps is shown seen normally, the other is seen on edge; the curved hairy paranal lobes are

also shown. The complex of internal chitinous hooks is quite clearly seen from this aspect,

but cannot be fully indicated in any single view. Apparently the genitalia as described

are not fully exposed at first. One of the male specimens has practically the whole of the

organs still hidden in the groove of the abdomen, and the only part that is free is the

extreme end of the hood and the paranal straps, which protrude about midway down the

venter; it is only in a quite mature insect that the complete hypopygium is freely exposed

on its pedicel.

Female: this sex resembles the male in general facies and colour, the legs and their

bristles are slightly stouter, the remarkable hooked fringe on the front tarsus is absent, and

the fringes on the other legs are practically reduced to the ordinary clothing-bristle size.

The head (fig. 13 6) has a broader vertex, and the face 1s quite wide, furrowed longitudinally

from antenna to clypeus, the latter being divided from the epistoma by a curved boundary.

The whole face is dark blue, densely pollinated with silver. The mouth parts have some- ~

what the appearance of Porphyrops; the palpi are large, triangular, black and densely

pollinated; they are also covered with short sparse bristly hairs. The labrum is large and

sac-like, the breadth of the head being a maximum at its level; it is black with a fringe of

pale hairs. The aristal pubescence is slightly more pronounced than in the male, and the

third joint is shghtly smaller.

Length, excluding hypopygium, about 5 mm.

Loc. Seychelles. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 1000 feet, 6 examples.

28. Urodolichus caudatus, n. sp. (Plate 28, fig. 14; Plate 30, fig. 36.)

This species resembles the former in its general characters, but is rather smaller, very

much blacker in colour, and with a very different hypopygium. A fairly full description

is given to avoid confusion.

Male. Head, top view: the trapezoidal frons is somewhat sunk, and is blue-black

with bright green tone, the bristles as in the last species. Front view: the ocellar hump

is slightly lower, the facial triangle is less produced below the antennal base and less

sharply pointed, and the eye-boundary from the vertex is less curved: it is of the same

colour as the frons and is somewhat depressed. The eyes touch for a proportionately longer

space, and are covered with very fine short pale hairs. The clypeus is black, and the palpi

are very dark orange and hairy and hide the black tongue. Side view: very much like the

last species, the first two antennal joints black, the third dark orange, the arista black; the

flagellum is perceptibly pubescent, the hairs being longer and more distant towards the

tip. Thorax: the dorsum is black with a faint bluish tone and very obscurely pollinated.

The prescutellar furrow is not quite so pronounced as in the last species, and the scutellum

is slightly more rounded in profile. The cheetotaxy is practically the same but the acrostichal

398 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

bristles are finer, the large scutellar pair is somewhat nearer the basal angles, and the hind

pair is smaller. The pleura is black as is the metanotum, which is somewhat dusted with

silver. The wing venation (fig. 36) is very much the same as in the last species, but the

wings are more smoky, especially from the costa to the second vein; the veins are brown.

The squama has six or seven black hairs, and the halteres have yellow knobs and brownish

stalks.

The legs are predominantly brown orange with dark brown cox. The bristles are

very much the same as in the last species but apparently there is but a single mid inferior

bristle on the middle tibia and only about two on the hind tibia. The first joint of the

hind tarsus is about half the length of the next and equal to the third. The peculiar hooked

ciliation of the front foot is present only as an ordinary bristle row at the base.

Abdomen: very much as last in respect to bristles, etc., but somewhat violet-black

with faint greenish reflections; the paler margins are very narrow. The hypopygium

(fig. 14a, b) differs considerably. The pedicel is nearly as long as the rest and is shining,

black haired above. The eighth segment is somewhat dorsally placed and is dark and

hairy. The ninth is black and shining, and the flaps are bright yellow with a border of

hooked hairs: the small accessory flaps appear to be amalgamated with the larger ones.

The orange paranal straps are considerably shorter, nearly straight, and excessively hairy ;

these hairs are black on the true dorsum and longest on the sides; on the ventral surface

they are dense and pale. Inside the hood the angle at the insertion of the flaps is pro-

duced into a point carrying spines; centrally there is a triangular lobe below which les

the penis; the whole inside of the hood is orange. As in the last species the terminal

flaps and straps are often the only part of the hypopygium that is seen, and then they

project about midway down the venter.

The female differs from the male in its somewhat stouter build. The face is moderately

broad, narrowest midway, with a well-marked clypeo-epistomal line; the face is dark but

pollinated with yellow dust, and with a well-marked median depression. The palpi are

triangular, grey and hairy, as is the large labrum.

Size, excluding hypopygium, 45 mm.

Loc. Seychelles. Silhouette: plateau of Mare aux Cochons, over 1000 feet, ix. 1908,

9 specimens, settling on moist places on the red earth paths. Mahé, 5 specimens: near

Morne Blanc; Mare aux Cochons district, 1500—2000 feet, i—1i. 1909.

29. Urodolichus gracilis, n. sp. (Pl. 28, fig. 15.)

The third species is unfortunately represented by but a single male, and that is

slightly discoloured, and has its face somewhat depressed from shrinkage; but it is so °

abundantly distinct that it should be readily recognisable. The actual colour is a rather dull

black, and there is little doubt that the perfect specimen would have a somewhat similar

colour scheme to the last species. The vertex is but little excavate, and the hump conse-

quently not much developed; the bristles are as in the previous species but finer. The eyes

are covered with minute pale hairs, but a difference arises in the fact that the eyes only

touch for some four or five facets, and all the facets on the lower part of the eyes are

somewhat larger than the upper ones. The small palpi are brown-black and hairy. The

LAMB—DIPTERA: ASILIDA, SCENOPINIDA, ETC. 399

antenne are like those of the previous species in structure, but the third joint is clear

orange, and the flagellar pubescence is more pronounced; the hind head is black. The

thoracic cheetotaxy is as in the last species, but the acrostichal rows are very much smaller

and more closely set, and the accessory scutellar bristles are very small and inconspicuous ;

the scutellum is more rounded. The wings cannot be drawn as they are much over-

arching, but the venation resembles that of the last species except that the third and fourth

veins are more undulated and closer at the tips; the papilliform squama has a fringe of

about five long hairs; the halteres are all bright orange.

The legs, including the coxa, are entirely bright orange. Front leg: coxa with about

five anterior bristles, the upper one the stoutest: femur with a sparse inconspicuous

inferior pectination; tibia quite devoid of macrocheetes; tarsus quite simple, first joint

about as long as the rest of the foot. Middle leg: coxa somewhat haired with one large

bristle outside; femur with excessively faint inferior basal ciliation and a pre-apical bristle

in front at tip; tibia with one superior basal bristle, one basal and one middle bristle of

the anterior row, one mid-inferior bristle and a crown of about five bristles; tarsus simple.

Hind leg: coxa with one small bristle outside at base; femur with the lower clothing-

bristles forming an inconspicuous sparse ciliation; tibia with the upper and middle bristles

of the antero-superior row and three of the postero-superior row, a few fine bristles of the —

inferior row can be seen among the general clothing-bristles; a crown of about four

bristles; tarsus with the first joint about half the length of the second joint and equal to

the third; the first joint and the tibia carry small combs at the tip.

Abdomen somewhat shining brown-black with the clothing-bristles much as in the last

species. The pedicel of the hypopygium (fig. 15 a, b) is as long as the exceptionally long

hood of the ninth segment; it is flattened, hairy, and orange-brown in colour. The eighth

segment is a small hairy oval inserted more dorsally than usual. The hood of the ninth

seoment is very long, smooth, brown-orange, and parallel sided; the flaps are very different

from those of the last species; in dorsal view they are short, lancet-shaped, and the accessory

small flaps are represented by two little lobes on the mid-line of the segment, which give

the boundary an emarginate edge; between the main flaps and these small lobes arise the

paranal lobes, which are reduced to small straight straps with bat-shaped ends. All these

appendages are yellow, and the paranal lobes are covered dorsally with stout black hairs.

On looking inside the hood it can be seen that its edges are strongly chitinised and bear

stout hairs: the base is produced into a small central lobe carrying a long hair on each side

at the angle. The long penis curls up from the bottom of the hood to the level of the tip

of the tenth segment. The whole hypopygium is so very long that when bent up against

the venter its end would almost attain the level of the base of the thorax.

Length, excluding hypopygium, 34 mm.

Loc. Seychelles. Mahé: cultivated country at about 1000 feet, xi.—xu. 1908.

400 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Diaphorine.

30. Chrysotus seychellensis, n. sp. (Pl. 30, fig. 37.)

The collection contains a considerable number of both sexes of a Chrysotus which is

of the normal European form. It is not known to Dr de Meijere and does not agree with

any of the well-known species. It is one of the section in which the eyes are perfectly

holoptic, and the whole legs, except the femora, are pale yellow.

Male. Head: the vertex and frons are entirely green with a somewhat matt surface,

the hump being slightly reddish. The face has the eyes absolutely touching with no sign

of the narrowly compressed eye-margins continuing down the centre, as is so usual in

the genus, the facets being truly contiguous; hence the facial triangle, which is the same

in colour as the frons, is very small; the tiny brown palpi just protrude from the small

mouth triangle. The antenne are entirely black with the first joint dusted with grey.

The third joint has its front profile quite rounded, even more so than in C. neglectus, with

about the same ratio of transverse depth to axial length as in that species, but with no

sign of a dimple at the insertion of the arista: the latter is similarly pubescent, but is

considerably shorter, being only about two-thirds as long as the maximum vertical diameter

of the eye. The bristles are quite normal; the post-ocular row is black.

The thoracic dorsum (as well as the scutellum and abdomen) is entirely coppery green

with the usual reflections, and the cheetotaxy calls for no remark except that the acrostichal

bristles are about one-third the length of the dorsocentrals. The pleura is black and the

mesopleura has fairly bright green reflections, the metanotum being similar to it. The

wings are as figured (fig. 37). The squama is yellow with three or four long golden brown

bristles: the halter is entirely bright yellow.

The legs differ in colour from those of the European species. Front leg: the coxa is dark

with grey-green pollination, and in a side light the hairs on it are golden brown, but may

be called dirty white from other aspects; inside, the coxa is much paler, and the trochanter

is also pale. Outside, the femur is dingy yellowish, but behind it is slightly tinted with

metallic black as in an extremely diluted form of C. gramineus; it is pale at the tip; the

tibia and tarsus are entirely whitish yellow, and except for the small bristles on the outer

side of the tibia, there are no outstanding bristles. Middle leg: the coxa is like the front

one with a few stout golden bristles, and the trochanter is likewise pale; the femur is

similar to the front one, but has the debilitated metallic shine on both back and front;

there is a stout pre-apical bristle behind; the tibia is like the front one but carries two

anterior bristles, the smaller about the middle, the stouter midway between that and the

top of the tibia; there is also a crown of which the two lower bristles are the longest; the

tarsus is like the front one. Hind leg: the coxa is like the others except that it has only

the usual single bristle; the trochanter is the same; the femur is also like the middle one,

but carries three stout bristles outside on the last fourth; the tibia is like the mid one

but among the clothing-bristles stand two of the antero-superior row on the middle

third, and two of the postero-superior row, one at the end of the first third, the other

at the end of the second third; there is also a small crown at the tip. The tarsus is entirely

LAMB—DIPTERA: ASILIDA, SCENOPINIDA, ETO, 401

pale and somewhat more densely haired than those of the other legs, but there is no out-

standing ciliation on any of the legs.

The abdomen is somewhat more coppery than the thorax, the marginal bristles are a

little longer than the others; the venter is pale and carries the usual pair of tiny lobes.

Female: the same in colour as the male; the face is slightly curved at the sides and

is about one-eighth as wide as the maximum head breadth, it is the same in colour as the

frons, but somewhat more dusted; it carries a shallow longitudinal sulcus from just below

the antenna to about half-way down the face; the palpi are black-brown and hairy. The

legs are much stouter with stronger bristles; the submetallic blackening of the femora is

much more intense and the pale tips of the same are reduced to the knees only.

Size 14 mm. :

Loc. Seychelles. Silhouette: Mare aux Covthons plateau and forest above, over

1000 feet, ix. 1908. Mahé: marshes on coastal plain at Anse aux Pins, i. 1909; coastal

marsh at Port Glaud, 5. xi. 1908; near Morne Blanc; Cascade Estate, 800—1500 feet;

Mare aux Cochons district, 1500—2000 feet, i. 1909. Anonyme Island: i. 1909. The

distribution appears general, from the non-endemic vegetation at sea-level to the humid:

endemic forest at high altitudes.

CryprorH.ers, Lichtward, Termeszetrajzi Fiizetek, xxi. 1898, p. 491.

In the collection are two species of small dark Dolichopids, which appear to be most

satisfactorily placed in the above genus. They are quite devoid of acrostichal bristles, the

costa stops short at the third vein, the main veins are closely approximate, and all the

cross veins are practically absent. In the paper cited above a figure of the venation of the

type species C. kertésziz is given, and, on comparing it with that of one of the present

species (fig. 38), it will be seen that the main difference is that in the former the fourth

vein is abruptly broken and the front part is isolated and carried nearer the costa, parallel

to the first, while in the latter a similar displacement occurs, but the two portions are

joined by a small curve. Similar differences in venation, however, occur in the related

genera Asyndetus and Meringopherusa, so that this is not a matter of more than specific

importance. Further, in one of the two species the cross vein, which is said to be quite

absent in Cryptophleps, is present as a mere “ghost” of its self; this wing is shown in

fig. 38. The cross vein’s “ghost” occurs between the fourth and fifth veins. In some of the

males of both species the heads are rather shrivelled and in one of the species the

exact form of the palpi cannot be seen, but in the other they agree with the form described

for the genus.

31. Cryptophleps ochrihalteratus, n. sp. (Pl. 29, fig. 18; Pl. 30, fig. 38.)

Head (fig. 18@): vertex and frons fairly flat, all dull granulated black with practically

no hump. The ocellar bristles are long, divergent and bent backwards; the large sub-

parallel verticals bend forward ; they are inserted very close to the eyes and in a line with

the ocellars. The eyes are minutely pubescent, especially in front, and their margins on

the vertex are completely absent up to the level of the antenna, where they suddenly

appear in the form of densely golden-pollened bands which extend over the face to the

epistoma, their edges being just separate on the middle of the face; when the head is

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 51

402 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

shrivelled, the eyes practically touch; the triangular spaces thus left below the antennz

and above the mouth are black. The epistoma is slightly concave on its margin and is

marked off from the slightly depressed clypeus. The tongue is dark and the palpi are in

the form of large flattened somewhat silvery discs carrying a few tiny scattered black hairs.

In side view (fig. 185) a pair of small post-vertical bristles can be seen behind the vertex :

the post-orbital row is black and merges into long pale bristly hairs round the mouth, The

antenna is entirely black, the first joint small ; the second also small with marginal bristles,

longest on the top; the third is triangular with a hairy tip, and the dorsally inserted arista

is thick at the base, tapering to the tip and haired. The thoracic dorsum is all dull black

and granulated; the four long dorsocentral bristles lie on almost parallel lines and the

acrostichal bristles are completely absent; the rest of the cheetotaxy is normal. The

scutellum is like the thorax; it is flatténed on the top and carries a pair of converging

bristles inserted midway between tip and base. The pleura is faintly greyish but is also

granulated in texture. The wings are as in fig. 38; they are slightly darkened costally

and there is a “ghost” of the cross vein. The halteres are entirely orange with a large knob.

The legs are all black-brown, the coxee and femora being very faintly silvery greyish ;

all the clothing-bristles are stout and in very regular rows. All the tarsi carry well-developed

white pads, which are of about equal size on all the feet, and white empodia. The ends of

the pads are densely pectinate and the empodia are conical in form; there is no sign of

true claws, and the dorsal side of the flattened last tarsal joint bears stout bristles. The

front coxa is bristled in front. The mid tibia carries two bristles of the anterior row, the

smaller about midway, the other half-way between it and the base; it also carries a crown

of which the lower bristle forms a spur. The hind coxa has the usual bristle, the femur

bears an inferior row of about ten fine bristles, the last being long; the tibia resembles the

midd]Je one but the crown is small.

The abdomen is like the thorax in colour and texture but is very slightly shining.

The last segment carries a small round knob with the usual four bristles of Diawphorus but

very much finer.

The female resembles the male, but has a much broader face which is all granulated

like the frons; the palpi are black and smaller than in the male, and there are no foot pads.

Size a little over 2 mm.

Loc. Seychelles. Mahé: near Morne Blanc, about 1000 feet; x.—xi. 1908, 1 3, 12;

Cascade Estate, about 800 feet, 1 2.

32. Cryptophleps mgrihalteratus, n. sp. (Pl. 30, fig. 39.)

While this species is easily separable from the first, the general description applies

closely except for the following points. The head of the male was so contracted round the

mouth margin that it was not possible to see the palpi, but one would judge that the oral

orifice is considerably less open than in the former species. he whole insect is somewhat

less granulate in texture. The venation differs as shown in fig. 39, the “ghost” being

absent. ‘The inferior fringe on the hind femur is stouter, the foot pads are considerably

smaller, and the halteres are entirely black.

Sizes as in last species.

Loc. Seychelles. Mahé: near Morne Blane, about 1000 feet, x.—xi. 1908, 11 examples.

LAMB—DIPTERA: ASILIDA, SCENOPINIDA, ETC. 403

Campsicnemine.

Acropsiuus, Mik.

It is of considerable interest to find this mid-European genus in the Seychelles. So far

it was known only from a single European species, Acropsidlus niger, Loew., from Hungary

and Denmark, since discovered by the author in North Cornwall. There is a series of

specimens in the collection which agree almost absolutely in the generic characters with

that species, though the Seychelles species is much more robust and is abundantly distinct.

33. Acropsilus errabundus, n. sp. (Pl. 29, fig. 19; Pl. 30, fig. 40.)

The Cambridge collection fortunately contains the Cornish pair of the rare European

species referred to above, and as this is the only other member of the genus, the close

relationship between the two species could be readily seen. They agree in the structure of

the head, having the eyes practically touching below the antennz in the male, and some-

what separated in the female. The front eye-facets are much enlarged in both species, and

the antennee are quite similar except for a longer arista in the Seychelles specimens. The

venation and bordering ciliation are very similar, and they are both absolutely devoid of

any sign of acrostichal bristles. The Seychelles insect differs in its yellow legs, which are

vastly longer than in A. niger, and the hypopygium is much more developed, though quite

similar in general structure. The creature is also much larger, being about 2°3 mm. long

without the antenna instead of just about 1°5 mm. Unfortunately the insect being of delicate

structure, the head of every specimen is more or less shrunken and deformed, and hence no

satisfactory figure can be given.

Head: the vertical ridge is gently convex, with the ocellar tubercle only slightly

prominent. The whole of the vertex and frons is seneous green-black, with the hump but

little differentiated; the frons is trapezoidal in outline, being narrowed towards the front.

The large black ocellar bristles are inserted between the ocelli, and are fairly straight,

divergent and pointing forward. The vertical bristles are similar and are inserted absolutely

on the edge of the eye and just remote from the vertical ridge; they converge a little and

are directed forward. The vertex is just overhung by another very tiny pair of bristles, but

there is no sign of true post-verticals on the black hind head. The face contracts sharply

at the level of the antennal bases so as to leave a black facial triangle which is roughly

equilateral, the eyes then practically touch for about five facets, and the face diverges again

below, the lower part of the same being hidden by the conspicuous black-brown hairy palpi.

The enlargement of the eye-facets is quite exceptional and extends over all the front part

of the eyes: these are densely covered with very short inconspicuous hairs. The antennz

are almost the same as those of A. neger, with a small pointed third joint, somewhat shorter

than the second, which itself bears a few hairs above: they are black, the third joint being

densely covered with brown pubescence: the arista is distinctly dorsal and its point of

insertion is marked by a dimple in the edge of the third joint: the flagellum is nearly as

long as the thoracic dorsum and is hairy, the hairs getting thinner towards the tip. The

post-ocular bristles are distinctly visible above and are black.

51—2

404 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Thorax: the dorsum is shining bluish-black with an extremely sparse golden pollination,

and bears no acrostichal bristles whatever, being quite smooth. There are five dorsocentral

bristles, if we include a small one on the front of the thorax and the prescutellars; these

are practically collinear, the lines diverging a little behind. There are also a large humeral

bristle, a smaller post-humeral, a presutural, three supra-alar (the last large) and a large

post-alar. The pleura is somewhat shining black with a silvery lustre, and the scutellum

is rounded in profile, rather flattened on the disc which is slightly roughened and dark

black-brown in general colour, with a more shining central line; the bristles are inserted

about half-way between the centre and the base, they are long and stout and just cross

at the tips. If the scutellum is viewed so as to see its under surface, this is found to be

somewhat hollowed out, and the metanotum bears a small central papilla which is normally

hidden by the scutellum. The metanotum itself is similar in texture to the pleura and

its distal border is formed by a ridge which extends as a well-marked epiphragma over the

hind edge of the hind coxa. The wings are shown in fig. 40: they are very slightly darkened

and have brown veins; the costa is bristled as usual and the rest of the wing is beautifully

ciliated round the margin. The thoracic squama consists of a small tubercle bearing a few

black hairs. The halteres are yellow with the stalk very slightly darkened above.

The legs are remarkable for their length, and it may be of interest to give the lengths

of the principal joints to compare with that of the insect, which is 2°3 mm., the wings being

2mm. The front coxa is 0°7 mm. long and the other joints are as given in mm. in the

table below.

| a a: e Third to fifth

Femur Tibia First tarsal joint | Second tarsal joint tarsal joints Total

Front leg 1:05 1°12 0:88 0:50 0-77 4°32

Middle leg 1:05 1:65 0:66 0:53 0:66 4°55

Hind leg 1:05 1:65 0:18 0:74 0:80 4°49

The legs are entirely pale orange except for the mid coxa, which is very slightly

darkened on the side. On the front leg the coxa bears pale hairs which are more bristly

towards the tip; the rest of the leg has nothing but the clothing-bristle rows. All the

femora are somewhat spindled. The middle leg has a tiny pre-apical bristle on the femur,

and the tibia has the top and mid bristle of the posterior row and a small crown, the lower

bristle of which forms a spur. All the tarsi bear the usual pair of bristles at the base of

each joint. The hind coxa bears a small bristle outside, and the femur has a tiny pre-apical

bristle, the tibia has an ill-defined row of three inferior bristles standing among the clothing-

bristles, two small bristles of the posterior row, and a small terminal crown. On the first

tarsal joint which (as seen in the table) is very short, the bristles form two elegant Ting!

and the terminal comb is well developed.

The abdomen is brown-black, slightly shiny, with the margins of the segments narrowly

but sharply paler: the venter is quite pale: the abdomen is conical in plan with the first

segment bordered by the epimeral ridge; it has moderate bristles, somewhat stouter

LAMB—DIPTERA: ASILID/, SCENOPINIDA, ETC. 405

marginally. The hypopygium is large and of the form shown in fig. 19, with a curiously

angled pedicel and with white, pale-haired, pointed paranal lobes.

The female differs from the male by its stouter build with stronger bristles on the

shorter legs. The face does not meet below, and is blue-black in colour. The clypeus

carries about six stout hairs, and the palpi are like those of the male.

Loc. Seychelles. Mahé: Port Victoria, xii. 1908, 1 ¢; marshes on coastal plain at

Anse aux Pins, i. 1909, 13 3, 3 2; marshy ground near sea-level at Cascade, 20. 11. 1909,

1 9. Appears to be confined to places at sea-level, where the vegetation is entirely non-

endemic.

Sympycnus, Loew.

In the Tydschrift voor Entomoloyie for 1916, vol. L1x. p. 244, Dr de Meijere describes

several species which he refers to this genus, but which for the most part have the eyes

touching below the antennz and very often have the first and second joints of the hind

tarsi both short, with the second joint bearing an extraordinary appendage. There is

a species in the collection which can well be referred to Sympycnus, but is not quite so

aberrant ; the face is fairly wide below the antenne, and the first joint only of the hind

tarsus is very short. The general appearance of the insect is not very reminiscent of the

ordinary European forms, as it is more delicate and far less bristly, but the differences are

not sufficient to warrant the erection of a new genus for a single species.

34. Sympycnus violaceus, n. sp. (Pl. 29, fig. 20; Pl. 30, fig. 41.)

Male. Head: the vertex and frons are quite smooth and polished, violet in colour

with greenish reflections. In profile the top edge of the vertex is gently convex with the

ocellar hump but little prominent; the hump itself is dark, matt, with chestnut ocelli.

The ocellar bristles are inserted midway between the ocelli and are long and divergent, set

upright on the frons, and but slightly curved: there is a pair of tiny bristles on the back

of the hump. The vertical bristles are inserted just at the upper eye-margins close to the

vertical ridge. The insects are very delicate, and the heads have mostly shrunk a good

deal; but one can just see that there is a pair of post-verticals inserted a long way down

the back of the head. The post-orbital rows, as well as all the above bristles, are black.

The face is continuous with the frons and narrows a little from the antennz to the epistoma,

but the eyes are separated by a distance of at least one-third the width of one eye. The

surface of the face is slightly depressed and is polished violet; the palpi are brown and hairy.

The eyes are clothed with dense stubbly hairs which are considerably longer than is usual

with eye pubescence. The antenne are conspicuously large, and in form are very like those

of S. annulipes, except that the third joint is more perfectly triangular in outline, though

the extreme tip is slightly more rounded; all the joints are blackish brown; the second

joint has small marginal bristles, and the third is entirely and densely pubescent. The basal

joints of the arista are long, and the flagellum is very pubescent from base to tip, the hairs

are unusually stout, being longest proximally, where they are longer than the cross

diameter of the basal joints.

Thorax: the dorsum is entirely polished and violet in colour, the colour being very

strong. There are five pairs of dorsocentral bristles, including the prescutellars, and these

406 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

are all collinear, the lines of insertion diverging a little behind. The single rowed acrostichal

bristles extend from right over the front of the thorax toa little beyond the second dorso-

central pair; they are quite conspicuous and increase in length from front to back. The

humeri are somewhat orange and carry a large bristle, and the rest of the thoracic bristles

are normal. The pleura is all somewhat dull orange; the squame are in the form of small

tubercles with a fringe of some five black hairs. The scutellum is fairly rounded in profile,

quite flat dorsally and is of a true brassy colour and somewhat shining; the end bristles are

inserted about midway between the base and the tip, very long, and nearly meeting at the

tips. The metanotum is large with its axial length much more than usual; it is smooth

and grey-orange in colour. The wings are as shown in fig. 41, and have extremely

elegant bordering ciliation to the wing margin; the veins are pale brown. ‘The halteres

are dull orange and of a remarkable form, the heads being large and regularly ellipsoidal

with a very short stalk.

The legs are entirely yellow and very long. The coxa is as deep as the pleura, the

femur somewhat spindled and about as long as the abdomen. The front tibia is about as

long as the femur, and the tarsi about 1} times as long with the first joint nearly as long

as the next two together, these being about equal. The mid-tibia is longer than the femur

and the tarsus is about as long as the tibia, with the joints much in the same proportion

as those of the front feet. The hind tibia is also about 145 times as long as the femur, but

the tarsus is only about two-thirds the tibial length. The first joint (fig. 20) is very short;

on its inner side it bears two combs, the distal one of which forms a complete hood, from

which issue some long curved hairs, and the base of the joint carries two very long fine

hairs hanging down below; the second joint is quite normal and is about 24 times the

length of the first; the third, fourth and fifth are progressively smaller. As regards bristles,

each femur has a very thin pre-apical bristle, each of the mid and hind coxe carries a single

fine bristle; the middle tibia has an anterior bristle pair near the base; the hind tibia has

a row of two very fine inferior bristles, and a superior row of three slightly stouter bristles.

The clothing-bristle rows are very neatly ranged, and are all golden when viewed obliquely.

The abdomen has the first segment with its base about twice the breadth of the

narrowed end of the metanotum, and the outline tapers thence to the tip; the second

segment is about twice as long as the others. The colour is greyish orange, the bristles are

small, even the bordering ones are conspicuously long only on the first segment. The

genitalia are of the form usual in the genus, being very small and inconspicuous.

Female. This sex is notably larger and stouter; the legs are relatively shorter and

more powerful, and the middle tibia carries two outer bristles in a row as well as the basal

pair. The hind tarsus has a similar first joint, but lacks the curved hairs and the long

basal pair. The palpi are larger and more orange. The third joint of the antenna is much

smaller than in the male, being only about as long as the two first joints together.

Size. Male about 1} mm. Female about 12 mm.

Loc. Seychelles. Mahé: near Morne Blanc, x. 1908, 12; Cascade Estate, between

800 and 1500 feet, 1.—iu1. 1909, 6 3, 52; Mare aux Cochons district, 1500—2000 feet, i.—ii.

1909, 14,39. All the specimens are from places at moderate or high elevations, either in

or near the endemic forests.

LAMB—DIPTERA: ASILIDi, SCENOPINIDA, ETC. 407

35. Campsicnemus, sp.?

There are a single male and four females of an undescribed species of this genus, but

unfortunately the male has lost the middle and hind legs and is otherwise imperfect, so

that it is impossible to describe the species.

Loc. Seychelles. Silhouette: forest above Mare aux Cochons, over 1000 feet, ix. 1908,

19. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 1000 feet, 1909, 1 ¢; marshy ground near sea-level at

Cascade, 20. i. 1909, 1 2; marshes on coastal plain at Anse aux Pins, i. 1909, 12; Mare

aux Cochons district, 1500—2000 feet, i. 1909, 1 2. This curious distribution, in the coast-

‘marshes and in the mountain-forests, indicates the possibility of two species being included

under the females.

Medeterine.

36. Medeterus grisescens, de Meijere, Tijd. v. Ent. trx. 1916, p. 259. (PI. 80, fig. 42.)

There are two males and four females which are referred by Dr de Meijere to this

species. They agree very well indeed with the published description, but the thoracic

dorsum of the female has not the conspicuous brown band there referred to, or at least it

is far less conspicuous than the description would lead one to expect. In any case this is

probably nothing but a local variation. Seychelles, Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 1000 feet.

Described from Java (Batavia, etc.). This species occurs in a collection recently received by

the author from Ceylon.

37. Medeterus, sp.?

There is a single specimen of the female of another species which must be fairly close

to M. longitarsis, de Meijere, /.c., p. 262. It differs somewhat in the degree of convergence

of the second and third veins. Seychelles, Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 1000 feet, i. 1909.

Hydrophorine.

38. Hydrophorus precox, Lehm.

Two males and a female, collected in Aldabra, appear to belong to this species:

they are slightly less robust than European specimens, but are quite inseparable there-

from. Aldabra: running on the surface of the water of a well at Takamaka (almost the

only fresh water in the atoll), xi. 1908 (Fryer). Also found in Rodriguez (Snell and

Thomasset, 1918), Europe, West and South Africa.

39. Thinophilus, sp.

There is a single female specimen which appears to belong to this genus. Aldabra:

running on the surface of the fresh water in a well at Takamaka, xi. 1908 (Fryer). See note

under Hydrophorus precox.

408 _ PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Pipunculide.

Preuncutus, Latreille (Dorylas, Meigen, 1800, emend. Kertesz).

The collection includes five species of this genus, and it is somewhat remarkable that

they fall into the five sections represented among our British species, including one of the

zonatus group, one of the vittipes, one of the campestris, one of the confusus, and one of the

sylvaticus group. In two cases the resemblance to British species is, apart from size, extra-

ordinarily close, and can be seen almost at a glance. It is unfortunate that most of the

published descriptions of exotic species do not contain any information as to their relation-

ships to the main European sections ; such information would be of the greatest assistance

in identifying these insects, which in many cases are so extraordinarily close one to another.

40. Pipunculus, sp. (Pl. 80, fig. 43.)

The first species, that belonging to the zonatus group, is represented by two females

only, and it is thought best not to give it a name. In Kertesz’s table given in the Ann.

Mus. Nat. Hungarici, 1912, p. 285, it comes in the neighbourhood of Perkins’ species

cruciator, and indeed the description and figure of that species as given in the Reports of

the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Experimental Station, Bulletin 1. part 4, agree in broad

outline with the specimens, though it is clear that they refer to a different species. Hence

a description will be given in the hope that it may be possible to fit in a male from other

or later work. The description will be made with reference to an ordinary female of zonatus,

which, like the present species, has the hind femora brilliantly shining behind.

Head: frons and face identically the same, the first two antennal joints brown-black,

the third joint somewhat more acuminate, the actual joint being orange with the acumina-

tion about the same length as the joint itself, but silvery. The facets of the eyes and the

hind eye-margins are the same in size. The thoracic dorsum is dull black with an olive

green tone; the extremely fine hair lines are slightly pollinated with a rusty coloured

pollen. The prothorax carries the same silvery spots, but the humeral knobs are clear

yellow ; the scutellum is just a little less swollen, but carries the same faint ciliation. The

whole of the pleura and metanotum are similarly, but more brightly, dusted with silver.

The venation is as shown in fig. 43. The halteres are orange, with the extreme base of the

stalk black.

Structurally the legs are practically the same, including the femoral serration which

occurs also on the front legs, but the claws are longer than the pads. The colour is quite

different as the tibiz are all orange though a little dusky and silvery in front; the tarsi

are clear orange but for the dusky last joint ; all the femora are blackened except at the

extreme knees, and have slight silvery dust especially behind ; the last pair are brilliantly

shining behind.

The abdomen has the same sort of pattern with a russet dorsum and silver side spots;

the latter are very like the figure of cruczator (l.c., Pl. V, fig. 1) except that the spots

encroach a little less on the rest of the dorsum. The terminal part differs from that of

zonatus ; the bulb is devoid of the longitudinal sulcus; the aculeus is much flattened at

the base and is long and bright orange. The lengths of abdomen, bulb and aculeus

LAMB—DIPTERA; ASILIDA, SCENOPINIDA, ETC, 409

are about 2°2, 0°33 and 0°77 mm. respectively. The venter has a similar broad black band

extending along the membranous part.

Length, without ovipositor, about 43 mm.

Loc. Seychelles. Silhouette: plateau of Mare aux Cochons, over 1000 feet, ix. 1908.

Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800—1000 feet.

41. Pipunculus sennopacus, n. sp. (Pl. 30, fig. 44.)

This species is represented by a single pair. Unfortunately the male is just a little

rubbed, but there is no doubt that it belongs to the short winged section of the wttipes

group, having a similar facies and abdomen, including the small orange protuberances on

the venter, the non-carinate but non-rounded third antennal joint, and other characters

in common. It appears to be related to Kertesz’s species P. fumipennis and P. sauter.

Male. Head: the long dull black narrow vertical triangle extends from the ocelli nearly

half way down to the frontal triangle; the latter is brilliantly shining silver; the eyes are

reddish. The antenne have all the joints yellow, the second bristled below, the third

silvery at the tip which is very slightly carinate, the spike being about one-fifth the length

measured along the outline of the third joint from the extreme tip to the insertion of

the arista. The small first joint of the arista appears to be orange; the second is elongate

and swollen at the base, and together with the flagellum is black. The face is all bright

silvery ; the hind head is black with silver dust on the lower part of the hind margins of

the eyes.

The thoracic dorsum is dullish black, but may be slightly rubbed or discoloured. The

humeral scales are strongly developed and are orange with a bright silver triangular spot

inside each. The dorsum is practically bare except for the usual extremely fine hair rows,

but is somewhat more hairy on and behind the humeri. The scutellum is similar to the

thorax but is exceptionally hairy, the hairs being black, especially long on the hind margin.

The metanotum is pollinated with grey, with two shallow flat tubercles on each side which

are more highly pollinated than the rest and are very conspicuous, appearing like side

spots. The pleurae are entirely covered with grey pollen. The venation is as figured (fig. 44),

and the sharp line of demarcation at the boundary of the stigma should be noted. It is

not a true vein as is described in Perkins’ species P. heterostigmus but is a marked feature

of the insect. The halteres are entirely orange.

Legs: all the femora have double rows of serration; those on the front and middle

pairs extend all along the femur but are quite small; those on the hind pair extend

along the distal half and are quite stout ; the hind pair are shining behind. The hind tibia

is a little curved, with a stout row of clothing hairs of an orange colour, which are especially

long on the front side, and one of which stands out almost like a small bristle. In colour

the legs are mainly orange, but the two front pairs have the femur slightly dusky and

silvery behind ; the last pair has a darkened ring occupying about two-thirds the length,

which just leaves the knees orange. All the tibize and tarsi are orange, and the dorsum of

the last tarsal joints carries exceptionally strong bristly hairs; the claws have the usual

black tips.

The abdomen has the first segment with its basal portion consisting of a slightly

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 52

410 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

depressed dull brown arc which leaves the rest of the segment slightly dusted ; it carries

about five stout bristles on each side. The second segment is lightly dusted on its upper

half, but its lower half and all the other segments are of a fairly ‘shining black with a

suspicion of rusty pollination ; they are more hairy than usual. The second to fifth segments

bear the usual silver side spots, which are biggest on the fifth segment, which itself is about

one-fourth longer than the previous one. The hypopygium is about half the axial length

of the fifth segment, and has a large shallow depression on the tip. The venter bears two

small somewhat silvery orange lobes at the level of the third segment.

Female: vertex and frons entirely silver-grey except for the actual tubercle itself

which is shining: the margins are bordered with a line of excessively minute but distinct

black dots. As in members of this section, the eyes are nearer together at the ocelli, and

again at the level of the antennz, than midway, so that the frontal eye-margins are gently

curved ; the face is black with profuse silver pollen all over. The antenna has its basal

joints large and black, not pale as in the male; the third joint is thickly covered with

grey pollen and is sharply pointed though not strictly acuminate. The arista has both

the basal joints about equally swollen and long-oval in form; both those joints and the

flagellum are black. The hind head has the eye-margins swollen, especially so above, and

these are entirely covered with grey pollen, though the absolute hind head is black.

The thoracic dorsum is entirely dull black, but with an illumination directed from the

scutellar direction it is possible to see three faint lines that are a little darker than the

rest. The humeral tubercles are well developed and are pollinated in grey exactly as are

the hind eye borders ; in front of each is a pollen patch ; the post-alar calli are stout. The

pleura is covered with dark grey pollen which is especially strong just above the noto-

pleural suture. The wings have the same dark margin to the stigma as the male, and the

halteres are also orange.

The legs have the coxze and femora all black except for an orange tip to the latter ;

the femora are all shining beneath, the hind pair being also shining behind, the others

being there slightly silvery. The tibize are orange, a little darker behind, the last pair

having a distinct dark ring on the distal half which just leaves the tip orange. The tarsi

are all orange except for the slightly darkened last joints; the pads are about as long as

the claws. On the distal half of the under side of the mid and front femur there is a fine

serration, and the hind femur carries a double row of similar but longer serrations in the

same place. The notopleura is all grey with distinct silvery side spots. The abdomen has

its dorsum somewhat olive black, and is very slightly shining. The first segment bears the

same arched brown basal part as does the male, which leaves the rest of the segment silvery

in the form of two triangular side spots connected by a narrow thread. The second segment

is nearly all silvery, and the three following bear the normal well-marked silvery triangular

side spots. The last segment is large, being about twice the depth of the previous ones

which are equal, and is fairly silvery except just in the middle. In side view the third to

fifth segments appear banded, the basal third being olive brown, the rest grey-silver. The

bulb of the ovipositor is a long-oval and very shining black, the aculeus is orange, about

as long as the bulb and in profile is excessively curved like a sabre. The lengths of abdo-

men, bulb and aculeus are about 1°4, 0°4, 0°44 mm. respectively.

LAMB—DIPTERA: ASILIDA, SCENOPINIDA, ETC. 411

Length, without hypopygium, about 45 mm.

Loc. Seychelles. Silhouette: plateau of Mare aux Cochons, over 1000 feet, ix. 1908.

Mahé: marshy ground near sea-level at Cascade, 20. 11. 1909.

42. Pipunculus depauperatus, n. sp. (Pl. 30, fig. 45.)

This species is extraordinarily like a small depauperated form of the well-marked group

which includes campestris, Latreille (sens. Verrall nec Becker). It possesses the same short

rounded third antennal joint, the same type of head and eye, and the same alternate

banding of the abdomen in dull and shining bands on the segments. It differs in size, being

about 24mm. long with a wing length of about 2$ mm. against corresponding values of

about 4mm. for P. campestris. The simplest method of description is to compare it with

that species, bearing in mind this difference in size.

Male: the head in profile is slightly longer axially than in depth, with the same

puffed out silvery hind margins to the eyes; these are of the same reddish colour, and the

facets are also very slightly larger in front than behind, in fact only just perceptibly so.

The antenna is the same in structure with a similar large swollen basal joint to the arista,

though the second joint is quite thin; the third joint is just as regularly rounded at the tip.

The frons differs somewhat in that the triangle above the antennez is all shining with silvery

margins, and not dull with a grey triangle over the base of the antennze. ‘The face is very

similar, but is practically all shining black. The hind borders of the eyes are dusted with silver.

The thoracic dorsum is the same with the same kind of rusty pollen, the hairs are

excessively fine and very sparse, and the scutellum is the same in form with similar sparse

hairs to those on the dorsum; the pleura is also similar.

The legs differ slightly in colour; they are orange with very slightly darker tone on

the femora and the main part of the tibiee, but not truly darkened in those places. The

hind femur is not thickened nor is the tibia so much bent as in P. campestris, and the

very stout rows of spines which occur beneath the legs in that species are replaced by

small toothed serrations. The most striking point is the almost complete absence of the

plentiful pale hairs on the legs. The tarsi are all yellow, but have the same long hairs on

the last joints. The venation is as shown in fig. 45, the stigma often being faint as is not

uncommonly the case with P. campestris.

The abdomen is all black with the margins of each segment shining, the rest almost

velvety, and almost the whole of the last segment shining, and is very like that of

campestris, except for the margins being slightly broader than is usual in that species, and

that there is practically no sign of grey side spots. The hypopygium is similar in outline,

with a similar, though smaller, orange pit in the middle.

Female: this sex is even more like that of campestris. The head differs in that the

vertex is more shining black with dusted side margins and is not dull; the third antennal

joint differs considerably in as much as it is not pointed, but perfectly rounded at the tip

as in the male. ‘The outline of the abdomen in vertical view is less curved, and there are

no grey side spots. The ovipositor has a more spherically shaped bulb and the orange aculeus

is shorter, less stout, and almost straight. The lengths of abdomen, bulb and aculeus are

about 0°9, 0°25, and 0°33 mm. respectively.

Length 23 mm.

52—2

412 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Loc. Seychelles. Silhouette: high forest above Mare aux Cochons, 1000—2000 feet,

ix. 1908. Mahé: from near Morne Blanc, about 1000 feet, x.—xi. 1908; Mare aux Cochons

district, about 1500 feet, i.i—ii. 1909; Cascade Estate, 800—1500 feet, 1.—i1i. 1909.

43. Pipunculus confusoides, n. sp. (Pl. 30, fig. 46.)

This is an exactly parallel case to the last, as the insect is even still more like a

depauperated form of the British species P. confusus. Again its most striking difference is

that it is still smaller in proportion, being just under 25 mm. long with wings of about the

same length, instead of having those dimensions about 44 mm, This species will also be

described by comparison with its related species, P. confusus.

Male: the head is the same with the non-touching eyes, the silvery face and lower

part of frons, the very sudden constriction forming the rostrate end of the third antennal

joint, and the similar slight disparity between the hind and front eye-facets. The thorax

and scutellum are almost identical, even to the tiny hairs on the latter, but the dusting 1s

less. The legs have similarly darkened femur and ringed tibia, but only the last tarsal

joints are darkened. The venation is as shown in fig. 46.

The abdomen is not so cylindrical in section, but is slightly flattened and is different

in appearance owing to its being somewhat suffused with rusty pollen; the hypopygium is

a little less asymmetrical. The orange ventral laminz so characteristic of this section of the

genus are smaller than in confusus, and are not inserted quite so far up the venter; this is

largely due to the‘less robust build of the insect, the final abdominal segments being con-

siderably less well developed in proportion than in confusus.

Female: this sex agrees very closely indeed with confusus, having the same ex-

ceptionally rostrate antennze and a similar long basal joint to the arista; the anterior eye-

facets are enlarged in exactly the same way. The legs also are the same both in form and

in colour. The abdomen is not shining, but is dusted with a somewhat grey-bronze pollen

and no hairs can be seen; it differs considerably in the form of the ovipositor. In confusus

the bulb is long, and the very straight orange aculeus reaches nearly to the base of the

second abdominal segment. In the present species the bulb is much shorter and is rounded,

the orange aculeus is not absolutely straight and is quite short, reaching about half-way

along the third segment. The lengths of abdomen, bulb and aculeus are about 1°0, 0°25 and

0-5 mm. respectively.

Size about 23 mm.

Loc. Seychelles. Mahé: near Morne Blanc, about 1000 feet; Cascade Estate, about

1000 feet; marshes on coastal plain at Anse aux Pins, i. 1909. Anonyme Island (a small

coconut-planted islet near Mahé), i. 1909. One example from each locality.

44. Pipunculus sylvaticoides, n. sp. (Pl. 80, fig. 47.)

There is a single male and three females of a species belonging to the group that

includes sylvaticus, Meigen, ngritulus, Zett., and pilitarsis, Verrall, and there can be no

doubt that P. enewentris, Kertesz (Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. 1. 469) is another member of

the section. Unfortunately the head of the male has become detached and in fixing it to

the block the antennz have been distorted, and the head colour destroyed, but the specimen

agrees extremely closely with Kertesz’s description. He did not know the female of aenei-

ventris so it is thought best to append some remarks on the present specimens.

LAMB—DIPTERA: ASILIDA, SCENOPINIDA, ETC. 413

They bear a very close resemblance to the well-known species P. sylvaticus, the main

difference being that they are smaller, being somewhat more than two-thirds the size of that

species. As regards the male the whole appearance is extraordinarily like that of sylvaticus,

but the venation is different as shown in fig. 47, from which it will be seen that the second

vein ends much further back along the costa. The hypopygium is also different ; instead

of being somewhat quadrate in outline as seen from above it is distinctly rounded, smaller,

and with a smaller depression on the end. In respect to limb colour, clothing-bristles, etc.,

the resemblance is almost absolute, so that no further description is required. ‘The

difference between this species and the description of enevventris is principally in the fact

that the femora are not black quite to the tip, and the tiny bristles at the tip of the hind

femora are not to be seen.

The female also resembles that of sylvaticus very closely but the following points,

as well as the venation, differentiate it. The antennz are somewhat less rostrate. The

orange aculeus extends only about as far as the end of the third abdominal segment

instead of nearly to the base. The legs are identical in colour, ete., in all respects except

for the tarsi; these are longer and more slender, being about as long as the tibia instead

of considerably shorter; the separate joints are produced above backwards in the same

way as in sylvaticus. The characteristic pair of bristles at the base of the front femora

is absent. The abdomen is faintly shining purplish black. The lengths of the abdomen,

bulb and aculeus are about 1°13, 0°28 and 0°28 mm. respectively.

Length about 2 mm.

Loc. Seychelles. Silhouette: marshy plateau of Mare aux Cochons, about 1000 feet,

ix. 1908, one example. Mahé: near Morne Blanc, about 1000 feet, x.—xi. 1908, two

specimens.

Syrphide.

Specimens of each species of the Syrphidze were examined by Dr Mario Bezzi. With

the exception of a new species, Hristalodes seychellarum, they are all widespread.

Dr Bezzi reported on them in his Syrphide of the Ethiopian Region, British Museum,

1915.

45. Melanostoma annulipes, Macquart, var. mauritianum, Bigot: Bezzi, op. cit.

el.

Loc. Seychelles. Silhouette: high damp forest near Pot-d-eau, about 1500 feet, viii.

1908, two examples. Mahé: high forest of Morne Blanc, 1500—2000 feet, x.—xi. 1908,

two specimens ; Cascade Estate, 800—1500 feet, 1.—ii1. 1909, six specimens.

M. annulipes is widespread in Africa.

46. Xanthogramma egyptium, Wiedemann: Bezzi, op. cit. p. 37.

Loc. Seychelles. Silhouette: high damp forest, about 1500 feet, vii. 1908. Mahé:

Forét Noire district and Cascade Estate, both about 1000 feet, x. 1908—ill. 1909, seven

specimens. Long Island (a cultivated islet near Mahé), vii. 1908. Coetivy: ix. 1905, four

examples. Chagos: Peros Banhos Atoll, 25. vi. 1905, two examples. Common throughout

the Ethiopian Region.

414 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

ERIstTALODES, Mik, 1897 ; Bezzi, op. cit. p. 87.

47. Hristalodes seychellarum, Bezzi, op. cit. p. 91, fig. p. 92.

Loc. Seychelles. Silhouette: high damp forest near Pot-d-eau, about 1500 feet, vil.

1908, one example. Mahé: Cascade. Estate, about 1000 feet, 1908—9, 12; 1914, 1

(Thomasset) ; also the type (@).

Three larvz of an Eristaline were found in the water and humus between the leaf-

bases of a growing endemic Pandanus, in the forest above Mare aux Cochons (Silhouette),

considerably over 1000 feet, 22. ix. 1908. As no other Eristaline fly was taken in the

islands, and as the adults of H. seychellarwm were, like the larve, all found in the

endemic forests at high elevations, there is very little doubt that these larvee are larvee of _

Eristalodes seychellarum.

VOLUCELLA, Geoffroy.

48. Volucella obesa, Fabricius.

Many specimens of this cosmopolitan species from Seychelles and Chagos. Seychelles :

Silhouette, from the coast at La Passe, from the plateau of Mare aux Cochons, over 1000

feet, and from the forest near Pot-d-eau, about 1500 feet, viiii—ix. 1908; Mahé, Cascade

Kstate, Forét Noire district, etc.; Praslin, 1905. Chagos: Diego Garcia Atoll, 2. vii.

P00:

LAMB—DIPTERA: ASILIDA, SCENOPINIDA, ETC. 415

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

The lines of measurement beneath certain of the figures always represent 1 mm., unless otherwise stated.

PLATE 27.

Fig. 1. Psilopus leucopogon, Wied.; a, head, front view; 6, head, side view; c, hypopygium.

Fig. 2. Psilopus lasiophthalmus, n. sp.; a, head, front view; 6, head, side view; c, hypopygium.

Fig. 3. Psilopus bilobatus, n. sp.; a, head, front view; b, head, side view; c, hypopygium; d, tarsus,

terminal segments. Line represents 0°2 mm.

Fig. 4. Psilopus librativertex, n. sp.; hypopygium.

Fig. 5. Psilopus pollicifer, n. sp.; a, head, front view; 6, head, side view; c, tarsus of front leg; d, last

tarsal joint of front leg (line represents 0°1 mm.); e, hypopygium.

Fig 6. Psilopus magnicaudatus, n. sp.; hypopygium.

PLATE 28.

Fig. 7. Psilopus grandicaudatus, n. sp.; hypopygium.

Fig. 8. Psilopus amplicaudatus, n. sp.; hypopygium.

Fig. 9. Craterophorus permirus, n. sp.; a4, head, front view; 6, terminal segments of tarsus, front leg

(line represents 0°5 mm.); c, hypopygium.

Fig. 10. Paracleius solivagus, n. sp.; a, head, front view; b, head, side view; c, hypopygium.

Fig. 11. Tachytrechus seychellensis, n. sp.; a, head, front view; b, antenna (line represents 0°5 mm.); c, hypo-

pygium.

Fig. 12. Argyrochlamys impudicus, n. sp.; a, head, front view; b, head, side view; c, hypopygium; d, ex-

truded genitalia, female. |

Fig. 13. Urodolichus porphyropoides, n, sp.; a, head, front view, male; 6, head, front view, female;

c, head, side view, male; d, hypopygium; e, diagrammatical representation of end of male abdomen.

Fig. 14. Urodolichus caudatus, n. sp., hypopygium; a, ventral view; 6, side view.

Fig. 15. Urodolichus gracilis, n. sp., hypopygium; a, ventral view; 0, side view.

PLATE 29,

Fig. 16. Craterophorus mirus, n. sp.; a, head, front view; 6, dorsal view of thorax and first three ab-

dominal segments; c, hypopygium. Line in 6 and ¢ represents 0°5 mm.

Fig. 17. Craterophorus mirabilis, n. sp.; antenna. Line represents 0°2 mm.

Fig. 18. Cryptophleps ochrihalteratus, n. sp.; a, head, front view; b, head, side view. Line in both repre-

sents 0°5 mm.

Fig. 19. Acropsilus errabundus, n. sp.; hypopygium.

Fig. 20. Sympycnus violaceus, n. sp.; apex of hind tibia and basal segment of tarsus. Line represents

0'2 mm,

Figs. 21—27. Wings of: 21, Asilid, genus and species?, x 6. 22, Scenopinus balteatus, n. sp., x 30

23, Psilopus leucopogon, Wied., x 7. 24, Psilopus lasiophthalmus, n. sp., x 15. 25, Psilopus bilobatus

n, sp., x 13. 26, Psilopus librativertex, n. sp., x 25. 27, Psilopus pollicifer, n. sp. x 15.

416 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

PLATE 30.

Figs. 28—47. Wings of: 28, Psilopus grandicaudatus, n. sp. x 20. 29, Craterophorus mirus, n. sp.;

a, female; b, male; x 30. 30, Craterophorus permirus, n. sp.; male, x 20. 31, Newrogona angulata,

de Meijere, x 15. 32, Paracleius solivagus, n. sp., x17. 33, Tachytrechus seychellensis, n. sp., x 15.

34, Argyrochlamys impudicus, n. sp.,x 20. 35, Urodolichus porphyropoides, n. sp., x15. 36, Urodolichus

caudatus, n. sp., x 18. 37, Chrysotus seychellensis, n. sp., x 80. 38, Cryptophleps ochrihalteratus, n. sp.,

x 35. 389, Cryptophleps nigrihalteratus, n. sp., x 25. 40, Acropsilus errabundus, n. sp., x 30. 41, Sym-

pycnus violaceus, n. sp., x 40. 42, Medeterus grisescens, de Meijere, x 22. 43, Pipunculus, sp.?, x 10.

44, Pipunculus semiopacus, n. sp., X 14. 45, Pipunculus depauperatus, n. sp., x 18. 46, Pipunculus

confusoides, n. sp. x 20. 47, Pipunculus sylvaticordes, n. sp., x 25.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION. TRawns. Linn. Soc. SER. 2. Z00L. VoL. XVIII Pu. 27

(1, AMB)

Vetererqae

C.G-Lamb, Del. : J.T. Rennie Reid, Lith..Edin®

DOLICHOPODIDA:.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION. Trans. Linn. Soc. Ser. 2.Zo0L. VoL. XVUL. Ph.28.

(L.LAMB)

“-

C.G.Lamb, Del. J.T. Rennie Reid, Lith Edin?

DOLICHOPODIDA.

q°r[‘— _——_—S~ i) Ae aed Ji) -

- 7 i

. 5 =

’

. .

‘a

‘

*} ;

’

~ ry

* ie

Fr F

‘

+ {

= 7 rae

i A C . a

> .

: a } ans ou 7

a v 7 ' : q

PERcy SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION. TRANS. LINN. Soc. SER. 2.Z001n. VOL. XVI PL. 29.

(LAMB)

C.G. Lamb, Del. JT Rennie Reid, Lith Fdint

ASILID/, SCENOPINIDA, DOLICHOPODID/®

Bee

J.T. Rennie Reid, Lith Edint

DOLICHOPODID&, PIPUNCULIDA.

No. [IX.—MADREPORARIA: AGARICIID.

By Dr C. J..vANn pER Horst.

(COMMUNICATED BY J. STANLEY GARDINER, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

(With Plates 31 and 32, and Text Figures | and 2.)

Read 5th May, 1921.

INTRODUCTION.

WueN Prof. Gardiner asked me to identify the corals belonging to the family

Agaricude, collected by the Percy Sladen Trust Expedition, I gladly accepted his offer,

as it was an opportunity for comparing the corals from the Red Sea and the western

part of the Indian Ocean with those collected by the Siboga Expedition in the Indo-

Australian Archipelago. I hoped also to acquaint myself with several species, which are

not represented in the collections of the Museum at Amsterdam.

I was greatly surprised and pleased, when I unpacked the collection, to find not only

those of the Percy Sladen Trust Expedition and those collected by the late Mr F. P.

Bedford and by Mr C. Crossland, but also specimens from the Maldives, previously

described by Prof. Gardiner. Everybody, acquainted with corals, knows that these specimens

were of great use. I found provisional determinations made by Prof. Gardiner on most of

the labels. These annotations facilitated my study, although I did not always agree with

him as in the case of Pavona clavus. There was also some diversity between Prof.

Gardiner and me concerning Psammocora planipora and Psammocora havmeana, but this

gives support to my observations on the relationship between these two species.

Although the coral-fauna of the Red Sea and the western part of the Indian Ocean

had been studied by many previous authors (Ehrenberg, Klunzinger, Ortmann, Gardiner,

von Marenzeller, Vaughan, Gravier, etc.), I found my re-examination at least useful to

myself, It is not always an easy task to recognise a species from a description. Moreover

the variation in one coral-species is often so great that different forms of one species have

frequently been described as different species. In a collection consisting of a large number

of specimens it is nearly always possible to recognise different previously described species

as belonging to one and the same species, being only varieties of that species connected

by transitional forms. It is a remarkable fact that the number of known species of corals

has decreased considerably in the last 20 years, notwithstanding numerous species described

as new. While describing here three new species, I absorb more; and I only wonder, what

will be the ultimate fate of my species.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 53

418 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

AGARICIID.

1. Agaricia ponderosa Gardiner 1905; Vaughan 1918.

The four specimens I have before me are all typical according to Gardiner’s descrip-

tion and figures. They comprise Gardiner’s Maldive specimens and a colony from Salomon

Atoll, Chagos Archipelago.

2. Pavona venusta Dana 1846; Verrill"1864; Vaughan 1918. (Plate 31, figs. 1, 2.)

Leptoseris venusta Briiggemann 1878.

Six colonies closely agree with the descriptions of Dana and Vaughan. One small

colony from the Seychelles is somewhat doubtful. ‘The septa are strongly alternating in

size, while in P. pretorta, which otherwise closely resembles P. venusta, they are equal ;

another difference may be that the lobes in P. venusta are somewhat thicker.

Loc. Seychelles, 3 spec.; Donganab, Red Sea, four colonies.

3. Pavona pretorta Dana 1846; Verrill 1864; Quelch 1886; van der Horst 1921.

Lophoseris pretorta Ortmann 1888.

One colony of this species was collected at the Seychelles.

4. Pavona decussata Dana 1846; Quelch 1886; Bedot 1907; van der Horst 1921.

Pavona angularis Klunzinger 1879; v. Marenzeller 1906; Gravier 1911.

Pavona cristata Gardiner 1898.

This species is characterised by the rather thick and broad lobes, thicker and broader

than in the nearly related P. dana. The ambulacra are flat. The carine are poorly

developed or quite absent. The septo-costz are alternating in size.

Loc. Donganab, Red Sea, 2*.

5. Pavona explanulata (Lam.); Klunzinger 1879 ; Ridley 1888 ; Whitelegge 1898.

(Plate 31, fig. 9.)

Agaricia explanulata Lamarck 1816 and 1836.

Lophoseris explanulata Milne-Edwards 1860; Ortmann 1889.

The four specimens I have before me agree with the descriptions and figures of Milne-

Edwards and Klunzinger. As may be seen from the synopsis given by Vaughan in 1918

this species is nearly related to P. diffluens (Lam.). Still the two species can be dis-

tinguished easily by the following characters : in P. explanulata the columella is generally

well developed in the form of a rod-like or compressed style, while P. diffluens has hardly

any or no columella; the diameter of the calices is 8 to 4mm. in P. explanulata, and

3 mm. in P. diffluens, while the diameters of their centra are respectively 2 mm. and 1 mm.

at most. The septo-costz are in P. explanulata generally alternating in size, but not as

strongly as in P. diffluens, sometimes being even equal in size. The under side of P.-ex-

planulata, as far as it could be seen, was marked by fine ribs.

In his synopsis Vaughan gives as his opinion that P. duerdent Vaughan, Siderastrea

maldivensis Gardiner, and Pavonia clavus Dana are probably synonyms of P. eaplanulata.

* The numbers refer throughout to the numbers of specimens from each locality.

ne x “~

VAN DER HORST—MADREPORARIA: AGARICITDAE 419

This is certainly not correct since the calicles in P. explanulata and even in P. diffluens

are far larger than in the above mentioned species. The difference between the three

species P. clavus Dana, P. diffluens (Lam.) and P. explanulata (Lam.) may be seen by

comparison of the three figures (Plate 31, figs. 7, 8, 9).

Loc. Salomon, Chagos, 4 spec.

6. Pavona divaricata Lamarck 1816; Dana 1846; Briiggemann 1879; Quelch

1886; Gardiner 1898 ; van der Horst 1921.

Lophoseris diwwaricata Milne-Edwards 1860; Ortmann 1888 and 1889.

The only specimen deviates somewhat from the specimens of the same species in the

Museum at Amsterdam, described by me in my Siboga Report. ‘The branches in this

specimen are more crowded together, thicker and sharper keeled. The specimens in

Amsterdam more nearly resemble in this respect P. serrata Briiggemann, but they have

the calicles larger and the septo-costz alternating in size, resembling those of P. dana ;

in this specimen the septo-costz are more crowded as in P. decussata, and they are not

alternating in size everywhere. Notwithstanding these differences I cannot come to

another conclusion, neither according to the description of Dana and Milne-Edwards nor

according to Vaughan’s synopsis, than that all specimens that I have examined belong to

the species P. divaricata. Prof. Gardiner also sent me the specimens he collected at

Wakaya, Fiji and Rotuma which he described in 1898. These specimens resemble more

closely those at Amsterdam in respect to the septo-costee.

Loc. Singapore.

7. Pavona varians Verrill 1864; Vaughan 1907 and 1908; van der Horst 1921.

(Plate 31, figs. 3, 4.)

Lophoseris repens Briiggemann 1877 ; Ortmann 1888 and 1889.

Pavona repens Klunzinger 1879; Whitelegge 1898; Gardiner 1898 and 1905.

Pavona percarimata Ridley 1883.

Pavona intermedia and calicifera Gardiner 1898.

Most of the numerous specimens of this species are typical P. varians. Only four

of them are remarkable: no. 1 from Donganab, Red Sea; no, 2 from Singapore; no. 3

from Port Sudan and no. 4 one of the specimens from Salomon.

No. 4 is undoubtedly a P. varians, but some of the cristz are very elevated (to 1 cm.),

one of them being nearly 2 cm. high, and have on their sides a few calicles. AJl cristze in

the whole colony are somewhat higher and shorter than is usual ; sometimes they are even

prominent cones. The condition is similar in no. 38. Some of the high criste give the

impression of the short branches of P. divaricata. No. 2 also somewhat resembles

P. divaricata and has high leaf-shaped cristee.

In no. 1 the cristze are most developed, being sometimes 3—4 cm. high. Generally

they have the form of branching leaves attached by a round stalk on the large incrusting

base, which undoubtedly belongs to P. varians. Some of the cristz have the form of

triangular or quadrangular columns. This specimen agrees in all respects with Ridley’s

description of his P. percarinata. If no. 4 was not so clearly a transitional form, I should

not have looked upon the specimen from Donganab (no. 1) as belonging to P. varians.

53—2

420 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Concerning the relationship between P. varians and P. percarinata Ridley says: “P.

repens Briiggemann, is also nearly allied, but wants the very sharp superior carine and

the strong tendency to form lobose projections.” The septa and the columella are in all

respects the same as in the ordinary P. varians. |

Loc. Donganab, 1, and Port Sudan, 1, both Red Sea ; near outer edge of reef, Raffles

Lighthouse, Singapore ; Minikoi, 1 ; Miladumudulu, 1, and Hulule, Male, 1, both Maldives ;

Salomon, 10, Peros Banhos, 1, and Egmont, 1, all Chagos; Saya de Malha, 1 ; Amirantes, 1 ;

and three specimens from unknown localities.

8. Pavona gardineri nov. spec. (Plate 31, figs. 5, 6.)

The following is a description of the type specimen: Corallum forming a thin plate,

at most 2 mm. thick, irregularly folded and attached only over a small part of the under

surface. Unifacial. Septo-costze parallel to each other in small groups, but the groups

themselves going in different directions, which are not being influenced by the position of

the calicles. Only, in the immediate neighbourhood of the calicles, those septo-coste,

which are nearest to the calices, bend at sharp or right angles to form the short septa.

Towards the centrum the septa are somewhat higher and the principal septa also thicker.

Number of septa at most 24, generally less. Columella well developed as a rather thick,

somewhat compressed style. Ambulacra flat. Septo-costze in some parts of the colony

obviously alternating in size, in other parts nearly equal in size. Carine absent. Lower

surface very finely costate.

Loc. One specimen from Saya de Malha, 29 fms.

9. Pavona clavus Dana 1846; von Marenzeller 1901. (Plate 31, fig. 7.)

Lophoseris clavus Milne-Edwards 1860.

Siderastrea clavus Verrill 1864; Gardiner 1898.

Siderastrea spheroidalis Ortmann 1889.

Siderastrea savignyana Ortmann 1891.

Tichoseris clavus Rehberg 1892.

Siderastrea clava, lilacea, maldwensis and spheroidalis Gardiner 1905.

Pavona duerdent Vaughan 1907.

Pavona maldivensis Vaughan 1918.

Vaughan gives as his opinion in his Synopsis of 1918 that P. clavus Dana, P.

duerdent Vaughan and P. maldivensis Gardiner are probably synonyms of P. explanulata

(Lam.). That they are not synonyms of P. explanulata (Lam.) I have pointed out under

that species. But that they are synonyms of each other is in my opinion not only probable

but certain. Gardiner labelled the corals, he sent me, temporarily a Siderastrea clavus,

S. lilacea and S. spheroidalis, but I cannot find any difference that gives the right to

specific separation. S. spheroidalis Ortmann does not exist as that author in 1891

corrected himself, stating that S. spheroidalis, described by him in 1889, was synonymous

with S. savignyana Klunzinger. However he made a second mistake in that Siderastrea

savignyana Ortmann is something other than the species described by Klunzinger ; the

latter 1s the only Indo-Pacific species of Sederastrea previously known as will be seen

later on. Gardiner’s S. lilacea also is not the same as S. lilacea of Klunzinger, the former

VAN DER HORST—MADREPORARIA: AGARICIIDAE 421]

being a Pavona the latter a true Siderastrea, but synonymous with S. savignyana. Ihave

not seen P. duerdent Vaughan, but judging from his description and figure, I think it must

also be placed in the synonymy of P. clavus Dana. That this species is not a Siderastrea but

a Pavone is pointed out clearly by von Marenzeller in 1901 and by Vaughan in 1907.

I do not think a new description is necessary as the species is sufficiently described

and figured by Dana, Gardiner and other authors, under different names.

Loc. Seychelles, 2 spec.; Salomon, 5 and Egmont, 2, both Chagos.

10. Podabacia crustacea (Pallas); Milne Edwards 1860; Verrill 1864; Studer 1877;

Ortmann 1888 and 1889; Gardiner 1905; Bedot 1907; van der Horst 1921.

Madrepora crustacea Pallas 1776.

Madrepora pileus Esper 1791.

Pavona explanulata Dana 1846.

Halomitra crustacea Duncan 1883.

Halomitra (Podabacia) crustacea Duncan 1886; Studer 1901.

I am able to confirm Gardiner’s identification of this species from a re-examination of

some of his specimens from Minikoi.

11. Leptoseris papyracea (Dana); Verrill 1864; van der Horst 1921.

Pavona papyracea Dana 1846; Bassett-Smith 1890.

Loc. Amirante, 30 fms., 19; Amirante, 39 fms., 1; Amirante, 40—60 fms., 1;

Amirante, 20—25 fms., 1. All clearly belong to this species.

12. Leptoseris hawanensis Vaughan 1907; van der Horst 1921. (Plate 32, fig. 1.)

The corallum of the two specimens I have before me is a little thicker than in the

specimens collected by the Siboga Expedition. A further difference is that the columella

in the Siboga specimens is typical according to Vaughan’s description, while in these two

specimens the columella is slightly developed and has the form of an irregular mass.

However, that is not sufficient reason for specific separation from the Siboga specimens.

All the specimens that I have examined differ from Vaughan’s description in having the

septo-costze rather strongly alternating, while Vaughan says the septo-costz are equal or

slightly alternating, adding that the species is very variable.

Loc. Amirante, deeper than 20 fms., 2.

13. Leptoseris scabra Vaughan 1907.

I have identified four specimens as belonging to this species. There is one young

specimen from Amirante with a diameter of 4 cm., one from Cargados, 30 fms., with a

diameter of 7 cm., and two broken specimens from Providence, 50—78 fims., with a least

diameter of 20 cm.

The corallum of this species is thicker than that of L. hawanensis, increasing to 1 cm.

In the two young specimens the central calicle is obvious, but in the two larger ones it is

not to be seen. The septo-costee are somewhat rougher than in L, hawanensis, but the

difference is not as obvious as indicated in Vaughan’s description. The septo-coste show

numerous perforations, whereas those of L. hawawensis are imperforate, exactly as described

by Vaughan. According to the latter the septo-costz usually are distinctly alternating in

size, while in my specimens their alternation is much less distinct.

422 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

14. Leptoseris tubulifera Vaughan 1907; van der Horst 1921.

The only specimen that I refer to this species is very much like L. incrustans Gard.

Except for the formation of tubes, the only difference is that LZ. incrustans is attached over

the whole of the under surface, while this species is attached only in the centre. The

colony consists of an irregular plate with two tubes near the periphery and one arborescent

tube in the centre, but I am somewhat in doubt if the formation of tubes is to be looked

upon as a good specific character. I have also before me an irregularly formed but other-

wise indubitable specimen of L. fragilzs that has formed a few tubes along the edge.

Loc. Amirante, deeper than 25 fms., 1.

15. Leptoseris fragilis Milne-Edwards et Haime 1849; Milne-Edwards 1860;

Gardiner 1905; van der Horst 1921.

The greater part of the specimens are young ones with only a central calicle.

Loc. Amirante, deeper than 20 fms., 2; Amirante, 30 fms., 16.

16. Leptoseris graviert nov. nomen. °

Leptoseris tncrustans Gardiner 1905; van der Horst 1921.

An Amirante specimen is incrusting on a very irregular base, the corallum accordingly

being irregular. To this irregularity is due the formation of a few tubes which are quite

similar to those of L. tubulifera. Nevertheless I refer this specimen to L. incrustans Gard.,

as it is attached over the whole of its under surface, as far as that is possible on an irregular

base. As Quelch’s Cylloseris (now Leptoseris) icrustans has the priority I have to rename

this species.

Loc. Amirante, deeper than 25 fms., 1; Saya de Malha, 29 fms., 3.

17. Leptoserts tenuis van der Horst 1921.

The three specimens which I compared with the type are all typical. The only difference

from the specimen collected by the Siboga is that it possesses slightly rounded ridges. In

two specimens the ridges are not equally developed over the whole surface of the corallum,

being in some parts nearly invisible. In the Saya de Malha specimen the ridges are sharper

and higher, the calicles being situated in the valleys. The surface of the specimen of the

Siboga Expedition is quite flat.

Loc. Providence, 50—78 fms., 3; Amirante, 1; Saya de Malha, 26 fms., 1.

18. Leptoseris imcrustans (Quelch). (Plate 32, figs. 3, 4.)

Cylloseris incrustans Quelch 1886.

I have no doubt in referring two specimens from Peros Banhos to this species. The

only difference from the original description is that not all the calicles are as small as

Quelch says. The older calicles, situated on the bottom of the valleys, are larger, the

central opening increasing to 1 mm. ’ .

The other specimens deviate somewhat from Quelch’s description, but the calicles are

larger. The columella is not always “well developed, rather compressed and tuberculate,”

in some calicles having this form, in others being trabeculate. The distance between the

sépto-costz is wider in the specimens from Saya de Malha than in those from Peros Banhos,

the septo-costee being easily seen with the naked eye. This gives them a strikingly different

VAN DER HORST—MADREPORARIA: AGARICIIDAE 423

‘appearance at first sight, but in some parts of the two typical specimens the septo-costze

ean also be seen with ease. I do not, however, consider that the above differences warrant

the description of the Saya de Malha specimens as a new species. |

There is a striking resemblance between these specimens and von Marenzeller’s figure

of Coscinarea monile, as may be seen by comparison of the figures. My specimens belong

without any doubt to the genus Leptoseris.

Loc. Peros Banhos, Chagos, 15—-16 fms., 2; Saya de Malha, 26 fms., 1; Saya de

Malha, 29 fms., 7; Providence, 29 fms., 1.

19. Leptoseris solida (Quelch).

Domoseris solida Quelch 1886.

I agree with Gardiner in including Quelch’s Domoseris in the genus Leptoseris. [ have

before me one specimen, an indubitable Leptoseris, in which I think I can recognize the

Domoseris solida of Quelch. The septa are solid, but they are not so strikingly unequal as

might be concluded from Quelch’s description—not from his enlarged figure. For the rest

it agrees in all respects with Quelch’s description; only my specimen is not shallow-vasiform,

but exactly the reverse, the upper side convex, scarcely a difference of great importance.

Loc. Providence, 50—78 fms., 1.

20. Siderastrea savignyana Milne-Edwards et Haime 1850; Klunzinger 1879;

Vaughan 1907a; Gravier 1911; van der Horst 1921. (Plate 31, fig. 10; Plate 32, fig. 2.)

Astrea savignyana Milne-Edwards et Haime 1857.

siderastrea lilacea Klunzinger 1879.

Siderastrea savignyt Rehberg 1892.

Klunzinger gave excellent descriptions of his two species, S. sagnyana and S, lilacea,

stating that they can easily be separated. Nevertheless, I think that both species are

synonymous. In one and the same specimen some parts have the shallow calicles of

S. savignyana (Plate 31, fig. 10), while other parts have the deeper calicles of S. lilacea

(Plate 32, fig. 2). Different parts of the same colony agree in every respect with Klunzinger’s

description of each species, this remark also applying to the columella and the form of the

septa, as may be seen by comparing the two figures.

The specimen, collected by the Siboga Expedition, is a thin incrusting plate and a

typical S. savignyana with shallow calicles. Three of the specimens, which I have before

me in the present collection, are thick and massive. The fourth one, agreeing in the form

of the calicles and of the columella with Klunzinger’s S. lilacea, is a thin plate, this being

a typical character of S. savignyana”™.

Loc. Donganab, Red Sea, 4.

21. Coscinarea monile (Forskal); Klunzinger 18 7 9; Duncan 1886; Ortmann 1888

and 1891; Gardiner 1905; von Marenzeller 1906; Vaughan 19074; Gravier 1911.

Madrepora monile Forskal 1775.

Astrea meandrina Ehrenberg 1832.

Coscinarea meandrina Milne-Edwards 1860; Duncan 1886.

* Concerning Ortmann’s S. savignyana and Gardiner’s S. lilacea see under Pavona clavus.

A424 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

All specimens agree in every respect with the descriptions and figures given by

Klunzinger and Vaughan, but they deviate from the figure given by von Marenzeller. The

latter saw the type specimen, but I cannot find a description nor a figure of the type in

his paper, though Vaughan says that von Marenzeller gives them.

Von Marenzeller figures another, a young specimen, and that figure shows a striking

resemblance to my Leptoseris incrustans (Quelch) as I have said before. He says nothing

about the septa. The septa in Leptoseris have a smooth edge without teeth; Coscinaraa

has teeth on the edge of the septa according to Klunzinger and Vaughan, and these teeth

can readily be seen both in the latter’s figure and in my specimens. Duncan also mentions

them in his paper of 1883. My specimens of Leptoseris incrustans (Quelch) are not young

specimens of Coscinarea monile. If the specimen, figured by von Marenzeller, is really the

same as the type specimen and also the same as my Leptoseris incrustans (Quelch)—and I

think it is—then we have to maintain Ehrenberg’s name C. meandrina for nearly all the

specimens described under the name C. monile by different authors, and Leptoseris i-

crustans (Quelch) should be Leptoserts monile (Forskal).

One specimen of Port Sudan has scarcely any collines; it seems to be a young specimen

(diameter 8 cm.). I identify the three specimens of Saya de Malha as very young specimens

of C. monile. They have a diameter of 1 cm. The septa and columella have the typical

form. There is only a central calicle but new calicles are exactly on the point of forming.

The corallum is rather convex.

Loc. Donganab, Red Sea, 4; Port Sudan, Red Sea, 2; Cargados, 25 fms., 1; Saya de

Malha, 150 fms., 3.

22. Coscinarea ostreeformis nov. spec. (Plate 32, figs. 5, 6 and figs. 1, 2.)

Corallum forming a flat plate. The living part does not exceed 1 mm. in thickness

and has grown repeatedly over the dead part, passing every time a little beyond its edge.

In that way a corallum has formed, attached only in the centre, being there about 5 em.

thick, the edge of course being only 1 mm. thick. The mode of growth is clearly visible,

especially on the under side, in the concentric rings, which give the corallum the appearance

of an oyster shell, with the difference that the concentric rings are visible only on the flat

under side and not on the convex upper side of the corallum.

The ribs are well developed on the under side. At the edge of every ring there is only

a slight difference between the alternating costz; they all are very low lamelle. At a

distance of about 1 cm. from the edge the secondary ribs disappear gradually and the

principal ribs grow more prominent; where the secondary ribs have disappeared altogether

the principal ones are separated by flat spaces. There are about 18 principal costee in 1 em.

They have a smooth edge, without spines or granulations.

The calices on the upper side are sunken in for ‘5 mm. at most, but usually they are

not at all depressed. They are irregularly scattered over the whole upper side except at

the edge of the corallum, where they are situated in a row parallel to the edge. The distance

between the calicular centra is 4 to 5mm. The opening of the calicle is at most 1 mm. wide.

The septa are of the same form as in Coscinarwa monale, with irregular, rough, finely

arborescent teeth at the edge. Columella trabeculate or totally absent.

Loc. Providence, 50—78 fms., 2; Providence, 29 fms., 1.

VAN DER HORST—MADREPORARIA: AGARICIIDAE 425

Figs. 1, 2. Coscinarea ostreeformis nov. spec. Upper and under surfaces, x about 3.

23. Psammocora exesa Dana 1846; Milne-Edwards 1860; Briiggemann 1879; Quelch

1886; Rehberg 1892; Gardiner 1905; van der Horst 1921.

I have four specimens before me, one from Seychelles, one from Goidu, one from Hulule,

Maldives and one from an unknown locality. They are all typical, but the one from Sey-

chelles, a fine big colony, has not the typical cylindrical lobes, its two big lobes being

flattened and having the shape of a crest.

24. Psammocora contigua (Esper); Milne-Edwards 1860; Ortmann 1888; Gardiner

1898 and 1905; Whitelegge 1908; van der Horst 1921.

Madrepora contigua Esper 1797.

Psammocora plicata Dana 1846.

I have before me a great many specimens belonging to this species. Typical re-

presentatives were collected at the following localities: Singapore, Blehany Waty, south

side, water muddy, reef irregular; Raftles Lighthouse, Singapore, reef proper (common also

between reef and shore) and Singapore, all collected by Mr Bedford; Goidu, Hulule and

Mahé reefs, Maldives.

I also examined three specimens—two from Goidu and one from Minikoi—belonging

to the var. maldivensis Gardiner. The difference between this variety and the typical form

is a very slight one, as Gardiner also says; nevertheless the variety is recognisable.

25. Psammocora planipora Milne-Edwards et Haime 1851; Milne-Edwards 1860;

Klunzinger 1879 ; Ortmann 1888 and 1889; Bassett-Smith 1890; von Marenzeller 1906;

van der Horst 1921.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII. 54

426 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Psammocora gonagra Klunzinger 1879; Vaughan 1918.

It was sometimes difficult to me to separate this species from Ps. havmeana. In the

typical form both species are quite distinét; Ps. haimeana is incrusting and flat, the calicles

deeply sunken and separated by sharp ridges, while Ps. planipora has thick angular lobes

on an incrusting base, the calicles not sunken and not separated by ridges. There is no

difference in the number of septa nor in the form of the columella.

Notwithstanding that the typical forms can easily be distinguished, I have among the

numerous specimens several in which the angular lobes are only slightly developed and

hardly prominent above the incrusting base. The angular edges of the lobes may extend

over the base forming ridges between the calicles. We thus have specimens which are very

much like Ps. haimeana, especially when the calicles are somewhat sunken.

Two specimens from Donganab are thin, incrusting plates on which the relatively short

lobes are typical for the species. The septa are thinner than in the other specimens, so that

the interseptal loculi are wider. Hence the septa and septo-costee are rather easily visible

to the naked eye, a feature not always possible.

Loc. Saya de Malha, 29 fms., 15, and 26 fms., several; Salomon, Chagos, 2; Mini-

koi, 1; Donganab, Red Sea, 2.

26. Psammocora haimeana Rousseau; Klunzinger 1879; Ortmann 1888; Bassett-

Smith 1890; Gardiner 1905; van der Horst 1921.

Psammocora haimeana Milne-Edwards 1860; Gardiner 1898; Vaughan 1918.

Loc. Donganab, Red Sea, 1; Salomon, 9, and Egmont, 1, both Chagos; Minikoi, 3;

Haddumati, 1, Goidu, 2, Addu, 1, Hulule, Malé, 2, and locality uncertain, 1, all Maldives.

All these are typical specimens, according to Klunzinger’s excellent description.

27. Psammocora explanulata nov. spec. (Plate 32, figs. 7, 8.)

Corallum incrusting and thin. The thickest part of the colony is 8 mm., but here the

corallum is dead and covered again by a living layer. For the rest the maximum thickness

is 3mm., but is ordinarily less. The surface of the corallum is smooth, without protuberances

or crests. The calicles are sunken just a little in the centre. They are large and easily

visible, with clearly radiating septa. Number of septa 12 to 18, the principal ones often

thickened. The columella is well developed, consisting of several papille. The calicles are

irregularly scattered; the distance between the calicular centra is 2—4 mm., at the edge

of the corallum often more. The edge of the septa and septo-costz is densely covered with

small, rough, often arborescent teeth. The coenenchym is richly developed.

The separate septo-costze, as well as the septa, are clear to the naked eye, in the same

way as in Ps, exesa. Generally they are parallel to each other, united in groups, and con-

nected also by parallel rows of synapticula. The groups of septo-costze are not parallel to

each other; extending in different directions, quite independently of the direction of the

septa in the calicles; septa and septo-costz may join at the periphery of the calicles at any

angle.

In some parts of the corallum thinner septo-coste form a network, surrounding short

and thick ones, exactly as in other species of Psammocora (e.g. Ps. contigua) and in

VAN DER HORST—MADREPORARIA: AGARICIIDAE 427

Polyphyllia. Also in the groups of longer, parallel septo-coste smaller sometimes alternate,

but not always.

Loc. Providence, 50 to 78 fms., 4; Providence, 29 fms., 1; Amirante, 2.

28. Pachyseris levicollis (Dana); Milne-Edwards 1860; Bassett-Smith 1890; van

der Horst 1921.

Agaricia levicollis Dana 1846.

Pachyseris laevicollis Ortmann 1888; Gardiner 1905.

According to Dana the only characteristic difference between P. levicollis and P. speciosa

is the nature of the ridges. In P. levicollis they are elongate, nearly obsolete and narrow,

while in P. speciosa they are prominent, narrow, subtriangular, nearly even. However, the

height of the ridges in P. levicollis is very variable in the same colony, as seen in a large

colony from Saya de Malha; at the same time the ridges in P. speciosa are always higher

and sharper than in P. levicollis. The specimen from Salomon is remarkable for the presence

of a well developed columella, exactly in the same form as in Vaughan’s P. torresvana.

Loc. Saya de Malha, 29 fms., 1; Amirante, 2, and 40—60 fms., 1 ; Cargados, 30 fins., 1;

Salomon, Chagos, 1; Donganab, Red Sea, 1; Suvadiva, Maldives, 26—27 fms., 1.

29. Pachyseris valenciennesi Milne-Edwards et Haime 1851; Milne-Edwards 1860;

Ortmann 1888 and 1899; van der Horst 1921. :

Agaricia rugosa Dana 1846.

Pachyseris monticulosa Verrill 1875; Studer 1901.

A small piece of a Pachyseris collected by Mr Bedford at Singapore has the short and

irregular ridges of P. valenciennesi, but not as high as normal. The piece is too small for

any certainty as to its identity, but I think it is P. valenciennesi.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

BAssETT-SmiTH, P. W. “Report on the corals from the Tizard and Macclesfield Banks, China Sea.” Ann.

and Mag. Nat. Hist. London, Ser. 6, Vol. v1, 1890.

Beport, M. “ Madréporaires d’Ambvine.” Revue Suisse de Zoologie, Tome xv, 1907.

BrRUGGEMANN, Fr. “Neue Korallen-Arten aus dem Rothen Meer und von Mauritius.” Abh. Naturw.

Verein, Bremen, Bd. v, 1877.

Id. “ Ueber einige Steinkorallen von Singapore.” Abh. Naturw. Verein, Bremen, Bd. v, 1878.

Id. “Ueber die Korallen der Insel Ponapé.” Journal des Museum Godeffroy, Hamburg, Bd. v, 1879.

Dana, J. D. “Zoophytes.” U.S. Exploring Expedition, vu, 1846.

Duncan, P. Martin. “Observations on the Madreporarian family the Fungide, with especial reference

to the hard Structures.” Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. London, Vol. xv11, 1883.

Id. “On the Madreporaria of the Mergui Archipelago.” Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., London, Vol. xxt, 1886.

EHRENBERG. “Beitriige zur physiologischen Kenntniss der Corallenthiere im Allgemeinen, und besonders

des rothen Meeres, nebst einem Versuche zur physiologischen Systematik derselben.” Abh. d.

Kon, Ak. d. Wiss., 1832, Berlin, 1834,

54—2

428 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Esper, E. J. C. “Die Pflanzenthiere.” Niirnberg, 1791. “Fortsetzungen der Pflanzenthiere.” Niimnberg,

1797.

ForskKAL, Petrus. “ Descriptiones animalium, avium, amphibiorum, piscium, insectorum, vermium ; quae

in itinere orientale observavit.” Hauniae, 1775.

GARDINER, J. STANLEY. “On the Fungid corals collected by the author in the South Pacific.” Proc.

Zool. Soc., London, 1898.

Id. “ Madreporaria.” The Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, Parts II

and Iv, Vol. 1, Suppl. 1, 1905.

GRAVIER, Cu. “Les récifs de coraux et les Madréporaires de la baie de Tadjourah.” Ann. de |’Inst.

Océanographique, Tome H, 1911.

Horst, C. J. van der. “Madreporaria Fungida.” The Madreporaria of the Siboga Expedition, Part 11,

Leiden, 1921.

KLUNZINGER, Dr C. B. “Die Korallthiere des Rothen Meeres.” Berlin, 1879.

LAMARCK, J. B. P. A. DE. “ Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertebres.” Tome I1, Paris, 1816. 2i*™¢

édition, Tome U1, Paris, 1836.

MARENZELLER, E. von. “ Ostafrikanische Steinkorallen.” Mitt. a, d. Naturh. Mus. in Hamburg, Jahrgang

XVItI, 1901. .

Id. “ Riffkorallen. Expeditionen S. M. Schiff ‘Pola’ in das Rote Meer.” Mathematisch-Naturwiss. Klasse

der Kais. Ak. der Wissensch., Bd. Lxxx, Wien, 1906.

Mitnre-Epwarps. “ Histoire naturelle des Coralliaires.” Tome 111, Paris, 1860.

MILNE-EDwarbDs et J. HAIME. “Mémoires sur les polypiers appartenants & la famille des Oculinids, au

groupe intermédiaire des Pseudastréides et & la famille des Fongids.” Compt. rend. de l’Acad. des

Sc., Tome XXIX, Paris, 1849.

Id. “Recherches sur les Polypiers. Monographie des Oculinides.” Ann. des Sc. Nat., 3°™° Série, Tome

XI, 1850.

Id. “Recherches sur les Polypiers. Sixieme mémoire. Monographie des Fongides.” Ann. des Sc. Nat.,

seme Série, Tome xv, 1851.

Id. “ Histoire naturelle des Coralliaires.” Tome 11, Paris, 1857.

ORTMANN, A. “Studien iiber Systematik und geographische Verbreitung der Steinkorallen.” Zool.

Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., Bd. 111, 1888.

Id. “ Beobachtungen an Steinkorallen von der Siidkiiste Ceylons.” Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., Bd. rv,

1889.

Id. “Die Korallriffe von Dar-es-Salaam und Umgegend.” Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., Bd. v1, 1891.

Paas, P. S. “Charakteristik der Thierpflanzen.” Niirnberg, 1787.

QUELCH, JOHN J. “ Report on the Reef-corals.” Report on the Scientific results of the exploring voyage

of H.M.S. Challenger, Vol. xvi, 1886.

REHBERG, HeRM. “Neue und wenig bekannte Korallen.” Abh. a. d. Gebiete der Naturwissenschaften

herausgegeben vom Naturw. Verein, Hamburg, Bd. xu, 1892.

RIDLEY, 8. O. “The Coral-fauna of Ceylon, with descriptions of new species.” Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,

London, Series 5, Vol. x1, 1888.

SrupgEr, Tu. “Ubersicht der Steinkorallen aus der Familie der Madreporaria aporosa, Eupsammina und

Turbinarina.” Monatsbericht der Kon. Preussische Ak. d. Wiss., Berlin, 1877.

Id. “ Madreporarier von Samoa, den Sandwich-Inseln und Laysan.” Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., Bd. xiv,

1901.

VAUGHAN, T. WAYLAND. “ Recent Madreporaria of the Hawaiian Islands and Laysan.” U.S. Nat. Mus.,

Bull. L1x, 1907.

Id. “Some Madreporarian corals from French Somaliland, East Africa.” Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol.

XXX Oi

Id. “Some shoal-water corals from Murray Island (Australia), Cocos-Keeling Islands, and Fanning

Island.” Papers from the Dep. of marine Biology of the Carnegie Inst. of Washington, Vol. 1x,

1918.

VAN DER HORST—MADREPORARIA: AGARICITIDAE 429

VERRILL, A. E. “List of the Polyps and Corals sent by the Museum of Comparative Zoology to other

Institutions in exchange, with Annotations.” Bull. Mus. of Comp. Zool., Vol. 1, 1864.

Id. “Names of species in the author’s report on Zobphytes,” in “Corals and coral islands,” by J. D. Dana,

London, 1875.

WHITELEGGE, THOMAS. “'The Madreporaria of Funafuti.” Memoirs of the Australian Museum, 111, Part

6, 1898.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES

PLATE 31,

Fig. 1. Pavona venusta Dana. Nat. size.

Fig. 2. Pavona venusta Dana. x 24.

Fig. 3. Pavona varians Verrill. Nat. size. Specimen from Salomon.

Fig. 4. Pavona varians Verrill. Nat. size. Specimen from Donganab.

Fig. 5. Pavona gardineri nov. spec. Nat. size.

Fig. 6. Pavona gardineri nov. spec. x 2.

Fig. 7. Pavona clavus Dana. x 23.

Fig. 8. Pavona diffluens (Lamarck). x 2

Fig. 9. Pavona explanulata aN x oH

Fig. 10. Stderastrea savignyana M. Edw. et H. Nat. size.

PLATE 32.

Fig. 1. Leptoseris hawaiiensis Vaughan. Shghtly diminished in size.

Fig. 2. Siderastrea savignyana M. Edw. et H. (S. lilacea Klunzinger). Nat. size.

Fig. 3. Leptoseris incrustans (Quelch). Nat. size. Specimen from Saya de Malha.

Fig. 4. Leptoseris incrustans (Quelch). Nat. size. Specimen from Peros Banhos.

Fig. 5. Coscinarwa ostreeformis nov. spec. Upper side. x 23.

Fig. 6. Coscinarwa ostreceformis nov. spec. Under side. x 2}.

Fig. 7. Psammocora explanulata nov. spec. x 23.

Fig. 8. Psammocora explanulata nov. spec. Nat. size.

Percy SLADEN Trust EXxprEpDITrion.

(VAN DER Horst) PaANow LINN. SOG. SER 2 ZOOLsAVOL Ville PL 8

: aa

PAVONA, SIDERASTREA

Percy SuADEN Trust ExrEpIrion.

(vAN DER Horst) ite il mon weiteee 2OOLe VOLO AVIII Pla sy

| LEPTOSERIS, SIDERASTREA, COSCINARAZA, PSAMMOCORA

INDEX.

[Norz.—Synonyms are printed in italics. A star is added to names which appear to be used for the first time,

The authorities for genera and species are inserted only where mentioned in the text. ]

Abantiades, Fairm., 267.

Abantis, Fairm., 267, 268; men-

tioned, 269.

aenescens, mentioned, 269.

Acanthella, Schmidt, 119 ;

tioned, 111, 117.

aurantiaca, Keller, 119.

carteri, Dendy, 119; mentioned,

3, 121.

cavernosa, Dendy*, 120-121;

mentioned, 3.

pulcherrima, Ridl. & Dendy,

calyx, Dendy*, 120;

mentioned, 3.

stipitata, Carter,mentioned, 121.

Acanthosternus, Montr., 268,

Acanthoxifer, Dendy, 129; men-

tioned, 1.

ceylonensis, Dendy, 129; men-

tioned, 3.

Acarnex, 97; mentioned, 3.

Acarnus, Gray, 97.

tenuis, Dendy, mentioned, 97.

topsenti, Dendy*, 98-99 ; men-

tioned, 3.

tortilis, Topsent, mentioned, 99.

Acheliderma, 7'opsent, mentioned, 99.

Acropsilus, MWik., 403.

errabundus, Lamb*, 403-405.

niger, Loew., mentioned, 403.

Acylomus, Sharp, mentioned, 230,

232, 242.

aciculatus, Sharp, mentioned,

230.

simoni (G'willeb.), mentioned,

230.

Adavius, mentioned, 278.

fEgagropila, mentioned, 55.

Agaricia eaplanulata, Lam., 418.

levicollis, Dana, 427.

ponderosa, Gardiner, 418.

rugosa, Dana, 427.

Agariciide, 417-429.

Agelas ceylonica, Dendy, 73.

men-

var,

Aglaophenia cupressina, Lam., 349—

350; mentioned, 332.

delicatula (Bush), 350.

minuta, Fewkes, 350.

Agonosoma, mentioned, 364.

Agymnonyx, mentioned, 316.

Alcyonium epiphytum, Zam., men-

tioned, 148.

granulatum, Hsper, mentioned,

129.

Aleochara funesta,

mentioned, 190.

puberula, A/ug, mentioned, 188,

190.

Aleocharini, mentioned, 186, 188.

Bernh., 186;

Alphitobius, Steph., 301; men-

tioned, 305.

crenatus, Klug, 302; men-

tioned, 264, 303.

diaperinus, mentioned, 271.

laevigatus, F., 302; mentioned,

262.

luctuosus, Fairm., 302.

piceus, Ol., 302.

rufipes, Macl., 302.

Amara, mentioned, 269,

aulica, mentioned, 320.

Amarygmine, 323.

Amarygmus, mentioned, 263, 324.

cuprozemus, mentioned, 324.

funerarius, mentioned, 324.

seychellensis, Gebien*, 323-

324; mentioned, 202.

tarsatus, mentioned, 263, 324.

Ammodonus, mentioned, 274.

Amorphina anonyma, Carter, men-

tioned, 101.

Amphiastrella, Dendy, mentioned,

45, 96, 103.

Amphilectus, Vosmaer, 58.

gracilis, mentioned, 58.

(t) unguiculatus, Dendy*, 58;

mentioned, 2.

Amphitethya, mentioned, 21.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII.

Ancaeus exiguus, Hrichson, 165 ;

mentioned, 190.

laevigatus, Kraatz, 165.

Anchineura, mentioned, 381.

Anebolura, Bernhauer*, 181; men-

tioned, 189,

.minutissima, Bernhauer*, 182;

mentioned, 193.

Aniara, Lac., 305.

Anarus, Gemm. & Har., 305.

Anisocerus, mentioned, 267.

Anisoxya, mentioned, 124.

Anomalipus, mentioned, 311.

Antenella natalensis, 332.

secundaria (Linn.), 349; men-

tioned, 332.

Anthracias, Redt., 268, 305-6.

cornutus, mentioned, 306, 307.

Jooareli, Pic., 268; mentioned,

307.

nitidior, Pic., 268; mentioned,

307.

subnitidus, Pic., 268; men-

tioned, 307.

Anthriboclerus, Schenkling*, 328.

scotti, Schenkling*, 328-329.

Apate congener, Gerstaecker, 258 :

mentioned, 197, 257.

Aphodiinz, mentioned, 193.

Argyrochlamys, Lamb*, 391; men-

tioned, 365.

impudicus, Lamb*, 391-394 ;

mentioned, 367.

Arrhabaeus, mentioned, 294.

Artemisina suberitoides,

mentioned, 59,

Asana, 245.

Asilidee, 361.

Asiline, 361.

Asilus, mentioned, 361.

Astenusdepressipennis, Bernhauer*,

Hil

neglectus, Markel, var. 1, 172;

mentioned, 190, 192.

Vosmaer,

432

Astenus melanarius, vist., 172;

mentioned, 190.

scotti, Bernhauer*, 170-171.

Asteropus, mentioned, 37.

Astrea meandrina, Ehrenb , 423.

savignyuna, Milne-Edw. «&

Haime, 423.

“ Astraxinellide,” mentioned, 107.

Asyndetus, mentioned, 401.

Atanygnathus piceus, Motsch., 177;

mentioned, 190, 193.

Atasthalus, mentioned, 290.

Atheta, mentioned, 191.

coriaria, Kraatz,

tioned, 190.

destituta, Waterh., 185.

dilutipennis, J/otsch., 185; men-

tioned, 190.

flavocephala, Bernhauer*, 185—

186; mentioned, 190.

fungi, Grav., mentioned, 185.

insularis, Bernhauer*, 185.

laeticollis, Yauvel, 185; men-

tioned, 190.

mucronata, Kraatz, 185.

myrmecobia, mentioned, 179.

putrescens, Woll., 185.

185; men-

subputrescens, Woll., 185.

Athrodactyla, mentioned, 320.

Auletta, Schmidt, 121.

elongata, Dendy, 121; men-

tioned, 3.

var. fruticosa, Dendy,

121.

lyrata (sper), var. brevispicu-

lata, Dendy, 121-122 ; men-

tioned, 3.

Aulocalyx serialis, mentioned, 27.

Aulonium, mentioned, 245.

sulcatum, mentioned, 244,

Aulospongus, Morman, 61; men-

tioned, 53, 62.

tubulatus, Bowerbank, 61-62;

mentioned, 2.

Axinella, Schmidt, 114; mentioned,

bit

bubarinoides, Dendy*, 114—

115; mentioned, 3.

donnani, Dendy, 116.

spiculifera (Lam.), 115; men-

tioned, 3.

tubulata, Dendy, 61.

Axinellez, 3; mentioned, 111.

Axinelline, 3, 111-126.

Axinellide, 111—129 ; mentioned, 54,

144,

INDEX

Axoniderma, Ridl. & Dendy, men-

tioned, 96.

Barbozia, Dendy*, 131-132; men-

tioned, 1, 130.

primitiva, Dendy*, 132-133;

mentioned, 4, 60.

var. digitata, Dendy *, 134;

mentioned, 4.

men-

Batraxis egregia, Laffray,

tioned, 200.

indica, Raffray, mentioned, 200.

Belonia, mentioned, 246.

Bernhauer, Max, Coleoptera, Staphy-

linide, 165-186.

Biemna, Gray, 56-57 ; mentioned,

53.

tubulata, Dendy,

tioned, 2.

Bledius fracticornis, Payk., men-

tioned, 168, 187.

Bernhauer*,

Die

men-

168.

marinus, .

mentioned, 187.

Blumenus, mentioned, 252.

Beeocera, mentioned, 228.

Boletophaginae, 281-287.

Boletophagus, aspericollis, Fairm.,

281.

flexuosus, Sol., mentioned, 289.

Bolitochara amabilis, Motsch., 184;

mentioned, 190.

Bolitocharini, 179; mentioned, 188,

189.

Bolitoperthe, Gebien, 268, 287.

Bostrychide, 257 ; mentioned, 195,

196.

Bostrychoplites cornutus, Olivier,

257.

Bourdonnaisia mahensis, mentioned,

footnote, 231.

Brachycilibe, mentioned, 294.

Brachyidium, mentioned, 278.

Bradymerus, Perroud, 281; men-

tioned, 262, 267.

aspericollis, Mairm., 281-282;

mentioned, 262, 283, 286.

convexicollis,

tioned, 282.

crenulicollis, /airm., mention-

Fairm., men-

ed, 283.

elongatus, Perty, mentioned,

281, 282.

hispidus, Gebien*, 285-286;

mentioned, 262, 287.

javanus, Yairm., 281.

pici, Chat., mentioned, 263.

Bradymerus scotti, Gebien*, 282-

284; mentioned, 262, 286.

semiasperatus, Jairm., men-

tioned, 285, 286.

seychellarum, mentioned, 262.

seychellensis, Gebien*, 284—-

285; mentioned, 286, 287.

trobiandensis, mentioned, 286.

Bubaris, Gray, 62; mentioned,

conulifera, Dendy*, 62-63;

mentioned, 2, 64.

salomonensis, Dendy*, 63-64 ;

mentioned, 2.

Byrsax, mentioned, 290.

Caedius, mentioned, 274, 278.

Cafius nauticus, Fairmaire, 177;

mentioned, 190, 192.

corallicola, Fairmaire, 177;

mentioned, 190, 192.

Calymmus, mentioned, 289, 290.

Calyptoblastea, 334; mentioned,

331.

Camarothelops, olbe, 317-318;

mentioned, 262, 264, 265.

braueri, Aolbe, 318; mentioned,

319.

scotti, Gebren*, 319.

Campanularia chelonix, <dAl/man,

336-337; mentioned, 332.

corrugata, mentioned, 332.

junceoides, Borradaile,

tioned, 338,

ptychocyathus, Al/man, 337,

serrulatella (Zhornely), 337;

mentioned, 332.

men-

Campsicnemine, 403.

Campsicnemus, sp. ? 407.

Caryoscapha, mentioned, 221.

Catomulus, mentioned, 267.

Catomus, mentioned, 267.

Cenoscelis, Woll., 305.

Cepheniini, 200-207.

Cephennium, Mill. & Kunze, 200;

mentioned, 198, 202.

felicitas, Hugh Scott*, 200-201;

mentioned, 199.

mycetoides, Wollaston, men-

tioned, ftnote, 196.

Cephennomicrus, Aeitter, mentioned,

198, 202.

perpunctillum, mentioned, 202.

Ceraochalina, Lendenfeld, 43.

differentiata, Dendy*, 43-44;

mentioned, 2.

Ceraochalina retiarmata,

mentioned, 44.

reticutis, Dendy, var. salomon-

ensis, Dendy*, 43; men-

tioned, 2.

Ceriops, mentioned, 197, 258.

Dendy,

Ceropria, mentioned, 291.

coquereli, mentioned, 291.

romandi, mentioned, 291.

Chalina, Grant, 42.

confusa, Dendy*, 42-43; men-

tioned, 2.

Chalinine, 41—44 ;

26, 45, 53.

Chalinopsilla,

tioned, 41.

Cherostus, Waterh., 268, 287.

crenipennis, Motsch., 289.

mentioned, 2,

Lendenfeld,

menh-

nudus, Gebien, mentioned, 289.

speculifrons, Gebien*, 288-289.

(Bolitopertha), 9; costata,

Gebien, mentioned, 289.

Cherotus, Waterhouse, 268.

Cholerus, 7’homs., mentioned ftnote,

208.

Chrondrilla, mentioned, 138.

Chrysomela, mentioned, 269.

Chrysosoma, mentioned, 364, 368,

369, 371.

Chrysosomatinz, 368; mentioned,

365, 380.

Chrysotus, mentioned, 365.

gramineus, mentioned, 400,

neglectus, mentioned, 400.

seychellensis, Lamb*, 400-401.

Cilea heterocera, Fauvel, 178.

minima, Fauvel, 178.

Cinachyra, Sollas, 11-13;

tioned, 21.

alba-bidens, Lendenfeld, men-

tioned, 11-13.

alba-obtusa, Lendenfeld, men-

tioned, 11, 14.

alba-tridens, Lendenfeld, men-

tioned, 11, 14, 16, 19.

amboinensis, Lendenfeld, 21.

angulata, La/e, mentioned, 336.

anomala, Dendy, 20; men-

tioned, 1, 11, 13, 14.

barbata, So//as, mentioned, 11,

ia 16:

cinachyroides (Hents.), men-

tioned, 11, 13.

corrugata, Thornely, 337.

eurystoma, Keller, mentioned,

1 ea Nes Nk

men-

INDEX

Cinachyra hamata, Lendenfeld, men-

tioned, 11, 14.

hirsuta (Dendy), mentioned,

11-13.

isis, Lendenfeld, 16-18; men-

tioned, 1, 11, 13.

malaccensis, J. DB. J.

mentioned, 11, 14.

mertoni, //ents., mentioned, 11,

Sollas,

t3,

nuda, Hents., mentioned, |1—

Tate

phacoides, //ents., mentioned,

bles

providentie, Dendy*, 18-19;

mentioned, 1, 11, 15, 92.

schulzei, Keller, mentioned, 11,

13.

trochiformis, Kel/er, mentioned,

Bias:

vaccinata, Dendy*, 14-16;

mentioned, 1, 11-13, 25.

vertex, Lendenfeld, mentioned,

11-13, 16.

voeltzkowi, Lendenfeld, men-

tioned, 11, 14, 20.

Cladocarpus alatus, Jarvis*, 351-

352; mentioned, 332.

plumularioides, Jarvis*, 352-

353; mentioned, 332.

Cladorhizex, 2, 58.

Clathria, Schmidt, 64; mentioned,

59, 61, 74.

australiensis, var. spinulata,

Hentschel, mentioned, 71.

chelifera (Hentschel), 70-71;

mentioned, 2.

clathrata, Whitelegge, mention-

ed, 66.

corrallitineta, Dendy, 65; men-

tioned, 2, 68.

Srondifera, Dendy, 65.

indica, mentioned, 87.

spicata (Hallmann),

mentioned, 2.

65-66 ;

spiculosa, Dendy, var.macilenta,

Hentschel, 64.

—— var. ramosa,

Hentschel, 64.

spongodes, Dendy*, 69; men-

tioned, 2.

typica, mentioned, 105.

whiteleggii, Dendy*,

mentioned, 2, 66, 68.

Clathriez, 2; mentioned, 59, 72, 81

Dendy,

67-68;

’

433

Clathrissa, Lendenfeld, mentioned,

86,

Clavulide, 1, 4

130, 146-147.

Clavulina, Vosmaer, mentioned, 129.

Jord.,

129; mentioned,

’

Cleranthribus anthicopsis,

mentioned, 328.

colydiopsis, mentioned, 328.

Cleridx, mentioned, 192.

Cliona, Grant, 146.

celata, Grant, 147; mentioned,

linearis, mentioned, 147.

Clionine, 4, 146—147;mentioned, 130.

Clitobius, mentioned, 269.

Cnemodasus, ('eb., 278.

Cnodaloninae, 315.

Coelocnemis, mentioned, 267, 308,

312.

Ceelocelius, Guilleb., mentioned, ft-

note, 230.

simon, Guilleb., mentioned ft-

note, 230.

Coelometopus, mentioned, 308.

Ceelosphera, Wy. Thomson, 102.

tubifex, Wy.

tioned, 102.

Coelospheree, 102; mentioned, 3,

53, 59, 96.

Ceenonica puncticollis, Araatz, 184;

mentioned, 190.

Colloclathria, Dendy*, 74;

tioned, 1, 74.

ramosa, Dendy*, 74-76; men-

tioned, 2.

Collosclerophora, Dendy, mentioned,

1, 74, 76.

arenacea, Dendy,

74, 75.

Collosclerophorew, 2, 74-76.

Colydiidx, mentioned, 245, 252.

Conosoma pedicularium, Grav., var.

Thomson, men-

men-

mentioned,

maheanum, Bernhawer*, 177;

mentioned, 190.

rufiventre (/awvel), 177; men-

tioned, 192-193.

Conurus alluaudi, Fauvel, 177.

Coppatiide, mentioned, 124.

Coproporus, mentioned ftnote, 188,

atomus, Araatz, 178; mention-

ed, 190.

brunneicollis, Motsch., men-

tioned, 178.

exul, Yauvel, mentioned, 188,

190.

formosae, mentioned, ftnote, 178,

55—-2

434

Coproporus heterocerus (/awvel),

178; mentioned, 190.

marinus, Sernhauer*, 178;

mentioned, 189.

minimus (Motsch.), 178; men-

tioned, 190.

tachyporoides, Kvraatz, 178;

mentioned, 190.

Cornulella, Dendy*, 103.

lundbecki, Dendy*, 103-104;

mentioned, 3.

Cornulum, Carter, 104-105; men-

tioned, 1, 102.

dubium, mentioned, 103

strepsichela, Dendy*, 105;

mentioned, 3.

Corticaria, mentioned, 312.

Corydendrium sessile, Ritchie, 334;

mentioned, 332.

Corymorpha nutans, Sars., 333.

Coscinarzea, mentioned, 424.

meeandrina, Milne-Edw., 423.

monile (orskal), 423; men-

tioned, 424.

ostreseformis, van der Horst*,

424; mentioned, 425.

Craniella, mentioned, 9, 12.

Craterophorus, Lamb*, 380-381;

mentioned, 365, 368.

mirabilis, Lamb*, 383-384;

mentioned, 368.

mirus, Lamb*, 381-383.

permirus, Lamb*, 384-385.

Crella, Gray, 95; mentioned, 53, 72.

carnosa,

96.

cyathophora, Carter, var. acuata,

Dendy*, 95-96; mentioned,

Topsent, mentioned,

Crellez, 3, 92--93.

Crellina, Hents., mentioned, 92, 93.

Cribrella elegans, Schmidt,

tioned, 96.

hamigera, Schmidt, mentioned,

909 Te

Cryphaeus, Alug, 305; mentioned,

268, 306.

aries, Klug, 306; mentioned,

268,

eapreolus, Fairm., 307-308.

Savareli, Pic., 306.

gazella, Fahr., 306.

nitidifrons, Schauf., 306.

nitidior, Pic., 306.

opacum, Schauf., 306.

subnitidus, Pic., 306.

men-

INDEX

Cryphaeus taurus, Fabr., 306-307 ;

mentioned, 262, 508.

tenwiclavum, Schauf., 306.

Crypticinae, 280.

Cryptolaria conferta, Allman, 335 ;

mentioned, 352.

crassicaulis, Allman, var. di-

morpha, Ritchie, 335; men-

tioned, 332.

rectangularis,

336.

Cryptophleps, Lichtward, 401; men-

tioned, 365,

kerteszii, mentioned, 401.

nigrihalteratus, Lamb*, 402

ochrihalteratus, Lamb*, 401—

402.

Cryptops, Sol., 301.

Cucujidee, Hugh Scott, 243-245.

Curculionide, mentioned, 191.

Cyamon, Gray, 107-107; mention-

ed, 1, 131, 144.

aruense, /ents., mentioned, 108.

quadriradiatum, Carter, men-

tioned, 111.

vickersii, Bowerbank, 108-111;

mentioned, 3, 107.

mentioned, 107, 151,

335-

Jarvis*,

Cyamonee, 3 ;

132, 144.

Cylindrosia, Gebien*, 289-290;

mentioned, 262.

foveifrons, Gebien*, 291; men-

tioned, 289.

Cylloseris incrustans, Quelch, 422.

Cyphea, mentioned, 182, 189.

Cyptus, mentioned, 278.

Damiria, Keller, mentioned, 76, 79.

Danodema, mentioned, 290.

Daochus, mentioned, 295.

Dasypogonine, 361.

Delagnatha, mentioned, 295.

Delopygus, J. Lec., 305,

Demacidon peachii, Bowerbank, men-

tioned, 56.

Dendoricine, 54.

Dendoryx incrustans, Gray, 89.

var. australis, Topsent, 89.

var. typica, Topsent, 89.

var. viscosa, Topsent, 89.

Dendropsis_ bidentifera, idl. &

Dendy, mentioned, 127.

Dendy, Arthur. Report on the Sig-

matotetraxonida, collected by

H.M.S. “Sealark” in the Indian

Ocean, 1-151.

Derolathrus, Sharp, mentioned, 249.

Desmacella, Schmidt*, mentioned,

53, 56, 57, 112.

porosa, Fristedt, 26, 27.

pumilio, mentioned, 56.

tubulata, Dendy, 57.

vagabunda, mentioned, 56.

Desmacellinz, mentioned, 25.

Desmacidon egagropila, Bk., 55.

incrustans, Vosmaer, 89.

neptuni, Schmidt, mentioned,

86.

Desmacidonide, 2, 25, 52, 111, 134.

Diaperinae, 291.

Diaperis signatus, K1., 280.

varvegatus, KI., 280.

Diaphasia digitalis, mentioned, 332.

Diaphorine, 365, 400.

Diaphorus, mentioned, 402.

Diceroderes, mentioned, 267.

Dicreosis, mentioned, 290.

Dictyocylindrus vickersii, Bower-

bank, 108.

vickersit, Carter, 108.

Didiscus, mentioned, 1, 130,131, 134.

aceratus, mentioned, 134, 136.

placospongioides, Dendy*, 135—

136; mentioned, 4, 134.

Diestota, mentioned, ftnote, 188.

testacea, Kraatz, 179; men-

tioned, 190.

Dinoderus minutus, Fabr., 257.

ocellaris, Steph., 257.

Diochus punctipennis, Motsch., 176,

mentioned, 190.

Dioedus, mentioned, 294.

Diphasia digitalis (Bush), 343.

mutulata (Busk), 343; men-

tioned, 332.

varians, Jarvis*, 343.

Diphyrrhynchus, Faiwm., 267-269.

aenescens, mentioned, 271.

chalceus, Fairm., mentioned,

269, 270.

effeminatus, Gebien*, 269-271.

fryeri, Gebien*, 271-272.

geminatus, 4//., mentioned, 269.

meligethoides, meutioned, 269.

nicobaricus, mentioned, 270.

semisulcatus, von Batjan, men-

tioned, 269,

Dirrhopalum coriaceum, Ridl., 76.

Discodermia, Barboza du Bocage, 6.

panoplia, Sol/as, mentioned, 7.

tuberosa, Dendy*, 6—7; men-

tioned, 1, 5.

Dolichopodidee, 364.

Dolichopodine, 386.

Dolichopus, mentioned, 389, 392.

griseipennis, mentioned, 381,

Doliema, mentioned, 272.

Domoseris solida, Quelch, 423.

Donatia, mentioned, 9.

Dorylas, Meigen, 408.

Dorypleres, So//as, mentioned, 144.

Drocleana, mentioned, 316.

Dynamena cornicina,

338.

Dysantes, mentioned, 267, 289, 290.

Dysantinae, 289.

Dysceladus, Waterh., 268; mention-

ed, 311.

McCready,

tuberculatus, Waterh., men-

tioned, 268, 311.

Echinochalina, 7'hiele, 71.

intermedia, Hallmann, 71;

mentioned, 2.

Echinoclathria, Carter, 71.

intermedia, Whitelegge, 71 ;

mentioned, 2.

Echinodictyum, fidl., 73.

cavernosum, mentioned, 73.

Dendy, 73-74 ;

mentioned, 2.

clathratum,

fruticosum, mentioned, 73.

gorgonioides, Dendy, 88.

Echinonema anchoratum var. lamel-

losa, Whitelegge, 65.

gracilis, Ridl., 64.

Ectopleura pacifica, Thornely, 334;

mentioned, 332.

Ectyon, Gray, 72.

ceylonica (Dendy), 73; men-

tioned, 2.

Ectyonine, 2, 59-111.

Edaphus, mentioned, 190.

africanus, Epp., 169;

tioned, 170, 190, 193.

sechellarum, Bernhauer*, 170.

men-

spectabilis, Bernhauer*, 169-

170.

Eleodes, mentioned, 267.

Eleusis apicipennis, Kraatz, 165.

kraatzi, Fauvel, 165;

tioned, 190.

Emypsara, mentioned, 274.

subhumeralis, mentioned, 274.

Enicmosoma, Gebien*, 312; men-

tioned, 262.

lathridioides,

315.

men-

Gebien*, 314-

INDEX

Enicmosoma punctum, (rebien*,

313-314, 315.

uncinatum, Gebien*, 314, 315.

Enicmus, 7’homson, 245.

minutus (Linn.), 245.

Epallax, mentioned, 144.

callocyathus, mentioned, 144,

Epeurycaulus, Kolbe, 268, 278.

aldabricus, Kolbe, 268, 279.

burbonicus, Kolbe, 268, 280.

levassorii, Fairm., mentioned,

280.

Lpicles, Gray, mentioned, 83.

radiatus, Gray, 84.

Epiphaleria, Zew., mentioned, 274.

attenuata, (Fairm.), 274.

pallida, Lew., 274; mentioned,

264, 300.

Eristalodes, A/tk., 414.

seychellarum, Lezz, 414; men-

tioned, 413.

Esperella, mentioned, 53-55,

crassisstma, Dendy, 55.

Esperelline, 2, 54-58.

Esperia typica, Nardo, 55,

Ksperiopsis viridis, Aveschnick, men-

tioned, 58.

Espeson gigantulus, bernhauer, men-

tioned, 166.

scotti, Lernhauer*, 166; men-

tioned, 189.

Kueesthetini, 169-170; mentioned,

ftnote, 188.

Euchionellus, Reitter, 246-247.

Euconnus, Z’homson, 217-218; men-

tioned, 198.

senex, Hugh Scott*, 218-219;

mentioned, 199, 200.

seychellensis, Huyh Scott*,

219, 300; mentioned, 199,

200.

wollastoni, Waterhouse, men-

tioned, ftnote, 196.

Eucyrtus, mentioned, 316.

neomedinus, /airm., men-

tioned, 316.

Eudendrium sp., mentioned, 334.

attenuatum, Ad/man, 333; men-

tioned, 332.

capillare, mentioned, 331.

cochleatum, Allman, 333; men-

tioned, 332, 336.

exiguum, Allman, 333; men-

tioned, 332.

Lendenfeld,

mentioned, 332,

generalis, 333 ;

Eufallia, mentioned, 246.

unicostata, mentioned, 246,

Kulitrusestriatus, Sharp, mentioned,

237,

Eupezus, mentioned, 307.

Euplectella, mentioned, 134.

Eurycaulus, mentioned, 278.

Eustemmus, Reitter, mentioned, 211.

Eustilbus, mentioned, 230, 232.

apicalis (Je/sh.),

ftnote, 232.

atomarius, /., mentioned, ft-

mentioned,

note, 232.

piceus, Steph., mentioned, ft-

note, 232.

Eutelinae, 311.

Euthia, mentioned, 198, 201, 202.

Kutochia, J. Lec., 305; mentioned,

272.

cistelina, AU., 268.

pulla, £7., 305.

tibialis, Woll., mentioned, 305.

vidua, Fairm., 268.

Eutomus, mentioned, 287.

Falagria coarcticollis, Yauvel, 184;

mentioned, 190.

Forcepia, Carter, 91; mentioned, 1.

carteri, Dendy, mentioned, 92.

fabricans, mentioned, 92.

stephensis, Dendy*, 91-92;

mentioned, 3.

thielei, mentioned, 91.

topsenti, mentioned, 92.

(?) sp. 92; mentioned, 3.

Gebien, Hans, Coleoptera, Hetero-

mera: Tenebrionidae, 261—324.

Gelliine, 2, 25-29; mentioned, 12,

45,

Gelliodes, Aidl., 28.

Dendy,

Dendy*, 29; mentioned, 2.

carnosa, var. laxa,

fayalensis, Z'opsent, mentioned,

28.

petrosioides, Dendy, 28.

Gellius, Gray, 26; mentioned, 30,

47, 54.

calyx, idl. & Dendy, var. in-

dica, Dendy*, 27; mentioned,

fibulatus (Schmidt), var. micro-

sigma, Dendy, 26 ; mentioned,

flagellifer, Ridl. & Dendy, 26;

mentioned, 2, 27.

436

Gellius petrosioides (Dendy), 28;

mentioned, 2.

porosus, Lundbeck, 26.

toxius, V'opsent, 28; mentioned,

Gnathelops, Gebien*,

mentioned, 262.

chatanayi, Gebien*, 321-322;

mentioned, 320, ftnote, 324.

var. pallidus, Gebien*,

322.

—— pedestris, Gebien*, men-

tioned, 322.

Gonocephalum, 274 ; mentioned, 267,

272, 285.

micantipenne,

‘aurm., 275 ;

mentioned, 261.

peregrinum, Kolbe, 275.

sunplex, Mabr., 275-276 ;

tioned, 262, 264.

Gonotha longicyatha, Thornely, 336.

; men-

Gonothyrea longicyatha, mentioned,

332.

Grayella, Carter, mentioned, 95.

cyathophoia, Carter, 95.

spinulata, Herts., 93.

Guitarra, mentioned, 54.

Gymnoblastea, 333-334.

Gyponyx, mentioned, ftnote, 325,

Gypsina plana, mentioned, 154,

Gyrophaena plicata, Fawvel, 179;

mentioned, 190.

Haleciide, mentioned, 334.

Halecium gardineri, Jarvis*, 334;

mentioned, 332.

halecinum, Linn., 334.

minutum, Lroch., 334.

Halichondria, /leming, 37-41.

egagropila, Johnst., 55.

albula, Bowerbank, mentioned,

93.

aplysinoides, Dendy*, 39--40;

mentioned, 2.

Srondifera, Bowerbank, 65.

incrustans, Johnston, 89.

nigra, Dendy*, 38-39; men-

tioned, 2.

panicea, Johnston, mentioned,

40.

var. 37-38; mentioned,

purpurea, Bowerbank, 97.

reticulata, Baer, 41.

retiderma, Dendy*, 38; men-

tioned, 2.

INDEX

Halichondria saburrata, Johnston,

98.

semttubulosa, Lieberkiihn, 30.

tenuiramosa, Dendy*, 41; men-

tioned, 2.

Halicnemia, Bowerbank, 128; men-

tioned, 1.

constellata, mentioned, 128.

salomonensis, 128-

129; mentioned, 3.

Halicornaria copiosa, Jarvis*, 356.

Dendy*,

ferlusi, Billard, mentioned, 332.

var. brevis, Jarvis *, 354—

3598.

hians (Busk), 355,

longicauda, Nutting, 355.

Haliphysema, mentioned, 62.

tubulatum, Bowerbank, 61.

Halomitra crustacea, Duncan, 421.

Hamacantha, mentioned, 21, 51,

56.

johnsoni, mentioned, 56.

Hamacanthine, mentioned, 25.

Hamigera, Gray, 90; mentioned, 91.

papillata, Dendy*, 90-91;

mentioned, 3.

Haploscleride, 2, 25-52; mentioned,

53,54, 111.

Harpalus, mentioned, 320.

Hebella, mentioned, 335, 338, 345.

calcarata, mentioned, 332.

crateroides, Ritchie, mentioned,

332, 336.

cylindrica (Lendenfeld), men-

tioned, 336.

Helopinae, 317.

Helops, mentioned, 267, 320,

consentaneus, mentioned, 320.

pygmaeus, mentioned, 320.

Hemiasterella, Carter, 144;

tioned, 1, 131.

affinis, mentioned, 144,

basiformis, A «wrkpatrick, men-

tioned, 146.

callocyathus, Sol/as, mentioned,

144, 146.

complicata, Z'opsent, mentioned,

146.

intermedia, Dendy*, 145-146;

mentioned, 4.

typus, Carter, mentioned, 144,

146.

Hemitedania, mentioned, 101.

Heteroblostrychus equalis, Water-

house, 257.

brunneus, Murray, 257.

men-

Heterognathus, Aing, mentioned,

207, 208, 213.

assinilis,

208.

Heterolibrini, mentioned, 242.

Heterolitus, mentioned, 230.

Heterophaga, Fedt., 301.

Heterophyllus atomus, Gebien*,

295-294; mentioned, 262.

Heterotarsinae, mentioned, 312.

Heteroxyee, 3, 126-129; mentioned,

ils

Hetoroxyine, mentioned, 25.

Higginsia, Higgin, 126; mentioned,

95, 128.

higgini,

King, mentioned,

Dendy *,

mentioned, 3.

petrosioides, Dendy*, 126-127;

mentioned, 3.

sp., Dendy, 127.

Histoderma, mentioned, 44, 102, 103.

actinioides, Hallmann,

tioned, 107,

appendiculatum, Carter, men-

tioned, 102.

navicelligerum, var. aruensis,

Hents., mentioned, 105.

127-128;

men-

Histodermella, mentioned, 102,

103.

Holaniara, Pairm., 305.

Holoparamecus, mentioned, 249,

252.

Holotrochus curticollis, Fawvel,

mentioned, 188, 190.

Homoconnus, mentioned, 210.

spinipes (Schauf.), mentioned,

210.

Hoplocephala,

293.

inaequidens, Fairm., 292.

lingula, Geb., 268.

Horst, C. J. van der, Madreporaria:

Agariciide, 417-427.

Hyboproctus, Kolbe, 312.

Hydrophorine, 407.

Hydrophorus precox, Lehm., 407;

mentioned, 365, 367.

Hymedesmia, Bowerbank, 81; men-

tioned, 53, 103, 142.

zenigma, mentioned, 131.

crux, mentioned, 131.

curvistellifera, Dendy, 142.

johnsoni, Bowerbank, mention-

ed, 56.

leevissima, Dendy*, 81-82; men-

tioned, 3, 52, 83, 134.

mentioned, 272,

Hymedesmia levistylus, Landbeck,

mentioned, 8&2.

lipochela, Dendy *, 82-83 ; men-

tioned, 3, 122.

mucronata, mentioned, ftnote,

52.

radiata, Bowerbank, 83, 84.

stellata, Bowerbank, mentioned,

142,

stellivarians, Carter, 143.

tristella, Topsent, 142.

unistellata, Topsent, 143.

zetlandica, mentioned, 142.

Hymedesmiez, 3, 80-85.

Hymenancora, mentioned, 81.

lundbecki, Hentschel, mention-

ed, 82.

Hymeniacidon, owerbank, 122;

mentioned, 125.

conglomerata, Dendy*, 123;

mentioned, 3.

Jenestratus, Lindgren, 124.

lingua, Lowerbank, mentioned,

55,

variospiculata, Dendy*, 122-

123; mentioned, 3.

Hymeraphia, Bowerbank, 83; men-

tioned, 59, 80.

radiata, Bowerbank, 84; men-

tioned, 3.

spinispinosa,

tioned, 108.

Hymetrochota, Z'opsent, mentioned,

96.

Hypaulax, mentioned, 508.

Hypophyllus, mentioned, 365, 394.

Topsent, —men-

Idia pristis, Lam., 344; mentioned,

Ilyxerus, mentioned, 289.

Inflatella, mentioned, 102.

Totrochota, Ridl., 96; mentioned,

103.

baculifera, id/., 97; men-

tioned, 3.

purpurea (Lowerbank), 97;

mentioned, 3.

Totrochotez, 3, 96-97.

Isodictya, mentioned, 54.

coriacea, Bowerbank, 76.

donnani, Bowerbank, 116.

gracilis, Bowerbank, mentioned,

58.

palmata, mentioned, 55.

rosea, Bowerbank, 30.

— Carter, 30.

INDEX

Jarvis, Florence E, The Hydroids

from the Chagos, Seychelles and

other islands and from the coasts

of British East Africa and Zan-

zibar, 331-356,

Kalastrella, mentioned, 144.

vasiformis, mentioned, 144.

Lemotmetus, mentioned, 245.

Lafoa fruticosa, Sars, 335.

Lagriola, Kirsch, 268.

Lamb, C. G., Diptera: Asilide,

Scenopinidee, Dolichopodide, Pi-

punculide, Syrphide, 361-414.

Laphria, mentioned, 361.

cyaneogaster, Macquart, men-

tioned, 361.

Laphriine, 361.

Lathridiide, 245-253; mentioned,

195-7.

Lathridius minutus, Gangl., 245.

Latrunculia, mentioned, 130-2, 134.

(?) acerata, mentioned, 134, 136.

apicalis, mentioned, 132, 133,

137, 138.

biannulata, Z'opsent, mentioned,

138.

bocagei, mentioned, 133, 137.

obtusa, mentioned, 134.

Lepismatide, mentioned, 303,

Leptacinus batychrus, Gy/., 175.

magniceps, Bernhawer*, 175—

176; mentioned, 190,

trigonocephalus, Avaatz, men-

tioned, 176.

Leptogaster tenuis, Loew, 361.

Leptolabis, Zopsent, mentioned, 91.

Leptoseris fragilis, 422.

gravieri, van der Horst*, 422.

hawaliensis, Vaughan, 421.

incrustans, Gardiner, 422.

incrustans (Quelch), 422-423 ;

mentioned, 424.

monile (Forskal), mentioned,

424.

papyracea (Dana), 421.

scabra, Vaughan, 421.

solida (Quelch), 423.

tenuis, van der Horst, 422.

tubulifera, Vaughan, 422.

venusta, Briiggeman, 418.

Leptosia, Topsent, 81.

Leptusa, mentioned, 188-193,

Aub.,

fuliginosa, mentioned,

By GF

437

Leptusa longicollis, Bernhauer*,

180; mentioned, 184, 193.

rudepunctata, 180.

sechellarum, Bernhawer*, 181.

tropica, Bernhauer*, 179-180;

mentioned, 181, 183, 193.

Leucophleeus, Carter, 124.

fenestratus, Aidl., 124; men-

tioned, 3.

subaceratus, idl. & Dendy,

mentioned, 124.

Lichwardtia, mentioned, 381.

Liogluta, mentioned, 185.

Liophalacrus, Sharp,

230, 231, 241, 242.

bicolor, Sharp, mentioned, 241,

242,

Liophzna, mentioned, ftnote, 188.

Lispinus, mentioned, ftnote, 188.

equalis, Mauvel, 166;

tioned, 190.

castaneus, /auvel, mentioned,

mentioned,

men-

188, 190.

impressicollis, Jfotsch., 166 ; .

mentioned, 190, 193.

obscurellus, MYawvel (minor),

166; mentioned, 190, 192.

politulus, Yauwvel, 165; men-

tioned, 190.

specularis, Bernh., 165; men-

tioned, 166, 190, 192, 193.

Lissodendoryx, Z'opsent, mentioned,

90, 91.

Lithistidee, 1, 4—9.

Lithoplocamia, Dendy*, 79; men-

tioned, 76.

lithistoides, Dendy*,

mentioned, 3.

79-80 ;

Litochrus, mentioned, 230.

Litolibrus, mentioned, 230, 242.

Lodoicea, Comm. Staphylinide of,

193.

Lophoseris clavus, Milne-Edwards,

420.

divaricata, Milne-Edwards,419,

explanulata, Milne-Edwards,

418.

pretorta, Ortmann, 418.

repens, Bruggemann, 419.

Lyctide, 258; mentioned, 195, 196,

Lyctus brunneus, Steph., 258; men-

tioned, 195.

Lytocarpus hornelli, Zhornely, 353 ;

mentioned, 332.

philippinus = (Kirchenpauer),

354; mentioned, 322, 323.

438

Lytocarpus pheeniceus (Bush), 354 ;

mentioned, 332, 337.

singularis, Billard, 354; men-

tioned. 332.

Madrepora contigua, Esper, 425.

crustacea, Pallas, 421.

montle (Forskal), 423.

pileus, Esper, 421.

Mahena, Gebien*, 315-316; men-

tioned, 262.

cuprea, Gebien*, 317.

Margaritostylus, igot, mentioned,

364, 369.

Martianus, airm., 268.

castaneus, Hairm., 268.

Mastigus spinicornis, /abr., 196.

Medeterinz, 407.

Medeterus, mentioned, 381.

grisescens, de Mewyere, 407.

longitarsis, de Mevyere, men-

tioned, 407.

sp. * 2, 407.

Medon, mentioned, 188, 189.

cephalotes, mentioned, 189, 193.

debilicornis, Woll., 172; men-

tioned, 190, 192.

duplicatus, FMauv., 175; men-

tioned, 190,

fortepunctatus, Bernhawer,men-

tioned, 175.

microthorax, Fawvel, mention-

ed, 188, 190.

nigripennis, Bernhauer*, 174—

175; mentioned, 189.

planatus, Bernhauer,

tioned, 174.

planus, Kraatz, mentioned, 174.

strigosus, 175;

mentioned, 189.

men-

Bernhauer *,

Bern-

hauer*, 173-174; mentioned,

193.

testaceorufus, Bernhauer*, 172;

mentioned, 190, 192.

trapeziformis, Bernhauer*, 17 2—

testaceomarginatus,

173.

variipennis, Bernhauer*, 173.

Megistostylus, igot, 364; men-

tioned, 364.

Melanostoma annulipes, Macquart,

var. mauritianum, Bigot, 413.

Melonanchora morlandi, mentioned,

51.

Meringopherusa, mentioned, 401.

Merha, Kirkpatrick,51;mentioned, |.

INDEX

Merlia normani, Kirkpatrick, men-

tioned, 52.

sp., 52; mentioned, 2.

Merliinz, 2, 51—52.

Mesomorphus villiger, mentioned,

268.

Mesorhaga, mentioned, 381.

Metophthalmus,

246.

albofasciatus, Reitter, 247-248;

mentioned, 245, 246.

Microciona, Bowerbank, 2, 59-61;

mentioned, 66, 69, 111.

acerato-obtusa, mentioned, 69,

105,

armata, Bowerbank, mentioned,

60.

atrasanguinea, Bowerbank, 60;

mentioned, 2.

Wollaston, 245-

atrosanguinea, Carter, 60.

clathrata, Whitelegge, mention-

ed, 67.

minutula, Carter, 85.

pusilla, Carter, 85..

quinqueradiata, Carter, men-

tioned, 108, 111.

strepsitoxa, Hope, var. robusta,

Dendy*, 60-61; mentioned,

Microcrypticus, Geb., 280.

metallicus, Geb.,

281.

variegatus, A7., 280-281; men-

tioned, 264.

Microtylotella, Dendy, mentioned,

96.

Mimogonus fumator, Yawvel, 168;

mentioned, 190.

Mitua, 266; mentioned, 265

267.

Moromelas, mentioned, 265.

Mycale, Gray, 55.

crassissima

mentioned,

(Dendy),

mentioned, 2.

Myealez, 2, 55-58.

Mycaline, mentioned, 54, 93.

Mycetzea, mentioned, 196.

Mycetophagide, 253-257;

tioned, 195, 196.

Mychestes, mentioned, 289.

Mycrophyes, Macl., 301.

Myrmecoxenus, mentioned, 196.

Myrmedoniini, 184—186 ; mentioned,

188.

Myrmekioderma, /h/ers, mentioned,

129.

55-56;

men-

Myxilla, Schmidt, 88; mentioned,

86, 90, 91.

arenaria, Dendy, 89-90.

incrustans (Johnston), 89 ; men-

tioned, 3.

radiata, Topsent, 84.

Myxillez, 3, 85-92.

Napochus, mentioned, 218.

Necrobia, O/., 329.

rufipes, De Greer, 325, 329.

Neoabantis, Gebien*, 267.

Neseuthia, Hugh Scott*, 201-202;

mentioned, 198, 199.

cordithorax, Hugh Scott*, 204—

205.

cornuta, Hugh Scott *, 205-206 ;

mentioned, 199.

Hugh Scott*, 207;

mentioned, 201.

minor, Hugh Scott*, 203-204;

mentioned, 199, 200.

perexigua, Hugh Scott*, 205;

mentioned, 199.

polita, Hugh Scott*, 206-207 ;

mentioned, 200.

typica, Hugh Scott*, 202-203 ;

mentioned, 199, 204.

Nesiotus, Guilleb., 236-237; men-

tioned, 229, 234, 235.

olibroides, Gutlleb., mentioned,

229, 236.

similis, Hugh Scott*, 239-240;

mentioned, 229, 375.

tropicus, Hugh Scott*, 237-239;

mentioned, 195, 229, 231,

375.

Nesolathrus, Hugh Scott*, 248-250;

mentioned, 245, 252.

typicus, Hugh Scott*, 250.

Nesotoxidium, Hugh Scott*, 228-

229; mentioned, 220, 225, 229.

typicum, Hugh Scott*, 229.

Neuraphes, mentioned, 215, 217.

Neuraphini, 215-220.

Neurogona, mentioned, 365.

angulata, de Meijere, 386.

Neurogonine, 386.

Nyctobates, mentioned, 311.

Nycteropus zneovirens, mentioned,

263.

crenata,

Oceanapia, Vorman, 45.

fragilis,

48.

mollis, Dendy, mentioned, 48.

Topsent, mentioned,

Oceanapia toxophila, Dendy*, 45—

47; mentioned, 2.

Ochrolissa, Pascoe, mentioned, 250.

Olibrus, mentioned, 230, 232.

Oligota, mentioned, ftnote, 188.

chrysopyga, Araatz, 178; men-

tioned, 190.

Oligotini, 178, 188,

Omaliini, 167; mentioned, 188.

Ommatius pulchripes, bigot, 361.

tibialis, Ricardo, 361.

Opatrinw, mentioned, 274.

Opatrinus, Latr., 272; mentioned,

264.

annamitus, mentioned, 272.

ater, Miull., 267, 273.

attenuatus, A/., 273; men-

tioned, 267.

insularis, Muls., 273; men-

tioned, 267, 268.

madagascariensis, Muls., 267,

268, 273.

semicribrosus, mentioned, 272.

Opatropis, Rertt., 276.

blairi, Gebien*, 276-278.

hispida, Bril/., mentioned, 276,

277, 278.

tarsalis, Blair, 276.

Orcopagia, mentioned, 289.

Osoriini, 168; mentioned, ftnote,

188.

Osorius sechellarum, Kolbe,

mentioned, 188, 189, 193.

Ostomide, mentioned, 252.

Ostomopsis, Hugh Scott*, 250-252;

mentioned, 197, 245, 254.

solitaria, Hugh Scott*, 252-

253; mentioned, 251.

Ostorius, mentioned, 274.

Oxytelini, 167; mentioned, 188.

Oxytelus ferrugineus, Kraatz, men-

tioned, 188, 190.

nitidifrons, Wollaston,

tioned, 188, 190.

Ozolais, mentioned, 289.

169 ;

men-

Pachychalina, Schmidt, 41.

melior, Ridl. & Dendy, men-

tioned, 42.

subeylindrica, Dendy, 41-42;

mentioned, 2.

Pachyphaleria, mentioned, 274.

Pachyseris, mentioned, 427.

laevicollis, Ortmann, 427.

levicollis (Dana), 427.

monticulosa, Verrill, 427.

INDEX

Pachyseris speciosa, mentioned, 427.

torresiana, Vaughan, men-

tioned, 427.

valenciennesi, J/ilne-Edw. &

Haime, 427.

Peederini, 170-175.

Palaminus pennifer, Fawv., 170;

mentioned, 190.

Pallenis, Cast., 325.

fulvescens, Chevr., mentioned,

325.

laterisignatus,

325-326.

misella, Boh., mentioned, 325.

Schenkling*,

plicata, Yairm., mentioned, 326.

ruficollis,

325.

Palestes bicolor, Perty, mentioned,

231.

freyersi, Heyden,

231.

Palorus, Muls., 303.

ficicola, Woll., mentioned, 304.

humeridens, Gebien, mentioned,

304. .

mahenus, Gebien*, 303-304 ;

mentioned, 262—263.

praslinensis, Glebien*, 304-305 ;

mentioned, 262-263.

quadricollis, mentioned, 304.

subdepressus, mentioned, 304.

Kuw., mentioned,

mentioned,

Pandanus, Rumph., Fauna of Leaf-

Bases, 192-193.

Paracleius, Loew, 386; mentioned,

365, 381.

maculatus (de Mewere), men-

tioned, 386.

preedicans ( Walker), mentioned,

386.

solivagus, Lamb*, 386-388.

Paracyphea, Bernhauer*, 182-183;

mentioned, 188-189, 193.

asperata, Bernhauer*, 183-

184; mentioned, 193.

maheana, Bernhauer*, 184 ;

mentioned, 193.

tenuipunctata, Bernhauer*,

183; mentioned, 184, 193.

Paragonus insularis, Bernhauer*,

168; mentioned, 189

Paratenetus, Spin., 268; mentioned,

3153.

Paratetilla, Dendy, 21; mentioned,

12.

aruensis, /ents., mentioned, 21.

baecca (Selenka), 21-22.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII.

439

Paratetilla bacca (Selenka), var. cine-

riformis, Dendy, mentioned, 24.

var. corrugata, Dendy*,

23-25; mentioned, 1.

var. violacea (Kveschnich),

22-23; mentioned, 1, 25.

cinertformis, Dendy, 21; men-

tioned, 22.

eccentrica, Row., 21; mentioned,

22.

Paresperella, Dendy, 2, 57.

serratohamata, mentioned, 58;

sp. 98.

Parischius, Gwillebeau, 234-235.

alluaudi, mentioned, 234, 235.

basalis, mentioned, 235.

grouvellei, mentioned, 235.

perparvulus, Gwillebeau, men-

tioned, 234-235.

seychellensis, Hugh Scott *, 235-

236; mentioned, 197, 229,

231, 234.

Pasythea heterodonta, Jarvis*, 344.

philippina,

neretscher, 344.

quadridentata, mentioned, 344.

Pavona, mentioned, 421.

Marktanner - Tur-

angularis, Klunzinger, 418.

calicifera, Gardiner, 419.

clavus, Dana, 420-421; men-

tioned, 417-419.

cristata, Gardiner, 418.

danai, mentioned, 418, 419.

decussata, Dana, 418.

diffluens, (Lam.), mentioned,

418, 419.

divaricata, Lam., 419.

duerdeni, Vaughan, 420; men-

tioned, 418.

explanulata, (Lam.), 418-419;

mentioned, 421.

gardineri, van der Horst*, 420.

intermedia, Gardiner, 419

maldivensis, Vaughan, 420.

papyracea, Dana, 421.

percarinata, Ridley, 419.

pretorta, Dana, 418,

repens, Klunzinger, 419.

seriata, Lriiggemann,

tioned, 419.

varians, Verrill, 419-420.

venusta, Dana, 418.

Pedininae, 268.

Pellina eusiphonia, Aid/., mentioned,

48.

semutubulosa, Schmidt, 30.

men

440

Pennaria disticha, Goldfuss, var.

australis, Bale, 333-334; men-

tioned, 332.

Perigonimus, sp., 333.

Perisiphonia exserta (Johnson), 335 ;

mentioned, 332.

Petromica, Topsent, 8.

grimaldi, Zopsent, mentioned, 9.

massalis, Dendy, 8-9; men-

tioned, 1.

Petrosia, Vosmaer, 35; mentioned,

34, 125.

crassa, Lundbeck, 37.

densissima, Dendy, mentioned,

37.

dura, Schmidt, mentioned, 37.

imperforata, Z'hiele, mentioned,

37.

mammiformis, Dendy *, 36-37; .

mentioned, 2.

seychellensis, Dendy*, 35-36;

mentioned, 2, 125.

Phakellia, Bowerbank, 116; men-

tioned, 111.

bowerbanki, Vosmaer, men-

tioned, 118.

conulosa, Dendy*, 116-117;

mentioned, 3, 119.

—-— var. mauritiana, Dendy*,

117-119; mentioned, 3.

donnani(Bowerbank), 116;men-

tioned, 3.

ventilabrum, var. connexiva,

mentioned, 118.

Phalacratomus, Hugh Scott*, 240-

242; mentioned, 229-231, 235.

exiguus, Hugh Scott*, 242-243;

mentioned, 230, 231, 241.

sp., 243.

Phalacride, 229-243 ;

195-197.

Phalacrus, mentioned, 230, 232.

Phaleria, mentioned, 271, 273, 274.

aegyptiaca, Seidl., 274.

attenuata, Fairm., 267; men-

tioned, 261, 264, 274.

capensis, mentioned, 274.

cistelina, K1., 268.

clarki, Woll., mentioned, 274.

ellipsodes, Fairm., mentioned,

274.

encausta,

274.

jfimbriata, mentioned, 274.

JSuscata, Fairm., 274.

lateralis, Reitt., 274.

mentioned,

Fairm., mentioned,

INDEX

munda, Walk., 274.

pallida, Lew., 267.

parallela, W oll., mentioned, 274.

planata, Woll., mentioned, 274.

prolica, Fairm., mentioned,

274.

riederi, mentioned, 274.

Phaleriinae, 273-274.

Pheidole punctulata, JM/ayr., men-

tioned, 177, 192, 221, 225, 302-

303.

Philonthus bisignatus, Loheman, var.

peregrinus, (/awvel), 176.

diluptipes, Yawv., mentioned,

188, 190.

fimbriolatus, #r., 176; men-

tioned, 190.

lacustris, Bernh., 176; men-

tioned, 197.

peliomerus, Avaatz, mentioned,

188, 190.

peregrinus, Fauvel, 176; men-

tioned, 190.

thermarum, Awbé, 176; men-

tioned, 190.

Phleeodictyine, 2, 44—51.

Phleodictyon, Carter,

tioned, 44, 45, 48, 91.

fistulosum (Lowerbank), 49;

mentioned, 2, 47, 50.

incrustatum, Dendy*, 2, 49-50.

phillipense, Dendy, mentioned,

50.

polysiphonia, Dendy*, 2,

51.

porosum, Dendy*, 2, 48-49.

AT;

men-

50—

seychellense, Dendy*, 2, 47-

48; mentioned, 2.

Phlconomus singularis, Xraatz, 167;

mentioned, 190,

Phloeopsidius, mentioned, 289.

Pheenicobatina, mentioned, 189,191.

Phrenapates, mentioned, 295.

Phthora, mentioned, 294, 296.

Phymatura, J. Sah/berg, mentioned,

181, 182, 189.

Piestini, 165--166; mentioned, 188.

Piloxys, mentioned, 265,

Pinophilini, 170; mentioned, 188.

Pipunculide, 408.

Pipunculus, Latreille, 408.

wneiventris, Aertesz, mentioned,

412, 413.

campestris, Latreile, mention-

ed, 408, 411.

Pipunculusconfusus, mentioned, 408,

412,

confusoides, Lamb*, 412.

depauperatus, Lamb*, 411-412

fumipennis, mentioned, 409.

heterostigmus, mentioned, 409.

nigritulus, Zett., mentioned,

412.

pilitarsis, Verral/, mentioned,

412.

sauteri, mentioned, 409.

semiopacus, Lamb*, 409-411.

sp.*, 408-409.

sylvaticoides, Lamb *, 412-413.

sylvaticus, Kertesz, mentioned,

408, 412, 413.

vittipes, mentioned, 408.

zonatus, mentioned, 408.

Placospongia, Gray, 143; mentioned,

Tote

carinata

144;

]

(Bowerbank),

mentioned, 4.

Placusa insularis, Bernhauer*, 179.

Platolenes, Gebien, mentioned, 263,

324,

Platycilibe, mentioned, 294.

Platyclerus, Spin., 328; mentioned,

325.

planatus, Cast.,328; mentioned,

325.

Platydema, mentioned, 262, 263,

272, 281, 291, 315.

asymmetricum, mentioned, 293.

inaequidens, Mairm., 292-293.

inaequidens seychellarum, Ge-

bien*, 292-293; mentioned,

262-263.

inaequidens, var. diluticorne,

Gebien*, 293.

sericeum, mentioned, 293.

tricorne, mentioned, 263, 293.

variegatum, Cast. & Brill, men-

tioned, 281.

variipenne, Gemm., 280.

Platynotus, mentioned, 268.

Platypus lepidus, mentioned, 258,

Plesioderes, Mu/s., 268; mentioned,

264, 278.

coriaceus, Juls.,

tioned, 268.

madagascariensis, Muls., 279;

mentioned, 268.

Plocamia, Schmidt, 76; mentioned,

79.

coriacea (Bowerbank), 76-77 ;

mentioned, 3.

280; men-

Plocamia coriacea, var. elegans,

Ridl. & Dendy, 77, 78.

elegans, Ridl. & Dendy, 77-78;

mentioned, 3.

massalis, Dendy*, 78-79; men-

tioned, 3, 79, 81, 118.

ridleyi, Hentschel, 76, 77.

Plocamiez, 3, 76.

Plocamiopsis, Vopsent, mentioned,

76.

Plumohalichondria, Carter, 86;

mentioned, 53, 59, 88.

clathrodes, Dendy*, 86-87 ;

mentioned, 3.

gardineri, Dendy *, 87-88 ; men-

tioned, 3.

gorgonioides, 88.

microcionides, Carter, 86.

Plumularia alternata (Nutting), 345;

mentioned, 332, 347.

corrugata, Nutting, 345-346 ;

mentioned, 332.

crosslandi, Jarvis*, 346.

multithecata, Jarvis*, 346—

347 ; mentioned, 332.

nova, Jarvis*, 347.

providentie, Jarvis*, 347-

348; mentioned, 332.

quadridentata, Jarvis*, 348.

setacea (lis), 348.

spiralis, Billard,

mentioned, 332.

348-349 ;

wasini, Jarvis*, 349.

Podabacia crustacea (Pallas), 421.

Podocoryne carnea, Sars., 333.

Poeciltoides, mentioned, 263.

Polydora armata, mentioned, 62.

Polymastia, Bowerbank, 148; men-

tioned, 106, 151.

conigera, Bowerbank, 150-151;

mentioned, 4, 157.

gemmipara, Dendy, mentioned,

149.

insidis, 7’hiele, mentioned, 150.

invaginata, Kirkpatrick, men-

tioned, 150.

mammillaris, 150.

tubulifera, Dendy*, 148-149;

mentioned, 4.

Polyphyllia, mentioned, 427.

Porphyrops, mentioned, 394, 397.

Propalticus, Sharp, 253-254 ; men-

tioned, 195-197, 255.

jansoni, mentioned, 253.

oculatus, Sharp, mentioned,

253, 255, 256.

INDEX

Propalticus sechellarum, Hugh

Scott *, 255-256; mentioned, 253,

254.

Psammocora contigua (sper), 425;

mentioned, 426.

var. maldivensis, Gar-

diner, mentioned, 425.

exesa, Dana, 425; mentioned,

426.

explanulata, van der Horst*,

426-427.

gonagra, Klunzinger, 426.

haimeana, Rousseau, 426; men-

tioned, 417.

plicata, Dana, 425.

planipora, Milne-Hdw. & Haime,

425; mentioned, 417, 426.

Pseudhadrus, Kolbe, 266-267, 308;

mentioned, 262, 265.

braueri, Kolbe, 308.

seriatus, Kopf, 308-310.

Pseudoblaps, mentioned, 268.

javana, mentioned, 268.

Pseudoclathria, Dendy, mentioned,

92.

Pseudopallenis, mentioned, 526.

Pseudopatrum, mentioned, 265.

Pseudoscaphosoma (VPic.),

tioned, 221, 224, 225.

Psilopine, mentioned, 368.

men-

Psilopodinus, mentioned, 364.

Psilopus, mentioned, 364, 566, 368.

aberrans, mentioned, 365.

alulifera,

380.

amplicaudatus, Lamb*,

379; mentioned, 367.

armillatus, mentioned, 369.

bilobatus, Lamb*, 372-373;

mentioned, 365, 367.

desjardinsi, mentioned, 364.

flavicinctus, mentioned, 365.

grandicaudatus, Lamb*, 378—

379; mentioned, 367.

indistinctus, Lamb*, 376-377;

mentioned, 366, 367, 374.

letus, mentioned, 365.

lasiophthalmus, Lamb*, 371-

372; mentioned, 367.

leptogaster, mentioned, 364.

Walker, mentioned,

378-

leucopogon, Wiedemann, 368--

370; mentioned, 366, 367.

librativertex, Lamb *, 374-375;

mentioned, 364, 366, 368.

lobatus, mentioned, 364.

longimanus, mentioned, 365.

44]

Psilopus magnicaudatus, Lamb*,

377-378; mentioned, 366, 368.

pallidicornis, Grimshaw, 370—

371; mentioned, 367.

parallelus, mentioned, 364,

patellifer, 7’homson, mentioned,

369.

pollicifer, Lamb*, 375-376 ;

mentioned, 367, 374, 377.

simplex, de Mevere, 371; men-

tioned, 366-367.

Pulposipes, Solier, 311; mentioned,

268, 312.

herculeanus, Solver, 311; men-

tioned, 268.

tuberculatus, Wat., 311.

Pyanisia, mentioned, 307.

Pyena, mentioned, 263, 295.

aphodina, mentioned, 295.

cavifrons, Fairm., 268; men-

tioned, 295,

Pytheas, 7’opsent, mentioned, 92, 93

(Juediini, 177; mentioned, 188.

Raspailia, Schmidt, 72; mentioned,

TLE

hispida, mentioned, 72.

sp.,* 72; mentioned, 2.

Reniera, Schmidt, 30; mentioned,

31, 47.

camerata, Aidl., 31-32; men-

tioned, 2.

crassa, Carter, mentioned, 37.

Dendy*, 32-33 ;

mentioned, 2.

cribicutis,

cribriformis, Aid/., 31; men-

tioned, 2.

ligniformis, Dendy*, 34-35;

mentioned, 2.

pigmentifera, mentioned, 39.

(Bowerbank), 30-31 ;

mentioned, 2.

rosea

semitubulosa (Lam.), 30; men-

tioned, 2.

topsenti, Zhiele, mentioned,

30.

tuberosa, Dendy*, 33; men-

tioned, 2, 31.

tufa, Rid/.& Dendy, mentioned,

34.

tufoides, Dendy*, 33-34; men-

tioned, 2.

Renierin, 2, 29-41.

Rhabderemia,

tioned, 80, 115.

Le |

Topsent, 85; men-

442

Rhabderemia pusilla, Carter, 85;

mentioned, 3, 58.

Rhaphidophlus procerus, Ridl., 64.

spiculosus, Dendy, 64.

Rhipidandrine, 287.

Rhipidandrus, mentioned, 287.

Rhizochalina, Schmidt, mentioned,

45, 47.

Rhopaloclerus, mentioned, 327.

Salax, mentioned, 267.

Scaphidiide, 220-229; mentioned,

195-196.

Scaphosoma, Leach, 221; mentioned,

T9617 4224, web.

Hugh

mentioned, 221.

achardianum, Scott*,

madagascariense, Achard, men-

tioned, 223.

mahense, Hugh Scott*, 224-225;

mentioned, 221.

minutum, Achard, mentioned,

223.

novicum, Llackburn,mentioned,

pss.

pictum, MZots., forma, 222-223;

mentioned, 221, 224.

silhouette, Hugh Scott*, 223;

mentioned, 221.

Scenopinide, 362.

Scenopinus balteatus, Lamb*, 363.

fenestralis, mentioned, 362.

longiventris, Aréber, 363-363.

tarsalis, mentioned, 362.

unifasciatus, Avdber, mentioned,

363. |

Sceptrella, mentioned, 130-132.

regalis, Schmidt, mentioned,

130.

triloba, Schmidt, mentioned,

131, 138.

Schenkling, Sigm., Coleoptera:

Cleridz, 325-329.

Sciapine, mentioned, 386.

Sciopus, mentioned, 368.

Sclerochalina, Schmidt, mentioned,

107.

Scolytocaulus, mentioned, 295.

Scopzeus decipiens, Kraatz, 175.

limbatus, Avraatz, mentioned,

188.

velutinus, Motsch., 175; men-

tioned, 190, 192.

Scott, Hugh, A Geographical sum-

mary based on Dr Max Bernhauer’s

enumeration of the Staphylinidse

INDEX

of the Seychelles, Chagos, and

Aldabra islands, with notes on

their biology, 187-193.

Scott, Hugh. Coleoptera : Scydme-

nide, Scaphidiide, Phalacride,

Cucujide, (supplement), Lathyri-

diidee, Mycetophagide (including

Propalticus), Bostrychide, Lyc-

tide, 195-258,

Scutoscaphosoma, mentioned, 221.

Scydmeenide, 198—220.

Scydmeenini, 207-214.

Scydmeenus, Latr., 207-207; men-

tioned, 197-199, 202, 227.

armatus, Hugh Scott*, 208-210;

mentioned, 195, 198, 207,

211, 212.

edwardsi,

214,

insularum, Hugh Scott*, 212—

213; mentioned, 199, 211.

lodoicee, Hugh Scott*, 213-

198-200,

Sharp, mentioned,

214; mentioned,

207.

optatus, Sharp, mentioned, 198,

208, 214.

rufus, mentioned, 213. .

seychellensis, Hugh Scott*, 210—

211; mentioned, 208, 212.

tarsatus, Mil/., mentioned, 208.

Sertularella conica, Allman, 341;

mentioned, 332.

tasmanica, mentioned, 342.

thecocarpa, Jarvis*, 341-342;

mentioned, 332.

tumida, Warren, 342; men-

tioned, 332.

Sertularia, mentioned, 331, 344.

brevicyathus (Versluys), 338;

mentioned, 332, 340.

complexa, Clark, mentioned,

338,

cornicina (McCready), men-

tioned, 332, 338.

var. pinnata, Jarvis*, 339.

divergens,

341.

heterodonta, Ritchie, 339; men-

tioned, 332.

linealis,

Lam., mentioned,

Warren,

mentioned, 332.

339-340;

lingulata, mentioned, 333.

loculosa, Bale, 340; mentioned,

332, 341.

marginata (Kirchenpauer), 340;

mentioned, 332, 338. /

Sertularia tenuis, Bale, 340-341;

mentioned, 332.

turbinata, Lama., 341; men-

tioned, 332.

Shoguna, mentioned, 245,

Siderastrea, mentioned, 421.

clava, Gardiner, 420.

clavus, Verrill, 420.

lilacea, Gardiner, 420.

lilacea, Klunzinger, 423.

Gardiner, 420;

mentioned, 418.

savignyana, Ortmann, 420.

Milne-Edw. &

maldivensis,

savignyana,

Haime, 423.

savignyi, Rehberg, 423.

spheroidalis, Gardiner, 420.

spheroidalis, Ortmann, 420.

Sideroderma, Ridl. & Dendy, 105;

mentioned, 1, 44, 102.

zittelit, Lendenfeld, mentioned,

106.

Siderodermella, 105-106.

navicelligera, mentioned, 106,

107.

ramosa, Dendy*, 106-107; men-

tioned, 3, 103.

Sigmaxinella, Dendy, 112;

tioned, 62.

bihamigera, Dendy*, 112; men-

tioned, 3.

durissima, (Dendy), 113.

var. erecta, Dendy*, 113—

114; mentioned, 3.

—— var. massalis, Dendy*,

113; mentioned, 3.

men-

var. tethyoides, Dendy*,

114; mentioned, 3.

Sigmosceptrella, Dendy*, 136; men

tioned, 1, 139.

fibrosa, (Dendy),mentioned, 137,

138.

quadrilobata, Dendy*,

138; mentioned, 4.

Sinoxylon conigerum, Gerstaecker,

258; mentioned, 257.

Spanioplon cheliferum, Hentschel,

ZO:

Spheerocaulus, mentioned, 265.

Spherotus, mentioned, 264, 318.

Spherancistron, Zopsent, mentioned,

51.

Spirastrella, Schmidt,

tioned, 130, 142.

bistellata, Schmidt, mentioned,

142, 143.

137-

139; men-

Spirastrella decumbens, Rid/., 140-

141; mentioned, 4, 143.

fibrosa, Dendy, mentioned, 137-

138.

globularis, Dendy*, 141-142;

mentioned, 4.

inconstans, Dendy, mentioned,

140.

purpurea, mentioned, 139, 141,

142,

vagabunda, fidl., 139-140;

mentioned, 4.

var, gelatinosa, Dendy*,

140; mentioned, 4.

var. tubulodigitata, Dendy,

mentioned, 4, 140.

Spirastrelline, 4, 130-146.

Spongia contarenii, Martens, 55.

semitubulosa, Lam., 30.

spiculifera, Lam., 115.

Spongosorites, TZ'opsent, 124-12

mentioned, 36.

lapidiformis, Dendy, mentioned,

126.

placenta, Topsent, mentioned,

124, 125.

salomonensis, Dendy*, 125-126;

mentioned, 3, 85.

Staphylinide, mentioned, 188, 193.

Staphylinini, 176-177; mentioned

ftnote, 188.

Stelletta bacca, Selenka, 21.

Stellettidze, mentioned, 25, 53, 81.

Stelligera, Gray, mentioned, 107.

Stenichnoteras, Hugh Scott*, 215-

217; mentioned, 198.

montanum, [ugh Scott*, 217;

mentioned, 220.

Stenichnus, mentioned, 215.

Loo:

Stenini,

188.

Stenocylidrus, Spin., 326.

dimidiatus, Schenkling*, 326-

327.

glaber, Schenkling*, 327.

lividipes, Fairm.,

327.

rufus, mentioned, ftnote, 325.

Stenus delphinus, Fawv., mentioned,

169.

linbatus, A7., mentioned, 190.

silvicola, Bernhauer*, 169;

mentioned, 189, i92.

Stevensonia, Dwne., Insects of Leaf-

Bases, 193.

Stichopogon scalaris, Bigot, 361.

mentioned, ftnote,

mentioned,

INDEX

Stilboides, Gwillebeau, 232, 233.

angulicaput, Hugh Scott*, 233—

234; mentioned, 229, 231,

232, 237.

grouvellei, mentioned, 232.

sublineatus, mentioned, 232.

Stilicus ceylanensis, Kraatz, 172;

mentioned, 190.

Stomoxys, mentioned, 366.

Strongylium, mentioned, 272.

Stylocordyla, mentioned, 129.

Suberites, Vardo, 147; mentioned,

157.

caminatus, idl. d& Dendy, men-

tioned, 151.

cruciatus, Dendy, var, depressa,

Dendy*, 147-148.

epiphytum, Ridl., 148.

lobiceps, Schmidt, mentioned,

147, 148.

Suberitine, 4, 147-151.

Symbiotes, mentioned, 196,

Sympycnus, Loew, 405; mentioned,

365,

annulipes, mentioned, 405.

violaceus, Lamb*, 405-406.

Synthecium, mentioned, 342.

campylocarpum,

345,

dentigerum, Jarvis*, 344-345 ;

mentioned, 352, 333.

mentioned,

patulum (Busk), 345; men-

tioned, 332.

rectum, MWutting, 345; men-

tioned, 332.

subventricosum, Bale, 345;

mentioned, 332.

tubiger, Borradaile, 345; men-

tioned, 332.

tubithecum (Allinan),

mentioned, 336.

Syrphide, 413.

345 ;

Tachyporini, 177-178; mentioned,

188.

Tachytrechus,

tioned, 365.

notatus, mentioned, 389.

seychellensis, Lamb*, 389-390 ;

mentioned, 366.

Tagalus, Gebien, 268; mentioned,

263, 294, 295.

cavifrons,

Walker, 389; men-

Farm., 295-296;

mentioned, 262, 263.

impressicollis, mentioned, 295.

schultzei, mentioned, 295,

443

Tanygnathus piceus, Motsch., 177.

Taprobane, Dendy, 7.

herdmani, Dendy, 7-8; men-

tioned, 1, 76.

Tarphius, mentioned, ftnote, 252.

simplex, Woll., mentioned, ft-

note, 252.

Tarsostenus, Spin., 329.

univittatus, Rossi, 329; men-

tioned, 325.

Tedania, Gray, 99.

(Schmidt),

mentioned, 3.

raphis, Z'opsent, mentioned, 99.

reticulata, Thiele, 100;

tioned, 3, 52.

digitata 99-100 ;

men-

Tedaniine, 3, 99; mentioned, 25.

Tedanione, Wilson, 1, 100-101.

foetida, Wilson, mentioned, 100—

101.

wilsoni, Dendy*, 101-102;

mentioned, 3.

Tenebriomimus, Kolbe, 268.

adansoniarum, Kolbe, 268.

Tenebrionide, mentioned, 191, 192,

245.

Tenebrioninz, 305.

Terametus, Jotsch., mentioned, 313.

Teredus, mentioned, 243.

cylindricus, O/., mentioned, 245.

nitidus, Fabr., 245.

Terpios, Duchassaing & Michelotti,

148.

Tethya, mentioned, 9.

bistellata, Schmidt, 142; men-

tioned, 141.

cranium, Curter, var. robusta,

mentioned, 11.

merguiensis, Carter, 21.

Tetilla, Schmidt, 9; mentioned, 12,

21.

ambownensis, Kieschnick, 21;

mentioned, 11.

anomala, Dendy, 20.

bacca, Lindgren, 21.

casula, Carter, mentioned, 11,

furcifer, Dendy*, 9-11; men-

tioned, 1.

hirsuta, mentioned, ftnote, 12.

merguiensis, Sollas, 21.

poculitera, Dendy, mentioned,

ftnote, 11.

rubra, Kieschnick, 21.

ternatensis, Kieschnick, 21.

violacea, Kieschnick, 21; men-

tioned, 22, 23.

444

Tetillidee, 1, 9-25.

Thalassodendron viminalis, White-

legge, 71.

Thecocarpus, mentioned, 350.

brevirostris, (Lusk), 350; men-

tioned, 352.

laxus, (Al/man), 350;

tioned, 332.

mammillatus, (Wwtting), 350;

mentioned, 332.

sp.*, 350-351.

Thecocladium, mentioned, 545,

men-

Thenea muricata, mentioned, 10.

Theonella, Gray, 4.

pulchrifolia, Dendy*, 5; men-

tioned, |.

Thersilochus evanescens, Morley,

mentioned, 289.

Thesilea, mentioned, 316.

Thinophilus, sp., mentioned, 367,

407.

Thoracophorus alluaudi, Fawvel, 166.

Thrinacophora, Ridley, mentioned,

113:

durissima, Dendy, 113.

Thuiaria interrupta, Al/man, 342;

mentioned, 332.

lata, Bale, 342; mentioned, 332.

(Marktanner-

342-348 ;

tubuliformis

Turneretscher),

mentioned, 332.

Thyroscyphus equalis, Warren, 337 ;

mentioned, 382.

regularis, mentioned, 337.

vitiensis, Marktanner-Turne-

retscher, 338; mentioned,

332, 336.

Tichoseris clavus, Rehberg, 420.

Timea, Gray, 142-143; mentioned,

131, 139, 144.

curvistellifera, Dendy, 142.

(Carter), 143;

mentioned, 4.

stellivarians

tristellata, 7'opsent, mentioned,

142.

unistellata (7'opsent), 143; men-

tioned, 4, 138.

Tolyphus, mentioned, 230.

Topsentia, mentioned, 124.

CAMBRIDGE:

INDEX

Topsentia glabra, mentioned, 124.

indica, Hentschel, mentioned,

126.

Toxemna, mentioned, 57.

Toxicum aries, mentioned, 307.

cornutus, mentioned, 306.

duellicus, mentioned, 306.

gazella, mentioned, 306.

taurus, Fabr., 268; mentioned,

306.

Toxidium, J. Lec., 22!

tioned, 197, 220, 228.

grammaroides, J. Lee., men-

tioned, 226, 227.

integrum, feztter, mentioned,

221, 225, 229.

praslinense, Hugh Scott*, 227.

punctipenne, mentioned, 306.

seychellense, Hugh Scott*, 226-

227; mentioned, 208, 221,

228.

Toxochalina, Ridl., 29.

robusta, Ridl., 29 ; mentioned, 2.

Tribolium castaneum, Herbst., 302;

mentioned, 262.

Serrugineum, 302.

Trichostemma, Sars, 1, 151.

hemisphericum, Sars,

tioned, 151.

sarsil, Aidl. & Dendy, 151;

mentioned, 150.

Trikentrion, mentioned, 107, 13].

wickersi, Topsent, 108; men-

tioned, 111.

men-

Trogophleus chagosanus, Sern-

hauer*, 167-168; mentioned,

1B ie

palustris, Bernhauer*, 167;

mentioned, 187, 190, 192.

Tylodesma, 57.

Typhea, Curtis, 253.

fumata (Linn.), 253.

Uloma, mentioned, 272, 295,

comorensis, Gebien*, mentioned,

300, 301.

crenatostriata, Mairm., 296-298;

mentioned, 261-263, 301.

Uloma fastidiosa, mentioned, 305.

hondana, Kolbe, 268; men-

tioned, 298.

intrusicollis, Fairm., 298-299 ;

mentioned, 268, 307.

polita, Wied., mentioned, 299.

scita, Walk, 299-300;

tioned, 261, 264.

spectabilis, Perty, 268; men-

tioned, 301. ;

thoracica, Gebien, 268; men-

tioned, 301.

Ulominae, 296.

Urodolichus, Lamb*, 394.

Lamb*,

mentioned, 368.

gracilis, Lamb*, 398-399.

porphyropoides, Lamb*, 394—

397.

men-

397-398;

caudatus,

Volucella, Geoffroy, 414.

obesa, Fabricius, 414.

Vomerula, mentioned, 51.

Xanthogramma egyptium, lWvede-

mann, 413.

Xantholinini,

188.

Xyloborus, Dejean, 287.

Motsch., mentioned, 258, 287.

Olivieri, 258 ;

175 ; mentioned,

Xylopertha picea,

mentioned, 257.

Xylopsocus capucinus, Fabr., 258;

mentioned, 257.

Xylothrips flavipes, Jlliger, 258 ;

mentioned, 257.

Yodomia perfecta, mentioned, 7.

Yvesia, Jopsent, 93; mentioned, 92,

93.

cyathophora, Topsent, 95.

gelida, Zund., mentioned, 95,

96.

spinulata (Hentschel), 93-94 ;

mentioned, 3, 95.

Zodinus, Muls. et Rey, 272.

Zygophlax biarmata, Billard, 335.

recta, Jarvis*, 335,

PRINTED BY W. LEWIS AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS

2nd Ser. ZOOLOGY. | (VOL. XVIII. PART 2.

THE

TRANSACTIONS

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

TITLEPAGE, CONTENTS, AND INDEX.

P Se

= 2B a Oe A\t

Ab Nz

( AWA

1 NX \

i \\\

al iy

LONDON :

PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

BY W. LEWIS, AT THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS,

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W. 1

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW, E.C. 4

1922—1925.

ey phe

ie ve

. 4 ¢ on

~., MAN VERY AOR oS ae

a + =

* } > 4

- “ Shee

: ; rd oF.

: a ya ;

ods fan

i ‘ “Ai ee A Sasa, *

Pe . + Pe Sete 4) cae

a> ¢ Af » ¢ . ¥ a tS a “7 ra Di «

‘ , ye i

r ¥ wl ’

‘ _" é A z =e ile } P j ye " f .

. . ? ; oJ Ps, Piet \ as _—.

cee i Bint aaah ans ed TPA t

‘ x ; C

* pode j ; ey i, : :

Pe ae OG ORT Y 3h)? 9. 137

) * aa ee | Oe t o> in rata

J i eS Dah Ps \ if wee cas

eh elo UCN CADRES Bi

PMNS,

» ~~

; ; rae ee “femayt hak

i ; a F , i. ‘ P Mae AY bP a ay

Peal \

pula

Ras

AOTC ay Ee ao

ae atitiNy rh

ie ‘ete i He wre

afr a’ J * 4 a w

ne wo Me ¥ yr F is A '

ae eo ion eaiig hae at : .

aay: .

ie Ves 5,

ges Fa ay Ort, a)

WA; h wer

& i pes : ; u : 4a] ate sh ‘

: ; ss b 4s ee q ‘ab é “ , aoa

Pen) i BAT Lee Bin et Po Soe Ste Pa. Sa

‘" 4%. 24 : fir vy . te 2 A be ‘fea : ee oo sat oS a

- ue € = it Seu ae at oy 2 a, wt i= ce WP a ee am ‘ es Caer i eb caer) 4) Ba “eXe ibe ay" aa

738 ae oki his W a0 c Ay: =o. = Pa) asi z > 1), 24 "4 .

Sand). 4 mee za oes hs, cer |

Go i uo” mere & Cg a Be i week ate ; fy,

a Sone 1) TS AME RM ASSET os)» see Ibe aot De 0) Pes eo

sar iv). err. an 4 i ae a

sy eae hee Xe Ny ae 4 ab J ‘ f= '

4s a " . 2 4 ome C+ » é

be * Ne mie SEU : —e 4 Rifas ' * a a)}-y . ne ibs ) ne | ; ivf i

i al ese ae a 1 foe ae

\ one % an 7 a f rn v4 “G5 : . red a; : . } is = * iy a r 4 ‘4 < by i

Ag & ae] "4 ; ’ AS > ' Ages t th ; ay) é

pay tee RM . mt ae 55, | le gee er Pel, ib « d

iZ, Lad Ge eS Stal ee AR ee ge ie }

ee athe iy Ay Lev) eee a\> A ve, (b | oo a ru te kitay iy Ay . iy 4 it (

' im ce ee 2 oe - e& £5, 2 art a J ° .

hs | haat for) apa ee cas) ee |

" So: he foe d Py i. ; le a are ve , 7, eo at : + er ; ay an ¢ E

’ ta foe * z ‘ied S308; hoy Fang - & fe ; “ i 7 ae 7.4 : a! aya) arta A OLE, had a“ 4438 ‘ the

ae, eek wee ee 22 8 Phos ae fra: rn j

: any ay i eae Peat: de pre eL pe Paya t ou, a el, = a 2) eee r

“se Wit) ae Met eS ge. , = Sy? Ne

be cil? aa a o_o 5 — ./* : 4 re. ‘ 4 :

; Be kt li a ae eh : 4s | i Ween 4’ ol | "\ :

4 hain reget of Searels Te sco SC ERD

i. “2. a « A * * q ry a < d *

‘ho See ee > BURY sa Us, tA) ore Oe UUs Scere ’

“he | ae he ery CO Ne 5 Gaga is, *

ee a4) i Mi Le i ee 4s et Ss ied a 7 “a 3%

My re : Sra } 2 ed D > 1 i? 4 in as a Auth vid) ¥ F

A alee NS ofa i

fea A * 5 i, - ¢! as Vy iss" 5,5 foe's : x ‘

eee $e Eis ae ve t

« ; sy : AY ai. 7? ais A rice, RI "

oo ed st a ey i “ Pieter. ; 7

2 ie ie ae ek eA a cal ic mee (bE | Ya

TE «aia hog te eee Cee i

ee Ether! Sites es Es Unis at Vt ay

a rin! bw =a 7 a - =e. | eel 3 \

poe Pik. -- ele ee a 2 NS tr) ett) as USTs A toe !

hg Roe ee hotey > x 4 i

ha, ely 4 On i. #) Sy}

4 : f . t ' 5 4 ys i i =

5 oe i> a . §

. « me . “hws ¥2

¢ « ’

Lit

| es ie f

ne a EAMG ayes pit ae yes

’ ' y - ‘

& “¥ a eae aoe! |b ~ Fs

ob. MSE DOB ty Ft POY Bes aN By ee SE

Ae toe ite 9 F " ’ Vv 2 " ef s wie Ge es ‘ cee , 5 mY) Ae aiid ce % je 2 ey . ‘ ta ) a i,

Sie Bea Wi ir Pei raa ts ae” out Pe A 7 . é

Sa5 LA) . v te 3, ss

i one is ie Bs a3 + ° : > = 3

AP j bes ae eee : ae 4

‘ ~ : 45 4\Ve

“ a) es La /. "

~e 1» 2

ye Bea 7) bd a

4 935 / =, , ¢ J : Fr

ey soe ay: i? ¥- a. » ere ee ee

Os ESN V5 NEN ie Ge oe:

i ey MEG n4% ae ml

| aaa A ‘3

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

MEMORANDA CONCERNING ‘TRANSACTIONS.

‘'he First Series of the ‘Transactions, containing both Botanical and Zoological contributions, has been

completed in 30 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or parts to

complete sets, may be obtained at the original prices. The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to

the public, and 6s. to Fellows; to Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s..to Fellows.

The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections. 'The prices

of the Zoological parts of those which have been published are as undermentioned :—

Seconp SERIES.—Zoooey. SECOND SERIES.—ZooLoey (continued).

When Price to the Price to When Price to the Price to

Volume Published Public Fellows | Volume Published Public Fellows

as; 1rd. 1S. 5s Sy, a pis ae

Barts “TVA 18% —-79 8 WO 4.056" aT 6 XTeRart al, 19052554 0 veka) Oe ae

: Part? ik 1908-3...) 0, 3350 Seses0 be ee

IL: Parte dX VILL A870=88 . al ARs 0.18 . Part III. 1909-0 “B20 E2014 ae

) Part IV. 1909 7.5010 O2e 0g ae

Ti}, Parts. ...le-Val. * 1884588 e.csb e18. (Ov 6 eb Part V. 1909 \. £0072 —-O claw ae ees

Part. VI. 1910 2%2¢.0 1 0 ees

1V.: ‘Parts LeTil. 1886-88'225°348 70-25 80 Part VII. 1910 5.20 1-55 20 ee ee

Part VIII. Pid ts. (04-4 <0. Sa ee

V. Parts I.-XI. 1888-94 ...6 10 6..417 9 Part F1Xe 1914>:-., 205 92" (6 =e eee 0

bebe 1914 4, 20 fe2 i 6 COU eeeU

VI. Parts IL—VIII. 1894-99...6 17 6...5 3 8 Part XI. [91S )32. 20 44 10550 Ss ae

Part Xd Le eel 918 &..00.98 620 eo

VIL Parts L-XI. 1896-1900...6 7 9...415 9 Part -Xdde *. 7 1916.5 "0318-0 She one

Part XIV AiIndexdo22: va. O-. "450%,,2: Oe oe

VIII. Parts. I-X111. 1900-03...6 14 9.55518 |2XIL Part. | 1907 2 83 Oe te den

Part Ii, B07 eT 2 Ohare OD 0

, eh Part if]; 19083. 0 16) SOO ea.

eS ade Dae emer Part IV... ‘... 1909... 1) 10). 0.05152 668

ae 4 ts ; ee: * ‘ | Part V. Index1909...0 5 0..0 3 9

Rena 1904. Oe ee bos ee oe i 1909; «s2. Oe OnPeans

art ; 1910" «2253 2c eae

ei Am a ; : ca af : ; Part III. 1910 ..) 0°16 "00,124 0

Park VIL 1904 biG OL oead ee Part: JV. Index pi0' 2.70 b> ts? Otro aed

Part VIIL. 1904. O10. 0.20 <7 ML Ve o* Bast “Sale 1910.44) theo ve lo ee

Part TX 1905 OFR6 0 En0". dae Part Il. 19} els 30 0 <r el oe

Part xa 1906 0°28 405250. <9. 0 Part III. 1904 *<... 1 630 Gc es Lec

Part XII. 1907 0 43°" 0 es. 028 BS) SMA 2a arts L912 A+ SO Oncegtet 48

Part XIII. 1907 07.6 4,040 406 Part seus 1902: 2. sl. ee ORO LE ae

Part XIV. Index1907 ...0 3 0..0 2 8 Part IL. POTD hh SPP oe 0 “TOR

Part ~ [V. 1919 4 s9 10> HEY SO See). OG

Yee Pant ale 1904 220-93 10'S 002 Beas, “Part eal: 1913 cel AS On. Oils on

Part -1L 1904°2.70 48 20 GeO A btu Part. [de [9S A. pee vs 015 9

Part IV. 1905: 0.28 OGL U0 Lee lee Part IV. 1014... 2100)... ee ee

Part V. 1906 2.0" Wie Oo ae Part V. Index 1914.c e0re 0... Oa 3

Part. Vi. £906 4... 0. 382 10 eoc022 8? BU XVIL Part le pees 101A oe nO onl

PAeViT. 1907"...0 3 0..0 2 3 Part Ti ks 4219 80. Se

Part VIII. 1907. Dd 01580 2. 0 Part IIL. HOUT ae 1900: Onl

Part IX. 1909 c.014 1) 00 jn. OPO Part “TV. c+ W92H me O25 0. Os ane

Part X. 1911 »..01 0, 4044.90" 83°20.) RVI Part) 1. co) 982s. OO ee

Part) XI. Index-1922 °...00 3" (O42. 20599. 3 Part. IL. Gndex-3928 45.0. 32.0" so ares